Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS 2

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 8, 2014

Registration No. 333-            


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  8731
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  46-3640387
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

PRA Health Sciences, Inc.
4130 ParkLake Avenue
Suite 400
Raleigh, NC 27612
(919) 786-8200
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



Colin Shannon
President and Chief Executive Officer
PRA Health Sciences, Inc.
4130 ParkLake Avenue
Suite 400
Raleigh, NC 27612
(919) 786-8200
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Richard Fenyes, Esq.
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017
Telephone: (212) 455-2000
Telecopy: (212) 455-2502

 

Marc Jaffe, Esq.
Rachel Sheridan, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
885 3rd Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Telephone: (212) 906-1200
Telecopy: (212) 751-4864



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if
a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price (1)

  Amount of
Registration Fee (2)

 

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

  $375,000,000   $48,300

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)
Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.



The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholder may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and neither we nor the selling stockholder is soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 8, 2014

Preliminary Prospectus

                             Shares

GRAPHIC

PRA Health Sciences, Inc.

Common Stock



PRA Health Sciences, Inc. is offering                             shares of its common stock and the selling stockholder is offering                             shares of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder. This is our initial public offering, and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $               and $               per share. We intend to apply to have our common stock listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "PRAH".



We are an "emerging growth company" as defined by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.



Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 15 to read about factors you should consider before purchasing our common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


 
  PER SHARE   TOTAL  

Public Offering Price

  $     $    

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions

             

Proceeds to PRA Health Sciences, Inc., before expenses

             

Proceeds to Selling Stockholder, before expenses

             

Delivery of the shares of common stock is expected to be made on or about                             , 2014. The selling stockholder identified elsewhere in this prospectus has granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an additional                             shares of common stock to cover over-allotments. If the underwriters exercise the option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions payable by the selling stockholder will be $               and the total proceeds to the selling stockholder, before expenses will be $               .

Joint Book-Running Managers

Jefferies   Citigroup   KKR   UBS Investment Bank

Credit Suisse

 

 

 

 

 

Wells Fargo Securities

 

Co-Managers

Baird   William Blair



   

The date of this prospectus is                             , 2014.



Table of Contents

 
  Page  

Prospectus Summary

    1  

Risk Factors

    15  

Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements

    39  

Use of Proceeds

    40  

Dividend Policy

    41  

Capitalization

    42  

Dilution

    43  

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements

    45  

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data of PRA

    50  

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    54  

Selected Historical Financial Data of RPS

    84  

Business

    87  

Management

    103  

Executive and Director Compensation

    107  

Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions

    120  

Principal and Selling Stockholders

    124  

Description of Capital Stock

    126  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

    134  

Material United States Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

    137  

Underwriting

    140  

Conflicts of Interest

    148  

Legal Matters

    148  

Experts

    148  

Where You Can Find More Information

    149  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-1  

Neither we, the selling stockholder nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. When you make a decision about whether to invest in our common stock, you should not rely upon any information other than the information in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus that we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor the sale of our common stock means that the information contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is correct after the date of this prospectus or such free writing prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy the shares of common stock in any circumstances under which the offer or solicitation is unlawful.




INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

In addition to the industry, market and competitive position data referenced throughout this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research, some market data and other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based in part upon information provided by independent research and advisory firms, none of which have been commissioned by us, but for which we have paid a subscription fee. Third-party industry publications, studies and surveys generally state that they have been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such

i


information. We are responsible for all of the disclosure in this prospectus and while we believe that each of the publications, studies and surveys used throughout this prospectus are prepared by reputable sources, neither we nor the underwriters have independently verified market and industry data from third-party sources. While we believe our internal company research and estimates are reliable, such research and estimates have not been verified by any independent source. In addition, assumptions and estimates of our and our industry's future performance are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in "Risk Factors." These and other factors could cause our future performance to differ materially from our assumptions and estimates. See "Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements."




GLOSSARY

" Phase I ".    Phase I trials are typically conducted in healthy individuals or, on occasion, in patients, and typically involve 20 to 80 subjects and typically range from a few months to several years. These trials are designed to establish the basic safety, dose tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution and excretion of the clinical product candidate, the side effects associated with increasing doses, and if possible, early evidence of effectiveness. If the trial establishes the basic safety and metabolism of the clinical product candidate, Phase II trials are generally initiated.

" Phase II ".    Phase II trials are conducted in a limited population of patients with the disease or condition that the clinical product candidate is intended to treat. These trials typically test a few hundred patients and last on average 12 to 18 months. Phase II trials are typically designed to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the clinical product candidate for specific targeted diseases or conditions, and to determine dose tolerance, optimal dosage and dosing schedule. Phase II trials are sometimes divided into two phases: Phase IIa trials typically evaluate the dose response of the clinical product candidate and Phase IIb trials typically evaluate the efficacy of the clinical product candidate at the prescribed doses. If the Phase II trials indicate that the clinical product candidate may be safe and effective, Phase III trials are generally initiated.

" Phase III ".    Phase III trials evaluate the clinical product candidate in significantly larger and more diverse patient populations than Phase I and II trials and are conducted at multiple, geographically dispersed sites. On average, this phase lasts from one to three years. Depending on the size and complexity, Phase III CRO contracts can exceed $10 million in some cases and may include multiple sequential trials. During this phase, the clinical product candidate's overall benefit/risk ratio and the basis for product approval are established. If the clinical product candidate successfully completes Phase III, then the sponsor may submit a New Drug Application, or NDA, for approval by the FDA or a similar marketing authorization application for approval by non-U.S. regulatory agencies.

" Phase IV ".    Phase IV or "post-approval" trials are intended to monitor the drug's long-term risks and benefits, to analyze different dosage levels, to evaluate different safety and efficacy parameters in target populations or to substantiate marketing claims. Phase IV trials typically enroll thousands of patients and last from six months to several years. The FDA may require Phase IV testing and surveillance programs to monitor the effect of approved drugs which have been commercialized, and the FDA has the power to prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-marketing programs.



PRA® and our logo are two of our trademarks that are used in this prospectus. This prospectus also includes trademarks, tradenames and service marks that are the property of third parties. Trademarks, tradenames and service marks referred to in this prospectus may or may not appear with the ® and ™ symbols, but those references (or the lack thereof) are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable trademark law, our rights or that the applicable owner will not assert its rights to any such trademarks, tradenames and service marks.

ii


Table of Contents

 


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the matters discussed under the captions "Risk Factors," "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing at the end of this prospectus, before making an investment decision.

As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to "PRA Health Sciences," "PRA," "the Company," "our company," "we," "us," and "our" refer to PRA Health Sciences, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Overview

We are one of the world's leading global contract research organizations, or CROs, by revenue, providing outsourced clinical development services to the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries. We believe we are one of a select group of CROs with the expertise and capability to conduct clinical trials across all major therapeutic areas on a global basis. We have therapeutic expertise in areas that are among the largest in pharmaceutical development, including oncology, central nervous system, inflammation and infectious diseases. We believe we provide our clients with one of the most flexible clinical development service offerings, which includes both traditional, project-based Phase I through Phase IV services as well as embedded and functional outsourcing services. We believe we further differentiate ourselves from our competitors through our investments in medical informatics and clinical technologies designed to enhance efficiencies, improve study predictability and provide better transparency for our clients throughout their clinical development processes.

We are one of the largest CROs in the world by revenue, focused on executing clinical trials on a global basis. Our global clinical development platform includes more than 75 offices across North America, Europe, Asia, Latin America, South Africa, Australia and the Middle East and more than 10,000 employees worldwide. Since 2000, we have performed approximately 2,300 clinical trials worldwide. We have worked on more than 100 marketed drugs across several therapeutic areas and conducted the pivotal or supportive trials that led to U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, or international regulatory approval of more than 45 drugs. We are focused on further expansion into high growth, emerging markets, which is demonstrated by the formation of our 2012 joint venture with WuXi AppTec (Shanghai) Co. Ltd., or WuXi, a CRO managing clinical trials in Asia, and our 2013 acquisition of ClinStar, LLC, or ClinStar, a CRO managing clinical research trials in Eastern Europe.

We believe we are a leader in the transformation of the CRO engagement model via our flexible clinical development service offerings, which include embedded and functional outsourcing services in addition to traditional, project-based clinical trial services. In September 2013, we completed the acquisition of ReSearch Pharmaceutical Services, or RPS, a global CRO providing clinical development services primarily to large pharmaceutical companies, which provides a highly complementary fit with our historical focus on biotechnology and small- to mid-sized pharmaceutical companies. RPS, now known as our Strategic Solutions offerings, provides Embedded Solutions™ and functional outsourcing services in which our teams are fully integrated within the client's internal clinical development operations and are responsible for managing functions across the entire breadth of the client's drug development pipeline. We believe that our Strategic Solutions offerings represent an innovative alternative to the traditional, project-based approach and allow our clients to maintain greater control over their clinical development processes. Our flexible clinical development service offerings expand our addressable market beyond the traditional outsourced clinical development market to include the clinical development spending that biopharmaceutical companies historically have retained in-house.

 

1


Table of Contents

Over the past 30 years, we have developed strong client relationships and have performed services for more than 300 biotechnology and pharmaceutical clients. In the first six months of 2014, we derived 20% of our service revenue from small- to mid-sized pharmaceutical companies, 26% of our service revenue from large biotechnology companies and 14% of our service revenue from emerging biotechnology companies. We believe that we have built a reputation as a strategic partner of choice for biotechnology and small- to mid-sized pharmaceutical companies as a result of our competitively differentiated platform and our long-term track record of serving these companies. We expect to benefit from growth in clinical development investment from these customers given the favorable capital raising environment in recent years. Our acquisition of RPS significantly expanded our relationships with large pharmaceutical companies, which represented 40% of our service revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and include all of the top 20 largest pharmaceutical companies. We believe we are well positioned to broaden our relationships and pursue strategic alliances with these large pharmaceutical companies due to our global presence, broad therapeutic expertise and flexible clinical development service offerings.

Our Industry

Industry Standard Research, or ISR, a market research firm, estimated in its "2014 CRO Market Size Projections" report that the size of the worldwide CRO market was approximately $22 billion in 2013 and will grow at an 8% compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, to $32 billion over the next five years. This growth will be driven by an increase in the amount of research and development, or R&D, expenditures and higher levels of clinical development outsourcing by biopharmaceutical companies.

Increased R&D spending

ISR estimates that R&D expenditures by biopharmaceutical companies was approximately $240 billion in 2013 and will grow at more than 2% per year over the next five years. Of this amount, approximately $99 billion was spent on development, including $70 billion on Phase I through IV clinical development. Growth drivers of R&D spending among biopharmaceutical companies include the need to replenish approximately $84 billion in lost revenues since 2012 resulting from the patent expirations of a large number of high-profile drugs and a robust capital raising environment among biotechnology companies in which over $18 billion has been raised in the first six months of 2014.

Higher outsourcing penetration

ISR estimates that approximately 31% of Phase I through IV clinical development spend is outsourced to CROs, and that the level of penetration is expected to increase to approximately 43% by 2018. We believe this increase in outsourcing penetration is due to several factors, including the need to maximize R&D productivity, the increasing burden of clinical trial complexity, the desire to pursue simultaneous registration in multiple countries and strong growth in Phase II through Phase IV trials.

    Maximizing Productivity and Reducing Cost — Productivity within the biopharmaceutical industry has declined over the past several years, while the cost of developing new drugs has increased significantly. We believe that the need for biopharmaceutical companies to maximize productivity and lower costs will cause them to look to CROs as partners that can improve efficiency and clinical success rates, and increase flexibility and speed across their clinical operations.

    Increasing Clinical Trial Complexity — Over the last decade, the burden of clinical trial complexity has been increasingly difficult to manage due to requirements from regulatory authorities worldwide for greater amounts of clinical trial and safety data to support the approval of new drugs, and requirements for adherence to increasingly complex and diverse regulations and guidelines. To balance the conflicting demands of a growing market with the need to control R&D expenses, biopharmaceutical companies engage CROs to provide services designed to generate high quality and timely data in support of regulatory approvals of new drugs or the reformulations of existing drugs as well as support of post-approval regulatory requirements.

 

2


Table of Contents

    Simultaneous Multi-Country Registration — Given their desire to maximize efficiency and global market penetration to achieve higher potential returns on their R&D expenditures, biopharmaceutical companies are increasingly pursuing simultaneous, rather than sequential, regulatory new drug submissions and approvals in multiple countries. However, most biotechnology and small- to mid-sized pharmaceutical companies do not possess the capability or capacity to simultaneously conduct large-scale clinical trials in more than one country.

    Growth in Phase II through Phase IV Trials — Biopharmaceutical companies are also devoting an increasing amount of resources to Phase II through IV trials. Complex late-stage trials, especially those in which sponsors seek to recruit patients with specific conditions on a global basis, are ideally suited for outsourcing to the select group of global CROs with expertise to execute these studies and access to industry leading investigators and trial sites globally. We believe the increase in the quantity and complexity of clinical trials exceeds the capacity and expertise of many biopharmaceutical companies, and is causing them to increasingly seek outsourced solutions.

Our Competitive Strengths

Global CRO platform

We are one of the largest CROs in the world by revenue, focused on executing clinical trials on a global basis. We are dedicated to the seamless execution of integrated clinical trials on multiple continents concurrently. We believe our global presence and scale are important differentiators as biopharmaceutical companies are increasingly focused on greater patient access for increasingly complex clinical trials and gaining regulatory approval for new products in multiple jurisdictions simultaneously.

Broad and flexible service offering

We believe that we are one of a select group of CROs capable of providing both traditional, project-based CRO services as well as embedded and functional outsourcing services. Our broad and flexible service offering allows us to meet the clinical research needs of a wide range of clients, from small biotechnology companies to large pharmaceutical companies. Through more than 30 years of experience, we have developed significant expertise executing complex drug development projects that span Phase I through Phase IV clinical trials.

Therapeutic expertise in large segments of drug development

Our therapeutic expertise encompasses areas that are among the largest in pharmaceutical development, including oncology, central nervous system, inflammation and infectious diseases. We have participated in more than 950 clinical trials in these key areas since 2005, accounting for a substantial majority of our total clinical trials during this period.

Innovative approach to clinical trials using medical informatics

We are committed to being an industry leader in developing global, scalable and sustainable solutions for our clients. We have invested in and acquired large databases of aggregated patient medical data, which we refer to as medical informatics, to better understand patient distribution and location. Our medical informatics suite includes physician, hospital and pharmacy databases that cover more than 280 million patient lives and approximately 10 billion patient and pharmacy claims in the United States. We believe our proprietary analysis and application of this data are key differentiators and allow us to identify more productive investigative sites and speed up overall patient enrollment, thereby decreasing drug development timelines.

Attractive and diversified client base

Over the past 30 years, we have performed services for more than 300 biotechnology and pharmaceutical clients. We believe we are one of a select group of global, large scale CROs with a long-term track record serving biotechnology and small- to mid-sized pharmaceutical companies, and believe that these companies represent an attractive growth opportunity. In addition, our acquisition of RPS significantly expanded our

 

3


Table of Contents

relationships with large pharmaceutical companies, which currently include all of the top 20 largest pharmaceutical companies.

Innovative management team

We are led by a dedicated and experienced executive management team that has an average of 20 years of experience across the global clinical research, pharmaceutical and life sciences industries. This team has been responsible for building our global platform, developing our advanced IT-enabled infrastructure and realizing our significant growth in revenue and earnings over the past five years. In addition, this team has been responsible for successfully integrating the RPS, CRI Lifetree and ClinStar acquisitions, as well as structuring and successfully executing our WuXi joint venture.

Our Growth Strategy

Leverage our strong market position within the biotechnology and small- to mid-sized pharmaceutical market

We believe our long-term track record serving biotechnology and small- to mid-sized pharmaceutical companies has resulted in our earning a reputation as a strategic partner of choice for these companies. We intend to leverage our strong relationships with biotechnology and small- to mid-sized pharmaceutical companies to capture additional business from these companies. In particular we believe the CRO strategic alliances that have become prevalent with large pharmaceutical companies over the past several years will increasingly be utilized by biotechnology and small- to mid-sized pharmaceutical companies. We believe we are well positioned to take advantage of these opportunities.

Build deeper and broader relationships with large pharmaceutical companies

Large pharmaceutical companies have increasingly focused on partnering with multinational CROs that offer a wide array of global therapeutic and service capabilities. Our acquisition of RPS significantly increased the depth of our relationships with large pharmaceutical companies. We intend to expand these relationships beyond the Embedded Solutions provided through our Strategic Solutions offerings to include additional traditional, project-based clinical trial services.

Expand our leading therapeutic expertise in existing and new areas

We believe that our therapeutic expertise in all clinical phases of drug development is critical to the proper design and management of clinical trials and we intend to continue to capitalize on our strong market positions in several large therapeutic categories. We have established and will continue to refine our scientific and therapeutic business development initiatives, which link our organization to key clinical opinion leaders and medical informatics data to more effectively leverage therapeutic expertise throughout our client engagement. Specifically, we believe that oncology, central nervous system, inflammation and infectious diseases, which together represent the majority of all drug candidates currently in clinical development by biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, will be significant drivers of our growth.

Continue to realize financial synergies and strategic benefits from recent acquisitions

We believe we will continue to realize financial synergies and strategic benefits from the acquisitions we have completed over the past two years, resulting in additional revenue growth and margin improvements. We have substantially completed the operational integration of these acquisitions, and are in the process of executing our strategy to eliminate redundancies in corporate and overhead functions and achieve cost efficiencies resulting from the scale of the combined business. We are also in the early stages of benefitting from revenue opportunities gained by cross-selling our full set of services to our existing and new customers.

Pursue selective and complementary acquisition strategy

We are a selectively acquisitive company focused on growing our core service offerings, therapeutic capabilities and geographic reach into areas of high market growth. We have acquired 16 companies since 1997 and have established programs to help us identify acquisition targets and integrate them successfully. Our acquisition strategy is driven by our comprehensive commitment to serve client needs and we are continuously assessing the market for potential opportunities.

 

4


Table of Contents

Risk Factors

Our business is subject to numerous risks, including the following:

    Most of our contracts may be terminated on short notice, and we may be unable to maintain large client contracts or to enter into new contracts.

    The historical conversion rate of our backlog to service revenue may not be indicative of our future conversion rate.

    The market for our services may not grow as we expect.

    We may underprice our fixed-fee contracts or overrun our cost estimates.

    We may be unable to maintain our IT systems or effectively update them.

    Client concentration or concentration in therapeutic classes in which we conduct clinical trials could harm our business.

    Our business is subject to risks associated with international operations, including economic, political and other risks, such as compliance with a myriad of non-U.S. laws and regulations, complications from conducting clinical trials in multiple countries simultaneously and changes in exchange rates.

    We may be unable to successfully develop and market new services or enter new markets.

    We may be unable to effectively integrate our acquisitions or manage our growth.

    Our failure to perform services in accordance with contractual requirements, government regulations and ethical considerations may subject us to significant costs or liability, which could also damage our reputation and cause us to lose existing business or not receive new business.

    Our services are related to treatment of human patients, and we could face liability if a patient is harmed.

    We had approximately $1,258.3 million of total indebtedness as of June 30, 2014, of which $883.3 million is variable rate secured debt with a weighted average interest rate of 4.5%, and may incur further indebtedness.

    Our current majority stockholder will retain significant influence over us and key decisions about our business following the offering that could limit other stockholders' ability to influence the outcome of matters submitted to stockholders for a vote.

    Upon the listing of our shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, we intend to be a "controlled company" within the meaning of the NASDAQ rules. As a result, our stockholders will not have certain corporate governance protections concerning the independence of our board that would otherwise apply to us.

These and other risks are more fully described in the section entitled "Risk Factors" beginning on page 14. We urge you to carefully consider all the information presented in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus before purchasing our common stock.

Affiliates of KKR beneficially own in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock. Because KKR Capital Markets LLC is an Underwriter in this offering and its affiliates own in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock, KKR Capital Markets LLC is deemed to have a "conflict of interest" under Rule 5121, or Rule 5121, of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the requirements of Rule 5121. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a "qualified independent underwriter" is not required in connection with this offering as the member primarily responsible for managing the public offering does not have a conflict of interest, is not an affiliate of any member that has a conflict of interest and meets the requirements of paragraph (f)(12)(E) of Rule 5121. See "Conflicts of Interest."

Our History and Corporate Information

PRA Health Sciences, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware in June 2013 under the name Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc. On December 19, 2013, Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc. changed its name to PRA Global

 

5


Table of Contents

Holdings, Inc. and on July 10, 2014, PRA Global Holdings, Inc. changed its name to PRA Health Sciences, Inc. Our wholly-owned subsidiary, PRA Holdings, Inc., or PRA Holdings, was incorporated in Delaware in July 2007 and its predecessors date back to 1982. Our qualified and experienced clinical and scientific staff has been delivering clinical drug development services to our clients for more than 30 years and our service offerings now encompass the spectrum of the clinical drug development process.

On February 28, 2013, PRA Holdings acquired ClinStar, LLC, or ClinStar, a CRO and logistics provider organized in the United States with operations in Eastern Europe, for $45.0 million in cash and contingent consideration in the form of a potential earn-out payment of up to $5.0 million.

On September 23, 2013, affiliates of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., or KKR, a private equity firm, acquired PRA Holdings for $1.4 billion pursuant to a plan of merger among Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc. (now known as PRA Health Sciences, Inc.), Pinnacle Merger Sub, Inc., or merger sub, and Genstar Capital Partners V, L.P, or Genstar, or the PRA Acquisition. Also on September 23, 2013, we acquired RPS Parent Holding Corp., a global CRO, for $274.3 million, or the RPS Acquisition. In this prospectus, we refer to the PRA Acquisition, RPS Acquisition, related debt financing transactions and the extinguishment of PRA's and RPS's existing debt as the KKR Transaction.

On December 2, 2013, we acquired CRI Holding Company, LLC, or CRI Lifetree, a specialized, early stage CRO, for $77.1 million in cash.

We are now a subsidiary of KKR PRA Investors L.P., a Delaware limited partnership controlled by KKR, or KKR PRA Investors. Following the completion of this offering, KKR PRA Investors will beneficially own approximately          % of our outstanding common stock (or approximately          % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). KKR PRA Investors is the selling stockholder in this offering.

Our principal executive offices are located at 4130 ParkLake Avenue, Suite 400, Raleigh, North Carolina 27612 and our telephone number is (919) 786-8200. Our website address is www.prahs.com. The information contained in, or accessible through, our website does not constitute part of this prospectus.

 

6


Table of Contents

 


OWNERSHIP AND ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

The following diagram illustrates our organizational structure after giving effect to the consummation of this offering and the repayment with proceeds of this offering of a portion of our Senior Notes and our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility as described under "Use of Proceeds," assuming (i) an initial public offering price of $               per share, the midpoint of the initial public offering range indicated on the cover of this prospectus, and (ii) no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

GRAPHIC


(1)
Our Senior Secured Credit Facilities consist of a $125.0 million revolving credit facility with a five-year maturity, or the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, and a term loan facility with a seven-year maturity, or the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility. As of June 30, 2014, we had no borrowings outstanding under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (excluding $2.5 million of outstanding letters of credit) and the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility was $883.3 million. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results from Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Senior Secured Credit Facilities." We intend to use approximately $                million of the net proceeds of this offering to repay outstanding borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, plus accrued and unpaid interest. See "Use of Proceeds."

(2)
As of June 30, 2014, we had $375.0 million principal amount of 9.5% senior notes due 2023, or the Senior Notes, outstanding. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results from Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Senior Notes." We intend to use a portion of the proceeds of this offering to redeem $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of our Senior Notes for an amount equal to 109.5% of their face value, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date. See "Use of Proceeds."

 

7


Table of Contents


IMPLICATIONS OF BEING AN EMERGING GROWTH COMPANY

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in gross revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012. An "emerging growth company" may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

    being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related results of operations in the Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations section in this prospectus;

    not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes Oxley Act;

    reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

    exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, which such fifth anniversary will occur in 2019. However, if specified events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a "large accelerated filer," our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period.

We have elected to take advantage of some of the reduced disclosure obligations listed above in this prospectus, and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

 

8


Table of Contents

 


THE OFFERING

Common stock offered by us

                      shares

Common stock offered by the selling stockholder

 

                    shares

Total shares offered

 

                    shares

Option to purchase additional shares

 

The selling stockholder has granted the underwriters a 30-day option from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to
       additional shares of common stock at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

                    shares

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of the common stock that we are offering will be approximately $                million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the proceeds of this offering to redeem $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of our Senior Notes for an amount equal to 109.5% of their face value, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date, and to repay approximately $                million of borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder. See "Use of Proceeds" for more information.

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol

 

"PRAH"

Risk factors

 

See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 14 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.



The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of                    , 2014 and excludes:

    shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of                    , 2014 at a weighted average exercise price of $               per share under our equity incentive plans; and

    shares of common stock reserved as of                    , 2014 for future issuance under our equity incentive plans.

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

    the filing of our amended restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated by-laws immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

    an initial public offering price of $               per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus;

    our       -for-one reverse split of our common stock, which will occur prior to this offering; and

    no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

 

9


Table of Contents


SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth, for the periods and at the dates indicated, our summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial data.

We have derived the summary consolidated financial data for the year ended December 31, 2012, for the period from January 1 through September 22, 2013 and for the period from September 23 through December 31, 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary historical consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2014 and for each of the six month periods ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of our management, such unaudited financial data contain all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such unaudited consolidated financial data.

We have derived the summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data for the year ended December 31, 2013 from our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. See "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements."

The pro forma financial data for the year ended December 31, 2013 gives effect to the following transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2013:

    the ClinStar Acquisition on February 28, 2013;

    the acquisition of PRA by KKR on September 23, 2013;

    the acquisition of RPS by PRA on September 23, 2013; and

    our acquisition of CRI Lifetree on December 2, 2013 and the modification of our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility in connection therewith, or the CRI Lifetree Acquisition.

We refer to the foregoing collectively as the Transactions.

The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data is for informational purposes only and does not purport to represent what our results of operations would have been if the Transactions had occurred as of those dates or what those results will be for future periods. We cannot assure you that the assumptions used by our management, which they believe are reasonable, for preparation of the summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data will prove to be correct.

The accompanying consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and stockholder's equity are presented for two periods: Predecessor and Successor, which relate to the period preceding the KKR Transaction and the period succeeding the KKR Transaction, respectively. The Company refers to the operations of PRA Health Sciences, Inc. and subsidiaries for both the Predecessor and Successor periods.

Historical results are not indicative of the results to be expected in the future and results of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year. You should read the following data together with the more detailed information contained in "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

10


Table of Contents


 
  Historical   Pro Forma  
 
  Predecessor   Successor   Predecessor   Successor    
 
 
  December 31,
2012
  January 1,
2013 –
September 22,
2013
  September 23,
2013 –
December 31,
2013
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2014
  Year Ended
December 31,
2013
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
   
   
   
   
   
   
 

Consolidated statement of operations data:

                                     

Revenue:

                                     

Service revenue

  $ 597,072   $ 508,539   $ 324,362   $ 345,971   $ 622,774   $ 1,198,292  

Reimbursement revenue

    102,664     103,531     54,854     67,881     89,511     191,869  
                           

Total revenue

    699,736     612,070     379,216     413,852     712,285     1,390,161  

Operating expenses:

                                     

Direct costs

    358,572     304,102     222,776     206,253     428,529     815,405  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket costs

    102,664     103,531     54,854     67,881     89,511     191,869  

Selling, general and administrative

    160,643     142,880     69,730     97,504     116,849     270,703  

Transaction-related costs

        47,486     29,180              

Depreciation and amortization

    30,687     25,144     25,333     16,910     49,236     99,459  

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

    1,560     225         225         226  
                           

Income (loss) from operations

    45,610     (11,298 )   (22,657 )   25,079     28,160     12,499  

Interest expense, net

    (32,823 )   (32,719 )   (23,703 )   (22,069 )   (42,584 )   (86,136 )

Loss on modification or extinguishment of long-term debt

    (9,683 )   (21,678 )   (7,211 )   (1,641 )   (1,384 )   (1,641 )

Foreign currency transaction (losses) gains, net

    (7,841 )   (3,641 )   (4,117 )   4,259     (9,099 )   (7,926 )

Other income (expense), net

    183     (530 )   1,180     (295 )   (175 )   174  
                           

(Loss) income before income taxes and equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures

    (4,554 )   (69,866 )   (56,508 )   5,333     (25,082 )   (83,030 )

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

    (1,847 )   (22,079 )   (17,186 )   654     (11,519 )   (22,041 )
                           

(Loss) income before equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures

    (2,707 )   (47,787 )   (39,322 )   4,679     (13,563 )   (60,989 )

Equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures, net of tax

        (603 )   (621 )   (208 )   (534 )   (1,245 )
                           

Net (loss) income

  $ (2,707 ) $ (48,390 ) $ (39,943 ) $ 4,471   $ (14,097 ) $ (62,234 )
                           
                           

Net (loss) income per share:

                                     

Basic

  $ (0.07 ) $ (1.22 ) $ (0.43 ) $ 0.11   $ (0.15 ) $ (0.66 )

Diluted

    (0.07 )   (1.22 )   (0.43 )   0.11     (0.15 )   (0.66 )

Cash dividends declared per common share

  $ 2.31   $ 2.83       $ 2.83            

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

                                     

Basic

    39,641     39,643     92,260     39,641     94,445     94,444  

Diluted

    39,641     39,643     92,260     40,597     94,445     94,444  

Cash flow data:

                                     

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 99,259   $ 49,208   $ (23,939 ) $ 33,365   $ (3,260 )      

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

    (18,058 )   (60,179 )   (1,018,959 )   (56,269 )   3,188        

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (42,157 )   (37,267 )   1,115,041     (37,280 )   (14,417 )      

 

11


Table of Contents


 
  Historical   Pro Forma  
 
  Predecessor   Successor   Predecessor   Successor    
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2012
  January 1, 2013 –
September 22,
2013
  September 23, 2013 –
December 31,
2013
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
2013
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
2014
  Year Ended
December 31,
2013
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
   
   
   
   
   
   
 

Other financial data:

                                     

EBITDA (1)

  $ 58,956   $ (12,606 ) $ (8,093 ) $ 44,104   $ 66,204   $ 101,320  

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

    96,183     91,985     38,590     62,309     85,194     152,516  

Adjusted net income (1)

    31,898     24,301     1,119     21,667     22,604     19,524  

Adjusted net income per diluted share (1)

  $ 0.78   $ 0.59   $ 0.01   $ 0.53   $ 0.24   $ 0.21  

Backlog (at period end) (2)

    1,382,826         1,939,666     1,444,210     2,044,832        

Net new business (3)

    653,529     462,046     312,298     386,340     723,246        


 
  As of
June 30,
2014
 
 
  (unaudited)
(In thousands)

 

Consolidated balance sheet data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 57,646  

Accounts receivable and unbilled services, net

    339,956  

Working capital

    (3,700 )

Total assets

    2,363,462  

Total long-term debt, net

    1,242,276  

Total liabilities

    1,901,401  

Total stockholders' equity

    462,061  

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

    2,363,462  

(1)
We report our financial results in accordance with GAAP. To supplement this information, we also use the following non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus: "EBITDA," "Adjusted EBITDA" and "Adjusted net income" (including diluted adjusted net income per share) which should not be considered as alternatives to (loss) income from operations, net (loss) income, net (loss) income per share, or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP.

EBITDA represents net (loss) income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income (including diluted adjusted net income per share) represent EBITDA and net income (including diluted net income per share), respectively, adjusted to exclude loss on disposal of fixed assets, loss on modification or extinguishment of debt, foreign currency transaction losses and gains, other (expense) income, management fees, stock-based compensation expense, relocation costs, severance costs, debt refinancing costs, acquisition-related costs, and other one-time charges. Management believes that these measures are more indicative of our operating results as they exclude certain items whose fluctuation from period-to-period do not necessarily correspond to changes in the operating results of our business. In addition, management believes that EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income (including diluted adjusted net income per share) facilitate company-to-company comparisons by backing out potential differences caused by variations in capital structures (affecting interest expense), taxation, and the age and book depreciation of facilities and equipment (affecting relative depreciation expense), which may vary for different companies for reasons unrelated to operating performance. Because not all companies use identical calculations, these presentations of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income (including diluted adjusted net income per share) may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. We further believe that EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income (including diluted adjusted net income per share) are frequently used by securities analysts, investors, and other interested parties in the evaluation of issuers, many of which present EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income (including diluted adjusted net income per share) when reporting their results. These non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider these measures and Adjusted net income (including diluted adjusted net income per share) in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not measurements of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to net (loss) income or other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP, or as alternatives to cash flow from operating activities as measures of our liquidity. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider such measures either in isolation or as substitutes for analyzing our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our taxes;

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect historical capital expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and

other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

    Because of these limitations, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as discretionary cash available to us to reinvest in the growth of our business or as a measure of cash that will be available to us to meet our obligations

 

12


Table of Contents

Set forth below are the reconciliations of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net loss and Adjusted net income to net loss.


 
  Historical   Pro Forma  
 
  Predecessor   Successor   Predecessor   Successor    
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2012
  January 1,
2013 —
September 22,
2013
  September 23,
2013 —
December 31,
2013
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
2013
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
2014
  Year Ended
December 31,
2013
 
(In thousands)
   
   
   
   
   
   
 

Net (loss) income

  $ (2,707 ) $ (48,390 ) $ (39,943 ) $ 4,471   $ (14,097 ) $ (62,234 )

Depreciation and amortization

    30,687     25,144     25,333     16,910     49,236     99,459  

Interest expense, net

    32,823     32,719     23,703     22,069     42,584     86,136  

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

    (1,847 )   (22,079 )   (17,186 )   654     (11,519 )   (22,041 )
                           

EBITDA

    58,956     (12,606 )   (8,093 )   44,104     66,204     101,320  

Management fees

    2,000     1,467     560     1,000     1,050     1,572  

Stock-based compensation expense

    11,610     24,609     132     15,682     1,760     18,232  

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

    1,560     225         225         226  

Loss on modification or extinguishment of debt

    9,683     21,678     7,211     1,641     1,384     1,641  

Foreign currency transaction loss (gain), net

    7,841     3,641     4,117     (4,259 )   9,099     7,926  

Other (income) expense, net

    (183 )   530     (1,180 )   295     175     (174 )

Equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures

        603     621     208     534     1,245  

Transaction-related costs (a)

        47,486     29,180              

Acquisition-related costs (b)

    448     3,673     1,346     3,175     867     10,318  

Relocation costs

    1,265     (18 )       (18 )       (18 )

Severance and restructuring charges (c)

    2,412     235     2,353         1,988     6,722  

Debt refinancing costs

    294                        

Integration costs (d)

        250     1,523     64     1,304     2,734  

Non-cash rent adjustment (e)

            500         801     500  

Other one-time charges (f)

    297     212     320     192     28     272  
                           

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 96,183   $ 91,985   $ 38,590   $ 62,309   $ 85,194   $ 152,516  
                           
                           

Net (loss) income

 
$

(2,707

)

$

(48,390

)

$

(39,943

)
 
4,471
   
(14,097

)

$

(62,234

)

Amortization of intangible assets

    15,647     13,250     19,174     8,789     38,431     77,011  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    4,324     1,916     1,608     1,294     2,893     6,117  

Management fees

    2,000     1,467     560     1,000     1,050     1,572  

Stock-based compensation expense

    11,610     24,609     132     15,682     1,760     18,232  

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

    1,560     225         225         226  

Loss on extinguishment of long-term debt

    9,683     21,678     7,211     1,641     1,384     1,641  

Foreign currency transaction loss (gain), net

    7,841     3,641     4,117     (4,259 )   9,099     7,926  

Other (income) expense, net

    (183 )   530     (1,180 )   295     175     (174 )

Equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures

        603     621     208     534     1,245  

Transaction-related costs (a)

        47,486     29,180              

Acquisition-related costs (b)

    448     3,673     1,346     3,175     867     10,318  

Relocation costs

    1,265     (18 )       (18 )       (18 )

Severance and restructuring charges (c)

    2,412     235     2,353         1,988     6,722  

Debt refinancing costs

    294                      

Integration costs (d)

        250     1,523     64     1,304     2,734  

Non-cash rent adjustment (e)

            500         801     500  

Other one-time charges (f)

    297     212     320     192     28     272  
                           

Total Adjustments

    57,198     119,757     67,465     28,288     60,314     134,324  

Tax effect of total adjustments (g)

    22,593     47,066     26,403     11,092     23,613     52,566  
                           

Adjusted net income

  $ 31,898   $ 24,301   $ 1,119   $ 21,667   $ 22,604   $ 19,524  
                           
                           

    (a)
    Transaction-related costs primarily relate to costs incurred in connection with the closing of the KKR Transaction, the CRI Lifetree Acquisition and the ClinStar Acquisition.

    (b)
    Acquisition-related costs primarily related to costs incurred in connection with the due diligence performed on our acquisitions. In addition, acquisition-related costs include costs incurred by PRA related to its 2013 withdrawn IPO.

 

13


Table of Contents

    (c)
    Represents amounts incurred in connection with the elimination of redundant positions within the organization.

    (d)
    Integration costs represent costs incurred by the Company directly related to the integration our ClinStar, RPS and CRI LifeTree acquisitions. These costs primarily consist of professional fees, rebranding costs, the elimination of redundant facilities and any other costs incurred directly related to the integration of these acquisitions.

    (e)
    The Company has escalating leases that require the amortization of rent expense on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease. The non-cash rent adjustment represents the difference between rent expense recorded in the Company's consolidated statement of operations and the amount of cash actually paid.

    (f)
    Represents charges incurred that are not considered part of our core operating results.

    (g)
    Represents the tax effect of the total adjustments at our estimated statutory rate of 39.5%.

(2)
Our backlog consists of anticipated service revenue from new business awards that either have not started or are but have not been completed. Backlog varies from period to period depending upon new business awards and contract increases, cancellations and the amount of service revenue recognized under existing contracts.

(3)
For our Strategic Solutions offering, the value of new business awards is the anticipated service revenue to be recognized in the corresponding quarter of the next fiscal year. For the remainder of our business, net new business is the value of services awarded during the period from projects under signed contracts, letters of intent and, in some cases, pre-contract commitments that are supported by written communications, adjusted for contracts that were modified or canceled during the period. For the fiscal years 2012 and 2013, net new business excludes the RPS Acquisition.

 

14


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below together with the other information included in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to purchase our common stock. The occurrence of any of the following risks may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. In this event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business

The potential loss, delay or non-renewal of our contracts, or the non-payment by our clients for services that we have performed, could adversely affect our results.

We routinely experience termination, cancellation and non-renewals of contracts by our clients in the ordinary course of business, and the number of cancellations can vary significantly from year to year.

Most of our clients for traditional, project-based clinical trial services can terminate our contracts without cause upon 30 to 60 days' notice. For example, our cancellation percentage for traditional, project-based Phase I through IV trials was 21% for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 22% for the year ended December 31, 2013. Our traditional, project-based clients may delay, terminate or reduce the scope of our contracts for a variety of reasons beyond our control, including but not limited to:

In addition, our clients for our Strategic Solutions offerings may elect not to renew our contracts for a variety of reasons beyond our control, including in the event that we are unable to provide staff sufficient in number or experience as required for a project.

In the event of termination, our contracts often provide for fees for winding down the study, but these fees may not be sufficient for us to maintain our profit margins, and termination or non-renewal may result in lower resource utilization rates, including with respect to personnel who we are not able to place on another client engagement.

Clinical trials can be costly and a material portion of our revenue is derived from emerging biotechnology and small to mid-sized pharmaceutical companies, which may have limited access to capital. In addition, we provide services to such companies before they pay us for some of our services. There is a risk that we may initiate a clinical trial for a client, and the client subsequently becomes unwilling or unable to fund the completion of the trial. In such a situation, notwithstanding the client's ability or willingness to pay for or

15


Table of Contents

otherwise facilitate the completion of the trial, we may be legally or ethically bound to complete or wind down the trial at our own expense.

Because the contracts included in our backlog are generally terminable without cause, we do not believe that our backlog as of any date is necessarily a meaningful predictor of future results. In addition, we may not realize the full benefits of our backlog of contractually committed services if our clients cancel, delay or reduce their commitments under our contracts with them. Thus, the loss or delay of a large contract or the loss or delay of multiple contracts could adversely affect our service revenue and profitability. In addition, the terminability of our contracts puts increased pressure on our quality control efforts, since not only can our contracts be terminated by clients as a result of poor performance, but any such termination may also affect our ability to obtain future contracts from the client involved and others. We believe the risk of loss or delay of multiple contracts is even greater in those cases where we are party to broader partnering arrangements with global biopharmaceutical companies.

We bear financial risk if we underprice our fixed-fee contracts or overrun cost estimates, and our financial results can also be adversely affected by failure to receive approval for change orders or delays in documenting change orders.

Most of our traditional, project-based Phase I through IV contracts are fixed-fee contracts. We bear the financial risk if we initially underprice our contracts or otherwise overrun our cost estimates. In addition, contracts with our clients are subject to change orders, which we commonly experience and which occur when the scope of work we perform needs to be modified from that originally contemplated by our contract with the client. Modifications can occur, for example, when there is a change in a key trial assumption or parameter, a significant change in timing or a change in staffing needs. Furthermore, if we are not successful in converting out-of-scope work into change orders under our current contracts, we bear the cost of the additional work. Such underpricing, significant cost overruns or delay in documentation of change orders could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Our backlog may not convert to service revenue at the historical conversion rate.

Backlog represents anticipated service revenue from contracted new business awards for traditional, project-based clinical trial services that either have not started or are in process but have not been completed and was $2.0 billion at June 30, 2014. Our revenue conversion rate is based on a financial and operational analysis performed by our project management teams and represents the level of effort expected to be expended at a specific point in time. Our backlog at December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $1.9 billion and $1.4 billion, respectively. Once work begins on a project, revenue is recognized over the duration of the project. Projects may be terminated or delayed by the client or delayed by regulatory authorities for reasons beyond our control. To the extent projects are delayed, the timing of our revenue could be affected. In the event that a client cancels a contract, we typically would be entitled to receive payment for all services performed up to the cancellation date and subsequent client authorized services related to terminating the canceled project. Typically, however, we have no contractual right to the full amount of the revenue reflected in our backlog in the event of a contract cancellation. The duration of the projects included in our backlog, and the related revenue recognition, range from a few months to many years. Our backlog may not be indicative of our future results, and we may not realize all the anticipated future revenue reflected in our backlog. A number of factors may affect the realization of our revenue from backlog, including:

Fluctuations in our reported backlog levels also result from the fact that we may receive a small number of relatively large orders in any given reporting period that may be included in our backlog. Because of these

16


Table of Contents

large orders, our backlog in that reporting period may reach levels that may not be sustained in subsequent reporting periods.

As we increasingly compete for and enter into large contracts that are more global in nature, there can be no assurance about the rate at which our backlog will convert into revenue. A decrease in this conversion rate would mean that the rate of revenue recognized on contracts may be slower than what we have experienced in the past, which could impact our service revenue and results of operations on a quarterly and annual basis. The revenue recognition on larger, more global projects could be slower than on smaller, less global projects for a variety of reasons, including but not limited to, an extended period of negotiation between the time the project is awarded to us and the actual execution of the contract, as well as an increased timeframe for obtaining the necessary regulatory approvals. Additionally, delayed projects will remain in backlog and will not generate revenue at the rate originally expected. Thus, the relationship of backlog to realized revenues is indirect and may vary over time.

Our operating margins and profitability will be adversely affected if we are unable to either achieve efficiencies in our operating expenses or grow revenues at a rate faster than expenses.

We operate in a highly competitive environment and experience competitive pricing pressure. To achieve our operating margins over the last three years, we have implemented initiatives to control the rate of growth of our operating expenses. We will continue to utilize these initiatives in the future with a view to offsetting these pricing pressures; however, we cannot be certain that we will be able to achieve the efficiency gains necessary to maintain or grow our operating margins or that the magnitude of our growth in service revenue will be faster than the growth in our operating costs. If we are unable to grow our service revenue at a faster rate than our operating costs, our operating margins will be adversely affected. Our initiatives and any future cost initiatives may also adversely affect us, as they may decrease employee morale or make it more difficult for us to meet operational requirements.

If we are unable to attract suitable investigators and patients for our clinical trials, our clinical development business may suffer.

The recruitment of investigators and patients for clinical trials is essential to our business. Patients typically include people from the communities in which the clinical trials are conducted. Our clinical development business could be adversely affected if we are unable to attract suitable and willing investigators or patients for clinical trials on a consistent basis. For example, if we are unable to engage investigators to conduct clinical trials as planned or enroll sufficient patients in clinical trials, we may need to expend additional funds to obtain access to resources or else be compelled to delay or modify the clinical trial plans, which may result in additional costs to us. These considerations might result in our being unable to successfully achieve our projected development timelines, or potentially even lead us to consider the termination of ongoing clinical trials or development of a product.

Our embedded and functional outsourcing solutions could subject us to significant employment liability.

With our embedded and functional outsourcing services, we place employees at the physical workplaces of our clients. The risks of this activity include claims of errors and omissions, misuse or misappropriation of client proprietary information, theft of client property and torts or other claims under employment liability, co-employment liability or joint employment liability. We have policies and guidelines in place to reduce our exposure to such risks, but if we fail to follow these policies and guidelines we may suffer reputational damage, loss of client relationships and business, and monetary damages.

If we lose the services of key personnel or are unable to recruit experienced personnel, our business could be adversely affected.

Our success substantially depends on the collective performance, contributions and expertise of our senior management team and other key personnel including qualified management, professional, scientific and

17


Table of Contents

technical operating staff and qualified sales representatives for our contract sales services. There is significant competition for qualified personnel in the biopharmaceutical services industry, particularly those with higher educational degrees, such as a medical degree, a Ph.D or an equivalent degree. The departure of any key executive, the payment of increased compensation to attract and retain qualified personnel, or our inability to continue to identify, attract and retain qualified personnel or replace any departed personnel in a timely fashion, may impact our ability to grow our business and compete effectively in our industry and may negatively affect our ability to meet financial and operational goals.

Our effective income tax rate may fluctuate, which may adversely affect our operations, earnings and earnings per share.

Our effective income tax rate is influenced by our projected profitability in the various taxing jurisdictions in which we operate. The global nature of our business increases our tax risks. In addition, as a result of increased funding needs by governments resulting from fiscal stimulus measures, revenue authorities in many of the jurisdictions in which we operate are known to have become more active in their tax collection activities. Changes in the distribution of profits and losses among taxing jurisdictions may have a significant impact on our effective income tax rate, which in turn could have an adverse effect on our net income and earnings per share. The application of tax laws in various taxing jurisdictions, including the United States, is subject to interpretation, and tax authorities in various jurisdictions may have diverging and sometimes conflicting interpretations of the application of tax laws. Changes in tax laws or tax rulings, such as tax reform proposals currently under consideration in the United States or other tax jurisdictions in which we operate, could materially impact our effective tax rate.

Factors that may affect our effective income tax rate include, but are not limited to:

These changes may cause fluctuations in our effective income tax rate that could adversely affect our results of operations and cause fluctuations in our earnings and earnings per share.

Our business depends on the continued effectiveness and availability of our information systems, including the information systems we use to provide our services to our clients, and failures of these systems may materially limit our operations.

Due to the global nature of our business and our reliance on information systems to provide our services, we intend to increase our use of web-enabled and other integrated information systems in delivering our services. We also provide access to similar information systems to certain of our clients in connection with the services we provide them. As the breadth and complexity of our information systems continue to grow, we will increasingly be exposed to the risks inherent in the development, integration and ongoing operation of evolving information systems, including:

18


Table of Contents

The materialization of any of these risks may impede the processing of data, the delivery of databases and services, and the day-to-day management of our business and could result in the corruption, loss or unauthorized disclosure of proprietary, confidential or other data. While we have disaster recovery plans in place, they might not adequately protect us in the event of a system failure. Despite any precautions we take, damage from fire, floods, hurricanes, power loss, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, information system security breaches and similar events at our various computer facilities could result in interruptions in the flow of data to our servers and from our servers to our clients. Corruption or loss of data may result in the need to repeat a trial at no cost to the client, but at significant cost to us, or result in the termination of a contract or damage to our reputation. Additionally, significant delays in system enhancements or inadequate performance of new or upgraded systems once completed could damage our reputation and harm our business. Finally, long-term disruptions in the infrastructure caused by events such as natural disasters, the outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities and acts of terrorism, particularly involving cities in which we have offices, could adversely affect our business. Although we carry property and business interruption insurance, our coverage might not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur.

Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential data, whether through system failure or employee negligence, fraud or misappropriation, could damage our reputation and cause us to lose clients. Similarly, unauthorized access to or through our information systems or those we develop for our clients, whether by our employees or third parties, including a cyberattack by computer programmers and hackers who may develop and deploy viruses, worms or other malicious software programs could result in negative publicity, significant remediation costs, legal liability and damage to our reputation and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, our liability insurance might not be sufficient in type or amount to adequately cover us against claims related to security breaches, cyberattacks and other related breaches.

Upgrading the information systems that support our operating processes and evolving the technology platform for our services pose risks to our business.

Continued efficient operation of our business requires that we implement standardized global business processes and evolve our information systems to enable this implementation. We have continued to undertake significant programs to optimize business processes with respect to our services. Our inability to effectively manage the implementation and adapt to new processes designed into these new or upgraded systems in a timely and cost-effective manner may result in disruption to our business and negatively affect our operations.

We have entered into agreements with certain vendors to provide systems development and integration services that develop or license to us the IT platform for programs to optimize our business processes. If such vendors fail to perform as required or if there are substantial delays in developing, implementing and updating the IT platform, our client delivery may be impaired, and we may have to make substantial further investments, internally or with third parties, to achieve our objectives. Additionally, our progress may be limited by parties with existing or claimed patents who seek to enjoin us from using preferred technology or seek license payments from us.

Meeting our objectives is dependent on a number of factors which may not take place as we anticipate, including obtaining adequate technology enabled services, creating IT-enabled services that our clients will find desirable and implementing our business model with respect to these services. Also, increased IT-related expenditures may negatively impact our profitability.

Our operations might be affected by the occurrence of a natural disaster or other catastrophic event.

We depend on our clients, investigators, laboratories and other facilities for the continued operation of our business. Although we have contingency plans in place for natural disasters or other catastrophic events,

19


Table of Contents

these events, including terrorist attacks, pandemic flu, hurricanes and ice storms, could nevertheless disrupt our operations or those of our clients, investigators and collaboration partners, which could also affect us. In particular, our headquarters are in Raleigh, North Carolina where hurricanes might occur. Even though we carry business interruption insurance policies and typically have provisions in our contracts that protect us in certain events, we might suffer losses as a result of business interruptions that exceed the coverage available under our insurance policies or for which we do not have coverage. Any natural disaster or catastrophic event affecting us or our clients, investigators or collaboration partners could have a significant negative impact on our operations and financial performance.

We may be adversely affected by client concentration or concentration in therapeutic classes in which we conduct clinical trials.

We derive the majority of our revenues from a limited number of large clients. In 2013 and 2012, we derived 30% and 33%, respectively, of our service revenue from our top five clients. In addition, almost 46% of our backlog, as of June 30, 2014, is concentrated among five clients. If any large client decreases or terminates its relationship with us, our business, results of operations or financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

Additionally, we conduct multiple clinical trials for different clients in single therapeutic classes, particularly in the areas of oncology and central nervous system. For example, clinical trials in oncology and central nervous system represented, 34% of our backlog as of June 30, 2014 and 35% of our backlog as of December 31, 2013, respectively. Conducting multiple clinical trials for different clients in a single therapeutic class involving drugs with the same or similar chemical action has in the past, and may in the future, adversely affect our business if some or all of the trials are canceled because of new scientific information or regulatory judgments that affect the drugs as a class or if industry consolidation results in the rationalization of drug development pipelines.

Our business is subject to international economic, political and other risks that could negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We have significant operations in non-U.S. countries that may require complex arrangements to deliver services on global contracts for our clients. Additionally, we have established operations in locations remote from our most developed business centers. As a result, we are subject to heightened risks inherent in conducting business internationally, including the following:

20


Table of Contents

These risks and uncertainties could negatively impact our ability to, among other things, perform large, global projects for our clients. Furthermore, our ability to deal with these issues could be affected by applicable U.S. laws and the need to protect our assets. In addition, we may be more susceptible to these risks as we enter and continue to target growth in emerging countries and regions, including India, China, Eastern Europe and Latin America, which may be subject to a relatively higher risk of political instability, economic volatility, crime, corruption and social and ethnic unrest, all of which are exacerbated in many cases by a lack of an independent and experienced judiciary and uncertainties in how local law is applied and enforced. The materialization of any such risks could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Due to the global nature of our business, we may be exposed to liabilities under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and various non-U.S. anti-corruption laws, and any allegation or determination that we violated these laws could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are required to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, and other U.S. and non-U.S. anti-corruption laws, which prohibit companies from engaging in bribery including corruptly or improperly offering, promising, or providing money or anything else of value to non-U.S. officials and certain other recipients. In addition, the FCPA imposes certain books, records, and accounting control obligations on public companies and other issuers. We operate in parts of the world in which corruption can be common and compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. Our global operations face the risk of unauthorized payments or offers being made by employees, consultants, sales agents, and other business partners outside of our control or without our authorization. It is our policy to implement safeguards to prohibit these practices by our employees and business partners with respect to our operations. However, irrespective of these safeguards, or as a result of monitoring compliance with such safeguards, it is possible that we or certain other parties may discover or receive information at some point that certain employees, consultants, sales agents, or other business partners may have engaged in corrupt conduct for which we might be held responsible. Violations of the FCPA or other non-U.S. anti-corruption laws may result in restatements of, or irregularities in, our financial statements as well as severe criminal or civil sanctions, and we may be subject to other liabilities, which could negatively affect our business, operating results and financial condition. In some cases, companies that violate the FCPA may be debarred by the U.S. government and/or lose their U.S. export privileges. Changes in anti-corruption laws or enforcement priorities could also result in increased compliance requirements and related costs which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the U.S. or other governments may seek to hold us liable for successor liability FCPA violations or violations of other anti-corruption laws committed by companies in which we invest or that we acquired or will acquire.

If we are unable to successfully develop and market new services or enter new markets, our growth, results of operations or financial condition could be adversely affected.

A key element of our growth strategy is the successful development and marketing of new services and entering new markets that complement or expand our existing business. As we develop new services or enter new markets, including services targeted at participants in the broader healthcare industry, we may not have or adequately build the competencies necessary to perform such services satisfactorily, may not receive market acceptance for such services or may face increased competition. If we are unable to succeed in developing new services, entering new markets or attracting a client base for our new services or in new

21


Table of Contents

markets, we will be unable to implement this element of our growth strategy, and our future business, reputation, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

If we fail to perform our services in accordance with contractual requirements, government regulations and ethical considerations, we could be subject to significant costs or liability and our reputation could be adversely affected.

We contract with biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies to perform a wide range of services to assist them in bringing new drugs to market. Our services include monitoring clinical trials, data and laboratory analysis, electronic data capture, patient recruitment and other related services. Such services are complex and subject to contractual requirements, government regulations, and ethical considerations. For example, we are subject to regulation by the FDA and comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities relating to our activities in conducting pre-clinical and clinical trials. The clinical trial process must be conducted in accordance with regulations promulgated by the FDA under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, which requires the drug to be tested and studied in certain ways. In the United States, before human clinical testing may begin, a manufacturer must file an investigational new drug application, or IND, with the FDA. Further, an independent institutional review board, or IRB, for each medical center proposing to participate in the clinical trial must review and approve the protocol for the clinical trial before the medical center's investigators participate. Once initiated, clinical trials must be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the applicable IND, the requirements of the relevant IRBs, and Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, regulations. Similarly, before clinical trials begin, a drug is tested in pre-clinical studies that are expected to comply with Good Laboratory Practice requirements. We are also subject to regulation by the Drug Enforcement Administration, or DEA, which regulates the distribution, recordkeeping, handling, security, and disposal of controlled substances. If we fail to perform our services in accordance with these requirements, regulatory authorities may take action against us. Such actions may include injunctions or failure to grant marketing approval of products, imposition of clinical holds or delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, rejection of data collected in our studies, license revocation, product seizures or recalls, operational restrictions, civil or criminal penalties or prosecutions, damages or fines. Clients may also bring claims against us for breach of our contractual obligations and patients in the clinical trials and patients taking drugs approved on the basis of those trials may bring personal injury claims against us. Any such action could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and reputation.

Such consequences could arise if, among other things, the following occur:

Improper performance of our services.     The performance of clinical development services is complex and time-consuming. For example, we may make mistakes in conducting a clinical trial that could negatively impact or obviate the usefulness of the trial or cause the results of the trial to be reported improperly. If the trial results are compromised, we could be subject to significant costs or liability, which could have an adverse impact on our ability to perform our services and our reputation would be harmed. As examples:

Large clinical trials can cost tens of millions of dollars, and while we endeavor to contractually limit our exposure to such risks, improper performance of our services could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, damage our reputation and result in the cancellation of current contracts by the affected client or other current clients or failure to obtain future contracts from the affected client or other current or potential clients.

22


Table of Contents

Investigation of clients . From time to time, one or more of our clients are investigated by regulatory authorities or enforcement agencies with respect to regulatory compliance of their clinical trials, programs or the marketing and sale of their drugs. In these situations, we have often provided services to our clients with respect to the clinical trials, programs or activities being investigated, and we are called upon to respond to requests for information by the authorities and agencies. There is a risk that either our clients or regulatory authorities could claim that we performed our services improperly or that we are responsible for clinical trial or program compliance. If our clients or regulatory authorities make such claims against us and prove them, we could be subject to damages, fines or penalties. In addition, negative publicity regarding regulatory compliance of our clients' clinical trials, programs or drugs could have an adverse effect on our business and reputation.

If we fail to comply with federal, state, and non-U.S. healthcare laws, including fraud and abuse laws, we could face substantial penalties and our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could be adversely affected.

Even though we do not order healthcare services or bill directly to Medicare, Medicaid or other third party payors, certain federal and state healthcare laws and regulations pertaining to fraud and abuse are and will be applicable to our business. We could be subject to healthcare fraud and abuse laws of both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of available statutory and regulatory exceptions, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. If we or our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could materially adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

Our services could subject us to potential liability that may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our business involves the testing of new drugs on patients in clinical trials. Our involvement in the clinical trial and development process creates a risk of liability for personal injury to or death of patients, particularly those with life-threatening illnesses, resulting from adverse reactions to the drugs administered during testing or after regulatory approval. For example, we may be sued in the future by individuals alleging personal injury due to their participation in clinical trials and seeking damages from us under a variety of legal theories. If we are required to pay damages or incur defense costs in connection with any personal injury claim that is outside the scope of indemnification agreements we have with our clients, if any indemnification agreement is not performed in accordance with its terms or if our liability exceeds the amount of any applicable indemnification limits or available insurance coverage, our financial condition, results of operations and reputation could be materially and adversely affected. We might also not be able to obtain adequate insurance or indemnification for these types of risks at reasonable rates in the future.

We also contract with physicians to serve as investigators in conducting clinical trials. Investigators are typically located at hospitals, clinics or other sites and supervise the administration of the investigational drug to patients during the course of a clinical trial. If the investigators commit errors or make omissions during a clinical trial that result in harm to trial patients or after a clinical trial to a patient using the drug after it has received regulatory approval, claims for personal injury or products liability damages may result. Additionally, if the investigators engage in fraudulent or negligent behavior, trial data may be compromised, which may require us to repeat the clinical trial or subject us to liability or regulatory action. We do not believe we are legally responsible for the medical care rendered by such third party investigators, and we would vigorously defend any claims brought against us. However, it is possible we could be found liable for claims with respect to the actions of third party investigators.

23


Table of Contents

Some of our services involve direct interaction with clinical trial patients and operation of Phase I and IIa clinical facilities, which could create potential liability that may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We operate facilities where Phase I to IIa clinical trials are conducted, which ordinarily involve testing an investigational drug on a limited number of individuals to evaluate its safety, determine a safe dosage range and identify side effects. Failure to operate such a facility in accordance with applicable regulations could result in disruptions to our operations. Additionally, we face risks associated with adverse events resulting from the administration of such drugs and the professional malpractice of medical care providers. We also directly employ nurses and other trained employees who assist in implementing the testing involved in our clinical trials, such as drawing blood from subjects. Any professional malpractice or negligence by such investigators, nurses or other employees could potentially result in liability to us in the event of personal injury to or death of a subject in clinical trials. This liability, particularly if it were to exceed the limits of any indemnification agreements and insurance coverage we may have, may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and reputation.

Our insurance may not cover all of our indemnification obligations and other liabilities associated with our operations.

We maintain insurance designed to provide coverage for ordinary risks associated with our operations and our ordinary indemnification obligations. The coverage provided by such insurance may not be adequate for all claims we may make or may be contested by our insurance carriers. If our insurance is not adequate or available to pay liabilities associated with our operations, or if we are unable to purchase adequate insurance at reasonable rates in the future, our profitability may be adversely impacted.

We do not currently maintain key person life insurance policies on any of our employees. If any of our key employees were to join a competitor or to form a competing company, some of our clients might choose to use the services of that competitor or new company instead of our own. Furthermore, clients or other companies seeking to develop in-house capabilities may hire some of our senior management or key employees. We cannot assure you that a court would enforce the non-competition provisions in our employment agreements.

Exchange rate fluctuations may affect our results of operations and financial condition.

During 2013, approximately 22% of our service revenue was denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, particularly the Euro and the Pound Sterling. Because a large portion of our service revenue and expenses are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and our financial statements are reported in U.S. dollars, changes in non-U.S. currency exchange rates could significantly affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The revenue and expenses of our non-U.S. operations are generally denominated in local currencies and translated into U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, exchange rate fluctuations will affect the translation of non-U.S. results into U.S. dollars for purposes of reporting our consolidated results.

We are subject to non-U.S. currency transaction risk for fluctuations in exchange rates during the period of time between the consummation and cash settlement of a transaction. We earn revenue from our service contracts over a period of several months and, in some cases, over several years. Accordingly, exchange rate fluctuations during this period may affect our profitability with respect to such contracts.

We may limit these risks through exchange rate fluctuation provisions stated in our service contracts, or we may hedge our transaction risk with non-U.S. currency exchange contracts or options. We have not, however, hedged all of our non-U.S. currency transaction risk, and we may experience fluctuations in financial results from our operations outside the United States and non-U.S. currency transaction risk associated with our service contracts.

24


Table of Contents

If we do not keep pace with rapid technological changes, our services may become less competitive or obsolete.

The biopharmaceutical industry generally, and drug development and clinical research more specifically, are subject to rapid technological changes. Our current competitors or other businesses might develop technologies or services that are more effective or commercially attractive than, or render obsolete, our current or future technologies and services. If our competitors introduce superior technologies or services and if we cannot make enhancements to remain competitive, our competitive position would be harmed. If we are unable to compete successfully, we may lose clients or be unable to attract new clients, which could lead to a decrease in our revenue and financial condition.

Our relationships with existing or potential clients who are in competition with each other may adversely impact the degree to which other clients or potential clients use our services, which may adversely affect our results of operations.

The biopharmaceutical industry is highly competitive, with companies each seeking to persuade payors, providers and patients that their drug therapies are more cost-effective than competing therapies marketed or being developed by competing firms. In addition to the adverse competitive interests that biopharmaceutical companies have with each other, these companies also have adverse interests with respect to drug selection and reimbursement with other participants in the healthcare industry, including payors and providers. Biopharmaceutical companies also compete to be first to the market with new drug therapies. We regularly provide services to biopharmaceutical companies who compete with each other, and we sometimes provide services to such clients regarding competing drugs in development. Our existing or future relationships with our biopharmaceutical clients have in the past and may continue to deter other biopharmaceutical clients from using our services or in certain instances has resulted in our clients seeking to place limits on our ability to serve their competitors and other industry participants. In addition, our further expansion into the broader healthcare market may adversely impact our relationships with biopharmaceutical clients, and such clients may elect not to use our services, reduce the scope of services that we provide to them or seek to place restrictions on our ability to serve clients in the broader healthcare market with interests that are adverse to theirs. Any loss of clients or reductions in the level of revenues from a client could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, business and prospects.

If we are unable to successfully integrate our recent acquisitions, manage our joint ventures and identify, acquire and integrate future acquisitions and joint ventures with our existing business, services and technologies, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely impacted.

We have historically grown our business both organically and through acquisitions, and we anticipate that a portion of our future growth may come from acquiring existing businesses, services or technologies and entering into strategic alliances and joint ventures. The success of any acquisition will depend upon, among other things, our ability to effectively integrate acquired personnel, operations, products and technologies into our business, to obtain regulatory approvals, and to retain the key personnel and clients of our acquired businesses. Failure to successfully integrate any acquired business may result in reduced levels of revenue, earnings or operating efficiency than might have been achieved if we had not acquired such businesses. In addition, any future acquisitions could result in the incurrence of additional debt and related interest expense, contingent liabilities and amortization expenses related to intangible assets, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flow.

The success of any joint venture, including our joint venture with WuXi, will involve, among other things, learning about new markets and regulations, ensuring quality controls are adequate and not inadvertently creating competitors. In addition, we may be unable to identify suitable acquisition opportunities, properly evaluate the price of such acquisitions or obtain any necessary financing on commercially acceptable terms.

We may also spend time and money investigating and negotiating with potential acquisition targets and strategic alliance partners but not complete the transaction. Acquisitions involve other risks, including,

25


Table of Contents

among others, the assumption of additional liabilities and expenses, difficulties and expenses in connection with integrating the acquired companies and achieving the expected benefits, issuances of potentially dilutive securities or debt, loss of key employees of the acquired companies, transaction costs, diversion of management's attention from other business concerns and, with respect to the acquisition of non-U.S. companies, the inability to overcome differences in non-U.S. business practices, language and customs. Our failure to identify potential acquisitions, complete targeted acquisitions and integrate completed acquisitions or identify and manage strategic alliances or joint ventures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to achieve the estimated future cost savings expected to be realized as a result of the RPS Acquisition, the CRI Acquisition or future acquisitions. Failure to achieve such estimated future cost savings could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and result of operations.

We may not be able to realize anticipated cost savings, revenue enhancements or other synergies from the RPS Acquisition, the CRI Acquisition or other future acquisitions, either in the amount or within the time frame that we expect. In addition, the costs of achieving these benefits may be higher than, and the timing may differ from, what we expect. Our ability to realize anticipated cost savings, revenue enhancements or other synergies may be affected by a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the following:

Anticipated cost savings reflect estimates and assumptions made by our management as to the benefits and associated expenses and capital spending with respect to our cost savings initiatives, and it is possible that these estimates and assumptions may not ultimately reflect actual results. In addition, these estimated cost savings may not actually be achieved in the timeframe anticipated or at all.

If we fail to realize anticipated cost savings, revenue enhancements or other synergies, our financial results may be adversely affected, and we may not generate the cash flow from operations that we anticipate.

We have a significant amount of goodwill and intangible assets on our balance sheet, and our results of operations may be adversely affected if we fail to realize the full value of our goodwill and intangible assets.

Our balance sheet reflects goodwill and intangibles assets of $1.1 billion and $0.7 billion, respectively, as of June 30, 2014. Collectively, goodwill and intangibles assets represented 74% of our total assets as of June 30, 2014. In accordance with GAAP, goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are not amortized, but are subject to a periodic impairment evaluation. We assess the realizability of our indefinite lived intangible assets and goodwill annually and conduct an interim evaluation whenever events or changes in circumstances, such as operating losses or a significant decline in earnings associated with the acquired business or asset, indicate that these assets may be impaired. In addition, we review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets might not be recoverable. If indicators of impairment are present, we evaluate the carrying value in relation to estimates of future undiscounted cash flows. Our ability to realize the value of the goodwill and intangible assets will depend on the future cash flows of the businesses we have acquired, which in turn depend in part on how well we have integrated these businesses into our own business. The carrying

26


Table of Contents

amount of the goodwill could be impaired if there is a downturn in our business or our industry or other factors that affect the fair value of our business, in which case a charge to earnings would become necessary. If we are not able to realize the value of the goodwill and intangible assets, we may be required to incur material charges relating to the impairment of those assets. Such impairment charges could materially and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

Under Sections 382 and 383 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, if a corporation undergoes an "ownership change" (generally defined as a greater than 50 percentage point change, by value, in the aggregate stock ownership of certain stockholders over a three-year period), the corporation's ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards to offset its future taxable income and other pre-change tax attributes may be limited. We have experienced at least one ownership change in the past. We may experience additional ownership changes in the future (including in connection with this offering). In addition, future changes in our stock ownership (including future sales by KKR) could result in additional ownership changes. Any such ownership changes could limit our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards to offset any future taxable income and other tax attributes. State and non-U.S. tax laws may also impose limitations on our ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes.

Our business could be harmed if we are unable to manage our growth effectively.

We believe that sustained growth places a strain on operational, human and financial resources. To manage our growth, we must continue to improve our operating and administrative systems and to attract and retain qualified management, professional, scientific and technical operating personnel. We believe that maintaining and enhancing both our systems and personnel at reasonable cost are instrumental to our success. We cannot assure you that we will be able to enhance our current technology or obtain new technology that will enable our systems to keep pace with developments and the sophisticated needs of our clients. The nature and pace of our growth introduces risks associated with quality control and client dissatisfaction due to delays in performance or other problems. In addition, non-U.S. operations involve the additional risks of assimilating differences in non-U.S. business practices, hiring and retaining qualified personnel and overcoming language barriers. Failure to manage growth effectively could have an adverse effect on our business.

Our operations involve the use and disposal of hazardous substances and waste which can give rise to liability that could adversely impact our financial condition.

We conduct activities that have involved, and may continue to involve, the controlled use of hazardous materials and the creation of hazardous substances, including medical waste and other highly regulated substances. Although we believe that our safety procedures for handling the disposal of such materials generally comply with the standards prescribed by non-U.S., state and federal laws and regulations, our operations nevertheless pose the risk of accidental contamination or injury caused by the release of these materials and/or the creation of hazardous substances, including medical waste and other highly regulated substances. In the event of such an accident, we could be held liable for damages and cleanup costs which, to the extent not covered by existing insurance or indemnification, could harm our business. In addition, other adverse effects could result from such liability, including reputational damage resulting in the loss of additional business from certain clients.

We rely on third parties for important products and services.

We depend on certain third parties to provide us with products and services critical to our business. Such services include, among others, suppliers of drugs for patients participating in trials, suppliers of kits for use in our laboratories, suppliers of reagents for use in our testing equipment and providers of maintenance services for our equipment. The failure of any of these third parties to adequately provide the required

27


Table of Contents

products or services, or to do so in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We have only a limited ability to protect our intellectual property rights, and these rights are important to our success.

Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to develop, use and protect our proprietary methodologies, analytics, systems, technologies and other intellectual property. Existing laws of the various countries in which we provide services or solutions offer only limited protection of our intellectual property rights, and the protection in some countries may be very limited. We rely upon a combination of trade secrets, confidentiality policies, nondisclosure, invention assignment and other contractual arrangements, and copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, to protect our intellectual property rights. These laws are subject to change at any time and certain agreements may not be fully enforceable, which could further restrict our ability to protect our innovations. Our intellectual property rights may not prevent competitors from independently developing services similar to or duplicative of ours. Further, the steps we take in this regard might not be adequate to prevent or deter infringement or other misappropriation of our intellectual property by competitors, former employees or other third parties, and we might not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate and timely steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Enforcing our rights might also require considerable time, money and oversight, and we may not be successful in enforcing our rights.

Depending on the circumstances, we might need to grant a specific client greater rights in intellectual property developed in connection with a contract than we otherwise generally do. In certain situations, we might forego all rights to the use of intellectual property we create, which would limit our ability to reuse that intellectual property for other clients. Any limitation on our ability to provide a service or solution could cause us to lose revenue generating opportunities and require us to incur additional expenses to develop or license new or modified solutions for future projects.

Our business has experienced substantial expansion and contraction in the past and we might not properly manage any expansion or contraction in the future.

Rapid expansion or contraction, both of which we have experienced, could strain our operational, human and financial resources and facilities. If we fail to properly manage any changes, our expenses might grow more than revenue and our results of operations and financial condition might be negatively affected. In order to manage expansion or contraction, we must, among other things, do the following:

In addition, we have numerous business groups, subsidiaries and divisions. If we cannot properly manage these groups, subsidiaries or divisions, it will disrupt our operations. We also face additional risks in expanding our non-U.S. operations. Specifically, we might find it difficult to:

28


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Our Industry

The biopharmaceutical services industry is fragmented and highly competitive.

The biopharmaceutical services industry is fragmented and highly competitive and if we do not compete successfully, our business will suffer. We often compete for business with other biopharmaceutical services companies, universities, niche providers and discovery and development departments within our clients, some of which are large biopharmaceutical services companies in their own right with greater resources than ours. As part of our business model, we have formed preferred vendor relationships. These relationships generally are not contractual and are subject to change at any time. As a result of these relationships, we may find reduced access to certain potential clients due to preferred vendor arrangements with other competitors. There are few barriers to entry for smaller specialized companies considering entering the industry. Because of their size and focus, these companies might compete effectively against larger companies like us, which could have a material adverse impact on our business. Additionally, the industry is highly fragmented, with numerous smaller specialized companies and a handful of full-service companies with global capabilities similar to ours. Increased competition has led to price and other forms of competition, such as acceptance of less favorable contract terms, that could adversely affect our operating results. As a result of competitive pressures, in recent years our industry has experienced consolidation. This trend is likely to produce more competition from the resulting larger companies for both clients and acquisition candidates.

Outsourcing trends in the biopharmaceutical industry and changes in aggregate spending and R&D budgets could adversely affect our operating results and growth rate.

We provide services to the biopharmaceutical industry and our revenues depend on the outsourcing trends and R&D expenditures in the industry. Economic factors and industry trends that affect biopharmaceutical companies affect our business. Biopharmaceutical companies continue to seek long-term strategic collaborations with global CROs with favorable pricing terms. Competition for these collaborations is intense and we may decide to forego an opportunity or we may not be selected, in which case a competitor may enter into the collaboration and our business with the client, if any, may be limited. In addition, if the biopharmaceutical industry reduces its outsourcing of clinical trials or such outsourcing fails to grow at projected rates, our operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. We may also be negatively affected by consolidation and other factors in the biopharmaceutical industry, which may slow decision making by our clients or result in the delay or cancellation of clinical trials. All of these events could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Recent consolidation in the biopharmaceutical industry could lead to a reduction in our revenues.

Several large biopharmaceutical companies have recently completed mergers and acquisitions that will consolidate the outsourcing trends and R&D expenditures into fewer companies. As a result of the RPS Acquisition and the expansion of our relationship with large pharmaceutical companies, pharmaceutical companies have become an increasing portion of our customer base. The pharmaceutical industry is currently undergoing a period of increased merger activity. As a result of this and future consolidations, our client diversity may decrease and our business may be adversely affected.

We may be affected by healthcare reform and potential additional reforms.

Numerous government bodies are considering or have adopted various healthcare reforms and may undertake, or are in the process of undertaking, efforts to control growing healthcare costs through legislation, regulation and voluntary agreements with medical care providers and biopharmaceutical companies. By way of example, in March 2010, the the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or collectively, the Affordable Care Act, was signed into law, which, among other things, expanded, over time, health insurance coverage, imposed health industry cost containment measures, enhanced remedies against healthcare fraud and abuse, added new

29


Table of Contents

transparency requirements for healthcare and health insurance industries, imposed new taxes and fees on pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers and imposed additional health policy reforms, any of which may significantly impact the biopharmaceutical industry, including many of our customers. We are uncertain as to the effects of these recent reforms on our business and are unable to predict what legislative proposals, if any, will be adopted in the future. If regulatory cost containment efforts limit the profitability of new drugs, our clients may reduce their R&D spending, which could reduce the business they outsource to us. Similarly, if regulatory requirements are relaxed or simplified drug approval procedures are adopted, the demand for our services could decrease.

Government bodies may also adopt healthcare legislation or regulations that are more burdensome than existing regulations. For example, product safety concerns and recommendations by the Drug Safety Oversight Board could change the regulatory environment for drug products, and new or heightened regulatory requirements may increase our expenses or limit our ability to offer some of our services. Additionally, new or heightened regulatory requirements may have a negative impact on the ability of our clients to conduct industry sponsored clinical trials, which could reduce the need for our services. Furthermore, a relaxation of the scope of regulatory requirements, such as the introduction of simplified marketing applications for pharmaceuticals and biologics, could decrease the business opportunities available to us.

Actions by regulatory authorities or clients to limit the scope of or withdraw an approved drug from the market could result in a loss of revenue.

Government regulators have the authority, after approving a drug, to limit its indication for use by requiring additional labeled warnings or to withdraw the drug's approval for its approved indication based on safety concerns. Similarly, clients may act to voluntarily limit the availability of approved drugs or withdraw them from the market after we begin our work. If we are providing services to clients for drugs that are limited or withdrawn, we may be required to narrow the scope of or terminate our services with respect to such drugs, which would prevent us from earning the full amount of service revenue anticipated under the related service contracts.

Current and proposed laws and regulations regarding the protection of personal data could result in increased risks of liability or increased cost to us or could limit our service offerings.

The confidentiality, collection, use and disclosure of personal data, including clinical trial patient-specific information, are subject to governmental regulation generally in the country in which the personal data was collected or used. For example, U.S. federal regulations under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HIPAA, generally require individuals' written authorization, in addition to any required informed consent, before protected health information may be used for research and such regulations specify standards for de-identifications and for limited data sets. We may also be subject to applicable state privacy and security laws and regulations in states in which we operate. We are both directly and indirectly affected by the privacy provisions surrounding individual authorizations because many investigators with whom we are involved in clinical trials are directly subject to them as a HIPAA "covered entity" and because we obtain identifiable health information from third parties that are subject to such regulations. Because of recent amendments to the HIPAA data security and privacy rules that were promulgated on January 25, 2013, some of which went into effect on March 26, 2013, there are some instances where we may be a HIPAA "business associate" of a "covered entity," meaning that we may be directly liable for any breaches in protected health information and other HIPAA violations. These amendments may subject us to HIPAA's enforcement scheme, which, as amended, can result in up to $1.5 million in annual civil penalties for each HIPAA violation.

In the European Union, or the EU, personal data includes any information that relates to an identified or identifiable natural person with health information carrying additional obligations, including obtaining the

30


Table of Contents

explicit consent from the individual for collection, use or disclosure of the information. In addition, we are subject to EU rules with respect to cross-border transfers of such data out of the EU. The United States, the EU and its member states, and other countries where we have operations, such as Japan, continue to issue new privacy and data protection rules and regulations that relate to personal data and health information. Failure to comply with certain certification/registration and annual re-certification/registration provisions associated with these data protection and privacy regulations and rules in various jurisdictions, or to resolve any serious privacy or security complaints, could subject us to regulatory sanctions, criminal prosecution or civil liability. Federal, state and non-U.S. governments may propose or have adopted additional legislation governing the collection, possession, use or dissemination of personal data, such as personal health information, and personal financial data as well as security breach notification rules for loss or theft of such data. Additional legislation or regulation of this type might, among other things, require us to implement new security measures and processes or bring within the legislation or regulation de-identified health or other personal data, each of which may require substantial expenditures or limit our ability to offer some of our services. Additionally, if we violate applicable laws, regulations or duties relating to the use, privacy or security of personal data, we could be subject to civil liability or criminal prosecution, be forced to alter our business practices and suffer reputational harm. In the next few years, the European data protection framework may be revised as a generally applicable data regulation. The text has not yet been finalized, but it contains new provisions specifically directed at the processing of health information, sanctions of up to 2% of worldwide gross revenue and extra-territoriality measures intended to bring non-EU companies under the proposed regulation.

The biopharmaceutical industry has a history of patent and other intellectual property litigation, and we might be involved in costly intellectual property lawsuits.

The biopharmaceutical industry has a history of intellectual property litigation, and these lawsuits will likely continue in the future. Accordingly, we may face patent infringement suits by companies that have patents for similar business processes or other suits alleging infringement of their intellectual property rights. Legal proceedings relating to intellectual property could be expensive, take significant time and divert management's attention from other business concerns, regardless of the outcome of the litigation. If we do not prevail in an infringement lawsuit brought against us, we might have to pay substantial damages, and we could be required to stop the infringing activity or obtain a license to use technology on unfavorable terms.

Circumstances beyond our control could cause the CRO industry to suffer reputational or other harm that could result in an industry-wide reduction in demand for CRO services, which could harm our business.

Demand for our services may be affected by perceptions of our clients regarding the CRO industry as a whole. For example, other CROs could engage in conduct that could render our clients less willing to do business with us or any CRO. Although to date no event has occurred causing material industry-wide reputational harm, one or more CROs could engage in or fail to detect malfeasance, such as inadequately monitoring sites, producing inaccurate databases or analysis, falsifying patient records, and performing incomplete lab work, or take other actions that would reduce the confidence of our clients in the CRO industry. As a result, the willingness of biopharmaceutical companies to outsource R&D services to CROs could diminish and our business could thus be harmed materially by events outside our control.

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our debt obligations and may otherwise restrict our activities.

As of June 30, 2014, we had total indebtedness of $1.3 billion, including the Senior Notes and the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

31


Table of Contents

Specifically, our high level of debt could have important consequences to the holders of the Senior Notes, including:

Despite our level of indebtedness, we may incur more debt and undertake additional obligations. Incurring such debt or undertaking such additional obligations could further exacerbate the risks to our financial condition.

Although the credit agreement governing the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indenture governing the Senior Notes contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions and the indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could increase. To the extent new debt is added to our current debt levels, the risks to our financial condition would increase.

While the credit agreement governing the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indenture governing the Senior Notes also contain restrictions on our ability to make loans and investments, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the investments incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial.

If we do not comply with the covenants in the credit agreement governing the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indenture governing the Senior Notes, we may not have the funds necessary to pay all of our indebtedness that could become due.

The credit agreement governing the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indenture governing the Senior Notes require us to comply with certain covenants. In particular, our credit agreement and indenture prohibit us from incurring any additional indebtedness, except in specified circumstances, or amending the terms of agreements relating to certain existing junior indebtedness, if any, in a manner materially adverse to the lenders under our credit agreement and holders of our Senior Notes, without their respective approval. Further, our credit agreement and indenture contain customary covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to acquire and dispose of assets, engage in mergers or reorganizations, pay dividends or make investments. A violation of any of these covenants could cause an event of default under our credit agreement.

If we default on our credit agreement as a result of our failure to pay principal or interest when due, our material breach of any representation, warranty or covenant, or any other reason, all outstanding amounts could become immediately due and payable. In such case, we may not have sufficient funds to repay all the outstanding amounts. In addition, or in the alternative, the lenders under our credit agreement could exercise their rights under the security documents entered into in connection with the credit agreement. If any of the holders of our indebtedness accelerate the repayment of such indebtedness, there can be no

32


Table of Contents

assurance that we will have sufficient assets to repay our indebtedness. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the holders of our secured indebtedness could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. Any acceleration of amounts due under the credit agreement governing our outstanding Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indenture governing the Senior Notes or the substantial exercise by the lenders of their rights under the security documents would likely have a material adverse effect on us.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness that may not be successful.

Our ability to satisfy our debt obligations will depend upon, among other things:

It cannot be assured that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, or that future borrowings will be available to us under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities or otherwise, in an amount sufficient to fund our liquidity needs.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to service our indebtedness, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. In addition, the terms of existing or future debt agreements, may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions for fair market value or at all, and any proceeds that we could realize from any such dispositions may not be adequate to meet our debt service obligations then due.

Interest rate fluctuations may affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Because a substantial portion of our debt is variable-rate debt, fluctuations in interest rates could have a material effect on our business. We currently utilize derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps to hedge our exposure to interest rate fluctuations, but such instruments may not be effective in reducing our exposure to interest fluctuations, and we may discontinuing utilizing them at any time. As a result, we may incur higher interest costs if interest rates increase. These higher interest costs could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and the levels of cash we maintain for working capital.

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and This Offering

KKR will continue to have significant influence over us after this offering, including control over decisions that require the approval of stockholders, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of matters submitted to stockholders for a vote.

Upon the completion of this offering, KKR will own approximately          % of the outstanding shares of our common stock (or          % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). As long as KKR owns or controls a significant amount of our outstanding voting power, it has the ability to exercise substantial control over all corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, irrespective of how our other stockholders may vote, including:

33


Table of Contents

Moreover, KKR's share ownership may also adversely affect the trading price for our common stock to the extent investors perceive disadvantages in owning shares of a company with a controlling shareholder. In addition, we have historically paid KKR an annual fee for certain advisory and consulting services pursuant to a monitoring agreement. See "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Arrangements with KKR — Monitoring Agreement." We will pay KKR a fee to terminate the monitoring agreement in connection with the consummation of this offering. In addition, KKR is in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire interests in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with our business, as well as businesses that are significant existing or potential customers. KKR may acquire or seek to acquire assets that we seek to acquire and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us or may be more expensive for us to pursue, and as a result, the interests of KKR may not coincide with the interests of our other stockholders.

Upon the listing of our shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, we will be a "controlled company" within the meaning of the rules and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

After completion of this offering, KKR will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a "controlled company" within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NASDAQ Global Market. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a "controlled company" and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that, within one year of the date of the listing of our common stock:

Following this offering, we intend to utilize certain of these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors on our board of directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market.

Provisions of our corporate governance documents and Delaware law could make any change in our board of directors or in control of our company more difficult.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and Delaware law contain provisions, such as provisions authorizing, without a vote of stockholders, the issuance of one or more series of preferred stock, that could make it difficult or expensive for a third party to pursue a tender offer, change in control or takeover attempt that is opposed by our management and board of directors even if such a transaction would be beneficial to our stockholders. We will also have a staggered board of directors that could make it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors in any one year. These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of public stockholders to change our management or board of directors.

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of your investment.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our net tangible book value per share after this offering. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $               per share, which is the

34


Table of Contents

midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $               per share, representing the difference between our as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the initial public offering price. In addition, purchasers of common stock in this offering will have contributed           % of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our stock but will own only approximately          % of our common stock outstanding after this offering. We also have a large number of outstanding stock options to purchase common stock with exercise prices that may be below the estimated initial public offering price of our common stock. To the extent that these options are exercised, you will experience further dilution. See "Dilution" for more detail.

An active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop, which may limit your ability to sell your shares.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we intend to apply to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "PRAH," an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of market prices of our common stock that will prevail in the open market after the offering. A public trading market having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the existence of willing buyers and sellers at any given time, such existence being dependent upon the individual decisions of buyers and sellers over which neither we nor any market maker has control. The failure of an active and liquid trading market to develop and continue would likely have a material adverse effect on the value of our common stock. The market price of our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid in this offering, or at all. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

Our operating results and share price may be volatile, and the market price of our common stock after this offering may drop below the price you pay.

Our quarterly operating results are likely to fluctuate in the future as a publicly traded company. In addition, securities markets worldwide have experienced, and are likely to continue to experience, significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could subject the market price of our shares to wide price fluctuations regardless of our operating performance. We and the underwriters will negotiate to determine the initial public offering price. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price, or at all. Our operating results and the trading price of our shares may fluctuate in response to various factors, including:

35


Table of Contents

These and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, may cause our operating results and the market price and demand for our shares to fluctuate substantially. While we believe that operating results for any particular quarter are not necessarily a meaningful indication of future results, fluctuations in our quarterly operating results could limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares and may otherwise negatively affect the market price and liquidity of our shares. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business, which could significantly harm our profitability and reputation.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. After this offering, we will have                                              outstanding shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2014. This includes                                             shares that we are selling in this offering as well as the                                             shares that the selling stockholder is selling, which may be resold in the public market immediately, and assumes no exercises of outstanding options. Substantially all of the shares that are not being sold in this offering will be subject to a 180-day lock-up period provided under agreements executed in connection with this offering. These shares will, however, be able to be resold after the expiration of the lock-up agreements as described in the "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" section of this prospectus. KKR and certain of our stockholders have demand registration rights and "piggyback" registration rights with respect to future registered offerings of our common stock. See "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions" for more detail. KKR and other stockholders, who collectively are expected to own          % of our common stock after this offering, may sell shares of our common stock after the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. We also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements described in the "Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)" section of this prospectus. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our stock could decline if the holders of currently restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.

Because we have no current plans to pay regular cash dividends on our common stock following this offering, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

Although we have previously declared dividends to our stockholders, we do not anticipate paying any regular cash dividends on our common stock following this offering. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is, and may be,

36


Table of Contents

limited by covenants of existing and any future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur, including under our existing credit facilities. Therefore, any return on investment in our common stock is solely dependent upon the appreciation of the price of our common stock on the open market, which may not occur. See "Dividend Policy" for more detail.

Because a significant portion of our operations is conducted through our subsidiaries, we are largely dependent on our receipt of distributions or other payments from our subsidiaries for cash to fund all of our operations and expenses, including to make future dividend payments, if any.

A significant portion of our operations is conducted through our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to service our debt or to make future dividend payments or other distributions, if any, is largely dependent on the earnings of our subsidiaries and the payment of those earnings to us in the form of dividends, loans or advances and through repayment of loans or advances from us. Payments to us by our subsidiaries will be contingent upon our subsidiaries' earnings and other business considerations and may be subject to statutory or contractual restrictions. We do not currently expect to declare or pay dividends and other distributions on our common stock for the foreseeable future; however, to the extent that we determine in the future to pay dividends or other distributions on our common stock, the credit agreement governing our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indenture governing the Senior Notes significantly restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or otherwise transfer assets to us. Further, there may be significant tax and other legal restrictions on the ability of non-U.S. subsidiaries or associates to remit money to us.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our shares or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our shares will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our share price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our share price could decline.

We are an "emerging growth company" and as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock may be less attractive to investors.

We are an "emerging growth company" as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We could be an "emerging growth company" for up to five years. For additional information about the implications of qualifying as an emerging growth company, see "Prospectus Summary — Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company."

37


Table of Contents

Failure to achieve and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business and share price.

As a privately-held company, we were not required to evaluate our internal control over financial reporting in a manner that meets the standards of publicly traded companies required by Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes Oxley Act, or Section 404(a). We anticipate being required to meet these standards in the course of preparing our financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014, and our management will be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for such year. The rules governing the standards that must be met for our management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation.

In connection with the implementation of the necessary procedures and practices related to internal control over financial reporting, we may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes Oxley Act for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. In addition, we may encounter problems or delays in completing the implementation of any requested improvements and receiving a favorable attestation in connection with the attestation provided by our independent registered public accounting firm. In the event we are unable to receive a favorable attestation report in a timely manner, the market price of our common stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the NASDAQ Global Market, the SEC or other regulatory agencies, which could require additional financial and management resources. Additionally, we will be unable to issue securities in the public markets through the use of a shelf registration statement if we are not in compliance with Section 404. Furthermore, failure to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment could have a material adverse effect on our business and share price and could limit our ability to report our financial results accurately and timely.

We will incur significant costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a privately-held company, we were not required to comply with certain corporate governance and financial reporting practices and policies required of a publicly traded company. As a publicly traded company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we were not required to incur in the recent past, particularly after we are no longer an "emerging growth company" as defined under the JOBS Act. In addition, compliance with new and changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the rules and regulations promulgated and to be promulgated thereunder, as well as under the Sarbanes Oxley Act, and the rules and regulations of the SEC, and the NASDAQ Global Market, will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly. For example, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, will require us, among other things, to file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. We also expect that being a public company and being subject to new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors may therefore strain our resources, divert management's attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors.

Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert management's attention from implementing our growth strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, results of operations and financial condition. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a publicly traded company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a publicly traded company.

38


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy, prospective products, product approvals, research and development costs, timing and likelihood of success, plans and objectives of management for future operations, and future results of current and anticipated products are forward looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward looking statements.

In some cases, you can identify forward looking statements by terms such as "may," "will," "should," "expect," "plan," "anticipate," "could," "intend," "target," "project," "contemplates," "believes," "estimates," "predicts," "potential" or "continue" or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. The forward looking statements in this prospectus are only predictions. We have based these forward looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described under the sections in this prospectus entitled "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and elsewhere in this prospectus. Because forward looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified and some of which are beyond our control, you should not rely on these forward looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward looking statements. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward looking statements contained herein, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise.

39


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of the common stock that we are offering will be approximately $                million, assuming an initial public offering price of $               per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $               per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $                million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. We will not receive any of the net proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder.

We intend to use the proceeds of this offering to redeem $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of our Senior Notes for an amount equal to 109.5% of their face value, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date, and to repay approximately $                million of borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility.

As of June 30, 2014, the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes outstanding was $375.0 million, excluding accrued and unpaid interest of $8.9 million. The Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 9.5% per annum and mature on October 1, 2023. On or prior to October 1, 2016, under certain circumstances, we may redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes at a redemption price of 109.5% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date using the proceeds of certain equity offerings, including this initial public offering of our common stock. On or prior to October 1, 2018, we may redeem the Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date plus a make-whole premium as set forth in the indenture governing the Senior Notes. Thereafter, we may redeem the Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at redemption prices specified in the indenture.

The Senior Secured Term Loan Facility under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities had $883.3 million outstanding as of June 30, 2014 with a maturity date on September 23, 2020. Borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at a rate equal to, at PRA Holdings' option, either (a) LIBOR for the relevant interest period, plus 3.50% per annum; provided that solely with respect to the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility LIBOR shall be deemed to be no less than 1.00% per annum or (b) a base rate, plus 2.50% per annum; provided that solely with respect to the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility the base rate shall be deemed to be no less than 2.00% per annum. We may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility without premium or penalty, subject to reimbursements of the lenders' redeployment costs in the case of a prepayment of LIBOR borrowings other than on the last day of the relevant interest period. As of June 30, 2014, the interest applicable on the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility was 4.5%.

Pending use of the proceeds as described above, we intend to invest the proceeds in short-term, interest bearing, investment grade securities.

40


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

We have no current plans to pay any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future and instead intend to retain earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion and debt repayment. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by covenants in the credit agreement governing our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and in the indenture governing our Senior Notes. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Senior Secured Credit Facilities" and "— Senior Notes" for restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.

41


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2014, as follows:

You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" section and other financial information contained in this prospectus.


 
  As of June 30, 2014  
 
  Actual   As Adjusted  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 57,646   $    
           
           

Long-term debt, including current portion:

             

Senior Secured Term Loan Facility

    883,325        

Senior Notes

    375,000        

Revolving facility

           
             

Total long-term debt

    1,258,325        
           

Stockholders' equity:

             

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 94,470,878 shares issued and outstanding, actual;                    shares authorized,                     shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

    945        

Additional paid-in capital

    491,257        

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    23,899        

Accumulated deficit

    (54,040 )      
           

Total stockholders' equity

    462,061        
           

Total capitalization

  $ 1,720,386   $    
           
           

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $               per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $                million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

The table above does not include:

42


Table of Contents


DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Our net tangible book deficit as of June 30, 2014 was $1.28 billion, or $13.58 per share of our common stock. Net tangible book deficit per share represents our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities, divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding.

After giving effect to the sale of               shares of common stock that we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $               per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our as adjusted net tangible book deficit as of June 30, 2014 would have been approximately $                million, or approximately $               per share. This amount represents an immediate decrease in net tangible book deficit of $               per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of approximately $               per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the as adjusted net tangible book deficit per share after this offering from the amount of cash that a new investor paid for a share of common stock. The following table illustrates this dilution:


Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $    

Net tangible book deficit per share as of June 30, 2014

    (13.58 )      

Increase per share attributable to this offering

             
             

As adjusted net tangible book deficit per share after this offering

        $ (          )
             

Dilution per share to new investors

        $    
             
             

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $               per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease (increase) the as adjusted net tangible book deficit per share after this offering by approximately $                million, and increase (decrease) dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $               , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2014, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us in cash and the average price per share that existing stockholders and new investors paid. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $               per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.


 
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration    
 
 
  Average Price
Per Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

            % $         % $    

New Investors

                               
                       

Total

            % $         % $    
                       
                       

43


Table of Contents

The foregoing table does not reflect sales by existing stockholders. Sales by the selling stockholder in this offering will reduce the number of shares held by existing stockholders to                shares, or          % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to               shares, or          % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the number of shares held by the existing stockholders after this offering would be reduced to               , or          % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors would increase to               , or          % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The foregoing tables and calculations are based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of               , 2014 and excludes:

To the extent any of these outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. To the extent all of such outstanding options had been exercised as of June 30, 2014, the as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $               , and total dilution per share to new investors would be $               .

44


Table of Contents


UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following unaudited pro forma combined financial information has been developed by applying pro forma adjustments to the historical audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations information gives pro forma effect to the consummation of the following transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2013:

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information gives effect to events that are (1) directly attributable to the Transactions (2) factually supportable and (3) with respect to the unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on the combined company.

Assumptions underlying the pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes, which should be read in conjunction with this unaudited pro forma combined financial information.

The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited pro forma combined financial information is presented for informational purposes only. The unaudited pro forma combined financial information does not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial condition would have been had the Transactions actually occurred on the dates indicated, nor do they purport to project our results of operations or financial condition for any future period or as of any future date. The unaudited pro forma combined financial information should be read in conjunction with the information included under the headings "Prospectus Summary — Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the historical consolidated financial statements, together with the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. All pro forma adjustments and their underlying assumptions are described more fully in the notes to our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements.

The Transactions were accounted for using purchase accounting. The allocation of the purchase prices are preliminary and are therefore subject to change. Accordingly, adjustments may be made to the value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as additional information is obtained; however, the final valuations are expected to be completed by the end of August 2014.

45


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2013


 
   
   
   
  RPS
Historical
For the Period
January 1,
2013
through
September 22,
2013
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
  ClinStar
Historical
For the Two
Months Ended
February 28,
2013
  CRI LifeTree
Historical
For the Eleven
Months Ended
November 30,
2013
   
   
   
 
 
  PRA Historical    
   
   
 
 
  Successor   Predecessor   This Offering   Adjustments   Pro Forma  
(in thousands, except
per share data)

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 

Revenue:

                                                 

Service revenue

  $ 324,362   $ 508,539   $ 3,938   $ 324,393   $ 37,060   $     $   $ 1,198,292  

Reimbursement revenue

    54,854     103,531     2,656     29,395     1,433               191,869  
                                   

Total revenue

    379,216     612,070     6,594     353,788     38,493               1,390,161  

Operating expenses:

                                                 

Direct costs

    222,776     304,102     2,882     262,382     23,263               815,405  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket costs

    54,854     103,531     2,656     29,395     1,433               191,869  

Selling, general and administrative

    69,730     142,880     960     56,014     8,044           (6,925 ) (a)   270,703  

Transaction-related expenses

    29,180     47,486     4,518     36,778     5,794           (123,756 ) (b)    

Depreciation and amortization

    25,333     25,144     90     7,339     1,321           40,232 (c),(d)   99,459  

Loss on disposal of fixed assets                  

        225     1                       226  
                                   

(Loss) income from operations

    (22,657 )   (11,298 )   (4,513 )   (38,120 )   (1,362 )         90,449     12,499  

Interest expense

    (23,813 )   (33,173 )       (12,724 )   (529 )         (16,461 ) (e),(f)   (86,700 )

Interest income

    110     454                           564  

Loss on extinguishment of long-term debt

    (7,211 )   (21,678 )                     27,248 (g)   (1,641 )

Foreign exchange losses, net

    (4,117 )   (3,641 )   (52 )   (116 )                 (7,926 )

Other (expense) income, net

    1,180     (530 )   43     149     (668 )             174  
                                   

(Loss) income before income taxes and equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures

    (56,508 )   (69,866 )   (4,522 )   (50,811 )   (2,559 )         101,236     (83,030 )

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

    (17,186 )   (22,079 )   (6 )   (19,969 )   (31 )         37,230 (h)   (22,041 )
                                   

(Loss) income before equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures

    (39,322 )   (47,787 )   (4,516 )   (30,842 )   (2,528 )         64,006     (60,989 )

Equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures, net of tax

    (621 )   (603 )       (21 )                 (1,245 )
                                   

Net (loss) income

  $ (39,943 ) $ (48,390 ) $ (4,516 ) $ (30,863 ) $ (2,528 )       $ 64,006   $ (62,234 )
                                   
                                   

Net loss per share:

                                                 

Basic

  $ (0.43 ) $ (1.22 )                               $ (0.66 )

Diluted

    (0.43 )   (1.22 )                                 (0.66 )

Weighted average common shares:

                                                 

Basic

    92,260     39,643                                   94,444  

Diluted

    92,260     39,643                                   94,444  

46


Table of Contents


Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations

(a)
Reflects an adjustment of $6.9 million to reverse the non-recurring stock-based compensation expense recognized from the acceleration of stock options awarded resulting from the PRA Acquisition.

(b)
Reflects an adjustment of $123.8 million to reverse the non-recurring transaction related expenses associated with the KKR Transaction, the CRI Lifetree Acquisition and the ClinStar Acquisition.

(c)
Reflects an adjustment of (i) $31.1 million of incremental amortization expense on definite-lived intangible assets established in connection with the PRA Acquisition, (ii) $2.6 million of incremental amortization expense on definite-lived intangible assets established in connection with the RPS Acquisition, (iii) $5.7 million of incremental amortization expense on definite-lived intangible assets established in connection with the CRI Lifetree Acquisition. Incremental amortization expense has been calculated as follows:

 
  Amortization
Expense
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Backlog

  $ 58,144  

Customer relationships

    10,009  

Patient and employee recruiting databases

    5,710  

Tradenames

    2,212  

Non-Compete agreements

    936  
       

Subtotal

    77,011  

Less: Amortization expense included in PRA's, RPS's and CRI Lifetree's historical consolidated financial statements

    (37,586 )
       

Incremental amortization expense

  $ 39,425  
       
       

(d)
Reflects an adjustment of $0.8 million of incremental depreciation expense related to the fair market value increase in PRA's fixed assets. This adjustment was recorded in connection with the PRA Acquisition.

(e)
Reflects the incremental interest expense associated with the borrowing of $890.0 million under our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, issuance of $375.0 million of Senior Notes and the commitment

47


Table of Contents

 
  Principal   Interest
Rate
  Annual
Interest
 
(dollars in thousands)
   
   
   
 

Senior Secured Term Loan Facility

  $ 890,000     5.0 % $ 44,333  

Senior Notes

    375,000     9.5 %   35,625  
                 

  $ 1,265,000           79,958  
                   
                   

0.5% Commitment Fee on Senior Secured Revolving Facility

                625  
                   

Subtotal

                80,583  

Less: Interest expense included in PRA's, RPS's and CRI Lifetree's historical consolidated financial statements

                (66,706 )
                   

Incremental interest expense from new borrowings

              $ 13,877  
                   
                   

(f)
Reflects the incremental deferred financing costs related to our $890.0 million Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, $125.0 million Senior Secured Revolving Facility, and our $375.0 million Senior Notes. Incremental deferred financing costs has been calculated as follows:

 
  Deferred
Financing
Costs
 
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Senior Secured Term Loan Facility

  $ 4,436  

Senior Secured Revolving Facility

    759  

Senior Notes

    921  
       

Subtotal

    6,116  

Less: Deferred financing costs included in PRA's, RPS's and CRI Lifetree's historical consolidated financial statements

    (3,533 )
       

Incremental deferred financing costs

  $ 2,583  
       
       

(g)
Reflects an adjustment of $27.2 million to reverse the non-recurring loss on extinguishment or modification of long-term debt incurred in connection with the PRA Acquisition and the CRI Lifetree Acquisition.

(h)
Reflects the adjustments for the benefit from income taxes calculated at an estimated statutory rate of 39.5%. In addition, since ClinStar and CRI Lifetree have historically been treated as pass-through entities for tax purposes we have included an adjustment to tax these entities losses at our statutory income tax rate. Because the tax rate used for these pro forma financial statements is an estimate, it

48


Table of Contents

(dollars in thousands)

             

Total Pro Forma adjustments

  $ 101,236        

Estimated statutory tax rate

    39.5 %      
             

Provision for income taxes on Pro Forma Adjustments

        $ 39,990  

ClinStar historical loss before income taxes

  $ (4,522 )      

Estimated statutory tax rate

    39.5 %      
             

Benefit from income taxes

  $ (1,786 )      

Benefit from income taxes included in ClinStar's historical consolidated financial statements

    (6 )      
             

Incremental benefit from income taxes

        $ (1,780 )

CRI LifeTree historical loss before income taxes

  $ (2,559 )      

Estimated statutory tax rate

    39.5 %      
             

Benefit from income taxes

  $ (1,011 )      

Benefit from income taxes included in CRI LifeTree's historical consolidated financial statements

    (31 )      
             

Incremental benefit from income taxes

        $ (980 )
             

Total provision for income taxes on Pro Forma Adjustments

        $ 37,230  
             
             

49


Table of Contents


SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA OF PRA

The following tables set forth, for the periods and at the dates indicated, our selected historical consolidated financial data. We have derived the selected consolidated financial data for the year ended December 31, 2012, for the period from January 1 through September 22, 2013 and for the period from September 23 through December 31, 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the selected consolidated financial data for the years ended 2009, 2010 and 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements not appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the selected historical consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2014 and for each of the six month periods ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and we have derived the selected historical consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2013 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, which in each case have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of our management, such unaudited financial data contain all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such unaudited consolidated financial data.

The accompanying consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and stockholders' equity are presented for two periods: Predecessor and Successor, which relate to the period preceding the KKR Transaction and the period succeeding the KKR Transaction, respectively. The Company refers to the operations of PRA Health Sciences, Inc. and subsidiaries for both the Predecessor and Successor periods.

Historical results are not indicative of the results to be expected in the future and results of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year. You should read the following information together with the more detailed information contained in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

50


Table of Contents


 
  Predecessor   Successor   Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year
ended
December 31,
2009
  Year
ended
December 31,
2010
  Year
ended
December 31,
2011
  Year
ended
December 31,
2012
  January 1,
2013-
September 22,
2013
  September 23,
2013-
December 31,
2013
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2014
 
(in thousands, except per share data)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 

Consolidated statement of operations data:

                                                 

Revenue:

                                                 

Service revenue

  $ 409,077   $ 451,223   $ 547,669   $ 597,072   $ 508,539   $ 324,362   $ 345,971   $ 622,774  

Reimbursement revenue

    46,848     68,554     87,143     102,664     103,531     54,854     67,881     89,511  
                                   

Total revenue

    455,925     519,777     634,812     699,736     612,070     379,216     413,852     712,285  

Operating expenses:

                                                 

Direct costs

    222,291     248,446     321,240     358,572     304,102     222,776     206,253     428,529  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket costs

    46,848     68,554     87,143     102,664     103,531     54,854     67,881     89,511  

Selling, general and administrative

    117,448     119,839     138,323     160,643     142,880     69,730     97,504     116,849  

Transaction-related costs

                    47,486     29,180          

Depreciation and amortization

    42,857     35,061     32,141     30,687     25,144     25,333     16,910     49,236  

Loss on disposal of fixed, net assets

        67     26     1,560     225         225      

Impairment of intangible assets

    4,284                              
                                   

Income (loss) from operations

    22,197     47,810     55,939     45,610     (11,298 )   (22,657 )   25,079     28,160  

Interest expense, net

    (42,142 )   (38,259 )   (35,823 )   (32,823 )   (32,719 )   (23,703 )   (22,069 )   (42,584 )

Loss on modification or extinguishment of debt

                (9,683 )   (21,678 )   (7,211 )   (1,641 )   (1,384 )

Foreign currency transaction (losses) gains, net

    (7,291 )   (3,142 )   3,320     (7,841 )   (3,641 )   (4,117 )   4,259     (9,099 )

Other (expense) income, net

    169     (769 )   (366 )   183     (530 )   1,180     (295 )   (175 )
                                   

(Loss) income before income taxes and equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures

    (27,067 )   5,640     23,070     (4,554 )   (69,866 )   (56,508 )   5,333     (25,082 )

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

    (12,523 )   5,748     5,724     (1,847 )   (22,079 )   (17,186 )   654     (11,519 )
                                   

(Loss) income before equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures

    (14,544 )   (108 )   17,346     (2,707 )   (47,787 )   (39,322 )   4,679     (13,563 )

Equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures, net of tax

                    (603 )   (621 )   (208 )   (534 )
                                   

Net (loss) income

  $ (14,544 ) $ (108 ) $ 17,346   $ (2,707 ) $ (48,390 ) $ (39,943 ) $ 4,471   $ (14,097 )
                                   
                                   

Net (loss) income per share:

                                                 

Basic

  $ (0.37 ) $ (0.00 ) $ 0.44   $ (0.07 ) $ (1.22 ) $ (0.43 ) $ 0.11   $ (0.15 )

Diluted

    (0.37 )   (0.00 )   0.43     (0.07 )   (1.22 )   (0.43 )   0.11     (0.15 )

Cash dividends declared per common share

    —-             2.31     2.83         2.83      

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

                                                 

Basic

    39,603     39,621     39,641     39,641     39,643     92,260     39,641     94,445  

Diluted

    39,603     39,621     40,607     39,641     39,643     92,260     40,597     94,445  

Cash flow data:

                                                 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 70,848   $ 31,410   $ 28,305   $ 99,259   $ 49,208   $ (23,939 ) $ 33,365   $ (3,260 )

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

    (9,845 )   (17,099 )   (18,085 )   (18,058 )   (60,179 )   (1,018,959 )   (56,269 )   3,188  

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (41,531 )   (10,702 )   (7,112 )   (42,157 )   (37,267 )   1,115,041     (37,280 )   (14,417 )

Other financial data:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

EBITDA (1)

  $ 57,932   $ 78,960   $ 91,034   $ 58,956   $ (12,606 ) $ (8,093 ) $ 44,104   $ 66,204  

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

    77,969     91,156     95,076     96,183     91,985     38,590     62,309     85,194  

Adjusted net income (1)

    16,365     23,889     33,929     31,898     24,301     1,119     21,667     22,604  

Adjusted net income per diluted share (1)

  $ 0.41   $ 0.60   $ 0.84   $ 0.78   $ 0.59   $ 0.01   $ 0.53   $ 0.24  

Backlog (at period end)

  $ 998,168   $ 1,128,348   $ 1,314,208   $ 1,382,826         1,939,666   $ 1,444,210   $ 2,044,832  

Net new business (3)

    663,321     599,894     736,481     653,529     462,046     312,298     386,340     723,246  

 
  Predecessor   Successor   Predecessor   Successor  
 
  As of
December 31,
2009
  As of
December 31,
2010
  As of
December 31,
2011
  As of
December 31,
2012
  As of
December 31,
2013
  As of
June 30,
2013
  As of
June 30,
2014
 

Consolidated balance sheet data:

                                           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 64,730   $ 66,405   $ 69,380   $ 109,211   $ 72,155   $ 47,883   $ 57,646  

Accounts receivable and unbilled services, net

    114,880     148,108     201,752     184,891     294,984     213,590     339,956  

Working capital

    (12,356 )   8,359     26,269     18,317     (11,270 )   (34,185 )   (3,700 )

Total assets

    911,448     921,375     958,134     982,525     2,394,734     992,283     2,363,462  

Total long-term debt, net

    401,418     389,313     384,456     451,076     1,245,812     543,200     1,242,276  

Total liabilities

    660,357     670,670     693,450     806,568     1,927,399     934,087     1,901,401  

Total stockholders' equity

    251,091     250,705     264,684     175,957     467,335     58,196     462,061  

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

    911,448     921,375     958,134     982,525     2,394,734     992,283     2,363,462  

(1)
We report our financial results in accordance with GAAP. To supplement this information, we also use the following non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus: "EBITDA," "Adjusted EBITDA" and "Adjusted net income" (including diluted adjusted net income per share) which should not be considered as alternatives to (loss) income from operations, net (loss) income, net (loss) income per share, or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP.

EBITDA represents net (loss) income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income (including diluted adjusted net income per share) represent EBITDA and net income (including diluted net income per share), respectively, adjusted to exclude loss on disposal of fixed assets, loss on modification or extinguishment of debt, foreign currency transaction losses and gains, other (expense) income, management fees, stock-based compensation expense, relocation costs, severance costs, debt refinancing costs, acquisition-related costs, and other one-time charges. Management believes that these measures are more indicative of our operating results as they exclude certain items whose fluctuation from period-to-period do not necessarily correspond to changes in the operating results of our business. In addition, management believes that EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income (including diluted adjusted net income per share) facilitate company-to-company comparisons by backing out potential differences caused by variations in capital structures (affecting interest expense), taxation, and the age and book depreciation of facilities and equipment (affecting relative depreciation expense), which may vary for different companies for reasons unrelated to operating performance. Because not all companies use identical calculations, these presentations of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income (including diluted adjusted net income per share) may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. We further believe that EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income (including diluted adjusted net income per share) are frequently used by securities analysts, investors, and other interested parties in the evaluation of issuers, many of which present EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income (including diluted adjusted net income

51


Table of Contents

    per share) when reporting their results. These non-GAAP financial measures have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider these measures and Adjusted net income (including diluted adjusted net income per share) in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.

    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not measurements of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to net (loss) income or other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP, or as alternatives to cash flow from operating activities as measures of our liquidity. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider such measures either in isolation or as substitutes for analyzing our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;
    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our taxes;
    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect historical capital expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
    although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and
    other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

    Because of these limitations, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as discretionary cash available to us to reinvest in the growth of our business or as a measure of cash that will be available to us to meet our obligations

    Set forth below are the reconciliations of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net loss and Adjusted net income to net loss.


 
  Predecessor   Successor   Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year
Ended
December 31,
2009
  Year
Ended
December 31,
2010
  Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
  Year
Ended
December 31,
2012
  January 1,
2013-
September 22,
2013
  September 23,
2013-
December 31,
2013
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2014
 
(In thousands)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 

Net (loss) income

  $ (14,544 ) $ (108 ) $ 17,346   $ (2,707 ) $ (48,390 ) $ (39,943 ) $ 4,471   $ (14,097 )

Depreciation and amortization

    42,857     35,061     32,141     30,687     25,144     25,333     16,910     49,236  

Interest expense, net

    42,142     38,259     35,823     32,823     32,719     23,703     22,069     42,584  

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

    (12,523 )   5,748     5,724     (1,847 )   (22,079 )   (17,186 )   654     (11,519 )
                                   

EBITDA

    57,932     78,960     91,034     58,956     (12,606 )   (8,093 )   44,104     66,204  

Management fees

    2,000     2,000     2,000     2,000     1,467     560     1,000     1,050  

Stock-based compensation expense

    4,108     4,775     3,511     11,610     24,609     132     15,682     1,760  

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

        67     26     1,560     225           225      

Loss on modification or extinguishment of debt

                9,683                 1,641     1,384  

Impairment of intangible assets

    4,284                 21,678     7,211          

Foreign currency transaction loss (gain), net

    7,291     3,142     (3,320 )   7,841     3,641     4,117     (4,259 )   9,099  

Other (income) expense, net

    (169 )   769     366     (183 )   530     (1,180 )   295     175  

Equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures

                    603     621     208     534  

Transaction-related costs (a)

                    47,486     29,180          

Acquisition-related costs (b)

                448     3,673     1,346     3,175     867  

Relocation costs

    752     1,443     (175 )   1,265     (18 )       (18 )    

Severance and restructuring charges (c)

    1,757         1,634     2,412     235     2,353         1,988  

Debt refinancing costs

                294                  

Integration costs (d)

                    250     1,523     64     1,304  

Non-cash rent adjustments (e)

                        500         801  

Other one-time charges (f)

    14             297     212     320     192     28  
                                   

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 77,969   $ 91,156   $ 95,076   $ 96,183   $ 91,985   $ 38,590   $ 62,309   $ 85,194  
                                   
                                   

Net (loss) income

  $ (14,544 ) $ (108 ) $ 17,346   $ (2,707 ) $ (48,390 ) $ (39,943 ) $ 4,471   $ (14,097 )

Amortization of intangible assets

    30,873     23,021     18,904     15,647     13,250     19,174     8,789   $ 38,431  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    4,464     4,448     4,464     4,324     1,916     1,608     1,294     2,893  

Management fees

    2,000     2,000     2,000     2,000     1,467     560     1,000     1,050  

Stock-based compensation expense

    4,108     4,775     3,511     11,610     24,609     132     15,682     1,760  

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

        67     26     1,560     225         225      

Loss on extinguishment of long-term debt

                9,683     21,678     7,211     1,641     1,384  

Foreign currency transaction loss (gain), net

    7,291     3,142     (3,320 )   7,841     3,641     4,117     (4,259 )   9,099  

Other (income) expense, net

    (169 )   769     366     (183 )   530     (1,180 )   295     175  

Equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures

                    603     621     208     534  

Transaction-related costs (a)

                    47,486     29,180          

Acquisition—related costs (b)

                448     3,673     1,346     3,175     867  

Relocation costs

    752     1,443     (175 )   1,265     (18 )       (18 )    

Severance and restructuring charges (c)

    1,757         1,634     2,412     235     2,353         1,988  

Debt refinancing costs

                294                  

Integration costs (d)

                    250     1,523     64     1,304  

Non-cash rent adjustments (e)

                        500         801  

Other one-time charges (f)

    14             297     212     320     192     28  
                                   

Total Adjustments

    51,090     39,665     27,410     57,198     119,757     67,465     28,288     60,314  

Tax effect of total adjustments (g)

    20,181     15,668     10,827     22,593     47,066     26,403     11,092     23,613  
                                   

Adjusted net income

  $ 16,365   $ 23,889   $ 33,929   $ 31,898   $ 24,301   $ 1,119   $ 21,667   $ 22,604  
                                   
                                   


      (a)
      Transaction-related costs primarily relate to costs incurred in connection with the closing of the KKR Transaction, the CRI Lifetree Acquisition and the ClinStar Acquisition.


      (b)
      Acquisition-related costs primarily related to costs incurred in connection with the due diligence performed on our acquisitions. In addition, acquisition-related costs include costs incurred by PRA related to its 2013 withdrawn IPO.


      (c)
      Represents amounts incurred in connection with the elimination of redundant positions within the organization.

52


Table of Contents


      (d)
      Integration costs represent costs incurred by the Company directly related to the integration our ClinStar, RPS and CRI LifeTree acquisitions. These costs primarily consist of professional fees, rebranding costs, the elimination of redundant facilities and any other costs incurred directly related to the integration of these acquisitions.


      (e)
      The Company has escalating leases that require the amortization of rent expense on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease. The non-cash rent adjustment represents the difference between rent expense recorded in the Company's consolidated statement of operations and the amount of cash actually paid.


      (f)
      Represents charges incurred that are not considered part of our core operating results.


      (g)
      Represents the tax effect of the total adjustments at our estimated statutory rate of 39.5%.


(2)
Our backlog consists of anticipated service revenue from new business awards that either have not started or are but have not been completed. Backlog varies from period to period depending upon new business awards and contract increases, cancellations, and the amount of service revenue recognized under existing contracts.


(3)
For our Strategic Solutions offering, the value of new business awards is the anticipated service revenue to be recognized in the corresponding quarter of the next fiscal year. For the remainder of our business, net new business is the value of services awarded during the period from projects under signed contracts, letters of intent and, in some cases, pre-contract commitments that are supported by written communications, adjusted for contracts that were modified or canceled during the period. For the fiscal years 2012 and 2013, net new business excludes the RPS Acquisition.

53


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis together with "Prospectus Summary — Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus. The discussion in this prospectus contains forward looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. The cautionary statements made in this prospectus should be read as applying to all related forward looking statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed here. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed in "Risk Factors," as well as those discussed elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also read "Risk Factors" and "Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements."

The following discussion and analysis presents operations, cash flows and stockholder's equity for two periods: Predecessor and Successor, which relate to the period preceding the KKR Transaction and the period succeeding the KKR Transaction, respectively. The Company refers to the operations of PRA Health Sciences, Inc. and subsidiaries for both the Predecessor and Successor periods. We present the combined information for the year ended December 31, 2013 to assist readers in understanding and assessing the trends and significant changes in our results of operations on a comparable basis. We believe this combined presentation is appropriate because it provides a more relevant analysis of our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013, than a presentation of separate historical results for the Predecessor and Successor periods would provide, although the combined presentation is not in accordance with GAAP.

Overview

We are one of the world's leading global CROs, by revenue, providing outsourced clinical development services to the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries. We believe we are one of a select group of CROs with the expertise and capability to conduct clinical trials across major therapeutic areas on a global basis. Our therapeutic expertise includes areas that are among the largest in pharmaceutical development, and we focus in particular on oncology, central nervous system inflammation, respiratory, cardiometabolic and infectious diseases. We believe that we further differentiate ourselves from our competitors through our investments in medical informatics and clinical technologies designed to enhance efficiencies, improve study predictability and provide better transparency for our clients throughout their clinical development processes.

Contracts define the relationships with our clients and establish the way we earn revenue. Three types of relationships are most common: a fixed-price contract, a time and materials contract and fee-for-service arrangements. In cases where the contracts are fixed price, we may bear the cost of overruns for the contracted scope, or we benefit if the costs are lower than we anticipated for the contracted scope. In cases where our contracts are fee-for-service, the contracts contain an overall budget for contracted resources. If actual resources used are lower than anticipated, the client generally keeps the savings and we may be responsible for covering the cost of the unused resource if we are unable to redeploy the resource. For time and material contracts, we bill the client only for the actual hours we spend to complete the contracted scope based upon stated hourly rates by position. The duration of our contracts range from a few months to several years. Revenue for services is recognized only after persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is determinable, services have been rendered, and collectability is reasonably assured. Once these criteria have been met, we recognize revenue for the services provided on fixed-fee contracts based on the proportional performance methodology, which determines the proportion of outputs or performance obligations which have been completed or delivered compared to the total contractual outputs for performance obligations. To measure performance, we compare the contract costs incurred to estimated total contract costs through completion. As part of the client proposal and contract negotiation process, we develop a detailed project budget for the direct costs based on the scope of the work, the complexity of the study, the geographical location involved and our historical experience. We then establish the individual

54


Table of Contents

contract pricing based on our internal pricing guidelines, discount agreements, if any, and negotiations with the client. The estimated total contract costs are reviewed and revised periodically throughout the lives of the contracts, with adjustments to revenue resulting from such revisions being recorded on a cumulative basis in the period in which the revisions are first identified. Our costs consist of expenses necessary to carry out the clinical development project undertaken by us on behalf of the client. These costs primarily include the expense of obtaining appropriately qualified labor to administer the project, which we refer to as direct cost headcount. Other costs we incur are attributable to the expense of operating our business generally, such as leases and maintenance of information technology and equipment. Revenue from time and materials contracts is recognized as hours are incurred. Revenues and the related costs of fee-for-service contracts are recognized in the period in which services are performed.

How We Assess the Performance of Our Business

In addition to our GAAP financial measures, we review various financial and operational metrics, including, new business awards, cancellations, backlog, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of service revenue to evaluate our financial performance. Many of our current contracts include clinical trials covering multiple geographic locations. We utilize the same management systems and reporting tools to monitor and manage these activities on the same basis worldwide. For this reason, we consider our operations to be a single business segment, and we present our results of operations as a single reportable segment.

Our gross new business awards for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 were $846.6 million and $492.0 million, respectively. Our gross new business awards, excluding the RPS Acquisition, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $997.7 million and $947.8 million, respectively. New business awards arise when a client selects us to execute its trial and is documented by written or electronic correspondence or for our Strategic Solutions offering when the amount of revenue expected to be recognized is measurable. The number of new business awards can vary significantly from year to year, and awards can have terms ranging from several months to several years. For our Strategic Solutions offering the value of a new business award is the anticipated service revenue to be recognized in the corresponding quarter of the next fiscal year. For the remainder of our business, the value of a new award is the anticipated service revenue over the life of the contract, which does not include reimbursement activity or investigator fees.

In the normal course of business, we experience contract cancellations, which are reflected as cancellations when the client provides us with written or electronic correspondence that the work should cease. During the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 we had $123.3 million and $105.6 million, respectively, of cancellations for which we received correspondence from clients. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 we had $223.3 million and $294.3 million, respectively, of cancellations for which we received correspondence from the client. The number of cancellations can vary significantly from year to year. The value of the cancellation is the remaining amount of unrecognized service revenue, less the estimated effort to transition the work back to the client.

Our backlog consists of anticipated service revenue from new business awards that either have not started or are in process but have not been completed. Backlog varies from period to period depending upon new business awards and contract increases, cancellations, and the amount of service revenue recognized under existing contracts. Our backlog at June 30, 2014 and 2013 was $2.0 billion and $1.4 billion, respectively. Our backlog at December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $1.9 billion and $1.4 billion, respectively. At June 30, 2014, from our backlog of $2.0 billion, we expect to generate $0.6 billion of service revenue during the remainder of 2014.

EBITDA represents net income (loss) before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA adjusted to exclude loss on disposal of fixed assets, loss on modification or extinguishment of long term debt, foreign currency transaction losses and gains, other income (expense), management fees, stock-based compensation expense, relocation costs, severance costs, debt refinancing costs, acquisition related costs, and other one-time charges that we do not view as part of our core

55


Table of Contents

operating results. Our EBITDA for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 was $66.2 million and $44.1 million, respectively, and our Adjusted EBITDA for those same periods was $85.2 million and $62.3 million, respectively. Our EBITDA for the Successor 2013 period, Predecessor 2013 period and for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $(8.1) million, $(12.6) million and $59.0 million, respectively, and our Adjusted EBITDA for those same periods was $38.6 million, $92.0 million and $96.2 million, respectively. Our EBITDA as a percentage of service revenue was 10.6% and 12.7% for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and our Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of service revenue was 13.7% and 18.0% for the same periods, respectively. Our EBITDA as a percentage of service revenue was (2.5)%, (2.5)% and 9.9% for the Successor 2013 period, Predecessor 2013 period, and for the year ended December 31, 2012, and our Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of service revenue was 11.9%, 18.1% and 16.1% for the same periods, respectively. See "Prospectus Summary — Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data" for a reconciliation of EBITDA to net income (loss) and EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA.

Industry Trends

ISR estimated in its "2014 CRO Market Size Projections" report, which we refer to as the ISR 2014 Market Report, that the size of the worldwide CRO market was approximately $22 billion in 2013 and will grow at an 8% CAGR to $32 billion over the next five years. This growth will be driven by an increase in the amount of research and development expenditures and higher levels of clinical development outsourcing by biopharmaceutical companies.

Acquisition of PRA by Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.

Effective September 23, 2013, we were acquired by KKR for $1.4 billion pursuant to a plan of merger by and among the Company, Merger Sub and Genstar. Upon completion of the KKR Transaction, Merger Sub was merged with and into the Predecessor Company, which became a subsidiary of the Parent. On December 19, 2013, Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc. changed its name to PRA Global Holdings, Inc. and on July 10, 2014, PRA Global Holdings, Inc. changed its name to PRA Health Sciences, Inc.

Business Combinations

Acquisition by KKR

Concurrent with the closing of the KKR Transaction, KKR contributed equity of $454.8 million and we entered into debt agreements totaling $1.3 billion. The debt agreements were comprised of a $825.0 million first lien term loan, a $125.0 million revolving line of credit that was undrawn at closing, and $375.0 million in Senior Notes. The proceeds were used to fund a portion of the total consideration paid, repay all outstanding debt of the Predecessor company and pay transaction fees associated with the PRA Acquisition.

The allocation of the purchase price is preliminary and subject to change. Accordingly, adjustments may be made to the values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as additional information is obtained about the facts and circumstances that existed at the PRA Acquisition date; however, the final valuations are expected to be completed by the end of August 2014. Measurement period adjustments that we determine to be material will be applied retrospectively to the PRA Acquisition date.

Upon consummation of the PRA Acquisition, stockholders received $17.37 in cash for each share of the stock owned. The transaction was accounted for as a business combination using the purchase method of accounting. As discussed above the purchase price allocation has not been finalized due to the jurisdictional allocation of intangibles and goodwill; however, the final valuation is expected to be completed by the end of August 2014, and in any case, no later than one year from the acquisition date in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. In connection with the acquisition, we recorded approximately $852.8 million of goodwill, which is not deductible for income tax purposes. Factors that contributed to the recognition of goodwill for the acquisition included expected our growth rates and profitability. The increase in expected growth rates is primarily related to growth in our revenue due to an

56


Table of Contents

increase in our global footprint and expansion of service offerings. The increase in expected profitability is primarily related to corporate wide initiatives to streamline and improve the efficiency in which the Company conducts clinical trials as well as continued leveraging of selling, general and administrative costs.

Customer relationships, customer backlog and other intangibles, and definite-lived trade name intangibles are being amortized on an accelerated method over 23 years, five years and 10 years, respectively. We incurred approximately $46.7 million and $27.7 million of transaction-related costs, which were expensed as incurred and recorded in transaction-related cost in the consolidated statement of operations during the Predecessor 2013 period and Successor 2013 period, respectively.

Since December 31, 2013, goodwill decreased by $30.3 million as a result of the jurisdictional allocation of acquisition related intangibles, which also required an adjustment to the acquired income tax balances.

Acquisition of RPS

On September 23, 2013, immediately following the PRA Acquisition, and using the proceeds from the borrowings issued on the same day, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of RPS, a global contract research organization based in the United States, for $289.3 million, subject to a working capital adjustment of up to $15 million. The acquisition of RPS provides us with a more diverse client mix, including 16 of the 20 largest pharmaceutical companies in the world.

The acquisition of RPS was accounted for as a business combination and, accordingly, the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed have been recorded at their respective fair values as of the acquisition date. In connection with the acquisition, we recorded approximately $158.7 million of goodwill, which is not deductible for income tax purposes. Factors that contributed to the recognition of goodwill for the acquisition included expected growth rates and profitability of RPS and expected synergies with our existing operations. Anticipated synergies include procurement leverage and lower selling, general and administrative expenses, including reduced labor and facilities costs. Longer term, the Company expects to benefit from synergies related to service revenue expansion, as the acquisition serves to significantly increase the depth of relationships with large pharmaceutical companies.

The allocation of the purchase price is preliminary due to timing for obtaining fixed asset valuations and our ongoing assessment of fair values of certain contracts, assessment of certain foreign net loss carryforwards, and is therefore subject to change. Accordingly, adjustments may be made to the values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as additional information is obtained about the facts and circumstances that existed at the merger date; however, the final valuations are expected to be completed by the end of August 2014.

Customer relationships and trade name intangibles are being amortized on an accelerated method over 13 years and 10 years, and other intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over three years. Transaction costs related to the acquisition of RPS have been combined with those of the PRA Acquisition; these expenses were not separately allocated as both transactions closed on the same date. The results of operations for RPS are included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

Since December 31, 2013, goodwill increased by $1.1 million, primarily as a result of adjustments to the acquired income tax balances due to new information regarding the facts and circumstances that existed on the date of the acquisition.

At December 31, 2013, we had a $15.0 million acquisition-related receivable recorded for the working capital settlement.

Acquisition of CRI Lifetree

On December 2, 2013, we completed the acquisition of CRI Lifetree, a specialized research organization, for $77.1 million in cash. CRI Lifetree focuses on the conduct and design of early stage, patient population studies, and is therapeutically focused in human abuse liability, addiction, pain, psychiatry, neurology, pediatric and infectious disease services. CRI Lifetree has approximately 250 full-time employees and has three clinic locations: Marlton, NJ, Philadelphia, PA, and Salt Lake City, UT. In addition to inpatient and

57


Table of Contents

outpatient studies, CRI LifeTree provides highly-specialized early phase research support services such as data management, biostatistics, and study report writing.

In order to fund the acquisition of CRI Lifetree, KKR made an equity contribution of $13.5 million in cash and we increased our first lien term loan borrowings by $65.0 million. The acquisition of CRI Lifetree was accounted for as a business combination and, accordingly, the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed have been recorded at their respective fair values as of the acquisition date. In connection with the acquisition, we recorded approximately $49.8 million of goodwill, of which $15.4 million is tax deductible. Factors that contributed to the recognition of goodwill for the acquisition included expected growth rates and profitability of CRI Lifetree and expected synergies with our existing operations. Anticipated synergies include lower selling, general and administrative expenses, including reduced labor and facilities costs. Longer term, the Company expects to benefit from synergies related to service revenue expansion, as the acquisition serves to significantly expand the Company's Phase I to Phase II services.

Due to the timing of the acquisition, the valuation of net assets acquired has not been finalized and is expected to be completed by the end of August 2014, and in any case, no later than one year from the acquisition date in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

We incurred approximately $1.4 million of acquisition-related costs, which were expensed as incurred and are recorded in transaction-related costs in the consolidated statement of operations during the Successor 2013 period. The results of operations for CRI Lifetree are included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

Acquisition of ClinStar

On February 28, 2013, we acquired all of the outstanding member's interest of ClinStar, a contract research organization and logistics provider based in the United States with operations in Eastern Europe, for $45.0 million in cash and contingent consideration in the form of a potential earn-out payment of up to $5.0 million. The earn-out payment is contingent upon the achievement of certain revenue and earnings targets during the 24-month period following closing. We recognized a liability of approximately $3.7 million as the estimated acquisition date fair value of the earn-out; the fair value was based on significant inputs not observed in the market and thus represented a Level 3 measurement. Any change in the fair value of the earn-out subsequent to the acquisition date will be recognized in earnings in the period of the change. From the date of the acquisition through September 22, 2013, there was a $0.4 million increase in the fair value of the contingent consideration; there was a $1.1 million decrease in the fair value of the contingent consideration during the Successor 2013 period. The current portion of this liability at December 31, 2013, totaling $1.5 million, is recorded in accrued expenses and the remaining long-term portion, totaling $1.5 million, is recorded in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

The acquisition of ClinStar was accounted for as a business combination and, accordingly, the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed have been recorded at their respective fair values as of the acquisition date. In connection with the acquisition, we recorded approximately $15.1 million of goodwill, which was not deductible for income tax purposes. Factors that contributed to the recognition of goodwill for the acquisition included expected growth rates and profitability of ClinStar and expected synergies with our existing operations. Anticipated synergies include lower selling, general and administrative expenses, including reduced labor and facilities costs. Longer term, the Company expects to benefit from synergies related to service revenue expansion, as the acquisition serves to significantly increase the Company's presence in Eastern Europe.

We incurred approximately $0.5 million of transaction-related costs, which were expensed as incurred and recorded in transaction-related cost in the consolidated statement of operations during the Predecessor 2013 period. The results of operations for ClinStar are included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

58


Table of Contents

Joint Ventures

In December 2012, PRA and WuXi signed a joint venture agreement to offer a broad platform of Phase I-IV clinical trial services in China, Hong Kong and Macau. The joint venture provides services including clinical trial monitoring, project management, regulatory strategy and submissions, data management, biostatistics, drug safety reporting, and medical monitoring. The clinical operations of WuXi and PRA in China were combined to operate as an independent contract research organization and are jointly owned by PRA (49%) and WuXi (51%).

We contributed $4.6 million to the joint venture during March 2013 and recorded a $0.8 million and $0.7 million reduction to the investment balance during the Predecessor period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013 and Successor period September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013, respectively, for our equity in the venture's net loss for the period, which is recorded in the other (expenses) income, net in our consolidated statement of operations. The investment will be adjusted for our equity in the venture's net income (loss), cash contributions, distributions, and other adjustments required by the equity method of accounting.

In March 2013, RPS entered into a joint venture agreement with Asklep Inc., or Asklep. The joint venture provides research and development outsourcing solutions in Japan to the biopharmaceutical and medical device industries. This joint venture is based in Tokyo, Japan and is owned by RPS (49%) and AZ Healthcare (51%). On June 2, 2014, Asklep transferred its interest in the JV to AZ Healthcare, a subsidiary of Itociiu, a Japanese full service CRO.

The investment in Asklep totaled $0.3 million at December 31, 2013. The investment will be adjusted for RPS's equity in the venture's net income (loss), cash contributions, distributions, and other adjustments required by the equity method of accounting.

Sources of Revenue

Total revenues are comprised of service revenue and reimbursement revenue, each of which is described below.

Service Revenue

We generally enter into contracts with customers to provide services with payments based on either fixed-fee, time and materials, or fee-for-service arrangements. Revenue for services is recognized only after persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is determinable, services have been rendered, and collectability is reasonably assured.

Once these criteria have been met, we recognize revenue for the services provided on fixed-fee contracts based on the proportional performance methodology, which determines the proportion of outputs or performance obligations which have been completed or delivered compared to the total contractual outputs for performance obligations. To measure performance, we compare the contract costs incurred to estimated total contract costs through completion. As part of the client proposal and contract negotiation process, we develop a detailed project budget for the direct costs based on the scope of the work, the complexity of the study, the geographical location involved and our historical experience. We then establish the individual contract pricing based on our internal pricing guidelines, discount agreements, if any, and negotiations with the client. The estimated total contract costs are reviewed and revised periodically throughout the lives of the contracts, with adjustments to revenue resulting from such revisions being recorded on a cumulative basis in the period in which the revisions are first identified. Revenue from time and materials contracts is recognized as hours are incurred. Revenues and the related costs of fee-for-service contracts are recognized in the period in which services are performed.

A majority of our contracts undergo modifications over the contract period and our contracts provide for these modifications. During the modification process, we recognize revenue to the extent it incurs costs, provided client acceptance and payment is deemed reasonably assured.

59


Table of Contents

We often offer volume discounts to our large customers based on annual volume thresholds. We record an estimate of the annual volume rebate as a reduction of revenue throughout the period based on the estimated total rebate to be earned for the period.

Most of our contracts can be terminated by the client either immediately or after a specified period, typically 30 to 60 days, following notice. In the case of early termination, these typically contracts require payment to us of fees earned to date, the fees, and in some cases, a termination fee or some portion of the fees or profit that we could have earned under the contract if it had not been terminated early. Based on ethical, regulatory, and health considerations, this wind-down activity may continue for several quarters or years. Therefore, revenue recognized prior to cancellation generally does not require a significant adjustment upon cancellation.

Increases in the estimated total direct costs to complete a contract without a corresponding proportional increase to the total contract price result in a cumulative adjustment to the amount of revenue recognized in the period the change in estimate is determined.

Reimbursement Revenue and Reimbursable Out-of-Pocket Costs

We incur out-of-pocket costs, which are reimbursable by our customers. We include these out-of-pocket costs as reimbursement revenue and reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses in our consolidated statement of operations.

As is customary in our industry, we also routinely enter into separate agreements on behalf of our clients with independent physician investigators in connection with clinical trials. We also receive funds from our clients for investigator fees, which are netted against the related costs, since such fees are the obligation of our clients, without risk or reward to us. We are not obligated either to perform the service or to pay the investigator in the event of default by the client. In addition, we do not pay the independent physician investigator until funds are received from the client. Accordingly, unlike reimbursable out-of-pocket costs, we do not recognize these investigator fees in revenue.

Reimbursement costs and investigator fees are not included in our backlog because they are pass-through costs to our clients.

We believe that the fluctuations in reimbursement costs and reimbursement revenue from period to period are not meaningful to our underlying performance.

Costs and Expenses

Our costs and expenses are comprised primarily of our direct costs, selling, general and administrative costs, depreciation and amortization and income taxes. In addition, we incur reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses; however, as noted above, our reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses are directly offset by our reimbursement revenue. Since reimbursement revenue is offset by our out-of-pocket reimbursable expenses, we monitor and measure costs as a percentage of service revenue rather than total revenue as we believe this is a more meaningful comparison and better reflects the operations of our business.

Direct Costs

Our direct costs are primarily labor-related charges. They include elements such as salaries, benefits and incentive compensation for our employees. In addition, we utilize staffing agencies to procure primarily part time individuals to perform work on our contracts. For the Successor 2013 Period, the Predecessor 2013 period, and the year ended December 31, 2012, the labor-related charges were 96.5%, 93.3% and 92.0% of our total direct costs, respectively. The cost of labor procured through staffing agencies is included in these percentages and represented 2.1%, 3.4% and 4.8% of total direct costs for Successor 2013 period, the Predecessor 2013 period, and the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2013, labor related charges were 95% and 93% of our total direct costs, respectively. Our remaining direct costs are items such as travel, meals, postage and freight, patient costs, medical waste and supplies. The total of all these items was 3.5%, 6.7%, and

60


Table of Contents

8.0% of total direct costs for Successor 2013 Period, the Predecessor 2013 Period, and the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively.

Historically, direct costs have increased with an increase in net service revenues. The future relationship between direct costs and net service revenues may vary from historical relationships. In the Successor 2013 period, Predecessor 2013 period, and the year ended December 31, 2012, direct costs represent 68.7%, 59.8% and 60.1%, respectively, of service revenues. On a forward looking basis, as a result of the acquisition of RPS and CRI Lifetree, we expect our direct costs as a percent of service revenue to be in the 65% to 70% range. Several factors will cause direct costs to decrease as a percentage of net service revenues. Deployment of our billable staff in an optimally efficient manner has the most impact on our ratio of direct cost to service revenue. The most effective deployment of our staff is when they are fully engaged in billable work and are accomplishing contract related activities at a rate that meets or exceeds budgeted targets. We also seek to optimize our efficiency by performing work using the employee with the lowest cost. Generally, the following factors may cause direct costs to increase as a percentage of net service revenues: our staff are not fully deployed, as is the case when there are unforeseen cancellations or delays, or when our staff are accomplishing tasks at levels of effort that exceed budget, such as rework; as well as pricing pressure from increased competition.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of administration payroll and benefits, marketing expenditures, and overhead costs such as information technology and facilities costs. These expenses also include central overhead costs that are not directly attributable to our operating business and include certain costs related to insurance, professional fees and property.

Loss on Modification or Extinguishment of Debt

Loss on modification of debt consists of debt financing costs that were expensed due to the modification of Predecessor and Successor debt as a result of debt amendments.

Loss on extinguishment of debt consists of previously capitalized unamortized debt financing costs that were expensed as a result of the extinguishment of Predecessor debt as a result of the PRA Acquisition.

Transaction-Related Costs

Transaction-related costs consist of expenses incurred that relate directly to the Transactions. These expenses include attorney, accounting, advisory fees, and transaction-related bonuses.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation represents the depreciation charged on our fixed assets. The charge is recorded on a straight-line method, based on estimated useful lives of three to seven years for computer hardware and software and five to seven years for furniture and equipment. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the life of the lease term or the useful life of the improvements. Amortization expense consists of amortization recorded on acquisition-related intangible assets. Customer relationships, backlog and finite-lived trade names are amortized on an accelerated basis, which coincides with the period of economic benefit we expect to receive. All other finite-lived intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, we do not amortize goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Income Taxes

Because we conduct operations on a global basis, our effective tax rate has and will continue to depend upon the geographic distribution of our pre-tax earnings among several different taxing jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate can also vary based on changes in the tax rates of the different jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate is also impacted by tax credits and the establishment or release of deferred tax asset valuation allowances and tax reserves, as well as significant non-deductible items such as portions of transaction-related costs.

61


Table of Contents

Foreign subsidiaries are taxed separately in their respective jurisdictions. We have foreign net operating loss carryforwards in some jurisdictions. The carryforward periods for these losses vary from five years to an indefinite carryforward period depending on the jurisdiction. Our ability to offset future taxable income with the net operating loss carryforwards may be limited in certain instances, including changes in ownership.

Exchange Rate Fluctuations

The majority of our foreign operations transact in the Euro or Pound Sterling. As a result, our revenue and expenses are subject to exchange rate fluctuations with respect to these currencies. We have translated these currencies into U.S. Dollars using the following average exchange rates:


 
  Successor   Predecessor   Successor   Predecessor  
 
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2014
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
  September 23,
2013-
December 31,
2013
  January 1,
2013-
September 22,
2013
  Year Ended
December 31,
2012
 

U.S. Dollars per:

                               

Euro

    1.37     1.31     1.35     1.32     1.29  

Pound Sterling

    1.68     1.54     1.61     1.54     1.58  

Results of Operations

Three Months Ended June 30, 2014 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2013


 
  Three Months Ended
June 30,
   
   
 
 
  Successor   Predecessor    
   
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  2014   2013   $ Change   % Change  

Revenue:

                         

Service revenue

  $ 311,422   $ 179,463   $ 131,959     73.5%  

Reimbursement revenue

    46,123     40,166     5,957     14.8%  
                     

Total revenue

    357,545     219,629     137,916     62.8%  

Operating expenses:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Direct costs

    213,378     106,072     107,306     101.2%  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket costs

    46,123     40,166     5,957     14.8%  

Selling, general and administrative

    56,010     44,798     11,212     25.0%  

Depreciation and amortization

    24,598     9,368     15,230     162.6%  
                     

Income from operations

    17,436     19,225     (1,789 )   (9.3% )

Interest expense, net

    (20,818 )   (11,679 )   (9,139 )      

Foreign currency transaction losses, net

    (5,387 )   (1,819 )   (3,568 )      

Other expense, net

    (116 )   (296 )   180        
                     

(Loss) income before income taxes and equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures

    (8,885 )   5,431     (14,316 )      

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

    (5,186 )   416     (5,602 )      
                       

(Loss) income before equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures

    (3,699 )   5,015     (8,714 )      

Equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures, net of tax

    (357 )   (208 )   (149 )      
                       

Net (loss) income

  $ (4,056 ) $ 4,807   $ (8,863 )      
                       
                       

62


Table of Contents

Service revenue increased by $132.0 million, or 73.5%, from $179.5 million during the three months ended June 30, 2013 (the "Predecessor Second Quarter") to $311.4 million during the three months ended June 30, 2014 (the "Successor Second Quarter"). The acquisitions of RPS and CRI Lifetree resulted in a $117.9 million increase in revenue as compared to the prior year. The remainder of the change is attributable to an $8.0 million increase related to an increase in billable hours, a $0.2 million increase in the effective rate of the hours billed, and a favorable impact of $6.7 million from foreign currency. The growth in service fee revenue and the increase in billable hours were due largely to the increase in our backlog resulting from increased levels of new business awards as a result of more effective sales efforts and the growth in the overall CRO market. On a geographic basis, service revenue for the Successor Second Quarter was distributed as follows: North America $204.3 million, or 65.6%, Europe $100.8 million, or 32.4%, and rest of the world $6.3 million, or 2.0%. During the Predecessor Second Quarter, service revenue was distributed as follows: North America $96.7 million, or 53.9%, and Europe $82.8 million, or 46.1%. The increase in North America and rest of world revenue as a percentage of total revenue and the decrease in revenue in Europe were due to the change in geographic distribution of our backlog from studies awarded during the comparable periods and the acquisitions of RPS and CRI Lifetree.

Direct costs increased by $107.3 million, or 101.2%, from $106.0 million during the Predecessor Second Quarter to $213.4 million during the Successor Second Quarter. The increase is primarily attributable to an increase of $97.1 million related to increased internal labor and labor-related costs as we continue to hire billable staff to support our current projects and our growing portfolio of studies and the additional labor costs added as a result of our acquisitions, and an increase of $6.4 million related to increased levels of contract labor for the performance of clinical programming functions. The direct costs as a percentage of service revenue increased from 59.1% during the Predecessor Second Quarter to 68.5% during the Successor Second Quarter. This increase in direct costs as a percentage of revenue is primarily due to RPS which, because of the nature of its business, operates at a lower margin than we have historically experienced.

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $11.2 million, or 25.0%, from $44.8 million during the Predecessor Second Quarter to $56.0 million during the Successor Second Quarter. The increase in selling, general and administrative costs as compared to the prior year are primarily attributable to a $10.7 million increase in labor and facilities costs as we build infrastructure to support our growing business and as a result of our acquisitions, and an increase of $0.5 million in professional fees related to our acquisitions and their continued integration into our operations. Selling, general and administrative expenses, excluding stock-based compensation expense, as a percentage of service revenue were 24.3% during the Predecessor Second Quarter and 17.7% during the Successor Second Quarter.

Depreciation and amortization expense increased by approximately $15.2 million, or 162.6%, from $9.4 million during the Predecessor Second Quarter to $24.6 million during the Successor Second Quarter. This increase is primarily attributable to amortization of intangible assets associated with the Merger and the RPS, ClinStar, and CRI Lifetree acquisitions. Depreciation and amortization expense as a percentage of service revenue was 5.2% during the Predecessor Second Quarter and 7.9% during the Successor Second Quarter.

Income from operations decreased by $1.8 million from $19.2 million during the Predecessor Second Quarter to $17.4 million during the Successor Second Quarter. Increased service revenue was offset by increases in direct costs; selling, general and administrative expenses; and depreciation and amortization expense.

Interest expense, net increased by $9.1 million from $11.7 million during the Predecessor Second Quarter to $20.8 million during the Successor Second Quarter. The increase is due to the additional debt assumed in connection with the Merger and the acquisitions of RPS, ClinStar and CRI Lifetree.

63


Table of Contents

Foreign currency transaction losses increased $3.6 million from $1.8 million during the Predecessor Second Quarter to $5.4 million during the Successor Second Quarter. The foreign exchange losses are due to fluctuations in the U.S. dollar and the settling and revaluation of accounts that are denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar.

Provision for income taxes decreased $5.6 million from $0.4 million of income tax expense during the Predecessor Second Quarter to an income tax benefit of $5.2 million during the Successor Second Quarter. The decrease was attributable to a decrease in pre-tax income of $14.3 million driven by factors discussed above. Our effective income tax rate was 7.7% in the Predecessor Second Quarter compared to 58.4% in the Successor Second Quarter. The significant increase in the effective income tax rate is primarily due to the overall projected loss in the Successor period, which has the effect of increasing the Company's effective tax rate when combined with the projected income from foreign subsidiaries, which is taxed at rates lower than the U.S. statutory rate, with the projected loss in the United States. For the Predecessor Second Quarter, the lower effective income tax rate was due to overall projected income, which had the effect of decreasing the Company's effective tax rate when combined with the projected income from foreign subsidiaries, which is taxed at rates lower than the U.S. statutory rate, with the projected loss in the United States.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2013


 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
   
   
 
 
  Successor   Predecessor    
   
 
(Dollars in thousands)
  2014   2013   $ Change   % Change  

Revenue:

                         

Service revenue

  $ 622,774   $ 345,971   $ 276,803     80.0%  

Reimbursement revenue

    89,511     67,881     21,630     31.9%  
                     

Total revenue

    712,285     413,852     298,433     72.1%  

Operating expenses:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Direct costs

    428,529     206,253     222,276     107.8%  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket costs

    89,511     67,881     21,630     31.9%  

Selling, general and administrative

    116,849     97,504     19,345     19.8%  

Depreciation and amortization

    49,236     16,910     32,326     191.2%  

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

        225     (225 )   (100.0% )
                     

Income from operations

    28,160     25,079     3,081     12.3%  

Interest expense, net

    (42,584 )   (22,069 )   (20,515 )      

Loss on modification or extinguishment of debt

    (1,384 )   (1,641 )   257        

Foreign currency transaction (losses) gains, net

    (9,099 )   4,259     (13,358 )      

Other expense, net

    (175 )   (295 )   120        
                     

(Loss) income before income taxes and equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures

    (25,082 )   5,333     (30,415 )      

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

    (11,519 )   654     (12,173 )      
                       

(Loss) income before equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures

    (13,563 )   4,679     (18,242 )      

Equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures, net of tax

    (534 )   (208 )   (326 )      
                       

Net (loss) income

  $ (14,097 ) $ 4,471   $ (18,568 )      
                       
                       

Service revenue increased by $276.8 million, or 80.0%, from $346.0 million during the six months ended June 30, 2013 (the "Predecessor YTD Period") to $622.8 million during the six months ended June 30, 2014 (the "Successor YTD Period"). The acquisitions of ClinStar, RPS and CRI Lifetree resulted in a

64


Table of Contents

$239.1 million increase in revenue as compared to the prior year. The remainder of the change is attributable to a $43.6 million increase related to an increase in billable hours and a favorable impact of $10.9 million from foreign currency offset by a $19.9 million decrease in the effective rate of the hours billed. The growth in service fee revenue and the increase in billable hours were due largely to the increase in our backlog resulting from increased levels of new business awards as a result of more effective sales efforts and the growth in the overall CRO market. On a geographic basis, service revenue for the Successor YTD Period was distributed as follows: North America $405.6 million, or 65.1%, Europe $204.5 million, or 32.8%, and rest of the world $12.7 million, or 2.0%. During the Predecessor YTD Period, service revenue was distributed as follows: North America $187.2 million, or 54.1% and Europe $158.7 million, or 45.9%.

Direct costs increased by $222.3 million, or 107.8%, from $206.3 million during the Predecessor YTD Period to $428.5 million during the Successor YTD Period. The increase is primarily attributable to an increase of $201.5 million related to increased internal labor and labor-related costs as we continue to hire billable staff to support our current projects and our growing portfolio of studies and the additional labor costs added as a result of our acquisitions, and an increase of $11.1 million related to increased levels of contract labor for the performance of clinical programming functions. The direct costs as a percentage of service revenue increased from 59.6% during the Predecessor YTD Period to 68.8% during the Successor YTD Period. This increase in direct costs as a percentage of revenue is primarily due to RPS which, because of the nature of its business, operates at a lower margin than our Predecessor Company.

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $19.3 million, or 19.8%, from $97.5 million during the Predecessor YTD Period to $116.8 million during the Successor YTD Period. The increase in selling, general and administrative costs as compared to the prior year are primarily attributable to a $27.7 million increase in labor and facilities costs as we build infrastructure to support our growing business and as a result of our acquisitions, and an increase of $3.9 million in professional fees related to our acquisitions and their continued integration into our operations, offset by a $13.9 million decrease in stock-based compensation expense associated with the payment we made to holders of vested service-based stock options in connection with the February 2013 dividend to option holders and the accelerated vesting of unvested options in the Predecessor YTD 2013 period. Selling, general and administrative expenses, excluding stock-based compensation expense, as a percentage of service revenue were 23.6% during the Predecessor YTD Period and 18.5% during Successor YTD Period.

Depreciation and amortization expense increased by approximately $32.3 million, or 191.2%, from $16.9 million during the Predecessor YTD Period to $49.2 million during the Successor YTD Period. This increase is primarily attributable to amortization of intangible assets associated with the Merger and the RPS, ClinStar and CRI Lifetree acquisitions. Depreciation and amortization expense as a percentage of service revenue was 4.9% during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 7.9% during the Successor YTD Period.

Income from operations increased by $3.1 million from $25.1 million during the Predecessor YTD Period to $28.2 million during the Successor YTD Period due to aforementioned items.

Interest expense, net increased by $20.5 million from $22.1 million during the Predecessor YTD Period to $42.6 million during the Successor YTD Period. The increase is due to the additional debt assumed in connection with the Merger and the acquisitions of RPS, ClinStar and CRI Lifetree.

Foreign currency transaction losses decreased $13.4 million from $4.3 million of income during the Predecessor YTD Period to $9.1 million of losses during the Successor YTD Period. The foreign exchange losses are due to fluctuations in the U.S. dollar and the settling and revaluation of accounts that are denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar.

Provision for income taxes decreased $12.2 million from $0.7 million of income tax expense during the Predecessor YTD Period to and income tax benefit of $11.5 million during the Successor YTD Period. The

65


Table of Contents

decrease was attributable to a decrease in pre-tax income of $30.4 million driven by factors discussed above. Our effective income tax rate was 12.3% in the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to 45.9% in the Successor YTD Period. The significant increase in the effective income tax rate is primarily due to the overall projected loss in the Successor period, which has the effect of increasing the Company's effective tax rate when combined with the projected income from foreign subsidiaries, which is taxed at rates lower than the U.S. statutory rate, with the projected loss in the United States. For the Predecessor YTD Period, the lower effective income tax rate was due to overall projected income, which had the effect of decreasing the Company's effective tax rate when combined with the projected income from foreign subsidiaries, which is taxed at rates lower than the U.S. statutory rate, with the projected loss in the United States.

Successor 2013 Period and Predecessor 2013 Period Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012

The tables presented below compare our results of operations for the Successor 2013 period and the Predecessor 2013 period and the year ended December 31, 2012.


 
  Successor   Predecessor  
(Dollars in thousands)
  September 23, 2013-
December 31, 2013
  January 1, 2013-
September 22,
2013
  Year Ended
December 31, 2012
 

Consolidated statement of operations data:

                   

Revenue:

                   

Service revenue

  $ 324,362   $ 508,539   $ 597,072  

Reimbursement revenue

    54,854     103,531     102,664  
               

Total revenue

    379,216     612,070     699,736  

Operating expenses:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Direct costs

    222,776     304,102     358,572  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket costs

    54,854     103,531     102,664  

Selling, general and administrative

    69,730     142,880     160,643  

Transaction-related costs

    29,180     47,486      

Depreciation and amortization

    25,333     25,144     30,687  

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

        225     1,560  
               

(Loss) income from operations

    (22,657 )   (11,298 )   45,610  

Interest expense, net

    (23,703 )   (32,719 )   (32,823 )

Loss on modification or extinguishment of debt

    (7,211 )   (21,678 )   (9,683 )

Foreign currency transaction (losses) gains, net

    (4,117 )   (3,641 )   (7,841 )

Other income (expense), net

    1,180     (530 )   183  
               

Loss before income taxes and equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures

    (56,508 )   (69,866 )   (4,554 )

Benefit from income taxes

    (17,186 )   (22,079 )   (1,847 )
               

Loss before equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures

    (39,322 )   (47,787 )   (2,707 )

Equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures, net of tax

    (621 )   (603 )    
               

Net loss

  $ (39,943 ) $ (48,390 ) $ (2,707 )
               
               

66


Table of Contents

Service revenue was $324.4 million during the Successor 2013 period and $508.5 million during the Predecessor 2013 period compared to $597.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in service revenue of $235.8 million, or 39.5%, is attributable to the acquisition of ClinStar, RPS and CRI Lifetree, which resulted in a $147.5 million increase in revenue during 2013; a $73.4 million increase in billable hours and a $5.8 million increase in the effective rate of the hours billed, offset by an unfavorable impact of $1.6 million from foreign currency. On a regional basis, service revenue for the Successor 2013 period was distributed as follows: $205.0 million, or 63.2%, in North America, $113.8 million, or 35.1%, in Europe, and $5.6 million, or 1.7%, in the rest of the world. On a regional basis, service revenue for the Predecessor 2013 period was distributed as follows: $270.9 million, or 53.3%, in the North America, and $237.6 million, or 46.7%, in Europe. During the year ended December 31, 2012 service revenue was distributed as follows: $328.4 million, or 55.0%, in North America, and $268.7 million, or 45.0%, in Europe. The slight increase in North America revenue as a percentage of total revenue and the slight decrease in Europe were attributable to the change in the geographic distribution of our backlog from studies awarded during the comparable periods.

Direct costs were $222.8 million during the Successor 2013 period and $304.1 million during the Predecessor 2013 period compared to $358.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in direct costs of $168.3 million, or 46.9%, is primarily attributable to an increase of $169.4 million related to increased internal labor and labor related costs as we continue to hire billable staff to support our current projects and our growing portfolio of studies and the additional labor costs added as a result of our acquisitions. The direct costs as a percentage of service revenue changed from 60.1% during the year ended December 31, 2012 to 68.7% and 59.8% during the Successor 2013 period and the Predecessor 2013 period, respectively. This increase in the Successor 2013 period is primarily due to the acquisition of RPS which operates at a lower margin than we have historically experienced.

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $69.7 million during the Successor 2013 period and $142.9 million during the Predecessor 2013 period compared to $160.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses of $52.0 million, or 32.3%, is primarily attributable to a $13.1 million increase in stock-based compensation expense associated with the payment we made to holders of vested service-based stock options in connection with the February 2013 dividend to option holders and the accelerated vesting of unvested options in the Predecessor 2013 period, as well as an increase of $31.8 million related to increased labor and facilities costs as we build infrastructure to support our growing business and as a result of our acquisitions and an increase of $7.1 million in professional fees and other costs related to our acquisitions and their continued integration into our operations. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of service revenue were 26.9% during the year ended December 31, 2012 and 21.5% and 28.1% during the Successor 2013 period and the Predecessor 2013 period, respectively.

Transaction-related costs were $29.2 million during the Successor 2013 Period and $47.5 million during the Predecessor 2013 Period; an increase of $76.7 million from the year ended December 31, 2012. The Transactions resulted in the increase during 2013; there were no transactions during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Depreciation and amortization expense was $25.3 million during the Successor 2013 period and $25.1 million during the Predecessor 2013 period compared to $30.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. This $19.8 million, or 64.5%, increase is primarily attributable to amortization of intangible assets associated with the Transactions. Depreciation and amortization expense as a percentage of service revenue was 5.1% during the year ended December 31, 2012 and 7.8% and 4.9% during the Successor 2013 period and the Predecessor 2013 period, respectively.

Loss on modification or extinguishment of debt costs were $7.2 million during the Successor 2013 period and $21.7 million during the Predecessor 2013 period compared to $9.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. This $19.2 million, or 198.3%, increase is attributable to the write-off of

67


Table of Contents

$15.2 million of previously recorded unamortized debt issuance costs, a prepayment penalty of $4.8 million, a bank financing fee of $5.6 million and the loss of $1.6 million of debt financing cost expensed as a result of the additional borrowings on December 2, 2013, as compared to $9.7 million of unamortized debt written-off as a result of the refinancing on December 10, 2012.

(Loss) income from operations was a loss of $22.7 million during the Successor 2013 period and a loss of $11.3 million during the Predecessor 2013 period compared to income of $45.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in income from operations was $79.6 million, or 174.4%. Increased service revenue was offset by increases in direct costs, selling, general and administrative expenses, and transaction-related costs.

Interest expense, net was $23.7 million during Successor 2013 period and $32.7 million during the Predecessor 2013 period compared to $32.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase is due to the additional debt assumed during the fourth quarter of 2012 and during 2013 due to the Transactions.

Foreign currency transaction losses were $4.1 million during the Successor 2013 period and $3.6 million during the Predecessor 2013 period compared to $7.8 million of losses during the year ended December 31, 2012. The foreign exchange losses are due to fluctuations in the U.S. dollar and the settling and revaluation of accounts that are denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar.

Benefit from income taxes was $17.2 million during the Successor 2013 period and $22.1 million during the Predecessor 2013 period compared to $1.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in benefit for income taxes of $37.4 million was driven by a decrease in pre-tax income due to the factors discussed above. Our effective income tax rate was 30.3% in the Successor 2013 period and 31.5% in the Predecessor 2013 period compared to 40.6% during the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in the effective tax rate is primarily attributable to transaction costs incurred in 2013, the impact of the foreign rate differential, foreign earnings currently taxed in the United States under Subpart F and deemed dividends under Internal Revenue Code Section 956. The change in the geographic distribution of earnings, largely due to the significant change in the U.S. pre-tax loss, changed the impact of these items on a percentage basis in 2013 thereby decreasing the effective tax rate compared to 2012. Further, in 2012 there was an increase in our liability for uncertain tax positions primarily related to state income taxes and an audit of our Canadian subsidiary.

Seasonality

Although our business is not generally seasonal, we typically experience a slight decrease in our revenue growth rate during the fourth quarter due to holiday vacations and a similar decrease in new business awards in the first quarter due to our clients' budgetary cycles and vacations during the year-end holiday period.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We assess our liquidity in terms of our ability to generate cash to fund our operating, investing and financing activities. Our principal source of liquidity is operating cash flows. As of June 30, 2014, we had approximately $57.6 million of cash and cash equivalents of which $32.3 million is held by our foreign subsidiaries. Our expected primary cash needs on both a short and long-term basis are for capital expenditures, expansion of services, geographic expansion, and other general corporate purposes. We have historically funded our operations and growth, including acquisitions, with cash flow from operations, borrowings, and issuances of equity securities. We expect to continue expanding our operations through internal growth and strategic acquisitions and investments. We expect these activities will be funded from existing cash, cash flow from operations and, if necessary or appropriate, borrowings under our existing or future credit facilities. Our sources of liquidity could be affected by our dependence on a small number of

68


Table of Contents

industries and clients, compliance with regulations, international risks, and personal injury, environmental or other material litigation claims.

Cash Collections

Cash collections from accounts receivable were $764.9 million during Successor YTD period, as compared to $525.1 million during the Predecessor YTD period. Cash collections from accounts receivable were $1.3 billion during the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to $934.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in cash collections was attributable to an increase in revenue and improved cash payment schedules contained in our master service agreements and our statements of work.

Discussion of Cash Flows

During the Successor YTD period, net cash used in operations was $3.3 million as compared to net cash provided by operations of $33.4 million for Predecessor YTD period. Cash used in operating activities decreased over the prior year due primarily to increased net working capital, driven by an increase in day's sales outstanding, or DSO and an increase in accounts payable. The increase in our DSO is primarily attributable to the change in customer composition as a result of our acquisition of ClinStar, RPS and CRI LifeTree and the terms that had been negotiated with those customers prior to their acquisition. The increase in accounts payable is primarily related to the timing of payments due third-party vendors, the implementation of a entity-wide corporate credit card and an increase in amounts due to investigators for services provided on our studies.

During the Successor 2013 period and the Predecessor 2013 period, net cash (used in)/provided by operations was ($23.9) million and $49.2 million, respectively, as compared to net cash provided by operations of $99.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Cash used in operating activities decreased over the prior year due primarily to decreased net working capital, driven by an increase to our DSO and accounts payable and other liabilities as well as an increase in our loss from operations due to $76.7 million in transaction-related costs. The increase in our DSO is primarily attributable to an increase in our accounts receivable and unbilled services balances due to a change in customer composition as a result of our acquisition of ClinStar, RPS and CRI LifeTree and the terms that had been negotiated with those customers prior to their acquisition offset by an increase in advanced billings due to improved cash payment schedules contained in our master service agreements and our statements of work. The increase in accounts payable and other liabilities is primarily related to the timing of payments due third-party vendors and an increase in amounts due to investigators for services provided on our studies.

Net cash provided by investing activities was $3.2 million during the Successor YTD period, as compared to net cash used in investing activities of $56.3 million for Predecessor YTD period. The increase was attributable to the acquisitions of ClinStar as well as $4.6 million contributed to our joint venture with WuXi in the Predecessor YTD period, offset by $15 million in collections of an acquisition-related receivable by RPS in the Successor YTD period. Net cash used in investing activities was $1.0 billion and $0.1 million during the Successor 2013 period and the Predecessor 2013 period, respectively, as compared to $18.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was attributable to the Transactions, as well as the joint venture with WuXi.

Net cash used in financing activities during the Successor YTD period was $14.4 million as compared to $37.3 million used in the Predecessor YTD period. During the Successor YTD period, we made $10.0 million in net repayments on our line of credit and made a $4.5 million principal payment on our first lien term loan. During the Predecessor YTD period, we borrowed incremental funds under our existing credit agreement which resulted in an additional $93.2 million of net borrowings. The cash generated was offset by a $127.2 million use in the form of a dividend payment to our shareholders and the related payments to holders of vested service-based stock options in February 2013. Net cash provided by financing activities during the Successor 2013 period was $1.1 billion and net cash used in the Predecessor 2013 period $0.1 million, as compared to $42.2 million used in the year ended 2012. During the Predecessor 2013 Period, we borrowed $93.2 million of incremental funds for the February 2013 acquisition of ClinStar and a payment of a dividend. In addition, during 2013 we borrowed incremental

69


Table of Contents

funds under our new credit agreement and issued senior notes in September 2013, which resulted in an additional $1.2 billion of net borrowings. Finally in December 2013, we borrowed $65.0 million of incremental funds for the December 2013 acquisition of CRI Lifetree. We borrowed $50.0 million and repaid $40.0 million from our existing line of credit during the Successor 2013 period. In addition, we received $454.8 million of proceeds from the issuance of 90,960,000 shares of common stock in connection with the PRA Acquisition and $13.5 million from the issuance of 2,700,000 shares of common stock in connection with the CRI LifeTree Acquisition. In addition, former members of CRI LifeTree's management contributed $2.1 million to purchase 420,000 shares of our common stock. Finally, former members of RPS's management converted $1.8 million of RPS stock options and equity into 364,212 shares of our common stock. This conversion was accounted for as a non-cash transaction in our consolidated statement of cash flows. The cash generated was offset by a $131.6 million use in the form of a dividend payment to our shareholders and the related payments to holders of vested service-based stock options in February 2013.

Indebtedness

In September 2013, we entered into the Senior Secured Credit Facilities with a syndicate of banks led by UBS. We terminated our old credit facilities dated December 10, 2012. In September 2013, we also issued $375.0 million of our Senior Notes. The proceeds from our borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and our issuance of the Senior Notes were used in conjunction with the acquisition by KKR, to fund the acquisition of RPS, repay existing debt, and pay for fees and expenses related to the aforementioned events. We paid $42.8 million of debt issuance costs in connection with the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and Senior Notes, which are recorded in deferred financing fees on the consolidated balance sheet.

In September 2013, PRA Holdings signed a commitment letter with certain lenders for a senior secured one year bridge loan, or the bridge loan, to ensure financing would be available for the RPS Acquisition in the event that the offering of the Senior Notes was not closed by the date of closing of the RPS Acquisition. Due to the closing of the issuance of the Senior Notes, the bridge loan was terminated. At the closing of the issuance of the Senior Notes and the RPS Acquisition, a commitment fee of $5.6 million was paid to the lenders who provided the bridge loan commitment; this amount is included in the Loss on modification or extinguishment of debt fee line on the consolidated statement of operations.

On December 2, 2013, we borrowed an incremental $65.0 million under our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility. The proceeds were used to fund the acquisition of CRI Lifetree.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

UBS Securities LLC, Jefferies Finance LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, KKR Capital Markets LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. act as joint lead arrangers and bookrunners for the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities provide senior secured financing of up to $1,015.0 million, consisting of:

    the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $890.0 million; and

    the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $125.0 million.

The borrower of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility is PRA Holdings, Inc. The Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit up to $40.0 million and for up to $20.0 million of borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as swingline loans.

On March 24, 2014, we entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement with UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent, and other agents and lenders party thereto. Pursuant to this Amendment, among other terms contained therein, the principal amount of the Senior Secured Term Loan

70


Table of Contents

Facility was increased from $825.0 million to $890.0 million and all lenders agreed to exchange Initial Term Loans under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility for Tranche B-1 Loans with applicable margins of LIBOR plus 3.50% per annum. In addition, this Amendment established a 1.00% premium to prepayments to the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility made on or prior to September 24, 2014.

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities provides that we have the right at any time to request incremental term loans and/or revolving commitments in an aggregate principal amount of up to (a) $185.0 million, plus (b) all voluntary prepayments and corresponding voluntary commitment reductions of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, other than from proceeds of refinancing indebtedness, prior to the date of any such incurrence, plus (c) an additional amount which, after giving effect to the incurrence of such amount, we would not exceed a consolidated net first lien leverage to consolidated EBITDA ratio of 4.5 to 1.0 pro forma for such incremental facilities, minus (d) the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of new term loan commitments and new revolving credit commitments incurred and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of certain other indebtedness incurred. The lenders under these facilities are not under any obligation to provide any such incremental commitments or loans, and any such addition of or increase in commitments or loans is subject to certain customary conditions precedent.

Interest Rate and Fees

Borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at a rate equal to, at our option, either (a) LIBOR for the relevant interest period, plus an applicable margin; provided that solely with respect to the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility LIBOR shall be deemed to be no less than 1.00% per annum or (b) a base rate, or the Base Rate, equal to the highest of (1) the rate of interest established by the administrative agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in Stamford, Connecticut, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (3) LIBOR for an interest period of one month, plus 1.00%, in each case, plus an applicable margin; provided that solely with respect to the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility the Base Rate shall be deemed to be no less than 2.00% per annum.

The applicable margin for Base Rate borrowings under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility is 3.00% per annum, for LIBOR borrowings under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility is 4.00% per annum, for letter of credit loans under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility is 4.00% per annum, for Base Rate borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility is 2.50% per annum, for LIBOR borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility is 3.50% per annum. The applicable margins under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility will decrease, based upon PRA Holdings' achievement of certain specified consolidated net first lien leverage to consolidated EBITDA ratios.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, PRA Holdings is required to pay a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum to the lenders under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. The commitment fee rate will be reduced to 0.375% subject to our achieving a consolidated net first lien leverage to consolidated EBITDA ratio of 3.25 to 1.0 on a given date. We are also required to pay customary letter of credit fees.

Prepayments

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities require us to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with:

    50% of our annual Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Agreement) commencing with the first full fiscal year of the borrower following the date of the closing of the PRA Acquisition and the RPS Acquisition (which percentage will be reduced to 25% and 0% if PRA Holdings achieves a consolidated net first lien leverage to consolidated EBITDA ratio of less than or equal to 3.75 to 1.0, but greater than 3.25 to 1.0 on the date of prepayment for the most recent test period);

    100% of the net cash proceeds of insurance proceeds of proceeds of a condemnation award in respect of any casualty to any equipment, fixed assets or real property;

71


Table of Contents

    100% of the net cash proceeds of permitted sale leasebacks; and

    100% of the net cash proceeds of certain non-ordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of property in excess of $20.0 million and subject to our right to reinvest the proceeds within 450 days following receipt of the net cash proceeds of such disposition.

The foregoing mandatory prepayments will be applied first to accrued interest and fees and second, to the scheduled installments of principal of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities in direct order of maturity.

We may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities at any time without premium or penalty (other than as set forth in the immediately succeeding paragraph), subject to reimbursements of the lenders' redeployment costs actually incurred in the case of a prepayment of LIBOR borrowings other than on the last day of the relevant interest period.

In addition, on or prior to September 24, 2014, if we prepay any term loans outstanding under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, such prepayment will be subject to a 1.00% premium. Amortization and Final Maturity.

The Senior Secured Term Loan Facility amortizes in equal quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 1.00% of the original principal amount of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, with the balance being payable on the date that is on or about September 23, 2020. Principal amounts outstanding under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility are due and payable in full at maturity, on or about September 23, 2018.

Guarantee and Security

All obligations of the borrower under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are unconditionally guaranteed by us and all our material, wholly-owned U.S. restricted subsidiaries, with customary exceptions including where providing such guarantees is not permitted by law, regulation or contract or would result in material adverse tax consequences.

All obligations of the borrower under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, and the guarantees of such obligations, are secured, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions, by substantially all of the assets of the borrower and each guarantor, including but not limited to: (i) a perfected pledge of all of the capital stock issued by the borrower and each guarantor and (ii) perfected security interests in substantially all other tangible and intangible assets of the borrower and the guarantors (subject to certain exceptions and exclusions).

Certain Covenants and Events of Default

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our ability to:

    incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness;

    enter into sale-leaseback transactions

    create or incur liens;

    engage in mergers or consolidations;

    sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of assets;

    restrict distributions to the borrower or restricted subsidiaries from their subsidiaries;

    engage in certain transactions with affiliates;

    pay certain dividends and distributions or repurchase our capital stock;

    make investments, loans or advances, prepayments of junior financings or other restricted payments; and

    change the conduct of business.

Our Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain customary events of default (subject to exceptions, thresholds and grace periods), including, without limitation: (i) nonpayment of principal or interest; (ii) failure to perform or observe covenants; (iii) inaccuracy or breaches of representations and warranties; (iv) cross-

72


Table of Contents

defaults with certain other indebtedness; (v) certain bankruptcy related events; (vi) impairment of certain security interests in collateral, guarantees or invalidity or unenforceability of certain senior secured credit facility documents; (vii) monetary judgment defaults; (viii) certain ERISA matters; and (ix) certain change of control events.

In addition, the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility requires us to maintain a consolidated net first lien leverage to consolidated EBITDA ratio of 7.5 to 1.0 for any four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements have been provided to the administrative agent as required by the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, when loans plus letters of credit under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (excluding (i) letters of credit existing on the date of the closing of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and any extensions thereof, replacement letters of credit or letters of credit issued in lieu thereof, in each case, to the extent the face amount of such letters of credit is not increased above the face amount of the letter of credit being extended, replaced or substituted and (ii) other non-cash collateralized letters of credit in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15 million) are or would be outstanding in an amount exceeding 30.0% of the total facility amount under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility.

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities also contain certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default, including a change of control.

Senior Notes

PRA Holdings has $375.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9.5% senior notes due 2023 outstanding, which mature on October 1, 2023, pursuant to the indenture. Interest on the notes is payable on April 1 and October 1 of each year. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to redeem $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to 109.5% of the face amount of such notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Redemption

On or prior to October 1, 2016, under certain circumstances, we may redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes at a redemption price of 109.5% plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date using the proceeds of certain equity offerings, including this initial public offering of our common stock,

On or prior to October 1, 2018, we may redeem the Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date plus a make-whole premium as set forth in the indenture governing the Senior Notes.

After October 1, 2018, we may redeem the Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at redemption prices specified in the indenture governing the Senior Notes.

Change of Control

Upon the occurrence of a change of control, which is defined in the indenture, each holder of the notes has the right to require PRA Holdings to repurchase some or all of such holder's notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repurchase date.

Covenants

The indenture contains covenants limiting, among other things, PRA Holdings' ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to (subject to certain exceptions):

    incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares;

    pay dividends on or make other distributions in respect of capital stock, purchase or redeem equity interests of the issuer, prepay or repurchase subordinated indebtedness, make certain investments;

73


Table of Contents

    sell or transfer certain assets;

    create liens on certain assets to secure debt;

    consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;

    enter into certain transactions with affiliates; and

    designate subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

Events of Default

The indenture also provides for events of default which, if any of them occurs, would permit or require the principal of and accrued interest on the notes to become or to be declared due and payable, including without limitation: (i) nonpayment of principal or interest; (ii) failure to perform or observe covenants; (iii) cross-defaults with certain other indebtedness; (iv) certain bankruptcy related events; (v) impairment of certain security interests in collateral, guarantees or invalidity or unenforceability of certain senior secured credit facility documents; and (vi) monetary judgment defaults.

Covenant Compliance EBITDA

We present Covenant Compliance EBITDA because we believe it is an important supplemental measure relating to our financial condition as it is used in certain covenants in the credit agreement governing our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indenture governing the Senior Notes. Covenant Compliance EBITDA, which is not a financial measure presented under GAAP, reflects adjustments to Adjusted EBITDA permitted under the credit agreement and the indenture. Under the terms of the credit agreement, we are required under certain circumstances to maintain a consolidated net first lien leverage ratio of 7.5 to 1.0. Additionally, under the terms of the credit agreement and the indenture, our ability to engage in certain transactions, such as incurring additional indebtedness, making investments and paying dividends, remains tied to a leverage or fixed charge ratio based on Covenant Compliance EBITDA. Our ability to satisfy the requirements of these covenants in future periods will depend on events that may be beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so. A breach of any of these covenants in the future could result in a default under, or an inability to undertake certain activities in compliance with, the credit agreement and the indenture. We caution investors that Covenant Compliance EBITDA may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by other issuers, because not all issuers and analysts present Covenant Compliance EBITDA in the same manner.

74


Table of Contents

Set forth below is a reconciliation of net loss to Covenant Compliance EBITDA.

 
  Last Twelve
Months
Ended June 30,
2014
 
 
  (unaudited)
 

Net loss

  $ (106,901 )

Depreciation and amortization

    82,803  

Interest expense, net

    76,937  

Benefit from income taxes

    (51,438 )
       

EBITDA

    1,401  

Management fees

    2,077  

Stock-based compensation expense

    10,818  

Loss on modification or extinguishment of debt

    28,632  

Foreign currency transaction loss, net

    21,116  

Other income, net

    (770 )

Equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures

    1,550  

Transaction-related costs (a)

    76,666  

Acquisition-related costs (b)

    2,711  

Severance and restructuring charges (c)

    4,576  

Integration costs (d)

    3,013  

Non-cash rent adjustment (e)

    1,301  

Other one-time charges (f)

    368  
       

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 153,459  

Cost Savings (g)

    12,200  

Pro forma Acquisition Adjustment (h)

    5,218  

Acquisition Synergies (i)

    11,621  
       

Covenant Compliance EBITDA

  $ 182,498  
       
       

(a)
Transaction-related costs primarily relate to costs incurred in connection with the closing of the KKR Transaction, the CRI Lifetree Acquisition and the ClinStar Acquisition.

(b)
Acquisition-related costs primarily related to costs incurred in connection with the due diligence performed on our acquisitions. In addition, acquisition-related costs include costs incurred by PRA related to its 2013 withdrawn IPO.

(c)
Represents amounts incurred in connection with the elimination of redundant positions within the organization.

(d)
Integration costs represent costs incurred by the Company directly related to the integration our ClinStar, RPS and CRI LifeTree acquisitions. These costs primarily consist of professional fees, rebranding costs, the elimination of redundant facilities and any other costs incurred directly related to the integration of these acquisitions.

(e)
The Company has escalating leases that require the amortization of rent expense on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease. The non-cash rent adjustment represents the difference between rent expense recorded in the Company's consolidated statement of operations and the amount of cash actually paid.

(f)
Represents charges incurred that are not considered part of our core operating results.

(g)
Represents cost savings expected to be realized by us of $5.4 million related to offshoring of non-client facing positions, $3.2 million of productivity improvements, $2.6 million in procurement savings and $1.0 million from reduced IT spend.

(h)
Represents EBITDA attributable to RPS and CRI Lifetree prior to being acquired by us.

(i)
Represents the unrealized cost synergies related to the RPS and CRI Lifetree acquisitions. Our original acquisition synergies expectation for RPS was $20.0 million, consisting of $8.9 million to eliminate overlapping roles in selling, general and administrative functions, $4.9 million for the rationalization of duplicative office space and the consolidation of marketing, audit and legal spend, $3.8 million related to the elimination of redundant clinical operations and rationalization of duplicative independent contractors and $3.4 million from the staffing of unutilized RPS full time employees on PRA projects. Our original acquisition synergies expectation for CRI Lifetree was $1.2 million related to the elimination of duplicative executive headcount.

75


Table of Contents

Our covenant requirements and actual ratios for the twelve months ended June 30, 2014 are as follows:


 
  Covenant
Requirement
  Actual
Ratio
 

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

           

Net First Lien Leverage Ratio (1)

  7.50 to 1.00     4.52 x

Net Total Leverage Ratio (2)

  Various     6.58 x

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (3)

  2.00 to 1.00     2.40 x

Senior Notes (3)

           

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (3)

  2.00 to 1.00     2.22 x

(1)
Pursuant to the terms of our credit agreement, to the extent outstanding loans and letters of credit under our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (excluding letters of credit that existed at the closing of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, cash collateralized letters of credit and other letters of credit in an amount not to exceed $15.0 million) exceed 30% of the aggregate commitments thereunder, we are required to maintain a ratio of Net First Lien Secured Debt to Covenant Compliance EBITDA of no greater than 7.50 to 1.00. Net First Lien Secured Debt is defined as our aggregate consolidated indebtedness secured by liens on a pari passu basis with the liens securing the obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, less the aggregate amount of all cash and cash equivalents that are not subject to any liens other than permitted liens. Net First Lien Secured Debt to Covenant Compliance EBITDA is also used to determine the pricing of borrowings under our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facilities, as well as to determine whether we can engage in certain transactions.

(2)
The Net Total Leverage Ratio is not a financial covenant but governs our ability to engage in certain transactions. The Net Total Leverage Ratio is calculated by dividing consolidated total debt less the aggregate amount of all cash and cash equivalents that are not subject to any liens other than permitted liens by Covenant Compliance EBITDA.

(3)
The Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is not a financial covenant but governs our ability to engage in certain transactions. The Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is calculated by dividing Covenant Compliance EBITDA by consolidated fixed charges. Fixed charges is calculated by adding consolidated interest expense and certain cash dividend payments. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities exclude non-cash interest expense from fixed charges, however.

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

The following table summarizes our future minimum payments for all contractual obligations and commercial commitments for years subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2013:


 
  Payments Due by Period  
 
  Less than
One Year
  1-3 Years   3-5 Years   More than
5 Years
  Total  
(In thousands)
   
 

Long-term debt, including interest payments (1)

  $ 88,141   $ 265,373   $ 1,075,289   $ 472,969   $ 1,901,772  

Service purchase commitments (2)

    12,281     5,664     50         17,995  

Operating leases

    37,942     50,888     32,617     35,696     157,143  

Less: sublease income

    (1,436 )   (1,419 )   (657 )   (832 )   (4,344 )

Management fee (3)

    2,100                 2,100  

Uncertain income tax positions (4)

    1,538                 1,538  
                       

Total

  $ 140,566   $ 320,506   $ 1,107,299   $ 507,833   $ 2,076,204  
                       
                       

(1)
Principal payments are based on the terms contained in our credit agreement. Interest payments are based on the interest rate in effect on December 31, 2013.

(2)
Service purchase commitments are defined as agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased.

76


Table of Contents

(3)
Management fee represents the fee paid to KKR. This management fee is paid annually and in equal quarterly installments. The management fee agreement remains in effect from year to year unless amended or terminated by mutual agreement. However, this agreement terminates upon a change in control and would result in a one-time termination payment of $22.7 million, which is has not been included in the above table.

(4)
As of December 31, 2013, our liability related to uncertain income tax positions was approximately $11.2 million, of which $9.7 million has not been included in the above table as we are unable to predict when these liabilities will be paid due to the uncertainties in timing of the settlement of the income tax positions.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements. The term "off-balance sheet arrangement" generally means any transaction, agreement or other contractual arrangement to which an entity unconsolidated with us is a party, under which we have any obligation arising under a guarantee contract, derivative instrument or variable interest or a retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to such entity or similar arrangement that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support for such assets.

JOBS Act

On April 5, 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for an "emerging growth company." As an "emerging growth company" we are electing to take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we will not comply with new or revised accounting standards until the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for private companies for as long as we maintain our emerging company status and do not revoke this election.

In addition, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if as an "emerging growth company" we choose to rely on such exemptions, we may not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor's attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, and (ii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis). These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of our initial public offering or until we no longer meet the requirements of being an "emerging growth company," whichever is earlier.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2014-09, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers," to clarify the principles of recognizing revenue and create common revenue recognition guidance between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. This ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is not permitted. We are currently assessing the potential impact of this ASU on its consolidated financial statements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

In preparing our financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Our actual results could differ from those estimates. We believe that the following are some of the more critical judgment areas in the application of our accounting policies that affect our financial condition and results of operations. We have discussed the application of these critical accounting policies with our board of directors.

77


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

The majority of our service revenue is recorded regionally on a proportional performance basis. Revenue for service is recognized only after persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. To measure performance, we compare direct costs incurred to estimated total contract direct costs through completion. We believe this is the best indicator of the performance of the contract obligations because the costs relate to the amount of labor hours incurred to perform the service. Direct costs are primarily comprised of labor overhead related to the delivery of services. Each month we accumulate costs on each project and compare them to the total current estimated costs to determine the proportional performance. We then multiply the proportion completed by the contract value to determine the amount of revenue that can be recognized. Each month we review the total current estimated costs on each project to determine if these estimates are still accurate and, if necessary, we adjust the total estimated costs for each project. During our monthly contract review process, we review each contract's performance to date, current cost trends, and circumstances specific to each study. The original or current cost estimates are reviewed and if necessary the estimates are adjusted and refined to reflect any changes in the anticipated performance under the study. In the normal course of business, we conduct this review each month in all service delivery locations. As the work progresses, original estimates might be deemed incorrect due to, among other things, revisions in the scope of work or patient enrollment rate, and a contract modification might be negotiated with the customer to cover additional costs. If not, we bear the risk of costs exceeding our original estimates. Management assumes that actual costs incurred to date under the contract are a valid basis for estimating future costs. Should management's assumption of future cost trends fluctuate significantly, future margins could be reduced. In the past, we have had to commit unanticipated resources to complete projects, resulting in lower margins on those projects. Should our actual costs exceed our estimates on fixed price contracts, future margins could be reduced, absent our ability to negotiate a contract modification. We accumulate information on each project to refine our bidding process. Historically, the majority of our estimates and assumptions have been materially correct, but these estimates might not continue to be accurate in the future.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Included in "Accounts receivable and unbilled services, net" on our consolidated balance sheets is an allowance for doubtful accounts. Generally, before we do business with a new client, we perform a credit check, as our allowance for doubtful accounts requires that we make an accurate assessment of our customers' creditworthiness. Approximately 20-30% of our client base is emerging biotech companies, creating a heightened risk related to the creditworthiness for a portion of our client base. We manage and assess our exposure to bad debt on each of our contracts. We age our billed accounts receivable and assess exposure by client type, by aged category, and by specific identification. After all attempts to collect a receivable have failed, the receivable is written off against the allowance. Historically, we have not had any write-offs in excess of our allowance. If at December 31, 2013, our aged accounts receivable balance greater than 90 days were to increase by 10% (for the U.S. operations), no material adjustments to bad debt expense would be required.

Income Taxes

Changes in judgment as to recognition or measurement of tax positions can materially affect the estimate of our effective tax rate and, consequently, our operating results. We consider many factors when evaluating and estimating our tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes.

We have to use estimates and judgments in calculating certain tax liabilities and determining the recoverability of certain deferred tax assets, which arise from net operating losses, tax credit carry forwards and temporary differences between the tax and financial statement recognition of revenue and expense. We are also required to reduce our deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the recorded deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods.

78


Table of Contents

In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets, in full or in part, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including our past operating results, the existence of cumulative losses in the most recent fiscal years and our forecast of future taxable income on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis. In determining future taxable income, assumptions include the amount of state, federal and international pretax operating income, international transfer pricing policies, the reversal of temporary differences and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. These assumptions require significant judgment about the forecasts of future taxable income and are consistent with the plans and estimates we use to manage the underlying businesses. Based on our analysis of the above factors, we determined that a valuation allowance of $6.1 million was required as of June 30, 2014 relating to certain foreign and state tax credits, U.S. capital loss carryforward and state tax credit carryforwards. Changes in our assumptions could result in an adjustment to the valuation allowance, up or down, in the future.

In addition, the calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations in a multitude of jurisdictions. We determine our liability for uncertain tax positions globally under the provisions in Financial Accounting Standards Board's Accounting Standards Codification Topic 740, Income Taxes. As of June 30, 2014, we had recorded a liability for uncertain tax positions of $11.2 million. If events occur such that payment of these amounts ultimately proves to be unnecessary, the reversal of liabilities would result in tax benefits being recognized in the period when we determine the liabilities are no longer necessary. If our calculation of liability related to uncertain tax positions proves to be more or less than the ultimate assessment, a tax expense or benefit to expense, respectively, would result. The total liability reversal that could affect the tax rate is $11.2 million.

Stock-Based Compensation

In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board's Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Stock Compensation, as modified and supplemented, we estimate the value of employee stock options on the date of grant using either the Black-Scholes model for all options with a service condition or a Monte Carlo model for options with market and performance conditions. The determination of fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model is affected by the stock price of similar entities as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include the expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, and actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors. The Black-Scholes and Monte Carlo models require extensive actual employee exercise behavior data and the use of a number of complex assumptions including expected volatility, risk-free interest rate, expected dividends, and expected term. As a result of our status as a private company for the last several years, we do not have sufficient history to estimate the volatility of our common share price. We calculate expected volatility based on reported data for selected reasonably similar publicly traded companies for which the historical information is available. For the purpose of identifying peer companies, we consider characteristics such as industry, length of trading history, similar vesting terms and in-the-money option status. We plan to continue to use the guideline peer group volatility information until the historical volatility of our common shares is relevant to measure expected volatility for future award grants. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates appropriate for the term of our employee stock options. The dividend yield assumption is based on the history and expectation of dividend payouts. As stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. Current accounting guidance requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

In determining our estimated stock-based compensation expense, our assessment of the forfeiture rate, volatility, and expected term of the equity instrument impacts the related option expense after the equity instrument is issued. Volatility is based upon overall industry experience. For those options valued using the Black-Scholes model, the expected term is based upon the guidance provided by the FASB. For those

79


Table of Contents

options with a market condition valued under the Monte Carlo model, the expected term varies depending on the target stock price that triggers vesting. Forfeitures are based on our company experience.

The following table presents the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.


 
  Successor   Predecessor  
 
  September 23, 2013-
December 31, 2013
  January 1, 2013-
September 22, 2013
  December 31, 2012  

Weighted-average fair value of options granted

  $ 2.15   $ 4.55   $ 4.56  

Risk-free interest rate

    2.2 %   1.3 %   1.4 %

Expected life, in years

    6.50     7.00     7.00  

Dividend yield

    N/A     N/A     N/A  

Volatility

    39.7 %   41.2 %   41.7 %

The following table presents the grant dates, number of options and related exercise prices of awards granted to employees and non-employee directors, from January 1, 2013 through June 30, 2014, as well as the estimated fair value of the underlying common shares on the grant date.


Date of Issuance
  Nature of
Issuance
  Number of
Shares
  Exercise Price
Per Share
  Per Share
Estimated Fair
Value of
Common Stock
  Per Share
Weighted
Average
Estimated Fair
Value of Options
 

March 4, 2013

  Option grant     115,000   $ 10.34   $ 10.34   $ 4.55  

December 20, 2013

  Option grant     11,170,000     5.00     5.00     2.15  

The estimated fair value per common share in the table above represents the determination by our board of directors of the fair value of our common shares as of the date of grant.

Due to the absence of an active market for our common shares, the fair value of our common shares for purposes of determining the exercise price for award grants was determined in good faith by our board of directors, with the assistance and upon the recommendation of management based on a number of market factors, including:

Stock-based compensation expense recognized for six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 was $1.8 million and $15.7 million, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense was $0.1 million for the Successor period from September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013, $24.6 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013 and $11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 included $10.1 million related to the modification of vested options previously granted to our employees, which resulted from the payment of cash to holders of these options. The decision to pay such amounts was discretionary and made by our board of directors after the payment of a cash dividend to our stockholders.

Long-Lived Assets, Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

As a result of our acquisitions we have recorded goodwill and other identifiable finite and indefinite-lived acquired intangibles. The identification and valuation of these intangible assets at the time of acquisition require significant management judgment and estimates.

80


Table of Contents

We review long-lived asset groups for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset group might not be recoverable. If indicators of impairment are present, we evaluate the carrying value of property and equipment in relation to estimates of future undiscounted cash flows. As a result of our acquisitions we have recorded goodwill and other identifiable finite and indefinite-lived acquired intangibles. The identification and valuation of these intangible assets at the time of acquisition require significant management judgment and estimates. In connection with the acquisition of PRA by KKR on September 23, 2013, the purchases of ClinStar on February 28, 2013, and RPS on September 23, 2013, valuations were completed, and value was assigned to identifiable intangible assets, indefinite-lived intangible assets and goodwill, based on the purchase price of the transactions. The valuation for CRI Lifetree has not been completed; however, we have preliminary allocated values to certain intangibles.

We test goodwill for impairment on at least an annual basis by comparing the carrying value to the estimated fair value of our reporting units. On October 1, 2013, we reviewed goodwill for impairment and our analysis indicated that the fair value of goodwill exceeded the carrying value and, therefore, no impairment exists. Due to the limited amount of time between the valuation date and the impairment testing date there was a minimal difference between the fair value and carrying value of goodwill. The measure of goodwill impairment, if any, would include additional fair market value measurements, as if the reporting unit was newly acquired. This model utilizes a discounted cash flow analysis utilizing the expected future in-flows and out-flows of our business and an appropriate discount rate.

We test indefinite lived intangible assets, principally trade names, on at least an annual basis by comparing the fair value of the trade name to our carrying value. On October 1, 2013, we reviewed our indefinite lived intangible assets for impairment and our analysis indicated a fair value in excess of book value. This model utilizes a discounted cash flow analysis utilizing the expected future in-flows and out-flows of our business and an appropriate discount rate.

This process is inherently subjective and dependent upon the estimates and assumptions we make. In determining the expected future cash flows of our company, we assume that we will continue to enter into new contracts, execute the work on these contracts profitably, collect receivables from customers, and thus generate positive cash flows. In addition, our analysis could be impacted by future adverse change such as future declines in our operating results, a further significant slowdown in the worldwide economy or pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry or failure to meet the performance projections included in our forecast.

Fair Value Measurements

We record certain assets and liabilities at fair value. Fair value is defined as a price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A three-level hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value is further described in Note 4 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

Fair Value Measurements on a Recurring Basis

At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, we used Level 3 inputs to measure liabilities totaling $3.3 million and $3.0 million, respectively. This liability relates to contingent consideration issued in connection with our acquisition of ClinStar. No other liabilities or assets are remeasured at fair value.

Inflation

Our long-term contracts, those in excess of one year, generally include an inflation or cost of living adjustment for the portion of the services to be performed beyond one year from the contract date. As a result, we expect that inflation generally will not have a material adverse effect on our operations or financial condition. Historically our projection of inflation contained within our contracts has not significantly impacted our operating income. Should inflation be in excess of the estimates within our

81


Table of Contents

contracts our operating margins would be negatively impacted if we were unable to negotiate contract modifications with our clients.

Potential Liability and Insurance

Our clients provide us with contractual indemnification for all of our service related contracts. In addition, we attempt to manage our risk of liability for personal injury or death to patients from administration of products under study through measures such as stringent operating procedures and insurance. We monitor our clinical trials in a manner designed to ensure compliance with government regulations and guidelines. We have adopted global standard operating procedures intended to satisfy regulatory requirements in the United States and in many foreign countries and serve as a tool for controlling and enhancing the quality of our clinical trials. We currently maintain professional liability insurance coverage with limits we believe are adequate and appropriate. If our insurance coverage is not adequate to cover actual claims, or if insurance coverage does not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us, our business, financial condition, and operating results could be materially harmed. Historically we have experienced infrequent and immaterial claims. Should a material claim arise that exceeds our insurance coverage levels, there would be a dollar for dollar impact to operating income for the amount in excess of our insurance coverage.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and other relevant market rate or price changes. In the ordinary course of business, we are exposed to various market risks, including changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, and we regularly evaluate our exposure to such changes. Our overall risk management strategy seeks to balance the magnitude of the exposure and the cost and availability of appropriate financial instruments.

Interest Rate Risk

We are subject to market risk associated with changes in interest rates. Our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility is subject to interest rates based on LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% LIBOR floor, plus an applicable margin of 3.5%. Our senior secured revolving credit facility is subject to interest rates based on LIBOR, plus an applicable margin of 4.00% per annum. At December 31, 2013, we had $887.8 million outstanding under our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and $10.0 million outstanding under our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility subject to these variable interest rates. Each quarter percentage point increase in LIBOR above the libor floor would change our interest expense by approximately $2.2 million. In October 2013, we entered into an interest rate cap with an aggregate notional principal amount of $800.0 million. The interest rate cap is effective in September 23, 2014 and will be used to hedge the variable rate on our Senior Secured Credit Facility should LIBOR rise above 4.00%. In addition, we also entered into interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional principal amount of $620.0 million. The swaps will be used to hedge the variable rate on our Senior Secured Credit Facility and mature at various dates ranging from three to seven years.

Foreign Exchange Risk

Since we operate on a global basis, we are exposed to various foreign currency risks. First, our consolidated financial statements are denominated in U.S. dollars, but a significant portion of our revenue is generated in the local currency of our foreign subsidiaries. Accordingly, changes in exchange rates between the applicable foreign currency and the U.S. dollar will affect the translation of each foreign subsidiary's financial results into U.S. dollars for purposes of reporting consolidated financial results. A hypothetical change of 10% in average exchange rates used to translate all foreign currencies to U.S. dollars would have impacted income before income taxes by approximately $15.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The process by which each foreign subsidiary's financial results are translated into U.S. dollars is as follows: income statement accounts are translated at average exchange rates for the period; balance sheet asset and liability accounts are translated at end of period exchange rates; and equity accounts are translated at historical exchange rates. Translation of the balance sheet in this manner affects the

82


Table of Contents

stockholders' equity account, referred to as the cumulative translation adjustment account. This account exists only in the foreign subsidiary's U.S. dollar balance sheet and is necessary to keep the foreign balance sheet stated in U.S. dollars in balance. To date such cumulative translation adjustments have not been material to our consolidated financial position.

In addition, two specific risks arise from the nature of the contracts we enter into with our clients, which from time to time are denominated in currencies different than the particular subsidiary's local currency. These risks are generally applicable only to a portion of the contracts executed by our foreign subsidiaries providing clinical services. The first risk occurs as revenue recognized for services rendered is denominated in a currency different from the currency in which the subsidiary's expenses are incurred. As a result, the subsidiary's earnings can be affected by fluctuations in exchange rates.

The second risk results from the passage of time between the invoicing of clients under these contracts and the ultimate collection of client payments against such invoices. Because the contract is denominated in a currency other than the subsidiary's local currency, we recognize a receivable at the time of invoicing for the local currency equivalent of the foreign currency invoice amount. Changes in exchange rates from the time the invoice is prepared until payment from the client is received will result in our receiving either more or less in local currency than the local currency equivalent of the invoice amount at the time the invoice was prepared and the receivable established. This difference is recognized by us as a foreign currency transaction gain or loss, as applicable, and is reported in other expense or income in our consolidated statements of operations. Historically, fluctuations in exchange rates from those in effect at the time contracts were executed have not had a material effect on our consolidated financial results.

Changes in Accounting Firm Relationships

We terminated PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm on September 23, 2013, and therefore the firm was not asked to report on our financial statements for the period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013 and for the period from September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013. Our board of directors approved our change in accountants. The reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP on our financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 contained no adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principle. During the fiscal years December 31, 2011 and 2012 and through September 23, 2013 there were no disagreements with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure which if not resolved to the satisfaction of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP would have caused PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to make reference thereto in their reports on our financial statements for such years.

We subsequently engaged Deloitte & Touche LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm in October 2013. Our audit committee of our board of directors approved this engagement. Prior to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP's termination and prior to the appointment of Deloitte & Touche LLP, we did not consult with Deloitte & Touche LLP regarding the application of accounting principles to a specific completed or contemplated transaction or regarding the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our financial statements.

Dividend History

Dividends paid (including the related payments to holders of options) during the Successor 2013 period from September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013 totaled $4.3 million and dividends paid during the Predecessor 2013 period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013 totaled $127.3 million. Dividends paid during the year ended December 31, 2012 (including the related payments to holders of options) totaled $101.6 million. We have not declared or paid dividends during 2014.

83


Table of Contents


SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA OF RPS

The following tables set forth RPS's selected historical financial data for the periods ended and as of the dates indicated. We are including RPS's selected historical financial data to allow for the comparison of the company's predecessor business to the company's successor business. The selected consolidated statements of operations data presented below for the period from January 1 through February 17, 2011 and the period from February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2011, and the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 have been derived from RPS's audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial information for the fiscal years ended and as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 have been derived from RPS's audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus.

The selected historical condensed consolidated financial data presented below as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 have been derived RPS's unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited historical financial data have been prepared on a basis consistent with RPS's audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of RPS management, such unaudited financial data contain all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such unaudited condensed consolidated financial data. RPS's historical operating results are not necessarily indicative of future operating results for this business in the Company's consolidated results, and the results of operations for interim periods presented are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for a full year or any future periods.

On December 27, 2010, ReSearch Pharmaceutical Services, Inc., or RPS, Inc., entered into an agreement and plan of merger with Roy RPS Holding Corp., or Roy, a Delaware corporation affiliated with Warburg Pincus Private Equity X, L.P. and Warburg Pincus X Partners, which we collectively refer to as Warburg Pincus, and RPS Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Roy. Prior to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the merger agreement, RPS Parent Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation, was formed and acquired all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Roy. On February 18, 2011, RPS Merger Sub, Inc. merged with and into RPS, Inc., with RPS, Inc. surviving the merger as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Roy. As a result in this section only, "Predecessor" refers to RPS, Inc. prior to the consummation of the merger on February 18, 2011 and "Successor" refers to RPS Parent Holding Corp. following the consummation of the merger on February 18, 2011.

You should read the following data together with the more detailed information contained in "Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Statements," "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data of PRA," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and RPS's consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

84


Table of Contents


 
   
   
   
   
   
  Six Months Ended June 30,    
 
 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2009
  Year Ended
December 31,
2010
  Period from
January 1
through
February 17,
2011
  Period from
February 18,
2011 through
December 31,
2011
  Year Ended
December 31,
2012
  2012   2013   12 Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
 
(In thousands)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 

Consolidated statement of operations data:

                                                 

Revenue:

                                                 

Service revenue

  $ 200,472   $ 262,932   $ 47,194   $ 279,493   $ 427,092   $ 204,405   $ 224,004   $ 446,691  

Reimbursement revenue

    23,696     30,219     4,006     30,583     38,791     18,243     19,954     40,502  
                                   

Total revenue

    224,168     293,151     51,200     310,076     465,883     222,648     243,958     487,193  

Operating expenses:

                                                 

Direct costs

    144,933     188,623     35,282     208,879     339,801     163,006     177,849     354,644  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket costs

    23,696     30,219     4,006     30,583     38,791     18,243     19,954     40,502  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    44,798     54,761     9,399     57,282     74,411     35,200     38,236     77,447  

Transaction costs

        1,940     2,998                      

Depreciation and amortization

    3,723     4,629     527     8,033     9,539     4,692     4,356     9,203  
                                   

Income (loss) from operations

    7,018     12,979     (1,012 )   5,299     3,341     1,507     3,563     5,397  

Interest expense, net

    386     856     80     12,466     16,284     8,004     8,558     16,838  

Other (income) expense, net

    452     160     122     194     299     39     (107 )   153  
                                   

Loss (income) before provision for income taxes

    6,180     11,963     (1,214 )   (7,361 )   (13,242 )   (6,536 )   (4,888 )   (11,594 )

Provision for (benefit) from income taxes

    3,560     6,877     1,233     (1,947 )   (4,753 )   (2,346 )   (2,580 )   (4,987 )
                                   

Net (loss) income

  $ 2,620   $ 5,086   $ (2,447 ) $ (5,414 ) $ (8,489 ) $ (4,190 ) $ (2,308 ) $ (6,607 )
                                   
                                   

Cash flow data:

                                                 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

  $ (744 ) $ 5,389   $ (514 ) $ 840   $ (2,293 ) $ (7,949 ) $ (4,544 )      

Net cash used in investing activities

    (3,615 )   (6,640 )   (713 )   (216,791 )   (4,769 )   (2,576 )   (1,008 )      

Net cash provided by financing activities

    1,311     2,743     8,747     225,969     13,895     12,767     4,436        

Other financial data:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

RPS Adjusted EBITDA (1)

  $ 11,338   $ 20,015   $ 2,702   $ 16,474   $ 24,656   $ 8,579   $ 11,670   $ 27,747  


 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  December 31,   June 30,  
 
  2009   2010   2011   2012   2013  
(In thousands)
   
   
   
   
   
 

Consolidated balance sheet data (at period end):

                               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 3,468   $ 4,695   $ 10,049   $ 16,903   $ 15,720  

Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $398 at December 31, 2009, $646 at December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, $826 at December 31, 2012 and $856 at June 30, 2013

   
54,517
   
61,978
   
68,864
   
93,254
   
96,098
 

Property and equipment, net

    6,405     6,390     6,113     8,240     7,498  

Total assets

    96,261     107,617     333,965     355,338     353,924  

Total debt

            79,500     76,000     75,000  

Shareholder notes

            86,383     105,061     109,873  

Total liabilities

    49,955     58,223     233,185     261,952     262,593  

(1)
RPS historically used RPS Adjusted EBITDA to facilitate operating performance comparisons from period to period. In addition, RPS believes that RPS Adjusted EBITDA facilitates company-to-company comparisons by backing out potential differences caused by variations in capital structures (affecting interest expense), taxation, and the age and book depreciation of property and equipment (affecting relative depreciation expense), which may vary for different companies for reasons unrelated to operating performance. RPS further believes that metrics such as RPS Adjusted EBITDA are frequently used by securities analysts, investors, and other interested parties in the evaluation of issuers, many of which present Adjusted EBITDA when reporting their results.

    RPS's Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of RPS's financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income or other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP, or as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities as measures of RPS's liquidity. RPS Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider this measure either in isolation or as a substitute for analyzing RPS's results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

    RPS Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, working capital needs;

    RPS Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on debt;

    RPS Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect tax expense or the cash requirements to pay taxes;

    RPS Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect historical capital expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

    although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and RPS Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and

    other companies in the industry may calculate their own adjusted EBITDA differently, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

    Because of these limitations, RPS Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as discretionary cash available to reinvest in the growth of the business or as a measure of cash that will be available to meet obligations.

85


Table of Contents

    Set forth below is the reconciliation of RPS Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss).


 
   
   
   
   
   
  Six Months Ended June 30,    
 
 
   
   
   
  Successor  
 
  Predecessor  
 
  Period from February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2011    
   
   
   
 
 
  Year Ended December 31, 2009   Year Ended December 31, 2010   Period from January 1 through February 17, 2011   Year Ended
December 31,
2012
  2012   2013   12 Months Ended June 30, 2013  
(In thousands)
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 2,620   $ 5,086   $ (2,447 ) $ (5,414 ) $ (8,489 ) $ (4,190 ) $ (2,308 ) $ (6,607 )

Depreciation and amortization

    3,723     4,629     527     8,033     9,539     4,692     4,356     9,203  

Interest expense, net

    386     856     80     12,466     16,284     8,004     8,558     16,838  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    3,560     6,877     1,233     (1,947 )   (4,753 )   (2,346 )   (2,580 )   (4,987 )

Other expenses (income)

    452     160     122     194     299     39     (107 )   153  

Stock-based compensation expense

    597     467     190     413     474     216     247     505  

Severance and restructuring charges (a)

                1,186     10,052     1,125     2,672     11,599  

Acquisition, transaction and integration costs (b)

        1,940     2,997     4,540                  

Other one-time charges (c)

                    1,250     1,039     832     1,043  
                                   

RPS Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 11,338   $ 20,015   $ 2,702   $ 16,474   $ 24,656   $ 8,579   $ 11,670   $ 27,747  
                                   
                                   

    (a)
    Severance and restructuring charges represent amounts incurred related primarily to the elimination of redundant positions within the organization.

    (b)
    Acquisition, transaction and integration costs represent amounts incurred related to the February 2011 acquisition of RPS.

    (c)
    Other one-time charges represent charges incurred that are not considered part of RPS's core operating results.

86


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

We are one of the world's leading global contract research organizations, or CROs, by revenue, providing outsourced clinical development services to the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries. We believe we are one of a select group of CROs with the expertise and capability to conduct clinical trials across all major therapeutic areas on a global basis. We have therapeutic expertise in areas that are among the largest in pharmaceutical development, including oncology, central nervous system, inflammation and infectious diseases. We believe we provide our clients with one of the most flexible clinical development service offerings, which includes both traditional, project-based Phase I through Phase IV services as well as embedded and functional outsourcing services. We believe we further differentiate ourselves from our competitors through our investments in medical informatics and clinical technologies designed to enhance efficiencies, improve study predictability and provide better transparency for our clients throughout their clinical development processes.

We are one of the largest CROs in the world by revenue, focused on executing clinical trials on a global basis. Our global clinical development platform includes more than 75 offices across North America, Europe, Asia, Latin America, South Africa, Australia and the Middle East and more than 10,000 employees worldwide. Since 2000, we have performed approximately 2,300 clinical trials worldwide, we have worked on more than 100 marketed drugs across several therapeutic areas and conducted the pivotal or supportive trials that led to FDA, or international regulatory approval, of more than 45 drugs. We are focused on further expansion into high growth, emerging markets, which is demonstrated by the formation of our 2012 joint venture with WuXi AppTec (Shanghai) Co. Ltd., or WuXi, a CRO managing clinical trials in Asia, and our 2013 acquisition of ClinStar, LLC, or ClinStar, a CRO managing clinical research trials in Eastern Europe.

We believe we are a leader in the transformation of the CRO engagement model via our flexible clinical development service offerings, which include embedded and functional outsourcing services in addition to traditional, project-based clinical trial services. In September 2013, we completed the acquisition of ReSearch Pharmaceutical Services, or RPS, a global CRO providing clinical development services primarily to large pharmaceutical companies, which provides a highly complementary fit with our historical focus on biotechnology and small- to mid-sized pharmaceutical companies. RPS, now known as our Strategic Solutions offerings, provides Embedded Solutions™ and functional outsourcing services in which our teams are fully integrated within the client's internal clinical development operations and are responsible for managing functions across the entire breadth of the client's drug development pipeline. We believe that our Strategic Solutions offerings represent an innovative alternative to the traditional, project-based approach and allow our clients to maintain greater control over their clinical development processes. Our flexible clinical development service offerings expand our addressable market beyond the traditional outsourced clinical development market to include the clinical development spending that biopharmaceutical companies historically have retained in-house.

Over the past 30 years, we have developed strong client relationships and have performed services for more than 300 biotechnology and pharmaceutical clients. In the first six months of 2014, we derived 20% of our service revenue from small- to mid-sized pharmaceutical companies, 26% of our service revenue from large biotechnology companies and 14% of our service revenue from emerging biotechnology companies. We believe that we have built a reputation as a strategic partner of choice for biotechnology and small- to mid-sized pharmaceutical companies as a result of our competitively differentiated platform and our long-term track record of serving these companies. We expect to benefit from growth in clinical development investment from these customers given the favorable capital raising environment in recent years. Our acquisition of RPS significantly expanded our relationships with large pharmaceutical companies, which represented 40% of our service revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and include all of the top 20 largest pharmaceutical companies. We believe we are well positioned to broaden our relationships and

87


Table of Contents

pursue strategic alliances with these large pharmaceutical companies due to our global presence, broad therapeutic expertise and flexible clinical development service offerings.

CRO Industry

CROs provide drug development services, regulatory and scientific support, and infrastructure and staffing support to provide their clients with the flexibility to supplement their in-house capabilities or to provide a fully outsourced solution. The CRO industry has grown from providing limited clinical trial services in the 1970s to a full service industry characterized by broad relationships with clients and by service offerings that encompass the entire drug development process. Today, CROs provide a comprehensive range of clinical services, including protocol design and management and monitoring of Phase I through Phase IV clinical trials, data management, laboratory testing, medical and safety reviews and statistical analysis. In addition, CROs provide services that generate high quality and timely data in support of applications for regulatory approval of new drugs or reformulations of existing drugs as well as new and existing marketing claims. CROs leverage selected information technologies and procedures to efficiently capture, manage and analyze the large streams of data generated during a clinical trial.

Drug development processes

Discovering and developing new drugs is an expensive and time-consuming process and is highly regulated and monitored through approval processes that vary by region. Before a new prescription drug reaches commercialization, it must undergo extensive pre-clinical and clinical testing and regulatory review, to verify that the drug is safe and effective.

A drug is first tested in pre-clinical studies, which can take several years to complete. When a new molecule is synthesized or discovered, it is tested for therapeutic value using various animal and tissue models. If the drug warrants further development, additional studies are completed and an IND is submitted to the FDA. Once the IND becomes effective, the drug may proceed to the human clinical trial phase which generally consists of the following interrelated phases, which may overlap:


Stages of Clinical Development

GRAPHIC

88


Table of Contents

Market trends

ISR estimated in the ISR 2014 Market Report that the size of the worldwide CRO market was approximately $22 billion in 2013 and will grow at an 8% CAGR to $32 billion over the next five years. This growth will be driven by an increase in the amount of research and development expenditure and levels of clinical development outsourcing by biopharmaceutical companies.

Increased R&D spending

ISR estimates in the ISR 2014 Market Report that R&D expenditures by biopharmaceutical companies was approximately $240 billion in 2013 and will grow at more than 2% per year over the next five years. Of this amount, approximately $99 billion was spent on development, including $70 billion on Phase I through IV clinical development. Growth drivers of R&D spending among biopharmaceutical companies include the need to replenish lost revenues resulting from the patent expirations of a large number of high-profile drugs in recent years and, a robust capital raising environment among biotechnology companies.

The expected increase in R&D expenditures is supported by the recent increase in IND submissions, which will lead to higher clinical development spending as these compounds move through the drug development process. In 2013, the FDA received approximately 7,000 IND submissions, a 17% increase from the approximately 6,000 IND submissions in 2007.

Higher outsourcing penetration

ISR estimates in the ISR 2014 Market Report that approximately 31% of Phase I through IV of clinical development spend is outsourced to CROs, and the levels of penetration are expected to increase to approximately 43% by 2018. We believe this increase in outsourcing is due to several factors, including the need to maximize R&D productively, the increasing burden of clinical trial complexity the desire to pursue simultaneous registration in multiple countries, and strong growth in Phase II through Phase IV trials.

89


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

Global CRO platform

We are one of the largest CROs in the world by revenue focused on executing clinical trials on a global basis. Our global clinical development platform includes more than 75 offices across North America, Europe, Asia, Latin America, South Africa, Australia and the Middle East and more than 10,000 employees worldwide. We are dedicated to the seamless execution of integrated clinical trials on multiple continents concurrently. We believe our global presence and scale are important differentiators as biopharmaceutical companies are increasingly focused on greater patient access for increasingly complex clinical trials and gaining regulatory approval for new products in multiple jurisdictions simultaneously. Our acquisition of ClinStar and our joint venture with WuXi are the most recent examples of our continued dedication to enhancing our global scale.

Broad and flexible service offering

We believe that we are one of a select group of CROs capable of providing both traditional, project-based CRO services as well as embedded and functional outsourcing services. Our broad and flexible service offering allows us to meet the clinical research needs of a wide range of clients, from small biotechnology companies to large pharmaceutical companies. Through more than 30 years of experience, we have developed significant expertise executing complex drug development projects that span Phase I through Phase IV clinical trials. We offer these traditional, project-based CRO services through our Product Registration Services, where we have gained the reputation as a strategic partner of choice to biotechnology and small- to mid-sized pharmaceutical companies. Our Strategic Solutions offerings primarily cater to the needs of large pharmaceutical companies that seek to maintain greater control over their clinical trial processes.

Therapeutic expertise in large segments of drug development

Our therapeutic expertise encompasses areas that are among the largest in pharmaceutical development, including oncology, central nervous system, inflammation and infectious diseases. We have participated in more than 950 clinical trials in these key areas since 2005, accounting for a substantial majority of our total clinical trials during this period. We employ drug development experts with extensive experience across numerous therapeutic areas in preparing development plans, establishing study and protocol designs, identifying investigative sites and patients and submitting regulatory filings. Our staff is highly experienced and includes approximately 350 Ph.Ds, 300 medical doctors and 140 doctors of pharmacy worldwide.

90


Table of Contents

Innovative approach to clinical trials using medical informatics

We are committed to being an industry leader in developing global, scalable and sustainable solutions for our clients. We aim to continuously improve our systems and processes by investing in medical informatics, technology, analytics and IT infrastructure. Our information delivery system enables rapid, web-based delivery of clinical trial data to clients and project teams. We believe our proprietary analysis and application of this data are key differentiators and allow us to identify more productive investigative sites and speed up overall patient enrollment, thereby decreasing drug development timelines. We have invested in and acquired large databases of aggregated patient medical data, which we refer to as medical informatics, to better understand patient distribution and location. Specifically, we have acquired data sources that give us significant amounts of information about patient populations within the United States to enhance enrollment, including medical claims data, hospital master charge data, pharmacy data, laboratory data and payor data. Capitalizing on our investments in medical informatics, we have the capability to identify potential patient populations by location, diagnostic code, treating physician, medications, date diagnosed, last treatment and other relevant metrics. Our medical informatics suite includes physician, hospital and pharmacy databases that cover more than 280 million patient lives and approximately 10 billion patient and pharmacy claims in the United States.

Diversified and attractive client base

Over the past 30 years, we have performed services for more than 300 biotechnology and pharmaceutical clients. We believe we are one of a select group of global, large scale CROs with a long-term track record serving biotechnology and small- to mid-sized pharmaceutical companies, and we believe that these companies represent an attractive growth opportunity. In the first six months of 2014, we derived 20% of our service revenue from small- to mid-sized pharmaceutical companies, 26% of our service revenue from large biotechnology companies and 14% of our service revenue from emerging biotechnology companies. Going forward, we believe that we will benefit from growth in clinical development investment from these customers that has resulted from the active capital raising environment over the past several years. In addition, our acquisition of RPS significantly expanded our relationships and positioned us to pursue strategic alliances with large pharmaceutical companies, which currently include all of the top 20 largest pharmaceutical companies. Our client relationships are also broad and diversified, and in the first six months of 2014 our top 10 clients represented 60% of service revenue, with our largest client representing 8% of service revenue and our largest single study accounting for approximately 4% of our service revenue.

Innovative management team

We are led by a dedicated and experienced executive management team that has an average of 20 years of experience across the global clinical research, pharmaceutical and life sciences industries. This team has been responsible for building our global platform, developing our advanced IT-enabled infrastructure and realizing our significant growth in revenue and earnings over the past five years. In addition, this team has been responsible for successfully integrating the RPS, CRI Lifetree and ClinStar acquisitions as well as structuring and successfully executing our WuXi joint venture.

Our Growth Strategy

Leverage our strong market position within the biotechnology and small- to mid-sized pharmaceutical market

We believe our long-term track record serving biotechnology and small- to mid-sized pharmaceutical companies has resulted in our earning a reputation as a strategic partner of choice for these companies. We believe that biotechnology and small- to mid-sized pharmaceutical companies rely on full service CROs to deliver fast, effective and thorough support throughout the clinical development and regulatory processes, as these companies generally lack a global clinical development infrastructure. We intend to leverage our strong relationships with biotechnology and small- to mid-sized pharmaceutical companies to capture additional business from these companies. In particular we believe the CRO strategic alliances that have become prevalent with large pharmaceutical companies over the past several years will increasingly be utilized by biotechnology and small- to mid-sized pharmaceutical companies. We believe we are well positioned to take advantage of these opportunities given the depth of our relationships and our proven track record serving these customers.

91


Table of Contents

Build deeper and broader relationships with large pharmaceutical companies

Large pharmaceutical companies have increasingly focused on partnering with multi national CROs that offer a wide array of global therapeutic and service capabilities. We have invested significantly in our global scale and infrastructure over the past several years to enhance our status as a service provider for these companies. Our acquisition of RPS significantly increased the depth of our relationships with large pharmaceutical companies. We intend to expand our relationships beyond the Embedded Solutions provided through our Strategic Solutions offering to include traditional, project-based clinical trial services.

Expand our leading therapeutic expertise in existing and new areas

We believe that our therapeutic expertise in all clinical phases of drug development is critical to the proper design and management of clinical trials and we intend to continue to capitalize on our strong market positions in several large therapeutic categories. We have established and will continue to refine our scientific and therapeutic business development initiatives, which link our organization to key clinical opinion leaders and medical informatics data to more effectively leverage therapeutic expertise throughout our client engagement. Specifically, we believe that oncology, central nervous system, inflammation and infectious diseases, which together represent the majority of all drug candidates currently in clinical development by biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, will be significant drivers of our growth. In the area of oncology, we believe that the growth of targeted therapies, companion diagnostics and personalized medicine will continue to drive drug development. With the aging demographics we believe we will see significant growth in the area of dementia and Alzheimer's research and drug development, which is complemented by our specialty and focus in neurology. Additionally, we believe that development of niche therapeutic drugs (orphan drugs) will see considerable growth moving forward and we have a dedicated staff focused on the design and conduct of trials for these drugs.

Continue to realize financial synergies and strategic benefits from recent acquisitions

We believe we will continue to realize financial synergies and strategic benefits from the acquisitions we have completed over the past two years, resulting in additional revenue growth and margin improvements. We have substantially completed the operational integration of these acquisitions, and are in the process of executing our strategy to eliminate redundancies in corporate and overhead functions and achieve cost efficiencies resulting from the scale of the combined business. We believe that our strategic acquisitions are complementary to our customer base and expect to generate incremental revenue growth by cross-selling our full set of services to our existing and new customers, thereby expanding the scope of our customer relationships and generating additional revenue.

Pursue selective and complementary acquisition strategy

We are a selectively acquisitive company, focused on growing our core service offerings, therapeutic capabilities and geographic reach into areas of high market growth. We have acquired 16 companies since 1997 and have established programs to help us identify acquisition targets and integrate them successfully. Our acquisition strategy is driven by our comprehensive commitment to serve client needs and we are continuously assessing the market for potential opportunities.

Service Offerings

We perform a broad array of services across the spectrum of clinical development programs, from the filing of INDs and similar regulatory applications to conducting all phases of clinical trials. Our core service offerings include:

92


Table of Contents

We provide many back office services to clients as well, including processing the payments to investigators and volunteers. We also collaborate with third party vendors for services such as imaging, central lab and patient recruitment services.

Product Registration Services

Product Registration Services encompasses the design, management and implementation of study protocols for Phase II through Phase III clinical trials, which are the critical building blocks of product development programs, as well as Phase IV, or post-approval, clinical trials. We have extensive resources and expertise to design and conduct studies on a global basis, develop integrated global product databases, collect and analyze trial data and prepare and submit regulatory submissions in the United States, Europe and other jurisdictions. A typical full-scale program or project may involve the following components:

As described below, we offer a suite of product registration services to our clients to address the several components involved in conducting a full-scale program or project.

Clinical Trial Management — Our clinical trial management services, used by biotechnology and pharmaceutical clients, may be performed exclusively by us or in collaboration with the client's internal staff or other CROs. With our broad clinical trial management capabilities, we conduct single site studies, multi-site U.S. and international studies and global studies on multiple continents. Through our electronic trial master file, we can create, collect, store, edit and retrieve any electronic document in any of our office locations worldwide, enabling our global project teams to work together efficiently regardless of where they are physically located and allowing seamless transfer of work to a more efficient locale.

Project Management — Our project management group manages the development process, setting specific targets and utilizing various metrics to ensure that a project moves forward in the right trajectory, resources are used optimally and client satisfaction is met. This group also oversees the implementation of a work breakdown structure, communication plan, and a risk and contingency program for each study. We believe that the management structure of our service delivery model sets us apart in the industry. Each individual project is assigned a director of project delivery and key strategic accounts are also assigned a general partner. As a member of the senior management team, the general partner works with the director of project delivery, the project management group and client representatives to ensure the highest level of client satisfaction. With more than 250 project directors and project managers, we match our project management personnel to projects based on experience and study specific parameters.

93


Table of Contents

Regulatory Affairs — Our team of global regulatory professionals has extensive experience working with biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies and regulatory authorities worldwide. Our regulatory affairs group is comprised of an internal network of local regulatory experts who are native speakers in countries across North America, Latin America, Western and Eastern Europe, Africa and Asia Pacific. Regulatory team members and local regulatory experts act as clients' representatives for submissions and direct communications with regulatory authorities in all regions. The group's regulatory expertise enables rapid study start-up and facilitates competitive product development plans and effective submission strategies.

Therapeutic Expertise — Our therapeutic expertise group provides scientific and medical expertise and patient access and retention services worldwide across a broad range of therapeutic areas. Our broad experience throughout various therapeutic areas allows us to offer a more complete global service offering to our clients. Our diverse therapeutic expertise group leverages best-in-class data assets to assist our clients with the design and implementation of entire clinical development programs and our current and potential clients increasingly seek partners who can provide these capabilities. We provide clients with therapeutic expertise in the design and implementation of high-quality product development programs and help them achieve key development milestones in a cost and time effective manner. Our therapeutic expertise is used by both emerging biotechnology companies that lack clinical development infrastructure and pharmaceutical companies that have limited internal medical resources or are exploring new therapeutic areas.

Clinical Operations — Our clinical operations group provides clients with a full set of study site management and monitoring services in nearly 80 countries worldwide, through our highly experienced team of clinical research associates and specialists. This experience includes knowledge of local regulations, medical practices, safety and individual therapeutic areas. We provide our clients with fully trained and locally based clinical teams led by experienced clinical team managers that initiate site start-up, monitor activities and review data. Based in the Americas, Europe, Asia Pacific and Africa, these teams work from a strategic foundation that combines reliance on proven, consistent processes with the flexibility to adapt innovative ideas and technologies. Given our expertise executing clinical trials around the world we are positioned to meet our clients' diverse needs and expectations. Our study start-up services group, a unit within clinical operations, manages the key components of rapid site activation and investigational site set-up for clinical trials by utilizing our global and region specific expertise.

Data and Programming Services — Our global data and programming services group offers an innovative suite of technologies that gather and organize clinical trial data. We employ industry leading electronic data capture technologies and innovative delivery systems to produce high quality and standardized data and reports. We focus on evaluating a client's needs, presenting optimal solutions for each trial and implementing the chosen solution effectively during project execution. To support these goals, we have built group of technological experts in drug research that has a strong foundation in data management fundamentals and core programming abilities.

Safety and Risk Management — Our dedicated safety and risk management group helps clients design, implement and operationalize the proper safety procedures from development through to post-marketing, allowing for clear assessment and the communication of patient safety profiles. We have centralized drug safety centers in Mannheim, Germany; Swansea, United Kingdom; Charlottesville, Virginia, United States (with a satellite center in Lenexa, Kansas); São Paulo, Brazil; and Singapore. Centers are staffed with experienced drug safety associates. These associates are responsible for integrating an effective risk minimization strategy for a drug product and generating useable information through ongoing risk evaluation. Our safety and risk management team provides risk mitigation strategies for our clients at all stages of the drug development cycle along with core signal detection capabilities.

Biostatistics and Medical Writing — Our global biostatistics and medical writing operations integrate our biostatistics, medical writing, pharmacokinetics and regulatory publishing groups. With a staff of industry experienced and therapeutically trained biostatisticians and medical writers, we offer clients expertise in statistical analysis, data pooling and regulatory reporting. This global team provides specialist consulting

94


Table of Contents

expertise and support to clients from the first stage of protocol design through post-marketing surveillance and Phase IV studies. For publishing, we use a specialized electronic system that enables us to seamlessly assemble, manage and publish complex documents in compliance with applicable regulatory guidelines.

Quality Assurance Services — Our global quality assurance group is staffed by a team of experienced professionals in the Americas, Europe and Asia Pacific. Our quality assurance department is entirely separate from and independent of the personnel engaged in the direction and conduct of clinical trials. The objective of the quality assurance group is the global promotion of ongoing quality awareness and continuous improvement of our processes. This group serves these efforts by performing audits on the processes and systems used in the management of clinical trials to ensure compliance with study protocol and applicable regulatory requirements. This group has performed audits for a wide range of medical indications and in all phases of clinical trials across the globe.

Late Phase Services — Our global late phase services group supports global and regional post-approval trials with management locations centralized in Pennsylvania, Germany and Singapore. Our experienced late-phase services team assists clients with the post-marketing process by helping identify trends and signals in large populations as well as planning and conducting safety surveillance studies, large-sample trials, registries, restricted access programs, risk management programs, diagnostic trials and biomarker research. The team consists of industry leading strategic experts, operational specialists and epidemiologists who work with clients to identify post-marketing research objectives and goals and translate them into comprehensive study designs.

Strategic Solutions

Our Strategic Solutions offerings enable biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies to execute their internally-managed development portfolio with greater flexibility and to leverage their existing infrastructure to minimize redundancy. These offerings provide a broad spectrum of solutions that allow for the efficient management and execution of critical clinical development functions for pharmaceutical clients. These services are embedded or integrated within the client's internal clinical development operations to support the entire breadth of the client's drug development pipeline. By embedding our employees within our clients' infrastructure, we create a strategic and interdependent relationship that allows us to anticipate our clients' clinical trial demands and efficiently deploy our skilled clinical professionals to meet our clients' needs. Clinical functions supported by this service offering include study start-up activities, site monitoring, study management, data management, biostatistics, regulatory and product safety. We focus our solutions primarily on our clients' Phase II through Phase IV development programs. While traditional, project-based CRO offerings target the outsourced component of biopharmaceutical industry spending, our Strategic Solutions offerings address the total Phase II through IV development market. We pioneered the embedded services model described below, and have extensive experience helping customers re-align their operating model to more efficiently manage their development portfolio with greater flexibility and control.

Our Strategic Solutions offerings include:

Embedded Solutions — We believe we are the only company in the industry to offer a strategically scalable, fully-embedded clinical development solution. Our Embedded Solutions model is designed to merge clinical operations expertise, management, infrastructure and support to create a flexible and integrated operating model. The goal of our Embedded Solutions model is to enable our client's internally-managed development processes to be executed with greater flexibility. These solutions can be further enhanced by leveraging our systems and technology as required. In our Embedded Solutions model, we typically work with our partners to assist in redesigning existing systems and processes to drive greater efficiency, speed and quality and to implement innovative approaches and enhanced technology. We employ a strong joint governance structure and robust metrics to measure and ensure strong quality, cycle time, productivity and service-level performance.

95


Table of Contents

Functional Services Provider Solutions — Our functional services provider, or FSP, offering provides dedicated capacity management within a single operating platform and within one function or across multiple functions and geographies. While the customer provides direction and functional management, we provide resources and line management, training and support. We also utilize business level metrics to help ensure that staff are deployed with the relevant experience and are producing consistent, repeatable results.

Staff Augmentation Solutions — Our staff augmentation solutions offering provides customers with the ability to address their dynamic staffing needs by supplying access to resources qualified to meet their clinical development needs. This allows clients to maintain flexibility while also reducing fixed costs. In order to rapidly attract and recruit qualified employees for these situations, we have assembled what we believe is the largest team in the industry focused on personnel recruitment. These individual professionals are hired as our employees and managed by our teams, eliminating co-employment related issues. The customer has the ability to define the resources required according to the therapeutic- and disease-specific experience required. These resources can be on site at the customer's facility, at our offices, or regionally based.

Custom-Built Development Solutions — Our custom-built development solutions are designed to offer people, process, systems and development expertise that enable the efficient internal development of a company's product portfolio with greater control and flexibility, accelerated development timelines and substantially reduced costs. With the client's core leadership in control, we help to build the development team our clients need, while enabling them to maintain the flexibility to be nimble during the development lifecycle.

Commercialization Services — Through our commercialization services offering, we assist our clients in addressing the challenge of commercializing products. We do this by deploying professionals who are knowledgeable in launch preparation and product lifecycle management. We assist customers in managing the product lifecycle by working with them to create concise messaging, engage thought leadership and health care providers, generate consumer enthusiasm for the product, and prepare for post-marketing commitments. Our commercialization services offering utilizes our flexible service model and, as such, can be delivered as an Embedded Solution, through our functional service provider model, or through staff augmentation.

Early Development Services

Our Early Development Services business unit, or EDS, offers a full range of services for Phase I and Phase IIa studies as well as bioanalytical analysis. We have conducted studies for major pharmaceutical companies in Europe, the United States and Japan, as well as for many smaller and emerging biotechnology companies. We have also built direct relationships with a large base of available subjects, including healthy volunteers and patient populations with specific medical conditions.

Our December 2013 acquisition of CRI Lifetree significantly expanded our Phase I to Phase II services. CRI Lifetree is a specialized CRO focused on the conduct and design of early stage patient population studies, and is therapeutically focused in human abuse liability, or HAL, addiction, pain, psychiatric, neurological, pediatric and infectious disease services. CRI Lifetree is one of the largest providers of patient population for Phase I and confined Phase II to Phase III services in the United States, and is one of only a few CROs in the world which has the ability to design and conduct HAL studies, a regulatory-required study for central nervous system compounds. We believe this acquisition enables us to provide our clients with a full range of Phase I to Phase II clinical research services in specialized patient populations for both inpatient and outpatient settings.

EDS also supports a variety of additional services, ranging from protocol development to data management and pharmacy services, including manufacturing of investigational medicinal products. Our state-of-the-art laboratories provide pharmacokinetics, the branch of pharmacology concerned with the movement of drugs within the body, and pharmacodynamics, the branch of pharmacology concerned with the effects of drugs

96


Table of Contents

and the mechanism of their action analyses, including biomarkers, as needed. Our safety laboratory supports our own clinics and also acts as a central lab for medium sized Phase II trials. We also provide clinical study reports, statistical analysis, medical writing and regulatory support.

We focus on high-end Phase I studies and specialize in more complex types of studies in which safety, intelligent design, and a wide range of pharmacodynamics assessments are critical factors. We believe our Phase I team is a leader in new developments such as microdosing studies, pain models, HAL studies and multi purpose protocols with adaptive designs. We have developed extensive methodologies enabling us to conduct studies with pharmacokinetics and/or pharmacodynamics objectives.

We have more than 1,100 early development specialists working in nine clinical pharmacology units located across seven different countries, including the United States, the Netherlands and countries in Central and Eastern Europe. We are equipped with the technologies and infrastructure for high-quality, efficient studies on a wide range of drugs and indications. Over the past five years we have conducted more than 600 high-level, complex early development clinical trials and more than 1,500 bioanalytical studies.

Phase I through IIa Studies — For in-house Phase I studies, we offer approximately 500 beds worldwide and accommodate volunteers in our state-of-the-art clinical pharmacology, units some of which are hospital based. At these centers, volunteers are under constant medical supervision by a team of highly experienced medical professionals. We have an active pool of more than 60,000 study participants (both healthy volunteers and various specific patient populations).

In addition to in-house studies, we use an innovative "unit-on-demand" business model that brings a Phase I center to patients. This model establishes a Phase I study environment in central medical facilities that specialize in the treatment of the target patient population. Physicians can recruit high volumes of patients using extensive networks of referring specialists and general practitioners. The studies occur in single center and multi-national settings. We have also built an extensive patient network and database in areas including depression, schizophrenia, diabetes and hepatitis C. In addition to conducting Phase I and IIa studies in subjects, these sites act as investigative sites in Phase IIb and III trials.

We also offer full pharmacy capabilities and we operate a manufacturing site that complies with applicable current Good Manufacturing Practice regulations and is designed for fast and flexible manufacturing of small batches of investigational medicinal product for studies. In addition, dedicated data management professionals who can process clinical data into specific deliverables are integrated in each clinical pharmacology unit.

Since a large proportion of drug compounds do not succeed in Phase I, we utilize IND trials that include "microdose" or "low-dose" studies to screen multiple candidates at an early stage and minimize the number of failing clinical product candidates. We have been closely involved in the field of microdose studies over the past ten years and have conducted more than 35 microdose studies.

Bioanalytical Laboratory — We offer clients two state-of-the-art bioanalytical laboratories located in Assen, the Netherlands, and Lenexa, Kansas, United States. These bioanalytical laboratories have been harmonized with respect to standard operating procedures, work instructions and equipment. This provides a high level of consistency, continuity and efficiency. It also provides our clients with the ability to run studies in either laboratory, depending on the requirements of the study, and ensures that they will receive the same high level of service. Both bioanalytical laboratories are located within close proximity to their respective Phase I clinical pharmacology unit, ensuring rapid sample processing for critical dose escalation decision making involving pharmacokinetic assays. Both facilities include laboratories for mass spectrometry and ultra-performance liquid chromatography, typically applied to small molecule analysis. For large molecules, such as biologicals and biomarkers, our laboratories operate a wide variety of specialized assays, including ligand binding assays with a variety of detection methodologies and immunogenicity. In our fully licensed isotope laboratory, bioanalytical support is provided for mass balance and microdosing studies. The laboratories,

97


Table of Contents

combined with expert and highly educated staff, provide a full range of analytical services throughout the development process.

Clients and Suppliers

We serve a wide range of client types, including biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies. We have developed numerous strategic relationships in the last five years. In the first six months of 2014, we derived 40% of our service revenue from large pharmaceutical companies, 20% of our service revenue from small- to mid-sized pharmaceutical companies, 26% of our service revenue from large biotechnology companies and 14% of our service revenue from emerging biotechnology companies. In 2013, our top five clients represented approximately 30% of service revenue; this revenue was derived from a combination of fixed-fee contracts, fee-for-service contracts and time and materials contracts. No client or individual project accounted for 10% or more of service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013. For the six months ended June 30, 2014, our top five clients represented approximately 37% of service revenue; this revenue was derived from a combination of fixed-fee contracts, fee-for-service contracts and time and materials contracts. No client or individual project accounted for 10% or more of service revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

We utilize a number of suppliers in our business, including central laboratory services, drug storage and shipping, foreign language translation services and information technology. In 2013, our largest individual supplier was paid $29.1 million. In addition, our top 10 suppliers together received payments during 2013 of approximately $82.1 million. We believe that we will continue to be able to meet our current and future supply needs.

Sales and Marketing

We have a proven sales team with the ability to build relationships with new clients and to grow within existing clients. Critical to our sales process is the involvement of our operations and global scientific and medical affairs teams who contribute their knowledge to project implementation strategies presented in client proposals. These teams also work closely with the sales team to build long-term relationships with biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies. Our therapeutic expertise team supports the sales effort by developing robust service offerings in its core therapeutic areas, which link our organization to key clinical opinion leaders, global investigator networks and best-in-class vendors. We rely heavily on our past project performance, qualified teams, medical informatics data and therapeutic expertise in winning new business.

Our approach to proposal development, led by seasoned proposal developers in conjunction with insight from our drug development experts, allows us to submit proposals that address client requirements in a creative and tailored manner. Proposal teams conduct research on competing drugs and conduct feasibility studies among potential investigators to assess their interest and patient availability for proposals and presentations. Our proprietary, automated estimation system allows for rapid and accurate creation of project budgets, which forms the initial basis for business management of budgets subsequent to award of the study.

Competition

We compete primarily with other full-service CROs and in-house research and development departments of pharmaceutical and established biotech companies. Our principal traditional CRO competitors are Covance Inc., ICON plc, INC Research, Inc., PAREXEL International Corporation, Pharmaceutical Product Development LLC, Quintiles Transnational Corp. and inVentiv Health Inc.

CROs compete on the basis of a number of factors, including reliability, past performance, expertise and experience in specific therapeutic areas, scope of service offerings, strengths in various geographic markets, technological capabilities, ability to manage large scale global clinical trials, and price.

98


Table of Contents

The CRO industry remains fragmented, with several hundred smaller, limited service providers and a small number of full-service companies with global capabilities. We believe there are significant barriers to becoming a global provider offering a broad range of services and products. These barriers include:

    the cost and experience necessary to develop broad therapeutic expertise;

    the ability to manage large, complex international clinical programs;

    the ability to deliver high-quality services consistently for large drug development projects;

    the experience to prepare regulatory submissions on a global basis; and

    the infrastructure and knowledge to respond to the global needs of clients.

Backlog

Our studies and projects are performed over varying durations, ranging from several months to several years. Backlog represents anticipated service revenue from contracted new business awards that either have not started or are in process but have not been completed. Cancelled contracts and scope reductions are removed from backlog as they occur. Our backlog at June 30, 2014, December 31, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $2.0 billion, $1.9 billion and $1.4 billion, respectively. Cancellations totaled $123.3 million, $223.3 million and $294.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

We believe our backlog as of any date is not necessarily a meaningful indicator of our future results for a variety of reasons. First, studies vary in duration. For instance, some studies that are included in our backlog may be completed in 2014, while others may be completed in later years. Second, the scope of studies may change, which may either increase or decrease the amount of backlog. Third, studies may be terminated or delayed at any time by the client or regulatory authorities. Delayed contracts remain in our backlog until a determination of whether to continue, modify or cancel the study is made.

We had $723.2 million in net new business awards in the six months ended June 30, 2014 and were awarded $774.3 million in net new business awards for the year ended 2013. Net new business represents new business awards less cancellations for the period.

For more details regarding risks related to our backlog, see "Risk Factors — Our backlog may not convert to service revenue at the historical conversion rate."

Intellectual Property

We do not own any patent registrations, applications, or licenses. We do maintain and protect trade secrets, know-how and other proprietary information regarding many of our business processes and related systems. We also hold various federal trademark registrations and pending applications, including PRA Health Sciences® (including a design) PRA® (including a design) and PRA International®.

Government Regulation

In the United States, FDA governs the conduct of clinical trials of drug products in human subjects, the form and content of regulatory applications, including, but not limited to, IND applications for human clinical testing and the development, approval, manufacture, safety, labeling, storage, record keeping, and marketing of drug products. FDA has similar authority and similar requirements with respect to the clinical testing of biological products and medical devices. In the European Union, similar laws and regulations apply which may vary slightly from one member state to another and are enforced by the European Medicines Agency or respective national member states' authorities, depending on the case.

Governmental regulation directly affects our business. Increased regulation leads to more complex clinical trials and an increase in potential business for us. Conversely, a relaxation in the scope of regulatory requirements, such as the introduction of simplified marketing applications for pharmaceutical and biological products, could decrease the business opportunities available to us.

99


Table of Contents

In the United States, we must perform our clinical drug and biologic services in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations, including GCP, which govern, among other things, the design, conduct, performance, monitoring, auditing, recording, analysis, and reporting of clinical trials. Before a human clinical trial may begin, the manufacturer or sponsor of the clinical product candidate must file an IND with FDA, which contains, among other things, the results of preclinical tests, manufacturer information, and other analytical data. A separate submission to an existing IND must also be made for each successive clinical trial conducted during product development. Each clinical trial must be conducted in accordance with an effective IND. In addition, under GCP, each human clinical trial we conduct is subject to the oversight of an IRB, which is an independent committee that has the regulatory authority to review, approve and monitor a clinical trial for which the IRB has responsibility. FDA, the IRB, or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the study subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. In the European Union, we must perform our clinical drug services in compliance with essentially similar laws and regulations.

In order to comply with GCP and other regulations, we must, among other things:

    comply with specific requirements governing the selection of qualified investigators;

    obtain specific written commitments from the investigators;

    obtain IRB review and approval of the clinical trial;

    verify that appropriate patient informed consent is obtained before the patient participates in a clinical trial;

    ensure adverse drug reactions resulting from the administration of a drug or biologic during a clinical trial are medically evaluated and reported in a timely manner;

    monitor the validity and accuracy of data;

    verify drug or biologic accountability;

    instruct investigators and study staff to maintain records and reports; and

    permit appropriate governmental authorities access to data for review.

We must also maintain reports in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements for each study for auditing by the client and FDA or similar regulatory authorities.

A failure to comply with applicable regulations relating to the conduct of clinical trials or the preparation of marketing applications could lead to a variety of sanctions. For example, violations of GCP could result, depending on the nature of the violation and the type of product involved, in the issuance of a warning letter, suspension or termination of a clinical study, refusal of FDA to approve clinical trial or marketing applications or withdrawal of such applications, injunction, seizure of investigational products, civil penalties, criminal prosecutions, or debarment from assisting in the submission of new drug applications.

We monitor our clinical trials to test for compliance with applicable laws and regulations in the United States and the non-U.S. jurisdictions in which we operate. We have adopted standard operating procedures that are designed to satisfy regulatory requirements and serve as a mechanism for controlling and enhancing the quality of our clinical trials. In the United States, our procedures were developed to ensure compliance with GCP and associated guidelines. Within Europe, all work is carried out in accordance with the European Community Note for Guidance, "Good Clinical Practice" (CPMP/ICH/135/95). In order to facilitate global clinical trials, we have implemented common standard operating procedures across our regions to assure consistency whenever feasible.

The Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information, or the Privacy Rule, and the Security Rule, issued under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health, or HITECH, Act of 2009, collectively HIPAA, as well as applicable state privacy and security laws and regulations restrict the use and disclosure of certain protected health information, or PHI, and establishes national standards to protect

100


Table of Contents

individuals' electronic PHI that is created, received, used or maintained by certain entities. Under the Privacy Rule, "covered entities" may not use or disclose PHI without the authorization of the individual who is the subject of the PHI, unless such use or disclosure is specifically permitted by the Privacy Rule or required by law.

We are not a covered entity under HIPAA. However, in connection with our clinical development activities, we do receive PHI from covered entities subject to HIPAA. In order for those covered entities to disclose PHI to us, the covered entity must obtain an authorization from the research subject that meets the Privacy Rule requirements, or make such disclosure pursuant to an exception to the Privacy Rule's authorization requirement. We are both directly and indirectly affected by the privacy provisions surrounding individual authorizations because many investigators with whom we are involved in clinical trials are directly subject to them as a HIPAA "covered entity" and because we obtain identifiable health information from third parties that are subject to such regulations. Because of recent amendments to the HIPAA data security and privacy rules that were promulgated on January 25, 2013, some of which went into effect on March 26, 2013, there are some instances where we may be a HIPAA "business associate" of a "covered entity," meaning that we may be directly liable for any breaches in protected health information and other HIPAA violations. As part of our research activities, we require covered entities that perform research activities on our behalf to comply with HIPAA, including the Privacy Rule's authorization requirement, and applicable state privacy and security laws and regulations.

In Europe, EC Directive 95/46, or the Directive, is intended to protect the personal data of individuals by, among other things, imposing restrictions on the manner in which personal data can be collected, transferred, processed, and disclosed and the purposes for which personal data can be used. National laws and regulations implementing the Directive or dealing with personal data include provisions which, in certain EU Member States, are more stringent than the Directive's mandates and/or cover areas that do not fall within the scope of the Directive. While we strive to comply with all privacy laws potentially applicable to our operations in Europe, we cannot guarantee that our business complies with all of these laws, which vary in scope and complexity in the multiple jurisdictions in which we operate.

We maintain a registration with the Drug Enforcement Administration, or DEA, that enables us to use controlled substances in connection with our research services. Controlled substances are those drugs and drug products that appear on one of five schedules promulgated and administered by DEA under the Controlled Substances Act. This act governs, among other things, the distribution, recordkeeping, handling, security, and disposal of controlled substances. Our DEA registration authorizes us to receive, conduct testing on, and distribute controlled substances in Schedules II through V. A failure to comply with the DEA's regulations governing these activities could lead to a variety of sanctions, including the revocation or the denial of a renewal of our DEA registration, injunctions, or civil or criminal penalties.

Environmental Regulation and Liability

We are subject to various laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment and human health and safety in the countries in which we do business, including laws and regulations governing the management and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, the cleanup of contaminated sites and the maintenance of a safe workplace. Our operations include the use, generation, and disposal of hazardous materials and medical wastes. We may, in the future, incur liability under environmental statutes and regulations for contamination of sites we own or operate (including contamination caused by prior owners or operators of such sites), the off-site disposal of hazardous substances and for personal injuries or property damage arising from exposure to hazardous materials from our operations. We believe that we have been and are in substantial compliance with all applicable environmental laws and regulations and that we currently have no liabilities under such environmental requirements that could reasonably be expected to materially harm our business, results of operations or financial condition.

101


Table of Contents

Liability and Insurance

We may be liable to our clients for any failure to conduct their studies properly according to the agreed-upon protocol and contract. If we fail to conduct a study properly in accordance with the agreed-upon procedures, we may have to repeat a study or a particular portion of the services at our expense, reimburse the client for the cost of the services and/or pay additional damages.

At our Phase I clinics, we study the effects of drugs on healthy volunteers. In addition, in our clinical business we, on behalf of our clients, contract with physicians who render professional services, including the administration of the substance being tested, to participants in clinical trials, many of whom are seriously ill and are at great risk of further illness or death as a result of factors other than their participation in a trial. As a result, we could be held liable for bodily injury, death, pain and suffering, loss of consortium, or other personal injury claims and medical expenses arising from a clinical trial. In addition, we sometimes engage the services of vendors necessary for the conduct of a clinical trial, such as laboratories or medical diagnostic specialists. Because these vendors are engaged as subcontractors, we are responsible for their performance and may be held liable for damages if the subcontractors fail to perform in the manner specified in their contract.

To reduce our potential liability, and as a requirement of the GCP regulations, informed consent is required from each volunteer and patient. In addition, our clients provide us with contractual indemnification for all of our service related contracts. These indemnities generally do not, however, protect us against certain of our own actions such as those involving negligence or misconduct. Our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed if we were required to pay damages or incur defense costs in connection with a claim that is not indemnified, that is outside the scope of an indemnity or where the indemnity, although applicable, is not honored in accordance with its terms.

We maintain errors, omissions, and professional liability insurance in amounts we believe to be appropriate. This insurance provides coverage for vicarious liability due to negligence of the investigators who contract with us, as well as claims by our clients that a clinical trial was compromised due to an error or omission by us. If our insurance coverage is not adequate, or if insurance coverage does not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us, our business, financial condition, and operating results could be materially harmed.

Employees

As of June 30, 2014, we had approximately 10,300 employees, of which approximately 48% were in the United States, approximately 31% were in Europe, approximately 3% were in Canada, and approximately 18% were in Africa, Latin America, and Asia Pacific. Some of our employees located outside of the United States are represented by workers council or labor unions. We believe that our employee relations are satisfactory. Approximately 40% of employees hold a Master's level degree or higher. We have approximately 850 employees that hold a Ph.D, M.D. or other doctorate level degrees.

Properties

We lease a facility for our corporate headquarters in Raleigh, North Carolina. We also lease other offices in North America, Europe, Africa, Latin America, Australia and Asia. In 2013, our total rental expense for our facilities and offices was approximately $24.2 million. We do not own any real estate. We believe that our properties, taken as a whole, are in good operating condition and are suitable for our business operations.

Legal Proceedings

We are also currently involved, as we are from time to time, in legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. We believe that we have adequately reserved for these liabilities and that there is no other litigation pending that could materially harm our results of operations and financial condition.

102


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information regarding the individuals who serve as our executive officers and directors. There are no family relationships between any of our executive officers or directors. Our directors hold office until their respective successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal.

Name
  Age   Position With Company

Colin Shannon

  54   President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Linda Baddour

  55   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

David W. Dockhorn, Ph.D

  53   Executive Vice President and Corporate Compliance Officer

James C. Momtazee

  42   Director

Ali J. Satvat

  36   Director

Max C. Lin

  33   Director

Colin Shannon, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Colin Shannon joined PRA in 2007, serving first as President and Chief Operating Officer. On January 1, 2010, Mr. Shannon was named PRA's President and Chief Executive Officer and a Director of PRA. Prior to joining PRA, Mr. Shannon was Executive Vice President, Global Clinical Operations at Pharmaceutical Product Development, Inc (now known as Pharmaceutical Product Development LLC) or PPD. During his 12 year tenure with PPD, he held various leadership roles including, Chief Operating Officer for its European division and Chief Financial and Administration Officer for Europe and the Pacific Rim. Prior to joining PPD, Mr. Shannon had more than 15 years of experience in a variety of financial and accounting positions in the utility and multimedia industries. Mr. Shannon earned his M.B.A. from London's City University and is a fellow member of the Chartered Association of Certified Accountants.

Linda Baddour, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Linda Baddour joined PRA in 2007 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Before joining PRA, Ms. Baddour was Chief Financial Officer at PPD from 2002 to 2007, Chief Accounting Officer from 1997 to 2002 and Corporate Controller from 1995 to 1997. Ms. Baddour earned her M.B.A. from the University of North Carolina at Wilmington and is also a Certified Public Accountant.

David W. Dockhorn, Ph.D, Executive Vice President and Corporate Compliance Officer

David W. Dockhorn, Ph.D, joined PRA in 1997 as Vice President of Operations and Regional Director of our Lenexa, Kansas operations. In September 2007 Dr. Dockhorn was named Executive Vice President, Product Registration-The Americas and in January 2012 he was named Executive Vice President and Corporate Compliance Officer. Before joining PRA, Dr. Dockhorn worked for International Medical Technical Consultants, Inc., a CRO acquired by PRA in 1997. Dr. Dockhorn received his Ph.D in neuroscience from Texas Tech University.

James C. Momtazee, Director

James C. Momtazee is a Member of KKR and Head of the Americas Health Care industry team within KKR's Private Equity platform. He has been a member of the Company's board since September 2013. He also has served on the board of directors of Lake Region Medical since 2005. He previously served on the boards of directors of Jazz Pharmaceuticals plc from 2004 to 2014 and HCA Holdings Inc from 2006 to 2014. Prior to joining KKR, Mr. Momtazee was with Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette. He holds an A.B. from Stanford University and an M.B.A. from Stanford University Graduate School of Business.

Ali J. Satvat, Director

Ali J. Satvat is a Director on the Health Care industry team within KKR's Private Equity platform. He has been a member of the Company's board since September 2013. He has also served on the boards of

103


Table of Contents

directors of Coherus BioSciences since May 2014 and the Healthcare Private Equity Association since July 2014. Prior to joining KKR, Mr. Satvat was with Apax Partners from 2006 to 2012, where he focused on investments in health care and served as a director of Chiron Holdings/Kinetic Concepts from 2011 to 2012 and TZ Holdings/The TriZetto Group from 2008 to 2012. Previously, Mr. Satvat held various positions with Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation in 2005, Audax Group from 2002 to 2004 and The Blackstone Group from 2000 to 2002, where he was involved in a broad range of transactions. Mr. Satvat holds an A.B. from Harvard College and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

Max C. Lin, Director

Max C. Lin is a Director on the Health Care industry team within KKR's Private Equity Platform. He has been a member of the Company's board since September 2013. He also has served on the board of directors of Biomet, Inc since 2011. Prior to joining KKR, Mr. Lin was with Morgan Stanley from 2003 to 2005 where he was involved in a number of mergers, acquisitions and financing transactions. He holds a B.S. and B.A.S., from the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Composition of our Board of Directors

Background and Experience of Directors

When considering whether directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills, taken as a whole, to enable our board of directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the board of directors focused primarily on each person's background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors' individual biographies set forth above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business. Once appointed, directors serve until they resign or are removed by the stockholders.

In particular, the members of our board of directors considered the following important characteristics: (i) Mr. Momtazee, Mr. Satvat and Mr. Lin are representatives appointed by affiliates of KKR, our principal stockholder, and have significant financial, investment and operational experience from their involvement in KKR's investment in numerous portfolio companies and have played active roles in overseeing those businesses and (ii) Mr. Shannon, our Chief Executive Officer, has nearly 20 years of experience in our industry, having held leadership roles of increasing responsibility at PPD for twelve years before joining our company.

Director Independence

Our board of directions has affirmatively determined that               qualifies as an "independent" director in accordance with the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market. After completion of this offering, we will be a "controlled company" within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NASDAQ Global Market. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a "controlled company." KKR holds more than 50% of our common stock. Accordingly, we may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that, within one year of the date of the listing of our common stock:

Following this offering, we intend to utilize certain of these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors on our board of directors.

104


Table of Contents

Classified Board of Directors

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will go into effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered, three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Effective upon the consummation of this offering, our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will go into effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control of our company. See "Description of Capital Stock — Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law."

Leadership Structure of our Board of Directors

Our amended and restated bylaws provide our board of directors with flexibility to combine or separate the positions of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer in accordance with its determination that utilizing one or the other structure would be in the best interests of our company. Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Shannon will serve as Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer.

Our board of directors has concluded that our current leadership structure is appropriate at this time. However, our board of directors will continue to periodically review our leadership structure and may make such changes in the future as it deems appropriate.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight

Our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers will regularly report to the non-executive directors and the audit committee to ensure effective and efficient oversight of our activities and to assist in proper risk management and the ongoing evaluation of management controls. Internal audit will report functionally and administratively to our Chief Financial Officer and directly to the audit committee. We believe that the leadership structure of our board of directors provides appropriate risk oversight of our activities given the controlling interests held by KKR.

Committees of our Board of Directors

Upon the listing of our shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, our board of directors will have an audit committee and a compensation committee, each of which will operate under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors. Upon the listing of our shares on the NASDAQ Global Market, copies of each committee's charter will be posted on our website, www.prahs.com.

Audit Committee

Upon the completion of this offering, we expect to have an audit committee, consisting of at least one director, who qualifies as an independent director under NASDAQ corporate governance standards and the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. Our board of directors will appoint one or

105


Table of Contents

more additional independent directors to the audit committee within 90 days of the effective date of this registration statement and again within one year of the effective date of this registration statement. The non-independent members of the audit committee will resign from the audit committee as the additional independent directors are added, so that, within one year of the effective date of this registration statement, all of our audit committee members will be independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and under NASDAQ Listing Rules. Our board of directors has determined that               qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert" as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K.

The purpose of the audit committee will be to prepare the audit committee report required by the SEC to be included in our proxy statement and to assist our board of directors in overseeing and monitoring (1) the quality and integrity of our financial statements, (2) our independent registered public accounting firm's qualifications and independence and (3) the performance of our independent registered public accounting firm.

Compensation Committee

Upon the completion of the offering, we expect to have a compensation committee, consisting of                    , who will serve as the chairperson,                     and               . The purpose of the compensation committee is to assist our board of directors in discharging its responsibilities relating to (1) setting our compensation program and compensation of our executive officers and directors, (2) monitoring our incentive and equity-based compensation plans and (3) preparing the compensation committee report required to be included in our proxy statement under the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a written code of ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Following the consummation of this offering, we will post a current copy of the code on our website, www.prahs.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the listing standards of the NASDAQ Global Market concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

106


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Our executive compensation plan is designed to attract and retain individuals with qualifications to manage and lead our company, as well as to motivate them to contribute to the achievement of our financial goals and ultimately create and grow our equity value. Compensation of our executives is structured around the achievement of individual performance and near-term corporate targets as well as long-term business objectives.

Our named executive officers, or NEOs, for fiscal year 2013 are as follows:

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth all compensation paid to or accrued by our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated persons serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2013 for services rendered for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.


Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary
($)
  Bonus
($) (1)
  Option
awards
($) (2)
  All other
compensation
($) (3)
  Total
($)
 

Colin Shannon

  2013     536,250     4,175,000     1,594,500     2,510,714     8,816,464  

President and Chief Executive Officer

  2012     525,000     285,000         2,050,637     2,860,637  

Linda Baddour

  2013     367,500     2,625,000     999,750     1,861,300     5,853,550  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

  2012     355,863     135,000     203,400     1,520,550     2,214,813  

David W. Dockhorn

  2013     338,931     110,000     430,000     1,707,767     2,586,698  

Executive Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer

  2012     335,724     120,000         1,395,228     1,850,952  


(1)
Amounts represent discretionary cash bonuses paid to our NEOs pursuant to our Management Incentive Plan in consideration of the services they performed in 2013. In addition to our NEOs annual discretionary cash bonus, the amounts reported also include a discretionary cash bonus of $4,000,000 for Mr. Shannon and $2,500,000 for Ms. Baddour for their contributions in 2013 in connection with the KKR Transaction. Please see the descriptions of the discretionary bonuses paid to our NEOs in "— Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and Outstanding Equity Awards at 2013 Fiscal Year End — Bonuses" below.

(2)
Amounts represent the grant date fair value of time-based portions of the option awards granted in fiscal year 2013 as calculated in accordance with the FASB ASC Topic 718, or Topic 718. See Note 13 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for the assumptions used in calculating this amount. Achievement of the performance conditions for the performance-based portions of the option awards granted in fiscal year 2013 was not deemed probable on the date of grant, and, accordingly, pursuant to the SEC's disclosure rules, no value is included in this table for those portions of the awards. The fair value at the grant date of the option awards granted in 2013 assuming achievement of performance conditions was as follows: Mr. Shannon $721,000; Ms. Baddour $478,950 and Mr. Dockhorn $206,000. For a discussion of the general terms of our stock options, see "— Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End 2013 — Terms and Conditions of Equity Award Grants" below. In connection with the February 2013 dividend we paid to Mr. Shannon, the per share exercise prices on his 2010 and 2011 performance-based vesting options were reduced by an amount equal to the per share amounts of such dividend. There was incremental fair value calculated in accordance with Topic 718 with respect to the option awards that were modified. Therefore, amounts included in this column for Mr. Shannon also reflect incremental fair value calculated in accordance with Topic 718 in the amount of $89,500.

(3)
Represents the value of perquisites and other personal benefits, including matching contributions to each NEO's 401(k) plan account in the amounts of $7,650, $7,650 and $7,650 for Messrs. Shannon and Dockhorn and Ms. Baddour, respectively,

107


Table of Contents

    for 2013; $2,290,814, $1,700,117 and $1,747,525 for Messrs. Shannon and Dockhorn and Ms. Baddour, respectively, which is a cash payment received in the aggregate of $2.83 per share, an amount equal to the cash dividend paid to our stockholders in February 2013, which was payable as a one-time cash bonus to holders of vested options subject to time-based vesting and $212,250 and $106,125 for Mr. Shannon and Ms. Baddour, respectively, which is a cash dividend paid to holders of time-based vesting options that vested upon the KKR Transaction.

    Outstanding Equity Awards at 2013 Fiscal Year End

    The following table sets forth information concerning outstanding equity awards for each of our NEOs at December 31, 2013:


 
  Option Awards
Name
  Number
of securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable (1)
  Number
of securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable (2)
  Equity
incentive plan
awards:
Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
unearned
options (#) (3)
  Option
exercise
price
($)
  Option
expiration
date

Colin Shannon

    125,324             1.25   05/07/2017

    641,664             1.25   12/21/2017

    343,534             1.25   01/01/2020

    343,534             1.25   01/11/2021

        700,000     700,000     5.00   12/20/2023

Linda Baddour

   
316,133
   
   
   
1.25
 
06/04/2017

    550,003             1.25   12/21/2017

    38,333             1.25   04/02/2022

        465,000     465,000     5.00   12/20/2023

David W. Dockhorn

   
397,915
   
         
1.25
 
12/21/2017

        200,000     200,000     5.00   12/20/2023


(1)
These options were granted on September 23, 2013 in connection with our acquisition by KKR, whereby we granted our NEOs options to purchase shares of our common stock in exchange for options previously granted under prior equity plans. The newly issued options were fully vested as of the date of grant. See "— Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and Outstanding Equity Awards at 2013 Fiscal Year End — Rollover Options" for a description of these options.

(2)
Reflects unvested outstanding time vesting option awards that vest 20% per year on each anniversary of September 23, 2013, subject to the holder continuing to provide services to us through such vesting date and subject to certain accelerated vesting provisions. See Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and Outstanding Equity Awards at 2013 Fiscal Year End — Terms and Conditions of Equity Award Grants."

(3)
Reflects unvested outstanding performance vesting options. These options vest upon the occurrence of a transaction (i) as to 50% of the shares subject to such option if KKR has achieved a multiple of invested capital at least equal to 2.0x or a cumulative internal rate of return at least equal to 20% and (ii) as to 50% of the shares subject to such option if KKR has achieved a multiple of invested capital at least equal to 2.5x or a cumulative internal rate of return at least equal to 20%. The vesting of the options is subject to the holder continuing to provide services to us through such vesting date. See "— Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and Outstanding Equity Awards at 2013 Fiscal Year End — Terms and Conditions of Equity Award Grants."

108


Table of Contents

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2013

Terms and Conditions of Employment Agreement for Colin Shannon and Linda Baddour

Effective as of July 1, 2014 we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Shannon, or the Shannon Agreement, to continue to serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer for a term of four years and to nominate him for re-election as a member of our board of directors during such term. The Shannon Agreement provides for an annual base salary, which was $600,000 as of July 1, 2014, an annual target bonus of up to 60% of such base salary based upon achievement of specific performance goals and objectives to be established by our board of directors, and a one-time grant of time-vesting and a performance-vesting stock options. Mr. Shannon's base salary is subject to annual review for possible merit increases, as our board of directors deems appropriate. Pursuant to Mr. Shannon's prior employment agreement that was in effect as of January 1, 2010, Mr. Shannon was entitled to receive an annual base salary of $525,000 and an annual target bonus of up to 60% of such base salary based upon achievement of specific performance goals and objectives to be established by our board of directors. Effective April 1, 2013 the board of directors determined to increase his base salary to $540,000.

Effective as of June 4, 2007, we entered into an employment agreement with Ms. Baddour, or the Baddour Agreement, to serve as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for a term of four years. The Baddour Agreement was subsequently renewed for an additional four year term which will expire on June 4, 2015. The Baddour Agreement provides for an annual base salary, which was $370,000 as of December 31, 2013 and an annual target bonus of $165,000 based upon achievement of performance goals and objectives. Ms. Baddour's base salary is subject to periodic review for possible merit increases, as our board of directors deems appropriate.

Pursuant to the Shannon Agreement and the Baddour Agreement, in the event Mr. Shannon's or Ms. Baddour's employment is terminated by us without "cause" or by the executive for "good reason" (each as defined below) and the executive executes and does not revoke a general release of claims in favor of us, then Mr. Shannon and Ms. Baddour will receive (i) a severance payment equal to the sum of the executive's base salary plus his or her target bonus amount, payable over 12 months, (ii) 12 months of continued medical, dental and other health benefit coverage with the same employee cost-sharing as is provided to employees generally and (iii) all accrued but unpaid obligations. In the event Mr. Shannon's or Ms. Baddour's employment is terminated by us without cause or by the executive for good reason on or prior to the one-year period immediately following a "change in control" (as defined below), then Mr. Shannon or Ms. Baddour will receive in lieu of any severance payable under their respective agreements (i) a severance payment equal to two times the sum of the executive's base salary plus his or her target bonus amount, payable in a lump-sum cash payment, (ii) 24 months of continued medical, dental and other health benefit coverage with the same employee cost-sharing as is provided to employees generally and (iii) all accrued but unpaid obligations.

In the event any payments to Mr. Shannon or Ms. Baddour would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the Code, then the executive will be entitled to receive an additional payment in an amount such that after payment by the executive of all federal, state and local taxes, including any income taxes and excise taxes imposed on the additional payment, the executive retains an amount of the additional gross-up payment equal to the excise tax imposed. However, if all taxes under Section 4999 of the Code could be eliminated if the aggregate value of all payments to Mr. Shannon or Ms. Baddour were reduced by no more than 10%, then such payments will be so reduced. In consideration for these benefits, Mr. Shannon and Ms. Baddour are also subject to certain restrictive covenants, including confidential information and non-disparagement covenants each for the term of his or her employment with us and thereafter, and covenants not to compete and not to solicit, each for the term of his or her employment with us and for 12 months following his or her termination date.

For purposes of the Shannon Agreement and the Baddour Agreement, "cause" means the occurrence of the following: (i) a material breach of the employment agreement by the executive (where the executive fails to

109


Table of Contents

cure such breach within ten (10) business days after being notified in writing by us of such breach); (ii) the executive's failure (except where due to a physical or mental incapacity) to substantially perform his or her material duties which continues beyond ten (10) days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the executive; (iii) the executive engaging in or causing an act of willful misconduct that has a material adverse impact on our reputation, business, business relationships or financial condition; (iv) the executive's conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony, or any crime involving moral turpitude not involving a traffic offence; and (v) the executive's willful refusal to perform the specific lawful directives of our board of directors which are consistent with the scope of his or her duties and responsibilities under the employment agreement, provided, however, that no action taken by the executive in the reasonable, good faith belief that it was in the best interest of the company shall be treated as a basis for termination of their employment for cause under clause (i) above, and no failure of the executives or our company to achieve performance goals, alone, shall be treated as a basis for termination of his or her employment for cause under clause (ii) or (v) above.

For purposes of the Shannon Agreement and the Baddour Agreement, "good reason" means: (i) any material breach of the Shannon or Baddour Agreement by us (where we fail to cure such breach within ten (10) business days after being notified in writing by the executive of such breach); (ii) the material diminution, without the executive's written consent, of the executive's position, authority, duties or responsibilities as indicated in the Shannon Agreement or Baddour Agreement, or the appointment of any other person, without his or her written consent, to perform any material part of such duties, including without limitation, the failure of the executive to have such duties and responsibilities with respect to the acquiring entity following a change in control; (iii) the involuntary material relocation of Mr. Shannon's then current principal place of business to a location more than 50 miles from his current principal place of business; and (iv) the failure by us to obtain the assumption in writing of our obligation to perform under the Shannon Agreement or the Baddour Agreement by any successor to all or substantially all of our assets. Clause (iii) above is only applicable to the Shannon Agreement. Mr. Shannon and Ms. Baddour may terminate their employment for good reason by providing us with 30 days' written notice setting forth in reasonable specificity the event that constitutes good reason, within 90 days of the occurrence of such event. During such 30 days' notice period, we have the opportunity to cure the event that constitutes good reason, and if not cured within such period, Mr. Shannon's or Ms. Baddour's termination will be effective upon the expiration of such cure period.

For purposes of the Shannon Agreement and the Baddour Agreement, "change in control" is defined under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of PRA, or the Stock Incentive Plan, on the date of the change in control or as defined under the Stock Incentive Plan as in effect on the effective date of the applicable employment agreement, whichever is more favorable to the executive.

Terms and Conditions of Employment Agreement for David W. Dockhorn

Effective as of March 1, 2009, we entered into an employment and non-competition agreement with Mr. Dockhorn, or the Dockhorn Agreement, to serve as our Executive Vice President and Corporate Compliance Officer for a term of two years with an automatic one-year term renewal, unless terminated with at least 90 days written notice from either Mr. Dockhorn or us. The Dockhorn Agreement provides for an annual base salary, which was $340,000 as of December 31, 2013, and an annual target bonus of $135,000 based upon achievement of performance goals and objectives.

Pursuant to the Dockhorn Agreement, in the event Mr. Dockhorn's employment is terminated (a) as a result of Mr. Dockhorn's death or disability, (b) by us without "cause" or (c) by Mr. Dockhorn for "good reason" (each as defined below) and Mr. Dockhorn executes and does not revoke a general release of claims in favor of us, then Mr. Dockhorn will receive (i) a severance payment equal to the sum of Mr. Dockhorn's base salary for a 12 month period, (ii) reimbursements for 12 months of continued medical, dental and other health benefit coverage and (iii) all accrued by unpaid obligations. In the event Mr. Dockhorn's employment is terminated (a) as a result of Mr. Dockhorn's death or disability, (b) by us without cause or (c) by Mr. Dockhorn for good reason within 12 months following a "change in control" (as defined below), then

110


Table of Contents

Mr. Dockhorn will receive (i) a severance payment equal to two times the sum of Mr. Dockhorn's base salary, payable in a lump-sum cash payment, (ii) reimbursements for 24 months of continued medical, dental and other health benefit coverage and (iii) all accrued but unpaid obligations.

In consideration for these severance benefits, Mr. Dockhorn is also subject to certain restrictive covenants, including confidential information and non-disparagement covenants each for the term of his employment with us and thereafter, and covenants not to compete and not to solicit, each for the term of his employment and for 12 months following his termination date. In addition, if Mr. Dockhorn receives his change in control termination benefits described above, Mr. Dockhorn will be subject to covenants not to compete and not to solicit for 24 months following the termination date in place of the original covenants not to compete or not to solicit.

For purposes of the Dockhorn Agreement, "cause" includes but is not limited to: (i) a material breach of the Dockhorn Agreement by Mr. Dockhorn (where Mr. Dockhorn fails to cure such breach within five business days after being notified in writing by us of such breach); (ii) Mr. Dockhorn's failure (except where due to a physical or mental incapacity) to substantially perform his material assigned duties as reasonably determined by us; (iii) Mr. Dockhorn engaging in or causing an act that has a material adverse impact on our reputation, business, business relationships or financial condition; (iv) Mr. Dockhorn's conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude; (v) Mr. Dockhorn's gross misconduct, dishonesty, or fraud; or (vi) Mr. Dockhorn's willful refusal to perform the specific lawful directives of the CEO, or the CEO's designee, which are consistent with the scope, ethics and nature of Mr. Dockhorn's duties and responsibilities, provided, however, that no action taken by Mr. Dockhorn in a reasonable, good faith belief that it was in our best interest shall be treated as a basis for termination of his employment for cause under clause (i) above, and no failure of Mr. Dockhorn or our company to achieve performance goals, alone, shall be treated as a basis for termination of his employment for cause under clause (ii) or (vi) above.

For purposes of the Dockhorn Agreement, "good reason" means: (i) any material breach of the Dockhorn Agreement by us; or (ii) the appointment of any other person, without Mr. Dockhorn's written consent, to perform any substantial part of his duties, including Mr. Dockhorn's failure to have substantially the same duties and responsibilities with an acquiring entity after any change in control. Mr. Dockhorn may not resign for good reason unless he provides written notice to us within 90 days after the initial occurrence of the event or condition which constitutes good reason and we have not cured the existence of such event or condition within 30 days of the receipt of such written notice.

For purposes of the Dockhorn Agreement, "change in control" means: (i) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets; (ii) the consummation of a merger or other consolidation of our company with any other corporation other than (a) a merger or consolidation which would result in our voting securities outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent more than 50% of the combined voting power of our voting securities, or any surviving company, outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (b) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of our company (or similar transaction) in which no person (as used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, excluding us or any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by us or our shareholders in the same proportions as their ownership of our stock) acquires more than 30% of the combined voting power of the company's then-outstanding securities; or (iii) any person becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of our securities representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of our then-outstanding securities.

Base salaries

Base salaries may be adjusted from time to time based upon the board of directors' assessment of each executive officer's individual performance and the company's overall budgetary guidelines. In addition, base salaries may be adjusted in connection with promotions or increased responsibilities or to maintain competitiveness within the market. On April 1, 2013, the board of directors determined to increase the

111


Table of Contents

base salary of each of Ms. Baddour and Mr. Dockhorn to $370,000 and $340,000, respectively, after assessing each of their individual performances. In addition, effective July 1, 2014 the board of directors determined to increase Mr. Shannon's base salary to $600,000 after assessing his individual performance in connection with his new employment agreement.

Bonuses

Terms and Conditions of Discretionary Annual Bonuses Under the Management Incentive Plan

We maintain the Management Incentive Plan, or MIP, pursuant to which we award annual discretionary bonuses to our executive officers, including our NEOs. Our board of directors directly links the amount of the annual cash bonuses we pay to our corporate financial performance for the particular year. Each of NEOs has a target bonus amount set forth in his or her employment agreement. The actual amount of each bonus is determined by the board of directors in its sole discretion and may be higher or lower than the target amount.

The board of directors establishes performance goals for our corporate performance after considering our financial results from the prior year and the annual operating budget for the coming year. It uses these performance goals to establish a target for the company-wide bonus pool. After the completion of the relevant fiscal year, the board of directors evaluates the company's corporate financial performance in relation to the company performance goals and then evaluates the extent to which the MIP bonus pool should be funded. In fiscal 2013, the performance goal related to the achievement of an Adjusted EBITDA target. Adjusted EBITDA is defined in the same way as the definition of Adjusted EBITDA that is used for covenant calculations under our indenture that governs our Notes dated as of September 23, 2013 and the credit agreements governing our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, which define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, as further adjusted to exclude certain unusual, non-cash, and other items permitted under such covenants. Adjusted EBITDA is also one of the measures that is used by management to gauge operating performance from period to period and it is used by investors and analysts to value the company and compare our performance to that of our peers.

If the performance target set by the board of directors is met, the bonus pool will be set at the target amount set in the annual operating budget, subject to the board of directors' discretion as discussed below. If our performance exceeds the budgeted levels of Adjusted EBITDA, the bonus pool amount is increased based on the pre-established scale. If we do not meet the budgeted performance goals, the bonus pool amount is decreased from the target calculated based on the pre-established scale. The actual bonus amounts allocated to the bonus pool for the entire company are ultimately determined by the board of directors in its discretion taking into account the achievement of the performance goals, qualitative factors and management's recommendations. The board of directors has the discretion to adjust the initial bonus pool amount determined by reference to the pre-established scale upwards or downwards, considering management's recommendations, the achievement of the pre-established qualitative factors and other considerations the board of directors deems appropriate.

After determining the funding level of the MIP, the board of directors, together with input from Mr. Shannon and Ms. Baddour for all executive participants except for themselves, then determines the amounts of the individual performance bonuses awarded to participants in the MIP with the size of such amounts based on the target dollar values set by the board of directors for each participant compared to the total funding of the MIP bonus pool and individual performance. Our board of directors, in its discretion, evaluates the performance of each individual participant's performance and contributions to the company as a whole to decide the amount of cash bonus awarded. The board of directors considers a number of factors, including:

    the performance of the executive;

    past awards to the executive;

    strategic positioning of the company;

    the effective management of expenses;

    the effective management of risk;

112


Table of Contents

    demonstration of leadership, teamwork and innovation; and

    the extent of accomplishment of the company's business plan.

The achievement, or inability to achieve, any particular financial or operational measure in a given year neither guarantees nor precludes the payment of an award but is considered by the board of directors as one of several factors in light of the other factors noted and any additional information available to it at the time, including market conditions in general. The board of directors does not use a formula or assign any particular relative weighting to any performance measure.

The NEOs' target bonus opportunities under the MIP are expressed as either a percentage of base salary or as a dollar value, each of which may be increased or decreased in the board of directors' discretion based on individual performance and contribution to our performance once the funding amount of the MIP is determined. For each of our NEOs, their target bonus opportunity was originally set in their employment agreements as described above. Our board of directors regularly reviews these target amounts to ensure they are appropriate, while reviewing these target amounts the board of directors does not follow a formula but rather uses certain factors as general background information prior to determining the target bonus opportunity rates for our NEOs. The board of directors sets these rates based on each participating executive's experience in her or his role with us and the level of responsibility held by each executive, which the board of directors believes directly correlates to her or his ability to influence corporate results. For fiscal year 2013, the board of directors used a guideline target bonus opportunity of $324,000 for Mr. Shannon, $150,000 for Ms. Baddour, and $135,000 for Mr. Dockhorn, and there was no minimum or maximum threshold.

In early 2014, the board of directors reviewed our performance with respect to our financial objectives to determine bonuses to executive officers for fiscal year 2013. The board of directors determined to fund the MIP at $7.0 million to be distributed to all participants in the MIP.

On the basis of the level of funding of the MIP, the board of directors determined to award discretionary cash bonuses to the NEOs under the MIP based on their individual performance and contributions. The board of directors determined that Mr. Shannon should receive a discretionary bonus payment of $175,000. The board of directors with input from Mr. Shannon determined that Ms. Baddour should receive a discretionary bonus payment of $125,000. The board of directors with input from Mr. Shannon and Ms. Baddour determined that Mr. Dockhorn should receive a discretionary bonus payment of $110,000. The 2013 bonuses awarded to our NEOs are set forth in the "—Summary Compensation Table" above.

KKR Transaction Bonuses

In fiscal 2013, in addition to the fiscal 2013 annual bonus under the Management Incentive Plan described above, the board of directors determined that it was appropriate to award an additional discretionary cash bonus of $4,000,000 for Mr. Shannon and $2,500,000 for Ms. Baddour for their significant contributions with the KKR Transaction.

Terms and Conditions of Equity Award Grants

Equity Award Grants

Each of Mr. Shannon, Ms. Baddour and Mr. Dockhorn received an equity award grant in fiscal year 2013. The table above entitled "—Outstanding Equity Awards at 2013 Fiscal Year End" describes the material terms of other option awards made in past fiscal years to our NEOs.

In December 2013 our board of directors granted Mr. Shannon, Ms. Baddour and Mr. Dockhorn an option to purchase 1,400,000, 930,000 and 400,000 shares of our common stock, respectively, pursuant to our Stock Incentive Plan, each with an exercise price of $5.00 per share, which the board of directors determined was at least equal to the fair market value on the date of grant. Such options consist of 50% time-based and 50% performance-based options for each of our NEOs.

113


Table of Contents

The time-based option vests as to 20% of the shares subject to such option on each anniversary of the vesting commencement date such that all of the shares subject to the option will be vested and exercisable on the fifth anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to the holder continuing to provide services through such vesting date. The performance-based option vests upon the occurrence of a transaction (which includes a change in control (as defined in our Stock Incentive Plan), extraordinary dividend payment(s), or a sale or other disposition of shares into the public market, wherein KKR receives cash, on a cumulative basis, in respect of its shares) (i) as to 50% of the shares subject to such option if KKR has achieved a multiple of invested capital at least equal to 2.0x or a cumulative internal rate of return at least equal to 20%, or the 2.0x Performance Option, and (ii) as to 50% of the shares subject to such option if KKR has achieved a multiple of invested capital at least equal to 2.5x or a cumulative internal rate of return at least equal to 20%, or the 2.5x Performance Option.

Rollover options

All outstanding options to acquire stock that were issued prior to our acquisition by KKR (other than the rollover options described below), whether or not fully vested, became fully vested immediately prior to such acquisition and were either rolled over into options to purchase shares of our common stock or canceled and converted into cash payments, based on the difference between the change in control price and the option's exercise price. The cash payments received by Mr. Shannon, Ms. Baddour and Mr. Dockhorn in the aggregate were $3,097,552, $1,921,598 and $4,402,844, respectively.

In addition, in connection with our acquisition by KKR, our NEOs were required to roll over portions of their outstanding options to acquire stock that were issued prior to our acquisition by KKR into options to purchase shares of our common stock. Mr. Shannon and Ms. Baddour agreed to rollover a portion of their stock options into options to purchase shares of common stock in each case having an aggregate spread value, or any combination of purchase or rollover in the aggregate, equal to the sum of 50% of their pre-tax value plus 30% of the pre-tax amount of the transaction bonus they were to receive in connection with the closing of the KKR Transaction. Mr. Dockhorn agreed to rollover a portion of his company stock options granted to him in 2007 into options to purchase shares of common stock equal to 50% of their pre-tax value. Pre-tax value means the aggregate pre-tax dollar amount they would otherwise receive in respect of their company options in cash under the merger agreement entered into in connection with the KKR Transaction. These "rollover options" were fully vested as of their date of grant and remain outstanding in accordance with the terms of the governing stock incentive plans and grant agreements and the separate rollover option agreements entered into with each of the individual option holders, including our NEOs. However, in connection with our acquisition by KKR, the exercise price and number of shares underlying the rollover options were adjusted as a result of the acquisition and the exercise price for all such options was adjusted to $1.25 per option.

Dividend payments

In February 2013, our board of directors approved a cash dividend of $2.83 per share, payable to holders of our common stock, or the February 2013 Dividend. To equitably reflect the impact of the February 2013 Dividend on the holders of outstanding options, our board of directors approved cash payments to be made with respect to vested options and unvested options subject to time-based vesting and approved reductions of the exercise prices for certain options which are subject to performance-based vesting as follows:

Vested Options.     In February 2013, holders of vested options received a one-time cash bonus equal to $2.83, or the 2013 Option Dividend Payments, multiplied by the number of shares vested under outstanding options. Messrs. Shannon and Dockhorn and Ms. Baddour received an aggregate of $2,290,814, $1,700,117 and $1,747,525, respectively, in consideration of the 2013 Option Dividend Payments on their vested options.

Unvested Options.     In February 2013, holders of unvested options that are subject to vesting solely on the basis of continued service with us, or the Time-Based Options, became entitled to receive the 2013 Option Dividend Payments as cash bonuses equal to $2.83 multiplied by the number of shares that vest on each

114


Table of Contents

vesting date under outstanding Time-Based Options, payable within 30 days following the date upon which such unvested Time-Based Options vest. Messrs. Shannon and Dockhorn and Ms. Baddour when they vested in connection with the KKR Transaction received an aggregate of $212,250, $0 and $106,125, respectively, in consideration of the 2013 Option Dividend Payments on their Time-Based Options, when they vested in connection with the KKR Transaction.

Performance-Based Options.     In order to accurately reflect the impact of the payment of the February 2013 Dividend, the per share exercise prices of all options with performance-based vesting were reduced by an amount equal to the per share amounts of such dividends. Accordingly, in February 2013, the exercise price of each of Mr. Shannon's 100,000 performance options was reduced by $2.83 per share. Because we adjusted the exercise price of options with performance-based vesting previously awarded to Mr. Shannon as a result of the 2013 Dividend, the incremental fair value for such adjusted options, computed as of the dividend date is included in footnote (2) to the "—Summary Compensation Table" above. In addition, the target prices per share comprising the performance vesting targets with respect to 50,000 shares, set forth in the vesting schedules of the performance-based option agreements were also equitably reduced by $2.83 to reflect the 2013 Option Dividend Payments.

Terms and Conditions of 401(k) Plan

Our U.S. eligible employees, including our NEOs, participate in our 401(k) Plan. Enrollment in the 401(k) Plan is automatic for employees who meet eligibility requirements unless they decline participation. Under the 401(k) Plan, we match a maximum of 50% of the first 6% of a participant's salary contributions to the 401(k) Plan. The maximum contribution to the 401(k) Plan is 100% of an employee's annual eligible compensation, subject to regulatory and plan limitations.

Employee Equity Plans

The principal features of our equity incentive plans are summarized below. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the text of the plans or agreements, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement.

2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan

We intend to adopt a 2014 Equity Incentive Award Plan, or the 2014 Plan, which will be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering. The principal purpose of the 2014 Plan will be to attract, retain and motivate selected employees, consultants and directors through the granting of stock-based compensation awards and cash-based performance bonus awards. The 2014 Plan will also be designed to permit us to make cash-based awards and equity-based awards intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code.

2013 Stock Incentive Plan

Our board of directors initially adopted the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of PRA Global Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries, or the Stock Incentive Plan, on September 23, 2013 and it was approved by our stockholders on September 23, 2013. The principal purpose of the Stock Incentive Plan is to promote our long term financial interests and growth by attracting and retaining management and other personnel and key service providers, motivate management personnel by means of growth-related incentives to achieve long range goals and further the alignment of interests of participants with those of our stockholders.

Types of awards     The Stock Incentive Plan provides for the grant of stock options and other stock-based awards to employees, non-employee members of our board of directors, consultants, and other persons having a service relationship with us.

Share reserve     We have reserved an aggregate of 13,562,209 shares of our common stock for issuance under our Stock Incentive Plan. As of December 31, 2013, options to purchase a total of 11,170,000 shares of common stock were issued and outstanding, no shares of common stock had been issued upon the exercise of options granted under the Stock Incentive Plan and 2,392,209 shares remained available for future grants.

115


Table of Contents

Administration     Our board of directors or a committee thereof administers our Stock Incentive Plan. The board of directors may delegate to the Chief Executive Officer and to other senior officers (if any) duties under the Stock Incentive Plan, subject to applicable law and such conditions and limitations as the board of directors prescribes, except that only the board of directors may designate and make grants to participants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our board of directors retains all rights to take all actions as it may have also delegated under the terms of the Stock Incentive Plan.

Awards     Our Stock Incentive Plan provides that the committee may grant or issue stock options or other stock-based awards. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will set forth the terms, conditions and limitations applicable to the award.

    Stock Options provide for the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a specified price, which may not be less than fair market value on the date of grant, and usually will become exercisable (at the discretion of the committee) in one or more installments after the grant date, subject to the participant's continued employment or service with us and/or subject to the satisfaction of corporate performance targets and individual performance targets established by the committee. Stock options may be granted for any term specified by the committee that does not exceed ten years from the grant date.

    Other Stock-Based Awards may include awards of shares, awards of restricted shares and/or awards that are valued by reference to, or otherwise based on the fair market value of, shares (including, without limitation, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, and dividend equivalent rights).

Payment     The exercise price of stock options granted under our Stock Incentive Plan may be paid for in cash, by wire transfer, or if the participant so elects, through the withholding of shares (any such shares valued at fair market value on the date of exercise) otherwise issuable upon the exercise of the stock option.

Transfer     Our Stock Incentive Plan does not allow for the transfer of awards other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

Certain events     In the event of any stock split, spin-off, share combination, reclassification, change of the legal form, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization, merger, change in control, payment of a dividend (other than a cash dividend paid as part of a regular dividend program) or other similar transaction or occurrence which affects our equity securities or the value thereof, the committee shall make appropriate adjustments to the number and kind of shares available under our Stock Incentive Plan, the share prices related to outstanding grants, and/or such other action as it deems necessary to address.

Change in control     In the event of a "change in control" (as defined below), the committee (in its sole discretion) may provide that all awards outstanding, unexercised or otherwise unvested or subject to lapse restrictions as of immediately prior to such change in control may automatically become fully exercisable or otherwise vested or no longer subject to lapse restrictions, as the case may be. In addition, the committee (in its sole discretion) may provide prior to the occurrence of a change in control either (i) that the awards shall be cancelled for fair market value, (ii) for the issuance of substitute awards that will preserve in no less favorable a manner the otherwise applicable terms of any affected grants, or (iii) that for a period of at least ten business days prior to the change in control, any stock options shall be exercisable and that upon the occurrence of the change in control, such stock options shall terminate. "Change in control" under our Stock Incentive Plan means (i) the sale of all or substantially all (i.e., at least 80%) of our assets (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) to any person (or group of persons acting in concert), other than to (x) KKR or its affiliates or (y) any employee benefit plan (or trust forming a part thereof) maintained by us or any of our subsidiaries or other person of which a majority of its voting power or other equity securities is owned, directly or indirectly, by us (any entity in clause (y), a "Controlled Party"); or (ii) a merger, recapitalization or other sale (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of the Parent to a person (or group of persons acting in concert) of our stock that results in any person (or group of persons acting in concert) (other than (x) KKR or its affiliates or (y) any Controlled Party) owning more than 50% of

116


Table of Contents

our common stock (or the equity securities of any resulting company after a merger); provided that none of the foregoing events in clause (i) or (ii) a merger, recapitalization, or other sale by us, KKR, or any of their respective affiliates, to a person (or group of persons acting in concert) of our common stock that results in more than 50% of our common stock (or the equity securities of any resulting company after a merger) being held by a person (or group of persons acting in concert) that does not include KKR or any Controlled Party; and in any event of clause (i) or (ii), which results in KKR and any Controlled Party ceasing to hold the ability to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors (or the resulting company after a merger).

Amendment; termination     Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate our Stock Incentive Plan, but no amendment, suspension or termination will materially impair the rights of a holder of an outstanding option without the holder's consent. In addition, other than with respect to certain actions in connection with adjustments or a change in control, no such action may be taken which would, without approval of our stockholders, increase the aggregate number of shares reserved for issuance under our Stock Incentive Plan, decrease the price of outstanding grants, change the requirements relating to the committee, or extend the term of the Stock Incentive Plan. Unless terminated sooner by our board of directors, our Stock Incentive Plan will terminate on September 23, 2023. No awards may be granted under our Stock Incentive Plan after it is terminated, but the terms of grants made on or before such termination shall extend beyond such termination in accordance with their terms.

Securities Laws and U.S. Federal Income Taxes     Our Stock Incentive Plan is designed to comply with various securities and U.S. federal tax laws as follows:

    Securities Laws   Our Stock Incentive Plan is intended to conform to all provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the SEC thereunder, including without limitation, Rule 16b-3. Our Stock Incentive Plan will be administered, and options will be granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

    Section 409A of the Code   Certain awards under our Stock Incentive Plan may be considered "nonqualified deferred compensation" for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, which imposes certain additional requirements regarding the payment of deferred compensation. Generally, if at any time during a taxable year a nonqualified deferred compensation plan fails to meet the requirements of Section 409A, or is not operated in accordance with those requirements, all amounts deferred under the Stock Incentive Plan and all other equity incentive plans for the taxable year and all preceding taxable years by any participant with respect to whom the failure relates are includible in gross income for the taxable year to the extent not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture and not previously included in gross income. If a deferred amount is required to be included in income under Section 409A, the amount also is subject to interest and an additional income tax. The interest imposed is equal to the interest at the underpayment rate plus one percentage point, imposed on the underpayments that would have occurred had the compensation been includible in income for the taxable year when first deferred, or if later, when not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. The additional U.S. federal income tax is equal to 20% of the compensation required to be included in gross income. In addition, certain states, including California, have laws similar to Section 409A, which impose additional state penalty taxes on such compensation.

    Section 162(m) of the Code   In general, under Section 162(m) of the Code, income tax deductions of publicly held corporations may be limited to the extent total compensation (including, but not limited to, base salary, annual bonus, and income attributable to stock option exercises and other non-qualified benefits) for certain executive officers exceeds $1,000,000 (less the amount of any "excess parachute payments" as defined in Section 280G of the Code) in any taxable year of the corporation. However, under Section 162(m), the deduction limit does not apply to certain "performance-based compensation" established by an independent compensation committee that is adequately disclosed to and approved by stockholders. In particular, options will generally satisfy the

117


Table of Contents

      "performance-based compensation" exception if the awards are made by a qualifying compensation committee, our Stock Incentive Plan sets the maximum number of shares that can be granted to any person within a specified period and the compensation is based solely on an increase in the stock price after the grant date. Specifically, the option exercise price must be equal to or greater than the fair market value of the stock subject to the award on the grant date. Under a Section 162(m) transition rule for compensation plans of corporations that are privately held and that become publicly held in an initial public offering, our Stock Incentive Plan will not be subject to Section 162(m) until a specified transition date, which is the earlier of:

      the material modification of our Stock Incentive Plan;

      the issuance of all of the shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the Stock Incentive Plan;

      the expiration of our Stock Incentive Plan; or

      the first meeting of our stockholders at which members of our board of directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which our initial public offering occurs.

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering our shares of common stock issuable under our Stock Incentive Plan.

Management Stockholders Agreement

Each of our executives officers and directors have entered into the Management Stockholders Agreement dated as of September 23, 2013, between the company and certain other parties thereto, or the Management Stockholders Agreement. The Management Stockholders Agreement provides the company with certain rights that effectively restrict the transfer of our shares except for (i) transfers pursuant to this offering, (ii) transfers effected to the public pursuant to Rule 144 after this offering, (iii) transfers effected by participants pursuant to our bring along rights, (iv) transfers effected by participants pursuant to their tag alone rights, (v) transfers effected pursuant to our rights of first refusal, and (vi) any permitted transfer that is a gift to a participant's immediate family. The Management Stockholders Agreement also contain agreements among the parties with respect to, among other things, restrictions on the issuance or transfer of shares, including tag-along rights and drag-along rights, registration rights (including customary indemnification provisions) and call options.

2013 Director Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation for our non-employee directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. The employee directors, Genstar affiliated directors and KKR affiliated directors did not receive compensation for serving on the board of directors or its committees and, as a result, are not listed in the table below.


Name
  Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($) (1)
  Option Awards
($) (2)
  All Other
Compensation
($) (3)
  Total
($)
 

Melvin D. Booth

    127,055         198,100     325,155  

Robert E. Conway

    50,822         155,650     206,472  

George T. Shaheen

    50,822         155,650     206,472  

Terrance J. Bieker

    50,822     905,850     1,846,575     2,803,247  


(1)
The amounts for Messrs. Booth, Conway, Shaheen and Bieker reflect a pro-rated portion of the annual retainer due to their partial year as a director.

(2)
We did not award any options to purchase our common stock to non-employee directors in fiscal year 2013 and our non-employee directors did not have any option awards outstanding as of December 31, 2013. In connection with the February 2013 dividend we paid to Mr. Bieker, the per share exercise prices on his 2007 performance based vesting options were reduced by an amount equal to the per share amounts of such dividend. There was incremental fair value calculated in

118


Table of Contents

    accordance with Topic 718 with respect to the option awards that were modified. Therefore, amounts included in this column for Mr. Bieker reflect incremental fair value calculated in accordance with Topic 718 in the amount of $905,850.

(3)
Includes $183,950, $141,500, $141,500 and $1,846,575 for Messrs. Booth, Conway, Shaheen and Bieker, respectively, which was a result of the February 2013 dividend, whereby a cash payment of $2.83 per share, an amount equal to the cash dividend paid to our stockholders in February 2013, which was payable as a one-time cash bonus to holders of vested options subject to time-based vesting and $14,150 for each of Messrs. Booth, Conway and Shaheen, which is a cash dividend paid to holders of time-based vesting options that vested upon the KKR Transaction.

Narrative to 2013 Director Compensation Table

We compensate our non-employee independent directors for their service on our board of directors, but do not pay director fees to our directors who are our employees or who are affiliated with KKR or Genstar. Our chairman of the board receives an annual cash retainer of $175,000 and our remaining independent directors receive an annual cash retainer of $70,000. In connection with the KKR Transaction, all of the company's non-employee directors listed in the table above resigned from the board of directors and its committees effective September 23, 2013 and their annual cash retainer for service on the company's board of directors was pro-rated accordingly.

We do not have any annual equity program to compensate our non-employee independent directors. However, our non-employee independent directors each received an initial option grant to purchase our common stock in connection with their board service, with a per share exercise price equal to the per share fair market value of the underlying shares on the grant date. The shares subject to the option vest in equal installments on each of anniversary of the date of grant for the first four years following the date of grant, such that the option shall be fully vested four years after the date of grant, subject to the holder continuing to provide services to the company through each such vesting date. In addition, the option awards will vest in full upon a change in control (as defined in our Stock Incentive Plan).

In addition, we provide reimbursement to our non-employee directors for their reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors and committees of our board of directors. Our non-employee independent directors are not entitled to receive any additional fees. We intend to adopt a formal non-employee director compensation policy following the completion of this offering. Members of our board of directors will continue to be reimbursed for travel and other out-of-pocket expenses.

In February 2013, our board of directors approved the February 2013 Dividend. Holders of vested options received the 2013 Option Dividend Payments multiplied by the number of shares vested under their outstanding options. In addition, in order to accurately reflect the impact of the payment of the February 2013 Dividend, the per share exercise prices of all options with performance-based vesting were reduced by an amount equal to the per share amounts of such dividends. Accordingly, in February 2013, the exercise price per share was reduced by $2.83 for an aggregate of 457,500 shares subject to outstanding options held by Bieker. Because we adjusted the exercise price of options with performance-based vesting previously awarded to Mr. Bieker as a result of the February 2013 Dividend, the incremental fair value for such adjusted options, computed as of the dividend date is included in footnote (2) to the "2013 Director Compensation Table" above. In addition, the target prices per share comprising the performance vesting targets set forth in the vesting schedules of the performance-based option agreements were also equitably reduced by $2.83 to reflect the 2013 Option Dividend Payments.

119


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

The following includes a summary of transactions during the last three years to which we have been a party and in which any of our directors, executive officers or, to our knowledge, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than certain equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements, which are described under "Executive and Director Compensation."

Arrangements with our Executive Officers

In connection with the PRA Acquisition, we entered into letter agreements with certain members of PRA Holdings' management, including each of our executive officers, pursuant to which such members agreed to invest in our stock, generally though the rolling over of a portion of their then current issuer stock options, and/or through the purchase of our shares with cash. Colin Shannon, our Chief Executive Officer and the Chairman of our board of directors, rolled over 1,454,056 options valued at approximately $5.5 million. Linda Baddour, our Chief Financial Officer, rolled over 904,469 options valued at approximately $3.4 million. David Dockhorn, our Corporate Compliance Officer, rolled over 397,915 options valued at approximately $1.5 million. None of Mr. Shannon, Ms. Baddour or Mr. Dockhorn purchased our shares with cash. Furthermore, our board of directors granted options to purchase shares of our common stock to certain members of management and key employees, including to our executive officers, in December 2013.

In connection with their rollover of existing options and the grants of new options described above, the participating members of our management, including our executive officers, were required to enter into a Management Stockholder's Agreement and a Sale Participation Agreement, as well as an option rollover agreement and/or stock option agreement, as applicable.

Below are brief summaries of the principal terms of the Management Stockholder's Agreement and the Sale Participation Agreement, each of which are qualified in their entirety by reference to the agreements themselves, forms of which were filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Management Stockholder's Agreement

The Management Stockholder's Agreement imposes significant restrictions on transfers of shares of our common stock.

Generally, shares will be nontransferable by any means at any time prior to the earlier of a "Change in Control" (as defined in the Management Stockholder's Agreement) or the fifth anniversary of the closing date of the KKR Transaction (September 23, 2018), except (i) sales pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act filed by the Company in accordance with the Management Stockholder's Agreement, (ii) a sale pursuant to the Sale Participation Agreement (described below), (iii) a sale to certain "Permitted Transferees" (as defined in the Management Stockholder's Agreement) or (iv) as otherwise permitted by KKR PRA Investors.

In connection with this offering, we have agreed to waive such transfer restrictions for all employees subject to the Management Stockholder's Agreement (other than our senior management group, which includes our executive officers) that were not permitted to participate in this offering with respect to the number of shares of our common stock equal to the number of shares of common stock such employees could have required us to register in this offering had we elected to grant them "piggyback rights."

In the event that a registration statement is filed with respect to our common stock in the future, the Management Stockholder's Agreement prohibits management stockholders from selling shares not included

120


Table of Contents

in the registration statement from the time of receipt of notice until 180 days (in the case of an initial public offering) or 90 days (in the case of any other public offering) of the date of the related prospectus. The Management Stockholder's Agreement also provides for the management stockholder's ability to cause us to repurchase their outstanding stock and options in the event of the management stockholder's death or disability, and for our ability to cause the management stockholder to sell their stock or options back to the Company upon certain termination events.

Additionally, following the initial public offering of our common stock, management stockholders, including our senior management group, will have limited "piggyback" registration rights with respect to their shares of common stock. The maximum number of shares of common stock which a management stockholder may register is generally proportionate with the percentage of common stock being sold by KKR PRA Investors (relative to their holdings thereof).

Sale Participation Agreement

The Sale Participation Agreement grants management stockholders the right to participate in any private direct or indirect sale of shares of common stock by the KKR PRA Investors (such right being referred to herein as the "Tag-Along Right"), and requires all management stockholders to participate in any such private sale if so elected by KKR PRA Investors in the event that it is proposing to sell stock in a transaction that would constitute a "Change in Control" (as defined in the Management Stockholder's Agreement) (such right being referred to herein as the "Drag-Along Right"). The number of shares of common stock which would be required to be sold by a management stockholder pursuant to the exercise of the Drag-Along Right will be the sum of the number of shares of common stock then owned by the management stockholder and his affiliates plus all shares of common stock the management stockholder is entitled to acquire under any unexercised options (to the extent such options are exercisable or would become exercisable as a result of the consummation of the proposed sale), multiplied by a fraction (x) the numerator of which shall be the aggregate number of shares of common stock proposed to be transferred by KKR PRA Investors in the proposed sale and (y) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of common stock owned by KKR PRA Investors. Management stockholders will bear their pro rata share of any fees, commissions, adjustments to purchase price, expenses or indemnities in connection with any sale under the Sale Participation Agreement.

Arrangements with KKR

Stockholders Agreement

In connection with this offering, we expect to enter into a stockholders agreement with certain affiliates of KKR. This agreement will grant affiliates of KKR the right to nominate to our board of directors a number of designees equal to: (i) at least a majority of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as affiliates of KKR beneficially own at least 50% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors; (ii) at least 40% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as affiliates of KKR beneficially own at least 40% but less than 50% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors; (iii) at least 30% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as affiliates of KKR beneficially own at least 30% but less than 40% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors; (iv) at least 20% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as affiliates of KKR beneficially own at least 20% but less 30% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors; and (v) at least 10% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors at such time as long as affiliates of KKR beneficially own at least 5% but less than 20% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors. For purposes of calculating the number of directors that affiliates of KKR are entitled to nominate pursuant to the formula outlined above, any fractional amounts would be rounded up to the nearest whole number and the calculation would be made on a pro forma basis, taking into account any increase in the size of our board of directors (e.g., one

121


Table of Contents

and one quarter (1 1 / 4 ) directors shall equate to two directors). In addition, in the event a vacancy on the board of directors is created by the death, disability, retirement or resignation of a KKR director designee, affiliates of KKR shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have the right to have the vacancy filled by a new KKR director-designee.

Registration Rights Agreement

KKR PRA Investors and its general partner entered into a registration rights agreement with us in connection with the KKR Transaction. Pursuant to this agreement, the KKR PRA Investors can cause us to register shares of our common stock held by it under the Securities Act and, if requested, to maintain a shelf registration statement effective with respect to such shares. KKR PRA Investors is also entitled to participate on a pro rata basis in any registration of our common stock under the Securities Act that we may undertake. The registration rights agreement also provides that we will pay certain expenses relating to such registrations and indemnify KKR PRA Investors and members of management participating in any offering against certain liabilities which may arise under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Monitoring Agreement

In connection with the PRA Acquisition, we entered into a monitoring agreement with an affiliate of KKR pursuant to which such entity provides management services to us and our affiliates. Pursuant to such agreement, we paid an aggregate annual management fee equal to $2.0 million for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013 to such entity, which will increase by 5.0% each fiscal year thereafter, and reimburse out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the provision of services pursuant to the monitoring agreement. We paid management fees of $1.1 million to KKR during the six months end June 30, 2014. The monitoring agreement provides a termination fee based on the net present value of future payment obligations under the monitoring agreement, under certain circumstances in which the monitoring agreement is terminated by us. In connection with this offering, we expect to terminate the monitoring agreement in accordance with its terms and expect to pay a termination fee equal to approximately $                million.

Transaction Fee Agreement

We entered into a transaction fee agreement with certain affiliates of KKR, pursuant to which we also paid to such entities fees which were approximately $18.0 million in the aggregate in connection with services provided in connection with the PRA Acquisition and the RPS Acquisition.

Indemnification Agreement

In connection with entering into the monitoring and transaction fee agreements, we also entered into a separate indemnification agreement with an affiliate of KKR which provides customary exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of such entity and its affiliates in connection with the services provided to us under the monitoring and transaction fee agreements.

The KKR Transaction

On September 23, 2013, affiliates KKR, a private equity firm, acquired PRA Holdings for $1.4 billion pursuant to a plan of merger among us, the merger sub and Genstar. Also on September 23, 2013, we acquired RPS Parent Holding Corp., a global CRO, for $274.3 million, or the RPS Acquisition. These transactions included an equity contribution by affiliates of KKR to us of $454.8 million, as a result of which KKR PRA Investors acquired approximately 91 million shares of our common stock and became our controlling shareholder.

The CRI Lifetree Transaction

In order to fund the acquisition of CRI Lifetree on December 2, 2013, affiliates of KKR made an equity contribution to us of $13.5 million in return for the issuance to KKR PRA Investors of an additional 2.7 million shares of our common stock.

122


Table of Contents

Relationship with KKR Capital Markets

KKR Capital Markets LLC, an affiliate of KKR, acted as a lead arranger and joint bookrunner for our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and a joint book-running manager under the Senior Notes. We paid KKR Capital Markets LLC underwriter fees and transaction fees of $0.7 million and $0.9 million, respectively, during the period from September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013.

Relationship with Capstone Consulting LLC

In connection with the September 23, 2013 closing of the PRA Acquisition and RPS Acquisition, we paid $2.3 million of fees to Capstone Consulting LLC, a consulting company that works exclusively with KKR's portfolio companies for services related to the Acquisitions and a one-year consulting engagement.

Relationship with KKR Asset Management LLC

At June 30, 2014 KKR Asset Management LLC, an affiliate of KKR, held $23.1 million of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility. At December 31, 2013, KKR Asset Management LLC held $28.0 million of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility.

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors intends to adopt a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the consummation of this offering, to set forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person.

123


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock, as of June 30, 2014 by:

A person is a "beneficial owner" of a security if that person has or shares voting or investment power over the security or if that person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Unless otherwise noted, these persons may be contacted at our executive offices and, to our knowledge, have sole voting and investment power over the shares listed. Percentage computations are based on 94,470,878 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014 and                     shares of common stock expected to be outstanding following this offering, including the                     shares of our common stock offered by us hereby. As of June 30, 2014, there were seven holders of record of our common stock.


 
  Shares Beneficially
Owned
Prior to Offering
   
  Shares Beneficially
Owned
After Offering
   
  Shares Beneficially
Owned
After Over-Allotment
 
 
  Shares to be
Sold in This
Offering
  Shares to be
Sold in This
Over-Allotment
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Number   Percentage   Number   Percentage   Number   Percentage  

5% Stockholders

                                                 

Investment funds affiliated with KKR (1)

    93,660,000     99.14 %                                    

Named Executive Officers

                                                 

Colin Shannon (2)

    1,454,056     *         1,454,056     *         1,454,056     *  

Linda Baddour (3)

    904,469     *         904,469     *         904,469     *  

David Dockhorn (4)

    397,915     *         397,915     *         397,915     *  

Directors

                                                 

James C. Momtazee (5)

                                       

Ali J. Satvat (5)

                                       

Max C. Lin (5)

                                       

All executive officers and directors as a group (6 persons) (6)

    2,756,440     *         2,756,440     *         2,756,440     *  


*
Less than 1%

(1)
Includes 93,660,000 shares directly owned by KKR PRA Investors L.P. KKR PRA Investors L.P. has identified itself as an affiliate of a broker-dealer and has represented to us that (a) the shares of our common stock shown above as being held by such entity were purchased by it in the ordinary course of business, and (b) at the time of such purchase, such entity had no arrangements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute such shares of our common stock. KKR PRA Investors GP LLC is the sole general partner of KKR PRA Investors L.P. KKR North America Fund XI L.P. is the sole member of KKR PRA Investors GP LLC. KKR Associates North America XI is the general partner of KKR North America Fund XI. KKR North America XI Limited is the general partner of KKR Associates North America XI. KKR Fund Holdings L.P. is the sole shareholder of KKR North America XI Limited. KKR Fund Holdings GP Limited is a general partner of KKR North America Fund XI L.P. KKR Group Holdings L.P. is the sole shareholder of KKR Fund Holdings GP Limited and a general partner of KKR North America Fund XI L.P. KKR Group Limited is the general partner of KKR Group Holdings L.P. KKR & Co. L.P. is the sole shareholder of KKR Group Limited. KKR Management LLC is the general partner of KKR & Co. L.P. Messrs. Henry R. Kravis and George R. Roberts are the designated members of KKR Management LLC and may be deemed to share voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares directly owned or beneficially owned by KKR PRA Investors L.P. Each of KKR PRA Investors GP LLC, KKR North America Fund XI L.P., KKR North America Fund XI L.P., KKR Fund Holdings GP Limited, KKR Group Holdings L.P., KKR Group Limited, KKR & Co. L.P., KKR Management LLC, and Messrs. Kravis and Roberts may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the securities held by KKR PRA Investors L.P., but each disclaim beneficial ownership of such securities. The principal business address of each of the entities and persons identified in this and the paragraph above, except Mr. Roberts, is c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., 9 West 57th Street, Suite 4200, New York, NY, 10019. The principal business address for Mr. Roberts is c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., 2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

(2)
Includes options exercisable for 1,454,056 shares. On December 20, 2013, Mr. Shannon was granted an option to purchase an aggregate of 1,400,000 shares of Company common stock. A portion of the option will vest over a period of five years and the balance of the option will vest, if at all, based on the attainment by KKR of specified returns on its investment in the Company.

(3)
Includes options exercisable for 904,469 shares. On December 20, 2013, Ms. Baddour was granted an option to purchase an aggregate of 930,000 shares of Company common stock A portion of the option will vest over a period of five years and the balance of the option will vest, if at all, based on the attainment by KKR of specified returns on its investment in the Company.

124


Table of Contents

(4)
Includes options exercisable for 397,915 shares. On December 20, 2013, Mr. Dockhorn was granted an option to purchase an aggregate of 400,000 shares of Company common stock. A portion of the option will vest over a period of five years and the balance of the option will vest, if at all, based on the attainment by KKR of specified returns on its investment in the Company.

(5)
Mssrs. Momtazee, Satvat and Lin are executives of KKR. Each of Mssrs. Momtazee, Satvat and Lin disclaims beneficial ownership of shares beneficially owned by KKR PRA Investors L.P. or its affiliates.

(6)
Includes shares that are owned or may be deemed to be owned by current directors and executive officers.

125


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following is a description of the material terms of, and is qualified in its entirety by, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will be in effect upon the consummation of the offering, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Our purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL.

Authorized Capital

At the time of the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of:

As of June 30, 2014, there were seven holders of record of our common stock.

Immediately following the closing of this offering, there are expected to be               shares of common stock issued and outstanding and no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

Unless our board of directors determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.

Common Stock

Voting Rights — Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, including the election or removal of directors. The holders of our common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Dividends — The DGCL permits a corporation to declare and pay dividends out of "surplus" or, if there is no "surplus," out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. "Surplus" is defined as the excess of the net assets of the corporation over the amount determined to be the capital of the corporation by the board of directors. The capital of the corporation is typically calculated to be (and cannot be less than) the aggregate par value of all issued shares of capital stock. Net assets equals the fair value of the total assets minus total liabilities. The DGCL also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, capital is less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets.

Declaration and payment of any dividend will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors. The time and amount of dividends will be dependent upon our financial condition, operations, cash requirements and availability, debt repayment obligations, capital expenditure needs and restrictions in our debt instruments, industry trends, the provisions of Delaware law affecting the payment of distributions to stockholders and any other factors our board of directors may consider relevant.

Liquidation — Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution.

126


Table of Contents

Rights and Preferences — Holders of our common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The common stock will not be subject to further calls or assessment by us. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All shares of our common stock that will be outstanding at the time of the completion of the offering will be fully paid and non-assessable. The rights, powers, preferences and privileges of holders of our common stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock we may authorize and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or by NASDAQ, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by you. Our board of directors may determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative participations, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of that series, including, without limitation:

We could issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of you might believe to be in your best interests or in which you might receive a premium for your common stock over the market price of the common stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the holders of our common stock by restricting dividends on the common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock or subordinating the liquidation rights of the common stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and the DGCL, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, contain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire

127


Table of Contents

us. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a merger or acquisition of our Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

Authorized but unissued capital stock

Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of NASDAQ, which would apply if and so long as our common stock remains listed on NASDAQ, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting power or then outstanding number of shares of common stock. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital or to facilitate acquisitions.

Our board of directors may generally issue preferred shares on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our Company or the removal of our management. Moreover, our authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock will be available for future issuances without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans.

One of the effects of the existence of unissued and unreserved common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our Company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

Classified board of directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors are elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors are fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by the board of directors.

Business combinations

We have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL; however, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain "business combinations" with any "interested stockholder" for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

Generally, a "business combination" includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with that person's affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years

128


Table of Contents

owned, 15% or more of our voting stock. For purposes of this section only, "voting stock" has the meaning given to it in Section 203 of the DGCL.

Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an "interested stockholder" to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring our Company to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our board of directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that KKR and its affiliates and any of their respective direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party do not constitute "interested stockholders" for purposes of this provision.

Removal of Directors; Vacancies

Under the DGCL, unless otherwise provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, directors serving on a classified board may be removed by the stockholders only for cause. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class; provided, however, at any time when KKR and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, directors may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding or the rights granted under the stockholders agreement with affiliates of KKR, any vacancies on our board of directors are filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, by a sole remaining director or by the stockholders; provided, however, at any time when KKR and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any newly created directorship on the board of directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the board of directors may only be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by stockholders).

No cumulative voting

Under Delaware law, the right to vote cumulatively does not exist unless the certificate of incorporation specifically authorizes cumulative voting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not authorize cumulative voting. Therefore, stockholders holding a majority in voting power of the shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors are able to elect all our directors.

Special stockholder meetings

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the board of directors or the chairman of the board of directors; provided, however, at any time when KKR and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, special meetings of our stockholders shall also be called by the board of directors or the chairman of the board of directors at the request of KKR and its affiliates. Our amended and restated bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our Company.

129


Table of Contents

Requirements for advance notification of director nominations and stockholder proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. In order for any matter to be "properly brought" before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder's notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder's notice. Our amended and restated bylaws allow the chairman of the meeting at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions do not apply to KKR and its affiliates so long as the stockholders agreement with affiliates of KKR remains in effect. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Arrangements with KKR — Stockholders Agreement." These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer's own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control of our Company.

Stockholder action by written consent

Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation precludes stockholder action by written consent at any time when KKR and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

Supermajority provisions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, change, add to, rescind or repeal, in whole or in part, our bylaws without a stockholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. For as long as KKR and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders requires the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of our stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on such amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal. At any time when KKR and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, is required to amend a corporation's certificate of incorporation, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that at any time when KKR and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, the following provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders

130


Table of Contents

of at least 66 2 / 3 % in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class:

The combination of the classification of our board of directors, the lack of cumulative voting and the supermajority voting requirements make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Because our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management.

These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers, delaying, or preventing changes in control of our management or our Company, such as a merger, reorganization or tender offer. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions are also intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in management.

Dissenters' Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of us. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.

Stockholders' Derivative Actions

Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholder's stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.

Exclusive Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our Company, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer of our Company to the Company or the Company's stockholders, creditors or other constituents, (iii) action

131


Table of Contents

asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or (iv) action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to said Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of our Company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. However, the enforceability of similar forum provisions in other companies' certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be unenforceable.

Conflicts of Interest

Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, renounces any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to our officers, directors or stockholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, stockholders or affiliates who are our or our subsidiaries' employees. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of KKR or any of its affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates has no duty to refrain from (i) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (ii) otherwise competing with us or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that KKR or any non-employee director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or himself or its or his affiliates or for us or our affiliates, such person will have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us or any of our affiliates and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for us unless we would be permitted to undertake the opportunity under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we have sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity and the opportunity would be in line with our business.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors' fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders' derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation does not apply to any director if the director has acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions or derived an improper benefit from his or her actions as a director.

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we must generally indemnify, and advance expenses to, our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also are expressly authorized to carry directors' and officers' liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain

132


Table of Contents

employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                             .

Listing

Our common stock will be listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "PRAH."

133


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Although we intend to apply to have our common stock listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of                        shares of common stock, assuming the issuance of                        shares of common stock offered by us in this offering and no exercise of options after                        , 2014. Of these shares, all shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, whose sales would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

The remaining                        shares of common stock will be "restricted securities," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

Date
  Number of Shares  

On the date of this prospectus

       

90 days after the date of this prospectus

       

180 days after the date of this prospectus

       

In addition, of the 15,706,078 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2014, options to purchase 4,765,578 shares of common stock were vested as of June 30, 2014 and, upon exercise, these shares will be eligible for sale subject to the lock-up agreements described below and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our officers, directors and holders of all or substantially all our outstanding capital stock have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

This restriction terminates after the close of trading of the common stock on and including the 180th day after the date of this prospectus.

                        may, in its sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the 180-day period release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. There are no

134


Table of Contents

existing agreements between the underwriters and any of our shareholders who will execute a lock-up agreement, providing consent to the sale of shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up period.

Rule 144

Affiliate resales of restricted securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in "broker's transactions" or certain "riskless principal transactions" or to market makers, a number of shares within any three month period that does not exceed the greater of:

Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the Securities and Exchange Commission and NASDAQ concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution directly with a market maker.

Non-affiliate resales of restricted securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of an issuer's employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from the issuer in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. An affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after an issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

Equity Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and common stock issued or issuable under our equity incentive plans. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to

135


Table of Contents

our equity incentive plans shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by nonaffiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market, subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144, other than the holding period requirement.

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of                        shares of common stock or their transferees will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Registration Rights Agreement" for additional information. Shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreement.

136


Table of Contents


MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of material United States federal income and estate tax consequences to a non-U.S. holder (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering as of the date hereof. Except where noted, this summary deals only with common stock that is held as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code.

A "non-U.S. holder" means any beneficial owner of our common stock (other than a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) that is not for United States federal income tax purposes any of the following:

This summary is based upon provisions of the Code and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions, in each case in effect as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed or be subject to differing interpretations, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in United States federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below and which may adversely affect a non-U.S. holder of our common stock. This summary does not address all aspects of United States federal income and estate taxes and does not deal with foreign, state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances (including the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income). In addition, it does not represent a detailed description of the United States federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the United States federal income tax laws (including if you are a United States expatriate, "controlled foreign corporation," "passive foreign investment company," or a partnership or other pass-through entity for United States federal income tax purposes). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary.

If an entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.

If you are considering the purchase of our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular United States federal income and estate tax consequences to you of the ownership of the common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

Dividends

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the

137


Table of Contents

non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a United States permanent establishment) are not subject to the withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied, including timely furnishing to the applicable withholding agent a valid Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI. Instead, such dividends are subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis generally in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required (a) to complete the applicable Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits or (b) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable United States Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

Any gain realized on the taxable disposition of our common stock generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax unless:

An individual non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the disposition under regular graduated United States federal income tax rates. An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by United States source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States. If a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation falls under the first bullet point immediately above, it will be subject to tax on its net gain generally in the same manner as if it were a United States person as defined under the Code and, in addition, may be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to adjustments.

We believe we are not and do not anticipate becoming a "United States real property holding corporation" for United States federal income tax purposes.

Federal Estate Tax

Common stock held by an individual non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in such holder's gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

138


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder, the non-U.S. holder's name and address, and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to such holder unless such holder certifies, on an applicable Internal Revenue Service Form W-8, under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain United States-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies, on an applicable Internal Revenue Service Form W-8, under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder's United States federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

Additional Withholding Requirements

Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as "FATCA"), a 30% United States federal withholding tax may apply to any dividends paid on our common stock, and, for a disposition of our common stock occurring after December 31, 2016, the gross proceeds from such disposition, in each case paid to (i) a "foreign financial institution" (as specifically defined in the Code) which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA, or (y) its compliance (or deemed compliance) with FATCA (which may alternatively be in the form of compliance with an intergovernmental agreement with the United States) in a manner that avoids withholding, or (ii) a "non-financial foreign entity" (as specifically defined in the Code) which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA, or (y) adequate information regarding certain substantial United States beneficial owners of such entity (if any). If a dividend payment is both subject to withholding under FATCA and subject to the withholding tax discussed above under "—Dividends," the withholding under FATCA may be credited against, and therefore reduce, such other withholding tax. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding these requirements and whether they may be relevant to your ownership and disposition of our common stock.

139


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. Jefferies and Citi are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and representatives of the underwriters named below. In addition, KKR Capital Markets LLC, UBS Securities LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC are joint book-running managers in the offering. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, dated                        2014, among us, the selling stockholder and Jefferies and Citi, we and the selling stockholder have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us and the selling stockholder, the respective number of shares of common stock shown opposite its name below:


Underwriter
  Number of
Shares

Jefferies LLC

   

Citigroup Global Markets Inc

   

KKR Capital Markets LLC

   

UBS Securities LLC

   

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

   

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

   

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

   

William Blair & Company, L.L.C

   
     

Total

   
     
     

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers' certificates and legal opinions and approval of certain legal matters by their counsel. The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters will purchase all of the shares of common stock if any of them are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. We and the selling stockholder have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and certain of their controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The notes will constitute a new class of securities with no established trading market. The underwriters have advised us that, following the completion of this offering, they currently intend to make a market in the common stock as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. However, the underwriters are not obligated to do so, and the underwriters may discontinue any market-making activities at any time without notice in their sole discretion. Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for the common stock, that you will be able to sell any of the common stock held by you at a particular time or that the prices that you receive when you sell will be favorable.

The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholder and subject to prior sale. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part. In addition, the underwriters have advised us that they do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts to exceed          % of the total number of shares of common stock being offered.

140


Table of Contents

Commission and Expenses

The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers, which may include the underwriters, at that price less a concession not in excess of $               per share of common stock. The underwriters may allow, and certain dealers may reallow, a discount from the concession not in excess of $               per share of common stock to certain brokers and dealers. After the offering, the initial public offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the representatives. No such reduction will change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The following table shows the public offering price, the underwriting discounts and commissions that we and the selling stockholder are to pay the underwriters and the proceeds, before expenses, to us and the selling stockholder in connection with this offering. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.


 
  Per Share   Total  
 
  Without Option
to Purchase
Additional Shares
  With Option to
Purchase
Additional Shares
  Without Option
to Purchase
Additional Shares
  With Option to
Purchase
Additional Shares
 

Public offering price

  $     $     $     $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us

                         

Proceeds to us, before expenses

                         

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by the selling stockholder

                         

Proceeds to the selling stockholder before expenses

                         

We estimate expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will be approximately $               . We estimate expenses payable by the selling stockholder in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will be approximately $               .

Determination of Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial information, market valuations of other companies that we and the underwriters believe to be comparable to us, estimates of our business potential, the present state of our development and other factors deemed relevant.

We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which the common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to the offering or that an active trading market for the common stock will develop and continue after the offering.

Listing

We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol "PRAH".

141


Table of Contents

Stamp Taxes

If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

The selling stockholder has granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of               shares from the selling stockholder at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to specified conditions, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter's initial purchase commitment as indicated in the table above. This option may be exercised only if the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our officers, directors and holders of all or substantially all our outstanding capital stock have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

This restriction terminates after the close of trading of the common stock on and including the 180th day after the date of this prospectus.

Jefferies and Citi acting together may, in their sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the 180th day period release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. There are no existing agreements between the underwriters and any of our shareholders who will execute a lock-up agreement, providing consent to the sale of shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up period.

Stabilization

The underwriters have advised us that they, pursuant to Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, may engage in short sale transactions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions or the imposition of penalty bids in connection with this offering. These activities may have the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the common stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. Establishing short sales positions may involve either "covered" short sales or "naked" short sales.

"Covered" short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock or purchasing shares of our common stock in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for

142


Table of Contents

purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares.

"Naked" short sales are sales in excess of the option to purchase additional shares of our common stock. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

A stabilizing bid is a bid for the purchase of shares of common stock on behalf of the underwriters for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock. A syndicate covering transaction is the bid for or the purchase of shares of common stock on behalf of the underwriters to reduce a short position incurred by the underwriters in connection with the offering. Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriter's purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. A penalty bid is an arrangement permitting the underwriters to reclaim the selling concession otherwise accruing to a syndicate member in connection with the offering if the common stock originally sold by such syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction and therefore have not been effectively placed by such syndicate member.

None of we, the selling stockholder or any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. The underwriters are not obligated to engage in these activities and, if commenced, any of the activities may be discontinued at any time.

The underwriters may also engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of shares of our common stock in this offering and extending through the completion of distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker's bid, that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by e-mail or on the web sites or through online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters or their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of common stock for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters' web sites and any information contained in any other web site maintained by any of the underwriters is not part of this prospectus, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters and should not be relied upon by investors.

Other Activities and Relationships

The underwriters and certain of their affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and certain of their affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various commercial and investment banking and financial advisory services for us and our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. See "Use of Proceeds."

143


Table of Contents

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and certain of their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments issued by us and our affiliates. If the underwriters or their respective affiliates have a lending relationship with us, they routinely hedge their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk management policies. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may hedge such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of short positions in our securities or the securities of our affiliates, including potentially the common stock offered hereby. Any such short positions could adversely affect future trading prices of the common stock offered hereby. The underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell to, or a solicitation of an offer to buy from, anyone in any country or jurisdiction (i) in which such an offer or solicitation is not authorized, (ii) in which any person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so or (iii) in which any such offer or solicitation would otherwise be unlawful. No action has been taken that would, or is intended to, permit a public offer of the shares of common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any other offering or publicity material relating to the shares of common stock in any country or jurisdiction (other than the United States) where any such action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, each underwriter has undertaken that it will not, directly or indirectly, offer or sell any shares of common stock or have in its possession, distribute or publish any prospectus, form of application, advertisement or other document or information in any country or jurisdiction except under circumstances that will, to the best of its knowledge and belief, result in compliance with any applicable laws and regulations and all offers and sales of the shares of common stock by it will be made on the same terms.

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a "Relevant Member State"), an offer to the public of any common shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any common shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

provided that no such offer of common shares shall require us or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer common shares to the public" in relation to the common shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the common shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe to the common shares, as the same may be varied in that

144


Table of Contents

Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) high net worth entities falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated (each such person being referred to as a "relevant person").

This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Australia

This prospectus is not a disclosure document for the purposes of Australia's Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or Corporations Act, has not been lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission and is only directed to the categories of exempt persons set out below. Accordingly, if you receive this prospectus in Australia:

You confirm and warrant that you are either:

To the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor, associated person or professional investor under the Corporations Act any offer made to you under this prospectus is void and incapable of acceptance.

You warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the securities issued to you pursuant to this prospectus for resale in Australia within 12 months of those securities being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

Hong Kong

No securities have been offered or sold, and no securities may be offered or sold, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent; or to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong, or SFO, and any rules made under that Ordinance; or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong, or CO, or which do not constitute an offer or invitation to the public for the purpose of the CO or the SFO. No document, invitation or advertisement relating to the securities has been issued or may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside

145


Table of Contents

Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" as defined in the SFO and any rules made under that Ordinance.

This prospectus has not been registered with the Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong. Accordingly, this prospectus may not be issued, circulated or distributed in Hong Kong, and the securities may not be offered for subscription to members of the public in Hong Kong. Each person acquiring the securities will be required, and is deemed by the acquisition of the securities, to confirm that he is aware of the restriction on offers of the securities described in this prospectus and the relevant offering documents and that he is not acquiring, and has not been offered any securities in circumstances that contravene any such restrictions.

Japan

The offering has not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948 of Japan, as amended), or FIEL, and the Initial Purchaser will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been and will not be lodged or registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the notes may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the notes be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the notes are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the notes pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

146


Table of Contents

Switzerland

The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the securities or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company or the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of securities has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of securities.

147


Table of Contents


CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

Affiliates of KKR beneficially own in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock. Because KKR Capital Markets LLC is an Underwriter in this offering and its affiliates own in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock, KKR Capital Markets LLC is deemed to have a "conflict of interest" under FINRA Rule 5121. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the requirements of Rule 5121. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a "qualified independent underwriter" is not required in connection with this offering as the member primarily responsible for managing the public offering does not have a conflict of interest, is not an affiliate of any member that has a conflict of interest and meets the requirements of paragraph (f)(12)(E) of Rule 5121. KKR Capital Markets LLC will not confirm sales of the securities to any account over which they exercise discretionary authority without the specific written approval of the account holder.


LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York. Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York has acted as counsel for the underwriters in connection with certain legal matters related to this offering.

Certain partners of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, members of their respective families, related persons and others have an indirect interest, through limited partnerships that are investors in funds affiliated with KKR, in less than 1% of our common stock.


EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of PRA Health Sciences, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and for the period from September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013 and the consolidated financial statements of PRA Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein, which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph related to the acquisition of PRA Holdings, Inc. by PRA Health Sciences, Inc. on September 23, 2013. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of PRA Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The consolidated financial statements of ClinStar, LLC as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and for each of the years then ended, included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of BDO USA, LLP, independent accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The consolidated financial statements of RPS Parent Holding Corp. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and for the year ended December 31, 2012 and for the period from February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2011, and the consolidated financial statements of Research Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. and subsidiaries for the period from January 1, 2011 through February 17, 2011, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered

148


Table of Contents

public accounting firm, as set forth on their reports thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance on such reports, given on the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated balance sheets of CRI Holding Company, LLC and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in members' equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012 have been audited by EisnerAmper LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is incorporated herein. Such financial statements have been incorporated herein in reliance on the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Upon completion of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. You may read and copy this information at the Public Reference Room of the Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Securities and Exchange Commission also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about registrants, like us, that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The address of that site is www.sec.gov.

149


Table of Contents


Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
  Page

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of PRA Health Sciences, Inc.

   

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

  F-3

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Periods September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013, January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013, and the Year Ended December 31, 2012

  F-6

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the Periods September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013, January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013, and the Year Ended December 31, 2012

  F-7

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the Periods September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013, January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013, and the December 31, 2012

  F-8

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Periods September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013, January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013, and the Year Ended December 31, 2012

  F-9

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-10

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements of PRA Health Sciences, Inc.

   

Consolidated Condensed Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013

  F-51

Consolidated Condensed Statements of Operations for the Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013

  F-52

Consolidated Condensed Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013

  F-53

Consolidated Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013

  F-54

Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements

  F-55

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of ClinStar, LLC

   

Independent Auditor's Report

  F-75

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011

  F-76

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

  F-77

Consolidated Statements of Member's Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

  F-78

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

  F-79

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-80

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of RPS Parent Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries (Successor and Predecessor)

   

Reports of Independent Auditors

  F-89

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011

  F-91

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2012 (Successor) and the Period from February 18 through December 31, 2011 (Successor) and the Period from January 1 through February 17, 2011 (Predecessor)

  F-92

F-1


Table of Contents

 
  Page

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Year Ended December 31, 2012 (Successor) and the Period from February 18 through December 31, 2011 (Successor) and the Period from January 1 through February 17, 2011 (Predecessor)

  F-93

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Year Ended December 31, 2012 (Successor) and the Period from February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor) and the Period from January 1 through February 17, 2011 (Predecessor)

  F-94

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2012 (Successor) and the period from February 18 through December 31, 2011 (Successor) and the Period from January 1 through February 17, 2011 (Predecessor)

  F-95

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-96

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements of RPS Parent Holding Corp. and subsidiaries

   

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012

  F-119

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012

  F-120

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012

  F-121

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012

  F-122

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-123

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of CRI Holding Company, LLC and Subsidiaries

   

Independent Auditors' Report

  F-140

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011

  F-141

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

  F-142

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members' Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

  F-143

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

  F-144

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-145

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements of CRI Holding Company, LLC and Subsidiaries

   

Consolidated Condensed Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012

  F-162

Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013 and 2012

  F-163

Consolidated Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013 and 2012

  F-164

Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements

  F-165

F-2


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
PRA Health Sciences, Inc.
Raleigh, North Carolina

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of PRA Health Sciences, Inc. (formerly PRA Global Holdings, Inc.) and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the period from September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013. We have also audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows of PRA Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Predecessor") for the period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. The consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012 were audited by other auditors whose report, dated February 27, 2013, except for Note 21, as to which the date is May 16, 2013, expressed an unqualified opinion on those statements.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. Neither the Company nor the Predecessor are required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of their internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's or the Predecessor's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PRA Health Sciences, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period from September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013, and the consolidated results of PRA Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries' operations and cash flows for the period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As described in Note 1, on September 23, 2013, PRA Holdings, Inc. together with its subsidiaries became a wholly-owned subsidiary of PRA Health Sciences, Inc.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Raleigh, North Carolina
July 16, 2014

F-3


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
PRA Holdings, Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statement of operations, of comprehensive income, of changes in stockholders' equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PRA Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Raleigh, North Carolina
February 27, 2013,
except for Note 21, as to which the date is May 16, 2013

F-4


Table of Contents



PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

 
  Successor   Predecessor  
 
  December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 

ASSETS

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 72,155   $ 109,211  

Restricted cash

    8,760      

Accounts receivable and unbilled services, net

    294,984     184,891  

Acquisition-related receivables

    15,851      

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    27,222     18,208  

Income taxes receivable

    9,798     3,092  

Deferred tax assets

    29,224     8,833  
           

Total current assets

    457,994     324,235  

Fixed assets, net

    75,827     50,961  

Goodwill

    1,099,081     490,675  

Intangible assets, net

    699,791     108,374  

Deferred tax assets

    1,026     422  

Income taxes receivable

        5,545  

Investment in unconsolidated joint ventures

    3,246      

Deferred financing fees

    41,373      

Other assets

    16,396     2,313  
           

Total assets

  $ 2,394,734   $ 982,525  
           
           

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

             

Current liabilities:

             

Current portion of borrowings under credit facilities

  $ 10,000   $  

Current portion of long-term debt

    8,900     3,358  

Accounts payable

    27,686     17,314  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    119,204     61,721  

Income taxes payable

    7,169     2,217  

Deferred tax liabilities

    416     146  

Advance billings

    295,889     221,162  
           

Total current liabilities

    469,264     305,918  

Deferred tax liabilities

    185,591     26,723  

Long-term debt, net

    1,245,812     451,076  

Other long-term liabilities

    26,732     22,851  
           

Total liabilities

    1,927,399     806,568  
           

Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)

             

Stockholders' equity:

             

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 5,000,000 authorized shares (Predecessor)

         

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000,000,000 authorized shares; 94,444,212 issued and outstanding (Successor)

    944      

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 95,000,000 authorized shares; 39,641,000 issued and outstanding (Predecessor)

        4  

Additional paid-in-capital

    489,465     330,520  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    16,869     2,176  

Accumulated deficit

    (39,943 )   (156,743 )
           

Total stockholders' equity

    467,335     175,957  
           

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 2,394,734   $ 982,525  
           
           

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents



PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

 
  Successor   Predecessor  
 
  September 23, 2013-
December 31, 2013
  January 1, 2013-
September 22, 2013
  December 31, 2012  

Revenue:

                   

Service revenue

  $ 324,362   $ 508,539   $ 597,072  

Reimbursement revenue

    54,854     103,531     102,664  
               

Total revenue

    379,216     612,070     699,736  

Operating expenses:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Direct costs

    222,776     304,102     358,572  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket costs

    54,854     103,531     102,664  

Selling, general and administrative

    69,730     142,880     160,643  

Transaction-related costs

    29,180     47,486      

Depreciation and amortization

    25,333     25,144     30,687  

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

        225     1,560  
               

(Loss) income from operations

    (22,657 )   (11,298 )   45,610  

Interest expense

   
(23,813

)
 
(33,173

)
 
(32,911

)

Interest income

    110     454     88  

Loss on modification or extinguishment of debt

    (7,211 )   (21,678 )   (9,683 )

Foreign currency transaction losses, net

    (4,117 )   (3,641 )   (7,841 )

Other income (expense), net

    1,180     (530 )   183  
               

Loss before income taxes and equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures

    (56,508 )   (69,866 )   (4,554 )

Benefit from income taxes

    (17,186 )   (22,079 )   (1,847 )
               

Loss before equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures

    (39,322 )   (47,787 )   (2,707 )

Equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures, net of tax

    (621 )   (603 )    
               

Net loss

  $ (39,943 ) $ (48,390 ) $ (2,707 )
               
               

Net loss per share:

                   

Basic

  $ (0.43 ) $ (1.22 ) $ (0.07 )

Diluted

  $ (0.43 ) $ (1.22 ) $ (0.07 )

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

                   

Basic

    92,260     39,643     39,641  

Diluted

    92,260     39,643     39,641  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents



PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME
(IN THOUSANDS)

 
  Successor   Predecessor  
 
  September 23, 2013-
December 31, 2013
  January 1, 2013-
September 22, 2013
  December 31, 2012  

Net loss

  $ (39,943 ) $ (48,390 ) $ (2,707 )

Other comprehensive income:

                   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    15,061     2,454     7,124  

Unrealized gains on derivative instruments, net of income taxes of $1,273, $0, and $0

    1,808          
               

Comprehensive (loss) income

  $ (23,074 ) $ (45,936 ) $ 4,417  
               
               

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents



PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(IN THOUSANDS)

 
  Common Stock    
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
   
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Total  

Predecessor

                                     

Balance at December 31, 2011

    39,641   $ 4   $ 423,664   $ (4,948 ) $ (154,036 ) $ 264,684  

Stock-based compensation expense

            11,610             11,610  

Dividends declared

            (104,754 )           (104,754 )

Net loss

                    (2,707 )   (2,707 )

Foreign currency translation

                7,124         7,124  
                           

Balance at December 31, 2012

    39,641   $ 4   $ 330,520   $ 2,176   $ (156,743 ) $ 175,957  
                           
                           

Exercise of common stock options

            105             105  

Stock-based compensation expense

            24,609             24,609  

Dividends declared

            (128,496 )           (128,496 )

Net loss

                    (48,390 )   (48,390 )

Foreign currency translation

                2,454         2,454  
                           

Balance at September 22, 2013

    39,641   $ 4   $ 226,738   $ 4,630   $ (205,133 ) $ 26,239  
                           
                           

Successor

                                     

Balance at September 23, 2013

      $   $   $   $   $  

Issuance of common stock

    94,444     944     471,277             472,221  

Fair value of vested stock options rolled over

            18,056             18,056  

Stock-based compensation expense

            132             132  

Net loss

                    (39,943 )   (39,943 )

Foreign currency translation

                15,061         15,061  

Unrealized gains on derivative instruments, net of tax

                1,808         1,808  
                           

Balance at December 31, 2013

    94,444   $ 944   $ 489,465   $ 16,869   $ (39,943 ) $ 467,335  
                           
                           

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-8


Table of Contents



PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(IN THOUSANDS)

 
  Successor   Predecessor  
 
  September 23, 2013-
December 31, 2013
  January 1, 2013-
September 22, 2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                   

Net loss

  $ (39,943 ) $ (48,390 ) $ (2,707 )

Adjustment to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

                   

Depreciation and amortization

    25,333     25,144     30,687  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

    1,608     1,916     4,324  

Stock-based compensation

    132     24,609     11,610  

Unrealized foreign currency transaction loss

    2,057     1,178     3,911  

Loss on modification or extinguishment of debt

    7,211     16,880     9,683  

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

        225     1,560  

Change in acquisition-related contingent consideration

    (1,103 )   414      

Equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures             

    795     807      

Other reconciling items

    (69 )   (116 )   937  

Deferred income taxes

    (21,980 )   (29,215 )   (7,378 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                   

Accounts receivable and unbilled services

    13,947     6,427     17,649  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    2,858     (6,388 )   (4,430 )

Accounts payable and other liabilities

    (46,209 )   70,270     4,982  

Income taxes

    3,130     (7,445 )   (9,529 )

Advance billings

    28,294     (7,108 )   37,960  
               

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    (23,939 )   49,208     99,259  
               

Cash flows from investing activities:

                   

Purchase of fixed assets

    (4,910 )   (14,806 )   (18,067 )

Acquisition of PRA Holdings, Inc., net of cash acquired

    (667,441 )        

Acquisition of RPS Parent Holding Corp, net of cash acquired

    (268,740 )        

Acquisition of CRI Lifetree, net of cash acquired             

    (77,868 )        

Acquisition of ClinStar LLC, net of cash acquired

        (40,774 )    

Investment in unconsolidated joint ventures

        (4,609 )    

Proceeds from the sale of fixed assets

        10     9  
               

Net cash used in investing activities

    (1,018,959 )   (60,179 )   (18,058 )
               

Cash flows from financing activities:

                   

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs withheld

    1,263,443     93,246     283,698  

Payment of debt discount

    (8,250 )        

Payments for debt issuance costs

    (48,957 )   (1,030 )   (206 )

Repayment of long-term debt

    (567,063 )   (1,912 )   (222,498 )

Borrowings on line of credit

    50,000     10,000      

Repayments of line of credit

    (40,000 )   (10,000 )    

Proceeds from common stock issued

    470,400          

Proceeds from stock option exercises

        105      

Dividends paid

    (4,346 )   (127,280 )   (101,607 )

Principal repayments of fixed assets purchased under a financing agreement

    (186 )   (396 )   (1,544 )
               

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    1,115,041     (37,267 )   (42,157 )
               

Effects of foreign exchange changes on cash and cash equivalents

    12     (462 )   787  
               

Change in cash and cash equivalents

    72,155     (48,700 )   39,831  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

        109,211     69,380  
               

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 72,155   $ 60,511   $ 109,211  
               
               

Cash paid during the period for:

                   

Income taxes, net of refunds

  $ 2,717   $ 1,639   $ 14,946  

Interest

  $ 12,735   $ 31,954   $ 27,708  

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

                   

Dividends declared but not paid

  $   $ 2,506   $ 3,147  

Rollover of stock options and common shares

  $ 19,877   $   $  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-9


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2013

(1) Basis of Presentation

    The Company

PRA Health Sciences, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company") is a full-service global contract research organization providing a broad range of product development services for pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies around the world. The Company's integrated services include data management, statistical analysis, clinical trial management, and regulatory and drug development consulting.

Effective September 23, 2013, all of the outstanding stock of PRA Holdings, Inc. ("PRA Holdings" or the "Predecessor Company") was acquired by affiliates of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. ("KKR"), a private equity firm, for a gross purchase price of approximately $1.4 billion pursuant to a plan of merger by and among Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc. ("Parent"), Pinnacle Merger Sub, Inc. ("Merger Sub") and Genstar Capital Partners V, L.P. ("Genstar"). Upon completion of the merger (the "Merger"), the Merger Sub was folded into the Predecessor Company, which became a subsidiary of the Parent. On December 19, 2013, Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc. changed its name to PRA Global Holdings, Inc. and, on July 10, 2014 PRA Global Holdings, Inc. changed its name to PRA Health Sciences, Inc. See Note 2 — Business Combinations for further information on the Merger.

    Basis of Presentation

The Merger was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification 805, "Business Combinations." KKR's costs of acquiring the Predecessor Company have been pushed-down to establish a new accounting basis for the Company. Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements are presented for two periods, Predecessor and Successor, which relate to the accounting periods preceding and succeeding the completion of the Merger. A vertical line separates the Predecessor and Successor periods on the face of the consolidated financial statements to highlight the fact that the financial information for such periods has been prepared under two different historical-cost bases of accounting.

Successor — The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013, and for the period from September 23, 2013 through December 31, 2013, include the accounts of the Company subsequent to the closing of the Merger on September 23, 2013.

Predecessor — The consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor Company through the closing of the Merger on September 22, 2013.

(2) Business Combinations

    Acquisition by KKR

Concurrent with the closing of the Merger, KKR contributed equity of $454.8 million and the Company entered into debt agreements totaling $1.3 billion. The debt agreements were comprised of a $825.0 million first lien term loan, a $125.0 million revolving line of credit that was undrawn at closing, and $375.0 million in subordinated notes. The proceeds were used to fund a portion of the total consideration paid, repay all outstanding debt of the Predecessor Company and pay transaction fees associated with the Merger.

The allocation of the purchase price is preliminary and subject to change. Accordingly, adjustments may be made to the values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as additional information is obtained

F-10


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(2) Business Combinations (Continued)

about the facts and circumstances that existed at the Merger date. Measurement period adjustments that the Company determines to be material will be applied retrospectively to the Merger date.

Upon consummation of the Merger, the Predecessor Company's stockholders received $17.37 in cash for each share of the Predecessor Company's stock owned. The transaction was accounted for as a business combination using the purchase method of accounting. As discussed above the purchase price allocation has not been finalized due to the jurisdictional allocation of intangibles and goodwill; however, the final valuation is expected to be completed by the end of June 2014, and in any case, no later than one year from the acquisition date in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded approximately $882.8 million of goodwill, which is not deductible for income tax purposes. Factors that contributed to the recognition of goodwill for the acquisition included expected growth rates and profitability of the Predecessor Company. The increase in expected growth rates is primarily related to growth in our revenue due to an increase in our global footprint and expansion of service offerings. The increase in expected profitability is primarily related to corporate wide initiatives to streamline and improve the efficiency in which the Company conducts clinical trials as well as continued leveraging of selling, general and administrative costs. The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the Merger date (in thousands):

 
  Purchase
Price
Allocation
  Weighted
Amortization
Period

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 60,511    

Restricted cash

    5,464    

Accounts receivable and unbilled services, net

    192,847    

Other current assets

    44,291    

Property, plant and equipment

    62,960    

Customer relationships

    379,200   23 years

Customer backlog and other intangibles

    133,290   5 years

Trade names (definitive-lived)

    1,410   10 years

Trade name (indefinitive-lived)

    118,010    

Other assets

    44,839    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    (101,759 )  

Advanced billings

    (222,160 )  

Other long-term liabilities

    (234,080 )  
         

Estimated fair value of net assets acquired

    484,823    

Purchase price, net of working capital settlement

    1,367,660    
         

Total goodwill

  $ 882,837    
         
         

Customer relationships, customer backlog and other intangibles, and definite-lived trade name intangibles are being amortized on an accelerated method over 23 years, five years, and 10 years, respectively. The Predecessor Company incurred approximately $46.7 million of acquisition-related costs, which were expensed as incurred and recorded in transaction-related costs in the consolidated statement of operations during the period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013. The Successor Company incurred approximately $27.7 million of acquisition-related costs, which were expensed as incurred and recorded in

F-11


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(2) Business Combinations (Continued)

transaction-related costs in the consolidated statement of operations during the period September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013.

    Acquisition of RPS

On September 23, 2013, immediately following the Merger, and using proceeds from the borrowings issued on the same day, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of RPS Parent Holding Corp ("RPS"), a global contract research organization based in the United States, for $289.3 million, subject to a working capital adjustment of up to $15 million. The acquisition of RPS provides the Company with a more diverse client mix, including 16 of the 20 largest pharmaceutical companies in the world.

The acquisition of RPS was accounted for as a business combination and, accordingly, the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed have been recorded at their respective fair values as of the acquisition date. In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded approximately $157.6 million of goodwill, which is not deductible for income tax purposes. Factors that contributed to the recognition of goodwill for the acquisition included expected growth in our revenue due to an increase in our global footprint and increased profitability of RPS due to expected synergies with the Company's existing operations. Anticipated synergies include procurement leverage and lower selling, general and administrative expenses, including reduced labor and facilities costs. Longer term, the Company expects to benefit from synergies related to service revenue expansion, as the acquisition serves to significantly increase the depth of relationships with large pharmaceutical companies.

The allocation of the purchase price is preliminary due to timing for obtaining fixed asset valuations and our ongoing assessment of fair values of certain contracts and of certain foreign net loss carryforwards, and is therefore subject to change. Accordingly, adjustments may be made to the values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as additional information is obtained about the facts and circumstances that existed at the merger date. The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition (in thousands):

 
  Purchase
Price
Allocation
  Weighted
Amortization
Period

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 18,370    

Restricted cash

    5,076    

Accounts receivable and unbilled services, net

    108,440    

Other current assets

    11,377    

Property, plant and equipment

    9,699    

Customer relationships

    19,900   13 years

Other intangibles

    11,100   3 years

Trade names

    22,000   10 years

Other assets

    2,121    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    (47,351 )  

Advanced billings

    (33,637 )  

Other long-term liabilities

    (10,494 )  
         

Estimated fair value of net assets acquired

    116,601    

Purchase price, net of working capital settlement

    274,250    
         

Total goodwill

  $ 157,649    
         
         

F-12


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(2) Business Combinations (Continued)

Customer relationships and trade name intangibles are being amortized on an accelerated method over 13 years and 10 years, and other intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over three years. Transaction costs related to the acquisition of RPS have been combined with those of the Merger; these expenses were not separately allocated as both transactions closed on the same date. The results of operations for RPS are included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company from the date of acquisition. During this period, RPS' service revenues and net loss totaled $119.8 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

At December 31, 2013, the Company had a $15.0 million acquisition-related receivable recorded for the working capital settlement.

    Acquisition of CRI Lifetree

On December 2, 2013, the Company completed the acquisition of CRI Holding Company, LLC ("CRI Lifetree"), a specialized research organization, for $77.1 million in cash. CRI Lifetree focuses on the conduct and design of early stage, patient population studies, and is therapeutically focused in human abuse liability, addiction, pain, psychiatry, neurology, pediatric and infectious disease services. CRI Lifetree has approximately 250 full-time employees and has three clinic locations: Marlton, NJ, Philadelphia, PA, and Salt Lake City, UT. In addition to inpatient and outpatient studies, the company provides highly-specialized early phase research support services such as data management, biostatistics, and study report writing.

In order to fund the acquisition of CRI Lifetree, KKR made an equity contribution of $13.5 million in cash and the Company increased its first lien term loan borrowings by $65.0 million.

The acquisition of CRI Lifetree was accounted for as a business combination and, accordingly, the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed have been recorded at their respective fair values as of the acquisition date. In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded approximately $49.8 million of goodwill, of which $15.4 million is tax deductible. Factors that contributed to the recognition of goodwill for the acquisition included expected growth rates and profitability of CRI Lifetree and expected synergies with the Company's existing operations. Anticipated synergies include lower selling, general and administrative expenses, including reduced labor and facilities costs. Longer term, the Company expects to benefit from synergies related to service revenue expansion, as the acquisition serves to significantly expand the Company's Phase I to Phase II services.

Due to the timing of the acquisition, the valuation of net assets acquired has not been finalized and is expected to be completed by the end of June 2014, and in any case, no later than one year from the

F-13


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(2) Business Combinations (Continued)

acquisition date in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company's preliminary estimate of the purchase price allocation is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Purchase
Price
Allocation
  Preliminary
Amortization
Period

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 94    

Accounts receivable and unbilled services, net

    8,234    

Other current assets

    970    

Property, plant and equipment

    2,554    

Customer relationships

    15,915   12 years

Patient relationships

    7,128   5 years

Trade name

    4,752   10 years

Customer backlog

    691   5 years

Other assets

    67    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    (2,330 )  

Advanced billings

    (2,619 )  

Other long-term liabilities

    (8,112 )  
         

Estimated fair value of net assets acquired

    27,344    

Purchase price, net of working capital settlement

    77,112    
         

Total goodwill

  $ 49,768    
         
         

The Company incurred approximately $1.4 million of acquisition-related costs, which were expensed as incurred and are recorded in transaction-related costs in the consolidated statement of operations during the Successor period September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013. The results of operations for CRI Lifetree are included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company from the date of acquisition. During this period, CRI Lifetree's service revenues and net income totaled $3.7 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

At December 31, 2013, the Company had a $0.9 million acquisition-related receivable recorded for the estimated working capital settlement.

    Acquisition of ClinStar

On February 28, 2013, the Predecessor Company acquired all of the outstanding member's interest of ClinStar, LLC ("ClinStar"), a contract research organization and logistics provider based in the United States with operations in Eastern Europe, for $45.0 million in cash and contingent consideration in the form of a potential earn-out payment of up to $5.0 million. The earn-out payment is contingent upon the achievement of certain revenue and earnings targets during the 24-month period following closing. The Predecessor Company recognized a liability of approximately $3.7 million as the estimated acquisition date fair value of the earn-out; the fair value was based on significant inputs not observed in the market and thus represented a Level 3 measurement. Any change in the fair value of the earn-out subsequent to the acquisition date will be recognized in earnings in the period of the change. From the date of the acquisition through September 22, 2013, there was a $0.4 million increase in the fair value of the contingent consideration; there was a $1.1 million decrease in the fair value of the contingent consideration during the Successor

F-14


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(2) Business Combinations (Continued)

period. The current portion of this liability at December 31, 2013, totaling $1.5 million, is recorded in accrued expenses and the remaining long-term portion, totaling $1.5 million, is recorded in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The acquisition of ClinStar provided the Predecessor Company with a stronger presence in Eastern Europe.

The acquisition of ClinStar was accounted for as a business combination and, accordingly, the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed have been recorded at their respective fair values as of the acquisition date. In connection with the acquisition, the Predecessor Company recorded approximately $15.1 million of goodwill, which was not deductible for income tax purposes. Factors that contributed to the recognition of goodwill for the acquisition included expected growth rates and profitability of ClinStar and expected synergies with the Company's existing operations. Anticipated synergies include lower selling, general and administrative expenses, including reduced labor and facilities costs. Longer term, the Company expects to benefit from synergies related to service revenue expansion, as the acquisition serves to significantly increase the Company's presence in Eastern Europe.

The Company's purchase price allocation is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Purchase
Price
Allocation
  Weighted
Amortization
Period

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 4,260    

Restricted cash

    4,414    

Accounts receivable and unbilled services, net

    12,836    

Other current assets

    1,441    

Property, plant and equipment

    1,525    

Customer relationships

    20,100   21 years

Customer backlog

    2,400   5 years

Trade names

    1,370   10 years

Non-competition agreements

    1,860   5 years

Other non-current assets

    104    

Advanced billings

    (5,591 )  

Other current liabilities

    (4,267 )  

Other long-term liabilities

    (4,398 )  
         

Estimated fair value of net assets acquired

    36,054    

Purchase price, including contingent consideration

    51,126    
         

Total goodwill

  $ 15,072    
         
         

Customer relationships, customer backlog, and trade name intangibles are being amortized on an accelerated method over 21 years, five years, and 10 years, respectively. Non-competition agreements are being amortized on a straight-line basis over five years. The Company incurred approximately $0.5 million of acquisition-related costs, which were expensed as incurred and recorded in transaction-related cost in the consolidated statement of operations during the Predecessor period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013; there were no costs recorded in the Successor period. The results of operations for ClinStar are included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company from the date of acquisition. During the Predecessor period, ClinStar's revenues and net income totaled $16.6 million and $0.9 million, respectively. During the Successor period, ClinStar's revenues and net loss totaled $7.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

F-15


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(2) Business Combinations (Continued)

The following unaudited pro forma information assumes the acquisitions the Company, RPS, CRI Lifetree, and ClinStar occurred as of the beginning of 2012. This pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of operating results if the acquisition had been completed at the date indicated, nor is it necessarily an indication of future operating results.

  For the year ended December 31,    
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
  2013
  2012
 
       

Total revenue

  $ 1,390,161   $ 1,248,285  

Net loss

    (46,232 )   (128,676 )

Net loss per share:

             

Basic

  $ (0.49 ) $ (1.36 )

Diluted

  $ (0.49 ) $ (1.36 )

The unaudited pro forma financial information for the year ended December 31, 2012 includes the following non-recurring adjustments:

    a $6.9 million increase to stock-based compensation costs for expense triggered by the above transactions, with a corresponding $2.7 million increase to the benefit from income taxes;

    a $75.9 million increase to transaction-related costs incurred by the Company during the year ended December 31, 2013 attributable to the above transactions, with a corresponding $30.0 million increase to the benefit from income taxes;

    a $28.9 million increase to loss on the modification or extinguishment of long-term debt incurred by the Company during the year ended December 31, 2013 attributable to the above transactions, with a corresponding $11.4 million increase to the benefit from income taxes.

(3) Joint Ventures

In December 2012, the Predecessor Company and WuXi PharmaTech ("WuXi") signed a joint venture agreement to offer a broad platform of Phase I-IV clinical trial services in China, Hong Kong and Macau. The joint venture provides services including clinical trial monitoring, project management, regulatory strategy and submissions, data management, biostatistics, drug safety reporting, and medical monitoring. The clinical operations of WuXi and PRA in China were combined to operate as an independent contract research organization and are jointly owned by PRA (49%) and WuXi (51%).

The Predecessor Company contributed $4.6 million to the joint venture during March 2013 and recorded a $0.8 million and $0.7 million reduction to the investment balance during the Predecessor period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013 and Successor period September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013, respectively, for the Company's equity in the venture's net loss for the period. The investment will be adjusted for the Company's equity in the venture's net income (loss), cash contributions, distributions, and other adjustments required by the equity method of accounting.

In March 2013, RPS entered into a joint venture agreement with Asklep Inc ("Asklep"). The joint venture provides research and development outsourcing solutions in Japan to the biopharmaceutical and medical device industries. This joint venture is based in Tokyo, Japan and is owned by RPS (49%) and Asklep (51%).

F-16


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(3) Joint Ventures (Continued)

The investment in Asklep totaled $0.3 million at December 31, 2013. The investment will be adjusted for RPS's equity in the venture's net income (loss), cash contributions, distributions, and other adjustments required by the equity method of accounting.

(4) Significant Accounting Policies

    Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts and results of operations of the Company. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

    Variable Interest Entities

FASB accounting guidance concerning variable interest entities ("VIE") addresses the consolidation of business enterprise to which the usual condition of consolidation (ownership of a majority voting interest) does not apply. This guidance focuses on controlling financial interests that may be achieved through arrangements that do not involve voting interests. The guidance requires an assessment of who the primary beneficiary is and whether the primary beneficiary should consolidate the VIE. The primary beneficiary is identified as the variable interest holder that has both the power to direct the activities of the variable interest entity that most significantly impacts the entity's economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the variable interest entity. Application of the VIE consolidation requirements may require the exercise of significant judgment by management.

In order to comply with laws in New Jersey and Pennsylvania prohibiting the corporate practice of medicine, the Company has management contracts for medical services with a professional corporation, CNS Research Institute, Inc. ("CNS"), for physician investigators working in New Jersey and Pennsylvania. CNS is owned by a founder of CRI Lifetree, who is currently an employee of the Company. The management contracts expire on May 30, 2017.

The Company pays CNS a management fee equal to the salary, bonus and benefits for the physicians. The Company manages all aspects of CNS' operations including providing administrative support and making all significant operational decisions. Additionally, CNS cannot provide services to any other party without the prior written approval of the Company.

After evaluating all of the factors noted above, it was concluded that CNS should be included in the Company's consolidated financial statements as it is a variable interest entity and the Company is the primary beneficiary. During the Successor period, the Company paid CNS $0.1 million as compensation under the management contract, which was eliminated in consolidation. CNS had no net income for the Successor period ended December 31, 2013.

    Risks and Other Factors

The Company's revenues are dependent on research and development expenditures of the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries. Any significant reduction in research and development expenditures by the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries could have a material adverse effect on the Company and its results of operations.

F-17


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(4) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Clients of the Company generally may terminate contracts without cause upon 30 to 60 days' notice. While the Company generally negotiates deposit payments and early termination fees up front, such terminations could significantly impact the future level of staff utilization and have a material adverse effect on the Company and the results of future operations.

    Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. In particular, the Company's primary method of revenue recognition requires estimates of costs to be incurred to fulfill existing long-term contract obligations. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates are also used when accounting for certain items such as allowance for doubtful accounts, depreciation and amortization, asset impairment, certain acquisition-related assets and liabilities, income taxes, fair market value determinations, and contingencies.

    Reportable Segments

The Company's operations consist of one reportable segment, which represents management's view of the Company's operations based on its management and internal reporting structure.

    Business Combinations

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method and, accordingly, the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree are recorded at their estimated fair values on the date of the acquisition. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired, including the amount assigned to identifiable intangible assets.

    Contingent Liabilities

The Company provides for contingent liabilities when (1) it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred at the date of the consolidated financial statements and (2) the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Disclosure in the notes to the consolidated financial statements is required for loss contingencies that do not meet both these conditions if there is a reasonable possibility that a loss may have been incurred. The Company expenses as incurred the costs of defending legal claims against the Company.

    Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly-liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, substantially all of the Company's cash and cash equivalents were held in or invested with large financial institutions. Certain bank deposits may at times be in excess of the FDIC insurance limits.

F-18


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(4) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Restricted cash

The Company receives cash advances from its customers to be used for the payment of investigator costs and other pass-through expenses. The terms of certain customer contracts require that such advances be maintained in separate escrow accounts; these accounts are not commingled with the Company's cash and cash equivalents and are presented separately in the consolidated balance sheet.

Additionally, as part of the ClinStar acquisition, the Company was required to transfer $1.0 million to an escrow account held by a subsidiary. The funds will be used to pay deferred compensation to certain former ClinStar employees. As of December 31, 2013, the balance of the cash held in escrow was $0.8 million. The remaining funds are expected to be distributed during 2014.

    Accounts Receivable and Unbilled Services

Accounts receivable represent amounts for which invoices have been sent to clients based upon contract terms. Unbilled services represent amounts earned for services that have been rendered but for which clients have not been billed and include reimbursement revenue. Unbilled services are generally billable upon submission of appropriate billing information, achievement of contract milestones or contract completion.

    Allowances for Doubtful Accounts

The Company maintains an allowance for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. The Company performs credit reviews of each customer, monitors collections and payments from our customers, and determines the allowance based upon historical experience and specific customer collection issues. The Company ages billed accounts receivable and assesses exposure by customer type, by aged category, and by specific identification. After all attempts to collect a receivable have failed, the receivable is written off against the allowance or, to the extent unreserved, to bad debt expense.

    Advance Billings

Advance billings represent amounts associated with services, reimbursement revenue and investigator fees that have been received but have not yet been earned or paid.

    Fixed Assets

Fixed assets and software purchased or developed for internal use are recorded at cost and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:

Furniture, fixtures and equipment   5-7 years
Computer hardware and software   3-7 years
Leasehold improvements   Lesser of the life of the lease or useful life of the improvements

F-19


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(4) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Internal Use Software

The Company accounts for internal use software in accordance with the provisions of accounting standards, which require certain direct costs and interest costs incurred during the application stage of development to be capitalized and amortized over the useful life of the software.

    Derivative Financial Instruments

All derivatives are measured at fair value and recognized as either assets or liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Derivatives that are not determined to be effective hedges are adjusted to fair value with a corresponding effect on earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and determined to be effective as part of a hedge transaction have no immediate effect on earnings and depending on the type of hedge, are recorded either as part of other comprehensive income and will be included in earnings in the period in which earnings are affected by the hedged item, or are included in earnings as an offset to the earnings impact of the hedged item. Any ineffective portions of hedges are reported in earnings as they occur. The Company utilizes interest rate swap and cap agreements ("interest rate contracts") to manage changes in market conditions related to debt obligations.

    Fair Value Measurements

The Company records certain assets and liabilities at fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value is described below. This hierarchy requires entities to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:

    Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

    Level 2 — Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

    Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

The carrying amount of financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, unbilled services, accounts payable, and advanced billings, approximate fair value due to the short maturities of these instruments.

F-20


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(4) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Recurring Fair Value Measurements

The following table summarizes the fair value of the Company's financial assets and liabilities that are measured on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  

Assets:

                         

Interest rate contracts

  $   $ 3,303   $   $ 3,303  
                   

Total

  $   $ 3,303   $   $ 3,303  
                   
                   

Liabilities:

                         

Interest rate contracts

  $   $ 42   $   $ 42  

Contingent consideration

            2,996     2,996  
                   

Total

  $   $ 42   $ 2,996   $ 3,038  
                   
                   

The Company values contingent consideration, related to business combinations, using a weighted probability of potential payment scenarios discounted at rates reflective of the weighted average cost of capital for the businesses acquired. Key assumptions used to estimate the fair value of contingent consideration include revenue and operating forecasts and the probability of achieving the specific targets. Interest rate swaps and caps are measured at fair value using a market approach valuation technique. The valuation is based on an estimate of net present value of the expected cash flows using relevant mid-market observable data inputs and based on the assumption of no unusual market conditions or forced liquidation.

The following table summarizes the changes in Level 3 financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis for the year ended December 31 (in thousands):

 
  Contingent
Considerations —
Accrued expenses and
Other long-term
liabilities
 

Predecessor

       

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $  

Initial estimate of contingent consideration

    3,685  

Revaluations included in earnings

    414  
       

Balance, September 22, 2013

  $ 4,099  
       
       

Successor

       

Balance, September 23, 2013

  $  

Acquired liability

    4,099  

Revaluations included in earnings

    (1,103 )
       

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 2,996  
       
       

F-21


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(4) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Non-recurring Fair Value Measurements

Certain assets and liabilities are carried on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at cost and are not remeasured to fair value on a recurring basis. These assets include definite-lived intangible assets which are tested when a triggering event occurs and goodwill and identifiable indefinite-lived intangible assets which are tested for impairment annually on October 1 and when a triggering event occurs.

As of December 31, 2013, assets carried on the balance sheet and not remeasured to fair value on a recurring basis totaling approximately $1,798.9 million were identified as Level 3. These assets are comprised of goodwill of $1,099.1 million and identifiable intangible assets of $699.8 million.

    Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews the recoverability of its long-lived asset groups, including furniture and equipment, computer hardware and software, leasehold improvements, and other finite-lived intangibles, when events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate the carrying value of the asset group may not be recoverable. The assessment of possible impairment is based on the Company's ability to recover the carrying value of the asset group from the expected future pre-tax cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) of the related operations. If these cash flows are less than the carrying value of such asset, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value. The Company's primary measure of fair value is based on discounted cash flows. The measurement of impairment requires the Company to make estimates of these cash flows related to long-lived assets, as well as other fair value determinations.

    Goodwill and Other Intangibles

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if an event or circumstance indicates that an impairment loss may have been incurred. Separate intangible assets that have finite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives or over the period in which economic benefit is received. The Company's primary finite lived intangibles are customer relationships and customer backlog, which are amortized on an accelerated basis, which coincides with the period of economic benefit received by the Company.

    Revenue Recognition

The Company generally enters into contracts with customers to provide services with payments based on either fixed-fee, time and materials, or fee-for-service arrangements. Revenue for services is recognized only after persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is determinable, services have been rendered, and collectability is reasonably assured.

Once these criteria have been met, the Company recognizes revenue for the services provided on fixed-fee contracts based on the proportional performance methodology, which determines the proportion of outputs or performance obligations which have been completed or delivered compared to the total contractual outputs for performance obligations. To measure performance, the Company compares the contract costs incurred to estimated total contract costs through completion. As part of the client proposal and contract negotiation process, the Company develops a detailed project budget for the direct costs based on the scope of the work, the complexity of the study, the geographical location involved and the Company's historical

F-22


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(4) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

experience. The Company then establishes the individual contract pricing based on the Company's internal pricing guidelines, discount agreements, if any, and negotiations with the client. The estimated total contract costs are reviewed and revised periodically throughout the lives of the contracts, with adjustments to revenue resulting from such revisions being recorded on a cumulative basis in the period in which the revisions are first identified. Contract costs consist primarily of direct labor and other project-related costs. Revenue from time and materials contracts is recognized as hours are incurred. Revenues and the related costs of fee-for-service contracts are recognized in the period in which services are performed.

A majority of the Company's contracts undergo modifications over the contract period and the Company's contracts provide for these modifications. During the modification process, the Company recognizes revenue to the extent it incurs costs, provided client acceptance and payment is deemed reasonably assured.

The Company often offers volume discounts to its large customers based on annual volume thresholds. The Company records an estimate of the annual volume rebate as a reduction of revenue throughout the period based on the estimated total rebate to be earned for the period.

Most of the Company's contracts can be terminated by the client either immediately or after a specified period following notice. These contracts require the client to pay the Company the fees earned through the termination date, the fees and expenses to wind down the study, and, in some cases, a termination fee or some portion of the fees or profit that the Company could have earned under the contract if it had not been terminated early. Therefore, revenue recognized prior to cancellation generally does not require a significant adjustment upon cancellation.

    Reimbursement Revenue and Reimbursable Out-of-Pocket Costs

The Company incurs out-of-pocket costs, in excess of contract amounts, which are reimbursable by its customers. The Company includes out-of-pocket costs both as reimbursement revenue and as reimbursable out-of-pocket costs in the consolidated statements of operations.

As is customary in the industry, the Company routinely enters into separate agreements on behalf of its clients with independent physician investigators in connection with clinical trials. The funds received for investigator fees are netted against the related cost because such fees are the obligation of the Company's clients, without risk or reward to the Company. The Company is not obligated either to perform the service or to pay the investigator in the event of default by the client. In addition, the Company does not pay the independent physician investigator until funds are received from the client. Total payments to investigators were $46.8 million for the Successor period from September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013, $153.6 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013, and $145.2 million for the period ended December 31, 2012, respectively.

    Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and unbilled services. As of December 31, 2013, substantially all of the Company's cash and cash equivalents were held in or invested with large financial institutions. Accounts receivable include amounts due from pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. The Company establishes an allowance for potentially uncollectible receivables. In management's opinion, there is no additional material credit risk beyond amounts provided for such losses.

F-23


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(4) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Service revenue from individual customers greater than 10% of consolidated service revenue in the respective periods was as follows:

 
  Successor   Predecessor  
 
  September 23, 2013-
December 31, 2013
  January 1, 2013-
September 22, 2013
  December 31, 2012  

Customer A

        10.7 %    

Accounts receivable and unbilled receivables from individual customers that were equal to or greater than 10% of consolidated accounts receivable and unbilled receivables at the respective dates were as follows:

 
  Successor   Predecessor  
 
  December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Customer A

        10.1 %

    Foreign Currency

The assets and liabilities of the Company's foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect as of the end of the period. Equity activities are translated at the spot rate effective at the date of the transaction. Revenue and expense accounts and cash flows of these operations are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the period the transactions occurred. Translation gains and losses are included as an adjustment to the accumulated other comprehensive income account in stockholders' equity.

In addition, gains and losses from foreign currency transactions, such as those resulting from the settlement and revaluation of foreign receivables and payables, are included in the determination of net income. These amounts are included in foreign currency transaction losses, net in the consolidated statement of operations.

    Income Taxes

The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets are recognized for future deductible temporary differences, along with net operating loss carryforwards and credit carryforwards, if it is more likely than not that the tax benefits will be realized. To the extent a deferred tax asset cannot be recognized under the preceding criteria, a valuation allowance is established to reduce the deferred tax asset to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for future taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.

There are inherent uncertainties related to the interpretation of tax regulations in the jurisdictions in which the Company transacts business. The judgments and estimates made at a point in time may change based on the outcome of tax audits, as well as changes to, or further interpretations of, regulations. Income tax expense is adjusted in the period in which these events occur, and these adjustments are included in the

F-24


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(4) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Company's consolidated statement of operations. If such changes take place, there is a risk that the Company's effective tax rate may increase or decrease in any period. A company must recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution.

    Stock-Based Compensation

The primary type of share-based payment utilized by the Company is stock options. Stock options are awards which allow the employee to purchase shares of the Company's stock at a fixed price. The Company measures compensation cost at the grant date, based on fair value of the award, and recognizes it as expense over the employees' requisite service period.

The fair value of each option issued during these periods was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model for service condition awards and a Monte Carlo model for market and performance condition awards issued during the Predecessor period, with the following weighted average assumptions:

 
  Successor   Predecessor   Predecessor  
 
  September 23, 2013-
December 31, 2013
  January 1, 2013-
September 22, 2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Risk-free interest rate

    2.2 %   1.3 %   1.4 %

Expected life, in years

    6.50     7.00     7.00  

Dividend yield

    N/A     N/A     N/A  

Volatility

    39.7 %   41.2 %   41.7 %

The risk-free interest rate is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The expected term represents the period of time the grants are expected to be outstanding. As a result of the Company's status as a private company for the last several years, the Company does not have sufficient history to estimate the volatility of its common share price. The Company calculates expected volatility based on reported data for selected reasonably similar publicly traded companies for which the historical information is available. For the purpose of identifying peer companies, the Company considers characteristics such as industry, length of trading history, similar vesting terms and in-the-money option status.

Due to the absence of an active market for the Company's common shares, the fair value of our common shares for purposes of determining the exercise price for award grants was determined in good faith by the Company's board of directors, with the assistance and upon the recommendation of management based on a number of market factors, including: the common shares underlying the award involved illiquid securities in a private company; results of operations and financial position; and the market performance of publically traded companies compared to the Company.

F-25


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(4) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The calculation of net income (loss) per share ("EPS") is based on the weighted average number of common shares or common stock equivalents outstanding during the applicable period. The dilutive effect of common stock equivalents is excluded from basic earnings per share and is included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share.

    Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs relating to the Company's long-term debt are deferred and amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method, over the respective terms of the related debt. Debt issuance costs relating to the Company's revolving credit facilities are deferred and amortized to interest expense using the straight-line method.

    Compensated Absences

The Company accrues for the costs of compensated absences to the extent that the employee's right to receive payment relates to service already rendered, the obligation vests or accumulates, payment is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. The Company's policies related to compensate absences vary by jurisdiction and obligations are recorded net of estimated forfeiture due to turnover when reasonably predictable.

    Operating Leases

The Company records rent expense for operating leases, some of which have escalating rent over the term of the lease, on a straight-line basis over the initial effective lease term. The Company begins depreciation on the date of initial possession, which is generally when the Company enters the space and begins to make improvements in preparation for its intended use. Some of the Company's facility leases provide for concessions by the landlords, including payments for leasehold improvements considered tenant assets, free rent periods, and other lease inducements. The Company reflects these concessions as deferred rent in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company accounts for the difference between rent expense and rent paid as deferred rent. For tenant allowances for improvements considered to be tenant assets, rent holidays and other lease incentives, the Company records a deferred rent liability at the inception of the lease term and amortizes the deferred rent over the term of the lease as a reduction to rent expense. For tenant allowances considered to be property owner assets, the payment is treated as a reimbursement for the cost of the lessor asset.

    Reclassifications

The Company reclassified $0.8 million in each of the periods September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013 and January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013 from other expense and $0.2 million in each of the aforementioned periods from benefit from income taxes resulting in $0.6 million being reflected as equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures, net of tax, for both periods.

    Revisions

Certain revisions to the Company's previously-issued 2012 financial statements have been made to reflect the recording in the correct periods of out-of-period adjustments previously recorded during 2012. These

F-26


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(4) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

revisions, which had immaterial impacts on the previously-issued consolidated financial statements for all years, are summarized as follows:

    (1)  a $0.4 million reduction in the benefit from income taxes in 2012 due to amounts recorded in the incorrect tax jurisdiction previously corrected in 2012;

    (2)  a $1.0 million reduction in the benefit from income taxes in 2012 due primarily to an error in the treatment of debt issuance costs from 2007 previously corrected in 2012;

    (3)  a $0.3 million increase to the benefit from income taxes in 2012 due to transfer pricing errors previously corrected in 2012;

The net effect on the statements of operations of the above adjustments, including the impact of rounding, is a $1.2 million reduction in the benefit from income taxes in 2012.

The aggregate effects of the above revisions to the Company's previously-issued consolidated financial statements are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Predecessor  
 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Original   Revised  

Income from operations

  $ 45,610   $ 45,610  

Benefits from income taxes

    (3,027 )   (1,847 )

Net loss

    (1,527 )   (2,707 )

    Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2012, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") on testing indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment. This guidance allows entities to use a qualitative approach to test indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment. The guidance permits an entity to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying value. If it is concluded that this is the case, it is necessary to perform the currently prescribed quantitative impairment test by comparing the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset with its carrying value. Otherwise, the quantitative impairment test is not required. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. The Company adopted this guidance during the Predecessor period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013, but the Company did not utilize the qualitative assessment during 2013.

In February 2013, the FASB issued an ASU on reclassifications out of other comprehensive income. The amendments in this update require an entity to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in its entirety to net income in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period, an entity is required to cross-reference other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. This accounting standard update is effective prospectively for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2012 and did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

F-27


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(4) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-05, "Parent's Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity." ASU 2013-05 addresses the accounting for the cumulative translation adjustment when a parent either sells a part or all of its investment in a foreign entity or no longer holds a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a nonprofit activity or a business within a foreign entity. ASU 2013-05 is effective prospectively for periods beginning after December 15, 2013 and early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In July 2013, the FASB issued an ASU on the presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. This ASU requires that entities present an unrecognized tax benefit, or portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, as a reduction to a deferred tax asset in the financial statements for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, with certain exceptions. This accounting standard update is effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2013, however early adoption and retrospective application is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers," to clarify the principles of recognizing revenue and create common revenue recognition guidance between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. This ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently assessing the potential impact of this ASU on its consolidated financial statements.

(5) Accounts Receivable and Unbilled Services

Accounts receivable and unbilled services include service revenue, reimbursement revenue, and amounts associated with work performed by investigators. Accounts receivable and unbilled services were (in thousands):

 
  Successor   Predecessor  
 
  December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Accounts receivable

  $ 232,768   $ 126,883  

Unbilled services

    62,345     59,752  
           

    295,113     186,635  

Less allowance for doubtful accounts

    (129 )   (1,744 )
           

Total accounts receivable and unbilled services, net

  $ 294,984   $ 184,891  
           
           

F-28


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(5) Accounts Receivable and Unbilled Services (Continued)

A rollforward of the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Successor   Predecessor  
 
  September 23, 2013-
December 31, 2013
  January 1, 2013-
September 22, 2013
  December 31, 2012  

Beginning balance

  $   $ 1,744   $ 822  

Additions — charged to expenses

    129     136     937  

Deductions — write-offs, net of recoveries

        (274 )   (15 )
               

Ending balance

  $ 129   $ 1,606   $ 1,744  
               
               

(6) Fixed Assets

The changes in the carrying amount of fixed assets are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Successor   Predecessor  
 
  December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Leasehold improvements

  $ 13,429   $ 13,894  

Computer hardware and software

    47,829     73,729  

Furniture and equipment

    20,727     25,073  
           

    81,985     112,696  

Accumulated depreciation

    (6,158 )   (61,735 )
           

Total fixed assets, net

  $ 75,827   $ 50,961  
           
           

All fixed assets are included as collateral for the payment and performance in full of the term loans pledged by the Company and its subsidiaries.

Depreciation expense was $6.2 million for the Successor period from September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013, $11.9 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013, and $15.0 million for the period ended December 31, 2012.

F-29


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(7) Goodwill and Intangible Assets

    Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are as follows (in thousands):

Predecessor

       

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $ 488,600  

Currency translation

    2,075  
       

Balance, December 31, 2012

  $ 490,675  
       
       

Predecessor

       

Balance, December 31, 2012

  $ 490,675  

Acquisition of ClinStar

    15,072  

Currency translation

    2,706  
       

Balance, September 22, 2013

  $ 508,453  
       
       

Successor

       

Balance, September 23, 2013

  $  

Acquisition by KKR

    882,837  

Acquisition of RPS

    157,649  

Acquisition of CRI Lifetree

    49,768  

Currency translation

    8,827  
       

Balance, December 31, 2013

  $ 1,099,081  
       
       

The Company conducts its annual impairment test of goodwill during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year. During 2013 and 2012, the Company concluded that the fair value of goodwill exceeded the carrying value and, therefore, no impairment exists. Accumulated impairment charges for the Predecessor as of December 31, 2012 were $109.7 million. There are no accumulated impairment charges for the Successor as of December 31, 2013.

F-30


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(7) Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Continued)

    Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  Successor   Predecessor  
 
  December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Customer relationships

  $ 419,519   $ 128,090  

Customer backlog

    133,017     72,834  

Trade names (definite-lived)

    28,143     446  

Patient list and other intangibles

    17,128      

Non-competition agreements

    3,158     31  
           

Total finite-lived intangible assets, gross

    600,965     201,401  

Accumulated amortization

    (19,184 )   (136,237 )
           

Total finite-lived intangible assets, net

    581,781     65,164  

Trade names (indefinite-lived)

    118,010     43,210  
           

Total intangible assets, net

  $ 699,791   $ 108,374  
           
           

The Company conducts its annual impairment test of indefinite-lived intangibles during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year. For the periods ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company concluded that the fair value of indefinite-lived intangibles exceeded the carrying value and, therefore, no impairment exists. Amortization expense was $19.2 million for the Successor period from September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013, $13.3 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013, and $15.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Estimated amortization expense related to finite-lived intangible assets for the next five years is as follows (in thousands):

2014

  $ 75,692  

2015

    61,132  

2016

    50,044  

2017

    37,632  

2018

    32,753  

2019 and thereafter

    324,528  
       

Total

  $ 581,781  
       
       

F-31


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(8) Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  Successor   Predecessor  
 
  December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Accrued salaries, benefits, and payroll taxes

  $ 52,757   $ 29,541  

Accrued bonuses

    9,703     6,971  

Accrued dividend payments, short-term

        1,447  

Accrued self insurance costs

    1,383     1,220  

Accrued contract labor and 3rd party CRO costs

    4,064     3,271  

Accrued accounting and legal fees

    2,485     1,716  

Accrued interest

    10,824     2,206  

Accrued other taxes

    3,904     3,896  

Other accrued expenses

    18,425     11,057  

Contingent consideration, short-term

    1,472      

Acquisition-related payable

    2,442      

Unfavorable contracts

    5,170      

Vendor financing liability

    2,075     396  

Accrued customer refunds, short-term

    4,500      
           

Total accrued expenses and other liabilities

  $ 119,204   $ 61,721  
           
           

(9) Other Long-Term Liabilities

Other long-term liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  Successor   Predecessor  
 
  December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Contingent tax reserves

  $ 13,420   $ 11,499  

Accrued customer refunds

    4,500      

Unfavorable lease accrual

    1,780      

Vendor financing

    1,559      

Contingent consideration

    1,523      

Deferred rent

    1,065     9,027  

Accrued dividend payments

        1,714  

Other long-term liabilities

    2,885     611  
           

Total other long-term liabilities

  $ 26,732   $ 22,851  
           
           

F-32


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(10) Current borrowings and long-term debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  Successor   Predecessor  
 
  December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Term loans, first lien — U.S. dollar

  $ 887,775   $ 299,729  

Term loans, first lien — Euro

        36,064  

Term loans, second lien — U.S. dollar

        135,000  

Subordinated notes

    375,000      
           

    1,262,775     470,793  

Less debt discount (Successor) and issuance costs (Predecessor)

    (8,063 )   (16,359 )
           

    1,254,712     454,434  

Less current portion

    (8,900 )   (3,358 )
           

Total long-term debt, net

  $ 1,245,812   $ 451,076  
           
           

Principal payments on long-term debt are due as follows (in thousands):

2014

  $ 8,900  

2015

    8,900  

2016

    8,900  

2017

    8,900  

2018 and thereafter

    1,227,175  
       

Total

  $ 1,262,775  
       
       

The estimated fair value of borrowings under credit facilities and long-term debt was $1,301.2 million and $471.3 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The fair value of the subordinated notes were determined based on Level 2 inputs using the market approach, which is primarily based on rates at which the debt is traded among financial institutions. The fair value of the term loans and borrowings under credit facilities were determined based on Level 3 inputs, which is primarily based on rates at which the debt is traded among financial institutions adjusted for the Company's credit standing.

    Successor

On December 2, 2013, the Company amended the first lien term loan ("the December Amendment") which provided for $65.0 million in additional borrowings. The proceeds were used to fund the acquisition of CRI Lifetree.

In accordance with the guidance in ASC 470-50, Debt-modifications and Extinguishments, the December Amendment was accounted for as a debt modification. The Company paid approximately $1.6 million of debt issuance costs in connection with the December Amendment; this amount is included in the Loss on modification or extinguishment of debt line on the consolidated statement of operations.

F-33


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(10) Current borrowings and long-term debt (Continued)

In September 2013, the Company entered into a new credit agreement (the "2013 Credit Agreement") with a syndicate of banks led by UBS for an aggregate principal amount of $825.0 million of first lien term loan and a $125.0 million revolving line of credit (the "New Credit Facility" or "Senior Secured Credit Facility"). Due to the Merger, on September 23, 2013, the Predecessor Company terminated its old credit facility dated December 10, 2012. In September 2013, the Company also issued $375.0 million in subordinated notes (the "Subordinated notes"). The proceeds from the 2013 Credit Agreement and the Subordinated notes issuances were used in conjunction with the acquisition by KKR, to fund the acquisition of RPS, repay existing debt, and pay for fees and expenses related to the aforementioned events. The Company paid $42.8 million of debt issuance costs in connection with the 2013 Credit Agreements and Subordinated notes, which are recorded in deferred financing fees on the consolidated balance sheet. The Company paid an $8.3 million debt discount in connection with the first lien term loans.

In September 2013, PRA Holdings signed a commitment letter with certain lenders for a senior secured bridge loan ("the bridge loan") to ensure financing would be available for the RPS Acquisition in the event that the offering of the Subordinated notes was not closed by the date of closing of the RPS Acquisition. Due to the closing of the issuance of the Subordinated notes, the bridge loan was terminated. At the closing of the issuance of the Subordinated notes and the RPS Acquisition, a commitment fee of $5.6 million was paid to the lenders who provided the bridge loan commitment; this amount is included in the Loss on modification or extinguishment of debt line on the consolidated statement of operations.

As collateral for borrowings under the 2013 Credit Agreement, the Company granted a pledge on primarily all of its assets, and the stock of designated subsidiaries. The Company is subject to certain financial covenants, which require the Company to maintain certain debt-to-EBITDA ratios. The 2013 Credit Agreement also contains covenants that, among other things, restrict the Company's ability to incur additional indebtedness, grant liens, make investments, loans, guarantees or advances, make restricted junior payments, including dividends, redemptions of capital stock and voluntary prepayments or repurchase of certain other indebtedness, engage in mergers, acquisitions or sales of assets, enter into sale and leaseback transactions or engage in certain transactions with affiliates and otherwise restrict certain corporate activities. The Company does not expect these covenants to restrict its liquidity, financial condition or access to capital resources in the foreseeable future. The 2013 Credit Agreement also contains customary representations, warranties, affirmative covenants, and events of default.

Beginning on December 31, 2014, the Company is required to make mandatory prepayments on borrowings under the 2013 Credit Agreement if its financial performance exceeds specified amounts.

    Term Loans

The first lien term loan is a floating rate term loan with scheduled, fixed quarterly principal payments of 0.25% of the original principal balance through September 2020. The variable interest rate is based on the LIBOR, with a 1.0% LIBOR floor, plus an applicable margin of 4.0%. The applicable margin is dependent upon the Company's debt to consolidated EBITDA ratio as defined in the 2013 Credit Agreement.

The Company has the option of 1, 2, 3 or 6 month base interest rate. As of December 31, 2013, the weighted average interest rate on the first lien term loan was 5.0%. The 2013 Credit Agreement contains a prepayment penalty of 1.0% if repricing occurs during the six month after the closing date; there are no other prepayment penalties.

F-34


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(10) Current borrowings and long-term debt (Continued)

    Revolving Credit Facilities

The Company's new credit facility provides for $125.0 million of potential borrowings and expires on September 23, 2018. The interest rate on the credit facility is based on the LIBOR plus an applicable rate, based on the leverage ratio of the Company. The Company, at its discretion, may choose interest periods of 1, 2, 3 or 6 months. In addition, the Company is required to pay to the lenders a commitment fee of 0.5% quarterly for unused commitments on the revolver, subject to a step-down to 0.375% based upon achievement of a certain leverage ratio. At December 31, 2013, the Company had outstanding borrowings under the credit facility of $10.0 million. As of December 31, 2013, the weighted average interest rate on the credit facility was 5.0%. In addition, at December 31, 2013, the Company had $2.5 million in letters of credit outstanding, which are secured by the New Credit Facility.

    Subordinated Debt

In September 2013, the Company issued $375.0 million of Subordinated notes. The Subordinated notes do not require principal payments and mature on October 1, 2023. The Subordinated notes bear interest at a rate of 9.50% per year payable on April 1and October 1 of each year, beginning April 1, 2014.

The Company may redeem the Subordinated notes, in whole or in part, at any time prior to October 1, 2018 subject to a prepayment premium calculated in accordance with the Subordinated notes indenture. From October 1, 2018 through October 1, 2021, the prepayment premium is 1.58% - 4.75%; there is no prepayment premium after October 1, 2021. In the event of a change in control, holders of the Subordinated notes would be repaid the outstanding principal balance plus accrued interest and a 1% prepayment premium.

As collateral for the payment and performance in full of the Subordinated notes, the Company granted a pledge on primarily all of its assets, and the stock of designated subsidiaries. In addition, the covenants include limitations on incurring additional indebtedness, selling certain assets, and making certain distributions.

    Predecessor

The Merger on September 23, 2013, required that all of the Predecessor Company's debt be repaid. This resulted in the recognition of a loss on modification or extinguishment of debt totaling $20.0 million, which was recorded in the Predecessor period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013; this amount is included in the Loss on modification or extinguishment of debt line on the consolidated statement of operations.

The loss was made up of $15.2 million of previously recorded unamortized debt issuance costs and a prepayment penalty of $4.8 million.

The Predecessor Company maintained a credit agreement with a syndicate of lenders led by UBS (the "Credit Agreement"). In February 2013, the Predecessor Company amended the Credit Agreement (the "February Amendment"). The February Amendment provided for $95.0 million in additional borrowings, consisting of $70.0 million in secured incremental first lien U.S. Dollar term loans maturing in December 2017 and $25.0 million of secured incremental second lien U.S. Dollar term loans maturing in June 2019.

F-35


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(10) Current borrowings and long-term debt (Continued)

The proceeds were used to fund the acquisition of ClinStar and to partially fund the dividend declared in February 2013.

In accordance with the guidance in ASC 470-50, "Debt-Modifications and Extinguishments," the February Amendment was accounted for as a debt modification based on an analysis of the present value of the change in cash flows for each lender in the debt syndication. The Company paid $2.4 million of debt issuance costs in connection with the February Amendment, of which $0.8 million was capitalized to be amortized to interest expense over the term of the Credit Agreement and $1.6 million was expensed as a loss on modification of debt during the Predecessor period January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013; this amount is included in the Loss on modification or extinguishment of debt line on the consolidated statement of operations.

    Term Loans

The first lien U.S. dollar term loan was a floating rate term loan with scheduled, fixed quarterly principal payments of 0.25% of the original principal amount through December 2017. The variable interest rate was based on the LIBOR, with a 1.25% LIBOR floor, plus an applicable margin of 5.25%. The first lien Euro term loan was a floating rate term loan with scheduled, fixed quarterly principal payments of 0.25% of the original principal amount through December 2017. The variable interest rate was based on the EURIBOR, with a EURIBOR floor of 1.25%, plus an applicable margin of 5.50%.

The second lien U.S. dollar term loan was a floating rate term loan with no scheduled principal payments until the loan matures in June 2019. The incremental second lien U.S. dollar term loan was a floating rate term loan with scheduled, fixed quarterly principal payments of 0.25% of its original balance through June 2019. The variable interest rate was based on the LIBOR, with a LIBOR floor of 1.25%, plus an applicable margin of 9.25%.

For all of the term loans, the Predecessor Company had the option of 1, 2, 3 or 6 month base interest rate. As of December 31, 2012, the weighted average interest rate on the first lien U.S. dollar term loans, first lien Euro term loans, and the second lien U.S. dollar term loans was 6.50%, 6.75%, and 10.50%, respectively. The Predecessor Company had the option to repay all of the term loans at any time before maturity. The first lien term loans contained a prepayment penalty of 1.0% if repaid during the first year in connection with a repricing transaction and the second lien term loans contained a prepayment penalty of up to 3.0% based on the time to maturity.

As collateral for the payment and performance in full of all the term loans, the Predecessor Company granted a pledge on primarily all of its assets, and the stock of designated subsidiaries. The Predecessor Company was subject to certain financial covenants, which required the Company to maintain certain debt-to-EBITDA ratios. In addition, the covenants included limitations on additional indebtedness.

    Revolving Credit Facilities

The Predecessor Company's credit facility provided for $40.0 million of potential borrowings and expired on December 10, 2017. The interest rate on the credit facility was based on the LIBOR plus an applicable rate, based on the leverage ratio of the Predecessor Company. The Predecessor Company, at its discretion, could choose interest periods of 1, 2, 3 or 6 months. In addition, the Predecessor Company was required to pay to the lenders a commitment fee of 0.5% quarterly for unused commitments on the revolver. There were

F-36


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(10) Current borrowings and long-term debt (Continued)

no borrowings outstanding under the revolving credit facility at December 31, 2012. In addition, at December 31, 2012, the Predecessor Company had $2.0 million in letters of credit outstanding, which were secured by the credit facility.

(11) Stockholders' Equity — Successor

    Authorized Shares

The Company is authorized to issue up to one billion shares of common stock, with a par value of $0.01.

(12) Stockholders' Equity — Predecessor

    Authorized Shares

The Predecessor Company was authorized to issue up to one hundred million shares of stock, with a par value of $0.0001, of which ninety five million have been designated as common stock and five million have been designated as preferred stock.

    Dividends

In February 2013, the Predecessor Company declared a $2.83 per share dividend to all shareholders and made a related payment of $2.83 per share to holders of vested service-based stock options. The dividends were declared from additional paid-in capital and represent a return of capital to the common shareholders. Dividends paid (including the related payments to holders of options) during the Successor period from September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013 totaled $4.3 million and $127.3 million during the Predecessor period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013. The total dividends paid included $112.2 million paid to common stockholders, $16.3 million paid to holders of vested service-based options and $3.1 million paid to holders of service-based options that vested during the year related to dividends declared in December 2012.

(13) Stock-Based Compensation

    Successor

On September 23, 2013 and in connection with the acquisition of the Company by KKR, the Board of Directors approved the formation of the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Plan"). The Plan allows for the issuance of stock options and other stock-based awards as permitted by applicable laws. The number of shares available for grant under the plan is 12.5% of the outstanding shares at closing on a fully diluted basis. The Company rolled over 4,814,978 stock options under the Plan; this amount is comprised of 4,729,774 and 85,204 options rolled over by employees of the Predecessor Company and RPS, respectively. The fair value of the options that were rolled over equaled the fair value of the options in the Predecessor Company and, therefore, there was no additional stock-based compensation expense recorded.

During December 2013 the Board of Directors granted 11,170,000 stock options; this amount is comprised of 6,591,500 service-based options and 4,578,500 market-based options.

Generally, the Company grants stock options with exercise prices greater than or equal to the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant; however, stock options will not be issued with

F-37


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(13) Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

an exercise price less than $5.00 per share as determined by the board of directors. The stock option compensation cost calculated under the fair value approach is recognized on a pro-rata basis over the vesting period of the stock options (usually five years). Most stock option grants are subject to graded vesting as services are rendered and have a contractual life of ten years.

The market-based condition vest only upon the achievement of a specified internal rate of return from a liquidity event. No compensation expense has been recorded as the options vest upon a liquidity event, which is not considered probable until the date it occurs. At that time, compensation expense equal to the grant date fair value will be recorded, regardless of whether the market condition is satisfied. These options have a contractual life of ten years.

    Predecessor

On March 24, 2011, the Board of Directors authorized an additional one million shares of the Predecessor Company's common stock to be available for grant under the Predecessor Company's stock option and incentive award plan, bringing the total number of shares available to 4,960,310. The stock option compensation cost calculated under the fair value approach was recognized on a pro-rata basis over the vesting period of the stock options (usually four years). Most stock option grants are subject to graded vesting as services are rendered and have a contractual life of ten years.

Under the Predecessor Company's stock option and incentive award plan all options vested in full upon a change in control. As a result of the Merger, $8.6 million of stock-based compensation expense was recorded in the Predecessor period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013 due to the accelerated vesting of unvested options.

As stated in Note 12, during February 2013, the Predecessor Company paid a $2.83 per share dividend to all shareholders and made a related payment to holders of vested service-based options. This transaction represented an equity restructuring under ASC 718. The decision to provide cash payments to option holders to prevent the shareholder dividend from being dilutive to such option holders represented a modification of the options. The compensation expense associated with the modification was determined by calculating the change in the stock options' value immediately before and after the modification, plus any other consideration received by the option holders. Such expense was $14.9 million during the Predecessor period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013.

Options with performance and market conditions were modified by adjusting the exercise prices noted in the agreements downward to compensate for the dividend payment. This resulted in an additional $0.9 million of compensation expense being recorded for options with a market condition during the Predecessor period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013.

As of December 31, 2013, there was $14.1 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options, which is to be expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 5 years. There were no shares that vested during the Successor period September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013. The total fair value of shares vested during the Predecessor period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013 was $7.1 million and $0.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2012.

F-38


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(13) Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

Aggregated information regarding the Company's option plans is summarized below:

 
  Options   Wtd. Average
Exercise Price
  Wtd. Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
  Intrinsic
Value
 
 
   
   
   
  (millions)
 

Predecessor

                         

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

    6,519,686   $ 9.44              

Granted

   
793,000
   
13.74
             

Expired/forfeited

    (491,774 )   9.39              
                       

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

    6,820,912     9.61     5.6   $ 11.8  
                   
                   

Exercisable at December 31, 2012

    4,654,162     9.06     4.6   $ 8.5  
                   
                   

Predecessor

                         

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

    6,820,912   $ 9.61              

Granted

   
115,000
   
10.34
             

Exercised

    (10,500 )   10.00              

Expired/forfeited

    (112,000 )   11.46              
                       

Outstanding at September 22, 2013

    6,813,412   $ 9.34              
                       
                       

Successor

                         

Equivalent outstanding September 23, 2013

      $              

Rollover options

   
4,814,978
   
1.25
             

Granted

    11,170,000     5.00              
                       

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

    15,984,978     3.87     8.6   $ 18.1  
                   
                   

Exercisable at December 31, 2013

    4,814,978   $ 1.25     5.3   $ 18.1  
                   
                   

As a result of the Merger, 4,265,931 of the options outstanding at September 22, 2013 were settled.

The weighted-average fair value of options granted during the Successor period from September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013, and the Predecessor periods January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013 and during the year ended December 31, 2012 was $2.15, $4.55, and $4.56 per share, respectively.

Selected information regarding the Company's stock options as of December 31, 2013 is as follows:

Options Outstanding   Options Exercisable  
Exercise Price
  Number of
Options
  Weighted Average
Remaining Life
(in Years)
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price
  Number of
Options
  Weighted Average
Remaining Life
(in Years)
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 
$1.25     4,814,978     5.3   $ 1.25     4,814,978     5.3   $ 1.25  
$5.00     11,170,000     10.0   $ 5.00           $  

F-39


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(13) Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

Stock-based compensation expense related to employee stock options is summarized below (in thousands):

 
  Successor   Predecessor  
 
  September 23, 2013-
December 31, 2013
  January 1, 2013-
September 22, 2013
  December 31, 2012  

Direct costs

  $   $ 1,034   $ 943  

Selling, general and administrative

    132     23,575     10,667  
               

Total stock compensation expense

  $ 132   $ 24,609   $ 11,610  
               
               

(14) Income Taxes

The components of loss before income taxes and equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Successor   Predecessor  
 
  September 23, 2013-
December 31, 2013
  January 1, 2013-
September 22, 2013
  December 31, 2012  

Domestic

  $ (71,354 ) $ (105,728 ) $ (22,633 )

Foreign

    14,846     35,862     18,079  
               

  $ (56,508 ) $ (69,866 ) $ (4,554 )
               
               

The components of the provision for (benefit from) income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

 
  Successor   Predecessor  
 
  September 23, 2013-
December 31, 2013
  January 1, 2013-
September 22, 2013
  December 31, 2012  

Current:

                   

Federal

  $ (141 ) $ 372   $ 719  

State

    230     37     1,924  

Foreign

    4,498     6,526     2,888  
               

Total current income tax expense

    4,587     6,935     5,531  
               

Deferred:

                   

Federal

    (19,788 )   (26,776 )   (5,338 )

State

    (3,222 )   (2,368 )   (1,705 )

Foreign

    1,237     130     (335 )
               

Total deferred income tax benefit

    (21,773 )   (29,014 )   (7,378 )
               

Total income tax benefit

  $ (17,186 ) $ (22,079 ) $ (1,847 )
               
               

F-40


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(14) Income Taxes (Continued)

Income taxes computed at the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate of 35.0% are reconciled to the provision for (benefit from) income taxes as follows:

 
  Successor   Predecessor  
 
  September 23, 2013-
December 31, 2013
  January 1, 2013-
September 22, 2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Statutory federal income tax rate

    35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

    3.6 %   2.0 %   3.9 %

Tax on foreign earnings:

                   

Foreign rate differential

    -0.5 %   6.6 %   90.8 %

Foreign earnings taxed in the U.S.           

    -2.5 %   -3.0 %   -60.0 %

UK research and development credit

    -0.4 %   1.0 %   0.0 %

Stock-based compensation

    0.0 %   -2.8 %   -1.0 %

Debt issuance costs and related matters

    0.0 %   0.0 %   1.7 %

Transaction costs

    -5.6 %   -7.1 %   0.0 %

Change in liability for uncertain tax positions

    0.5 %   0.2 %   -27.8 %

Nondeductible expenses

    -0.2 %   -0.2 %   -3.9 %

Other

    0.4 %   -0.2 %   1.9 %
               

Effective income tax rate

    30.3 %   31.5 %   40.6 %
               
               

Components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

 
  Successor   Predecessor  
 
  December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $ 60,310   $ 12,071  

Accruals and reserves

    6,529     4,688  

Equity based compensation

    6,398     7,270  

Prepaid expenses and other

    21,391     875  

Deferred and unbilled revenue

    19,110     5,985  

Tax credits

    2,171     2,122  
           

    115,909     33,011  

Valuation allowance

    (6,120 )   (6,391 )
           

Deferred tax assets

    109,789     26,620  
           

Identified intangibles

    (253,296 )   (37,206 )

Depreciable, amortizable and other property

    (12,250 )   (7,028 )
           

Deferred tax liabilities

    (265,546 )   (44,234 )
           

Total deferred tax liability

  $ (155,757 ) $ (17,614 )
           
           

Current deferred tax asset

  $ 28,809   $ 8,687  

Long-term deferred tax liability

  $ (184,565 ) $ (26,301 )

F-41


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(14) Income Taxes (Continued)

The Company's foreign subsidiaries are taxed separately in their respective jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has cumulative foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $36.7 million, of which $1.3 million were generated during the Predecessor period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013 and $1.1 million during the Successor period from September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013. In addition, the Company has federal net operating losses of approximately $130.1 million, of which $117.1 million were generated during the Predecessor period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013 and $3.9 million during the Successor period from September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013. The Company also has cumulative state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $112.5 million, of which $98.6 million were generated during the Predecessor period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013 and $4.0 million during the Successor period from September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013.

The carryforward periods for the Company's net operating losses vary from five years to an indefinite number of years depending on the jurisdiction. The Company's ability to offset future taxable income with net operating loss carryforwards may be limited in certain instances, including changes in ownership.

The Company also has state income tax credit carryforwards available to potentially offset future state income tax of $1.6 million which begin expiring in eight years. The Company has provided a partial valuation allowance against the benefits of these credits.

In determining the extent to which a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is required, the Company evaluates all available evidence including projections of future taxable income, carry back opportunities, reversal of certain deferred tax liabilities, and other tax-planning strategies. The valuation allowance at December 31, 2013 relates to certain foreign net operating losses, and state tax credit carryforwards. Based on the available evidence, the Company has concluded that it is not more likely than not that certain portions of these deferred tax assets will be realized. If the Company determines at some point in the future that utilization of these deferred tax assets becomes more likely than not, the Company will reduce the valuation allowance accordingly at that time.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized income tax benefits is presented below (in thousands):

 
  Successor   Predecessor  
 
  September 23, 2013-
December 31, 2013
  January 1, 2013-
September 22, 2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Beginning balance

  $   $ 9,212   $ 8,671  

Positions acquired

    10,800              

Additions based on tax positions related to current year

    462     620     104  

Additions for income tax positions of prior years

    0         915  

Impact of changes in exchange rates

    22     63     68  

Settlements with tax authorities

        (293 )    

Reductions for income tax positions of prior years

        (542 )    

Reductions due to lapse of the applicable statute of limitations

        (466 )   (546 )
               

Ending balance

  $ 11,284   $ 8,594   $ 9,212  
               
               

F-42


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(14) Income Taxes (Continued)

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the total gross unrecognized tax benefits were $11.3 million and $9.2 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits which, if recognized, would impact the Company's effective tax rate is $11.2 million. The Company anticipates changes in total unrecognized tax benefits due to the expiration of statute of limitations within the next 12 months. Specifically, adjustments related to transfer pricing and foreign tax exposures are expected to be resolved in various jurisdictions. A reasonable estimate of the change in the total gross unrecognized tax benefit expected to be recognized as a result is $1.5 million as of the balance sheet date.

The Company's policy for recording interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions is to record such items as a component of income tax expense. The Company recorded a decrease of $0.1 million during the Successor period from September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013, $0.1 million during the Predecessor period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013, and $0.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has a total of $2.3 million recognized on uncertain tax positions. To the extent interest and penalties are not incurred with respect to uncertain tax positions, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction in income tax expense.

The Company has analyzed filing positions in all of the significant federal, state and foreign jurisdictions where the Company is required to file income tax returns. The only periods subject to examination by the major tax jurisdictions where the Company does business are the 2006 through 2012 tax years.

The Company has concluded that a portion of the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries are not permanently reinvested and as a result recorded a tax liability of $0.4 million as of December 31, 2012 for the effect of repatriating those foreign earnings. As of December 31, 2013 there was no liability recorded. For the remaining undistributed earnings of $171.9 million and $129.5 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, the Company has concluded that these earnings would be permanently reinvested in the local jurisdictions and not repatriated to the United States. Accordingly, the Company has not provided for U.S. federal and foreign withholding taxes on those undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries. It is not practicable to estimate the amount that might be payable if some or all of such earnings were to be remitted. The amount of the tax liability that would result from a repatriation is impracticable to calculate given the uncertainty as to which repatriation structure would be used should the Company change its assertion and repatriate foreign earnings. Furthermore, given the uncertainty as to the repatriation structure, the Company cannot analyze the availability and amount of foreign tax credits that might be available. These earnings will provide the Company with the opportunity to continue to expand the Company's global footprint and fund the working capital needs of the Company's foreign locations for future growth.

F-43


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(14) Income Taxes (Continued)

A rollforward of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance accounts is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Successor   Predecessor  
 
  September 23, 2013-
December 31, 2013
  January 1, 2013-
September 22, 2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Beginning balance

  $   $ 6,391   $ 7,211  

Additions — purchase accounting

    6,114          

Additions — charged to expense

    14     1,346     104  

Deductions — charged to expense

    (8 )   (531 )   (924 )
               

Ending balance

  $ 6,120   $ 7,206   $ 6,391  
               
               

(15) Commitments and Contingencies

    Operating Leases

The Company leases office space under operating lease agreements expiring in various years through 2026. The Company has sublease agreements for certain facilities to reduce rent expense and accommodate expansion needs. The subleases expire at various times through 2022. The Company also leases certain office equipment under the terms of operating leases expiring at various times through 2015.

Rent expense under operating leases, net of sublease rental income, for the Successor period from September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013, Predecessor period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013, and the year ended December 31, 2012 was approximately $7.4 million, $16.8 million, and $20.0 million, respectively.

Future minimum lease commitments on non-cancelable operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,
  Leases   Sublease
Rental
Income
  Net Total  

2014

  $ 37,942   $ (1,436 ) $ 36,506  

2015

    28,407     (976 )   27,431  

2016

    22,481     (443 )   22,038  

2017

    17,857     (395 )   17,462  

2018

    14,760     (262 )   14,498  

2019 and thereafter

    35,696     (832 )   34,864  
               

Total

  $ 157,143   $ (4,344 ) $ 152,799  
               
               

    Employment Agreements

The Company has entered into employment and non-compete agreements with certain management employees. In the event of termination of employment for certain instances, employees will receive severance payments for base salary and benefits for a specified period (six months for vice presidents, nine months for senior vice presidents and twelve months for executive vice presidents, the president and chief

F-44


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(15) Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

executive officer). Each employment agreement also contains provisions that restrict the employees' ability to compete directly with the Company for a comparable period after employment terminates. In addition, stock option grant agreements for these employees provide the Company with the right to repurchase from the employee, or the employee with the right to sell to the Company, stock owned by the employee in certain limited instances of termination.

    Legal Proceedings

The Company is involved in legal proceedings from time to time in the ordinary course of its business, including employment claims and claims related to other business transactions. Although the outcome of such claims is uncertain, management believes that these legal proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of future operations of the Company.

The Company is currently a party to litigation with the City of Sao Paulo, Brazil. The dispute relates to whether the export of services provided by the Company is subject to a local tax on services. The Company has not recorded a liability associated with the claim, which totaled $5.6 million at December 31, 2013, given it is not deemed probable the Company will incur a loss related to this case. However, a deposit totaling $5.4 million has been made to the Brazilian court in order to annul the potential tax obligation and to avoid the accrual of additional interest and penalties. This balance is recorded in Other assets on the consolidated balance sheet. The Company expects to recover the full amount of the deposit when the case is settled.

    Insurance

The Company currently maintains insurance for risks associated with the operation of its business, provision of professional services, and ownership of property. These policies provide coverage for a variety of potential losses, including, without limitation, loss or damage to property, bodily injury, general commercial liability, professional errors and omissions, and medical malpractice.

The Company's retentions and deductibles associated with these insurance policies range up to a maximum of $250,000.

    Employee Health Insurance

The Company is self-insured for health insurance for employees within the United States, excluding employees of companies acquired in 2013. The Company maintains stop-loss insurance on a "claims made" basis for expenses in excess of $0.2 million per member per year. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company maintained a reserve of approximately $1.4 million and $1.2 million, respectively, included in accrued expense and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets, to cover open claims and estimated claims incurred but not reported.

The Company retains a portion of the risk of employee health insurance benefits for legacy RPS employees located in the United States by reimbursing the employees for their deductibles not covered by the employee health insurance plan. At December 31, 2013, the Company maintained a reserve of approximately $1.0 million included in accrued expense and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets, to cover open claims and estimated claims incurred but not reported.

F-45


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(16) Restructuring

    European Restructuring

During 2012, the Board of Directors of RPS approved a restructuring plan to reduce support costs in its European Operations ("European Restructuring"). RPS offered severance benefits to the terminated employees and eliminated approximately 75 positions. The Company has elected to continue the European Restructuring Plan after the Merger. The Company expects to complete the restructurings by December 31, 2014. The Company does not expect to incur any additional cost for this restructuring plan.

    U.S. Restructuring

During 2013, the Board of Directors of RPS approved a restructuring plan to reduce support costs in its U.S. Operations ("U.S. Restructuring"). RPS offered severance benefits to the terminated employees and eliminated approximately 30 positions. The Company has elected to continue the U.S. Restructuring Plan after the Merger. The Company has incurred total cost of $0.3 million and does not expect to incur any additional cost. The Company expects to complete the restructurings by December 31, 2014.

    Merger Synergies

As a result of the Merger, the Company offered severance benefits to terminated employees and eliminated approximately 33 positions for synergies gained as a result of the Merger ("Merger Synergies"). The Company expects the total cost of the Merger Synergies to be approximately $6.4 million and the Company expects to complete the restructurings by December 31, 2014. The total expected cost of $6.4 million is primarily comprised of severance and benefit costs. For the period from September 23, 2013 through December 31, 2013, the Company recorded $2.4 million of restructuring expense related to severance benefit cost.

The table below outlines the components of the restructuring charges (in thousands):

 
  Balance at
September 23,
2013
  Acquired
liabilities
  Additional
provisions
  Payments   Foreign
exchange
adjustment
  Balance at
December 31,
2013
 

European Restructuring

  $   $ 839   $   $   $ 15   $ 854  

U.S. Restructuring

        1,225     297     (490 )       1,032  

Merger Synergies

            2,386     (1,036 )       1,350  
                           

Total

  $   $ 2,064   $ 2,683   $ (1,526 ) $ 15   $ 3,236  
                           
                           

A total of approximately $3.2 million is included in accrued expenses at December 31, 2013 related to the restructuring plans. For the period from September 23, 2013 through December 31, 2013, the Company recorded an additional $2.7 million of restructuring expense which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses of the consolidated statement of operations.

(17) Employee Benefit Plan

The Company maintains a 401(k) Plan (the "Plan") in the United States, which covers substantially all employees of its U.S. subsidiary excluding employees of companies acquired during 2013. Eligible employees may contribute up to 20% of their pre-tax salary, and the Company will match a maximum of 50% of employee contributions up to 6% of base salary. The employer contributions to the Plan were

F-46


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(17) Employee Benefit Plan (Continued)

approximately $1.0 million for the Successor period from September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013, $2.7 million for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013, and $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

(18) Derivatives

The Company is exposed to certain risks relating to our ongoing business operations. The primary risk that the Company seeks to manage by using derivative instruments is interest rate risk. Accordingly, the Company has instituted interest rate hedging programs that are accounted for in accordance with ASC 815, "Derivatives and Hedging." Our interest rate hedging program is a cash flow hedge program designed to minimize interest rate volatility. The Company swaps the difference between fixed and variable interest amounts calculated by reference to an agreed-upon notional principal amount, at specified intervals. The Company also employs an interest rate cap that compensates us if variable interest rates rise above a pre-determined rate. The Company's interest rate contracts are designated as hedging instruments.

On October 2, 2013, the Company entered into interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional principal amount of $620.0 million. The interest rate swaps will begin on September 23, 2015. The interest rate swaps will be used to hedge the variable rate of the Company's Senior Secured Credit Facility. The interest rate swaps have maturity dates ranging from one to five years.

In addition, on October 2, 2013 the Company also entered into an interest rate cap with an aggregate notional principal amount of $800.0 million. The interest rate cap will begin on September 23, 2014. The interest rate cap will be used to hedge the variable rate of the Company's Senior Secured Credit Facility to the extent that the LIBOR rises above 4.00%.

The following table presents the notional amounts and fair values (determined using level 2 inputs) of our derivatives as of December 31, 2013. All asset and liability amounts are reported in other assets and other long-term liabilities (in thousands):

 
   
  Successor  
 
   
  December 31, 2013  
 
  Balance Sheet
Classification
  Notional
amount
  Asset/
(Liability)
 

Derivatives in an asset position:

                 

Interest rate contracts

  Other assets   $ 1,360,000   $ 3,303  

Derivatives in a liability position:

                 

Interest rate contracts

  Other long-term liabilities     60,000     (42 )
               

Total designated derivatives

      $ 1,420,000   $ 3,261  
               
               

The Company records the effective portion of any change in the fair value of derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815 to other accumulated comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated balance sheet, net of deferred taxes, and any ineffective portion to other income (expense), net in our consolidated statements of operations. The Company did not recognize any ineffectiveness and recognized unrealized gains of $3.1 million in other comprehensive income during the Successor period from September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013. The Company will reclassify the unrealized holding gains on the interest rate contracts included in accumulated other comprehensive income when the hedged item

F-47


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(18) Derivatives (Continued)

affects earnings or is no longer expected to occur. The interest rate contracts had no impact on the Company's cash flows during the Successor period.

(19) Related Party Transactions

KKR, the majority shareholder of the Company, is a participant in the syndicate of lenders that provided financing under the 2013 Credit Agreement. For further discussion of the Credit Agreement transaction, see Note 10. KKR contributed $28.0 million of the $887.8 million of first lien term debt issued under the Credit Agreement, which makes up approximately 3% of the Credit Agreement. Based on the limited contribution of KKR in the Credit Agreement, the Company represents that the Credit Agreement was arranged at an arm's length basis. KKR and UBS were the underwriters of the December Amendment for $32.5 million each. The Company paid KKR underwriter fees and transaction fees of $0.7 million and $0.9 million, respectively, during the Successor period from September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013. At December 31, 2013, KKR held $28.0 million in first lien term debt.

The Company incurred $21.9 million in merger and debt issuance-related expenses from KKR for the Successor period from September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013 and $26.0 million in transaction and advisory fees from Genstar for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013. Approximately $7.0 million of the fees paid to KKR have been capitalized as debt issuance costs and will be amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the lives of the related loans.

The Company paid management fees of $0.6 million to KKR during the Successor period of September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013. The Company also paid management fees of $1.5 million to Genstar during the Predecessor period of January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Predecessor Company paid Genstar $2.0 million in management fees.

(20) Operations by Geographic Area

The table below presents certain enterprise-wide information about the Company's operations by geographic area for the periods from September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013, January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013, and the year ended December 31, 2012. The Company attributes revenues to geographical locations based upon where the services are performed.

F-48


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(20) Operations by Geographic Area (Continued)

The Company's operations within each geographical region are further broken down to show each country which accounts for 10% or more of the totals (in thousands):

 
  Successor   Predecessor  
 
  September 23, 2013-
December 31, 2013
  January 1, 2013-
September 22, 2013
  December 31, 2012  

Service revenues:

                   

Americas:

                   

United States

  $ 190,698   $ 270,860   $ 328,379  

Other

    14,295          
               

Americas

    204,993     270,860     328,379  

Europe, Africa and Asia-Pacific:

                   

United Kingdom

    80,963     185,033     217,904  

Netherlands

    20,386     46,591     50,789  

Other

    18,020     6,055      
               

Europe, Africa and Asia-Pacific

    119,369     237,679     268,693  

Total service revenues

    324,362     508,539     597,072  

Reimbursement revenues

    54,854     103,531     102,664  
               

Total revenues

  $ 379,216   $ 612,070   $ 699,736  
               
               

 

 
  Successor   Predecessor  
 
  December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Long-lived assets:

             

Americas:

             

United States

  $ 49,048   $ 35,751  

Other

    1,877     1,363  
           

Americas

    50,925     37,114  

Europe, Africa and Asia-Pacific:

             

United Kingdom

    6,741     5,315  

Netherlands

    7,878     4,339  

Other

    10,283     6,506  
           

Europe, Africa and Asia-Pacific

    24,902     16,160  
           

Total long-lived assets

  $ 75,827   $ 53,274  
           
           

(21) Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Basic net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the applicable period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is calculated after adjusting the denominator of the basic net income (loss) per share calculation for the effect of all potentially dilutive common shares, which in the Company's case, includes shares issuable under the stock option and incentive award plan.

F-49


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2013

(21) Net Income (Loss) Per Share (Continued)

The following table reconciles the basic to diluted weighted average shares outstanding (in thousands):

 
  Successor   Predecessor  
 
  September 23, 2013-
December 31, 2013
  January 1, 2013-
September 22, 2013
  December 31, 2012  

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

    92,260     39,643     39,641  

Effect of dilutive stock options

             
               

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

    92,260     39,643     39,641  
               
               

Anti-dilutive shares

    3,268     1,904     1,310  
               
               

The anti-dilutive shares disclosed above were calculated using the treasury stock method. As the Company was in a net loss position during all periods presented, all options outstanding (as disclosed in Note 13) would be anti-dilutive.

(22) Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated the period after the balance sheet date up through July 16, 2014, the report release date, and determined that the following event required recognition or disclosure in the financial statements:

On March 24, 2014, the Company completed a repricing transaction associated with the first lien term loan that reduced the applicable margin from 4.0% to 3.5%. The Company incurred $0.1 million in expenses for the repricing transaction.

F-50


Table of Contents



PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
(UNAUDITED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)

 
  June 30,   December 31,  
 
  2014   2013  

ASSETS

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 57,646   $ 72,155  

Restricted cash

    8,199     8,760  

Accounts receivable and unbilled services, net

    339,956     294,984  

Other current assets

    78,311     82,095  
           

Total current assets

    484,112     457,994  

Fixed assets, net

    73,389     75,827  

Goodwill

    1,079,197     1,099,081  

Intangible assets, net

    666,046     699,791  

Investment in unconsolidated joint ventures

    2,792     3,246  

Other assets

    57,926     58,795  
           

Total assets

  $ 2,363,462   $ 2,394,734  
           

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

             

Current liabilities:

             

Current portion of borrowings under credit facilities

  $   $ 10,000  

Current portion of long-term debt

    8,900     8,900  

Accounts payable

    45,108     27,686  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    140,191     126,789  

Advance billings

    293,613     295,889  
           

Total current liabilities

    487,812     469,264  

Long-term debt, net

    1,242,276     1,245,812  

Other long-term liabilities

    171,313     212,323  
           

Total liabilities

    1,901,401     1,927,399  
           

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

             

Stockholders' equity:

             

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000,000,000 authorized shares; 94,470,878 and 94,444,212 issued and outstanding at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013

    945     944  

Additional paid-in-capital

    491,257     489,465  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    23,899     16,869  

Accumulated deficit

    (54,040 )   (39,943 )
           

Total stockholders' equity

    462,061     467,335  
           

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 2,363,462   $ 2,394,734  
           
           

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated condensed financial statements.

F-51


Table of Contents



PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(UNAUDITED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

 
  Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended  
 
  Successor   Predecessor   Successor   Predecessor  
 
  June 30,
2014
  June 30,
2013
  June 30,
2014
  June 30,
2013
 

Revenue:

                         

Service revenue

  $ 311,422   $ 179,463   $ 622,774   $ 345,971  

Reimbursement revenue

    46,123     40,166     89,511     67,881  
                   

Total revenue

    357,545     219,629     712,285     413,852  

Operating expenses:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Direct costs

    213,378     106,072     428,529     206,253  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket costs

    46,123     40,166     89,511     67,881  

Selling, general and administrative

    56,010     44,798     116,849     97,504  

Depreciation and amortization

    24,598     9,368     49,236     16,910  

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

                225  
                   

Income from operations

    17,436     19,225     28,160     25,079  

Interest expense, net

   
(20,818

)
 
(11,679

)
 
(42,584

)
 
(22,069

)

Loss on modification or extinguishment of debt

            (1,384 )   (1,641 )

Foreign currency transaction (losses) gains, net

    (5,387 )   (1,819 )   (9,099 )   4,259  

Other expense, net

    (116 )   (296 )   (175 )   (295 )
                   

(Loss) income before income taxes and equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures

    (8,885 )   5,431     (25,082 )   5,333  

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

    (5,186 )   416     (11,519 )   654  
                   

(Loss) income before equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures

    (3,699 )   5,015     (13,563 )   4,679  

Equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures, net of tax

    (357 )   (208 )   (534 )   (208 )
                   

Net (loss) income

  $ (4,056 ) $ 4,807   $ (14,097 ) $ 4,471  
                   
                   

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common shareholders:

                         

Basic

  $ (0.04 ) $ 0.12   $ (0.15 ) $ 0.11  

Diluted

    (0.04 )   0.12     (0.15 )   0.11  

Cash dividends declared per common shareholders:

   
   
2.83
   
   
2.83
 

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Basic

    94,445     39,641     94,445     39,641  

Diluted

    94,445     40,251     94,445     40,597  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated condensed financial statements.

F-52


Table of Contents



PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(UNAUDITED)
(IN THOUSANDS)

 
  Successor   Predecessor   Successor   Predecessor  
 
  Three Months
Ended
June 30, 2014
  Three Months
Ended
June 30, 2013
  Six Months
Ended
June 30, 2014
  Six Months
Ended
June 30, 2013
 

Net (loss) income

  $ (4,056 ) $ 4,807   $ (14,097 ) $ 4,471  

Other comprehensive income (loss):

                         

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    14,386     1,187     16,280     (9,418 )

Unrealized losses on derivative instruments, net of taxes of $3,204 and $5,924

    (5,003 )       (9,250 )    
                   

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ 5,327   $ 5,994     (7,067 ) $ (4,947 )
                   
                   

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated condensed financial statements.

F-53


Table of Contents



PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(UNAUDITED)
(IN THOUSANDS)

 
  Successor   Predecessor  
 
  Six Months Ended
June 30, 2014
  Six Months Ended
June 30, 2013
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

             

Net (loss) income

  $ (14,097 ) $ 4,471  

Adjustment to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

             

Depreciation and amortization

    49,236     16,910  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

    2,893     1,294  

Stock-based compensation

    1,760     15,682  

Unrealized foreign currency transaction loss (gain)            

    5,808     (5,484 )

Loss on modification or extinguishment of debt

    1,384     1,641  

Equity in losses of unconsolidated joint ventures

    534     278  

Other reconciling items

    292     472  

Deferred income taxes

    (20,897 )    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Change in accounts receivables, unbilled services, and advance billings

    (50,547 )   (8,322 )

Change in other operating assets and liabilities

    20,374     6,423  
           

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    (3,260 )   33,365  
           

Cash flows from investing activities:

             

Purchase of fixed assets

    (11,876 )   (10,896 )

Proceeds from RPS working capital settlement

    15,000      

Proceeds from CRI working capital settlement

    851      

Payment of amounts held in escrow

    (787 )    

Acquisition of ClinStar LLC, net of cash acquired

        (40,774 )

Investment in unconsolidated joint ventures

        (4,609 )

Proceeds from the sale of fixed assets

        10  
           

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities                       

    3,188     (56,269 )
           

Cash flows from financing activities:

             

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs withheld

        93,246  

Proceeds from stock option exercises

    33      

Payments for debt issuance costs

        (1,030 )

Repayment of long-term debt

    (4,450 )   (1,912 )

Borrowings on line of credit

    45,000     10,000  

Repayments of line of credit

    (55,000 )   (10,000 )

Dividends paid

        (127,188 )

Principal repayments of fixed assets purchased under a financing agreement

        (396 )
           

Net cash used in financing activities                       

    (14,417 )   (37,280 )
           

Effects of foreign exchange changes on cash and cash equivalents

    (20 )   (1,144 )
           

Change in cash and cash equivalents

    (14,509 )   (61,328 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    72,155     109,211  
           

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 57,646   $ 47,883  
           
           

Cash paid during the period for:

             

Income taxes, net of refunds

  $ 5,775   $ 4,404  

Interest

  $ 40,746   $ 20,646  

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

             

Dividends declared but not paid

  $   $ 2,566  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated condensed financial statements.

F-54


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
June 30, 2014

(1) Basis of Presentation

    The Company

PRA Health Sciences, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company") is a full-service global contract research organization providing a broad range of product development services for pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies around the world. The Company's integrated services include data management, statistical analysis, clinical trial management, and regulatory and drug development consulting.

Effective September 23, 2013, all of the outstanding stock of PRA Holdings, Inc. ("PRA Holdings" or the "Predecessor Company") was acquired by affiliates of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. ("KKR"), a private equity firm, for a gross purchase price of approximately $1.4 billion pursuant to a plan of merger by and among Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc. ("Parent"), Pinnacle Merger Sub, Inc. ("Merger Sub") and Genstar Capital Partners V, L.P. ("Genstar"). Upon completion of the merger (the "Merger"), the Merger Sub was folded into the Predecessor Company, which became a subsidiary of the Parent. On December 19, 2013, Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc. changed its name to PRA Global Holdings, Inc. and on July 10, 2014, PRA Global Holdings, Inc. changed its name to PRA Health Sciences, Inc. See Note 2 — Business Combinations for further information on the Merger.

    Basis of Presentation

The Merger was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification 805, "Business Combinations." KKR's costs of acquiring the Predecessor Company have been pushed-down to establish a new accounting basis for the Company. Accordingly, the consolidated condensed financial statements are presented for two periods, Predecessor and Successor, which relate to the accounting periods preceding and succeeding the completion of the Merger. A vertical line separates the Predecessor and Successor periods on the face of the consolidated condensed financial statements to highlight the fact that the financial information for such periods has been prepared under two different historical-cost bases of accounting.

Successor — The consolidated condensed financial statements as of and for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 and as of December 31, 2013.

Predecessor — The consolidated condensed financial statements of the Predecessor Company through the closing of the Merger on September 22, 2013, including the three and six months ended June 30, 2013.

The accompanying unaudited consolidated condensed financial statements reflect the consolidated operations of the Company and have been prepared pursuant to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP). In the opinion of management, all normal and recurring adjustments necessary to present fairly the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows at June 30, 2014, and for all periods presented, have been made. The consolidated condensed balance sheet at December 31, 2013 has been derived from the audited financial statements as of that date.

Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted. Although management believes that the disclosures made are adequate for a fair statement of the results of operations, financial condition and cash flows of the Company, it is suggested that these financial statements be read in conjunction with the

F-55


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
June 30, 2014

(1) Basis of Presentation (Continued)

consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Predecessor Company's annual audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013. The results of operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results that may be attained for the entire fiscal year.

(2) Business Combinations

    Acquisition by KKR

Concurrent with the closing of the Merger, KKR contributed equity of $454.8 million and the Company entered into debt agreements totaling $1.3 billion. The debt agreements were comprised of a $825.0 million first lien term loan, a $125.0 million revolving line of credit that was undrawn at closing, and $375.0 million in subordinated notes. The proceeds were used to fund a portion of the total consideration paid, repay all outstanding debt of the Predecessor Company and pay transaction fees associated with the Merger.

The allocation of the purchase price is preliminary and subject to change. Accordingly, adjustments may be made to the values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as additional information is obtained about the facts and circumstances that existed at the Merger date. Measurement period adjustments that the Company determines to be material will be applied retrospectively to the Merger date.

Upon consummation of the Merger, the Predecessor Company's stockholders received $17.37 in cash for each share of the Predecessor Company's stock owned. The transaction was accounted for as a business combination using the purchase method of accounting. As discussed above the purchase price allocation has not been finalized due to the jurisdictional allocation of intangibles and goodwill; however, the final valuation is expected to be completed by the end of August 2014, and in any case, no later than one year from the acquisition date in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded $852.8 million of goodwill, which is not deductible for income tax purposes. Factors that contributed to the recognition of goodwill for the acquisition included expected growth rates and profitability of the Predecessor Company. The increase in expected growth rates is primarily related to growth in our revenue due to an increase in our global footprint and expansion of service offerings. The increase in expected profitability is primarily related to corporate wide initiatives to streamline and improve the efficiency in which the Company conducts clinical trials as well as continued leveraging of

F-56


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
June 30, 2014

(2) Business Combinations (Continued)

selling, general, and administrative costs. The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the Merger date (in thousands):

 
  Purchase
Price
Allocation
  Weighted
Amortization
Period

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 60,511    

Restricted cash

    5,464    

Accounts receivable and unbilled services, net

    192,847    

Other current assets

    44,291    

Property, plant and equipment

    62,960    

Customer relationships

    379,200   23 years

Customer backlog and other intangibles

    133,290   5 years

Trade names (definitive-lived)

    1,410   10 years

Trade name (indefinitive-lived)

    118,010    

Other assets

    44,839    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    (101,759 )  

Advanced billings

    (222,160 )  

Other long-term liabilities

    (204,067 )  
         

Estimated fair value of net assets acquired

    514,836    

Purchase price, net of working capital settlement

    1,367,660    
         

Total goodwill

  $ 852,824    
         
         

Customer relationships, customer backlog and other intangibles, and definite-lived trade name intangibles are being amortized on an accelerated method over 23 years, five years, and 10 years, respectively.

Since December 31, 2013, goodwill decreased by $30.3 million as a result of the jurisdictional allocation of acquisition related intangibles, which also required an adjustment to the acquired income tax balances.

    Acquisition of RPS

On September 23, 2013, immediately following the Merger, and using proceeds from the borrowings issued on the same day, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of RPS Parent Holding Corp ("RPS"), a global contract research organization based in the United States, for $289.3 million, subject to a working capital adjustment of up to $15.0 million. The acquisition of RPS provides the Company with a more diverse client mix, including 16 of the 20 largest pharmaceutical companies in the world.

The acquisition of RPS was accounted for as a business combination and, accordingly, the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed have been recorded at their respective fair values as of the acquisition date. In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded approximately $158.7 million of goodwill, which is not deductible for income tax purposes. Factors that contributed to the recognition of goodwill for the acquisition included expected growth in our revenue due to an increase in our global footprint and increased profitability of RPS due to expected synergies with the Company's existing operations. Anticipated synergies include procurement leverage and lower selling, general and administrative expenses, including reduced labor and facilities costs. Longer term, the Company expects to benefit from synergies related to service

F-57


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
June 30, 2014

(2) Business Combinations (Continued)

revenue expansion, as the acquisition serves to significantly increase the depth of relationships with large pharmaceutical companies.

The allocation of the purchase price is preliminary due to timing for obtaining fixed asset valuations and our ongoing assessment of fair values of certain contracts and of certain foreign net loss carryforwards, and is therefore subject to change. Accordingly, adjustments may be made to the values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as additional information is obtained about the facts and circumstances that existed at the merger date; however, the final valuation is expected to be completed by the end of August 2014, and in any case, no later than one year from the acquisition date in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition (in thousands):

 
  Purchase
Price
Allocation
  Weighted
Amortization
Period

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 18,370    

Restricted cash

    5,076    

Accounts receivable and unbilled services, net

    110,928    

Other current assets

    13,383    

Property, plant and equipment

    9,699    

Customer relationships

    19,900   13 years

Other intangibles

    11,100   3 years

Trade names

    22,000   10 years

Other assets

    3,974    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    (49,615 )  

Advanced billings

    (38,749 )  

Other long-term liabilities

    (10,494 )  
         

Estimated fair value of net assets acquired

    115,572    

Purchase price, net of working capital settlement

    274,250    
         

Total goodwill

  $ 158,678    
         
         

Customer relationships and trade name intangibles are being amortized on an accelerated method over 13 years and 10 years, and other intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over three years.

Since December 31, 2013, goodwill increased by $1.0 million, primarily as a result of adjustments to the acquired income tax balances and adjustments to the fair value on certain contracts.

The results of operations for RPS are included in the consolidated condensed financial statements of the Company from the date of acquisition.

    Acquisition of CRI Lifetree

On December 2, 2013, the Company completed the acquisition of CRI Holding Company, LLC ("CRI Lifetree"), a specialized research organization, for $77.1 million in cash. CRI Lifetree focuses on the conduct and design of early stage, patient population studies, and is therapeutically focused in human

F-58


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
June 30, 2014

(2) Business Combinations (Continued)

abuse liability, addiction, pain, psychiatry, neurology, pediatric and infectious disease services. CRI Lifetree has approximately 250 full-time employees and has three clinic locations: Marlton, NJ, Philadelphia, PA, and Salt Lake City, UT. In addition to inpatient and outpatient studies, the company provides highly-specialized early phase research support services such as data management, biostatistics, and study report writing.

In order to fund the acquisition of CRI Lifetree, KKR made an equity contribution of $13.5 million in cash and the Company increased its first lien term loan borrowings by $65.0 million.

The acquisition of CRI Lifetree was accounted for as a business combination and, accordingly, the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed have been recorded at their respective fair values as of the acquisition date. In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded approximately $49.8 million of goodwill, of which $15.4 million is tax deductible. Factors that contributed to the recognition of goodwill for the acquisition included expected growth rates and profitability of CRI Lifetree and expected synergies with the Company's existing operations. Anticipated synergies include lower selling, general and administrative expenses, including reduced labor and facilities costs. Longer term, the Company expects to benefit from synergies related to service revenue expansion, as the acquisition serves to significantly expand the Company's Phase I to Phase II services.

Due to the timing of the acquisition, the valuation of net assets acquired has not been finalized and is expected to be completed by the end of August 2014, and in any case, no later than one year from the acquisition date in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company's preliminary estimate of the purchase price allocation is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Purchase
Price
Allocation
  Preliminary
Amortization
Period
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 94        

Accounts receivable and unbilled services, net

    8,234        

Other current assets

    970        

Property, plant and equipment

    2,554        

Customer relationships

    15,915     12 years  

Patient relationships

    7,128     5 years  

Trade name

    4,752     10 years  

Customer backlog

    691     5 years  

Other assets

    67        

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    (2,330 )      

Advanced billings

    (2,619 )      

Other long-term liabilities

    (8,112 )      
             

Estimated fair value of net assets acquired

    27,344        

Purchase price, net of working capital settlement

    77,112        
             

Total goodwill

  $ 49,768        
             
             

The results of operations for CRI Lifetree are included in the consolidated condensed financial statements of the Company from the date of acquisition.

F-59


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
June 30, 2014

(3) Joint Ventures

In December 2012, the Predecessor Company and WuXi PharmaTech ("WuXi") signed a joint venture agreement to offer a broad platform of Phase I-IV clinical trial services in China, Hong Kong and Macau. The joint venture provides services including clinical trial monitoring, project management, regulatory strategy and submissions, data management, biostatistics, drug safety reporting, and medical monitoring. The clinical operations of WuXi and PRA in China were combined to operate as an independent contract research organization and are jointly owned by PRA (49%) and WuXi (51%).

The Predecessor Company contributed $4.6 million to the joint venture during March 2013. The investment will be adjusted for the Company's equity in the venture's net income (loss), cash contributions, distributions, and other adjustments required by the equity method of accounting. The investment in WuXi totaled $2.8 million and $3.0 million at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

In March 2013, RPS entered into a joint venture agreement with A2 Healthcare Corporation (formerly part of Asklep, Inc.). The joint venture ("RPS-Asklep") provides research and development outsourcing solutions in Japan to the biopharmaceutical and medical device industries. This joint venture is based in Tokyo, Japan and is owned by RPS (49%) and Asklep (51%).

The investment in RPS-Asklep totaled $0.3 million at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The investment will be adjusted for RPS's equity in the venture's net income (loss), cash contributions, distributions, and other adjustments required by the equity method of accounting.

(4) Significant Accounting Policies

    Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated condensed financial statements include the accounts and results of operations of the Company. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

    Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. In particular, the Company's primary method of revenue recognition requires estimates of costs to be incurred to fulfill existing long-term contract obligations. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates are also used when accounting for certain items such as allowance for doubtful accounts, depreciation and amortization, asset impairment, certain acquisition- related assets and liabilities, income taxes, fair market value determinations, and contingencies.

    Reportable Segments

The Company's operations consist of one reportable segment, which represents management's view of the Company's operations based on its management and internal reporting structure.

    Business Combinations

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method and, accordingly, the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree are recorded at

F-60


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
June 30, 2014

(4) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

their estimated fair values on the date of the acquisition. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired, including the amount assigned to identifiable intangible assets.

    Contingent Liabilities

The Company provides for contingent liabilities when (1) it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred at the date of the consolidated condensed financial statements and (2) the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Disclosure in the notes to the consolidated condensed financial statements is required for loss contingencies that do not meet both these conditions if there is a reasonable possibility that a loss may have been incurred. The Company expenses as incurred the costs of defending legal claims against the Company.

    Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly-liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, substantially all of the Company's cash and cash equivalents were held in or invested with large financial institutions. Certain bank deposits may at times be in excess of the FDIC insurance limits.

    Restricted cash

The Company receives cash advances from its customers to be used for the payment of investigator costs and other pass-through expenses. The terms of certain customer contracts require that such advances be maintained in separate escrow accounts; these accounts are not commingled with the Company's cash and cash equivalents and are presented separately in the consolidated condensed balance sheet.

Additionally, as part of the ClinStar acquisition, the Company was required to transfer $1.0 million to an escrow account held by a subsidiary. The funds were used to pay deferred compensation to certain former ClinStar employees. During the six months ended June 30, 2014, the Company distributed all of the remaining funds held in the escrow account.

    Accounts Receivable and Unbilled Services

Accounts receivable represent amounts for which invoices have been sent to clients based upon contract terms. Unbilled services represent amounts earned for services that have been rendered but for which clients have not been billed and include reimbursement revenue. Unbilled services are generally billable upon submission of appropriate billing information, achievement of contract milestones or contract completion.

    Advance Billings

Advance billings represent amounts associated with services, reimbursement revenue and investigator fees that have been received but have not yet been earned or paid.

F-61


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
June 30, 2014

(4) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Derivative Financial Instruments

All derivatives are measured at fair value and recognized as either assets or liabilities on the consolidated condensed balance sheets. Derivatives that are not determined to be effective hedges are adjusted to fair value with a corresponding effect on earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and determined to be effective as part of a hedge transaction have no immediate effect on earnings and depending on the type of hedge, are recorded either as part of other comprehensive income and will be included in earnings in the period in which earnings are affected by the hedged item, or are included in earnings as an offset to the earnings impact of the hedged item. Any ineffective portions of hedges are reported in earnings as they occur. The Company utilizes interest rate swap and cap agreements ("interest rate contracts") to manage changes in market conditions related to debt obligations.

    Fair Value Measurements

The Company records certain assets and liabilities at fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value is described below. This hierarchy requires entities to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:

    Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

    Level 2 — Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

    Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

The carrying amount of financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, unbilled services, accounts payable and advanced billings, approximate fair value due to the short maturities of these instruments.

F-62


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
June 30, 2014

(4) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Recurring Fair Value Measurements

The following table summarizes the fair value of the Company's financial assets and liabilities that are measured on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2014 (in thousands):

 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  

Assets:

                         

Interest rate contracts

  $   $ 17   $   $ 17  
                   

Total

  $   $ 17   $   $ 17  
                   
                   

Liabilities:

                         

Interest rate contracts

  $   $ 11,930   $     $ 11,930  

Contingent consideration

            3,280     3,280  
                   

Total

  $   $ 11,930   $ 3,280   $ 15,210  
                   
                   

The Company values contingent consideration, related to business combinations, using a weighted probability of potential payment scenarios discounted at rates reflective of the weighted average cost of capital for the businesses acquired. Key assumptions used to estimate the fair value of contingent consideration include revenue and operating forecasts and the probability of achieving the specific targets. Interest rate swaps and caps are measured at fair value using a market approach valuation technique. The valuation is based on an estimate of net present value of the expected cash flows using relevant mid-market observable data inputs and based on the assumption of no unusual market conditions or forced liquidation.

The following table summarizes the changes in Level 3 financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis for the six months ended June 30, 2014 (in thousands):

 
  Contingent
Considerations —
Accrued expenses and
Other long-term
liabilities
 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 2,996  

Revaluations included in earnings

    284  
       

Balance at June 30, 2014

  $ 3,280  
       
       

    Non-recurring Fair Value Measurements

Certain assets and liabilities are carried on the accompanying consolidated condensed balance sheets at cost and are not remeasured to fair value on a recurring basis. These assets include definite-lived intangible assets which are tested when a triggering event occurs and goodwill and identifiable indefinite-lived intangible assets which are tested for impairment annually on October 1 and when a triggering event occurs.

As of June 30, 2014, assets carried on the balance sheet and not remeasured to fair value on a recurring basis totaling approximately $1,745.2 million were identified as Level 3. These assets are comprised of goodwill of $1,079.2 million and identifiable intangible assets of $666.0 million.

F-63


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
June 30, 2014

(4) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Revenue Recognition

The Company generally enters into contracts with customers to provide services with payments based on either fixed-fee, time and materials, or fee-for-service arrangements. Revenue for services is recognized only after persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is determinable, services have been rendered, and collectability is reasonably assured.

Once these criteria have been met, the Company recognizes revenue for the services provided on fixed-fee contracts based on the proportional performance methodology, which determines the proportion of outputs or performance obligations which have been completed or delivered compared to the total contractual outputs for performance obligations. To measure performance, the Company compares the contract costs incurred to estimated total contract costs through completion. As part of the client proposal and contract negotiation process, the Company develops a detailed project budget for the direct costs based on the scope of the work, the complexity of the study, the geographical location involved and the Company's historical experience. The Company then establishes the individual contract pricing based on the Company's internal pricing guidelines, discount agreements, if any, and negotiations with the client. The estimated total contract costs are reviewed and revised periodically throughout the lives of the contracts, with adjustments to revenue resulting from such revisions being recorded on a cumulative basis in the period in which the revisions are first identified. Contract costs consist primarily of direct labor and other project-related costs.

Revenue from time and materials contracts is recognized as hours are incurred. Revenues and the related costs of fee-for-service contracts are recognized in the period in which services are performed.

A majority of the Company's contracts undergo modifications over the contract period and the Company's contracts provide for these modifications. During the modification process, the Company recognizes revenue to the extent it incurs costs, provided client acceptance and payment is deemed reasonably assured.

The Company often offers volume discounts to its large customers based on annual volume thresholds. The Company records an estimate of the annual volume rebate as a reduction of revenue throughout the period based on the estimated total rebate to be earned for the period.

Most of the Company's contracts can be terminated by the client either immediately or after a specified period following notice. These contracts require the client to pay the Company the fees earned through the termination date, the fees and expenses to wind down the study, and, in some cases, a termination fee or some portion of the fees or profit that the Company could have earned under the contract if it had not been terminated early. Therefore, revenue recognized prior to cancellation generally does not require a significant adjustment upon cancellation.

    Reimbursement Revenue and Reimbursable Out-of-Pocket Costs

The Company incurs out-of-pocket costs, in excess of contract amounts, which are reimbursable by its customers. The Company includes out-of-pocket costs both as reimbursement revenue and as reimbursable out-of-pocket costs in the consolidated condensed statements of operations.

As is customary in the industry, the Company routinely enters into separate agreements on behalf of its clients with independent physician investigators in connection with clinical trials. The funds received for investigator fees are netted against the related cost because such fees are the obligation of the Company's

F-64


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
June 30, 2014

(4) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

clients, without risk or reward to the Company. The Company is not obligated either to perform the service or to pay the investigator in the event of default by the client. In addition, the Company does not pay the independent physician investigator until funds are received from the client. Total payments to investigators were $48.0 million and $99.3 million for the three and six months ending June 30, 2014, respectively, and $51.1 million and $96.4 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively.

    Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The calculation of net income (loss) per share ("EPS") is based on the weighted average number of common shares or common stock equivalents outstanding during the applicable period. The dilutive effect of common stock equivalents is excluded from basic earnings per share and is included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share.

    Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and unbilled services. As of June 30, 2014, substantially all of the Company's cash and cash equivalents were held in or invested with large financial institutions. Accounts receivable include amounts due from pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. The Company establishes an allowance for potentially uncollectible receivables. In management's opinion, there is no additional material credit risk beyond amounts provided for such losses.

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013, respectively, there were no individual customers that were greater than or equal to 10% of service revenue.

As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, there were no individual customers that were greater than or equal to 10% of consolidated accounts receivable and unbilled receivables.

    Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2014-09, "Revenue from Contracts with Customers," to clarify the principles of recognizing revenue and create common revenue recognition guidance between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. This ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently assessing the potential impact of this ASU on its consolidated condensed financial statements.

F-65


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
June 30, 2014

(5) Accounts Receivable and Unbilled Services

Accounts receivable and unbilled services include service revenue, reimbursement revenue, and amounts associated with work performed by investigators. Accounts receivable and unbilled services were (in thousands):

 
  June 30,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 

Accounts receivable

  $ 243,649   $ 232,768  

Unbilled services

    98,023     62,345  
           

    341,672     295,113  

Less allowance for doubtful accounts

    (1,716 )   (129 )
           

Total accounts receivable and unbilled services, net

  $ 339,956   $ 294,984  
           
           

(6) Goodwill and Intangible Assets

    Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are as follows (in thousands):

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 1,099,081  

Adjustments to PRA/KKR Purchase Price Allocation

    (30,031 )

Adjustments to RPS Purchase Price Allocation

    1,029  

Currency translation

    9,118  
       

Balance at June 30, 2014. 

  $ 1,079,197  
       
       

    Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  June 30,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 

Customer relationships

  $ 422,238   $ 419,519  

Customer backlog

    135,177     133,017  

Trade names (definite-lived)

    27,890     28,143  

Patient list and other intangibles

    17,128     17,128  

Non-competition agreements

    3,133     3,158  
           

Total finite-lived intangible assets, gross

    605,566     600,965  

Accumulated amortization

    (57,530 )   (19,184 )
           

Total finite-lived intangible assets, net

    548,036     581,781  

Trade names (indefinite-lived)

    118,010     118,010  
           

Total intangible assets, net

  $ 666,046   $ 699,791  
           
           

Amortization expense was $19.7 million and $38.4 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively, and was $5.4 million and $8.8 million for the three and six months ended June 30,

F-66


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
June 30, 2014

(6) Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Continued)

2013, respectively. Estimated amortization expense related to finite-lived intangible assets for the next five years and thereafter is as follows (in thousands):

2014 (remaining)

  $ 37,662  

2015

    61,650  

2016

    50,468  

2017

    37,951  

2018

    33,030  

2019 and thereafter

    327,275  
       

Total

  $ 548,036  
       
       

(7) Current borrowings and long-term debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  June 30,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 

Term loans, first lien

  $ 883,325   $ 887,775  

Subordinated notes

    375,000     375,000  
           

    1,258,325     1,262,775  

Less debt discount

    (7,149 )   (8,063 )
           

    1,251,176     1,254,712  

Less current portion

    (8,900 )   (8,900 )
           

Total long-term debt, net

  $ 1,242,276   $ 1,245,812  
           
           

Principal payments on long-term debt are due as follows (in thousands):

2014 (remaining)

  $ 4,450  

2015

    8,900  

2016

    8,900  

2017

    8,900  

2018 and thereafter

    1,227,175  
       

Total

  $ 1,258,325  
       
       

The estimated fair value of borrowings under credit facilities and long-term debt was $1,298.0 million and $1,301.2 million at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. The fair value of the subordinated notes were determined based on Level 2 inputs using the market approach, which is primarily based on rates at which the debt is traded among financial institutions. The fair value of the term loans and borrowings under credit facilities were determined based on Level 3 inputs, which is primarily based on rates at which the debt is traded among financial institutions adjusted for the Company's credit standing.

In September 2013, the Company entered into a new credit agreement (the "2013 Credit Agreement") with a syndicate of banks led by UBS for an aggregate principal amount of $825.0 million of first lien term loan

F-67


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
June 30, 2014

(7) Current borrowings and long-term debt (Continued)

and a $125.0 million revolving line of credit (the "New Credit Facility" or "Senior Secured Credit Facility"). Due to the Merger, on September 23, 2013, the Predecessor Company terminated its old credit facility dated December 10, 2012. In September 2013, the Company also issued $375.0 million in subordinated notes (the "Subordinated notes"). The proceeds from the 2013 Credit Agreement and the Subordinated notes issuances were used in conjunction with the acquisition by KKR, to fund the acquisition of RPS, repay existing debt, and pay for fees and expenses related to the aforementioned events. The Company paid an $8.3 million debt discount in connection with the first lien term loans.

On December 2, 2013, the Company borrowed $65.0 million under the first lien term loan facility of the 2013 Credit Agreement (the "Incremental Term Loan Borrowing"). The proceeds were used to fund the acquisition of CRI Lifetree. In accordance with the guidance in ASC 470-50, "Debt-Modifications and Extinguishments," the Incremental Term Loan Borrowing was accounted for as a debt modification.

On March 24, 2014, the Company completed a repricing transaction ("the Repricing") associated with the first lien term loan that reduced the applicable margin from 4.0% to 3.5%. As part of the repricing, eight previous lenders did not consent to the repricing terms; therefore the non-consenting lenders were replaced by new lenders. In accordance with the guidance in ASC 470-50, "Debt-Modifications and Extinguishments," the Repricing was accounted for as a partial debt extinguishment based on non-consenting lenders no longer having a holding interest. As a result of the partial debt extinguishment, the Company recognized a loss of extinguishment of debt totaling $1.4 million, which was recorded during the six months ended June 30, 2014. The Company incurred $0.1 million in expenses for the repricing transaction, which were expensed during the six months ended June 30, 2014.

As collateral for borrowings under the 2013 Credit Agreement, the Company granted a pledge on primarily all of its assets, and the stock of designated subsidiaries. The Company is subject to certain financial covenants, which require the Company to maintain certain debt-to-EBITDA ratios. The 2013 Credit Agreement also contains covenants that, among other things, restrict the Company's ability to incur additional indebtedness, grant liens, make investments, loans, guarantees or advances, make restricted junior payments, including dividends, redemptions of capital stock and voluntary prepayments or repurchase of certain other indebtedness, engage in mergers, acquisitions or sales of assets, enter into sale and leaseback transactions or engage in certain transactions with affiliates and otherwise restrict certain corporate activities. The Company does not expect these covenants to restrict its liquidity, financial condition or access to capital resources in the foreseeable future. The 2013 Credit Agreement also contains customary representations, warranties, affirmative covenants, and events of default.

Beginning on December 31, 2014, the Company is required to make mandatory prepayments on borrowings under the 2013 Credit Agreement if its financial performance exceeds specified amounts.

    Term Loans

The first lien term loan is a floating rate term loan with scheduled, fixed quarterly principal payments of 0.25% of the original principal balance through September 2020. The variable interest rate is based on the LIBOR, with a 1.0% LIBOR floor, plus an applicable margin of 3.5%. The applicable margin is dependent upon the Company's debt to consolidated EBITDA ratio as defined in the 2013 Credit Agreement.

F-68


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
June 30, 2014

(7) Current borrowings and long-term debt (Continued)

The Company has the option of 1, 2, 3 or 6 month base interest rate. As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the weighted average interest rate on the first lien term loan was 4.5% and 5.0%, respectively. There are no prepayment penalties.

    Revolving Credit Facilities

The Company's new credit facility provides for $125.0 million of potential borrowings and expires on September 23, 2018. The interest rate on the credit facility is based on the LIBOR plus an applicable rate, based on the leverage ratio of the Company. The Company, at its discretion, may choose interest periods of 1, 2, 3 or 6 months. In addition, the Company is required to pay to the lenders a commitment fee of 0.5% quarterly for unused commitments on the revolver, subject to a step-down to 0.375% based upon achievement of a certain leverage ratio. As of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the weighted average interest rate on the credit facility was 3.7% and 5.0%, respectively. At June 30, 2014, the Company had no outstanding borrowings under the credit facility. In addition, at June 30, 2014, the Company had $2.5 million in letters of credit outstanding, which are secured by the New Credit Facility.

    Subordinated Debt

In September 2013, the Company issued $375.0 million of Subordinated notes. The Subordinated notes do not require principal payments and mature on October 1, 2023. The Subordinated notes bear interest at a rate of 9.50% per year payable on April 1, and October 1 of each year, beginning April 1, 2014.

The Company may redeem the Subordinated notes, in whole or in part, at any time prior to October 1, 2018 subject to a prepayment premium calculated in accordance with the Subordinated notes indenture. From October 1, 2018 through October 1, 2021, the prepayment premium is 1.58% - 4.75%; there is no prepayment premium after October 1, 2021. In the event of a change in control, holders of the Subordinated notes would be repaid the outstanding principal balance plus accrued interest and a 1% prepayment premium.

As collateral for the payment and performance in full of the Subordinated notes, the Company granted a pledge on primarily all of its assets, and the stock of designated subsidiaries. In addition, the covenants include limitations on incurring additional indebtedness, selling certain assets, and making certain distributions.

(8) Stockholders' Equity

    Authorized Shares

The Company is authorized to issue up to one billion shares of common stock, with a par value of $0.01.

(9) Stock-Based Compensation

    Successor

On September 23, 2013 and in connection with the acquisition of the Company by KKR, the Board of Directors approved the formation of the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Plan"). The Plan allows for the issuance of stock options and other stock-based awards as permitted by applicable laws. The number of shares available for grant under the plan is 12.5% of the outstanding shares at closing on a fully diluted basis. The Company rolled over

F-69


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
June 30, 2014

(9) Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

4,814,978 stock options under the Plan; this amount is comprised of 4,729,774 and 85,204 options rolled over by employees of the Predecessor Company and RPS, respectively. The fair value of the options that were rolled over equaled the fair value of the options in the Predecessor Company and, therefore, there was no additional stock-based compensation expense recorded.

During December 2013, the Board of Directors granted 11,170,000 stock options; this amount is comprised of 6,591,500 service-based options and 4,578,500 market-based options.

Generally, the Company grants stock options with exercise prices greater than or equal to the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant; however, stock options will not be issued with an exercise price less than $5.00 per share as determined by the board of directors. The stock option compensation cost calculated under the fair value approach is recognized on a pro-rata basis over the vesting period of the stock options (usually five years). Most stock option grants are subject to graded vesting as services are rendered and have a contractual life of ten years.

The options with a market-based condition vest only upon the achievement of a specified multiple of invested capital or internal rate of return from a liquidity event. No compensation expense has been recorded as the options vest upon a liquidity event, which is not considered probable until the date it occurs. At that time, compensation expense equal to the grant date fair value will be recorded, regardless of whether the market condition is satisfied. These options have a contractual life of ten years.

Aggregated information regarding the Company's option plans is summarized below:

 
  Options   Wtd. Average
Exercise Price
  Wtd. Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
  Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

    15,984,978     3.87              

Exercised

    (26,666 )   1.25              

Expired/forfeited

    (192,234 )   4.56              
                       

Outstanding at June 30, 2014

    15,766,078     3.87     8.1     46.6  
                   
                   

Exercisable at June 30, 2014

    4,765,578     1.25     4.8     26.5  
                   
                   

    Predecessor

During February 2013, the Predecessor Company paid a $2.83 per share dividend to all shareholders and made a related payment to holders of vested service-based options. This transaction represented an equity restructuring under ASC 718. The decision to provide cash payments to option holders to prevent the shareholder dividend from being dilutive to such option holders represented a modification of the options. The compensation expense associated with the modification was determined by calculating the change in the stock options' value immediately before and after the modification, plus any other consideration received by the option holders. Such expense was $13.1 million during the Predecessor period from January 1, 2013 to June 30, 2013.

F-70


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
June 30, 2014

(9) Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

Stock-based compensation expense related to employee stock options is summarized below (in thousands):

 
  Successor   Predecessor   Successor   Predecessor  
 
  Three Months
Ended
June 30,
2014
  Three Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2014
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
 

Direct costs

  $ 139   $ 51   $ 282   $ 446  

Selling, general and administrative

    728     1,152     1,478     15,236  
                   

Total stock compensation expense

 
$

867
 
$

1,203
   
1,760
   
15,682
 
                   
                   

The fair value of each option issued during these periods was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model for service condition awards and a Monte Carlo model for market and performance condition awards, with the following weighted average assumption:

 
  Predecessor  
 
  Six Months Ended
June 30, 2013
 

Risk-free interest rate

    1.3 %

Expected life, in years

    7.00  

Dividend yield

    N/A  

Volatility

    41.2 %

The fair value of options granted during the three months ended June 30, 2013 was $4.55 per share. There were no options granted during the three months ended June 30, 2014.

(10) Income Taxes

The Company's effective income tax rate was 45.9% and 12.3% for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 respectively. The variation between the Company's effective income tax rate and the U.S. statutory rate of 35% for the six months ended June 30, 2014 is primarily due to (i) the overall projected loss which has the effect of increasing the Company's effective tax rate when combined with the projected income from foreign subsidiaries, which is taxed at rates lower than the U.S. statutory rate, with the projected losses in the U.S. and (ii) impact of certain foreign earnings being subject to current U.S. tax.

U.S. GAAP requires a two-step approach when evaluating uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence demonstrates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to quantify the amount of tax benefit to recognize as the amount that is cumulatively more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the taxing authorities.

As of June 30, 2014, the Company's liability for unrecognized tax benefits was $11.2 million. If any portion of this $11.2 million is recognized that impacts the effective tax rate, the Company will then include that portion in the computation of its effective tax rate. Although the ultimate timing of the resolution of audits is highly uncertain, the Company believes it is reasonably possible that approximately

F-71


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
June 30, 2014

(10) Income Taxes (Continued)

$1.5 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits will change in the next 12 months as a result of pending audit settlements or statute of limitations expirations.

The Company files U.S. federal, U.S. state, and foreign tax returns. For U.S. federal purposes, the Company is generally no longer subject to tax examinations for years ended December 31, 2009 and prior. For U.S. state tax returns, the Company is generally no longer subject to tax examinations for years prior to 2009. For foreign purposes, the Company is generally no longer subject to examination for tax periods 2008 and prior. Certain carryforward tax attributes generated in prior years remain subject to examination and adjustment.

(11) Commitments and Contingencies

    Legal Proceedings

The Company is involved in legal proceedings from time to time in the ordinary course of its business, including employment claims and claims related to other business transactions. Although the outcome of such claims is uncertain, management believes that these legal proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of future operations of the Company.

The Company is currently a party to litigation with the City of Sao Paulo, Brazil. The dispute relates to whether the export of services provided by the Company is subject to a local tax on services. The Company has not recorded a liability associated with the claim, which totaled $6.3 million and $5.6 million at June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, given it is not deemed probable the Company will incur a loss related to this case. However, a deposit totaling $5.8 million has been made to the Brazilian court in order to annul the potential tax obligation and to avoid the accrual of additional interest and penalties. This balance is recorded in Other assets on the consolidated condensed balance sheet. The Company expects to recover the full amount of the deposit when the case is settled.

(12) Restructuring

    European Restructuring

During 2012, the Board of Directors of RPS approved a restructuring plan to reduce support costs in its European Operations ("European Restructuring"). RPS offered severance benefits to the terminated employees and eliminated approximately 75 positions. The Company has elected to continue the European Restructuring Plan after the Merger. The Company expects to complete the restructurings by December 31, 2014. The Company does not expect to incur any additional cost for this restructuring plan.

    U.S. Restructuring

During 2013, the Board of Directors of RPS approved a restructuring plan to reduce support costs in its U.S. Operations ("U.S. Restructuring"). RPS offered severance benefits to the terminated employees and eliminated approximately 30 positions. The Company has elected to continue the U.S. Restructuring Plan after the Merger. The Company has incurred total cost of $0.3 million and does not expect to incur any additional cost. The Company expects to complete the restructurings by December 31, 2014.

    Merger Synergies

As a result of the Merger, the Company offered severance benefits to terminated employees and eliminated approximately 33 positions for synergies gained as a result of the Merger ("Merger Synergies"). The

F-72


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
June 30, 2014

(12) Restructuring (Continued)

Company expects the total cost of the Merger Synergies to be approximately $6.4 million and the Company expects to complete the restructurings by December 31, 2014. The total expected cost of $6.4 million is primarily comprised of severance and benefit costs. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, the Company recorded $(0.2) million and $1.1 million of restructuring expense related to severance benefit cost, respectively, which is included in selling, general, and administrative expenses of the consolidated condensed statement of operations.

The table below outlines the components of the restructuring charges (in thousands):

 
  Balance at
December 31,
2013
  Additional
provisions
  Payments   Foreign
exchange
adjustment
  Balance at
June 30,
2014
 

European Restructuring

  $ 854   $   $   $   $ 854  

U.S. Restructuring

    1,032     21     (827 )       226  

Merger Synergies

    1,350     1,076     (2,081 )   3     348  
                       

Total

  $ 3,236   $ 1,097   $ (2,908 ) $ 3     1,428  
                       
                       

A total of approximately $1.4 million and $3.2 million is included in accrued expenses as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, related to the restructuring plans.

(13) Derivatives

The Company is exposed to certain risks relating to our ongoing business operations. The primary risk that the Company seeks to manage by using derivative instruments is interest rate risk. Accordingly, the Company has instituted interest rate hedging programs that are accounted for in accordance with ASC 815, "Derivatives and Hedging." Our interest rate hedging program is a cash flow hedge program designed to minimize interest rate volatility. The Company swaps the difference between fixed and variable interest amounts calculated by reference to an agreed-upon notional principal amount, at specified intervals. The Company also employs an interest rate cap that compensates us if variable interest rates rise above a pre-determined rate. The Company's interest rate contracts are designated as hedging instruments.

The following table presents the notional amounts and fair values (determined using level 2 inputs) of our derivatives as of June 30, 2014. All asset and liability amounts are reported in other assets and other long-term liabilities (in thousands):

 
   
  June 30, 2014   December 31, 2013  
 
  Balance Sheet
Classification
  Notional
amount
  Asset/
(Liability)
  Notional
amount
  Asset/
(Liability)
 

Derivatives in an asset position:

                             

Interest rate contracts

  Other assets   $ 800,000   $ 17   $ 1,360,000   $ 3,303  

Derivatives in a liability position:

                             

Interest rate contracts

  Other long-term liabilities     620,000     (11,930 )   60,000     (42 )
                       

Total designated derivatives

      $ 1,420,000   $ (11,913 ) $ 1,420,000   $ 3,261  
                       
                       

The Company records the effective portion of any change in the fair value of derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC 815 to other accumulated comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated

F-73


Table of Contents


PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
June 30, 2014

(13) Derivatives (Continued)

condensed balance sheet, net of deferred taxes, and any ineffective portion to other income (expense), net in our consolidated condensed statements of operations. The Company did not recognize any ineffectiveness and recognized unrealized losses of $8.2 million and $15.2 million in other comprehensive income (loss) during the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively. The Company will reclassify the unrealized holding losses on the interest rate contracts included in accumulated other comprehensive income when the hedged item affects earnings or is no longer expected to occur. The interest rate contracts had no impact on the Company's cash flows during the three and six months ended June 30, 2014.

(14) Related Party Transactions

The Company paid management fees of $0.6 million and $1.1 million to KKR during the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively. The Company also paid management fees of $0.5 million and $1.0 million to Genstar during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively.

At June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, KKR held $23.1 million and $28.0 million, respectively, in first lien term debt.

(15) Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Basic net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the applicable period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is calculated after adjusting the denominator of the basic net income (loss) per share calculation for the effect of all potentially dilutive common shares, which in the Company's case, includes shares issuable under the stock option and incentive award plan. The following table reconciles the basic to diluted weighted average shares outstanding (in thousands):

 
  Successor   Predecessor   Successor   Predecessor  
 
  Three Months
Ended
June 30,
2014
  Three Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2014
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
 

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

    94,445     39,641     94,445     39,641  

Effect of dilutive stock options

        610         956  

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

    94,445     40,251     94,445     40,597  

Anti-dilutive shares

    995     532     914     429  

The anti-dilutive shares disclosed above were calculated using the treasury stock method. During the periods the Company was in a net loss position, all options outstanding (as disclosed in Note 9) would be anti-dilutive.

(16) Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated the period after the balance sheet date up through August 14, 2014, the report release date, and determined that there were no subsequent events or transactions that required recognition or disclosure in the financial statements.

F-74


Table of Contents

Independent Auditor's Report

Board of Directors
Clinstar, LLC
Walnut Creek, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Clinstar, LLC (the Company), which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, member's equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Management's Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor's Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement. An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor's judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity's preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity's internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Clinstar, LLC (the Company) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP
San Jose, California
May 16, 2013

F-75


Table of Contents


Clinstar, LLC
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in USD thousands)

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  

Assets

             

Current Assets

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 7,002   $ 12,320  

Cash under escrow funds

    4,718     4,460  

Accounts receivable

    9,028     4,951  

Unbilled receivables

    4,092     4,256  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,975     666  
           

Total Current Assets

    26,815     26,653  
           

Property and Equipment, Net

    1,568     1,257  

Other Assets

    104     99  
           

Total Assets

  $ 28,487   $ 28,009  
           
           

Liabilities and Member's Equity

             

Current Liabilities

             

Accounts payable

  $ 665   $ 577  

Advances from customers

    763     423  

Deferred revenue

    592     1,157  

Escrow funds

    4,718     4,460  

Accrued liabilities

    2,187     1,686  
           

Total Current Liabilities

    8,925     8,303  
           

Commitments and Contingencies (see Note 3)

             

Member's Equity

             

Retained earnings, net of distributions

    19,639     20,317  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (77 )   (611 )
           

Total Member's Equity

    19,562     19,706  
           

Total Liabilities and Member's Equity

  $ 28,487   $ 28,009  
           
           

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-76


Table of Contents


Clinstar, LLC
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(in USD thousands)

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  

Revenues

             

Service fees for clinical trials

  $ 19,258   $ 17,709  

Service fees for warehouse management

    10,162     7,098  

Reimbursement revenue

    15,664     10,806  
           

Total Revenue

    45,084     35,613  
           

Operating Costs and Expenses

             

Direct costs

    15,928     14,427  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket costs

    15,664     10,806  

Selling, general and administrative

    5,583     4,882  

Depreciation and amortization

    467     393  
           

Total Operating Costs and Expenses

    37,642     30,508  
           

Income from Operations

    7,442     5,105  
           

Other income

    80     188  
           

Income Before Income Taxes

    7,522     5,293  

Income tax expense

    1,600     981  
           

Net Income

  $ 5,922   $ 4,312  
           
           

Other comprehensive income (loss):

             

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    534     (516 )
           

Comprehensive Income

  $ 6,456   $ 3,796  
           
           

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-77


Table of Contents



Clinstar, LLC
Consolidated Statements of Member's Equity
(in USD thousands)

 
  Retained
Earnings
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Total
Member's
Equity
 

Balances, January 1, 2011

  $ 16,005   $ (95 ) $ 15,910  

Net income

    4,312         4,312  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

        (516 )   (516 )
               

Balances, December 31, 2011

    20,317     (611 )   19,706  
               

Distributions

    (6,600 )       (6,600 )

Net income

    5,922         5,922  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

        534     534  
               

Balances, December 31, 2012

  $ 19,639   $ (77 ) $ 19,562  
               
               

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-78


Table of Contents



Clinstar, LLC
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in USD thousands)

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

             

Net income

  $ 5,922   $ 4,312  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash

             

provided by operating activities:

             

Depreciation and amortization

    467     393  

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

    25      

Unrealized foreign currency loss

    350      

Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Accounts receivable

    (4,191 )   1,455  

Unbilled receivables

    164     (2,495 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (1,297 )   (54 )

Other assets

    (5 )   3  

Accounts payable

    268     351  

Advances from customers

    340     (134 )

Accrued liabilities

    455     15  

Deferred revenue

    (565 )   (886 )
           

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

    1,933     2,960  
           

Cash Flow from Investing Activities

             

Purchase of property and equipment

    (782 )   (487 )
           

Cash Flow from Financing Activities

             

Distributions to members

    (6,600 )    
           

Effects of foreign exchange changes on cash and cash equivalents

    131      
           

Increase (decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

    (5,318 )   2,473  

Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year

    12,320     9,847  
           

Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year

  $ 7,002   $ 12,320  
           
           

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

             

Income taxes paid

  $ 1,600   $ 981  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-79


Table of Contents


Clinstar, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Business and Basis of Presentation — Clinstar, LLC (the Company or Clinstar) is a Limited Liability Company headquartered in Walnut Creek, California that was established in the state of California in 1999 under the name of "Russian R&D LLC," with a subsequent name change to Clinstar, LLC in 2002. The Company is a Contract Research Organization (CRO) that manages Phase I-IV clinical research trials in Russia, Ukraine, Belarus and the Baltic States. The Company has six wholly owned subsidiaries: Clinstar Europe LLC, Clinstar Ukraine LLC, Clinstar Global Holdings LLC, Clinstar Baltics OU and CJSC IMP-Logistics (IMP Logistics) (with subsidiaries in Ukraine — IMP-Logistics Ukraine LLC and in Belarus — IMP-Logistics Bel FLLC) with operations in Russia, Belarus and Ukraine. The Company provides two distinct business offerings to its customers: clinical trial management services and clinical trial supplies warehouse management services.

Through its locations in the United States of America, Russia, Ukraine, Belarus and the Baltic States, the Company provides a broad range of services related to managing clinical studies extending from feasibility analyses, regulatory submissions, site and investigator recruitment, managing clinical and medical affairs, conducting independent quality assurance audits, study monitoring, as well as project and site management.

The Company also provides clinical supply management services for study treatments (drugs, biologics or devices) being evaluated within clinical trials via its subsidiary, IMP Logistics (Russia, Belarus and Ukraine). These services include inventory planning and management, regional warehouse depot storage, product re-labeling, total investigative product accountability, purchase of ancillary and commercially available products, import/export coordination and management of product return and destruction. The Company's customer base consists of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies. IMP Logistics operates a full-service import, storage and distribution depot in each of the following locations: Kiev, Ukraine; Minsk, Belarus; and Moscow, Russia.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Clinstar, LLC and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidation.

The functional currency of IMP Logistics in Russia, Belarus and Ukraine is the Russian Ruble. The functional currency of all other subsidiaries is the US Dollar. The Company translates all assets and liabilities of IMP Logistics (Russia, Belarus and Ukraine) to US dollars at the current exchange rates as of the applicable balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated using the average exchange rate for the period. Gains and losses resulting from the translation of the foreign subsidiaries' financial statements are reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income in member's equity. Net losses resulting from foreign exchange transactions, which are recorded in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income, were $538,395 and $291,401 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Use of Estimates — The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates are also used when accounting for certain items such as allowance for doubtful accounts, depreciation and amortization, asset impairment, customer rebates, income taxes, fair market value determinations and accrued liabilities. Actual results may differ materially from those estimates.

F-80


Table of Contents


Clinstar, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

1. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Revenue Recognition — The Company generates revenue primarily from the following services:

1.
Service Fees for Clinical Trial-Related Services

2.
Reimbursement Revenue

3.
Service Fees for Warehouse Management Services

Service Fees for Clinical Trial-Related Services

Service fees for Clinical Trial-related services are derived from two types of contracts: "Milestone Based Contracts" and "Unit-Based" contracts. The Company uses signed contracts and subsequent amendments as evidence of arrangements. However, in limited situations, management may authorize the project teams to commence work prior to the finalization of the scope of contractual arrangements, as long as the customers make written requests for such activities, and the customers have agreed to reimburse the Company for all costs in connection with such tasks. No revenue is recorded until the Company has executed a contract with the customer and the total contract consideration is fixed or determinable.

Revenue for "Milestone Based Contracts" is recognized when the milestone is deemed substantive, has been achieved, payment is due and payable under the terms of the respective agreement and recoverability is probable. If any milestone is not deemed to be substantive, the amounts associated with such milestone are deferred and recognized over the remaining life of the agreement and any subsequent change orders.

The Company also enters into "Unit-Based" contracts, for which an overall fee is negotiated in connection with the clinical trial and comprises service fees for clinical trial-related activities, based on agreed-upon rates for each unit of related activities. Revenue from such "Unit-Based" contracts is generally recognized as units of output are delivered over the life of the contract.

Any excess payments collected in advance of the service being performed are recorded as deferred revenue and recognized as services are rendered in accordance with the policies described above.

Most of Clinstar's contracts can be terminated by its clients, either immediately or after a specified period following the notice of termination. These contracts typically require the client to pay Clinstar the fees earned to date, and the fees and expenses to wind down the respective clinical trials. If Clinstar determines that a loss will result from the performance of a contract, the entire amount of the estimated loss is charged against income in the period in which such determination is made. No such losses resulted for contracts performed during the years ended December 31, 2012 or 2011.

Reimbursement Revenue

In connection with the management of clinical trials, Clinstar may incur on behalf of its clients, out-of-pocket costs for items such as travel, printing, meetings and couriers, etc. The Company's clients reimburse it for these costs that are reported as reimbursement revenue. In certain contracts, these costs are fixed by the contract terms. Accordingly, the Company recognizes these costs as part of service revenues and direct costs.

Reimbursable Investigator Payments

As is customary in its industry, the Company routinely subcontracts, on behalf of its customers, with independent physician investigators in connection with clinical trials. The related investigator fees are not reflected in the Company's Service revenue, Reimbursement revenue or Direct costs, since such fees are reimbursed by clients on a "pass through basis," prior to payments to investigators and without risk or

F-81


Table of Contents


Clinstar, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

1. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

reward to Clinstar. The amounts of these investigator fees were approximately $8.9 million and $11.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Service Fees for Warehouse Management Services

Service Fees comprise the revenue generated from logistics and warehouse management-related services provided by IMP Logistics (Russia, Belarus and Ukraine) to its customers. Service fees are recognized based on units of activities completed during the period as well as mark-ups on certain expenses paid by IMP Logistics on behalf of its clients and subsequently reimbursed by the clients.

Rebates

The Company also provides rebates to certain customers based on the volume of activity conducted with them during a specified period. The amount of rebate is calculated as a pre-determined percentage of revenue transacted over such specified period of time and accrued for with a corresponding reduction in revenue when such rebates are earned.

Fair Value Measurements — The Company records certain assets and liabilities at fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value is described below. This hierarchy requires entities to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:

    Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

    Level 2 — Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

    Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

Cash and Cash Equivalents — All of the Company's cash assets are held in operating and money market bank accounts, held with reputable financial institutions, either in the US or overseas. The Company also receives cash advances from its customers in conjunction with reimbursable investigator payments. Such advances are maintained in separate escrow accounts as required under the contract terms with the Company's customers; these amounts are not commingled with the Company's cash and cash equivalents and are presented separately in the accompanying balance sheets.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments — At December 31, 2012 and 2011, financial instruments for which the fair value is the same as carrying value due to the short term nature of the instrument include cash, accounts receivable, unbilled receivables, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities.

Available-for-Sale Securities — During March 2012, the Company received 283,186 shares of Accentia Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. common stock as a settlement for its claim against Biovest International, Inc. and Accentia Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. initiated in 2008 for receivables of $385,133. The fair value of the shares, based on Level 1 quoted prices, was $385,133 on the date they were awarded and this amount was

F-82


Table of Contents


Clinstar, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

1. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

recorded in other income and expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2012.

The shares, which are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, are classified as available-for-sale securities. On December 31, 2012, the fair value of the shares, based on Level 1 quoted prices, was $19,823. The Company has concluded that the decline in fair value is other than temporary and, as such, has recorded a realized loss totaling $365,310 in other income and expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Accounts Receivable and Unbilled Receivable — Accounts receivable balances comprise invoices issued by the Company for which payments had not been received prior to December 31, 2012. Unbilled receivables are comprised of pass-through costs incurred by the Company on behalf of its clients and revenue recognized upon completion of milestones or delivery of units of output prior to the end of the year, for which invoices were not issued as of December 31, 2012. Revenue related to such unbilled receivables is recorded at the time when services are rendered or when the Company has incurred costs on behalf of its clients.

Allowance for Bad Debts — The allowance for bad debts is based upon management's evaluation of the collectability of outstanding receivables. Management's evaluation takes into consideration factors such as past bad debt experience, economic conditions and information about specific receivables. The allowance for bad debts is based on estimates and ultimate losses may vary from current estimates. As adjustments to these estimates become necessary, they are reported in earnings in the periods that they become known. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had no allowance for bad debts.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Credit Risk Evaluations — Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of money market accounts and trade accounts receivable. Substantially all of the Company's cash accounts are maintained with domestic and international financial institutions with high credit standing. At times, cash balances may exceed amounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). FDIC has temporarily increased its deposit coverage insurance limits to $250,000 per account at each institution. In addition, unlimited deposit insurance coverage was available through December 31, 2012, for non-interest bearing transaction accounts at institutions participating in FDIC's Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. The Company held accounts that exceeded the FDIC limit by $3.4 million at December 31, 2012.

The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of these institutions and has not experienced any losses on its cash and cash equivalents to date.

The Company conducts business in the United States and internationally on a credit basis. The Company does not require collateral from its customers.

F-83


Table of Contents


Clinstar, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

1. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Revenues from individual customers greater than 10% of consolidated service revenue in the respective periods was as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  

Customer A

    19 %   4 %

Customer B

    12 %   2 %

Customer C

    7 %   20 %

Customer D

    9 %   11 %

Customer E

    8 %   15 %

Customer F

    9 %   10 %

Accounts receivable and unbilled receivables from individual customers that are equal to or greater than 10% of consolidated accounts receivable and unbilled receivables as of the respective dates were as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  

Customer A

    24 %   6 %

Customer B

    12 %   6 %

Customer C

    11 %   11 %

Customer D

    1 %   15 %

Customer E

    7 %   16 %

Property, Plant, and Equipment — Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

Computers, software and office equipment

  3-5 years

Machinery, equipment and automobiles

  4-6 years

Office furniture and warehouse equipment

  10 years

Leasehold improvements

  Lesser of the lease term or useful life of the asset

Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Improvements and betterments are capitalized. When assets are retired or disposed of, the costs and accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the accounts and any resulting gains or losses are reflected in operations in the period realized.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets — The Company reviews the recoverability of its long-lived asset groups, including furniture and equipment, computer hardware and software, and leasehold improvements, when events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate the carrying value of the asset group may not be recoverable. The assessment of possible impairment is based on the Company's ability to recover the carrying value of the asset group from the expected future pre-tax cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) of the related operations. If these cash flows are less than the carrying value of such asset, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value. The Company's primary measure of fair value is based on discounted cash flows. The measurement of

F-84


Table of Contents


Clinstar, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

1. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

impairment requires the Company to make estimates of these cash flows related to long-lived assets, as well as other fair value determinations. No impairment losses were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2012 or 2011.

Advances from Customers — Advances from customers represent amounts associated with reimbursable revenue and investigator fees that have been received but have not yet been paid.

Deferred Revenue — Deferred revenue reflects amounts received from customers for which the services are yet to be rendered by Clinstar. As the services are rendered, the liability is reduced by the amount invoiced to the customer.

Value Added Taxes — The Company remits Value Added Taxes (VAT) to various taxing jurisdictions as a result of revenue earned from the sale of services to its customers. VAT rates applicable to the Company's services vary by taxing jurisdiction and certain of the Company's services are deemed to be tax exempt. The Company records VAT as a current liability at the time the revenue is earned. The liability is relieved upon the remittance of the tax owed to the various taxing jurisdictions. The Company's presentation of VAT collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities is on a net basis. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the liability associated with the payment of VAT was $502,043 and $359,253, respectively.

Income Taxes — The Company has been organized as a Limited Liability Company (LLC). As such, the Company pays no federal income taxes in the United States of America but is charged a fee at the state level using the statutory rates in effect for an LLC. Additionally, the members are individually taxed on their proportionate share of the Company's taxable income.

In Russia and Ukraine, the Company pays income taxes based on the Company's subsidiary profits for the year. The Company paid taxes amounting to $1,600,047 and $981,471 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Income tax expense for each year represents current taxes and, due to insignificant timing differences, there are no deferred tax assets or liabilities relating to such foreign taxes.

Stock Appreciation Rights — During 2009, the Company issued cash-settled stock appreciation rights (SARs) that contain a performance condition to certain employees that vest only upon a liquidity event. No compensation expense has been recorded as a liquidity event is not considered probable until the date it occurs. At that time, compensation expense equal to the fair value at the time of a liquidity event will be recorded.

See Footnote 7, Subsequent Events, for disclosures regarding payments made by the Company after the date of the financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements — Recent accounting pronouncements that may be applicable to the Company include the following:

Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2011-5, Comprehensive Income , and ASU 2011-12, Comprehensive Income , require entities to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both choices, an entity is required to present each component of net income, along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. This update eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the

F-85


Table of Contents


Clinstar, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

1. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

statement of changes in stockholders' equity. The amendments in this update do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. The Company adopted this guidance during the year ended December 31, 2012, and retrospective application was required. This guidance changed the Company's financial statement presentation of comprehensive income but did not impact net income, financial position or cash flows.

ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , requires expanded disclosure of certain fair value measurements categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company adopted this ASU during the year ended December 31, 2012 and it did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

2. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  (in USD thousands)
 

Leasehold improvements

  $ 467   $ 253  

Automobiles

    85     20  

Software

    420     388  

Computer equipment

    1,403     1,303  

Furniture & fixtures

    385     363  

Office equipment

    337     322  

Warehouse equipment

    712     459  
           

Total

    3,809     3,108  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (2,241 )   (1,851 )
           

Property and Equipment, Net

  $ 1,568   $ 1,257  
           
           

Depreciation and amortization expense was $466,605 and $392,688 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

3. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases — The Company leases offices in the United States in Walnut Creek, California and Durham, North Carolina. Further, the Company leases seven facilities in foreign countries including offices in Kiev, Ukraine; St. Petersburg and Moscow in Russia and warehousing facilities in Moscow, Minsk and Kiev. These lease agreements expire at various dates through 2015 and can be renewed annually. The leases require the Company to pay operating costs, including property taxes, normal maintenance, and insurance. Rent expense related to the operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $2,839,553 and $2,841,260, respectively.

F-86


Table of Contents


Clinstar, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

The following were the Company's lease commitments as of December 31, 2012:

Year
  (in USD thousands)  

2013

  $ 2,672  

2014

    1,568  

2015

    677  
       

Total

  $ 4,917  
       
       

Employment Agreements — The Company has entered into employment and non-compete agreements with certain management employees. Each employment agreement also contains provisions that restrict the employees' ability to compete directly with the Company for a comparable period after employment terminates.

Legal Proceedings — The Company is involved in legal proceedings from time to time in the ordinary course of its business, including employment claims and claims related to other business transactions. Although the outcome of such claims is uncertain, management believes that these legal proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of future operations of the Company.

Insurance — The Company currently maintains insurance for risks associated with the operation of its business, provision of professional services, and ownership of property. These policies provide coverage for a variety of potential losses, including, without limitation, loss or damage to property, bodily injury, general commercial liability, professional errors and omissions, and medical malpractice.

4. MEMBER'S EQUITY

Under the terms of the Company's Limited Liability Company Agreement (the "Agreement"), which has no expiration date, the Company has one class of member units. The rights, powers and duties of each member of the Company with respect to the property and obligations of the Company and the net profits and losses of the Company shall correspond to the respective member unit percentages. In addition, each member's liability shall be limited as set forth in the Beverly-Killea Limited Liability Company Act (the "Act") and other applicable law. Except as provided by the Act, no member shall be personally liable to any third party for any debt, obligation, or liability of the Company.

Net income and loss is allocated to the members as defined in the Agreement. Losses allocated to a member shall not exceed the maximum amount of losses that can be allocated without causing a member to have an adjusted capital account deficit at the end of any fiscal year unless all members are in a deficit position.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company was owned entirely by the Estate of Paul Loveday.

The Company disbursed a member's dividend of $2.6 million and $4.0 million to the Estate of Paul Loveday in April 2012 and December 2012, respectively.

F-87


Table of Contents


Clinstar, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Operations by Geographic Area

The following table presents certain enterprise-wide information about the Company's operations and assets by geographic area for the years ended and as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended  
 
  December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 

Service revenues:

             

United States

  $ 19,258   $ 17,709  

Eastern Europe

    10,162     7,098  
           

  $ 29,420   $ 24,807  
           
           

 

 
  December 31,
2012
  December 31,
2011
 

Property and Equipment, net

             

United States

  $ 554   $ 629  

Eastern Europe

    1,014     628  
           

  $ 1,568   $ 1,257  
           
           

6. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

During each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 the Company paid $72,000 to members of the Members Representative Committee of the Company. These fees are paid monthly and in accordance with a resolution dated August 1, 2010.

7. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company disbursed a member's dividend of $0.6 million to the Estate of Paul Loveday on February 28, 2013.

On February 28, 2013, the Company was purchased by Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc. ("PRA"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of PRA Holdings, Inc., for $45.0 million in cash and contingent consideration in the form of a potential earn-out payment of up to $5.0 million. The earn-out payment is contingent upon the achievement of certain revenue and earnings targets during the 24 month period following closing.

On February 28, 2013, the Company paid $2.1 million to settle SARs issued to certain employees that vested upon the purchase of the Company by PRA. On this date, the Company also paid certain employees $1.1 million in bonuses associated with this transaction. An additional $1.0 million is payable to the holders of SARs in 2014.

The Company has evaluated the period after the balance sheet date up through May 16, 2013, the report release date, and noted no subsequent events or transactions, other than those discussed above, that require recognition or disclosure in the financial statements.

F-88


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Auditors

The Board of Directors
RPS Parent Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of RPS Parent Holding Corp. and subsidiaries, which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2011, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Management's Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free of material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor's Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor's judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity's preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity's internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of RPS Parent Holding Corp. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2011 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Restatement of 2012 Financial Statements

As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the 2012 financial statements have been restated to correct a disclosure error related to a contingent liability. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 28, 2013, except for Note 3, as to
which the date is August 26, 2014

F-89


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Auditors

To the Board of Directors
RPS Parent Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders' equity, and cash flows of ReSearch Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries (predecessor to RPS Parent Holding Corp.) for the period from January 1, 2011 to February 17, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated results of the ReSearch Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries operations and cash flows for the period from January 1, 2011 to February 17, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
April 27, 2012

F-90


Table of Contents



RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 16,903,458   $ 10,049,214  

Restricted cash

    5,054,826     10,138,385  

Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $826,000 at December 31, 2012 and $646,000 at December 31, 2011, respectively

    93,254,327     68,863,635  

Deferred tax asset

    334,543     268,357  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    4,534,596     7,634,508  
           

Total current assets

  $ 120,081,750   $ 96,954,099  

Property and equipment, net

   
8,239,608
   
6,113,464
 

Other assets

    5,457,462     2,826,995  

Deferred financing costs

    3,507,482     3,934,644  

Intangible assets, net

    53,378,598     59,463,312  

Goodwill

    164,672,945     164,672,945  
           

Total assets

  $ 355,337,845   $ 333,965,459  
           
           

Liabilities and stockholders' equity

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

  $ 4,277,646   $ 3,243,578  

Accrued expenses

    21,941,795     12,049,195  

Customer deposits

    9,554,826     14,638,385  

Deferred revenue

    17,785,402     12,338,162  

Line of credit

    7,910,000      

Deferred tax liability

        54,626  

Current portion of capital lease obligations

    271,420     82,991  

Current portion of long-term debt

    4,000,000     3,500,000  

Other current liabilities

    828,980     730,231  
           

Total current liabilities

  $ 66,570,069   $ 46,637,168  

Deferred tax liability

   
16,319,982
   
22,784,804
 

Other liabilities

    1,397,662     1,166,042  

Capital lease obligations

    603,246     214,292  

Long-term debt

    72,000,000     76,000,000  

Shareholder notes

    105,060,959     86,382,912  
           

Total liabilities

  $ 261,951,918   $ 233,185,218  

Stockholders' equity:

   
 
   
 
 

Common stock, $.01 par value:

             

Authorized shares — 66,000,000; issued and outstanding shares — 54,442,523 and 54,441,585 at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively

    544,425     544,416  

Additional paid-in capital

    105,999,309     105,262,498  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    745,130     387,086  

Accumulated deficit

    (13,902,937 )   (5,413,759 )
           

Total stockholders' equity

  $ 93,385,927   $ 100,780,241  
           
           

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 355,337,845   $ 333,965,459  
           
           

   

See accompanying notes

F-91


Table of Contents



RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 
  Successor Company   Predecessor
Company
 
 
  Year ended
December 31,
2012
  Period from
February 18
through
December 31,
2011
  Period from
January 1
through
February 17,
2011
 

Service revenue

  $ 427,092,450   $ 279,493,183   $ 47,193,468  

Reimbursement revenue

    38,790,995     30,582,387     4,006,140  
               

Total revenue

    465,883,445     310,075,570     51,199,608  

Direct costs

   
339,801,232
   
208,878,814
   
35,281,825
 

Reimbursable out-of-pocket costs

    38,790,995     30,582,387     4,006,140  

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

    74,410,735     57,281,859     9,398,963  

Transaction costs

            2,997,444  

Depreciation and amortization

    9,539,455     8,033,141     527,324  
               

Income (loss) from operations

    3,341,028     5,299,369     (1,012,088 )

Interest expense, net

   
16,283,634
   
12,466,294
   
80,020
 

Other expense, net

    299,262     193,971     121,957  
               

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (13,241,868 )   (7,360,896 )   (1,214,065 )

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

    (4,752,690 )   (1,947,137 )   1,233,053  
               

Net loss

  $ (8,489,178 ) $ (5,413,759 ) $ (2,447,118 )
               
               

   

See accompanying notes

F-92


Table of Contents



RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 
  Successor Company   Predecessor
Company
 
 
  Year ended
December 31,
2012
  Period from
February 18
through
December 31,
2011
  Period from
January 1
through
February 17,
2011
 

Net loss as reported

  $ (8,489,178 ) $ (5,413,759 ) $ (2,447,118 )

Other comprehensive income:

                   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    358,044     387,086     1,969,797  
               

Comprehensive loss

  $ (8,131,134 ) $ (5,026,673 ) $ (477,321 )
               
               

   

See accompanying notes

F-93


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 
  Common Stock    
  Other
Accumulated
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Retained
Earning
(Accumulated
Deficit)
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In Capital
   
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Total  

Predecessor Company

                                     

Balance at December 31, 2010

    37,264,215   $ 3,726   $ 45,970,098   $ (2,326,975 ) $ 5,746,368   $ 49,393,217  
                           
                           

Stock-based compensation

            190,000             190,000  

Net loss

                    (2,447,118 )   (2,447,118 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                1,969,797         1,969,797  
                           

Balance at February 17, 2011

    37,264,215   $ 3,726   $ 46,160,098   $ (357,178 ) $ 3,299,250   $ 49,105,896  
                           
                           

Successor Company

                                     

Issuance of common stock

    54,441,585   $ 544,416   $ 104,849,962           $ 105,394,378  

Stock-based compensation

            412,536             412,536  

Net loss

                  $ (5,413,759 )   (5,413,759 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

              $ 387,086         387,086  
                           

Balance at December 31, 2011

    54,441,585   $ 544,416   $ 105,262,498   $ 387,086   $ (5,413,759 ) $ 100,780,241  
                           
                           

Exercise of common stock options

    938   $ 9     1,866             1,875  

Stock-based compensation

              474,114             474,114  

Net loss

                    (8,489,178 )   (8,489,178 )

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

            260,831             260,831  

Foreign currency translation adjustment

                358,044         358,044  
                           

Balance at December 31, 2012

    54,442,523   $ 544,425   $ 105,999,309   $ 745,130   $ (13,902,937 ) $ 93,385,927  
                           
                           

See accompanying notes

F-94


Table of Contents



RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Successor Company   Predecessor
Company
 
 
  Year ended
December 31,
2012
  Period from
February 18
through
December 31,
2011
  Period from
January 1
through
February 17,
2011
 

Net loss

  $ (8,489,178 ) $ (5,413,759 ) $ (2,447,118 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                   

Depreciation and amortization

    9,539,455     8,033,141     527,324  

Stock-based compensation

    474,114     412,536     190,000  

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

    (260,831 )        

Deferred tax benefit

    (6,585,634 )   (3,204,738 )   1,156,051  

Non-cash interest expense

    10,000,423     7,155,855      

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                   

Accounts receivable

    (24,362,154 )   (530,923 )   (6,364,183 )

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    125,423     385,654     1,706,487  

Accounts payable

    1,043,043     (1,789,467 )   770,679  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    10,806,713     (1,430,322 )   1,040,984  

Deferred revenue

    5,415,849     (2,778,038 )   2,905,942  
               

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    (2,292,777 )   839,939     (513,834 )

Investing activities

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Purchase of property and equipment

    (4,769,261 )   (2,420,074 )   (712,605 )

Predecessor acquisition, net of cash required

        (214,371,330 )    
               

Net cash used in investing activities

    (4,769,261 )   (216,791,404 )   (712,605 )

Financing activities

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Net borrowings on line of credit

    7,910,000         8,768,029  

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

    (242,991 )   (142,402 )   (20,593 )

Proceeds from long-term debt

        80,000,000      

Proceeds from shareholder notes

    10,000,000     80,000,000      

Repayment of line of credit

        (21,623,796 )    

Principal payments on long term debt

    (3,500,000 )   (500,000 )    

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

    260,831          

Proceeds from the exercise of options

    1,875          

Payments of deferred equity financing cost

    (534,236 )   (4,707,587 )    

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

        92,942,355      
               

Net cash provided by financing activities

    13,895,479     225,968,570     8,747,436  

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

    20,803     32,109     23,254  
               

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    6,854,244     10,049,214     7,544,251  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

  $ 10,049,214   $   $ 4,695,391  
               

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $ 16,903,458   $ 10,049,214   $ 12,239,642  
               
               

Net borrowings on line of credit

                   

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Cash paid during the year for:

                   

Interest

  $ 6,625,410     4,806,114     88,271  
               

Income taxes

    1,310,842     1,207,242   $  
               

Non-cash investing activities:

                   

Purchase of equipment financed by capital lease

  $ 820,404   $   $  
               

   

See accompanying notes

F-95


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Year Ended December 31, 2012

1. Business and Organization

RPS Parent Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries (the Company, Parent or RPS) is a global next generation clinical research organization (CRO) serving biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, which the Company refers to collectively as the biopharmaceutical industry. The Company's business model combines the expertise of a traditional CRO with the ability to provide flexible outsourcing solutions that are fully integrated within the Company's clients' clinical infrastructure. The Company is able to leverage its high degree of clinical expertise, industry knowledge and specialization to reduce the expense and time frame of clinical development that meets the varied needs of small, medium and large biopharmaceutical companies.

On December 27, 2010, ReSearch Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. (RPS, Inc.) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the Merger Agreement) with Roy RPS Holdings Corp. (Roy), a Delaware corporation affiliated with Warburg Pincus Private Equity X, L.P. and Warburg Pincus X Partners (Collectively Warburg Pincus), and RPS Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Roy (Merger Sub). Prior to consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, RPS Parent Holding Corp. (Holdings), a Delaware corporation, was formed and acquired all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Roy and serves as the ultimate parent entity.

On the date of the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, February 18, 2011, Merger Sub merged with and into RPS, Inc., with RPS, Inc. surviving the merger as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Roy (the Merger). Each outstanding share of common stock of RPS, Inc. was cancelled and converted automatically into the right to receive $6.10 in cash, without interest, except for shares (i) in respect of which appraisal rights were properly exercised under Delaware law or (ii) owned by the Company as treasury stock, or by Roy or Merger Sub. Additionally, at the effective time of the Merger, each outstanding option to acquire shares of Common Stock issued under RPS, Inc.'s equity compensation plan that was vested and exercisable was cancelled in exchange for the right to receive an amount per share of Common Stock underlying the applicable stock option equal to the excess, if any, of the Merger consideration of $6.10 over the applicable exercise price of such stock option. Each outstanding option to acquire shares of Common Stock that was unvested at the effective time of the Merger and was not contractually entitled to accelerated vesting as of the effective time was exchanged by Roy for options having an aggregate intrinsic value equal to the value of such unvested options. In addition, a portion of the outstanding shares of Common Stock held by certain members of senior management, as well as a portion of vested options held by senior management, were exchanged for options and shares, respectively of Holdings. Subsequent to the closing of the Merger, the Company is now controlled by Warburg Pincus.

The accompanying consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, cash flows and stockholders' equity are presented for two periods: Predecessor and Successor, which relate to the period preceding the Merger (January 1, 2011 through February 17, 2011) and the period succeeding the Merger (year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2011), respectively. For purposes of identification, the "Company" is defined as RPS Parent Holding Corp. for the successor period and as ReSearch Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. for the Predecessor period. The Merger resulted in a new basis of accounting beginning on February 18, 2011 for the Company.

The Company owns subsidiaries in sixty-three countries with its core operations located in North America, Latin America, Europe and Asia. The Company's revenues are generated primarily from clients located in the United States.

F-96


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Year Ended December 31, 2012

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less from date of purchase.

Restricted Cash and Customer Deposits

The Company receives cash in advance from certain customers specifically for the payment of investigator fees relating to specific projects. Such amounts are recorded as restricted cash and customer deposits in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist principally of cash and accounts receivable. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the financial institutions in which its cash is invested. The majority of the Company's revenues and accounts receivable are derived from biopharmaceutical companies located in the United States. The Successor Company's three largest customers accounted for approximately 22%, 20% and 12%, respectively, of service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012. The Successor Company's three largest customers accounted for approximately 24%, 15% and 12%, respectively, of service revenue for the period from February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2011. The Predecessor Company's three largest customers accounted for approximately 24%, 15% and 14%, respectively, of service revenue for the period from January 1, 2011 through February 17, 2011.

The Successor Company's two largest customers account for approximately 20% and 15%, respectively, of the accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2012. The Successor Company's two largest customers account for approximately 17% and 10%, respectively, of the accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2011. No other customers represented more than 10% of net service revenue or accounts receivable during those periods or at those times for either the Successor Company or the Predecessor Company.

The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts based on experience and specifically identified risks. Accounts receivable are carried at estimated realizable value and charged off against the allowance for doubtful accounts when management determines that recovery is unlikely and the Company ceases collection efforts.

Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

F-97


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Year Ended December 31, 2012

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Derivative Financial Instruments

All derivatives are measured at fair value and recognized as either assets or liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Derivatives that are not determined to be effective hedges are adjusted to fair value with a corresponding effect on earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and determined to be effective as part of a hedge transaction have no immediate effect on earnings and depending on the type of hedge, are recorded either as part of other comprehensive income and will be included in earnings in the period in which earnings are affected by the hedged item, or are included in earnings as an offset to the earnings impact of the hedged item. Any ineffective portions of hedges are reported in earnings as they occur. The Company utilizes an interest rate collar agreement to manage changes in market conditions related to debt obligations.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying value of financial instruments including cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and lines of credit approximates their fair value based on the short-term nature of these instruments. In addition, the carrying value of debt instruments, which do not have readily determinable market values, approximate fair value given that the interest rates on outstanding borrowings approximate market rates.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance which do not extend the useful life of the related assets are charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets which range from one to seven years.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships, brand names, proprietary software and information, non-compete agreements and goodwill. Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized on a straight line basis over the following periods: customer relationships — seven years, proprietary software and information — five years, and non-compete agreements — five years. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized and consist of the Company's brand name. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost over the estimated fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations.

The Company accounts for goodwill, customer relationships, brand names, proprietary software and information and non-compete agreements in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) guidance for intangible assets. Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis (as of October 1 of each year) and more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the Company below its carrying value. If the fair value of the Company is less than the carrying value, goodwill may be impaired, and will be written down to its estimated fair market value, if necessary. For indefinite-lived intangibles, the annual impairment test consists of comparing the fair value of the asset to the carrying value.

Definite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated

F-98


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Year Ended December 31, 2012

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

future cash flows, then an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset.

Revenue and Cost Recognition

The majority of the Company's service revenue is derived from fee-for-service contracts. Revenues and the related costs of fee-for-service contracts are recognized in the period in which services are performed. The Company also recognizes revenue under units-based contracts by multiplying units completed by the applicable contract per-unit price. Revenue related to contract modifications is recognized when realization is assured and the amounts are reasonably determinable. Adjustments to contract estimates are reported in the periods in which the facts that require the revisions become known.

FASB guidance requires reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses to be classified as revenue in the statements of operations. Reimbursements for out-of-pocket expenses included in total revenue in the Company's consolidated statements of operations were $38,790,995 and $30,582,387 for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2011 for the Successor Company, respectively; and $4,006,140 for the period January 1, 2011 through February 17, 2011 for the Predecessor Company.

The Company excludes investigator fees from its out-of-pocket expenses because these fees are funded from the customer's restricted cash and are recorded on a "pass-through basis" without risk or reward to the Company. Investigator fees paid on behalf of customers by the Successor Company for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2011 were approximately $16,000,000 and $22,645,000, respectively. Investigator fees paid on behalf of customers by the Predecessor Company for the period from January 1, 2011 through February 17, 2011 were approximately $1,847,000.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using an asset and liability approach which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and amounts reportable for income tax purposes.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered. The Company evaluates the need to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets based on positive and negative evidence including past operating results, the amount of existing temporary differences to be recovered and expected future taxable income. A valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets is established when it is "more likely than not" that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company follows the provisions of accounting for uncertainty in income taxes in ASC 740, which prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities.

F-99


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Year Ended December 31, 2012

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Foreign Currency Translation

The financial statements of the Company's foreign subsidiaries have been translated into U.S. dollars. All balance sheet accounts have been translated using the exchange rates in effect at the respective balance sheet date with all translation gains or losses reported as a component of other comprehensive income. The statements of operations' amounts have been translated using average exchange rates in effect over the relevant periods. Foreign currency transactional gains (losses) have been reflected as a component of the Company's consolidated statements of operations within other expense, net.

Stock-Based Compensation

Share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, are required to be recognized in the financial statements based on their estimated fair values. This guidance requires that an entity measure the cost of equity-based service awards based on the grant-date fair value of the award and recognize the cost of such award over the period during which the employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award (vesting period).

Geographic Information

The Company's non-U.S. operations accounted for approximately 18% and 18% of service revenue during the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2011 for the Successor Company, respectively; and approximately 18% for the period from January 1, 2011 through February 17, 2011 for the Predecessor Company.

 
  Americas   Europe   Asia-Pacific   Total  

Service revenue from external customers (1)

                         

Year ended December 31, 2012

  $ 384,441,058   $ 29,211,369   $ 13,440,023   $ 427,092,450  

Period from February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2011

    251,680,204     21,031,156     6,781,823     279,493,183  

Period from January 1, 2011 through February 17, 2011

    41,729,525     4,173,928     1,290,015     47,193,468  

Long-lived assets (2)

                         

December 31, 2012

    6,226,816     1,165,899     846,893     8,239,608  

December 31, 2011

    4,136,405     1,189,043     788,016     6,113,464  

(1)
Service revenue is attributable to geographic locations based on the physical location where the services are performed.

(2)
Long-lived assets represents the net book value of property and equipment.

Reclassification

Certain prior period amounts in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been reclassified to conform to the current period's presentation.

F-100


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Year Ended December 31, 2012

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Stock Split

On August 5, 2011, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a stock split of the Company's common stock at a ratio of 2.5 shares for every 1 share previously held. All common stock share and per share data included in the Successor Company's consolidated financial statements reflect the stock split.

3. Restatement

In September 2012, a customer asserted that the Company was not in compliance with a clause contained in its Master Services Agreement (the "Agreement") with the customer. The Company evaluated the customer's assertion and believed that the Company was in compliance with the disputed clause and intended to vigorously defend the matter. However, the Company concluded that there was a reasonable possibility of a potential material loss related to this matter, and accordingly, the potential loss contingency should have been disclosed within the footnotes to the financial statements pursuant to the provisions of ASC 450, Contingencies. The accompanying financial statements have been restated to correct this disclosure error.

On May 5, 2014, the Company and the customer reached a settlement agreement in the amount of $9.0 million regarding this matter. The $9.0 million is payable in installments through December 31, 2017 and amends the terms of the Agreement to eliminate the disputed clause. The settlement agreement stipulates that the Company denies that it failed to comply with the disputed clause, and there is no admission of any wrongdoing by either party.

4. Merger

As discussed in Note 1, Business and Organization, the Company completed the Merger on February 18, 2011. The Merger was financed by a combination of borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facility and Shareholder Notes (Note 9, Debt Facilities) as well as from equity investments. The Merger has been accounted for as a business combination under FASB ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations. The

F-101


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Year Ended December 31, 2012

4. Merger (Continued)

purchase price has been assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The allocation of the purchase price is as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 12,239,642  

Accounts receivable

    68,345,385  

Deferred tax asset

    829,250  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    12,937,350  

Property and equipment

    6,748,314  

Goodwill

    164,672,945  

Customer relationships

    34,165,000  

Brand name

    24,530,000  

Global recruitment database

    3,745,000  

Proprietary software

    730,000  

Non-compete agreement

    1,545,000  

Accounts payable

    (5,033,745 )

Accrued expenses

    (18,516,422 )

Customer deposits

    (4,500,000 )

Deferred revenue

    (15,145,690 )

Line of credit

    (21,623,796 )

Deferred tax liability

    (26,605,238 )
       

  $ 239,062,995  
       
       

The customer relationships, brand name and non-compete agreements were valued using an income approach and the global recruitment database and proprietary software were valued using the replacement cost approach. Fair values and useful lives assigned to intangible assets were based on the estimated value and use of these assets by a market participant.

In connection with the Merger, the Company has recorded $164,672,945 million of goodwill, none of which is tax deductible. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the net identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired. The Company believes that the Merger resulted in the recognition of goodwill primarily as a result of the potential for further geographic expansion of its business and an increased market penetration in regions with existing operations.

The Company expensed transaction costs of $2,997,444 in the Predecessor Company's statements of operations for the period from January 1, 2011 through February 17, 2011. The transaction costs consist primarily of investment banking, tax, legal, and accounting fees related directly to the Merger. In addition, the Company has incurred debt financing costs of $4,707,587. These costs were capitalized in the Successor Company's consolidated financial statements and are classified as deferred financing costs on the consolidated balance sheet. The deferred financing costs are being amortized from the Merger date over the remaining term of the debt instruments using the effective interest method. All amortization related to the capitalized debt financing costs is recorded as interest expense in the statement of operations.

F-102


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Year Ended December 31, 2012

5. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of the Company's goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor Company); and the period from January 1, 2011 through February 17, 2011 (Predecessor Company), respectively:

Predecessor Company

       

Balance as of December 31, 2010

  $ 15,352,890  

Currency exchange

    610,416  
       

Balance as of February 17, 2011

  $ 15,963,306  
       
       

Successor Company

       

Goodwill related to the Merger

  $ 164,672,945  
       

Balance as of December 31, 2012 and 2011

  $ 164,672,945  
       
       

The following table summarizes intangible assets and their accumulated amortization for the periods noted:

 
  December 31, 2012   December 31, 2011  
 
  Gross   Accumulated
Amortization
  Net   Gross   Accumulated
Amortization
  Net  

Intangible assets subject to amortization

                                     

Customer relationships

  $ 34,165,000   $ (9,093,236 ) $ 25,071,764   $ 34,165,000   $ (4,212,521 ) $ 29,952,479  

Global recruitment database

    3,745,000     (1,395,458 )   2,349,542     3,745,000     (646,458 )   3,098,542  

Proprietary software

    730,000     (272,012 )   457,988     730,000     (126,012 )   603,988  

Non-compete agreements

    1,545,000     (575,696 )   969,304     1,545,000     (266,697 )   1,278,303  
                           

Total

  $ 40,185,000   $ (11,336,402 ) $ 28,848,598   $ 40,185,000   $ (5,251,688 ) $ 34,933,312  
                           
                           

The weighted-average amortization period for the intangible assets is 6.7 years at December 31, 2012. In addition, the Company has $24,530,000 capitalized for brand name, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 which has an indefinite life.

The estimated amortization expense for each of the five years ending December 31, 2017 and thereafter for the definite-lived intangibles is as follows:

2013   2014   2015   2016   2017   Thereafter  
$6,085,000   $ 6,085,000   $ 6,085,000   $ 5,046,000   $ 4,881,000   $ 667,000  

F-103


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Year Ended December 31, 2012

6. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following:

 
   
  December 31,  
 
  Useful Life   2012   2011  

Computers, software and other equipment

  2 to 3 years   $ 4,910,746   $ 3,703,395  

Automobiles

  1 to 3 years     985,230     893,756  

Leasehold improvements                     

  Shorter of 7 years
or life of lease
   
1,367,215
   
780,130
 

Software

  2 to 3 years     2,462,772     1,560,932  

Furniture and fixtures

  5 years     2,344,622     1,956,704  
               

        12,070,585     8,894,917  

Less accumulated depreciation

        (3,830,977 )   (2,781,453 )
               

      $ 8,239,608   $ 6,113,464  
               
               

Automobiles include assets acquired under capital lease obligations (Note 15, Commitments and Contingencies). Total depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor Company); and for the period from January 1, 2011 through February 17, 2011 (Predecessor Company) was approximately $3,455,000, $2,781,000, and $409,000, respectively.

7. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 
  December 31  
 
  2012   2011  

Accrued compensation

  $ 7,386,556   $ 5,392,334  

Accrued professional fees

    460,407     753,250  

Volume rebate accrual

    6,768,867     3,463,772  

Accrued taxes

    3,423,096     822,504  

Contingency reserve (Note 15)

    1,465,223      

Other

    2,437,646     1,617,335  
           

  $ 21,941,795   $ 12,049,195  
           
           

F-104


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Year Ended December 31, 2012

8. Restructuring

During the second quarter of 2012, the Company approved a restructuring plan to reduce support costs in its European Operations ("European Restructuring Plan"). The Company offered severance benefits to the terminated employees and eliminated approximately 75 positions. The table below outlines the components of the restructuring charges:

 
  Year ended
December 31, 2012
 

Severance and benefits

  $ 6,380,380  

Professional fees

    2,206,679  

Contingency reserve

    1,465,223  
       

Total

  $ 10,052,282  
       
       

A total of approximately $1.9 million is included in accrued expenses at December 31, 2012 related to the European Restructuring Plan. Of this amount, $1.5 million relates to outstanding contingency claims for certain former employees that were terminated as part of the European Restructuring Plan (Note 15). Of the total charge of $10.1 million, approximately $3.0 million is included in direct costs and a total of approximately $7.1 million is included in selling, general and administrative expenses of the consolidated statement of operations.

9. Debt Facilities

Predecessor Company

In November 2006, RPS, Inc. entered into a bank line of credit agreement (the Credit Agreement), expiring October 31, 2009. The Credit Agreement provided for $15,000,000 of available borrowings, and was subject to certain borrowing base restrictions. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement required interest at the Federal Funds open rate, as defined, plus 1%. The Credit Agreement was secured by all corporate assets and also contained financial and nonfinancial covenants including restrictions on the payment of dividends, restrictions on acquisitions and restrictions on the repurchase, redemption, or retirement of outstanding equity.

In July 2009, the Credit Agreement was amended (the Amended Credit Agreement) to extend the termination date to October 31, 2012. The Amended Credit Agreement also provided for $30,000,000 of available borrowings, and was subject to certain borrowing base restrictions. Borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement require interest at the Federal Funds open rate, as defined, plus 2%. The Amended Credit Agreement remained secured by all corporate assets and continued the financial and nonfinancial covenants including restrictions on the payment of dividends, restrictions on acquisitions and restrictions on the repurchase, redemption, or retirement of outstanding equity present under the Credit Agreement. This Amended Credit Agreement was repaid and terminated in connection with the Merger (Note 1).

Successor Company

On February 18, 2011, the Company entered into the Senior Secured Credit Facilities (the Senior Secured Credit Facilities). The Senior Secured Credit Facilities consist of a six-year $35,000,000 revolving credit facility (the Revolving Credit Facility) and a six-year $80,000,000 term loan facility (the Term Loan Facility). RPS, Inc. is the borrower under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and Roy as well as certain

F-105


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Year Ended December 31, 2012

9. Debt Facilities (Continued)

subsidiaries are the guarantors under this facility. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities require quarterly principal payments commencing September 30, 2011 on the Term Loan Facility. The quarterly payments are made as follows: $500,000 for the periods from September 30, 2011 through June 30, 2012, $1,000,000 for the periods from September 30, 2012 through June 30, 2014, $1,500,000 for the periods from September 30, 2014 through June 30, 2015, and $2,000,000 for the periods from September 30, 2015 through December 31, 2016. The final principal payment of $52,000,000 is due on February 17, 2017. Prepayments may be required under defined cash flow events.

In March and April 2012, the Company entered into amendments to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities which, among other modifications, adjusted the applicable margins on both Eurodollar and Base Rate loans, and adjusted certain financial and operating covenant requirements.

The Revolving Credit Facility is available, subject to certain conditions, for general corporate purposes in the ordinary course of business and for other transactions permitted under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities bear interest, at the Company's option, at the base rate or the Eurodollar rate plus a margin. The Revolving Credit Facility is guaranteed by the net assets of Roy RPS and its subsidiaries.

The interest rate on the Term Loan Facility was 6.75% at December 31, 2012 and the interest rate on the Revolving Credit Facility 7.5% at December 31, 2012.

The Company also agreed to pay a commitment fee on the unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility of 0.25% to 0.50% per annum based upon the ratio of the Company's profit to debt as defined by the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The commitment fee on unused borrowings for the Revolving Credit Facility was 0.50% for 2012.

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities require compliance with certain financial and operating covenants including a minimum consolidated cash interest coverage ratio and a maximum consolidated net leverage ratio. The Company is not permitted to declare, make or pay any cash dividends to RPS Parent Holding Corp. or other parties. The Company was in compliance with all required debt covenants at December 31, 2012. Upon a change in control, any amounts outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities shall immediately become due and the facilities shall immediately terminate.

In February 2011, the Company entered into Note Purchase Agreements (Note Purchase Agreements) with Warburg Pincus and other shareholders for an aggregate of $80,000,000 of 9% Subordinated Notes due February 2017. In addition, in April of 2012, the Company entered into an additional Note Purchase Agreement with Warburg Pincus for an additional $10,000,000 of 12% Subordinated Notes due February 2017. We will refer hereinafter to both the 9% Notes and the 12% Notes as "Shareholder Notes" or "Notes". The key provisions of the Shareholder Notes are as follows.

Interest accrues on the principal sum of the Shareholder Notes on a daily basis at an annual rate of 9% for the $80 million of principal and 12% for the $10 million of principal and is due and payable by increasing the principal amount of the Notes in arrears on a semi-annual basis. Any payment-in-kind (PIK) interest and principal will be paid-in-full in cash on the earliest to occur of the maturity date of the Notes (February 2017), a redemption in conjunction with a change of control, or the date under which payment on the Shareholder Notes is no longer restricted under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and RPS Parent elects to pay the PIK interest. RPS Parent may redeem all or a portion of the Shareholder Notes, at its option and

F-106


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Year Ended December 31, 2012

9. Debt Facilities (Continued)

at a redemption price equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. If less than all of the Shareholder Notes are redeemed, RPS Parent must redeem the Shareholder Notes ratably amongst all the holders of the Shareholder Notes. The holders of a majority of the outstanding principal under the Shareholder Notes may request redemption at a redemption price equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest upon a change of control.

As long as the Shareholder Notes remain outstanding, the Company will not make any acquisitions, including acquisitions of the stock or assets of another company, except the formation of new subsidiaries and any investment permitted under the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement. As long as the Shareholder Notes remain outstanding, the Company shall not create or enter into any indebtedness other than the Shareholder Notes, indebtedness to subsidiaries, guarantees of subsidiary debt, or other indebtedness not to exceed $12 million. The Shareholder Notes are subordinated to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Owners of approximately 5.1% of the Shareholder Notes are members of management (Management Noteholders). The Management Noteholders may request borrowings (the Tax Notes) from the Company in an amount equal to the annual tax liability of each Management Noteholder under the Notes upon the request of the applicable Management Noteholder. Approximately $100,000 of Tax Notes have been issued through December 31, 2012.

The following summarizes the Company's required debt principal payments under the Term Loan Facility for the next five years and thereafter:

 
  Term Loan
Facility Payment
 

2013

  $ 4,000,000  

2014

    5,000,000  

2015

    7,000,000  

2016

    8,000,000  

2017

    52,000,000  
       

Total

  $ 76,000,000  
       
       

10. Income Taxes

Loss before provision for income taxes consists of the following components:

 
  Successor Company   Predecessor
Company
 
 
  Year ended
December 31, 2012
  Period from
February 18
through
December 31, 2011
  Period from
January 1
through
February 17, 2011
 

Domestic

  $ (16,882,927 ) $ (7,930,412 ) $ (1,046,519 )

Foreign

    3,641,059     569,516     (167,546 )
               

Loss before income taxes

  $ (13,241,868 ) $ (7,360,896 ) $ (1,214,065 )
               
               

F-107


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Year Ended December 31, 2012

10. Income Taxes (Continued)

The (benefit) provision for income taxes is as follows:

 
  Successor Company   Predecessor
Company
 
 
  Year ended
December 31, 2012
  Period from
February 18
through
December 31, 2011
  Period from
January 1
through
February 17, 2011
 

Current:

                   

Federal

  $   $   $ 31,411  

State

    776,496     175,518     (53,680 )

Foreign

    1,056,448     1,082,083     99,271  
               

    1,832,944     1,257,601     77,002  

Preferred:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Federal

    (5,793,872 )   (2,547,462 )   657,566  

State

    (577,593 )   (498,745 )   125,788  

Foreign

    (214,169 )   (158,531 )   372,697  
               

    (6,585,634 )   (3,204,738 )   1,156,051  
               

Total

  $ (4,752,690 ) $ (1,947,137 ) $ 1,233,053  
               
               

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits

  $ 6,118,160   $ 4,801,395  

Interest expense limitation

    2,929,931      

Reserves, deferrals and accrued expenses

    633,117     447,425  

Stock based compensation

    436,118     250,420  
           

Total deferred tax assets

    10,117,326     5,499,240  

Deferred tax liabilities:

   
 
   
 
 

Property, plant and equipment

    (600,418 )   (718,723 )

Intangible assets

    (20,983,005 )   (23,528,906 )
           

Total deferred tax liabilities

    (21,583,423 )   (24,247,629 )

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

    (4,519,342 )   (3,822,684 )
           

Net deferred tax liabilities

  $ (15,985,439 ) $ (22,571,073 )
           
           

As reported:

             

Deferred tax assets, current

  $ 334,543   $ 268,357  

Deferred tax liabilities, current

        (54,626 )

Deferred tax liabilities, non-current

    (16,319,982 )   (22,784,804 )
           

Net deferred tax liabilities

  $ (15,985,439 ) $ (22,571,073 )
           

F-108


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Year Ended December 31, 2012

10. Income Taxes (Continued)

FASB ASC 740, Accounting for Income Taxes (FASB ASC 740), requires a company to evaluate its deferred tax assets on a regular basis to determine if a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets is required. Pursuant to FASB ASC 740, losses generated by entities that lack a history of prior operating results is significant negative evidence that is difficult to overcome in considering whether deferred tax assets are more likely than not realizable. The Company has concluded, based upon the evaluation of all available evidence, that it is more likely than not that certain foreign deferred tax assets will not be realized, and therefore, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance on those deferred tax assets, as of December 31, 2012.

A reconciliation of income taxes computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate to the provision for income taxes is as follows:

 
  Successor Company   Predecessor
Company
 
 
  Year ended
December 31, 2012
  Period from
February 18
through
December 31, 2011
  Period from
January 1
through
February 17, 2011
 

Federal statutory income tax (benefit)

  $ (4,634,654 ) $ (2,576,288 ) $ (424,923 )

State taxes, net of federal benefit

    227,780     (210,098 )   103,993  

Impact of foreign taxes

    (916,914 )   (450,344 )   (63,522 )

Increase in valuation allowance

    696,658     1,176,213     561,009  

Non deductible merger costs

            1,049,105  

Other permanent differences

    (125,560 )   113,380     7,391  
               

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes

  $ (4,752,690 ) $ (1,947,137 ) $ 1,233,053  
               
               

The actual income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the period from February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor Company) was lower than the expected tax benefit using the federal statutory rate due primarily to valuation allowances related to tax benefits for net operating losses generated in certain of the Company's foreign subsidiaries as it may not realize the tax benefit of those operating losses.

The Company has a federal net operating loss carryforward aggregating $4,378,000 as of December 31, 2012 which will expire in 2032.

Additionally, the Company has state net operating loss carryforwards aggregating $2,402,000 as of December 31, 2012 which expire through 2032. The Company has additional state net operating loss carryforwards aggregating $3,719,000 which, if realized, would result in a credit to additional paid-in-capital and which expires through 2030.

The Company has foreign net operating loss carryforwards generated mostly among European affiliates at December 31, 2012 aggregating approximately $15,138,000 of which $6,873,000 have no expiration and the remainder of which expire through 2028.

The Company records accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the income tax provision. There have been no material changes to unrecognized tax benefits or accrued interest and penalties during the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor Company); and from January 1, 2011 through February 17, 2011

F-109


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Year Ended December 31, 2012

10. Income Taxes (Continued)

(Predecessor Company). The Company does not expect a significant increase or decrease in unrecognized tax benefits over the next twelve months.

The Company files U.S. federal income tax returns as well as income tax returns in various states and for the many foreign jurisdictions in which it operates. The Company may be subject to examination by the various taxing authorities generally for calendar years 2008 through 2012. Additionally, any net operating losses and other tax attribute carryovers that were generated in prior years and utilized in these years may also be subject to examination. The Company cannot predict with certainty how these audits will be resolved and whether the Company will be required to make additional tax payments, which may or may not include penalties and interest. For most states where the Company conducts business, the Company is subject to examination for the preceding three to six years. In certain states, the period could be longer.

Management believes the Company has provided sufficient tax provisions for tax periods that are within the statutory period limitation not previously audited and that are potentially open for examination by taxing authorities. Potential liabilities associated with these years will be resolved when an event occurs to warrant closure, primarily through the completion of audits by the taxing jurisdictions. To the extent audits or other events result in material adjustment to the accrued estimates, the effect would be recognized during the period of the event. There can be no assurance, however, that the ultimate outcome of audits will not have a material adverse impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

11. Stockholders' Equity

Predecessor Company

RPS, Inc. was authorized to issue up to 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $.0001 par value, and 150,000,000 shares of common stock, $.0001 par value. Of the shares authorized, 6,792,271 shares of common stock had been reserved for issuance pursuant to RPS, Inc.'s 2007 equity incentive plan.

Successor Company

There are 66,000,000 authorized shares of common stock of RPS Parent Holding Corp. as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and 54,442,523 and 54,441,585 shares are issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and December 31,2011, respectively. The majority of the common stock is owned by affiliates of Warburg Pincus. For so long as Warburg Pincus maintains specified ownership percentages of the Company's common stock, they will be entitled to certain protective provisions as defined in the Stockholders Agreement (Stockholders Agreement). This protective provisions would require Warburg Pincus to approve certain significant corporate actions, including any adoption or amendment, modification or supplement to the certificate of incorporation, and incurrence, assumption or any commitment for any indebtedness in excess of $1,000,000, among others.

As of December 31, 2012, 3,081,044 shares of common stock are owned by members of management (Management Stockholders). The Management Stockholders are subject to certain rights and provisions as per the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, which include certain restrictions on the transfer of Management Stockholder shares, tag along rights, put rights and call rights.

F-110


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Year Ended December 31, 2012

11. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

Put Rights

In the event of a Management Stockholder's termination of service from the Company without cause or for cause or a Management Stockholder's resignation at any time during the period ending on the six-month anniversary of such termination of service, the Management Stockholder may cause the Company to repurchase from the Management Stockholder any shares of common stock held by the Management Stockholder at a repurchase price equal to the fair value of such common stock as of the date of repurchase; provided, that in the event of a Management Stockholder's termination of service from the Company for cause (or a voluntary resignation within 30 days after the occurrence of an event that would be grounds for a termination for cause, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith) the repurchase price shall equal the lesser of (i) the original exercise price or purchase price (as applicable) of the common stock, if any, and (ii) the fair value of such common stock as of the date of repurchase.

If a Management Stockholder elects to exercise these put rights, such Management Stockholder must also sell to the Company as a condition to the Company's repayment obligations an amount of the aggregate principal amount of the Shareholder Notes (including any accrued but uncompounded interest thereon) held by such Management Stockholder or any transferees of such Management Stockholder equal to the product of (i) the quotient determined by dividing (A) the number of shares of common stock owned by such Management Stockholder proposed to be sold to the Company, divided by (B) the aggregate number of shares of common stock owned by such Management Stockholder, multiplied by (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Stockholder Notes (including any accrued but uncompounded interest thereon) held by such Management Stockholder or any transferees of such Management Stockholder.

Call Rights

In the event of a Management Stockholder's termination of service from the Company for any reason, at any time during the period ending on the six-month anniversary of such termination, the Company may repurchase from the Management Stockholder any shares of common stock held by such Management Stockholder or any transferees of such Management Stockholder at a repurchase price equal to the fair value as of the date of the repurchase; provided, that in the event of a Management Stockholder's termination of service from the Company for cause (or a voluntary resignation within 30 days after the occurrence of an event that would be grounds for a termination for cause, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith) the repurchase price shall equal the lesser of (i) the original exercise price or purchase price (as applicable), if any, and (ii) the fair value of such common stock as of the date of repurchase; provided, further, that the Company shall be precluded from exercising the foregoing repurchase right until the later of six months after an award vests (in the case of a restricted stock reward) or six months after option exercise (in the case of an Option), in which case the repurchase right may be exercised during the six-month period following the date such repurchase right may be exercised.

As a consequence of the aforementioned put and call rights, the 3,081,444 shares of common stock held by the Management Stockholders are considered to be contingently redeemable for financial reporting purposes.

12. Stock Option Plans

Share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, are required to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values. This guidance requires that an entity

F-111


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Year Ended December 31, 2012

12. Stock Option Plans (Continued)

measure the cost of equity-based service awards based on the grant-date fair value of the award and recognize the cost of such award over the period during which the employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award (vesting period).

RPS, Inc. adopted the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the 2007 Incentive Plan) on August 30, 2007. The 2007 Incentive Plan awarded options and restricted stock. In connection with the Merger, on February 18, 2011, a total of 4,571,108 vested options in the 2007 Incentive Plan were cancelled in exchange for the right to receive an amount per share of common stock underlying the applicable stock option equal to the excess, if any, of the Merger consideration of $6.10 per share over the applicable exercise price of such stock option. In addition, a portion of vested options held by senior management were exchanged for options of RPS Parent Holding Corp. The remaining unvested options continue to be governed by the 2007 Incentive Plan, and vesting continuing under the original terms, which was generally over a three year period. The exercise period of awards under the 2007 plan is determined by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant.

The RPS Parent Holding Corp. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan adopted on February 18, 2011 (the 2011 Option Plan) authorizes the award of stock-based incentives to eligible participants, including employees of the Company, non-employee directors, and eligible consultants. All stock-based incentives are non-qualified in nature. The 2011 Option Plan provides for three types of awards: time based vesting awards, performance vesting awards and outperformance vesting awards, all of which are described below. The exercise period for these awards cannot exceed ten years from the date of grant. Each option entitles the holder to purchase one share of common stock at the applicable exercise price. The provisions of each type of award are as follows:

Time-Based Vesting awards — As long as the participant remains employed by the Company or its subsidiaries on each vesting date, the awards generally vest and become exercisable on the following schedule: (i) 20% on the first anniversary of the grant date, and (ii) 5% on each three-month anniversary beginning on the fifteenth month following the grant date. Time-based vesting shall only occur on the vesting dates, and there will be no proportional or incremental vesting on the interim dates.

Performance vesting awards — These awards shall vest and become proportionally exercisable upon a transaction, including a change of control or an initial public offering, in which Warburg Pincus or its affiliates receive proceeds in the form of cash or marketable securities, provided that Warburg Pincus's internal rate of return is greater than 25% but less than 50%. An internal rate of return equal to or greater than 50% will result in vesting of the entire performance vesting tranche.

Outperformance Vesting — These awards shall vest and become proportionally exercisable upon a transaction, including a change of control or an initial public offering, in which Warburg Pincus or its affiliates receive proceeds in the form of cash or marketable securities, provided that Warburg Pincus's internal rate of return is greater than 50% but less than 75%. An internal rate of return equal to or greater than 75% will result in vesting of the entire outperformance vesting tranche.

F-112


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Year Ended December 31, 2012

12. Stock Option Plans (Continued)

The following table summarizes activity under the 2007 Incentive Plan and the 2011 Option Plan:

 
  Options
Available for
Grant
  Number of
Options
Outstanding
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

Predecessor Company

                   

Balance at December 31, 2010

    4,559,334     3,838,870   $ 1.70  

Authorized

          $  

Granted

          $  

Forfeited/cancelled

    11,774     (11,774 ) $ 0.40  
                 

Balance at February 17, 2011

    4,571,108     3,827,096   $ 1.70  
               
               

Successor Company

                   

Roll-over from Predecessor

        1,344,575   $ 0.40  

Authorized

    10,069,615       $  

Granted

    (7,078,538 )   7,078,538   $ 2.00  

Exercised

          $  

Forfeited/cancelled

          $  
                 

Balance at December 31, 2011

    2,991,077     8,423,113   $ 1.75  

Authorized

          $  

Granted

    (1,342,728 )   1,342,728   $ 2.25  

Exercised

    938     (938 ) $ 2.00  

Forfeited/cancelled

    888,873     (888,873 ) $ 1.91  
                 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    2,538,160     8,876,030   $ 1.80  
               
               

The per share weighted average fair value of the options granted was estimated at $1.04 and $0.64 for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor Company), respectively; and no grants were issued for the period from January 1, 2011 through February 17, 2011 (Predecessor Company).

At December 31, 2012, 1,857,455 options were exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of $0.90 per share. The weighted average remaining contractual life of all outstanding options at December 31, 2012 was 9.2 years. The weighted average remaining contractual life of vested options at December 31, 2012 was 5.6 years.

Stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor Company); and for the period from January 1, 2011 through February 18, 2011 (Predecessor Company), was approximately $474,000 $413,000, and $190,000, respectively, and is included in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The Company recognizes the compensation expense of such share-based service awards on a straight-line basis. Total compensation cost of time-based awards options granted but not yet vested as of December 31, 2012 was approximately $1,845,000, net of estimated forfeitures, which is expected to be recognized over the weighted average period of 4.5 years.

F-113


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Year Ended December 31, 2012

12. Stock Option Plans (Continued)

Valuation of Time-Based Vesting Awards

The per-share weighted average fair value of time-based vesting awards granted was estimated at $1.11 and $1.00 for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor Company), respectively; and no grants were issued for the period from January 1, 2011 through February 17, 2011 (Predecessor Company) on the date of grant, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions which are based upon the Company's history or industry comparative information:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2012
  Period From
February 18, 2011
Through December 31,
2011
 

Expected dividend yield

    0.00 %   0.00 %

Expected volatility

    55.00 %   55.00 %

Risk-free interest rate

    1.29 %   1.43 %

Expected life

    6.5 years     6.5 years  

The Company's common stock is not publicly traded, as such the expected volatility has been calculated for each date of grant based on an alternative method (defined as the calculated value). The Company identified similar public entities for which share price information is available and has considered the historical volatility of these entities' share prices in determining its estimated expected volatility. The Company used the average volatility of these guideline companies over the expected term calculated using the simplified method pursuant to FASB guidance. The Company estimates the fair value of its common stock using the market and income valuation approaches, with the assistance of a valuation consultant.

Valuation of Performance and Outperformance Vesting Awards

Of the total 1,342,728 options granted during the year ended December 31, 2012, 610,052 are time-based awards, 562,676 are Performance Vesting awards and 170,000 are Outperformance Vesting awards. Of the total 7,078,538 options granted during the period from February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor Period), 1,961,750 are time-based awards, 1,835,250 are Performance Vesting awards and 3,281,538 are Outperformance Vesting awards. The Performance Vesting awards and Outperformance Vesting awards contain both performance and market conditions. The estimated fair value of these awards on the date of grant will be amortized to expense should the performance condition become probable of achievement. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company has not recognized any compensation expense to date related to these awards as the achievement of the performance condition is not deemed probable.

The Company estimated the fair value of the Performance Vesting awards and the Outperformance Vesting awards on the dates of grant in 2012 and 2011 by using a risk-neutral lattice methodology within a Monte Carlo simulation model. The primary inputs into the model include the estimated fair value of common stock, the exercise price, the risk free rate, stock price volatility and an estimated time until an exit event. The estimated fair value of the Performance Vesting Awards and Outperformance Vesting awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor Period) was $647,000 and $80,000; and $1.3 million and $1.1 million, respectively,

F-114


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Year Ended December 31, 2012

12. Stock Option Plans (Continued)

which will be recognized to expense when the underlying performance condition is deemed probable of occurrence.

As of February 17, 2011, the unvested options in the 2007 Incentive Plan were carried forward into the Successor period. The number of options and exercise prices were split effected in order to conform with the new equity basis of the Company in the Successor period.

13. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (the exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value standard outlines a valuation framework and creates a fair value hierarchy in order to increase the consistency and comparability of fair value measurements and the related disclosures.

The fair value guidance describes three levels of input that may be used to measure fair value.

    Level 1  — Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in an active market that the company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

    Level 2  — Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on quoted prices in markets where trading occurs infrequently or whose values are based on quoted prices of instruments with similar attributes in active markets. Level 2 inputs include the following:

    Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;

    Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in non-active markets;

    Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and

    Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

    Level 3  — Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. These inputs reflect management's own assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability.

F-115


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Year Ended December 31, 2012

13. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

The following tables summarize the Company's financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively:

 
  2012  
 
  Fair Value at
December 31,
2012
  Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents                     

  $ 16,903,458   $ 16,903,458   $   $  

Restricted cash

    5,054,826     5,054,826          

Derivatives — interest rate collar (Note 14)

    13,812             13,812  
                   

Total

  $ 21,972,096   $ 21,958,284   $   $ 13,812  
                   
                   


 
  2011  
 
  Fair Value at
December 31,
2011
  Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents                     

  $ 10,049,214   $ 10,049,214   $   $  

Restricted cash

    10,138,385     10,138,385          

Derivatives — interest rate Collar (Note 14)

    275,331             275,331  
                   

Total

  $ 20,462,930   $ 20,187,599   $   $ 275,331  
                   
                   

The reconciliation of the interest rate collar measured at fair value on a recurring basis using unobservable inputs (Level 3) is as follows:

 
  Interest Rate
Collar
 

Balance at February 18, 2011

  $  

Initial value

    366,000  

Change in fair value

    (90,669 )
       

Balance at December 31, 2011

    275,331  

Change in fair value

    (261,519 )
       

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $ 13,812  
       
       

Interest rate collars are valued using discounted cash flows. The key input used is the LIBOR rate, which is observable at quoted intervals for the term of the cap. Assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis include intangible assets and goodwill. On February 18, 2011, the Company estimated the fair value of intangible assets in connection with the Merger using the income approach and

F-116


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Year Ended December 31, 2012

13. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

the replacement cost approach. For these assets and liabilities, measurement at fair value in periods subsequent to their initial recognition is applicable if one or more is determined to be impaired.

14. Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company manages interest rate exposure by using an interest rate collar agreement to reduce the variability of cash flows in interest payments for the principal amount of variable-rate debt. In August 2011, the Company entered into interest rate collar agreement with an aggregate notional principal amount of $80,000,000. This collar is used to hedge the variable rate of the Company's Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The Company paid $366,000 to enter into the interest rate collar, which is recorded in long-term assets. The interest rate collar is classified as an ineffective hedge, and changes in the fair value are recorded in interest expense. The fair value of the interest rate collar was $13,812 and $275,331 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and the Company recorded $261,519 and $90,669 of interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor Company), respectively, in order to mark the interest rate collar to fair value.

 
  Asset Derivatives  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  Balance Sheet
Classification
  Fair Value   Balance Sheet
Classification
  Balance Sheet
Classification
 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

                     

Interest rate collar

  Other assets   $ 13,812   Other assets     275,331  


 
  Year Ended December 31, 2012   Year Ended December 31, 2012  
 
  Location of
Gain or Loss
  Amount of
Gain or Loss
  Location of
Gain or Loss
  Amount of
Gain or Loss
 

Derivatives not designated as cash flow hedge:

                     

Interest rate collar

  Interest expense   $ (261,519 ) Interest expense   $ (90,669 )

15. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company occupies its corporate headquarters and other offices and uses certain equipment under various leases. The Company's current lease for its corporate headquarters expires in June 2017. Rent expense under such arrangements, including for rent obligations around the world, was approximately $5,266,000 and $4,520,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor Company), respectively; and $779,000 for the period from January 1, 2011 through February 17, 2011 (Predecessor Company). The Company is the lessee of approximately $1,000,000 of automobiles under capital leases expiring through 2015. The automobiles are recorded at the present value of minimum lease payments and are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Amortization of the assets under capital lease agreements of approximately $298,000 and $365,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from February 18, 2011 through December 31, 2011 (Successor Company), respectively; and $61,000 for the period from January 1, 2011 through February 17, 2011 (Predecessor Company), is included in depreciation expense for the respective periods.

F-117


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Year Ended December 31, 2012

15. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

Future minimum lease payments subsequent to December 31, 2012 under capital and non- cancelable operating leases are as follows:

 
  Capital
Leases
  Operating
Leases
 

2013

  $ 321,620   $ 8,316,787  

2014

    333,675     6,697,043  

2015

    297,524     5,321,438  

2016

        3,553,486  

2017

        1,319,863  

Thereafter

        25,621  
           

Total minimum lease payments

  $ 952,819   $ 25,234,238  
             
             

Less amount representing interest

    (78,153 )      
             

Present value of net minimum lease payments

  $ 874,666        
             
             

The Company recorded an accrual in the amount of $1.5 million at December 31, 2012 related to outstanding claims in accordance with the European Restructuring Plan (Note 8). This accrual has been recorded based on management's best estimate of the range of the probable loss related to these disputes in accordance with the provisions of ASC 450, Contingencies. These estimates are based on management's assessment of the facts and circumstances for each of the outstanding matters, which includes analyses by external legal counsel. These estimates are subject to considerable judgment.

The Company is involved in various other claims incidental to the conduct of its business. Management does not believe that any such claims to which the Company is a party, both individually and in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

16. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through March 28, 2013, which represents the date these financial statements were available to be issued.

F-118


Table of Contents



RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  June 30,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 
 
  (unaudited)
   
 

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 15,720,435   $ 16,903,458  

Restricted cash

    4,969,086     5,054,826  

Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $856,000 at June 30, 2013 and $826,000 at December 31, 2012, respectively

    96,098,243     93,254,327  

Deferred tax asset

    334,543     334,543  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    5,959,372     4,534,596  
           

Total current assets

    123,081,679     120,081,750  

Property and equipment, net

   
7,498,324
   
8,239,608
 

Other assets

    5,307,117     5,457,462  

Deferred financing costs

    3,027,516     3,507,482  

Intangible assets subject to amortization, net

    50,336,241     53,378,598  

Goodwill

    164,672,945     164,672,945  
           

Total assets

  $ 353,923,822   $ 355,337,845  
           
           

Liabilities and stockholders' equity

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

  $ 6,213,929   $ 4,277,646  

Accrued expenses

    19,607,474     21,941,795  

Customer deposits

    8,469,086     9,554,826  

Deferred revenue

    15,737,446     17,785,402  

Line of credit

    13,400,000     7,910,000  

Current portion of capital lease obligations

    340,143     271,420  

Current portion of long -term debt

    4,000,000     4,000,000  

Current portion of shareholder notes

    254,754      

Other current liabilities

    1,157,617     828,980  
           

Total current liabilities

    69,180,449     66,570,069  

Deferred tax liability

   
11,223,030
   
16,319,982
 

Other liabilities

    1,165,818     1,397,662  

Capital lease obligations, less current portion

    405,279     603,246  

Long -term debt

    71,000,000     72,000,000  

Shareholder notes

    109,618,090     105,060,959  
           

Total liabilities

    262,592,666     261,951,918  

Stockholders' equity:

   
 
   
 
 

Common stock, $.0001 par value:

             

Authorized shares — 66,000,000 at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, issued and outstanding shares — 54,443,847 and 54,442,523 at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively

    544,438     544,425  

Additional paid-in capital

    106,321,520     105,999,309  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    676,023     745,130  

Accumulated deficit

    (16,210,825 )   (13,902,937 )
           

Total stockholders' equity

    91,331,156     93,385,927  
           

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 353,923,822   $ 355,337,845  
           
           

   

Please see accompanying notes.

F-119


Table of Contents



RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 
  Six Months Ended June 30,  
 
  2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
 

Service revenue

  $ 224,004,149   $ 204,404,610  

Reimbursement revenue

    19,953,646     18,243,148  
           

Total revenue

    243,957,795     222,647,758  

Direct costs

   
177,849,026
   
163,005,524
 

Reimbursable out-of-pocket costs

    19,953,646     18,243,148  

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

    38,235,885     35,200,346  

Depreciation and amortization

    4,355,761     4,691,433  
           

Income from operations

    3,563,477     1,507,307  

Interest expense

   
(8,558,119

)
 
(8,004,453

)

Other income (expense), net

    106,598     (38,799 )
           

Loss before income taxes

    (4,888,044 )   (6,535,945 )

Benefit from income taxes

    (2,580,156 )   (2,346,404 )
           

Net loss

  $ (2,307,888 ) $ (4,189,541 )
           
           

   

Please see accompanying notes.

F-120


Table of Contents



RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 
  Six Months Ended June 30,  
 
  2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
 

Net loss, as reported

  $ (2,307,888 ) $ (4,189,541 )

Other comprehensive loss:

             

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    (69,107 )   (205,051 )
           

Comprehensive loss

  $ (2,376,995 ) $ (4,394,592 )
           
           

   

Please see accompanying notes.

F-121


Table of Contents



RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
 
  2013   2012  
 
  (unaudited)
 

Net loss

  $ (2,307,888 ) $ (4,189,541 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

             

Depreciation and amortization

    4,355,761     4,691,433  

Stock-based compensation

    246,852     216,066  

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

    (72,723 )   (260,831 )

Deferred tax benefit

    (5,096,952 )   (3,292,817 )

Non-cash interest expense

    5,446,837     4,775,733  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Accounts receivable

    (2,916,053 )   (17,875,124 )

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    (883,646 )   135,577  

Accounts payable

    1,964,946     430,763  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    (3,339,631 )   6,015,715  

Deferred revenue

    (1,941,241 )   1,404,474  
           

Net cash used in operating activities

    (4,543,738 )   (7,948,552 )

Investing activities

   
 
   
 
 

Purchase of property and equipment

    (661,452 )   (2,576,257 )

Investment in unconsolidated joint venture

    (346,087 )    
           

Net cash used in investing activities

    (1,007,539 )   (2,576,257 )

Financing activities

   
 
   
 
 

Net borrowings on line of credit

    5,490,000     4,150,000  

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

    (129,243 )   (109,874 )

Proceeds from shareholder notes

        10,000,000  

Principal payments on long-term debt

    (1,000,000 )   (1,000,000 )

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

    72,723     260,831  

Payments on deferred equity financing costs

        (534,236 )

Proceeds from exercise of options

    2,648      
           

Net cash provided by financing activities

    4,436,128     12,766,721  

Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

   
(67,874

)
 
(40,267

)
           

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    (1,183,023 )   2,201,645  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    16,903,458     10,049,214  
           

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 15,720,435   $ 12,250,859  
           
           

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

             

Cash paid during the period for:

             

Interest

  $ 2,802,404   $ 3,220,003  
           

Income taxes

  $ 1,774,564   $ 134,613  
           

Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing activities

             

Purchase of equipment financed by capital lease

  $   $ 820,404  
           
           

   

Please see accompanying notes.

F-122


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 2013 (UNAUDITED)

1. Business and Organization

RPS Parent Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries (the "Company" or "RPS") is a global next generation clinical research organization (CRO) serving biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, which the Company refers to collectively as the biopharmaceutical industry. The Company's business model combines the expertise of a traditional CRO with the ability to provide flexible outsourcing solutions that are fully integrated within the Company's clients' clinical infrastructure. The Company is able to leverage its high degree of clinical expertise, industry knowledge and specialization to reduce the expense and time frame of clinical development that meets the varied needs of small, medium and large biopharmaceutical companies.

The Company owns subsidiaries in sixty-three countries along with a joint venture in one country with its core operations located in North America, Latin America, Europe and Asia. The Company's revenues are generated primarily from clients located in the United States.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The condensed consolidated financial statements are unaudited and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments and accruals) necessary to state fairly the financial position at June 30, 2013, and the results from operations, comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("U.S. GAAP"). The condensed consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2012 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements. The operating results for the interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013 or any other future period. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in annual financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations for interim reporting. These interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company's Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2012.

New Accounting Pronouncements

During the fiscal first quarter of 2013, the Company adopted the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) guidance and amendments related to testing indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment. Under the amendments in this update, an entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances indicates that it is more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. If, after assessing the totality of events and circumstances, an entity concludes that it is not more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, then the entity is not required to determine the fair value. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, then it is required to determine the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset and perform the quantitative impairment test. An entity also has the option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any indefinite-lived intangible asset in any period and proceed directly to performing the quantitative impairment test. This update became effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the FASB adopted clarifying guidance on the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits when various qualifying tax credits exist. The amendment requires that unrecognized tax benefits be presented on

F-123


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
JUNE 30, 2013 (UNAUDITED)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

the Consolidated Balance Sheet as a reduction to deferred tax assets created by net operating losses or other tax credits from prior periods that occur in the same taxing jurisdiction. To the extent that the unrecognized tax benefit exceeds these credits, it shall be presented as a liability. This update is required to be adopted for all annual periods and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the presentation of the Company's financial position.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less from date of purchase.

Restricted Cash and Customer Deposits

The Company receives cash in advance from certain customers specifically for the payment of investigator fees relating to specific projects. Such amounts are recorded as restricted cash and customer deposits in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist principally of cash and accounts receivable. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the financial institutions in which its cash is invested. The majority of the Company's revenues and accounts receivable are derived from biopharmaceutical companies located in the United States. The Company's four largest customers accounted for approximately 23%, 15%, 13% and 13%, respectively, of service revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The Company's three largest customers accounted for approximately 20%, 18% and 10%, respectively, of service revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2012.

The Company's largest customer accounted for approximately 16% of the accounts receivable balance as of June 30, 2013. The Company's two largest customers account for approximately 20% and 15%, respectively, of the accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2012. No other customers represented more than 10% of service revenues or accounts receivable during these periods.

The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts based on experience and specifically identified risks. Accounts receivable are carried at estimated realizable value and charged off against the allowance for doubtful accounts when management determines that recovery is unlikely and the Company ceases collection efforts.

Consolidation

The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

F-124


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
JUNE 30, 2013 (UNAUDITED)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Derivative Financial Instruments

All derivatives are measured at fair value and recognized as either assets or liabilities on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Derivatives that are not determined to be effective hedges are adjusted to fair value with a corresponding effect on earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and determined to be effective as part of a hedge transaction have no immediate effect on earnings and depending on the type of hedge, are recorded either as part of other comprehensive income and will be included in earnings in the period in which earnings are affected by the hedged item, or are included in earnings as an offset to the earnings impact of the hedged item. Any ineffective portions of hedges are reported in earnings as they occur. The Company utilizes an interest rate collar agreement to manage changes in market conditions related to debt obligations.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying value of financial instruments including cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and lines of credit approximates their fair value based on the short-term nature of these instruments. In addition, the carrying value of debt instruments, which do not have readily determinable market values, approximate fair value given that the interest rates on outstanding borrowings approximate market rates.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance which do not extend the useful life of the related assets are charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets which range from one to seven years.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships, brand names, proprietary software and information, non-compete agreements and goodwill. Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the following periods: customer relationships — seven years, proprietary software and information — five years, and non-compete agreements — five years. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized and consist of the Company's brand name. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost over the estimated fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations.

The Company accounts for goodwill, customer relationships, brand names, proprietary software and information and non-compete agreements in accordance with the FASB guidance for intangible assets. Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis (as of October 1 of each year) and more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the Company below its carrying value. If the fair value of the Company is less than the carrying value, goodwill may be impaired, and will be written down to its estimated fair market value, if necessary. For indefinite-lived intangibles, the annual impairment test consists of comparing the fair value of the asset to the carrying value.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Definite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated

F-125


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
JUNE 30, 2013 (UNAUDITED)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

future cash flows, then an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset.

Revenue and Cost Recognition

The majority of the Company's service revenue is derived from fee-for-service contracts. Revenues and the related costs of fee-for-service contracts are recognized in the period in which services are performed. The Company also recognizes revenue under units-based contracts by multiplying units completed by the applicable contract per-unit price. Revenue related to contract modifications is recognized when realization is assured and the amounts are reasonably determinable. Adjustments to contract estimates are reported in the periods in which the facts that require the revisions become known.

FASB guidance requires reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses to be classified as revenue in the statements of income. Reimbursements for out-of-pocket expenses, included in total revenue in the Company's consolidated statements of income, were $19,954,000 and $18,243,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The Company excludes investigator fees from its out-of-pocket expenses because these fees are funded from the customer's restricted cash and are recorded on a "pass-through basis" without risk or reward to the Company. Investigator fees paid on behalf of clients were approximately $6,206,000 and $7,113,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using an asset and liability approach which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and amounts reportable for income tax purposes.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered. The Company evaluates the need to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets based on positive and negative evidence including past operating results, the amount of existing temporary differences to be recovered and expected future taxable income. A valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets is established when it is "more likely than not" that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company follows the provisions of accounting for uncertainty in income taxes in ASC 740, which prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities.

The Company has recorded a tax benefit for the current period which reflects the fact that it is subject to tax in multiple jurisdictions, consistent with the requirements of ASC 740-270.

Foreign Currency Translation

The financial statements of the Company's foreign subsidiaries have been translated into U.S. dollars. All balance sheet accounts have been translated using the exchange rates in effect at the respective balance sheet date with all translation gains or losses reported as a component of other comprehensive income. The

F-126


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
JUNE 30, 2013 (UNAUDITED)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

statements of operations' amounts have been translated using average exchange rates in effect over the relevant periods. Foreign currency transactional gains (losses) have been reflected as a component of the Company's condensed consolidated statements of operations within other income (expense), net.

Stock-Based Compensation

Share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, are required to be recognized in the financial statements based on their estimated fair values. This guidance requires that an entity measure the cost of equity-based service awards based on the grant-date fair value of the award and recognize the cost of such award over the period during which the employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award (vesting period).

Geographic Information

The Company's non-U.S. operations accounted for approximately 20% and 17% of service revenue during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In addition, approximately 26% and 29% of the Company's consolidated tangible assets were located in foreign locations at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

 
  Americas   Europe   Asia-Pacific   Total  

Service revenue from customers (1)

                         

Six months ended June 30, 2013

  $ 198,284,855   $ 17,067,719   $ 8,651,575   $ 224,004,149  

Six months ended June 30, 2012

    184,251,119     13,791,376     6,362,115     204,404,610  

Long-lived assets (2)

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

As of June 30, 2013

    5,858,149     1,077,659     562,516     7,498,324  

As of December 31, 2012

    6,226,816     1,165,899     846,893     8,239,608  

(1)
Service revenue is attributable to geographic locations based on the physical location where the services are performed.

(2)
Long-lived assets represent the net book value of property and equipment.

3. Restatement

In September 2012, a customer asserted that the Company was not in compliance with a clause contained in its Master Services Agreement (the "Agreement") with the customer. The Company evaluated the customer's assertion and believed that the Company was in compliance with the disputed clause and intended to vigorously defend the matter. However, the Company concluded that there was a reasonable possibility of a potential material loss related to this matter, and accordingly, the potential loss contingency should have been disclosed within the footnotes to the financial statements pursuant to the provisions of ASC 450, Contingencies. The accompanying financial statements have been restated to correct this disclosure error.

On May 5, 2014, the Company and the customer reached a settlement agreement in the amount of $9.0 million regarding this matter. The $9.0 million is payable in installments through December 31, 2017 and amends the terms of the Agreement to eliminate the disputed clause. The settlement agreement stipulates that the Company denies that it failed to comply with the disputed clause, and there is no admission of any wrongdoing by either party.

F-127


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
JUNE 30, 2013 (UNAUDITED)

4. Joint Venture

In March 2013, the Company entered into a joint venture agreement with Asklep Inc. This joint venture is based in Tokyo, Japan and is 51%-owned and 49%-owned by Asklep Inc. and the Company, respectively. The joint venture will provide research and development outsourcing solutions in Japan to the biopharmaceutical and medical device industries. The Company contributed approximately $346,000 to the joint venture during May of 2013. The joint venture is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Through June 30, 2013, there has been no substantive activity of the joint venture, and accordingly the $346,000 is included in other long -term assets on the condensed consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 2013.

5. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

There have been no changes in the goodwill balance from December 31, 2012 through June 30, 2013.

The following tables summarize intangible assets and their amortization as of:

Intangible assets subject to amortization:
  Gross   June 30, 2013
Accumulated Amortization
  Net  

Customer contracts and lists

  $ 34,165,000   $ (11,533,593 ) $ 22,631,407  

Global recruitment database

    3,745,000     (1,769,958 )   1,975,042  

Proprietary software

    730,000     (345,012 )   384,988  

Non-compete agreements

    1,545,000     (730,196 )   814,804  
               

Total

  $ 40,185,000   $ (14,378,759 ) $ 25,806,241  
               
               

 

Intangible assets subject to amortization:
  Gross   December 31, 2012
Accumulated Amortization
  Net  

Customer contracts and lists

  $ 34,165,000   $ (9,093,236 ) $ 25,071,764  

Global recruitment database

    3,745,000     (1,395,458 )   2,349,542  

Proprietary software

    730,000     (272,012 )   457,988  

Non-compete agreements

    1,545,000     (575,696 )   969,304  
               

Total

  $ 40,185,000   $ (11,336,402 ) $ 28,848,598  
               
               

The weighted-average amortization period for the intangible assets is 6.1 years at June 30, 2013. In addition, the Company has $24,530,000 capitalized for brand name, as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, which has an indefinite life.

The estimated amortization expense for the six months ending December 31, 2013 and each of the four years ending December 31, 2017 and thereafter for the definite-lived intangibles is as follows:

 
  Year ended    
 
Six months ended
December 31, 2013
  2014   2015   2016   2017   Thereafter  
$3,042,500   $ 6,085,000   $ 6,085,000   $ 5,046,000   $ 4,881,000   $ 667,000  

F-128


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
JUNE 30, 2013 (UNAUDITED)

6. Restructuring

During the second half of 2012, the Company implemented a restructuring plan to reduce support costs in its European Operations ("European Restructuring Plan"). The Company offered severance benefits to the terminated employees and eliminated approximately 75 positions. The table below outlines the components of the restructuring charges, the payments made, and the remaining accrued balance, for the periods noted:

 
  Charges   Payments   Accrued Balance   Charges   Payments   Accrued Balance  
 
  Year Ended
As of December 31, 2012
  Six months ended
As of June 30, 2013
 

Severance and benefits

  $ 6,380,380   $ 5,959,091   $ 421,289   $ 390,755   $ 723,271   $ 88,773  

Professional fees

    2,206,679     2,206,679         208,340     208,340      

Contingency reserve

    1,465,223         1,465,223         630,456     834,767  
                           

Total

  $ 10,052,282   $ 8,165,770   $ 1,886,512   $ 599,095   $ 1,562,067   $ 923,540  
                           
                           

Of the total charge of $10,100,000 during the year ended December 31, 2012, approximately $3,000,000 is included in direct costs and a total of approximately $7,100,000 is included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the condensed consolidated statement of operations. Of the total cost incurred in 2012, a total of approximately $1,125,000 was recorded during the six months ended June 30, 2012, which is included within selling, general and administrative expenses. Of the total charge of $599,000 recorded in the six months ended June 30, 2013, approximately $384,000 is included in direct costs and $215,000 in selling, general and administrative expenses on the condensed consolidated statement of operations.

In the second quarter of 2013 the Company restructured the U.S operations, ("U.S. Restructuring Plan"). The Company offered severance benefits to the terminated employees and eliminated approximately 30 positions. The table below outlines the components of the restructuring charges, the payments made and the remaining accrued balance for the periods noted:

 
  Charges   Payments   Accrued Balance  
 
  Six months ended
As of June 30, 2013
 

Severance and benefits

  $ 2,073,000   $ 339,000   $ 1,734,000  

Of the total charge of $2,073,000, approximately $587,000 is included in direct costs and a total of approximately $1,486,000 is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the condensed consolidated statement of operations.

The severance and benefits charge of $2,073,000 recorded during the six months ended June 30, 2013 includes a severance of $700,000 for a former executive officer of the Company, all of which remains accrued for as of June 30, 2013. In addition to these severance benefits, the Company also agreed to settle certain vested stock options for cash, and to repurchase common shares held by this executive as well as to repay this executive's outstanding shareholder notes. The option settlements repurchase of common shares and repayment of shareholder notes are scheduled to occur in the second half of 2013, with the exact payment dates and amounts contingent on whether or not a qualifying change of control occurs, as defined. Should a change of control not occur, the aggregate payment to be made to the executive for the option

F-129


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
JUNE 30, 2013 (UNAUDITED)

6. Restructuring (Continued)

settlements, repurchase of common shares and repayment of shareholder notes is approximately $678,000. A total of approximately $255,000 of the executive's shareholder notes have been classified as current liabilities as of June 30, 2013, as settlement will occur within the second half of 2013. In addition, should a qualifying change of control occur by December 31, 2013, the executive will also be entitled to a transactional bonus based on the aggregate transaction value ("Transaction Value"), as defined. This transactional bonus would be paid out of the proceeds received from the qualifying change of control.

7. Debt Facilities

On February 18, 2011, the Company entered into the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities consist of a six-year $35,000,000 revolving credit facility (the Revolving Credit Facility) and a six-year $80,000,000 term loan facility (the Term Loan Facility). RPS, Inc. is the borrower under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and Roy RPS Holdings Corp. ("Roy RPS") as well as certain subsidiaries are the guarantors under this facility. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities require quarterly principal payments commencing September 30, 2011 on the Term Loan Facility. The quarterly payments are made as follows: $500,000 for the periods from September 30, 2011 through June 30, 2012, $1,000,000 for the periods from September 30, 2012 through June 30, 2014, $1,500,000 for the periods from September 30, 2014 through June 30, 2015, and $2,000,000 for the periods from September 30, 2015 through December 31, 2016. The final principal payment of $52,000,000 is due on February 17, 2017. Prepayments may be required under defined cash flow events.

In March and April 2012, the Company entered into amendments to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities which, among other modifications, adjusted the applicable margins on both Eurodollar and Base Rate loans, and adjusted certain financial and operating covenant requirements.

The Revolving Credit Facility is available, subject to certain conditions, for general corporate purposes in the ordinary course of business and for other transactions permitted under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities bear interest, at the Company's option, at the base rate or the Eurodollar rate plus a margin. The Revolving Credit Facility is guaranteed by the net assets of Roy RPS and its subsidiaries.

The interest rate on the Term Loan Facility was 6.75% at June 30, 2013 and the interest rate on the Revolving Credit Facility 7.5% at June 30, 2013. At June 30, 2013 there was $13,400,000 in borrowings outstanding on the revolving credit facility.

The Company also agreed to pay a commitment fee on the unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility of 0.25% to 0.50% per annum based upon the ratio of the Company's profit to debt as defined by the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The commitment fee on unused borrowings for the Revolving Credit Facility was 0.50% at June 30, 2013.

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities require compliance with certain financial and operating covenants including a minimum consolidated cash interest coverage ratio and a maximum consolidated net leverage ratio. The Company is not permitted to declare, make or pay any cash dividends to RPS Parent Holding Corp. or other parties. The Company was in compliance with all required debt covenants at June 30, 2013. Upon a change in control, any amounts outstanding under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities shall immediately become due and the facilities shall immediately terminate.

F-130


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
JUNE 30, 2013 (UNAUDITED)

7. Debt Facilities (Continued)

In February 2011, the Company entered into Note Purchase Agreements with Warburg Pincus and other shareholders for an aggregate of $80,000,000 of 9% Subordinated Notes due February 2017. In addition, in April of 2012, the Company entered into an additional Note Purchase Agreement with Warburg Pincus for an additional $10,000,000 of 12% Subordinated Notes due February 2017. We will refer hereinafter to both the 9% Notes and the 12% Notes as "Shareholder Notes" or "Notes". The key provisions of the Shareholder Notes are as follows.

Interest accrues on the principal sum of the Shareholder Notes on a daily basis at an annual rate of 9% for the $80,000,000 of principal and 12% for the $10,000,000 of principal and is due and payable by increasing the principal amount of the Notes in arrears on a semi-annual basis. Any payment-in-kind (PIK) interest and principal will be paid-in-full in cash on the earliest to occur of the maturity date of the Notes (February 2017), a redemption in conjunction with a change of control, or the date under which payment on the Shareholder Notes is no longer restricted under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and RPS Parent elects to pay the PIK interest. RPS Parent may redeem all or a portion of the Shareholder Notes, at its option and at a redemption price equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. If less than all of the Shareholder Notes are redeemed, RPS Parent must redeem the Shareholder Notes ratably amongst all the holders of the Shareholder Notes. The holders of a majority of the outstanding principal under the Shareholder Notes may request redemption at a redemption price equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest upon a change of control.

As long as the Shareholder Notes remain outstanding, the Company will not make any acquisitions, including acquisitions of the stock or assets of another company, except the formation of new subsidiaries and any investment permitted under the terms of the Note Purchase Agreement. As long as the Shareholder Notes remain outstanding, the Company shall not create or enter into any indebtedness other than the Shareholder Notes, indebtedness to subsidiaries, guarantees of subsidiary debt, or other indebtedness not to exceed $12,000,000. The Shareholder Notes are subordinated to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Owners of approximately 4.4% of the Shareholder Notes are members of management (Management Noteholders). The Management Noteholders may request borrowings (the Tax Notes) from the Company in an amount equal to the annual tax liability of each Management Noteholder under the Notes upon the request of the applicable Management Noteholder. Approximately $218,000 of Tax Notes have been issued through June 30, 2013.

The following summarizes the Company's required debt principal payments under the Term Loan Facility for the next five years and thereafter:

 
  Term Loan Facility
Payment
 

For the six months ending December 31, 2013

  $ 3,000,000  

2014

    5,000,000  

2015

    7,000,000  

2016

    8,000,000  

2017

    52,000,000  
       

Total

  $ 75,000,000  
       
       

F-131


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
JUNE 30, 2013 (UNAUDITED)

8. Stockholders' Equity

There are 66,000,000 authorized shares of common stock of RPS Parent Holding Corp. as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and 54,443,847 and 54,442,523 shares are issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The majority of the common stock is owned by affiliates of Warburg Pincus. For so long as Warburg Pincus maintains specified ownership percentages of the Company's common stock, they will be entitled to certain protective provisions as defined in the Stockholders Agreement. These protective provisions would require Warburg Pincus to approve certain significant corporate actions, including any adoption or amendment, modification or supplement to the certificate of incorporation, and incurrence, assumption or any commitment for any indebtedness in excess of $1,000,000, among others.

As of June 30, 2013, 2,709,884 shares of common stock are owned by members of management (Management Stockholders). The Management Stockholders are subject to certain rights and provisions as per the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, which include certain restrictions on the transfer of Management Stockholder shares, tagalong rights, put rights and call rights.

Put Rights

In the event of a Management Stockholder's termination of service from the Company without cause or for cause or a Management Stockholder's resignation at any time during the period ending on the six-month anniversary of such termination of service, the Management Stockholder may cause the Company to repurchase from the Management Stockholder any shares of common stock held by the Management Stockholder at a repurchase price equal to the fair value of such common stock as of the date of repurchase; provided, that in the event of a Management Stockholder's termination of service from the Company for cause (or a voluntary resignation within 30 days after the occurrence of an event that would be grounds for a termination for cause, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith) the repurchase price shall equal the lesser of (i) the original exercise price or purchase price (as applicable) of the common stock, if any, and (ii) the fair value of such common stock as of the date of repurchase.

If a Management Stockholder elects to exercise these put rights, such Management Stockholder must also sell to the Company as a condition to the Company's repayment obligations an amount of the aggregate principal amount of the Shareholder Notes (including any accrued but uncompounded interest thereon) held by such Management Stockholder or any transferees of such Management Stockholder equal to the product of (i) the quotient determined by dividing (A) the number of shares of common stock owned by such Management Stockholder proposed to be sold to the Company, divided by (B) the aggregate number of shares of common stock owned by such Management Stockholder, multiplied by (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Stockholder Notes (including any accrued but uncompounded interest thereon) held by such Management Stockholder or any transferees of such Management Stockholder.

Call Rights

In the event of a Management Stockholder's termination of service from the Company for any reason, at any time during the period ending on the six-month anniversary of such termination, the Company may repurchase from the Management Stockholder any shares of common stock held by such Management Stockholder or any transferees of such Management Stockholder at a repurchase price equal to the fair value as of the date of the repurchase; provided, that in the event of a Management Stockholder's termination of service from the Company for cause (or a voluntary resignation within 30 days after the

F-132


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
JUNE 30, 2013 (UNAUDITED)

8. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

occurrence of an event that would be grounds for a termination for cause, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith) the repurchase price shall equal the lesser of (i) the original exercise price or purchase price (as applicable), if any, and (ii) the fair value of such common stock as of the date of repurchase; provided, further, that the Company shall be precluded from exercising the foregoing repurchase right until the later of six months after an award vests (in the case of a restricted stock reward) or six months after option exercise (in the case of an Option), in which case the repurchase right may be exercised during the six-month period following the date such repurchase right may be exercised.

As a consequence of the aforementioned put and call rights, the 2,709,884 shares of common stock held by the Management Stockholders are considered to be contingently redeemable for financial reporting purposes.

9. Stock Option Plans

The Company adopted the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the 2007 Incentive Plan) on August 30, 2007. The 2007 Incentive Plan awarded options and restricted stock. In connection with the acquisition of the Company in February 2011, a total of 4,571,108 vested options in the 2007 Incentive Plan were cancelled in exchange for the right to receive an amount per share of common stock underlying the applicable stock option equal to the excess, if any, of the merger consideration of $6.10 per share over the applicable exercise price of such stock option. In addition, a portion of vested options held by senior management were exchanged for options of RPS Parent Holding Corp. The remaining unvested options continue to be governed by the 2007 Incentive Plan, and vesting continuing under the original terms, which was generally over a three-year period. The exercise period of awards under the 2007 Incentive plan is determined by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant.

The RPS Parent Holding Corp. 2011 Stock Incentive Plan adopted on February 18, 2011 (the 2011 Option Plan) authorizes the award of stock-based incentives to eligible participants, including employees of the Company, non-employee directors, and eligible consultants. All stock-based incentives are non-qualified in nature. The 2011 Option Plan provides for three types of awards: time-based vesting awards, performance vesting awards and outperformance vesting awards, all of which are described below. The exercise period for these awards cannot exceed ten years from the date of grant. Each option entitles the holder to purchase one share of common stock at the applicable exercise price. The provisions of each type of award are as follows:

Time-Based Vesting awards — As long as the participant remains employed by the Company or its subsidiaries on each vesting date, the awards generally vest and become exercisable on the following schedule: (i) 20% on the first anniversary of the grant date, and (ii) 5% on each three-month anniversary beginning on the fifteenth month following the grant date. Time-based vesting shall only occur on the vesting dates, and there will be no proportional or incremental vesting on the interim dates.

Performance vesting awards — These awards shall vest and become proportionally exercisable upon a transaction, including a change of control or an initial public offering, in which Warburg Pincus or its affiliates receive proceeds in the form of cash or marketable securities, provided that Warburg Pincus's internal rate of return is greater than 25% but less than 50%. An internal rate of return equal to or greater than 50% will result in vesting of the entire performance vesting tranche.

F-133


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
JUNE 30, 2013 (UNAUDITED)

9. Stock Option Plans (Continued)

Outperformance Vesting awards — These awards shall vest and become proportionally exercisable upon a transaction, including a change of control or an initial public offering, in which Warburg Pincus or its affiliates receive proceeds in the form of cash or marketable securities, provided that Warburg Pincus's internal rate of return is greater than 50% but less than 75%. An internal rate of return equal to or greater than 75% will result in vesting of the entire outperformance vesting tranche.

The following table summarizes activity under the 2011 Option Plan:

 
  Options Available
for Grant
  Number of Options
Outstanding
  Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
 

Balance, December 31, 2012

    2,538,160     8,876,030   $ 1.80  

Authorized

          $  

Granted

    (225,000 )   225,000   $ 2.75  

Exercised

    1,324     (1,324 ) $ 2.25  

Forfeited/cancelled

    163,732     (163,732 ) $ 2.00  
               

Balance, June 30, 2013

    2,478,216     8,935,974   $ 1.82  
               
               

At June 30, 2013, 2,040,285 options were exercisable at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.99 per share. The weighted-average remaining contractual life of all outstanding options at June 30, 2013 was 8.2 years. The weighted-average remaining contractual life of vested options at June 30, 2013 was 7.1 years.

Stock-based compensation expense for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012 was approximately $247,000 and $216,000, respectively, and is included in selling, general, and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The Company recognizes the compensation expense of such share-based service awards on a straight-line basis. Total compensation cost of time-based awards options granted but not yet vested as of June 30, 2013 was approximately $1,903,000, net of estimated forfeitures, which is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average period of 4.0 years.

Valuation of Time-Based Vesting Awards

The per-share weighted-average fair value of time-based vesting awards granted was estimated at $1.49 and $1.07 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, respectively; on the date of grant, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions which are based upon the Company's history or industry comparative information:

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30, 2013
  Six Months Ended
June 30, 2012

Expected dividend yield

  0.00%   0.00%

Expected volatility

  55.00%   55.00%

Risk-free interest rate

  1.53%   1.61%

Expected life

  6.5 years   6.5 years

F-134


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
JUNE 30, 2013 (UNAUDITED)

9. Stock Option Plans (Continued)

The Company's common stock is not publicly traded; as such, the expected volatility has been calculated for each date of grant based on an alternative method (defined as the calculated value). The Company identified similar public entities for which share price information is available and has considered the historical volatility of these entities' share prices in determining its estimated expected volatility. The Company used the average volatility of these guideline companies over the expected term calculated using the simplified method pursuant to FASB guidance. The Company estimates the fair value of its common stock using the market and income valuation approaches, with the assistance of a valuation consultant.

Valuation of Performance and Outperformance Vesting Awards

Of the total 8,935,974 options granted outstanding at June 30, 2013, 3,756,901 are time-based awards, 2,140,035 are Performance Vesting awards and 3,039,038 are Outperformance Vesting awards. The Performance Vesting awards and Outperformance Vesting awards contain both performance and market conditions. The estimated fair value of these awards on the date of grant will be amortized to expense should the performance condition become probable of achievement. As of June 30, 2013, the Company has not recognized any compensation expense to date related to these awards as the achievement of the performance condition is not deemed probable.

The Company estimated the fair value of the Performance Vesting awards and the Outperformance Vesting awards on the dates of grant by using a risk-neutral lattice methodology within a Monte Carlo simulation model. The primary inputs into the model include the estimated fair value of common stock, the exercise price, the risk-free rate, stock price volatility and an estimated time until an exit event. There were no Performance Vesting Awards or Outperformance Vesting Awards issued during the six months ended June 30, 2013. The estimated fair value of the Performance Vesting Awards and Outperformance Vesting awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2012 was $647,000 and $1,300,000 respectively, which will be recognized to expense when the underlying performance condition is deemed probable of occurrence.

10. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (the exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value standard outlines a valuation framework and creates a fair value hierarchy in order to increase the consistency and comparability of fair value measurements and the related disclosures.

The fair value guidance describes three levels of input that may be used to measure fair value.

    Level 1  — Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in an active market that the company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

    Level 2  — Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on quoted prices in markets where trading occurs infrequently or whose values are based on quoted prices of instruments with similar attributes in active markets. Level 2 inputs include the following:

    Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;

    Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in non-active markets;

F-135


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
JUNE 30, 2013 (UNAUDITED)

10. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

      Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and

      Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

    Level 3  — Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. These inputs reflect management's own assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The following tables summarize the Company's financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively:

 
  2013  
 
  Fair Value
at
June 30, 2013
  Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 15,720,435   $ 15,720,435   $   $  

Restricted cash

    4,969,086     4,969,086          

Derivatives — interest rate collar (Note 11)

    5,728             5,728  
                   

Total

  $ 20,695,249   $ 20,689,521   $   $ 5,728  
                   
                   


 
  2012  
 
  Fair Value
at
December 31,
2012
  Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 16,903,458   $ 16,903,458   $   $  

Restricted cash

    5,054,826     5,054,826          

Derivatives — interest rate collar (Note 11)

    13,812             13,812  
                   

Total

  $ 21,972,096   $ 21,958,284   $   $ 13,812  
                   
                   

F-136


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
JUNE 30, 2013 (UNAUDITED)

10. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

The reconciliation of the interest rate collar measured at fair value on a recurring basis using unobservable inputs (Level 3) is as follows:

 
  Interest Rate Collar  

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $ 13,812  

Change in fair value

    (8,084 )
       

Balance at June 30, 2013

  $ 5,728  
       
       

Interest rate collars are valued using discounted cash flows. The key input used is the LIBOR rate, which is observable at quoted intervals for the term of the cap. Assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis include intangible assets and goodwill.

11. Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company manages interest rate exposure by using an interest rate collar agreement to reduce the variability of cash flows in interest payments for the principal amount of variable-rate debt. In August 2011, the Company entered into interest rate collar agreement with an aggregate notional principal amount of $80,000,000. This collar is used to hedge the variable rate of the Company's Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The Company paid $366,000 to enter into the interest rate collar, which is recorded in long-term assets. The interest rate collar is classified as an ineffective hedge, and changes in the fair value are recorded in interest expense. The fair value of the interest rate collar was $5,728 and $13,812 at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and the Company recorded $8,084 and $203,117 of interest expense during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012, respectively, in order to mark the interest rate collar to fair value.

 
  Asset Derivatives  
 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012  
 
  Balance Sheet
Classification
  Fair
Value
  Balance Sheet
Classification
  Fair
Value
 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

                     

Interest rate collar

  Other assets   $ 5,728   Other assets   $ 13,812  


 
  Six months ended
June 30, 2013
  Six months ended
June 30, 2012
 
 
  Location of
Gain or Loss
  Amount of
Gain or Loss
  Location of
Gain or Loss
  Amount of
Gain or Loss
 

Derivatives not designated as cash flow hedge:

                     

Interest rate collar

  Interest expense   $ (8,084 ) Interest expense   $ (203,117 )

12. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company occupies its corporate headquarters and other offices and uses certain equipment under various operating leases. The Company's current lease for its corporate headquarters expires in June 2017. Rent and equipment expense under such lease arrangements was approximately $4,216,000 and $3,619,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company is the

F-137


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
JUNE 30, 2013 (UNAUDITED)

12. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

lessee of approximately $796,000 of automobiles and equipment under capital leases expiring through 2015. The equipment is recorded at the present value of minimum lease payments and is amortized over its estimated useful life. Amortization of the assets under capital lease agreements of approximately $129,000 and $155,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and is included in depreciation expense.

Future minimum lease payments subsequent to June 30, 2013 under capital and noncancelable operating leases are as follows:

 
  Capital
Leases
  Operating
Leases
 

Six months ending December 31, 2013

  $ 165,015   $ 3,915,934  

2014

    333,675     6,697,043  

2015

    297,524     5,321,438  

2016

        3,553,486  

2017

        1,319,863  

Thereafter

        25,621  
           

Total minimum lease payments

    796,214   $ 20,833,385  
             
             

Less amount representing interest

    (50,792 )      
             

Present value of net minimum lease payments

  $ 745,422        
             
             

The Company recorded an accrual in the amount of $1,500,000 million in the fourth quarter of 2012 related to outstanding claims in accordance with the European Restructuring Plan (Note 6). This accrual was recorded based on management's best estimate of the range of the probable loss related to these disputes in accordance with the provisions of ASC 450, Contingencies . These estimates are based on management's assessment of the facts and circumstances for each of the outstanding matters, which includes analyses by external legal counsel. These estimates are subject to considerable judgment. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company settled certain of these disputes and paid out approximately $630,000 to former employees. The remaining accrued amount of $835,000 as of June 30, 2013 is management's best estimate of the remaining liability for these matters.

The Company is involved in various other claims incidental to the conduct of its business. Management does not believe that any such claims to which the Company is a party, both individually and in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

13. Subsequent Events

On July 24, 2013, the Company entered into a Letter Agreement with the Chief Executive Officer, whereby the officer agreed to terminate employment with the Company effective August 7, 2013. The executive will be entitled to severance benefits pursuant to the provisions of an existing employment agreement. In addition, the Company and executive agreed to the terms of transaction bonuses to be paid to the executive, should a qualifying change of control occur.

F-138


Table of Contents


RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
JUNE 30, 2013 (UNAUDITED)

13. Subsequent Events (Continued)

On July 29, 2013, RPS Parent Holding Corp. entered into an agreement and plan of merger (the "RPS Merger Agreement") with Redwood Holdco Parent, Inc. ("RPS Parent") and Redwood Merger Sub, Inc. ("RPS Merger Sub"). The RPS Merger Agreement provides for, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the RPS Merger Agreement, the merger of RPS Merger Sub with and into RPS Parent Holding Corp., with RPS Parent Holding Corp. continuing as the surviving corporation in the merger as a wholly-owned subsidiary of RPS Parent (the "RPS Merger" and, together with the PRA Merger, the "Mergers"). RPS Parent and RPS Merger Sub are affiliates of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts  & Co., L. P. ("KKR") and were formed by investment funds affiliated with KKR in order to acquire RPS Parent Holding Corp.

Pursuant to the RPS Merger Agreement, at the effective time of the RPS Merger, each issued and outstanding share of RPS Parent Holding Corp. (other than (i) any shares owned or held directly or indirectly by RPS Parent or RPS Parent Holding Corp. and (ii) shares owned by RPS Parent Holding Corp.'s stockholders who are entitled to and who properly exercise appraisal rights under Delaware law) will be converted into the right to receive cash (the "RPS Merger Consideration").

Should the merger close, the Company would be obligated to pay an investment banking fee related to the merger, totaling a minimum of 1% of the aggregate Transaction Value, as defined.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through September 9, 2013, the date on which the condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

F-139


Table of Contents


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Managers and Members of
CRI Holding Company, LLC

Report on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of CRI Holding Company, LLC and Subsidiaries, which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in members' equity, and cash flows for each of the years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Management's Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor's Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor's judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity's preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity's internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of CRI Holding Company, LLC and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

SIGNATURE

Jenkintown, Pennsylvania
April 15, 2013

F-140


Table of Contents



CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Consolidated Balance Sheets

 
  December 31  
 
  2012   2011  

ASSETS

             

Current assets:

   
 
   
 
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 2,136,759   $ 3,325,738  

Accounts receivable, net

    6,536,290     8,931,685  

Deferred income taxes

    404,663      

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    232,223     163,152  
           

Total current assets

    9,309,935     12,420,575  

Property and equipment, net

   
2,874,077
   
786,912
 

Goodwill

   
15,220,764
   
15,220,764
 

Intangible assets, net

    5,070,700     5,906,017  

Deferred income taxes

    1,375,299      

Other assets

    67,414     69,968  
           

  $ 33,918,189   $ 34,404,236  
           
           

LIABILITIES

   
 
   
 
 

Current liabilities:

   
 
   
 
 

Current portion of long-term debt

  $ 700,000   $ 1,250,260  

Accounts payable

    1,034,526     1,560,707  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    2,958,835     2,958,358  

Current portion of contingent consideration

        1,083,333  

Deferred revenue

    591,569     1,284,836  
           

Total current liabilities

    5,284,930     8,137,494  

Other liability

   
1,883,869
   
3,021,042
 

Revolving line-of-credit

    2,000,000     1,100,000  

Long-term debt, net of discount

    7,711,358     538,670  

Deferred rent, net of current portion

    883,287     136,700  
           

Total liabilities

    17,763,444     12,933,906  

Commitments and contingencies

   
 
   
 
 

MEMBERS' EQUITY

   
16,154,745
   
21,470,330
 
           

  $ 33,918,189   $ 34,404,236  
           
           

   

See notes to consolidated financial statements

F-141


Table of Contents



CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Consolidated Statements of Income

 
  Years Ended December 31  
 
  2012   2011  

Revenue:

             

Service fees

  $ 36,156,183   $ 33,040,147  

Reimbursement revenue

    1,426,206     1,684,925  
           

    37,582,389     34,725,072  
           

Operating expenses:

             

Costs of service fees

    23,232,495     19,157,010  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    1,426,206     1,684,925  

Selling, general and administrative

    7,437,060     6,894,176  

Depreciation and amortization

    1,324,199     1,642,073  
           

    33,419,960     29,378,184  
           

Income from operations

    4,162,429     5,346,888  
           

Other expense:

             

Interest expense, net

    221,862     514,141  

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

    476,354      

Change in estimated contingent consideration

    974,185     944,980  
           

    1,672,401     1,459,121  
           

Income before income tax (benefit) provision

    2,490,028     3,887,767  

Income tax (benefit) provision

   
(1,619,480

)
 
180,640
 
           

Net income

  $ 4,109,508   $ 3,707,127  
           
           

   

See notes to consolidated financial statements

F-142


Table of Contents



CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members' Equity
Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

 
  Series A
Preferred
  Series B
Preferred
  Series C
Preferred
  Incentive
Shares
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total  

Balance — January 1, 2011

  $ 22,700,000   $ 5,719,134   $ 500,000   $   $ (11,206,561 ) $ 17,712,573  

Issuance of incentive shares

                50,630         50,630  

Net income

                    3,707,127     3,707,127  
                           

Balance — December 31, 2011

    22,700,000     5,719,134     500,000     50,630     (7,499,434 )   21,470,330  

Reclassification of warrant liabilities

                    (380,677 )   (380,677 )

Issuance of incentive shares

                98,552         98,552  

Exercise of warrants

        40,366     816,666             857,032  

Distribution

        (5,759,500 )   (1,316,666 )       (2,923,834 )   (10,000,000 )

Net income

                    4,109,508     4,109,508  
                           

Balance — December 31, 2012

  $ 22,700,000   $   $   $ 149,182   $ (6,694,437 ) $ 16,154,745  
                           
                           

   

See notes to consolidated financial statements

F-143


Table of Contents



CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 
  Years Ended December 31  
 
  2012   2011  

Cash flows from operating activities:

             

Net income

  $ 4,109,508   $ 3,707,127  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash

             

provided by operating activities:

             

Depreciation and amortization

    1,324,199     1,642,073  

Deferred income tax benefit

    (1,779,962 )    

Bad debt expense

        10,014  

Loss on dispositions of property and equipment

        2,377  

Noncash interest expense

    75,234     174,273  

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

    476,354      

Incentive share expense

    98,552     50,630  

Change in estimated contingent consideration

    974,185     944,980  

Changes in:

             

Accounts receivable

    2,395,395     (3,925,208 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (87,072 )   175,179  

Other assets

    (23,923 )   (1,425 )

Accounts payable

    (526,181 )   (464,548 )

Accrued expenses

    479     1,451,404  

Deferred rent

    746,587     96,283  

Deferred revenue

    (693,267 )   862,063  
           

Net cash provided by operating activities

    7,090,088     4,725,222  
           

Cash flows from investing activities:

             

Purchases of property and equipment

    (2,558,046 )   (423,861 )

Proceeds from dispositions of property and equipment

        1,250  

Decrease in restricted cash

        250,000  

Proceeds from working capital adjustment

        60,942  
           

Net cash used in investing activities

    (2,558,046 )   (111,669 )
           

Cash flows from financing activities:

             

Repayments of long-term debt

    (1,837,688 )   (1,537,693 )

Proceeds from long-term debt

    7,700,000      

Net borrowings (repayments) under revolving line-of-credit

    900,000     (1,905,778 )

Distribution to members

    (10,000,000 )    

Payment of contingent consideration

    (2,483,333 )    

Payments of capital lease obligations

        (4,652 )
           

Net cash used in financing activities

    (5,721,021 )   (3,448,123 )
           

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (1,188,979 )   1,165,430  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

   
3,325,738
   
2,160,308
 
           

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 2,136,759   $ 3,325,738  
           
           

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

             

Cash paid for interest during the year

  $ 156,361   $ 357,326  

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:

   
 
   
 
 

Promissory notes issued as contingent consideration

    711,358      

Fully depreciated property and equipment disposed of during year

    376,663      

   

See notes to consolidated financial statements

F-144


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2012 and 2011

NOTE A — ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS

CRI Holding Company, LLC ("CRI Holdco"), a Delaware limited liability company headquartered in Mt. Laurel, New Jersey, was organized on May 30, 2007 as a holding company for CRI Worldwide, LLC ("CRI WW") and CRI NewCo, Inc. ("CRI NewCo"). CRI WW is wholly-owned by CRI NewCo. CRI NewCo, a Delaware corporation, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. On December 7, 2010, CRI WW purchased all of the outstanding membership units of Lifetree Clinical Research, L.C. ("Lifetree"), a Utah limited liability company.

CRI WW is a clinical research company which performs inpatient and outpatient clinical trials in the United States, ranging from Phase I to IV, as contracted by pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, and other clinical research organizations.

NOTE B — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

[1] Principles of consolidation:

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of CRI Holdco and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, CRI WW, CRI NewCo and Lifetree (the "Company") along with the accounts of CNS Research Institute, P.C. ("CNS"). All intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

Financial Accounting Standards Board's ("FASB") accounting guidance concerning variable interest entities ("VIE") addresses the consolidation of business enterprises to which the usual condition of consolidation (ownership of a majority voting interest) does not apply. This guidance focuses on controlling financial interests that may be achieved through arrangements that do not involve voting interests. The guidance requires an assessment of who the primary beneficiary is and whether the primary beneficiary should consolidate the VIE. The primary beneficiary is identified as the variable interest holder that has both the power to direct the activities of the variable interest entity that most significantly impacts the entity's economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the variable interest entity. Application of the VIE consolidation requirements may require the exercise of significant judgment by management.

The Company has evaluated its relationship with CNS, and has determined that CNS is a variable interest entity. The Company considered many factors in connection with determining that it is appropriate to consolidate CNS. CNS was organized, and is controlled, by an officer and an owner of the Company for the purpose of conducting clinical trial research. The Company has a professional services agreement with CNS with an initial term expiring May 30, 2017. Under the terms of the agreement, CRI WW compensates CNS for services performed by CNS at a rate equal to direct costs incurred plus indirect costs as specified in the agreement. Additionally, CNS cannot provide services to any other party without the prior written approval of the Company. The Company manages all aspects of CNS' operations including providing all administrative support and making all significant operational decisions for CNS. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company paid CNS $1,576,245 and $1,129,070, respectively, as compensation under this agreement, which was eliminated in consolidation. CNS had no net income for each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. The Company considered all of these factors and has determined that it is the primary beneficiary of this variable interest entity and that CNS is required to be consolidated.

F-145


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2012 and 2011

NOTE B — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


[2] Estimates:

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the consolidation of variable interest entities, the carrying amount of property and equipment, intangible assets and goodwill, assessment of impairment, valuation allowances for accounts receivable and deferred tax assets and the valuation of warrants, incentive shares and contingent consideration. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

[3] Cash and cash equivalents:

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

[4] Accounts receivable and unbilled services:

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Company does not require collateral from its customers. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses inherent in its accounts receivable portfolio when deemed necessary. In establishing the required allowance, management considers historical losses and current receivables' aging. The Company reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts monthly. Account balances would be charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $-0- and $10,014, respectively.

Unbilled services represent amounts earned for services that have been rendered, but for which clients have not been billed, and include reimbursement revenue.

[5] Property and equipment:

Property and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation, including amortization of assets held under capitalized leases, is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives, or lease term, if shorter, of the respective assets:

Computers and office equipment

  3-7 years

Vehicles

  3-7 years

Furniture and fixtures

  5 years

Leasehold improvements

  Shorter of lease term or useful life

[6] Long-lived assets:

The Company assesses long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset's carrying amount may not be recoverable. No impairment charges were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

F-146


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2012 and 2011

NOTE B — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


[7] Deferred financing fees:

Included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is $-0-and $26,476 of deferred financing fees for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Deferred financing fees are costs incurred in connection with the issuance of debt that are deferred and amortized as a component of interest expense over the term of the related debt using the effective interest method. Amortization of deferred financing fees for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $26,476 and $22,730, respectively.

[8] Goodwill and intangible assets:

The Company does not amortize goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives. Goodwill represents the excess cost of companies acquired over the fair value of their net assets at the dates of acquisition. The Company analyzes goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets to determine any potential impairment loss annually as of December 31, unless conditions exist that require an updated analysis on an interim basis. A fair value approach is used to test for impairment. The fair value approach compares estimates related to the fair value of the reporting unit with the unit's carrying amount, including goodwill. The fair value is determined using both the market approach and the income approach, which consists of projected discounted cash flows. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds the fair value, the amount of the impairment loss must be measured. For the purpose of the impairment test, management has concluded that it has only one reporting unit. Management conducted its annual impairment test as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the results of the testing indicated that there was no impairment.

Intangible assets that have finite useful lives are amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or contractual lives. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are periodically reviewed to determine if facts and circumstances indicate that the useful life is shorter than originally estimated or that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If such facts and circumstances do exist, the recoverability of intangible assets is assessed by comparing the projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with the related asset or group of assets over their remaining lives against their respective carrying amounts. Impairments, if any, are based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of those assets.

[9] Fair value measurements:

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A framework has been established for measuring fair value and providing disclosures regarding fair value measurement in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The framework established a three-level valuation hierarchy for fair value measurement. These valuation techniques are based upon observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company's market assumptions.

F-147


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2012 and 2011

NOTE B — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

These two types of inputs create the following fair value hierarchy:

    Level 1 — Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

    Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations whose significant inputs are observable.

    Level 3 — Instruments whose significant inputs are unobservable.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an asset's or liability's level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company's assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.

The inputs used to estimate the Company's liability for contingent consideration and warrants to purchase Series B and Series C preferred shares are not observable. The fair values of these liabilities are based on Level 3 inputs. Management uses actual and projected operating results during the earn-out period to estimate the liability for contingent consideration. This valuation methodology involves a significant degree of judgment by management.

The following summarizes changes in the liabilities measured at fair value using Level 3 inputs on a recurring basis for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 
  Contingent
Consideration
  Preferred
Warrants
 

Balance — January 1, 2012

  $ 4,104,375   $ 380,677  

Cash payments in 2012

    (2,483,333 )    

Issuance of promissory notes in 2012

    (711,358 )    

Change in estimated fair value

    974,185     476,354  

Exercise of preferred warrants

        (857,031 )
           

Balance — December 31, 2012

  $ 1,883,869   $  
           
           

The following provides information on the valuation techniques and nature of significant unobservable inputs used to determine the value of the Level 3 liability as of December 31, 2012. The inputs are not indicative of the unobservable inputs that may have been used for an individual asset or liability.

Liability
  Fair Value
December 31,
2012
  Valuation
Techniques
  Unobservable
Inputs
  Input  

Liability for contingent consideration

  $ 1,883,869   Discounted cash flows   Discount rate     13 %
                     
                     

F-148


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2012 and 2011

NOTE B — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

[10] Service revenue:

The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following conditions are satisfied:

    There is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

    The service has been delivered to the client;

    The collection of fees is probable; and

    The amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

The Company's agreements with its customers generally involve multiple service deliverables, where bundled service deliverables are accounted for in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 605-25, Multiple-Element Arrangements . The Company recognizes revenue primarily using a units-based methodology whereby units completed are multiplied by the applicable contracted per-unit price. For a units-based contract, a typical unit could include such things as completion of a monitoring visit, monthly site management units or case report form pages entered. The Company tracks the units completed for each unit category included in the contract. Service revenue is recognized monthly based on the units actually completed in the period at the agreed-upon unit value or selling price. Revenue related to changes in contract scope, which are subject to client approval, is recognized when realization is assured and amounts are reasonably determinable. Contract provisions do not provide for rights of return or refund, but normally include rights of cancellation with notice, in which case services delivered through the cancellation date are due and payable by the customer, including certain costs to conclude the trial or study.

[11] Reimbursement revenue and reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses:

As the Company provides services on contracts, it also incurs third-party and other pass-through costs, which are reimbursable by its customers pursuant to the terms of contracts. The revenues and costs from these third-party and other pass-through costs are reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of income as reimbursement revenue and reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses.

[12] Deferred revenue:

Deferred revenue represents amounts that have been received, but have not yet been earned.

[13] Concentrations of credit risk:

The Company maintains cash accounts which, at times, may exceed the federally insured limit. The Company mitigates this risk by only depositing funds with major financial institutions and has not experienced any losses from maintaining cash accounts in excess of the federally insured limit. The cash balance in excess of the federally insured limit of $250,000 as of December 31, 2012 was $1,666,050. Management believes that it is not exposed to any significant credit risks on its cash accounts.

[14] Incentive share compensation:

The Company records compensation expense associated with incentive shares issued to employees based on the estimated fair value at the grant date. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to

F-149


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2012 and 2011

NOTE B — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

determine the fair value of incentive share awards and recognizes such value over the service period of the awards, which is generally equal to the vesting period.

[15] Income taxes:

The Company is a partnership for federal income tax purposes; therefore, all income tax consequences resulting from the operations of the Company are reported on the members' income tax returns. CRI NewCo is a corporation for both legal and tax purposes. The tax balances in the consolidated financial statements, if any, relate to CRI NewCo. Included in CRI NewCo's tax balances are the results of its two wholly-owned single member limited liability companies, CRI WW and Lifetree Clinical Research, L.C.

Income taxes are accounted for under the assets-and-liabilities method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America require entities to evaluate, measure, recognize and disclose any uncertain income tax positions taken on their income tax returns. There are no uncertain tax positions.

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions, if any, as part of the income tax provision. There was no income tax related interest and penalties recorded for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

The income tax returns of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011 are subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and other various taxing authorities, generally for three years after they were filed.

[16] Advertising costs:

Advertising costs are expensed when incurred. Advertising expense was $1,579,160 and $1,467,347 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company recognized $1,046,626 and $1,126,964, respectively, of reimbursement revenue related to advertising.

[17] Deferred rent:

For operating leases that contain rent escalation or rent concession provisions, the Company records the total rent payable during the lease term on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The Company records the difference between the rent paid and the straight-line rent as a deferred rent liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

F-150


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2012 and 2011

NOTE B — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

For leases in which the landlord provides the Company with a reimbursement of costs related to leasehold improvements, any payments made by a landlord to or on behalf of the Company are reported by the Company as a deferred rent liability that reduces rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. During 2012, the Company received reimbursements of $693,858 which was recorded as a deferred rent liability as of December 31, 2012.

The current portion of the deferred rent liability of $67,702 is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012.

[18] Significant customers:

There were no customers that accounted for 10% or more of the Company's revenues or accounts receivable for the year ended December 31, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2011, one customer accounted for 25% of the Company's revenue. As of December 31, 2011, this customer accounted for 24% of accounts receivable.

[19] New accounting pronouncement:

In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued ASU 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income , an amendment to FASB ASC Topic 220, Comprehensive Income . The update gave companies the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The amendments in the update do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. ASU 2011-05 was effective for the Company for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company has adopted ASU 2011-05 effective January 1, 2012. The Company does not have any comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2012 or 2011, and the adoption of ASU 2011-05 had no impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

[20] Reclassification:

In connection with the redemption of Series B and Series C shares in December 2012 (see Note G), the Company determined that a liability for the warrants to purchase Series B and Series C preferred shares should have been established upon the issuance of such warrants. Therefore, the Company reclassified $380,677 from equity as of January 1, 2012 for the liability related to the fair value of the warrants. The impact to the 2011 financial statements was not material. The Company also reclassified ($2,483,333) from cash flows used in investing activities to cash flows used in financing activities in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012.

NOTE C — BUSINESS ACQUISITION

On December 7, 2010, CRI WW purchased all of the outstanding membership units of Lifetree Clinical Research, L.C. ("Lifetree"), a Utah limited liability company engaged in the business of providing drug development, clinical trial management, contract research organization and site services to complement its existing business.

F-151


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2012 and 2011

NOTE C — BUSINESS ACQUISITION (Continued)

The acquisition agreement contained an earn out provision that could result in the payment of up to $5,749,999 as additional purchase price in the event that Lifetree and the Company meet certain earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization thresholds, as defined, annually from 2011 through 2013. The maximum earn out that could be earned for 2011, 2012 and 2013 is $1,458,333, $1,933,333 and $2,358,333, respectively. Management estimated the fair value of the earn out liability as of the acquisition date to be $3,159,395. As of December 31, 2011, based upon actual results for 2011 and forecasted results for 2012 and 2013, the total present value of payments to be made in the future were estimated to be $4,104,375, resulting in a charge of $944,980 that was included in other expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011. In February 2012, the Company paid $1,083,333 of the estimated amount owed in cash, which was accrued as a current liability as of December 31, 2011. The remaining estimated amount owed of $3,021,042 was recorded as other liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011. Included in that amount was a $375,000 promissory note issued in February 2012 pursuant to the terms of the acquisition agreement (see Note G).

Based upon actual results for 2012 and forecasted results for 2013, management estimated the present value of earn out payments remaining to be made to be $3,620,227, resulting in an additional charge of $974,185 that was included in other expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012. The amount owed based upon 2012 earnings was $1,933,333 of which $1,400,000 was paid in cash in December 2012. The remaining $533,333 was satisfied by a promissory note issued in December 2012 pursuant to the terms of the acquisition agreement (see Note G). As of December 31, 2012, the present value of the remaining payments to be made for the earn out provision was estimated to be $1,883,869, which will be satisfied in 2014 and is recorded as other liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

NOTE D — ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Accounts receivable as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 consists of the following:

 
  2012   2011  

Accounts receivable

  $ 5,621,035   $ 7,984,818  

Unbilled services

    915,255     956,881  
           

    6,536,290     8,941,699  

Less allowance for doubful accounts

        10,014  
           

  $ 6,536,290   $ 8,931,685  
           
           

F-152


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2012 and 2011

NOTE E — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment and the related accumulated depreciation and amortization consist of the following as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 
  2012   2011  

Computers and office equipment

  $ 1,517,199   $ 1,048,627  

Vehicles

    231,149     207,562  

Furniture and fixtures

    336,760     248,181  

Leasehold improvements

    2,457,083     856,438  
           

    4,542,191     2,360,808  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

    1,668,114     1,573,896  
           

  $ 2,874,077   $ 786,912  
           
           

Depreciation and amortization related to property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $470,881 and $291,694, respectively.

NOTE F — INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following is a summary of intangible assets and related accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 
  2012  
 
  Life
(Years)
  Gross   Accumulated
Amortization
  Net  

Customer list

  10   $ 5,760,000   $ (2,632,307 ) $ 3,127,693  

Patient list

  5     2,580,000     (2,356,993 )   223,007  

Backlog

  1     250,000     (250,000 )    

Trade name

  Indefinite     1,720,000         1,720,000  
                   

Total intangible assets

      $ 10,310,000   $ (5,239,300 ) $ 5,070,700  
                   
                   

 

 
  2011  
 
  Life
(Years)
  Gross   Accumulated
Amortization
  Net  

Customer list

  10   $ 5,760,000   $ (2,056,307 ) $ 3,703,693  

Patient list

  5     2,580,000     (2,097,676 )   482,324  

Backlog

  1     250,000     (250,000 )    

Trade name

  Indefinite     1,720,000         1,720,000  
                   

Total intangible assets

      $ 10,310,000   $ (4,403,983 ) $ 5,906,017  
                   
                   

Amortization of intangible assets was $835,317 and $1,326,379 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

F-153


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2012 and 2011

NOTE F — INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

The estimated future amortization related to intangible assets as of December 31, 2012 is as follows:

Year Ending December 31
   
 

2013

  $ 652,000  

2014

    652,000  

2015

    647,003  

2016

    576,000  

2017

    336,833  

Thereafter

    486,864  
       

    3,350,700  

Indefinite life trade name

    1,720,000  
       

  $ 5,070,700  
       
       

NOTE G — LINE-OF-CREDIT, LONG-TERM DEBT AND WARRANTS

[1] Square 1 Bank credit facility:

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had a loan and security agreement with Square 1 Bank that provided for borrowing under a revolving line-of-credit of up to $4,850,000 and term loans of up to $3,494,222. On December 21, 2012, the Company entered into an amendment to the loan and security agreement which allowed the Company to increase available borrowing under the revolving line-of-credit to $6,000,000 and borrow $7,700,000 under an additional term loan.

The credit facility is collateralized by all assets of the Company. The line-of-credit facility provides borrowing up to a maximum of $6,000,000, subject to availability calculated under the borrowing base, which is 80% of the eligible accounts as defined in the agreement. The unused borrowing base was $3,092,234 as of December 31, 2012. Interest is due monthly and accrues at the greater of the prime rate plus 2.25% or 5.50% (5.50% as of December 31, 2012). The line-of-credit matures on December 21, 2014. The Company is required to pay quarterly, in arrears, a fee of 0.125% of the average unused available balance under the revolving line-of-credit for the quarter. Interest expense on the revolving line-of-credit was $54,426 and $148,079 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The proceeds from the $7,700,000 additional term loan were used to repay all other term loans with Square 1 Bank outstanding as of December 21, 2012, to redeem Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred shares of the Company (see Note H) and for general working capital purposes. The term loan matures in June 2016 with monthly payments of $233,333 commencing in October 2013, and bears interest, which is payable monthly, at the greater of the prime rate plus 3.25% or 6.50% (6.50% as of December 31, 2012). Interest expense on the term loans was $90,465 and $192,487 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The loan and security agreement with Square 1 Bank contains financial covenants, including a minimum cash plus excess availability covenant that requires the Company to maintain cash held by Square 1 Bank plus amounts which are undrawn but available under the revolving line-of-credit of at least $1,500,000,

F-154


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2012 and 2011

NOTE G — LINE-OF-CREDIT, LONG-TERM DEBT AND WARRANTS (Continued)

and a minimum debt service coverage ratio covenant, as defined in the agreement. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company was in compliance with its financial covenants.

[2] Promissory notes payable to former members of Lifetree:

In connection with the acquisition of Lifetree, the Company issued an aggregate of $250,000 of promissory notes to the former members of Lifetree, which were due on December 7, 2011. If the Company became entitled to any indemnification in connection with the acquisition of Lifetree, the Company would have had the right to set off the indebtedness evidenced by the notes against any obligations or liabilities of the former members of Lifetree under the acquisition agreement. These notes were repaid during 2011.

In connection with the earn out provision included in the acquisition agreement for Lifetree, the Company issued two promissory notes during 2012 with an aggregate principal amount of $908,333 to the former members of Lifetree (see Note C). The promissory notes may be prepaid without premium or penalty and are due on March 1, 2015. The notes do not accrue interest unless a payment default, as defined, was to occur. Management has estimated the fair value of these notes to be $711,358 as of December 31, 2012, which is included in long-term debt as of December 31, 2012 in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. At maturity, the holder of the notes has the option to be paid in cash or by the issuance of the most recent form of preferred shares issued by the Company. The notes are secured by all of the assets of the Company and are subordinate to the borrowings outstanding under the Square 1 Bank credit facility.

[3] Warrant issuance:

In conjunction with the December 2009 and 2010 debt agreements, the Company issued Square 1 Bank warrants to purchase 120,000 Series B Preferred Shares and 75,000 Series C Preferred Shares, respectively, at an exercise price of $1 per share. The warrants expire on December 10, 2016 and December 7, 2017, respectively. The fair value of the December 2009 and 2010 warrants was determined to be $116,439 and $141,509, respectively, and was recorded as a debt discount. The debt discount was allocated on a pro rata basis between the revolving line-of-credit and the term loans. Debt discount related to the warrants is amortized, as a charge to interest expense, over the corresponding terms of the revolving line-of-credit and term loans. Amortization of the debt discount was $48,757 and $151,543 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

On December 21, 2012, Square 1 Bank exercised 40,366 of the Series B Preferred warrants and the 75,000 Series C Preferred warrants. The Series B and Series C Preferred Shares that were received upon exercise were redeemed for an aggregate cash payment of $190,366. As of December 31, 2012, Square 1 Bank holds warrants to purchase 79,634 Series B Preferred Shares at an exercise price of $1 per share, and the fair value of these remaining warrants was not material.

F-155


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2012 and 2011

NOTE G — LINE-OF-CREDIT, LONG-TERM DEBT AND WARRANTS (Continued)

[4] Future maturities:

Aggregate maturities of the revolving line-of-credit and long-term debt subsequent to December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 
  Square 1 Bank    
   
   
 
Year Ending December 31
  Line-of-
Credit
  Long-term
Debt
  Promissory
Notes
  Debt
Discount
  Long-term
Debt, Net
 

2013

  $   $ 700,000   $   $   $ 700,000  

2014

    2,000,000     2,800,000             2,800,000  

2015

        2,800,000     908,333     (196,975 )   3,511,358  

2016

        1,400,000             1,400,000  
                       

  $ 2,000,000   $ 7,700,000   $ 908,333   $ (196,975 )   8,411,358  
                         
                         

   
Less current portion
   
(700,000

)
                               

    Long-term debt, net of discount   $ 7,711,358  
                               
                               

NOTE H — MEMBERS' EQUITY

[1] Units of interest:

The Company's authorized shares consist of Series A-1 and A-2 preferred shares, Series A-3 shares, Series B preferred shares and Series C preferred shares. On December 21, 2012, following the receipt of the additional financing from Square 1 Bank, as discussed in Note G, the Company redeemed and retired previously issued and outstanding Series C preferred shares and Series C Preferred warrants, paid a distribution to Series B Preferred shareholders and redeemed certain Series B Preferred warrants for an aggregate amount of $10,000,000. As of December 31, 2012, the Company has authorized and issued the following number of shares:

 
  Authorized   Issued and
Outstanding
 

Series A-1 preferred

    15,200,000     15,200,000  

Series A-2 preferred

    10,842,997     10,842,997  

Series A-3

    97     97  

Series B preferred

    5,839,134     5,719,134  

Series C preferred

    5,908,333      
           

    37,790,561     31,762,228  
           
           

The holders of shares are considered members of the Company and participate in the ownership, including voting rights, of the Company. The holders of Series A-1 and Series A-2 preferred shares are entitled to a preferred return of 8% per annum, cumulative and compounded monthly. The preferred return would also be payable upon the liquidation of the Company. The holders of Series B preferred shares are entitled to a preferred return equal to 100% of their contributions. The holders of Series C preferred shares are entitled

F-156


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2012 and 2011

NOTE H — MEMBERS' EQUITY (Continued)

to a preferred return equal to 200% of their contributions. The holders of Series A-3 shares are not entitled to any distributions. The distribution preferences of the Series A-1 and A-2 preferred shareholders increased by $1,818,159 and $1,296,993, respectively, during the year ended December 31, 2012 and were $23,723,824 and $16,923,510, respectively, as of December 31, 2012. The remaining distribution preference of the Series B preferred shareholders was $3,795,300 as of December 31, 2012.

The holders of Series C preferred shares have priority for distribution before Series B, Series A-1 and Series A-2 preferred holders. The holders of Series B preferred shares have priority for distribution before Series A-1 and Series A-2 preferred holders. The holders of Series A-1 preferred shares have priority for distribution before Series A-2 preferred holders. No member is required to pay to any other member or the Company any deficit or negative balance that may exist from time to time in such member's capital account.

At the election of the members holding (a) two-thirds of the Series C preferred shares with respect to the Series C preferred shares, (b) two-thirds of the Series B preferred shares with respect to the Series B preferred shares, (c) two-thirds of the Series A-3 shares with respect to the Series A-1 preferred shares, and (d) two-thirds of the Series A-2 preferred shares with respect to the Series A-2 preferred shares, at any time on or after January 1, 2013 and the first and second anniversaries of such date (each, a "Redemption Date"), the Company would be required to redeem up to 33%, 67% and 100%, respectively, of the Series C, Series B, Series A-1 and/or Series A-2 preferred shares outstanding as of the date of the first such election, at an amount per share equal to the amount of the Series C, Series B, Series A-1 or A-2 preferred contribution amount, as defined, plus the Series C, Series B, Series A-1 or A-2 preferred return, in each case as applicable (the "Redemption Price"); provided that, the Company shall not redeem any (i) Series B preferred shares until all of the Series C preferred shares have been redeemed, (ii) Series A-1 or A-2 preferred shares until all of the Series B preferred shares have been redeemed or (iii) Series A-2 preferred shares until the members holding two-thirds of the Series A-3 shares have elected to have the Company redeem the Series A-1 preferred shares.

Upon receipt of approval by the majority directors, as defined, the Company has the option to redeem any or all of the Series C and/or Series B preferred shares upon 30 days prior written notice to each of the holders of Series C and/or Series B preferred shares. No Series B preferred shares may be redeemed until all of the Series C preferred shares have been redeemed. Since the Company is privately held, the redeemable preferred shares are classified as equity as they are not mandatorily redeemable.

In connection with the purchase agreement to acquire Lifetree (see Note C), CRI WW and the Company entered into a Make Well Agreement on December 7, 2010 pursuant to which certain members of the Company would be required to purchase up to 5,000,000 Series C preferred shares of the Company for $1.00 per share if any amount of any earn out payment or of principal under the promissory notes payable to the former members of Lifetree is due and payable and not timely paid by the Company. In consideration for the members' entry into the agreement, the members received warrants to purchase an aggregate of 333,333 Series C preferred shares at an exercise price of $1.00 per share. The warrants were exercisable upon grant and scheduled to expire in December 2020. In lieu of exercising via a cash payment, the warrants may be converted into Series C preferred shares, at the option of the holder, the number of shares to be determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the shares, as determined by the Board

F-157


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2012 and 2011

NOTE H — MEMBERS' EQUITY (Continued)

of Managers of the Company, issuable upon exercise minus the aggregate exercise price of such shares by (b) the fair market value of one share.

On December 21, 2012, the members holding the warrants to purchase 333,333 Series C preferred shares exercised the warrants via a cashless exercise. The Series C preferred Shares that were receivable upon exercise were redeemed for an aggregate cash payment of $666,666.

[2] Allocation of profits or losses:

Profits are allocated, as defined by the Limited Liability Company Agreement, to the members: 1) in proportion to and to the extent of their respective negative capital account balances, and 2) in proportion to their percentage interests. Losses are allocated, as defined, to the members: 1) in proportion to and to the extent of their respective positive capital account balances, and 2) in proportion to their percentage interests.

[3] Incentive shares:

Incentive share awards are granted by the Board to key employees of the Company under the terms of Incentive Share Agreements. Holders of incentive shares are not considered to be members and do not have voting rights. Incentive shares allow for the grantee to participate in the profits of the Company, and are paid in cash when approved by the Board. The maximum number of incentive shares that can be issued is 4,684,058.

Following is a summary of the activity in the incentive share awards plan:

 
  Number
of Shares
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2010

    3,574,321  

Granted

    651,000  

Forfeited

    (9,482 )
       

Outstanding as of December 31, 2011

    4,215,839  

Granted

    375,000  

Forfeited

    (20,000 )
       

Outstanding as of December 31, 2012

    4,570,839  
       
       

During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company recognized $98,552 and $50,630, respectively, of expense related to incentive shares, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. The fair value of the incentive shares

F-158


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2012 and 2011

NOTE H — MEMBERS' EQUITY (Continued)

granted in 2012 and 2011 was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, assuming no dividends and using the following weighted average valuation assumptions:

 
  2012   2011

Risk-free rate

  0.6%   0.9%

Expected life

  5 years   5 years

Expected volatility

  45.0%   45.0%

Incentive shares generally vest over a period of four years. As of December 31, 2012, 2,970,762 outstanding incentive shares were vested and there was $252,965 of unearned compensation related to nonvested incentive shares. In the event that employment with the Company is terminated for any reason other than cause, all unvested incentive shares would be cancelled and revert to the Company, and the Company may, but is not obligated to, repurchase all or any portion of any former employee's vested incentive shares from such former employee at the then fair market value, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion. In the event that employment with the Company is terminated for cause, all vested and unvested incentive shares would be forfeited and revert to the Company.

NOTE I — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

[1] Operating leases:

The Company leases office and other facilities under operating leases expiring at various dates through September 2022. Total rent expense under these leases was approximately $1,994,000 and $1,091,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The Company also leases certain office equipment under operating leases with various terms expiring through March 2016. Total rent expense under these leases was approximately $68,000 and $67,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Estimated future minimum lease payments required under operating leases as of December 31, 2012 are as follows:

Year Ending December 31
   
 

2013

  $ 1,312,906  

2014

    1,282,476  

2015

    1,286,349  

2016

    921,980  

2017

    667,404  

Thereafter

    1,878,583  
       

  $ 7,349,698  
       
       

[2] Employment agreements:

The Company executed employment agreements with certain executive officers of the Company that provide for base salaries, discretionary bonus opportunities and Company-provided benefits. The agreements also

F-159


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2012 and 2011

NOTE I — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

provide for certain termination benefits to be provided to the officers in the event that their employment is terminated without cause. In addition, in the event that the Company terminates or is deemed to terminate an executive's employment within one year following a change in control, as defined, or within 135 days preceding a change in control, any incentive shares held by the executive would become immediately vested. Four of the employment agreements also provide for the payment of a bonus to the executive upon the sale of the Company meeting certain conditions.

NOTE J — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Two of the Company's office and other facility leases are leased from partnerships controlled by certain officers and members of the Company as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. One of the leases expired in April 2011 and the second will expire in July 2014. Total rent expense under these agreements was approximately $80,000 and $127,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

NOTE K — RETIREMENT PLAN

The Company provides a defined-contribution and profit-sharing plan available to substantially all employees under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the defined-contribution plan, the Company contributes a maximum of 4% of all eligible employees' salaries. The Company's contribution to the plan was $119,663 and $100,359 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company, at its discretion, may also make profit-sharing contributions. No profit-sharing contributions were made in 2012 or 2011.

NOTE L — INCOME TAXES

The Company is not subject to income taxes because it is treated as a partnership for income tax purposes. As such, the Company's members are taxed on their allocable share of the Company's profit and loss. CRI NewCo is a corporation subject to income taxes. Accordingly, the income tax amounts in the consolidated financial statements relate to CRI NewCo.

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 consists of the following:

 
  2012   2011  

Current tax provision:

             

Federal

  $ 51,357   $ 87,500  

State and local

    109,125     93,140  
           

    160,482     180,640  
           

Deferred tax benefit:

             

Federal

    (1,383,030 )    

State and local

    (396,932 )    
           

    (1,779,962 )    
           

Income tax (benefit) provision

  $ (1,619,480 ) $ 180,640  
           
           

F-160


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
December 31, 2012 and 2011

NOTE L — INCOME TAXES (Continued)

CRI NewCo had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $1.0 million and $750,000, respectively, available to offset future taxable income as of December 31, 2012. If not utilized, such carryforwards expire in various years through 2030.

Deferred tax attributes resulting from differences between financial accounting amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities of CRI NewCo as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 
  2012   2011  

Deferred tax assets — current:

             

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $ 404,663   $  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

        4,000  
           

    404,663     4,000  
           

Deferred tax assets — noncurrent:

             

Net operating loss carryforwards

        1,327,000  

AMT tax credit carryforward

    113,695     78,000  

Basis in property and equipment

    (395,420 )   206,000  

Basis in intangible assets

    1,552,629     1,569,000  

Deferred rent

    103,004      

Incentive shares

        20,000  

Charitable contribution carryforwards

    1,391     1,000  
           

    1,375,299     3,201,000  
           

    1,779,962     3,205,000  

Valuation allowance

        (3,205,000 )
           

Net deferred tax assets

  $ 1,779,962   $  
           
           

As of December 31, 2011, management recorded a full valuation allowance against the Company's net deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2012, management determined that it is more likely than not that the Company will be able to utilize the full benefit of its deferred tax assets. Therefore, a valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets was no longer required given the Company's projected taxable income in future years and the timing and amount of the reversal of temporary differences.

NOTE M — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through April 15, 2013, the date that the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

F-161


Table of Contents



CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Consolidated Condensed Balance Sheets
(Unaudited)

 
  September 30,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 

ASSETS

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 2,488,132   $ 2,136,759  

Accounts receivable and unbilled services, net

    9,324,895     6,536,290  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,442,168     636,886  
           

Total current assets

    13,255,195     9,309,935  

Property and equipment, net

    2,724,845     2,874,077  

Goodwill

    15,220,764     15,220,764  

Intangible assets, net

    4,581,700     5,070,700  

Other assets

    1,442,713     1,442,713  
           

Total assets

  $ 37,225,217   $ 33,918,189  
           
           

LIABILITIES

             

Current liabilities:

             

Current portion of long-term debt

  $ 2,800,000   $ 700,000  

Accounts payable

    700,830     1,034,526  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    5,806,274     2,958,835  

Deferred revenue

    1,701,519     591,569  
           

Total current liabilities

    11,008,623     5,284,930  

Revolving line-of-credit

        2,000,000  

Long-term debt

    5,808,333     7,711,358  

Other long-term liabilities

    1,474,394     2,767,156  
           

Total liabilities

    18,291,350     17,763,444  

Commitments and contingencies

             

MEMBERS' EQUITY

    18,933,867     16,154,745  
           

Total liabilities and members' equity

  $ 37,225,217   $ 33,918,189  
           
           

   

See notes to consolidated condensed financial statements

F-162


Table of Contents



CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income
(Unaudited)

 
  Nine Months Ended September 30,  
 
  2013   2012  

Revenue:

             

Service fees

  $ 32,184,922   $ 28,269,001  

Reimbursement revenue

    1,176,188     1,030,830  
           

    33,361,110     29,299,831  
           

Operating expenses:

   
 
   
 
 

Costs of service fees

    19,868,338     18,762,007  

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses

    1,176,188     1,030,830  

Selling, general and administrative

    6,189,727     5,583,374  

Depreciation and amortization

    988,049     1,029,007  
           

    28,222,302     26,405,218  
           

Income from operations

    5,138,808     2,894,613  
           

Other expense:

   
 
   
 
 

Interest expense, net

    638,537     174,836  

Other expense

    409,719     1,087,904  
           

    1,048,256     1,262,740  
           

Income before income tax provision

    4,090,552     1,631,873  

Income tax provision

    1,375,855     571,155  
           

Net income

  $ 2,714,697   $ 1,060,718  
           
           

   

See notes to consolidated condensed financial statements

F-163


Table of Contents



CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Consolidated Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
(Unaudited)

 
  Nine Months Ended September 30,  
 
  2013   2012  

Cash flows from operating activities:

  $ 2,701,189   $ 4,456,506  
           

Cash flows from investing activities:

             

Purchases of property and equipment

    (349,816 )   (1,823,117 )
           

Net cash used in investing activities

    (349,816 )   (1,823,117 )
           

Cash flows from financing activities:

             

Repayments of long-term debt

        (965,765 )

Payment of contingent consideration

        (1,083,333 )

Net repayments under revolving line-of-credit

    (2,000,000 )   (1,100,000 )
           

Net cash used in financing activities

    (2,000,000 )   (3,149,098 )
           

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    351,373     (515,709 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    2,136,759     3,325,738  
           

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 2,488,132   $ 2,810,029  
           
           

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:

             

Promissory notes issued as contingent consideration

  $   $ 375,000  

   

See notes to consolidated condensed financial statements

F-164


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(
A Limited Liability Company )
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements

Note A — Organization and Business

CRI Holding Company, LLC ("CRI Holdco"), a Delaware limited liability company headquartered in Mt. Laurel, New Jersey, was organized on May 30, 2007 as a holding company for CRI Worldwide, LLC ("CRI WW") and CRI NewCo, Inc. ("CRI NewCo"). CRI WW is wholly-owned by CRI NewCo. CRI NewCo, a Delaware corporation, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. On December 7, 2010, CRI WW purchased all of the outstanding membership units of Lifetree Clinical Research, L.C. ("Lifetree"), a Utah limited liability company.

CRI WW is a clinical research company which performs inpatient and outpatient clinical trials in the United States, ranging from Phase I to IV, as contracted by pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, and other clinical research organizations.

Note B — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

[1] Basis of Presentation:

The accompanying consolidated condensed financial statements of CRI Holdco and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, CRI WW, CRI NewCo and Lifetree (the "Company") along with the accounts of CNS Research Institute, P.C. ("CNS") are unaudited. All intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

The consolidated condensed financial statements for the unaudited interim periods presented include all adjustments (consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of financial position, results of operations and cash flows for such interim periods. Results of those interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the full year.

Financial Accounting Standards Board's ("FASB") accounting guidance concerning variable interest entities ("VIE") addresses the consolidation of business enterprises to which the usual condition of consolidation (ownership of a majority voting interest) does not apply. This guidance focuses on controlling financial interests that may be achieved through arrangements that do not involve voting interests. The guidance requires an assessment of who the primary beneficiary is and whether the primary beneficiary should consolidate the VIE. The primary beneficiary is identified as the variable interest holder that has both the power to direct the activities of the variable interest entity that most significantly impacts the entity's economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the variable interest entity. Application of the VIE consolidation requirements may require the exercise of significant judgment by management.

The Company has evaluated its relationship with CNS, and has determined that CNS is a variable interest entity. The Company considered many factors in connection with determining that it is appropriate to consolidate CNS. CNS was organized, and is controlled, by an officer and an owner of the Company for the purpose of conducting clinical trial research. The Company has a professional services agreement with CNS with an initial term expiring May 30, 2017. Under the terms of the agreement, CRI WW compensates CNS for services performed by CNS at a rate equal to direct costs incurred plus indirect costs as specified in the agreement. Additionally, CNS cannot provide services to any other party without the prior written approval of the Company. The Company manages all aspects of CNS' operations including providing all administrative support and making all significant operational decisions for CNS. During the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, the Company paid CNS $883,595 and $1,263,053, respectively, as compensation under this agreement, which was eliminated in consolidation. CNS had no net income for

F-165


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(
A Limited Liability Company )
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

Note B — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

each of the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012. The Company considered all of these factors and has determined that it is the primary beneficiary of this variable interest entity and that CNS is required to be consolidated.

[2] Estimates:

The preparation of the consolidated condensed financial statements, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the consolidation of variable interest entities, the carrying amount of property and equipment, intangible assets and goodwill, assessment of impairment, valuation allowances for accounts receivable and deferred tax assets and the valuation of warrants, incentive shares and contingent consideration. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

[3] Cash and cash equivalents:

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

[4] Accounts receivable and unbilled services:

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Company does not require collateral from its customers. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses inherent in its accounts receivable portfolio when deemed necessary. In establishing the required allowance, management considers historical losses and current receivables' aging. The Company reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts monthly. Account balances would be charged off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The allowance for doubtful accounts as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $0.

Unbilled services represent amounts earned for services that have been rendered, but for which clients have not been billed, and include reimbursement revenue.

[5] Long-lived assets:

The Company assesses long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset's carrying amount may not be recoverable. No impairment charges were recorded during the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012.

[6] Goodwill and intangible assets:

The Company does not amortize goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives. Goodwill represents the excess cost of companies acquired over the fair value of their net assets at the dates of acquisition. The Company analyzes goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets to determine any potential impairment loss annually as of December 31, unless conditions exist that require an updated analysis on an interim basis. A fair value approach is used to test for impairment. The fair value approach compares estimates related to the fair value of the reporting unit with the unit's carrying amount, including goodwill. The fair value is determined using both the market approach and the income approach, which consists of projected discounted cash flows. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds the

F-166


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(
A Limited Liability Company )
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

Note B — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

fair value, the amount of the impairment loss must be measured. For the purpose of the impairment test, management has concluded that it has only one reporting unit. Management conducted its annual impairment test as of December 31, 2012 and the results of the testing indicated that there was no impairment.

Intangible assets that have finite useful lives are amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or contractual lives. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are periodically reviewed to determine if facts and circumstances indicate that the useful life is shorter than originally estimated or that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If such facts and circumstances do exist, the recoverability of intangible assets is assessed by comparing the projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with the related asset or group of assets over their remaining lives against their respective carrying amounts. Impairments, if any, are based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of those assets.

[7] Fair value measurements:

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A framework has been established for measuring fair value and providing disclosures regarding fair value measurement in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The framework established a three-level valuation hierarchy for fair value measurement. These valuation techniques are based upon observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company's market assumptions.

These two types of inputs create the following fair value hierarchy:

    Level 1 — Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

    Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations whose significant inputs are observable.

    Level 3 — Instruments whose significant inputs are unobservable.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an asset's or liability's level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company's assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.

The inputs used to estimate the Company's liability for contingent consideration are not observable. The fair value of this liability is based on Level 3 inputs. Management uses actual and projected operating results during the earn-out period to estimate the liability for contingent consideration. This valuation methodology involves a significant degree of judgment by management.

F-167


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(
A Limited Liability Company )
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

Note B — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

The following summarizes changes in the liability measured at fair value using Level 3 inputs on a recurring basis for the nine months ended September 30, 2013:

 
  Contingent
Consideration
 

Balance — December 31, 2012

  $ 1,883,869  

Change in estimated fair value

    415,343  
       

Balance — September 30, 2013

  $ 2,299,212  
       
       

The following provides information on the valuation techniques and nature of significant unobservable inputs used to determine the value of the Level 3 liability as of September 30, 2013. The inputs are not indicative of the unobservable inputs that may have been used for an individual asset or liability.

Liability
  Fair Value
September 30,
2013
  Valuation
Techniques
  Unobservable
Inputs
  Input  

Liability for contingent consideration

  $ 2,299,212   Discounted cash flows   Discount rate     13 %
                     
                     

The current portion of this liability at September 30, 2013, totaling $1,683,334, is recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities and the remaining long-term portion, totaling $615,878, is recorded in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated condensed balance sheets.

[8] Service revenue:

The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following conditions are satisfied:

    There is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;

    The service has been delivered to the client;

    The collection of fees is probable; and

    The amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

The Company's agreements with its customers generally involve multiple service deliverables, where bundled service deliverables are accounted for in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 605-25, Multiple-Element Arrangements . The Company recognizes revenue primarily using a units-based methodology whereby units completed are multiplied by the applicable contracted per-unit price. For a units-based contract, a typical unit could include such things as completion of a monitoring visit, monthly site management units or case report form pages entered. The Company tracks the units completed for each unit category included in the contract. Service revenue is recognized monthly based on the units actually completed in the period at the agreed-upon unit value or selling price. Revenue related to changes in contract scope, which are subject to client approval, is recognized when realization is assured and amounts are reasonably determinable. Contract provisions do not provide for rights of return or refund, but normally include rights of cancellation with notice, in which case services delivered through the cancellation date are due and payable by the customer, including certain costs to conclude the trial or study.

F-168


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(
A Limited Liability Company )
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

Note B — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

[9] Reimbursement revenue and reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses:

As the Company provides services on contracts, it also incurs third-party and other pass-through costs, which are reimbursable by its customers pursuant to the terms of contracts. The revenues and costs from these third-party and other pass-through costs are reflected in the accompanying consolidated statements of income as reimbursement revenue and reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses.

[10] Deferred revenue:

Deferred revenue represents amounts that have been received, but have not yet been earned.

[11] Concentrations of credit risk:

The Company maintains cash accounts which, at times, may exceed the federally insured limit. The Company mitigates this risk by only depositing funds with major financial institutions and has not experienced any losses from maintaining cash accounts in excess of the federally insured limit. The cash balance in excess of the federally insured limit of $250,000 as of September 30, 2013 was $2,210,403. Management believes that it is not exposed to any significant credit risks on its cash accounts.

[12] Incentive share compensation:

The Company records compensation expense associated with incentive shares issued to employees based on the estimated fair value at the grant date. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of incentive share awards and recognizes such value over the service period of the awards, which is generally equal to the vesting period.

[13] Income taxes:

The Company is a partnership for federal income tax purposes; therefore, all income tax consequences resulting from the operations of the Company are reported on the members' income tax returns. CRI NewCo is a corporation for both legal and tax purposes. The tax balances in the consolidated condensed financial statements, if any, relate to CRI NewCo. Included in CRI NewCo's tax balances are the results of its two wholly-owned single member limited liability companies, CRI WW and Lifetree Clinical Research, L.C.

Income taxes are accounted for under the assets-and-liabilities method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America require entities to evaluate, measure, recognize and disclose any uncertain income tax positions taken on their income tax returns. There are no uncertain tax positions.

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions, if any, as part of the income tax provision. There was no income tax related interest and penalties recorded for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012.

F-169


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(
A Limited Liability Company )
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

Note B — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

The income tax returns of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012 are subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and other various taxing authorities, generally for three years after they were filed.

[14] Deferred rent:

For operating leases that contain rent escalation or rent concession provisions, the Company records the total rent payable during the lease term on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The Company records the difference between the rent paid and the straight-line rent as a deferred rent liability in the accompanying consolidated condensed balance sheets.

For leases in which the landlord provides the Company with a reimbursement of costs related to leasehold improvements, any payments made by a landlord to or on behalf of the Company are reported by the Company as a deferred rent liability that reduces rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. During 2012, the Company received reimbursements of $693,858 which was recorded as a deferred rent liability as of December 31, 2012.

The current portion of the deferred rent liability of $52,704 and $67,702 is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated condensed balance sheets as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

[15] Significant customers:

There were two customers that accounted for 10% or more of the Company's revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and one customer that accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable as of September 30, 2013. Customer A accounted for 19% of our revenues and 21% of our accounts receivable balance at September 30, 2013. Customer B accounted for 11% of our revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2% of our accounts receivable balance at September 30, 2013. There were no customers that accounted for 10% or more of the Company's revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

[16] New accounting pronouncement:

In July 2012, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") on testing indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment. This guidance allows entities to use a qualitative approach to test indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment. The guidance permits an entity to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying value. If it is concluded that this is the case, it is necessary to perform the currently prescribed quantitative impairment test by comparing the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset with its carrying value. Otherwise, the quantitative impairment test is not required. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. The Company has not yet determined if we will utilize the qualitative assessment for impairment during our annual impairment testing in the fourth quarter but we do not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued an ASU on reclassifications out of other comprehensive income. The amendments in this update require an entity to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of

F-170


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(
A Limited Liability Company )
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

Note B — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in its entirety to net income in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period, an entity is required to cross-reference other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. This accounting standard update is effective prospectively for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2013 and will not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements, but will likely result in additional disclosures as described above.

In July 2013, the FASB issued an ASU on the presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. This ASU requires that entities present an unrecognized tax benefit, or portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, as a reduction to a deferred tax asset in the financial statements for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, with certain exceptions. This accounting standard update is effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2013, however early adoption and retrospective application is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Note C — Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 consists of the following:

 
  September 30,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Accounts receivable

  $ 8,719,291   $ 5,621,035  

Unbilled services

    605,604     915,255  
           

  $ 9,324,895   $ 6,536,290  
           
           

Note D — Intangible Assets

The following is a summary of intangible assets and related accumulated amortization as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 
  September 30, 2013  
 
  Life
(Years)
  Gross   Accumulated
Amortization
  Net  

Customer list

  10   $ 5,760,000   $ (3,064,307 ) $ 2,695,693  

Patient list

  5     2,580,000     (2,413,993 )   166,007  

Backlog

  1     250,000     (250,000 )    

Trade name

  Indefinite     1,720,000         1,720,000  
                   

Total intangible assets

      $ 10,310,000   $ (5,728,300 ) $ 4,581,700  
                   
                   

F-171


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

Note D — Intangible Assets (Continued)

 
  December 31, 2012  
 
  Life
(Years)
  Gross   Accumulated
Amortization
  Net  

Customer list

  10   $ 5,760,000   $ (2,632,307 ) $ 3,127,693  

Patient list

  5     2,580,000     (2,356,993 )   223,007  

Backlog

  1     250,000     (250,000 )    

Trade name

  Indefinite     1,720,000         1,720,000  
                   

Total intangible assets

      $ 10,310,000   $ (5,239,300 ) $ 5,070,700  
                   
                   

Amortization of intangible assets was $489,000 and $690,317 for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Note E — Line-of-Credit, Long-Term Debt and Warrants

[1] Square 1 Bank credit facility:

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had a loan and security agreement with Square 1 Bank that provided for borrowing under a revolving line-of-credit of up to $4,850,000 and term loans of up to $3,494,222. On December 21, 2012, the Company entered into an amendment to the loan and security agreement which allowed the Company to increase available borrowing under the revolving line-of-credit to $6,000,000 and borrow $7,700,000 under an additional term loan.

The credit facility is collateralized by all assets of the Company. The line-of-credit facility provides borrowing up to a maximum of $6,000,000, subject to availability calculated under the borrowing base, which is 80% of the eligible accounts as defined in the agreement. The unused borrowing base was $6,000,000 as of September 30, 2013. Interest is due monthly and accrues at the greater of the prime rate plus 2.25% or 5.50% (5.50% as of September 30, 2013). The line-of-credit matures on December 21, 2014. The Company is required to pay quarterly, in arrears, a fee of 0.125% of the average unused available balance under the revolving line-of-credit for the quarter.

The proceeds from the $7,700,000 additional term loan were used to repay all other term loans with Square 1 Bank outstanding as of December 21, 2012, to redeem Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred shares of the Company and for general working capital purposes. The term loan matures in June 2016 with monthly payments of $233,333 commencing in October 2013, and bears interest, which is payable monthly, at the greater of the prime rate plus 3.25% or 6.50% (6.50% as of September 30, 2013).

The loan and security agreement with Square 1 Bank contains financial covenants, including a minimum cash plus excess availability covenant that requires the Company to maintain cash held by Square 1 Bank plus amounts which are undrawn but available under the revolving line-of-credit of at least $1,500,000, and a minimum debt service coverage ratio covenant, as defined in the agreement. As of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company was in compliance with its financial covenants.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company repaid all amounts outstanding on the line of credit.

F-172


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

Note E — Line-of-Credit, Long-Term Debt and Warrants (Continued)

[2] Promissory notes payable to former members of Lifetree:

In connection with the earn out provision included in the acquisition agreement for Lifetree, the Company issued two promissory notes during 2012 with an aggregate principal amount of $908,333 to the former members of Lifetree. The promissory notes may be prepaid without premium or penalty and are due on March 1, 2015. The notes become due immediately upon change of control. The notes do not accrue interest unless a payment default, as defined, was to occur. Management has estimated the fair value of these notes to be $908,333 and $711,358 as of September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, which is included in long-term debt as of December 31, 2012 in the accompanying consolidated condensed balance sheets. At maturity, the holder of the notes has the option to be paid in cash or by the issuance of the most recent form of preferred shares issued by the Company. The notes are secured by all of the assets of the Company and are subordinate to the borrowings outstanding under the Square 1 Bank credit facility.

[3] Warrant issuance:

In conjunction with debt agreements executed with Square 1 Bank in December 2009 and 2010, the Company issued Square 1 Bank warrants to purchase 120,000 Series B Preferred Shares and 75,000 Series C Preferred Shares, respectively, at an exercise price of $1 per share. The warrants expire on December 10, 2016 and December 7, 2017, respectively.

On December 21, 2012, Square 1 Bank exercised 40,366 of the Series B Preferred warrants and the 75,000 Series C Preferred warrants. The Series B and Series C Preferred Shares that were received upon exercise were redeemed for an aggregate cash payment of $190,366. As of September 30, 2013, Square 1 Bank holds warrants to purchase 79,634 Series B Preferred Shares at an exercise price of $1 per share, and the fair value of these remaining warrants was not material.

[4] Future maturities:

Aggregate maturities of long-term debt subsequent to September 30, 2013, are as follows:

Year Ending December 31
  Long-term
Debt
  Promissory
Notes
  Total
Long-term
Debt
 

2013 (remaining)

  $ 700,000   $   $ 700,000  

2014

    2,800,000         2,800,000  

2015

    2,800,000     908,333     3,708,333  

2016

    1,400,000         1,400,000  
               

  $ 7,700,000   $ 908,333     8,608,333  
                 
                 

Less current portion

    (2,800,000 )
                   

Long-term debt

  $ 5,808,333  
                   

F-173


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

Note F — Members' Equity

[1] Incentive shares:

Incentive share awards are granted by the Board to key employees of the Company under the terms of Incentive Share Agreements. Holders of incentive shares are not considered to be members and do not have voting rights. Incentive shares allow for the grantee to participate in the profits of the Company, and are paid in cash when approved by the Board. The maximum number of incentive shares that can be issued is 4,684,058.

Following is a summary of the activity in the incentive share awards plan:

 
  Number
of Shares
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2012

    4,570,839  

Granted

     

Forfeited

     
       

Outstanding as of September 30, 2013

    4,570,839  
       
       

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized $64,425 and $73,914, respectively, of expense related to incentive shares, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated condensed statements of income.

The fair value of the incentive shares granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, assuming no dividends and using the following weighted average valuation assumptions:

Risk-free rate

    0.6 %

Expected life

    5 years  

Expected volatility

    45.0 %

Incentive shares generally vest over a period of four years. As of September 30, 2013, 2,970,762 outstanding incentive shares were vested and there was $188,540 of unearned compensation related to nonvested incentive shares. In the event that employment with the Company is terminated for any reason other than cause, all unvested incentive shares would be cancelled and revert to the Company, and the Company may, but is not obligated to, repurchase all or any portion of any former employee's vested incentive shares from such former employee at the then fair market value, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion. In the event that employment with the Company is terminated for cause, all vested and unvested incentive shares would be forfeited and revert to the Company.

F-174


Table of Contents


CRI HOLDING COMPANY, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
(A Limited Liability Company)
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements (Continued)

Note G — Related Party Transactions

One of the Company's facility leases is leased from partnerships controlled by certain officers and members of the Company as of September 30, 2013 and 2012. The lease will expire in July 2014. Total rent expense under these agreement was approximately $60,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Note H — Retirement Plan

The Company provides a defined-contribution and profit-sharing plan available to substantially all employees under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the defined-contribution plan, the Company contributes a maximum of 4% of all eligible employees' salaries. The Company did not make any contribution to the plan for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, as the contributions are made during the fourth quarter of each year. The Company, at its discretion, may also make profit-sharing contributions. No profit-sharing contributions were made in 2013 or 2012.

Note I — Income Taxes

The Company is not subject to income taxes because it is treated as a partnership for income tax purposes. As such, the Company's members are taxed on their allocable share of the Company's profit and loss. CRI NewCo is a corporation subject to income taxes. Accordingly, the income tax amounts in the consolidated condensed financial statements relate to CRI NewCo.

Note J — Subsequent Events

On December 2, 2013, the Company was acquired by PRA Global Holdings, Inc., a clinical research organization, for $77.1 million in cash.

F-175


Table of Contents


                                   Shares

GRAPHIC

PRA Health Sciences, Inc.

Common Stock


PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS


Joint Book-Running Managers
Jefferies
Citigroup
KKR
UBS Investment Bank
Credit Suisse
Wells Fargo Securities

Co-Managers
Baird
William Blair

                                , 2014

Until                                             , 2014 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

   


Table of Contents


Part II
Information Not Required in Prospectus

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the NASDAQ Global Market listing fee.


 
  Amount  

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

  $         *

FINRA filing fee

            *

The NASDAQ Global Stock Market listing fee

            *

Accountants' fees and expenses

            *

Legal fees and expenses

            *

Blue Sky fees and expenses

            *

Transfer Agent's fees and expenses

            *

Printing and engraving expenses

            *

Miscellaneous

            *
       

Total expenses

  $         *
       
       


*
To be filed by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL") allows a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for this limitation of liability. We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors pursuant to which we have agreed to indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

Section 145 of the DGCL, or Section 145, provides, among other things, that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation's best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were or are a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit,

II-1


Table of Contents

provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation's best interests, provided further that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses (including attorneys' fees) which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.

Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify such person under Section 145.

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we must indemnify, and advance expenses to, our directors and officers to the full extent authorized by the DGCL.

The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we shall not be obligated to indemnify a director or officer in respect of a proceeding (or part thereof) instituted by such director or officer, unless such proceeding (or part thereof) has been authorized by the board of directors pursuant to the applicable procedure outlined in the amended and restated bylaws.

Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director, who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption, may be held jointly and severally liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing the minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

We maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers.

The underwriting agreement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors, and by us of the underwriters, for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise in connection with this offering.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Set forth below is information regarding shares of capital stock issued by us within the past three years. Also included is the consideration received by us for such shares and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

Stock Option Grants

On December 20, 2013, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 11,170,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise prices of $5.00 per share, to certain of our employees and directors in connection with services provided to us by such parties. As of July 31, 2014, options to purchase 26,666 shares of common stock had been exercised for aggregate consideration in the amount of $33,333, and options to purchase 202,234 shares of common stock had been canceled or repurchased.

II-2


Table of Contents

The issuances of stock options and the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the options described in this Item 15 were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees, and directors, in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act or the exemption set forth in Section 4(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required.

All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act. All certificates representing the issued shares of capital stock described in this Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the securities have not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

See the Exhibit Index beginning on page II-7, which follows the signature pages hereof and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter, at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

    (1)
    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    (2)
    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

    (3)
    For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that

II-3


Table of Contents

      is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

    (4)
    In a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

    (i)
    Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

    (ii)
    Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

    (iii)
    The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

    (iv)
    Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

II-4


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Raleigh, State of North Carolina, on this 8 th  day of September, 2014.

    PRA HEALTH SCIENCES, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ COLIN SHANNON

Colin Shannon
President and Chief Executive Officer


Signatures and Power of Attorney

We, the undersigned officers and directors of PRA Health Sciences, Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint Michael Bonello and Timothy McClain, and each of them singly (with full power to each of them to act alone), our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in each of them for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (or any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.

Name
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ COLIN SHANNON

Colin Shannon
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors (Principal Executive Officer)   September 8, 2014

/s/ LINDA BADDOUR

Linda Baddour

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

September 8, 2014

/s/ JAMES C. MOMTAZEE

James C. Momtazee

 

Director

 

September 8, 2014

II-5


Table of Contents

Name
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ ALI J. SATVAT

Ali J. Satvat
  Director   September 8, 2014

/s/ MAX C. LIN

Max C. Lin

 

Director

 

September 8, 2014

II-6


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement

 

3.1

*

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering)

 

3.2

*

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws (to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering)

 

4.1

*

Specimen Stock Certificate evidencing the shares of common stock

 

4.2

 

Form of Management Stockholder's Agreement of PRA Health Sciences, Inc.

 

4.3

 

Sale Participation Agreement of KKR PRA Investors L.P., dated September 23, 2013

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

 

10.1

*

PRA Health Sciences, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan

 

10.2

 

PRA Holdings Global, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

 

10.3

 

PRA Holdings, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan

 

10.4

 

PRA International 2004 Incentive Award Plan

 

10.5

 

PRA Holdings, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan

 

10.6

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement

 

10.7

 

Form of Rollover Option Agreement

 

10.8

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2010, by and between PRA International and Colin Shannon, as amended

 

10.9

 

Employment Agreement, effective July 1, 2014, between PRA Global Holdings, Inc., PRA International and Colin Shannon

 

10.10

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2007, by and between PRA International and Linda Baddour

 

10.11

 

Employment and Non-Competition Agreement, effective as of March 1, 2009, by and between Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc. and David W. Dockhorn

 

10.12

 

Senior Secured Credit Agreement, dated as of September 23, 2013, by and among PRA Holdings, Inc., UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent, and other agents and lenders party thereto

 

10.13

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, dated as of March 14, 2014, by and among PRA Holdings, Inc., UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent, and other agents and lenders party thereto

 

10.14

 

Security Agreement, dated as of September 23, 2013, by and among PRA Holdings, Inc., UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent, and other agents and lenders party thereto

 

10.15

 

Guarantee Agreement, dated as of September 23, 2013, by and among PRA Holdings, Inc., UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent, and other agents and lenders party thereto

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Exhibit
  10.16   Indenture, dated as of September 23, 2013, among Pinnacle Merger Sub, Inc., as Issuer, the Guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee

 

10.17

 

Registration Rights Agreement among KKR PRA Investors L.P., KKR PRA Investors GP LLC and PRA Health Sciences, Inc. (f/k/a Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc.)

 

10.18

 

Monitoring Agreement of PRA Health Sciences, Inc. (f/k/a) Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc., dated September 23, 2013

 

10.19

 

Indemnification Agreement among KKR PRA Investors L.P., KKR PRA Investors GP LLC, PRA Health Sciences, Inc. (f/k/a Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc.), PRA Holdings, Inc. and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. dated September 23, 2013

 

10.20

 

Transaction Fee Agreement between PRA Health Sciences, Inc. (f/k/a Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc.) and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. dated September 23, 2013

 

10.21

*

Form of Stockholders Agreement among PRA Health Sciences, Inc., KKR PRA Investors L.P. and KKR Associates North America Fund XI

 

16.1

 

Letter from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, dated July 16, 2014

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

23.1

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

23.2

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

23.3

 

Consent of BDO USA, LLP

 

23.4

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

 

23.5

 

Consent of EisnerAmper LLP

 

23.6

*

Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

*
To be filed by amendment.

II-8




Exhibit 4.2

 

FORM OF MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER’S AGREEMENT

 

This Management Stockholder’s Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of                 , 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”) between PRA Global Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the undersigned person identified in the Omnibus Signature Page to this Agreement (the “ Management Stockholder ”) (the Company and the Management Stockholder being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Parties ”).  All capitalized terms not immediately defined are hereinafter defined in Section 6(b) of this Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 22, 2013 (the “ PRA Merger Agreement ”), among PRA Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ PRA ”), the Company and Pinnacle Merger Sub, Inc. (“ Pinnacle Merger Sub ”), on September 23, 2013 (the “ Closing Date ”), PRA was merged with and into Pinnacle Merger Sub, with PRA as the surviving corporation as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “ PRA Merger ”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 29, 2013 (the “ RPS Merger Agreement ”), among RPS Parent Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ RPS ”), the Redwood Holdco Parent, Inc. (“ Redwood Holdco ”) and Redwood Merger Sub, Inc. (“ Redwood Merger Sub ”), the Closing Date, RPS was merged with and into Redwood Merger Sub, with RPS as the surviving corporation as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “ RPS Merger ” and together with the PRA Merger, the “ Mergers ”);

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Mergers, certain investment funds and entities affiliated with Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. (the “ Sponsor ”) contributed certain funds to KKR PRA Investors L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Parent ”), which is the parent entity of the Company, in exchange for limited partnership interests therein;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Mergers, the Management Stockholder has been selected by the Company (i) to be permitted to subscribe for and purchase shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”) (such subscribed for and purchased Common Stock, the “ Purchased Stock ”); and/or (ii) to receive options to subscribe for and purchase shares of Common Stock (the “ Options ”) pursuant to the terms set forth below and the terms of the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of PRA Global Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries (formerly known as the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc. and its Subsidiaries) (the “ Option Plan ”) and any Stock Option Agreement entered into by and between the Company and the Management Stockholder now or in the future (the “ Stock Option Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is one of several other agreements (“ Other Management Stockholders Agreements ”) which concurrently with the execution hereof or in the future will be entered into between the Company and other persons who are or will be key employees of or key advisors to the Company or one of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Other Management Stockholders ”).

 

NOW THEREFORE, to implement the foregoing and in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein, the Parties agree as follows:

 



 

1.               Issuance of Purchased Stock .

 

(a)          At such time(s) if any as the Company may offer the Management Stockholder the opportunity to subscribe for and purchase shares of Common Stock, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Management Stockholder shall subscribe for and shall purchase, and the Company shall issue and deliver to the Management Stockholder as of such future date(s), a number of shares of Purchased Stock at a per share purchase price, in each case as shall be set forth on a Schedule I to be attached to this Agreement.

 

(b)          The Company shall have no obligation to issue and sell any Purchased Stock to any Person who (i) is a resident or citizen of a state or other jurisdiction in which the issuance and sale of the Common Stock to him or her would constitute a violation of the securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdiction or (ii) is not an employee or director of or senior advisor to the Company or its subsidiaries as of the Effective Date.

 

2.               Management Stockholder’s Representations, Warranties and Agreements .

 

(a)          The Management Stockholder agrees and acknowledges that he or she will not, directly or indirectly, offer, transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of (any of the foregoing acts being referred to herein as a “ transfer ”) any shares of Purchased Stock and, at the time of exercise, Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options (the “ Option Stock ”; together with all Purchased Stock and any other Common Stock otherwise acquired and/or held by the Management Stockholder Entities as of or after the Effective Date, the “ Stock ”), except as otherwise provided for in this Section 2(a) and Section 3 hereof.  If the Management Stockholder is an Affiliate of the Company, the Management Stockholder also agrees and acknowledges that he or she will not transfer any shares of the Stock unless:

 

(i) the transfer is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations in effect thereunder (the “ Act ”), and in compliance with applicable provisions of state securities laws; or

 

(ii) (A) counsel for the Management Stockholder (which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company) shall have furnished the Company with an opinion or other advice, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, that no such registration is required because of the availability of an exemption from registration under the Act and (B) if the Management Stockholder is a citizen or resident of any country other than the United States, or the Management Stockholder desires to effect any transfer in any such country, counsel for the Management Stockholder (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company) shall have furnished the Company with an opinion or other advice reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company to the effect that such transfer will comply with the securities laws of such jurisdiction.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company acknowledges and agrees that any of the following transfers of Stock are deemed to be in compliance with the Act and this Agreement (including without limitation any restrictions or prohibitions herein) and no opinion of counsel is required in connection therewith: (1) a transfer made pursuant to Sections 3 (including transfers in a

 

2



 

Proposed Sale (as defined in Section 1(a) of the Sale Participation Agreement) pursuant to the Sale Participation Agreement), 4, 5 or 8 hereof, (2) a transfer (x) upon the death or Disability of the Management Stockholder to the Management Stockholder’s Estate or (y) to the executors, administrators, testamentary trustees, legatees, immediate family members, or beneficiaries of a Person who has become a holder of Stock in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided that it is expressly understood that any such transferee shall be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, (3) a transfer made after the Effective Date in compliance with the federal securities laws to a Management Stockholder’s Trust; provided that such transfer is made expressly subject to this Agreement and that the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions hereof as a “Management Stockholder” with respect to the representations and warranties and other obligations of this Agreement; and provided further that it is expressly understood and agreed that if such Management Stockholder’s Trust at any point includes any Person other than the Management Stockholder, his or her spouse (or ex-spouse), or his or her lineal descendants (including adopted children) such that it fails to meet the definition thereof as set forth in Section 6(b), such transfer shall no longer be deemed in compliance with this Agreement and shall be subject to 3(d) below, or (4) a transfer made by the Management Stockholder, with the Board’s approval, which approval shall be in the sole discretion of the Board.

 

(b)          The certificate (or certificates) representing the Stock, if any, shall bear the following legend:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS SUCH TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION, OR OTHER DISPOSITION COMPLIES WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER’S AGREEMENT BETWEEN PRA GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) AND THE MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER NAMED ON THE FACE HEREOF OR THE SALE PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT BETWEEN SUCH MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER AND THE COMPANY, IN EACH CASE DATED AS OF DECEMBER 20, 2013 (COPIES OF WHICH ARE ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY) AND ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, OR OTHER FOREIGN COMPANY AND SECURITIES LAWS.”

 

(c)           The Management Stockholder acknowledges that he or she has been advised that (i) no shares of Stock have been subscribed for and/or acquired by him or her in the context of a Public Offering, (ii) the shares of the Stock are characterized as “restricted securities” under the Act inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a Public Offering and that under the Act (including applicable regulations) the Stock may be resold without registration under the Act only in certain limited circumstances, (iii) a restrictive legend in the form heretofore set forth shall be placed on the certificates (if any) representing the Stock, and (iv) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of the Company indicating that the Stock is subject to restrictions on transfer and appropriate stop transfer restrictions will be issued to the Company’s transfer agent with respect to the Stock.

 

3



 

(d)          Subject at all times to the limitations and restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement, if any shares of the Stock are to be disposed of in accordance with Rule 144 under the Act or otherwise, the Management Stockholder shall promptly notify the Company of such intended disposition and shall deliver to the Company at or prior to the time of such disposition such customary documentation as the Company may reasonably request in connection with such sale and take any customary actions reasonably requested by the Company prior to such sale and, in the case of a disposition pursuant to Rule 144, shall deliver to the Company an executed copy of any notice on Form 144 required to be filed with the SEC.

 

(e)           Subject at all times to the limitations and restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement, the Management Stockholder agrees that, if any shares of the Stock are offered to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (other than registration of securities issued on Form S-8, S-4 or any successor or similar form), the Management Stockholder will not effect any public sale or distribution of any shares of the Stock not covered by such registration statement, including a sale pursuant to Rule 144 or any swap or other economic arrangement that transfers to another Person any of the economic consequences of owning the Stock, from the time of the receipt of a notice from the Company that the Company has filed or imminently intends to file such registration statement until (i) 180 days (or such shorter period as may be (A) consented to by the managing underwriter or underwriters or (B) applicable to Parent, subject to the determination of the managing underwriter or underwriters that providing such shorter period to the Management Stockholder pursuant this clause (B) would not adversely affect the success of such offering) in the case of the Initial Public Offering and (ii) 90 days (or in an underwritten offering such shorter period as may be (x) consented to by the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any or (y) applicable to the Management Stockholder, subject to the determination of the managing underwriter or underwriters that providing such shorter period to the Management Stockholder pursuant this clause (y) would not adversely affect the success of such offering) in the case of any other Public Offering after the date of the prospectus (or prospectus supplement if the offering is made pursuant to a “shelf” registration) pursuant to which such Public Offering shall be made, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Company, plus an extension period, which shall be no longer than 17 days, as may be proposed by the managing underwriter to address FINRA regulations regarding the publishing of research, or such lesser period as is required by the managing underwriter.

 

(f)            The Management Stockholder represents and warrants that (i) with respect to the Purchased Stock and Option Stock, the Management Stockholder has received and reviewed or will receive and review (in the case of Options and Option Stock) the available information relating to such Stock, including having received and reviewed the documents related thereto, certain of which documents set forth the rights, preferences and restrictions relating to the Options and the Stock underlying the Options and (ii) the Management Stockholder has been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information or documents and to ask questions and receive answers about such information, the Company, and the business and prospects of the Company which the Management Stockholder deems necessary to evaluate the merits and risks related to the Management Stockholder’s investment in the Stock and to verify the information contained in the information received as indicated in this Section 2(f), and the Management Stockholder has relied solely on such information.

 

4



 

(g)           The Management Stockholder further represents and warrants that (i) the Management Stockholder’s financial condition is such that the Management Stockholder can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Stock for an indefinite period of time and has adequate means for providing for the Management Stockholder’s current needs and personal contingencies, (ii) the Management Stockholder can afford to suffer a complete loss of his or her investment in the Stock, (iii) the Management Stockholder understands and has taken cognizance of all risk factors related to the investment in the Stock, (iv) the Management Stockholder’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters are such that the Management Stockholder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the Management Stockholder’s purchase of the Stock as contemplated by this Agreement, and (v) with respect to the Purchased Stock, such Purchased Stock is being acquired by the Management Stockholder for his or her own account, not as nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof in violation of the Act or other applicable securities laws, and the Management Stockholder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Purchased Stock in violation of the Act or other applicable securities laws.

 

3.               Transferability of Stock .

 

(a)          The Management Stockholder agrees that he or she will not transfer any shares of Stock at any time during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the later to occur of (1) the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date and (2) the consummation of an Initial Public Offering; provided , however , that during such period, the Management Stockholder may transfer shares of Stock pursuant to one of the following exceptions: (i) transfers permitted by Sections 4 or 5; (ii) transfers permitted by clauses (2), (3) and (4) of Section 2(a); (iii) a sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act filed by the Company upon the proper exercise of registration rights of such Management Stockholder under Section 8 (excluding any registration on Form S-8, S-4 or any successor or similar form); (iv) transfers permitted pursuant to the Sale Participation Agreement; (v) transfers approved by the Board in writing (such approval being in the sole discretion of the Board); or (vi) transfers to the Company or its designee (any such exception, a “ Permitted Transfer ”).

 

(b)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Section 3(a) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the occurrence of a Change in Control.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no transfer of any shares of Stock shall be made unless such transfer complies with all applicable federal, state, and other foreign securities and other laws, and the Management Stockholder shall have provided evidence of such fact reasonably acceptable to the Company, including, without limitation, an opinion of counsel that no registration of such shares under federal or state or other applicable foreign securities laws and other laws is required in connection with such transfer and any other matters reasonably requested by the Company; provided that no such opinion shall be required to be provided to the Company in the case of a Permitted Transfer pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (vi) of Section 3(a).

 

(d)          No transfer of any shares of Stock in violation hereof shall be made or recorded on the books of the Company, and any such transfer shall be void ab initio and of no effect.

 

5



 

(e)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Parent may, at any time and from time to time, waive in writing the restrictions on transfers contained in Section 3(a), whether such waiver is made prior to or after the transferee has effected or committed to effect the transfer.  Any transfers made pursuant to such waiver or which are later made subject to such a waiver shall, as of the date of the waiver and at all times thereafter, not be deemed to violate any applicable restrictions on transfers contained in this Agreement.

 

4.               Management Stockholder’s Right to Resell Stock to the Company .

 

(a)          Except as otherwise provided herein, if the Management Stockholder’s service to the Company and its Affiliates terminates as a result of the death or Disability of the Management Stockholder, then the Management Stockholder shall, for 365 days (the “ Put Period ”) following the date of such termination for such death or Disability, have the right to sell to the Company, and the Company shall be required to purchase, on one occasion, all of the shares of Stock then held by the applicable Management Stockholder at a per share price equal to Fair Market Value on the Repurchase Calculation Date.

 

(b)          In the event the applicable Management Stockholder Entities intend to exercise their rights pursuant to Section 4(a), such Management Stockholder shall send written notice to the Company, at any time during the Put Period, of their intention to sell shares of Stock in exchange for the payment referred to in Section 4(a) and shall indicate the number of shares of Stock to be sold (the “ Redemption Notice ”).  The completion of the purchases shall take place at the principal office of the Company on no later than the twentieth Business Day (such date to be determined by the Company) after the giving of the Redemption Notice.  The applicable Repurchase Price shall be paid by delivery to the applicable Management Stockholder Entities, at the option of the Company, of a certified bank check or checks in the appropriate amount payable to the order of each of the applicable Management Stockholder Entities (or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, if the Management Stockholder Entities provide to the Company wire transfer instructions) against delivery of certificates or other instruments representing the Stock so purchased, appropriately endorsed or executed by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities or any duly authorized representative of such Person.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4 to the contrary, if there exists and is continuing a default or an event of default on the part of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company under any loan, guarantee or other agreement under which the Company or any subsidiary of the Company has borrowed money or if the repurchase referred to in Section 4(a) (or Section 5 below, as the case may be) would result in a default or an event of default on the part of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company under any such agreement or if a repurchase would reasonably be expected to be prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”) or any federal or state securities laws or regulations (or if the Company reincorporates in another state, the business corporation law of such state) (each such occurrence being an “ Event ”), the Company shall not be obligated to repurchase any of the Stock from the applicable Management Stockholder Entities to the extent it would cause any such default or would be so prohibited by the Event for cash but instead, with respect to such portion with respect to which cash settlement is prohibited, may satisfy its obligations with respect to the Management Stockholder Entities’ exercise of their rights under Section 4(a) by delivering to the applicable Management Stockholder Entity a note with a principal amount equal to the amount

 

6



 

payable under this Section 4 that was not paid in cash, having terms acceptable to the Company’s (and its Affiliate’s, as applicable) lenders and permitted under the Company’s (and its Affiliate’s, as applicable) debt instruments but which in any event (i) shall be mandatorily repayable promptly and to the extent that an Event no longer prohibits the payment of cash to the applicable Management Stockholder Entity pursuant to this Agreement; and (ii) shall bear interest at a rate equal to the effective rate of interest in respect of PRA Holdings, Inc.’s senior notes.  Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to Section 4(d), if an Event exists and is continuing for one hundred and 180 days after the date of the Redemption Notice, the Management Stockholder Entities shall be permitted by written notice to rescind any Redemption Notice with respect to that portion of the Stock repurchased by the Company from the Management Stockholder Entities pursuant to this Section 4 with the note described in the foregoing sentence, and such repurchase shall be rescinded; provided that, upon such rescission, such note shall be immediately canceled without any action on the part of the Company or the Management Stockholder Entities, and notwithstanding anything herein or in such note to the contrary, the Company shall have no obligation to pay any amounts of principal or interest thereunder.

 

(d)          Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Section 4 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the date that the transfer restrictions pursuant to Sections 3(a) or 3(b), as applicable, terminate (such date, the “ Lapse Date ”), except that any payment obligation of the Company that has arisen prior to the expiration of this Section 4 shall remain in full force and effect until satisfied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Section 4.

 

5.                   The Company’s Option to Purchase Stock and Options of the Management Stockholder Upon Certain Events .

 

(a)          Termination for Cause by the Company and other Call Events .  If(i) the Management Stockholder’s active employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates) is terminated by the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates) for Cause or (ii) the Management Stockholder Entities effect a transfer of Stock (or Options) that is prohibited under this Agreement (or the Stock Option Agreements, as applicable) after notice from the Company of such impermissible transfer and a reasonable opportunity to cure such transfer, which is not so cured (each event described above, a “ Section 5(a) Call Event ”), then:

 

(A)        With respect to Stock, the Company may purchase (or cause one or more of its Affiliates to purchase) all or any portion of the shares of Stock then held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities at a per share purchase price equal to the lesser of (I) the applicable price per share paid by such Management Stockholder Entities for such Stock and (II) the Fair Market Value on the Repurchase Calculation Date; and

 

(B)        All outstanding and unexercised Options (whether or not vested) shall automatically be terminated without any payment in respect thereof.

 

(b)          Termination without Cause by the Company, Termination by the Management Stockholder with or without Good Reason, and Termination due to death or Disability .  If the

 

7



 

Management Stockholder’s active employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates) is terminated (i) by the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates) without Cause (other than due to death or Disability), (ii) by the Management Stockholder with or without Good Reason or (iii) due to the Management Stockholder’s death or Disability (each event described above, a “ Section 5(b) Call Event ”) then:

 

(A)        With respect to Stock, the Company may purchase (or cause one or more of its Affiliates to purchase) all or any portion of the shares of such Stock then held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities at a per share purchase price equal to Fair Market Value on the Repurchase Calculation Date;

 

(B)        With respect to any outstanding and vested Options, the Company may purchase (or cause one or more of its Affiliates to purchase) all or any portion of such exercisable vested Options held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities for an amount equal to the product of (x) the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value on the Repurchase Calculation Date of a share of Option Stock underlying such Options over the Option Exercise Price and (y) the number of Exercisable Option Shares, which vested Options shall be terminated in exchange for such payment.  In the event the Company elects to repurchase under this Section 5(b)(B) and with respect to an Option the foregoing Option Excess Price is zero or a negative number, such Option shall be automatically terminated without any payment in respect thereof; and

 

(C)        With respect to unvested Options, all outstanding unvested Options shall automatically be terminated without any payment in respect thereof.

 

(c)           Call Notice .  The Company shall have a period (the “ Call Period ”) of 13 months from the date of any Call Event (or, if later, with respect to a Section 5(a) Call Event specified in Section 5(a)(a), the date after discovery of, and the applicable cure period for, an impermissible transfer constituting such Call Event) in which to give notice in writing to the Management Stockholder of its election to exercise its rights and obligations pursuant to this Section 5 (“ Repurchase Notice ”).  The completion of the purchases pursuant to the foregoing shall take place at the principal office of the Company no later than 45 Business Days (or such longer period as may be required to comply with applicable law) after the giving of the Repurchase Notice.  The applicable Repurchase Price (including any payment with respect to the Options as described in this Section 5) shall be paid by delivery to the applicable Management Stockholder Entities of a certified bank check or checks in the appropriate amount payable to the order of each of the applicable Management Stockholder Entities (or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, if the Management Stockholder Entities provide to the Company wire transfer instructions) against delivery of certificates or other instruments representing the Stock so purchased and appropriate documents canceling the Options so terminated, appropriately endorsed or executed by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities or any duly authorized representative.

 

(d)          Use of Note to Satisfy Call Payment; Termination of Call Right .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5 to the contrary, if there exists and is continuing any Event, the Company will, to the extent it has exercised its rights to purchase

 

8



 

Stock pursuant to this Section 5, in order to complete the purchase of any Stock pursuant to this Section 5, deliver to the applicable Management Stockholder Entities (i) a cash payment for any amounts payable pursuant to this Section 5 that would not cause an Event and (ii) a note having the same terms as those provided in Section 4(c) above with a principal amount equal to the amount payable, but not paid in cash, pursuant to this Section 5 due to the Event.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event exists and is continuing for 13 months from the date of the Call Event, the proposed repurchase of that portion of the Stock to be repurchased by the Company from the Management Stockholder Entities pursuant to this Section 5 with the note described in the foregoing sentence shall immediately and automatically terminate and the Company shall have no further rights or obligations under this Section 5.

 

(e)           Expiration of this Section 5 .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Section 5 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the Lapse Date, except that any payment obligation of the Company that has arisen prior to the expiration of this Section 5 shall remain in full force and effect until satisfied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Section 5.

 

(f)            Limited Applicability of Sections 4 and 5 to Canadian Management Stockholders .  Notwithstanding anything set forth in Sections 4 or 5 above, in no event shall the Company have the ability to purchase vested Options as provided above; instead, the vested Options shall expire by their terms pursuant to any applicable Stock Option Agreement, unless (for the avoidance of doubt) the Management Stockholder Entities elect to exercise any exercisable Options prior to their expiration date(s), at which time any Option Stock acquired upon such exercise shall remain subject to the Company’s purchase pursuant to Sections 4 and 5, except for purposes of Section 5(a), the “applicable price per share paid by such Management Stockholder Entities for such Stock” shall be deemed to refer to the Management Stockholder’s “adjusted cost base” of such Stock, as such amount is calculated pursuant to the rules promulgated by the Canada Revenue Agency from time to time.

 

6.               Adjustment of Repurchase Price; Definitions .

 

(a)          Adjustment of Repurchase Price .  In determining the applicable repurchase price of the Stock and Options, as provided for in Sections 4 and 5, above, appropriate adjustments shall be made for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations, or any other adjustment in the number of outstanding shares of Stock in order to maintain, as nearly as practicable, the intended operation of the provisions of Sections 4 and 5.

 

(b)          Definitions .  All capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not defined herein shall have such meaning as such terms are defined in the Option Plan.  Terms used herein and as listed below shall be defined as follows:

 

Act ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) hereof.

 

Affiliate ” means with respect to any Person, any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person.

 

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

9



 

Board ” shall mean the board of directors of the Company.

 

Business Day ” shall mean any calendar day other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required to close.

 

Call Events ” shall mean, collectively, Section 5(a) Call Events and Section 5(b) Call Events.

 

Call Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 

Call Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 

Cause ” shall mean “Cause” as such term may be defined in and determined under any Employment Agreement as in effect at the time of termination of employment; or, if there is no such Employment Agreement in effect at that time or such agreement does not define the term “Cause”, “Cause” shall mean, with respect to a Management Stockholder: (a) Management Stockholder’s failure to competently perform his material assigned duties as reasonably determined by the Company; (b) Management Stockholder engaging in or causing an act that has a material adverse impact on the reputation, business, business relationships or financial condition of the Company or its Affiliates; (c) the conviction of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere by Management Stockholder to a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude; (d) Management Stockholder’s gross misconduct, dishonestly, or fraud; or (e) Management Stockholder’s willful refusal to perform specific directives of the Board or its authorized designee, which are consistent with the scope, ethics, and nature of Management Stockholder’s duties and responsibilities.

 

Change in Control ” means (i) the sale of all or substantially all (i.e., at least 80%) of the assets (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of the Company to any Person (or group of Persons acting in concert), other than to (x) the Sponsor or its Affiliates or (y) any employee benefit plan (or trust forming a part thereof) maintained by the Parent, the Company or their respective Affiliates or other Person of which a majority of its voting power or other equity securities is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Sponsor, Parent or the Company (any entity in clause (y), a “ Controlled Party ”); or (ii) a merger, recapitalization, or other sale (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of the Company, the Sponsor, or any of their respective Affiliates, to a Person (or group of Persons acting in concert) of Common Stock that results in any person (or group of persons acting in concert) (other than (x) the Sponsor or its affiliates or (y) any Controlled Party) owning more than 50% of Common Stock (or the equity securities of any resulting company after a merger); provided that none of the foregoing events in clause (i) or (ii) a merger, recapitalization, or other sale by the Company, the Sponsor or any of their respective Affiliates, to a person (or group of persons acting in concert) of Common Stock that results in more than 50% of the Common Stock (or the equity securities of any resulting company after a merger) being held by a person (or group of persons acting in concert) that does not include the Sponsor or any Controlled Party; and in any event of clause (i) or (ii), which results in the Sponsor and any Controlled Party ceasing to hold the ability to elect a majority of the members of the Board (or the resulting company after a merger).

 

Common Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the fourth “whereas” paragraph.

 

10


 

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

Confidential Information ” shall mean information, knowledge, contacts and experience relating to the businesses, operations, properties, assets, liabilities and financial condition of the Company and the markets and industries in which it operates, including, without limitation, information relating to business plans and ideas, trade secrets, intellectual property, know-how, formulas, processes, research and development, methods, policies, materials, results of operations, financial and statistical data, personnel data and customers in and related to the markets and industries in which the Company operates.

 

controlled by ” shall mean, with respect to the relationship between or among two or more Persons, the ownership, directly or indirectly, of a majority of the voting power or other equity securities of a Person, which results in the ability to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors of such Person.

 

Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(d) hereof.

 

Disability ” shall mean “Disability” as such term is defined in any employment agreement between the Management Stockholder and the Company or any Affiliate thereof, or, if there is no such employment agreement or no such term defined therein, “Disability” for purposes of eligibility for benefits under the long-term disability plan of the Company or any subsidiary thereof, as applicable.

 

Effective Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

Employment Agreement ” shall mean that certain Employment and Non-Competition Agreement between the Management Stockholder and the Company or any of its Affiliates, as applicable.

 

Event ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any successor section thereto).

 

Exercisable Option Shares ” shall mean the shares of Common Stock that, at the time that the Repurchase Notice is delivered, could be purchased by the Management Stockholder upon exercise of his or her then outstanding and exercisable Options.

 

Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of one share of Common Stock on any given date, as determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board.

 

FINRA ” shall mean the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or any successor body thereto.

 

Good Reason ” shall mean “Good Reason” as such term may be defined in and determined under any Employment Agreement as in effect at the time of termination of

 

11



 

employment; or, if there is no such Employment Agreement in effect at that time or such agreement does not define the term “Good Reason”, no such term shall be applicable and the provisions of this Agreement that would otherwise apply upon a termination of employment by the Management Stockholder for Good Reason shall be null and void and of no effect.

 

Group ” shall mean “group,” as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

Holders ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(d).

 

Investor ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a).

 

Initial Public Offering ” means the initial Public Offering of the shares of Common Stock.

 

Management Stockholder ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

Management Stockholder Entities ” shall mean the Management Stockholder’s Trust, the Management Stockholder, and the Management Stockholder’s Estate, collectively.

 

Management Stockholder’s Estate ” shall mean the conservators, guardians, executors, administrators, testamentary trustees, legatees, or beneficiaries of the Management Stockholder.

 

Management Stockholder’s Trust ” shall mean a partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, private foundation, or custodianship, the beneficiaries of which may include only the Management Stockholder, his or her spouse (or ex-spouse), or his or her lineal descendants (including adopted) or, if at any time after any such transfer there shall be no then living spouse or lineal descendants, then to the ultimate beneficiaries of any such trust or to the estate of a deceased beneficiary.

 

Options ” shall have the meaning set forth in the third “whereas” paragraph.

 

Option Excess Price ” shall mean the aggregate amount paid or payable by the Company in respect of Exercisable Option Shares, as determined pursuant to Section 5(b)(B).

 

Option Exercise Price ” shall mean the then-current per share exercise price of the shares of Common Stock covered by the applicable Options.

 

Option Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in the fourth “whereas” paragraph.

 

Option Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Other Management Stockholders ” shall have the meaning set forth in the fifth “whereas” paragraph.

 

Other Management Stockholders Agreements ” shall have the meaning set forth in the fifth “whereas” paragraph.

 

12



 

Parent ” shall have the meaning set forth in the second “whereas” paragraph.

 

Parties ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

Permitted Transfer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

 

Permitted Transferee ” shall mean any Person who is a transferee of Stock pursuant to a Permitted Transfer.

 

Person ” shall mean “person,” as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

Piggyback Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

Piggyback Rights ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

 

Proposed Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

Public Offering ” shall mean the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public subsequent to the date hereof pursuant to a registration statement under the Act which has been declared effective by the SEC (other than a registration statement on Form S-4, S-8 or any successor or similar form).

 

Purchased Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the fourth “whereas” paragraph.

 

Put Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

Redemption Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(b) hereof.

 

Registration Rights Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

 

Repurchase Calculation Date ” shall mean (i) prior to the occurrence of a Public Offering, the last day of the month preceding the month in which the date of repurchase occurs, and (ii) on and after the occurrence of a Public Offering, the closing trading price on the date immediately preceding the date of repurchase.

 

Repurchase Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 

Repurchase Price ” shall mean the amount to be paid in respect of the Stock and Options to be purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.

 

Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

Restricted Group ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 23(a) hereof.

 

Sale Participation Agreement ” shall mean that certain sale participation agreement entered into by and between the Management Stockholder and Parent, dated as of the date hereof.

 

13



 

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Sponsor ” shall have the meaning set forth in the third “whereas” paragraph.

 

Senior Management Group ” shall mean all Management Stockholders carrying a title of Executive Vice President or a more senior level.

 

Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Stock Option Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the fourth “whereas” paragraph.

 

transfer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Transfer Restriction Waiver ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

 

7.               The Company’s Representations and Warranties and Covenants .

 

(a)          The Company represents and warrants to the Management Stockholder that (i) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed, and delivered by the Company and is enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, and (ii) the Stock, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms hereof and the other agreements contemplated hereby, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable

 

(b)          If the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Company will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder, to the extent required from time to time to enable the Management Stockholder to sell shares of Stock, subject to compliance with the provisions hereof without registration under the Exchange Act within the limitations of the exemptions provided by (A) Rule 144 under the Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (B) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 7(a), the Company may de-register under Section 12 of the Exchange Act if it is then permitted to do so pursuant to the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and, in such circumstances, shall not be required hereby to file any reports which may be necessary in order for Rule 144 or any similar rule or regulation under the Act to be available.  Nothing in this Section 7(a) shall be deemed to limit in any manner the restrictions on transfers of Stock contained in this Agreement.

 

8.               “Piggyback” Registration Rights .  Effective after the occurrence of the Initial Public Offering:

 

(a)          The Parties agree to be bound by all of the terms, conditions, and obligations of the Registration Rights Agreement as they relate to the exercise of piggyback registration rights set forth in Sections 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 11 (but not Section 11(l)) of the Registration Rights Agreement entered into by and among the Company and the investors party thereto (such Registration Rights Agreement, the “ Registration Rights Agreement ” and such piggyback registration rights, the “ Piggyback Rights ”), as in effect on the date hereof (subject, with respect to any such Management Stockholder provided Piggyback Rights, only to any amendments

 

14



 

thereto to which such Management Stockholder has agreed in writing to be bound) and, if any of the investors named therein or their transferees (each, an “ Investor ”) or Parent are selling Common Stock, the Management Stockholder shall have all of the rights and privileges of the Piggyback Rights (including, without limitation, the right to participate in the Initial Public Offering and any rights to indemnification and/or contribution from the Company and/or Parent or the Investors, as applicable), in each case as if the Management Stockholder were an original party to the Registration Rights Agreement, subject to applicable and customary underwriter restrictions; provided that at no time shall the Management Stockholder have any rights to request registration under Section 3 of the Registration Rights Agreement; provided , further that, other than with respect to members of the Senior Management Group, in lieu of the Piggyback Rights in connection with any Public Offering in which such rights would otherwise be available, the Board, in its sole discretion, may elect to waive the restrictions on transfer contained in Section 3(a) with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been subject to such Piggyback Rights in connection with such Public Offering (a “ Transfer Restriction Waiver ”).  All Stock purchased or otherwise held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be “Registrable Securities” as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.  Effective after the occurrence of an Initial Public Offering, if any of the Investors are selling stock in a circumstance in which the Management Stockholder would not have Piggyback Rights (other than in connection with a Transfer Restriction Waiver), the restrictions on transfer contained in Section 3(a) shall be waived with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been subject to such Piggyback Rights if such sale by the Investors had resulted in the Management Stockholder having Piggyback Rights.

 

(b)          In the event of a sale of Common Stock by Parent or any of the Investors in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, unless the Board shall have determined to effect a Transfer Restriction Waiver in which case the provisions of Section 8(h) shall apply, the Company will promptly notify the Management Stockholder in writing (a “ Piggyback Notice ”) of any proposed registration (a “ Proposed Registration ”), which Piggyback Notice shall include: the principal terms and conditions of the proposed registration, including (i) the number of the shares of Common Stock to be sold, (ii) the fraction expressed as a percentage, determined by dividing the number of shares of Common Stock to be sold by the holders of Registrable Securities by the total number of shares held by the holders of Registrable Securities selling the shares of Common Stock, (iii) the proposed per share purchase price (or an estimate thereof), and (iv) the proposed date of sale.  If within 15 days of the receipt by the Management Stockholder of such Piggyback Notice, the Company receives from the applicable Management Stockholder Entities of the Management Stockholder a written request (a “ Request ”) to register shares of Stock held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities (which Request will be irrevocable unless otherwise mutually agreed to in writing by the Management Stockholder, if any, and the Company), shares of Stock will be so registered as provided in this Section 8; provided , however , that for each such registration statement only one Request, which shall be executed by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities, may be submitted for all Registrable Securities held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities.

 

(c)           The maximum number of shares of Stock which will be registered pursuant to a Request will be the lower of (i) the number of shares of Stock then held by the Management Stockholder Entities, including all shares of Stock which the Management Stockholder Entities

 

15



 

are then entitled to acquire under an unexercised Option to the extent then exercisable, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Stock being sold by holders of Registrable Securities and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Stock owned by all holders of Registrable Securities and (ii) the maximum number of shares of Stock which the Company can register in connection with such Request in the Proposed Registration without adverse effect on the offering in the view of the managing underwriters (reduced pro rata as more fully described in Section 8(d) below).

 

(d)          If a Proposed Registration involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing that, in its opinion, the number of shares of Stock requested to be included in the Proposed Registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering, so as to be likely to have an adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the shares of Stock offered in such Public Offering as contemplated by the Company, then, unless the managing underwriter advises that marketing factors require a different allocation, the Company will include in the Proposed Registration (i) first, 100% of the shares of Stock the Company proposes to sell and (ii) second, to the extent of the number of shares of Stock requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of such managing underwriter, can be sold without having the adverse effect referred to above, the number of shares of Stock which the selling holders of Registrable Securities, the Management Stockholder and all Other Management Stockholders and any other Persons who are entitled to piggyback or incidental registration rights in respect of Stock (together, the “ Holders ”) have requested to be included in the Proposed Registration, such amount to be allocated pro rata among all requesting Holders on the basis of the relative number of shares of Stock then held by each such Holder (including upon exercise of all exercisable Options) (provided that any shares thereby allocated to any such Holder that exceed such Holder’s request will be reallocated among the remaining requesting Holders in like manner).

 

(e)           Upon delivering a Request a Management Stockholder having Piggyback Rights pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 8 will, if requested by the Company, execute and deliver a custody agreement and power of attorney having customary terms and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company with respect to the shares of Stock to be registered pursuant to this Section 8 (a “ Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney ”).  The Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney will provide, among other things, that the Management Stockholder will deliver to and deposit in custody with the custodian and attorney-in-fact named therein a certificate or certificates (to the extent applicable) representing such shares of Stock (duly endorsed in blank by the registered owner or owners thereof or accompanied by duly executed stock powers in blank) and irrevocably appoint said custodian and attorney-in-fact as the Management Stockholder’s agent and attorney-in-fact with full power and authority to act under the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney on the Management Stockholder’s behalf with respect to the matters specified therein.

 

(f)            The Management Stockholder agrees that he or she will execute such other reasonable customary agreements as the Company may reasonably request to further evidence the provisions of this Section 8, including reasonable and customary lock-up agreements.

 

(g)           Notwithstanding Section 11(l) of the Registration Rights Agreement, this Section 8 will terminate on the earlier of (i) the occurrence of a Change in Control and (ii) with

 

16



 

respect to each Management Stockholder, on the date on which such Management Stockholder ceases to own any Registrable Securities.

(h)          If the Board shall have elected to effect the Transfer Restriction Waiver in lieu of Piggyback Rights in accordance with Section 8(a), the Company will notify the Management Stockholder on or promptly following the completion of the Public Offering giving rise to the Transfer Restriction Waiver, which notice shall include: (i) the number of shares of Common Stock sold by Parent and the Investors in such Public Offering and (ii) the number of shares of Stock to which the waiver of transfer restrictions shall apply.  For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions in Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement will apply to such shares of Stock notwithstanding the Transfer Restriction Waiver.

 

9.               Rights to Negotiate Repurchase Price .  Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to restrict or prohibit the Company from purchasing, redeeming, or otherwise acquiring for value shares of Stock or Options from the Management Stockholder, at any time, upon such terms and conditions, and for such price, as may be mutually agreed upon in writing between the Parties, whether or not at the time of such purchase, redemption, or acquisition circumstances exist which specifically grant the Company the right to purchase, or the Management Stockholder the right to sell, shares of Stock or any Options under the terms of this Agreement; provided that no such purchase, redemption, or acquisition shall be consummated, and no agreement with respect to any such purchase, redemption, or acquisition shall be entered into, without the prior approval of the Board.

 

10.        Covenant Regarding 83(b) Election .  Except as the Company may otherwise agree in writing, the Management Stockholder hereby covenants and agrees that the Management Stockholder will make an election provided pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.83-2 with respect to any Purchased Stock acquired under this Agreement and any Option Stock acquired on exercise of Options; and the Management Stockholder further covenants and agrees that he or she will furnish the Company with copies of the forms of election the Management Stockholder files within thirty (30) days after the date hereof, and within thirty (30) days after each exercise of the Management Stockholder’s Options and with evidence that each such election has been filed in a timely manner.

 

11.        Notice of Change of Beneficiary .  Immediately prior to any transfer of Stock to a Management Stockholder’s Trust, the Management Stockholder shall provide the Company with a copy of the instruments creating the Management Stockholder’s Trust and with the identity of the beneficiaries of the Management Stockholder’s Trust.  The Management Stockholder shall notify the Company as soon as practicable prior to any change in the identity of any beneficiary of the Management Stockholder’s Trust.

 

12.        Recapitalizations, etc.

 

(a)          The provisions of this Agreement shall apply, to the full extent set forth herein with respect to the Stock or the Options, to any and all shares of capital stock of the Company or any capital stock, partnership units, or any other security evidencing ownership interests in any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, or otherwise) which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or substitution of the Stock or the

 

17



 

Options by reason of any stock dividend, split, reverse split, combination, recapitalization, liquidation, reclassification, merger, consolidation, or otherwise.  In the event of any of the foregoing occurrences or a conversion or exchange pursuant to Section 12(b), all references in this Agreement, the Sale Participation Agreement, the Option Plan, and any Stock Option Agreement to shares of Common Stock (including Purchased Stock and Option Stock), Option Exercise Prices, any other per share purchase price of Common Stock, and any similar terms contained herein or therein shall refer to such shares and prices as the same may be adjusted, exchanged, or converted in connection with any of the foregoing.

 

(b)          Prior to and in connection with an Initial Public Offering, the Company may effect, and may require the Management Stockholder to require the Management Stockholder Entities to participate in, any recapitalization or restructuring transaction or transactions in connection with which the Common Stock is converted or exchanged, pro rata, into or for new equity securities, the terms and conditions of which (i) shall preserve the limited liability of the Management Stockholder Entities with respect to such new equity securities and (ii) shall substantially preserve in all material respects the economic interest, priority, and other rights and privileges of the Management Stockholder Entities with respect to such new equity securities.

 

13.        Management Stockholder’s Employment by the Company .  Nothing contained in this Agreement or in any other agreement entered into by the Company and the Management Stockholder contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement (subject to, and except as set forth in, the applicable provisions of any employment agreement entered into by and between the Management Stockholder and the Company or any of its subsidiaries) (i) obligates the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to employ the Management Stockholder in any capacity whatsoever or (ii) prohibits or restricts the Company (or any such subsidiary) from terminating the employment of the Management Stockholder at any time or for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, and the Management Stockholder hereby acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company nor any other Person has made any representations or promises whatsoever to the Management Stockholder concerning the Management Stockholder’s employment or continued employment by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.

 

14.        Binding Effect .  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.  In the case of a transferee permitted under Section 2(a) or Section 3(a) (other than clauses (a), (a), or (a) thereof) hereof, such transferee shall be deemed the Management Stockholder hereunder; provided , however , that no transferee (including without limitation, transferees referred to in Section 2(a) or Section 3(a) hereof) shall derive any rights under this Agreement unless and until such transferee has delivered to the Company a valid undertaking and becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement.  No provision of this Agreement is intended to or shall confer upon any Person other than the Parties any rights or remedies hereunder or with respect hereto.

 

15.        Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended by the Company at any time upon notice to the Management Stockholder thereof; provided that any amendment of this Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement that materially disadvantages the Management Stockholder shall not be effective as to the Management Stockholder unless and until the Management Stockholder has consented thereto in writing.

 

18



 

16.        Closing .  Except as otherwise provided herein, the closing of each purchase and sale of shares of Stock pursuant to this Agreement shall take place at the principal office of the Company on the tenth (10th) Business Day following delivery of the notice by either Party to the other of its exercise of the right to purchase or sell such Stock hereunder.

 

17.        Further Undertakings .  To the extent the Management Stockholder shall at any time be entitled to vote with respect to the Common Stock owned by it, the Management Stockholder shall undertake to vote or, as the case may be, to be voted, its Common Stock (i) on the occasion of any general meeting of the shareholders of the Company held (by way of a meeting or passed by written resolutions) for the purpose of approving the issuance, purchase (and authorization of the Board to purchase, as the case may be), and/or redemption by the Company of Common Stock, if and to the extent such an issuance, purchase, and/or redemption is made in accordance with, or for the purpose of, this Agreement, (ii) in general in favor of any resolutions of the shareholders of the Company proposed at any general meeting of the shareholders of the Company which may be necessary to give effect to the provisions or intents of this Agreement, waiving any convening notice to any such general meeting of shareholders, and (iii) in the event of any ambiguity or conflict arising between the terms of this Agreement and those of the Articles of Association, vote in favor of any resolutions proposed at any general meeting of the shareholders of the Company held for the purpose of amending the Articles of Association to eliminate any such ambiguity or conflict.

 

18.        Applicable Law; Jurisdiction; Arbitration; Legal Fees .

 

(a)          The laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts executed and to be performed entirely in such state shall govern the interpretation, validity, and performance of the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b)          In the event of any controversy among the parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the parties, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively, and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules by a single independent arbitrator.  Such arbitration process shall take place in New York, New York, United States.  The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning.  Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Management Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that the Company, its subsidiaries, the Sponsor, and any of their respective Affiliates shall be entitled to injunctive or other relief in order to enforce the covenant not to compete, covenant not to solicit, and/or confidentiality covenants as set forth in Section 23(a) of this Agreement.

 

(d)          In the event of any arbitration or other disputes with regard to this Agreement or any other document or agreement referred to herein, each Party shall pay its own legal fees and expenses, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator.

 

19



 

19.        Assignability of Certain Rights by the Company .  The Company shall have the right to assign any or all of its rights or obligations to purchase shares of Stock pursuant to Sections 4 and 5 hereof; provided that no such assignment shall relieve the Company from its obligations thereunder.

 

20.        Miscellaneous .

 

(a)          In this Agreement, all references to “dollars” or “$” are to United States dollars and the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular the plural, where the context so indicates.

 

(b)          If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared illegal, void or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions shall not be affected, but shall remain in full force and effect.

 

21.        Withholding .  The Management Stockholder Entities acknowledge that as of the date of this Agreement, none of the Company or its subsidiaries shall have any obligations to withhold from any payments that could be due to any of the Management Stockholder Entities under this Agreement any federal, state or local income or other taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment; provided that the Management Stockholder Entities hereby grant the Company or its subsidiaries the right to deduct from any cash payment made under this Agreement to the applicable Management Stockholder Entities any federal, state or local income or other taxes that may in the future be required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment, if applicable.

 

22.        Notices .  All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing.  Any notice or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given (i) upon electronic confirmation of facsimile, (ii) one Business Day following the date sent when sent by overnight delivery, and (iii) five (5) Business Days following the date mailed when mailed by registered or certified mail return receipt requested and postage prepaid, in each case as follows:

 

(a)          If to the Company or Parent, to it at the following address:

 

c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.

9 West 57th St., Suite 4200

New York, New York 10019

Attention:  David Sorkin

Telecopy:  (212) 750-0003

 

With a copy to:

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention:  Andrea K. Wahlquist, Esq.

Telecopy:  (212) 455-2502

 

20


 

(b)          If to the Management Stockholder, to the Management Stockholder at the address set forth below under the Management Stockholder’s signature; or at such other address as either Party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other;

 

23.        Confidential Information; Covenant Not to Compete; Covenant Not to Solicit .

 

(a)          The Management Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that in further consideration of the Company entering into the Stock Option Agreement and this Agreement with the Management Stockholder, the Management Stockholder hereby covenants and agrees effective as of the date of the Management Stockholder’s commencement of employment with the Company or its subsidiaries, to the following:

 

(i) During the time the Management Stockholder is employed with the Company or any of its Affiliates (the “ Employment Period ”) and thereafter during the Non-competition Period (as defined below), the Management Stockholder may not, within (A) the country in which the Management Stockholder’s office with the Company or any of its Affiliates (the “ Company Group ”) was located at the date the Management Stockholder’s employment with the Company Group terminates (the “ Termination Date ”), or (B) fifty (50) miles of the location of the Management Stockholder’s office with the Company Group at the Termination Date, be engaged or employed by a Competing CRO, whether as owner, manager, officer, director, employee, consultant or otherwise to perform duties and responsibilities that are the same or substantially related to the duties and responsibilities that the Management Stockholder performed for the Company Group at any time during the twenty-four (24) months prior to the Termination Date.  Ownership by the Management Stockholder of not more than one percent (1.0%) of the shares of any corporation having a class of equity securities actively traded on a national securities exchange shall not be deemed, in and of itself, to violate the prohibitions set forth in this Section 23(a)(i).

 

(ii) For the purposes of this Agreement: (A) the term “ Non-competition Period ” means: if the Management Stockholder is a party to an Employment Agreement, “Non-competition Period” as such term is defined in such agreement; but if the Management Stockholder is not a party to any such Employment Agreement, means the period of six (6) months after the Management Stockholder’s employment with the Company Group ceases for whatever reason; and (B) the term “ Competing CRO ” means any entity (and its respective affiliates and successors) that competes with any member of the Company Group in the provision of Customer Services. “ Customer Services ” means any product or service provided by any member of the Company Group to a third party for remuneration, including, but not limited to on a contract or outsourced basis, assisting pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies in developing and taking drug compounds, biologics, and drug delivery devices through appropriate regulatory approval processes, and/or recruiting, staffing and placement of personnel in the areas of clinical research, medical writing, biostatistics and programming, in each case (i) during the Employment Period or (ii) about which the Management Stockholder has material knowledge and that the Management Stockholder had knowledge that any member of the Company Group will provide or has contracted to provide to third parties during the twelve (12) months following the Employment Period.

 

21



 

(iii) The Management Stockholder may not, during the Employment Period and the Non-competition Period, directly or indirectly, whether as owner, manager, officer, director, employee, consultant or otherwise, solicit the business of, or accept business from any Customer of any member of the Company Group at the Termination Date, unless the business being solicited or accepted is not in competition with or substantially similar to any member of the Company Group’s business.  For the purposes of this Section 23(a)(iii), “ Customer ” means any person or legal entity (and its subsidiaries, agents, employees and representatives) about whom the Management Stockholder has acquired material information based on employment with the Company Group and as to whom the Management Stockholder has been informed that the Company Group provides or will provide services.

 

(iv) The Management Stockholder may not, during the Employment Period and the Non-competition Period, directly or indirectly, solicit or induce (or attempt to solicit or induce) to leave the employ of any member of the Company Group for any reason whatsoever any person employed by any member of the Company Group at the time of the act of solicitation or inducement.

 

(v) The Management Stockholder may not at any time (whether during or after the Employment Period) make public, disclose, divulge, furnish, release, transfer, sell or otherwise make available to any person any Confidential Information, or otherwise use or disclose it or allow it to be used or disclosed for any purpose, other than as may be permitted under the Employment Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Management Stockholder may disclose Confidential Information without violating the Employment Agreement if (i) disclosure is required to comply with a valid court order or any administrative law order or decree; (ii) the Management Stockholder gives the Company advance written notice of the required disclosure so that the Company may, if it wishes, seek an appropriate protective order; and (iii) the Management Stockholder requests that any disclosed information be afforded confidential treatment to the greatest extent possible.

 

(b)          The Management Stockholder specifically acknowledges and agrees that the provisions of this Section 23 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company Group and that the Management Stockholder desires to agree to the provisions of this Section 23.  In the event that any of the provisions of this Section 23 should ever be held to exceed the time, scope or geographic limitations permitted by applicable law, it is the intention of the parties that such provision be reformed to reflect the maximum time, scope and geographic limitations that are permitted by law.

 

(c)           The Management Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that, owing to the special, unique and extraordinary nature of the matters covered by this Section 23, in the event of any breach or threatened breach by the Management Stockholder of any of the provisions hereof, the Company Group would suffer substantial and irreparable injury, which could not be fully compensated by monetary award alone, and the Company Group would not have adequate remedy at law.  Therefore, the Management Stockholder agrees that, in such event, the Company Group will be entitled to temporary and/or permanent injunctive relief against the Management Stockholder, without the necessity of proving actual damages or of posting bond to enforce any

 

22



 

of the provisions of this Section 23, and the Management Stockholder hereby waives the defenses, claims, or arguments that the matters are not special, unique, and extraordinary, that the Company must prove actual damages, and that the Company has an adequate remedy at law.  In addition, the Management Stockholder shall pay to the Company and the Company shall be awarded the reasonable attorney’s fees and costs incurred by the Company as a result of the Management Stockholder’s breach of the Management Stockholder’s obligations in this Section 23.

 

(d)          The rights and remedies described in this Section 23 are cumulative and are in addition to and not in lieu of any other rights and remedies otherwise available under this Agreement, or at law or in equity, including but not limited to monetary damages.

 

(e)           The Management Stockholder agrees to inform the Company of the name and address of any employer(s), as well as the Management Stockholder’s job title and duties with each employer that the Management Stockholder may have or any business with which the Management Stockholder may be involved, directly or indirectly, within the Non-competition Period.  The Company shall have the right to disclose this Agreement or its contents to any of the Management Stockholder’s future employers for the purpose of providing notice of the post-employment restrictions contained herein.  The Company will provide the Management Stockholder with written notice if and when the Company discloses the existence of this Agreement to any future employer.

 

(f)                                    Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, in the event that the Management Stockholder has not executed this Agreement due to the fact that the Management Stockholder has only received a grant of Options under a Stock Option Agreement and has not otherwise purchased Stock (whether through the exercise of an Option or otherwise), the Company acknowledges and agrees that the Company may not be entitled to seek injunctive relief or other damages as a result of the Management Stockholder breaching any of the provisions of Section 23(a), but in addition to any other remedies that may be available to the Company, all Options granted to the Management Stockholder are subject to the Company’s right to treat any shares of Stock and Options held by the Management Stockholder in the same manner as if the Management Stockholder’s employment had been terminated for Cause by the Company, and the Management Stockholder shall be required to pay to the Company any amounts actually paid to him or her by the Company in respect of any repurchase by the Company of any Options or Option Stock held by such Management Stockholder; provided that with respect to Options, the Management Stockholder shall be required to pay to the Company only such amounts on a net after-tax basis.  The Management Stockholder further acknowledges and agrees that upon acquiring any shares of Stock, the Management Stockholder shall have agreed, and hereby agrees, to be subject to and bound by all of the covenants contained in this Section 23.

 

[ Signature pages follow ]

 

23



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

PRA GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC. (formerly known as Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc.)

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

Management Stockholder’s Agreement — Signature Page

 



 

OMNIBUS SIGNATURE PAGE TO MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT AGREEMENTS

 

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning set forth in that certain Option Rollover Agreement, dated as of September 23, 2013, by and between the “Management Stockholder” identified below and Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc. (the “Option Rollover Agreement”).

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereby agree to be a party to each of the following agreements as a “Management Stockholder” as of the date of such agreements:

 

1.                                       Option Rollover Agreement

 

2.                                       Management Stockholder’s Agreement

 

3.                                       Sale Participation Agreement

 

MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:       , 2013

 

 

 

 

 

ADDRESS:

 

 

*       *       *       *       *

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc. hereby acknowledges the Management Stockholder’s execution of the management investment agreements referenced above and agrees to be bound by the terms thereof, and accordingly confirms that the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Management Stockholder’s Rollover Options granted pursuant to the Option Rollover Agreement shall be:                            .

 

[ Signature on next page ]

 



 

OMNIBUS SIGNATURE PAGE TO MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT AGREEMENTS

 

PINNACLE HOLDCO PARENT, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

2



 

SCHEDULE I

 

PURCHASED STOCK

 

Number of shares of Purchased Stock:

 

Purchase Price:

 




Exhibit 4.3

 

SALE PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

 

KKR PRA Investors L.P.

9 West 57 th  Street, 42 nd  Floor

New York, NY 10019

 

 

September 23, 2013

 

To:  The Person whose name is
set forth on the signature page hereof

 

Dear Sir or Madam:

 

You have entered into a Management Stockholder’s Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and you (the “ Stockholder’s Agreement ”) relating to the roll over of options you currently hold to purchase/subscribe for common stock of PRA Holdings, Inc. or RPS Parent Holding Corp., as applicable.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Stockholder’s Agreement.  KKR PRA Investors L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Investor Holdings ”), which is the parent entity of the Company, hereby agrees with you as follows pursuant to the terms of this Sale Participation Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), effective as of the Effective Date:

 

1.               (a) In the event that at any time on or after the Effective Date, Investor Holdings or any of its Affiliates proposes to sell directly for cash or any other consideration any Common Stock owned by Investor Holdings or any such Affiliate, in any transaction other than (x) a Public Offering or (y) a sale, directly or indirectly, to an Affiliate of Investor Holdings, then, unless Investor Holdings is entitled to and does exercise the drag-along rights pursuant to Section 8 below and the Drag Transaction is consummated, Investor Holdings will notify you or your applicable Management Stockholder Entities, as the case may be, in writing (a “ Notice ”) of such proposed sale (a “ Proposed Sale ”) specifying the principal terms and conditions of the Proposed Sale, including (i) the number of shares of Common Stock to be included in the Proposed Sale, (ii) the percentage of the outstanding Common Stock at the time the Notice is given that is represented by the number of shares of Common Stock to be included in the Proposed Sale, (iii) the price per share of Common Stock subject to the Proposed Sale, including a description of any pricing formulae and of any non-cash consideration sufficiently detailed to permit valuation thereof, (iv) the Tag Along Sale Percentage (as defined below), (v) the name and address of the Person or Persons to whom the offered Common Stock is proposed to be sold, and (vi) if known, the date of the Proposed Sale.

 

(b)          If, within ten (10) Business Days after the delivery of Notice under Section 1(a) (the “ Exercise Period ”), Investor Holdings receives from a Management Stockholder Entity a written request (a “ Request ”) to include an amount of Common Stock held by such Person in the Proposed Sale (which Request shall be irrevocable except (i) as set forth in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this Section 1 below or (ii) if otherwise mutually agreed to in writing by the

 



 

Management Stockholder Entity and Investor Holdings), then the Common Stock held by the Management Stockholder Entities, including shares of Common Stock which the Management Stockholder Entities are then entitled to acquire under any unexercised portion of Options, to the extent such Option is then exercisable or would become exercisable as a result of the consummation of the Proposed Sale (not in any event to exceed the Tag Along Sale Percentage multiplied by the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held by the Management Stockholder Entities plus all shares of Common Stock which the Management Stockholder Entities are then entitled to acquire under any unexercised portion of Options, to the extent such Option is then exercisable or would become exercisable as a result of the consummation of the Proposed Sale) will be so included as provided herein; provided that only one Request, which shall be executed by the Management Stockholder Entities, as applicable, may be delivered with respect to any Proposed Sale.  Promptly after the execution of the sale agreement entered into in connection with the Proposed Sale (the “ Sale Agreement ”), Investor Holdings will furnish the Management Stockholder Entities with a copy of such Sale Agreement, if any.  For purposes of this Agreement, the “ Tag Along Sale Percentage ” shall mean the fraction, expressed as a percentage, determined by dividing the number of Common Stock to be purchased from Investor Holdings and any of its Affiliates in the Proposed Sale by the total number of Common Stock owned directly or indirectly by Investor Holdings and all of its Affiliates.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any of the economic terms of the Proposed Sale change in a manner that is materially less favorable to the selling Management Stockholder Entities than those described in the Notice, including without limitation if the per share price will be less than the per share price disclosed in the Notice, Investor Holdings will provide written notice thereof to each Management Stockholder Entity who has made a Request and each such Person will then be given an opportunity to withdraw the offer contained in such holder’s Request (by providing prompt (and in any event within five (5) Business Days or, if the proposed closing with respect to the Proposed Sale is to occur within five (5) Business Days or less, no later than three (3) Business Days prior to such closing) written notice of such withdrawal to Investor Holdings), whereupon such withdrawing Person will be released from all obligations thereunder.

 

(d)          If Investor Holdings does not complete the Proposed Sale by the end of the 180th day following the date of the effectiveness of the Notice, each selling Management Stockholder Entity may elect to be released from all obligations under the applicable Request by notifying Investor Holdings in writing of its desire to so withdraw.  Upon receipt of that withdrawal notice, the Notice of the relevant Management Stockholder Entity shall be null and void, and it will then be necessary for a separate Notice to be furnished, and the terms and provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 1 separately complied with, in order to consummate such Proposed Sale pursuant to this Section 1, unless the failure to complete such Proposed Sale resulted from any failure by any selling Management Stockholder Entity to comply with the terms of this Section 1.

 

2.               (a) The number of shares of Common Stock that the Management Stockholder Entities will be permitted to include in a Proposed Sale pursuant to a Request will be the lesser of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock that such Management Stockholder Entities have offered to sell in the Proposed Sale as set forth in the Request (which shall be based upon such Management Stockholder Entities’ Tag Along Sale Percentage) and (ii) the number of shares of

 

2



 

Common Stock determined by multiplying (A) the number of shares of Common Stock to be included in the Proposed Sale by (B) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock owned by the Management Stockholder Entities, plus all shares of Common Stock which the Management Stockholder Entities are then entitled to acquire under any unexercised portion of Options, to the extent such Option is then exercisable or would become exercisable as a result of the consummation of the Proposed Sale and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock owned by the Management Stockholder Entities and all other Persons participating in such sale as tag-along sellers pursuant to Other Management Stockholder Agreements, Other Stockholder Agreements or other agreements (all such participants, the “ Tag Along Sellers ”) plus all shares of Common Stock which the Management Stockholder Entities and such other Persons are then entitled to acquire under any unexercised portion of Options, to the extent such Options are then exercisable or would become exercisable as a result of the consummation of the Proposed Sale, plus all shares of Common Stock owned by Investor Holdings and all of its Affiliates.  For purposes of the foregoing, each Management Stockholder Entity shall be eligible to conditionally exercise its exercisable Options through, at the Management Stockholder Entity’s election, withholding an aggregate number of shares of Common Stock subject to such exercisable Options having a fair market value equal to the aggregate exercise price and minimum withholding for taxes due in respect of such exercise, with the completion of such exercise being subject to the completion of the Proposed Sale.

 

(b)          If one or more Tag Along Sellers elect not to include the maximum number of shares of Common Stock which such holders would have been permitted to include in a Proposed Sale pursuant to Section 2(a) (such non-included shares, the “ Eligible Shares ”), then each of Investor Holdings and the remaining Tag Along Sellers, or any of them, will have the right to sell in the Proposed Sale a number of additional shares of its Common Stock equal to its pro rata portion of the number of Eligible Shares, based on the relative number of shares of Common Stock then held by each such holder plus all shares of Common Stock which such holder is then entitled to acquire under any unexercised portion of Options, to the extent such Options are then exercisable or would become exercisable as a result of the consummation of the Proposed Sale; provided that such additional shares of Common Stock which any such holder or holders propose to sell shall not be included in any calculation made pursuant to Section 2(a) for the purpose of determining the number of shares of Common Stock which the Management Stockholder Entities will be permitted to include in a Proposed Sale.  Investor Holdings will have the right to sell in the Proposed Sale additional shares of Common Stock owned by it equal to the number, if any, of remaining Eligible Shares which will not be included in the Proposed Sale pursuant to the foregoing.

 

3.               Except as may otherwise be provided herein, shares of Common Stock subject to a Request will be included in a Proposed Sale pursuant hereto and in any agreements with purchasers relating thereto on the same terms and subject to the same conditions applicable to the shares of Common Stock which Investor Holdings proposes to sell in the Proposed Sale.  Such terms and conditions shall include, without limitation: the sale price; the payment of fees, commissions and expenses; the provision of, and customary representations and warranties as to, information reasonably requested by Investor Holdings covering matters regarding the Management Stockholder Entities’ ownership of shares; and the provision of requisite indemnification on a several but not joint basis; provided that any indemnification provided by

 

3



 

the Management Stockholder Entities shall be pro rata in proportion with the number of shares of Common Stock to be sold; provided , further , that no Management Stockholder Entity shall be required to indemnify any Person for an amount, in the aggregate, in excess of the gross proceeds received by such Management Stockholder Entity in such Proposed Sale.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, if the consideration payable for shares of Common Stock is securities and the acquisition of such securities by a Management Stockholder Entity would reasonably be expected to be prohibited under applicable U.S., foreign, or state securities laws, such Management Stockholder Entity shall be entitled to receive an amount in cash equal to the value of any such securities such Management Stockholder Entity would otherwise be entitled to receive.

 

4.               Upon delivering a Request, the Management Stockholder Entities will, if requested by Investor Holdings, execute and deliver a custody agreement and power of attorney in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Investor Holdings with respect to the shares of Common Stock which are to be sold by the Management Stockholder Entities pursuant hereto (a “ Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney ”).  The Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney will contain customary provisions and will provide, among other things, that the Management Stockholder Entities will deliver to and deposit in custody with the custodian and attorney-in-fact named therein a certificate or certificates (if such shares are certificated) representing such shares of Common Stock (duly endorsed in blank by the registered owner or owners thereof) and irrevocably appoint said custodian and attorney-in-fact as the Management Stockholder Entities’ agent and attorney-in-fact with full power and authority to act under the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney on such Persons’ behalf with respect to the matters specified therein (including without any limitation to make any entry in any books of the Company if such shares of Common Stock are in registered form).

 

5.               The Management Stockholder Entities’ right pursuant hereto to participate in a Proposed Sale shall be contingent on such Persons’ material compliance with each of the provisions hereof and such Persons’ respective willingness to execute such documents in connection therewith as may be reasonably requested by Investor Holdings.

 

6.               Notwithstanding any terms to the contrary in this Agreement, only full shares of Common Stock are transferable under this Agreement.  In case a number of shares of Common Stock as determined pursuant to the terms of this Agreement contains a fraction of a share of Common Stock, such number shall be reduced to the nearest number of full shares of Common Stock.

 

7.               If the consideration to be paid in exchange for shares of Common Stock in a Proposed Sale pursuant to Section 1 includes any securities, and the receipt thereof by a Management Stockholder Entity would require under applicable law (a) the registration or qualification of such securities or of any Person as a broker or dealer or agent with respect to such securities or (b) the provision to any selling Management Stockholder Entity of any information regarding the Company, its subsidiaries, such securities, or the issuer thereof that would not be required to be delivered in an offering solely to a limited number of “accredited investors” under Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations in effect thereunder, such Management Shareholder Entity shall not, subject to the following sentence, have the right to sell shares of Common Stock in such

 

4



 

proposed sale.  In such event, Investor Holdings shall have the right to cause to be paid to such selling Management Shareholder Entity in lieu thereof, against surrender of the shares of Common Stock which would have otherwise been sold by such selling Management Shareholder Entity to the prospective buyer in the Proposed Sale, an amount in cash equal to the value of any such securities such Management Stockholder Entity would otherwise be entitled to receive.

 

8.               (a) If Investor Holdings or any of its Affiliates (including Parent) that owns shares of Common Stock proposes to transfer, directly or indirectly, a number of shares of Common Stock the sale of which would result in a Change in Control, taking into account all interests being dragged hereunder and under any other agreement containing similar rights (such Person or Persons to whom such shares would be transferred, the “ Drag-Along Purchaser ”), then if requested by Investor Holdings, the Management Stockholder Entities shall be required to sell a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held by such Persons (including shares of Common Stock underlying exercisable Options) multiplied by the Tag Along Sale Percentage (such transaction, a “ Drag Transaction ”).

 

(b)          Shares of Common Stock held by the Management Stockholder included in a Drag Transaction will be included in any agreements with the Drag-Along Purchaser relating thereto on the same terms and subject to the same conditions applicable to the shares of Common Stock which Investor Holdings or any of its Affiliates propose to sell in the Drag Transaction.  Such terms and conditions shall include: (i) the pro rata reduction of the number of shares of Common Stock to be sold by Investor Holdings and the Management Stockholder Entities to be included in the Drag Transaction if required by the Drag-Along Purchaser, (ii) the sale price, (iii) the payment of fees, commissions, and expenses, (iv) the provision of, and representation and warranty as to, information reasonably requested by Investor Holdings covering matters regarding the Management Stockholder Entities’ ownership of shares, and (v) the provision of requisite indemnification on a several but not joint basis; provided that any indemnification provided by the Management Stockholder Entities shall be pro rata in proportion with the total number of shares of Common Stock to be sold by all sellers; provided , further , that no Management Stockholder Entity shall be required to indemnify any Person for an amount, in the aggregate, in excess of the gross proceeds received by such Management Stockholder Entity in such Proposed Sale.

 

(c)           Your pro rata share of any indemnity amount to be paid by you and the other Company stockholders pursuant to Paragraph 3 or 8(b) shall be based upon the number of shares of Common Stock intended to be transferred by the Management Stockholder Entities plus the number of shares of Common Stock you would have the right to acquire under any unexercised portion of an Option which is then vested or would become vested as a result of the Proposed Sale or Drag Transaction, assuming that you received a payment in respect of such Option.

 

(d)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, if the consideration payable for shares of Common Stock is securities and the acquisition of such securities by a Management Stockholder Entity would reasonably be expected to be prohibited under applicable U.S., foreign, or state securities laws, such Person shall be entitled to receive an amount in cash equal to the value of any such securities such Person would otherwise be entitled to receive.

 

5



 

(e)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event the Sponsor and/or the limited partners of Parent propose to sell limited partnership units in Parent that would result in a Change in Control of the Company, you agree that appropriate provisions shall be made (and you shall take any reasonable actions required in connection therewith) in order to permit, if contemplated by the purchaser, the purchase of your shares of Common Stock on a pro rata basis similar to the terms provided herein for a sale by Investor Holdings of Common Stock.

 

9.               The obligations of Investor Holdings hereunder shall extend only to you and your transferees (“ Permitted Transferees ”) who (a) are Other Management Stockholders, (b) are party to a Management Stockholder’s Agreement with the Company, and (c) have acquired Common Stock in a Permitted Transfer, and none of the Management Stockholder Entities’ successors or assigns, with the exception of any Permitted Transferee and only with respect to the Common Stock acquired by such Permitted Transferee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer, shall have any rights pursuant hereto.

 

10.        This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect on the occurrence of the earlier of (a) the consummation of an Initial Public Offering and (b) a Change in Control.

 

11.        All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt.  All communications shall be sent to such party’s address as set forth below or at such other address or to such other person as the party shall have furnished to each other party in writing in accordance with this provision:

 

If to Investor Holdings or the Company, at the following addresses:

 

c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.

9 West 57th St., Suite 4200

New York, New York 10019

Attention:  David Sorkin, Esq.

Facsimile:  (212) 750-0003

 

with a copy to:

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Attention:  Sean Rodgers, Esq.

Facsimile:  (212) 455-2502

 

If to you, at the address set forth on the corresponding signature page hereto;

 

6



 

If to your Management Stockholder’s Estate or Management Stockholder’s Trust, to the address provided to the Company by such entity.

 

12.        The laws of the State of New York shall govern the interpretation, validity, and performance of the terms of this Agreement.  In the event of any controversy among the parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the parties, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively, and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules, by a single independent arbitrator.  Such arbitration process shall take place in New York, New York.  The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning.  Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.  Each party shall bear its own legal fees and expenses, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator.  Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives any right that it may have had to bring an action in any court, domestic or foreign, or before any similar domestic or foreign authority with respect to this Agreement.

 

13.        This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

14.        It is the understanding of the undersigned that you are aware that no Proposed Sale is contemplated and that such a sale may never occur.

 

15.        This Agreement may be amended by Investor Holdings at any time upon notice to you thereof; provided that any amendment (a) that materially disadvantages you shall not be effective unless and until you have consented thereto in writing and (b) that disadvantages you in more than a de minimis way but less than a material way shall require the consent of the Compensation Committee of the Board (or, if no such committee is appointed, the Board), and you hereby expressly agree to be bound by any such amendment.

 

[ Signatures on following pages ]

 

7



 

If the foregoing accurately sets forth our agreement, please acknowledge your acceptance thereof in the space provided below for that purpose.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

KKR PRA INVESTORS L.P.

 

 

 

By: KKR PRA Investors GP LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

/s/ Ali J. Satvat

 

Name:

Ali J. Satvat

 

Title:

Vice President

 

[Signature page to Sale Participation Agreement]

 



 

OMNIBUS SIGNATURE PAGE TO MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT AGREEMENTS

 

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning set forth in that certain Option Rollover Agreement, dated as of September 23, 2013, by and between the “Management Stockholder” identified below and Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc. (the “Option Rollover Agreement”).

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereby agree to be a party to each of the following agreements as a “Management Stockholder” as of the date of such agreements:

 

1.                                       Option Rollover Agreement

 

2.                                       Management Stockholder’s Agreement

 

3.                                       Sale Participation Agreement

 

MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: September     , 2013

 

 

 

 

 

ADDRESS:

 

 

 

 

*                                          *                                          *                                          *                                          *

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc. hereby acknowledges the Management Stockholder’s execution of the management investment agreements referenced above and agrees to be bound by the terms thereof, and accordingly confirms that the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Management Stockholder’s Rollover Options granted pursuant to the Option Rollover Agreement shall be:                           .

 

[ Signature on next page ]

 



 

OMNIBUS SIGNATURE PAGE TO MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT AGREEMENTS

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereby agree to be a party to each of the following agreements as a “Management Stockholder” as of the date of such agreements:

 

1.                                       Share Exchange Agreement

 

2.                                       Management Stockholder’s Agreement

 

3.                                       Sale Participation Agreement

 

MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

Dated: September     , 2013

 

 

 

 

 

ADDRESS:

 

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.2

 

Execution Copy

 

2013 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

FOR KEY EMPLOYEES OF

PRA GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

 

(Formerly known as the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan For Key Employees of Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc. and its Subsidiaries)

 

1.                                       Purpose of Plan

 

The 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of PRA Global Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries (the “ Plan ”) is designed:

 

(a)                                  to promote the long term financial interests and growth of PRA Global Holdings, Inc., a corporation existing under the laws of Delaware (the “ Company ”) and its Subsidiaries by attracting and retaining management and other personnel and key service providers with the training, experience and ability to enable them to make a substantial contribution to the success of the Company’s business;

 

(b)                                  to motivate management personnel by means of growth-related incentives to achieve long range goals; and

 

(c)                                   to further the alignment of interests of participants with those of the stockholders of the Company through opportunities for increased stock, or stock-based ownership in the Company.

 

2.                                       Definitions

 

As used in the Plan, the following words shall have the following meanings.  Any capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Management Stockholder’s Agreement:

 

(a)                                  Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.

 

(b)                                  Board ” means the board of directors of the Company (or any committee thereof delegated the authority to act in its place pursuant to the terms of this Plan).

 

(c)                                   Change in Control ” means (i) the sale of all or substantially all (i.e., at least 80%) of the assets (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of the Parent to any person (or group of persons acting in concert), other than to (x) Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. and funds affiliated therewith (the “ Sponsor ”) or its affiliates or (y) any employee benefit plan (or trust forming a part thereof) maintained by the Parent or any of its subsidiaries or other person of which a majority of its voting power or other equity securities is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Parent (any entity in clause (y), a “ Controlled Party ”); or (ii) a merger, recapitalization or other sale (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of the Parent to a person (or group of persons acting in concert) of Common Stock that results in any person (or group of persons acting in concert) (other than (x) the Sponsor or its affiliates or (y) any Controlled Party) owning more

 



 

than 50% of Common Stock (or the equity securities of any resulting company after a merger); provided that none of the foregoing events in clause (i) or (ii) a merger, recapitalization, or other sale by the Parent, the Sponsor, or any of their respective affiliates, to a person (or group of persons acting in concert) of Common Stock that results in more than 50% of the Common Stock (or the equity securities of any resulting company after a merger) being held by a person (or group of persons acting in concert) that does not include the Sponsor or any Controlled Party; and in any event of clause (i) or (ii), which results in the Sponsor and any Controlled Party ceasing to hold the ability to elect a majority of the members of the Board (or the resulting company after a merger).

 

(d)                                  Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(e)                                   Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board (or, if no such committee is appointed, the Board).

 

(f)                                    Common Stock ” or “ Shares ” means shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

 

(g)                                   Employee ” means a person, including an officer, in the regular employment of the Company or any other Service Recipient who, in the opinion of the Committee, is, or is expected to have involvement in the management, growth or protection of some part or all of the business of the Company or any other Service Recipient.

 

(h)                                  Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any successor section thereto).

 

(i)                                      Fair Market Value ” means the fair market value of the Common Stock on any given date, as determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board or any duly authorized committee thereof.

 

(j)                                     Grant ” means an award made to a Participant pursuant to the Plan and described in Section 5, including, without limitation, an award of a Stock Option or Other Stock-Based Award.

 

(k)                                  Grant Agreement ” means an agreement between the Company and a Participant that sets forth the terms, conditions and limitations applicable to a Grant.

 

(l)                                      Group ” means “group”, as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

(m)                              “Management Stockholder’s Agreement ” shall mean that certain Management Stockholder’s Agreement between the applicable Participant and the Company.

 

(n)                                  Other Relevant Agreement ” shall mean any of the following types of arrangements entered into whether before or after the date of Grant between the Company and/or a Service Recipient and the relevant Participant:

 

·                                            contract of employment;

 

2



 

·                                            consultancy agreement;

 

·                                            service agreement; or

 

·                                            any other agreement or offer letter for the provision of services by the Participant to the Company or a Service Recipient.

 

(o)                                  Other Stock-Based Award ” means any award described in Section 5(b) below.

 

(p)                                  Participant ” means an Employee, non-employee member of the Board, consultant or other person having a service relationship with the Company or any other Service Recipient, to whom one or more Grants have been made and remain outstanding.

 

(q)                                  Person ” means “person”, as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

(r)                                     Service Recipient ” shall mean, the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, or any Affiliate of the Company (including for the avoidance of any doubt, any of their branches) that satisfies the definition of “service recipient” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(g) (or any successor regulation), with respect to which the person is a “service provider” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(f) (or any successor regulation).

 

(s)                                    Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other entity in an unbroken chain of corporations or other entities beginning with the Company if each of the corporations or other entities, or group of commonly controlled corporations or other entities, other than the last corporation or other entity in the unbroken chain then owns stock or other equity interests possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or other equity interests in one of the other corporations or other entities in such chain.

 

3.                                       Administration of Plan

 

(a)                                  The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.  The Committee may adopt its own rules of procedure, and action of a majority of the members of the Committee taken at a meeting, or action taken without a meeting by unanimous written consent, shall constitute action by the Committee.  The Committee shall have the power and authority to administer, construe and interpret the Plan, to make rules for carrying it out and to make changes in such rules.  Any such interpretations, rules, and administration shall be consistent with the basic purposes of the Plan.

 

(b)                                  The Board may delegate to the Committee, or such other committee of the Board as it may in its discretion and in accordance with applicable law select, any of its duties and authorities hereunder.  The Committee may further delegate to the Chief Executive Officer and to other senior officers (if any) of the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company its duties under the Plan, subject to applicable law and such conditions and limitations as the Committee shall prescribe, except that only the Committee may designate and make Grants to Participants. Notwitsthanding the foregoing, the Board retains all rights to take all actions as it may have also delegated hereunder.

 

3



 

(c)                                   The Committee may employ counsel, consultants, accountants, appraisers, brokers or other persons.  The Committee, the Company, and the officers and directors/managers of the Company shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions or valuations of any such persons.  All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee in good faith shall be final and binding upon all Participants, the Company and all other interested persons.  No member of the Committee, nor employee or representative of the Company shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the Grants, and all such members of the Committee, employees and representatives shall be fully protected and indemnified to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law by the Company with respect to any such action, determination or interpretation.

 

4.                                       Eligibility

 

The Committee may from time to time make Grants under the Plan to such Employees, or other persons having a relationship with the Company or any other Service Recipient, and in such form and having such terms, conditions and limitations as the Committee may determine.  The terms, conditions and limitations of each Grant under the Plan shall be set forth in a Grant Agreement, in a form approved by the Committee, consistent, however, with the terms of the Plan.

 

5.                                       Grants

 

From time to time, the Committee will determine the forms and amounts of Grants for Participants.  Such Grants may take the following forms in the Committee’s sole discretion:

 

(a)                                  Stock Options — These are options to purchase/subscribe for Common Stock (“ Stock Options ”).  At the time of Grant of the Stock Options, the Committee shall determine, and shall include in the Grant Agreement, the option exercise period, the option exercise price, vesting requirements, and such other terms, conditions or restrictions on the grant or exercise of the option as the Committee deems appropriate including, without limitation, the right to receive dividend equivalent payments on vested options.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the exercise price per Share of a Stock Option shall in no event be less than the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Option is granted (subject to later adjustment pursuant to Section 8 hereof).  In addition to other restrictions contained in the Plan, a Stock Option granted under this Section 5(a) may not be exercised more than 10 years after the date it is granted.  Payment of the Stock Option exercise price shall be made (i) in cash, (ii) with the consent of the Committee, in Shares (any such Shares valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise) that the Participant has held for such period of time as may be required by the Company’s accountants, (iii) with the consent of the Committee, through the withholding of Shares (any such Shares valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise) otherwise issuable upon the exercise of the Stock Option in a manner that is compliant with applicable law, or (iv) with the consent of the Committee, a combination of the foregoing methods, in each such case in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the Grant Agreement and applicable law.

 

(b)                                  Other Stock-Based Awards — To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Committee may grant or sell awards of Shares, awards of restricted Shares and/or awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on the Fair Market Value of, Shares (including, without limitation, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, and dividend

 

4



 

equivalent rights).  At the time of Grant of the Stock Options, such “Other Stock-Based Awards” shall be in such form, and dependent on such conditions, as the Committee may determine, including, without limitation, the right to receive or vest with respect to, one or more Shares (or the equivalent cash value of such Shares) upon the completion of a specified period of service, the occurrence of an event and/or the attainment of performance objectives; whether such Other Stock-Based Awards shall be settled in cash, Shares or a combination of cash and Shares; and all other terms and conditions of such awards.  Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted alone or in addition to any other Grants under the Plan.

 

6.                                       Limitations and Conditions

 

(a)                                  The number of Shares available for Grants under this Plan is intended to be 13,562,209, subject to adjustment as provided for in Sections 8 and 9, unless restricted by applicable law.  Shares related to Grants that are forfeited, terminated, canceled, expire unexercised, withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations, or are repurchased by the Company shall immediately become available for new Grants.

 

(b)                                  Nothing contained herein shall affect the right of the Company or any other Service Recipient to terminate any Participant’s employment or other service relationship at any time or for any reason.

 

(c)                                   Other than as specifically provided in the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, no benefit under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to do so shall be void.  No such benefit shall, prior to receipt thereof by the Participant, be in any manner liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of the Participant.

 

(d)                                  Participants shall not be, and shall not have any of the rights or privileges of, stockholders of the Company in respect of any Shares purchasable in connection with any Grant unless and until (i) such Shares (in case of an issuance of new Shares) have been issued by the Company and (ii) such Participants and their ownership of such Shares have been entered into the register of registered shares of the Company.

 

(e)                                   No election as to benefits or exercise of any Grant may be made during a Participant’s lifetime by anyone other than the Participant except by a legal representative appointed for or by the Participant.

 

(f)                                    Absent express provisions to the contrary, any Grant under this Plan shall not be deemed compensation for purposes of computing benefits or contributions under any retirement or severance plan of the Company or other Service Recipient and shall not affect any benefits under any other benefit plan of any kind now or subsequently in effect under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to level of compensation.  This Plan is not a “Retirement Plan” or “Welfare Plan” under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

(g)                                   A Grant under this Plan does not form part of the Participant’s entitlement (if any) to remuneration, payment or receipt of any other benefits pursuant to any Other Relevant Agreement he or she may have with the Company or a Service Recipient nor does the existence of

 

5



 

any Other Relevant Agreement between any person and the Company or a Service Recipient give such person any right or entitlement to have any Grant under this Plan nor any expectation to such Grant. The rights and obligations of a Participant under the terms of his or her Other Relevant Agreement (if any) with the Company or a Service Recipient shall not be affected by any Grant hereunder. The rights granted to a Participant (who is also a party to any Other Relevant Agreement) upon a Grant hereunder shall not afford such Participant any rights or additional rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the loss or termination of his or her office or employment with or his or her provision of services to the Company or a Service Recipient for any reason whatsoever.

 

(h)                                  A Participant shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages for any loss or potential loss which he or she may suffer by reason of being or becoming unable to exercise an Option under the Plan in consequence of the loss or termination of his or her Other Relevant Agreement with the Company or a Service Recipient for any reason (including, without limitation, any breach of contract by the Participant).

 

(i)                                      Unless the Committee determines otherwise, no benefit or promise under the Plan shall be secured by any specific assets of the Company or any other Service Recipient, nor shall any assets of the Company or any other Service Recipient be designated as attributable or allocated to the satisfaction of the Company’s obligations under the Plan.

 

7.                                       Transfers and Leaves of Absence

 

For purposes of the Plan, unless the Committee determines otherwise: (a) a transfer of a Participant’s employment without an intervening period of separation among the Company and any other Service Recipient shall not be deemed a termination of employment, and (b) a Participant who is granted in writing a leave of absence or who is entitled to a statutory leave of absence shall be deemed to have remained in the employ of the Company (and other Service Recipient) during such leave of absence.

 

8.                                       Adjustments

 

In the event of any stock split, spin-off, share combination, reclassification, change of the legal form, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization, merger, Change in Control, payment of a dividend (other than a cash dividend paid as part of a regular dividend program) or other similar transaction or occurrence which affects the equity securities of the Company or the value thereof, the Committee shall (i) adjust the number and kind of shares subject to the Plan and available for or covered by Grants, (ii) adjust the share prices related to outstanding Grants, and/or (iii) take such other action (including, without limitation providing for payment of a cash amount to holders of outstanding Grants and adjusting performance targets), in each case as it deems reasonably necessary to address, on an equitable basis and subject to applicable law, the effect of the applicable corporate event on the Plan and any outstanding Grants, without adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code.  Any such adjustment made or action taken by the Committee in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be final and binding upon holders of Options and upon the Company.

 

6



 

9.                                       Change in Control

 

In the event of a Change in Control: (a) if determined by the Committee in the applicable Grant Agreement or otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, any outstanding Grants then held by Participants which are unexercisable or otherwise unvested or subject to lapse restrictions may automatically be deemed exercisable or otherwise vested or no longer subject to lapse restrictions, as the case may be, as of immediately prior to such Change in Control and (b) the Committee may, to the extent determined by the Committee to be permitted under Section 409A of the Code, but shall not be obligated to: (i) cancel such awards for Fair Market Value which for these purposes shall equal the excess, if any, of the value of the consideration to be paid in the Change in Control transaction to holders of the same number of Shares subject to such Stock Options (or, if no consideration is paid in any such transaction, the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Stock Options) over the aggregate option price of such Stock Options (and for the avoidance of doubt, any Stock Options having an exercise price equal to or greater than the consideration to be paid in the Change in Control may be cancelled without payment in respect thereof); (ii) provide for the issuance of substitute awards that will preserve in no less favorable a manner the otherwise applicable terms of any affected Grants previously granted hereunder, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; or (iii) provide that for a period of at least ten Business Days prior to the Change in Control, any Stock Options shall be exercisable as to all Shares subject thereto (where, for the avoidance of doubt, Participant shall have the ability to request that such shares be withheld to satisfy the payment of the exercise price of such Stock Options and/or to satisfy any tax withholding obligations that the Participant may incur as a result of such exercise) and that upon the occurrence of the Change in Control, such Stock Options shall terminate and be of no further force and effect.

 

10.                                Amendment and Termination

 

(a)                                  The Committee shall have the authority to make such amendments to any terms and conditions applicable to outstanding Grants as are consistent with this Plan, provided that no such action shall modify any Grant in a manner that is disadvantageous in more than a de minimis manner to a Participant with respect to any outstanding Grants, other than to correct any good faith typographical error or omission, without the Participant’s consent, except as such modification is provided for or contemplated in the terms of the Grant or this Plan (including, without limitation, Sections 8, 9 and 10(c) hereof).

 

(b)                                  The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan, except that no such action, other than an action under Section 8, 9 or 10(c) hereof, may be taken which would, without stockholder approval, increase the aggregate number of Shares available for Grants under the Plan, decrease the price of outstanding Grants, change the requirements relating to the Committee or, extend the term of the Plan.  However, no such action by the Board shall be materially disadvantageous to a Participant with respect to any outstanding Grants, without the Participant’s consent, except as otherwise contemplated in the terms of the Grant or the Plan (including, without limitation, Sections 8, 9 and 10(c) hereof).

 

7



 

(c)                                   This Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and will be interpreted in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) if at the time of the Participant’s termination of employment with any Service Recipient the Participant is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code, and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of service is necessary in order to prevent the imposition of any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Participant) until the date that is six months and one day following the Participant’s termination of employment with all Service Recipients (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code), if such payment or benefit is payable upon a termination of employment and (ii) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to the Participant hereunder would cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred, if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, reasonably determined by the Board in consultation with the Participant, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax or result in an additional cost to the Company (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Participant).  Any payment of any Award that is payable in installments shall be deemed a “separate payment” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

 

11.                                Governing Law; International Participants

 

(a)                                  This Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable therein.

 

(b)                                  With respect to Participants who reside or work outside the United States of America, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, amend the terms of the Plan or awards with respect to such Participants in order to conform such terms with the requirements of local law or to obtain more favorable tax or other treatment for a Participant, the Company or any other Service Recipient, including establish a sub-plan containing terms identical to those contained in this Plan document and any Grant Agreement.

 

12.                                Withholding Taxes

 

The Company shall have the right to deduct from any payment made under the Plan any federal, state or local income or other taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment.  It shall be a condition to the obligation of the Company to deliver Shares upon the exercise of a Stock Option that the Participant pays to the Company such amount as may be requested by the Company for the purpose of satisfying any liability for such withholding taxes.

 

13.                                Effective Date and Termination Dates

 

The Plan shall be effective on September 23, 2013 and shall terminate ten years later, subject to earlier termination by the Board pursuant to Section 10, but the terms of Grants made on

 

8



 

or before the expiration of the Plan shall extend beyond such expiration in accordance with their terms.

 

9


 

APPENDIX
TO THE 2013 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

FOR ALL OPTIONEES OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES

 

NON-U.S. OPTIONEE ADDENDUM

TO THE “ PLAN

GOVERNING STOCK OPTION AWARDS

OFFERED TO OPTIONEES OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES

 

This Appendix includes additional terms and conditions that govern Stock Options for Optionees residing outside of the United States.

 

Data Privacy

 

The Optionee hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of the Optionee’s personal data as described in this Agreement and any other Award materials by and among, as applicable, the Company and its Affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Optionee’s participation in the Plan.

 

The Optionee understands that the Company may hold certain personal information about the Optionee, including, but not limited to, the Optionee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Common Stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all Stock Options or any other entitlement to Common Stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Optionee’s favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”).

 

The Optionee understands that Data will be transferred to any third parties assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan.  The Optionee understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Optionee’s country.  The Optionee understands that he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative.  The Optionee authorizes the Company and its subsidiaries and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing his or her participation in the Plan.  The Optionee understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the Optionee’s participation in the Plan.  The Optionee understands that he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative.  The Optionee understands, however, that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect the Optionee’s ability to participate in the Plan.  For more information on the consequences of the Optionee’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, the Optionee understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

 

FOR OPTIONEES IN UNITED KINGDOM

 

The Company hereby establishes the “United Kingdom Sub-Plan for Option Grants”, which sub-plan shall be maintained for residents in the United Kingdom and shall have the same terms and conditions as the Plan, and the Options granted to such residents shall be granted under the Plan pursuant to this sub-plan.

 

1



 

FOR OPTIONEES IN FRANCE

 

FRENCH ADDENDUM TO
THE “ PLAN
GOVERNING STOCK OPTION GRANTS
OFFERED TO FRENCH OPTIONEES

 

This Appendix includes additional terms and conditions that govern Stock Options for Optionees residing in France.

 

This Appendix constitutes a French addendum to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of PRA Global Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries (formerly known as the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc. and its Subsidiaries) (the “Plan”) governing Stock Option Awards offered to French Optionees (the “French Addendum”).

 

As per Section 11(b)  “Governing Law; International Participants” of the Plan, the Committee has decided to adapt the Plan rules in order to strictly comply with French laws, regulations and accounting rules governing Stock Option Awards and to ensure continued eligibility to Optionees in France to the associated specific tax and social security regime currently in force in France with respect to such Stock Option Awards.

 

Therefore, the Award of Stock Options that Optionees have been granted pursuant to Section 5(a) “ Stock Options ” of the Plan, shall take the form of a Stock Option Award in accordance with the definition set forth in Articles L. 225-177 through L. 225-186-1 of the French Commercial Code and shall be governed by the French Addendum rules.

 

The terms and conditions of this French Addendum are identical to the Plan except as provided below. Words and expressions used in this French Addendum have the same meanings as those words and expressions used in the Plan Rules.

 

In addition, should the Stock Option terms and conditions specified in the Stock Option Agreement contradict the provisions set forth hereinafter, the provisions of the French Addendum shall prevail.

 

1.               Grant of Options

 

(a)          Type of Awards

 

This French Addendum contains the exclusive terms and conditions of Stock Options to be granted under the Plan to eligible Participants in France. This French Addendum does not apply to other types of Awards defined in the Plan.

 

(b)          Shares Available

 

Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, the total number of shares to be delivered under the French Addendum shall not exceed the lower of: (i) the maximum number of shares available for Grant under the Plan or (ii) in respect of Options to acquire existing Shares, 10% of the Company’s overall share capital on the Grant Date or (iii) in respect of Options to subscribe for new Shares, one third (1/3) of the Company’s share capital. Outstanding unvested Stock Options shall be treated as “Shares” in order to determine the threshold of the granting Company’s share capital.

 

2



 

(c)           Eligible Participants

 

Participants who are eligible to be granted Stock Options refer exclusively to employees and/or corporate officers, such as listed below, of the Company or of the French subsidiary(ies) of which at least 10% of the voting rights and/or equity are held, directly or indirectly, by the Company:

 

·                   Président du Conseil d’Administration ” (Chairman of the Board);

·                   Directeur Général ” (Chief Executive Officer);

·                   Directeurs Généraux Délégués ” (Deputy Chief Executive Officers) ;

·                   Members of the “ Directoire ”;

·                   Gérant ” (Manager) of a “ Société en Commandite par Actions ”;

·                   Président ” of a “ Société par Actions Simplifiée ”.

 

No Stock Options can be granted to non-employee members of the Board of Directors, consultants or other person having service relationship with the Company or other Service Recipient.

 

No Stock Options shall be granted to an eligible Participant holding more than 10% of the Company’s share capital on the Grant Date.

 

(d)          Adjustments

 

Should, after the Award’s Grant Date, the provisions of Section 8 “ Adjustments ” of the Plan be enforced, the Board or the Committee shall take at its entire discretion, as soon as practicable after the occurrence of such event, the necessary measures in order to determine the impact on the legal, tax and social security treatment in France of the Awards granted hereunder.

 

Pursuant to Article L. 225-181 of the French Commercial Code, in no event can the Exercise Price or the number of Shares be modified during the Option lifetime, unless an Adjustment is required upon occurrence of a corporate event as specified in this Article:

 

·                   Writing-off or reduction of the Company’s capital;

·                   Modification of profits allocation;

·                   Free shares awards;

·                   Increase of Company’s capital, either by incorporation of reserves, profits or premiums on newly issued shares;

·                   Distribution of reserves in cash or in shares,

·                   Share capital increase or issue of securities giving access to the Company’s capital with shareholder preferential subscription rights.

 

The Board or the Committee shall inform the Participants in France accordingly.

 

(e)           Dividend equivalents

 

Should the Optionee be eligible to dividend equivalent payments (either in cash or in shares) with respect to each vested Stock Option Award, it is specified that:

 

(i)                  the distribution of a dividend equivalent shall not modify and/or substitute the number of shares underlying the Stock Option Award as originally determined on the Grant Date; and

 

(ii)               such dividend equivalent shall not be treated as a Stock Option Award for French social security and income tax purposes, so that the Optionee remains liable for bearing the related

 

3



 

costs arising notably upon payment date.

 

2.               Period of Exercisability

 

(a)          Exercisability

 

The Optionee is entitled to exercise his/her Options in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in Section 3.1 “Commencement of Exercisability” of the Stock Option Agreement.

 

(b)          Share Sale Restriction Period

 

The Optionee shall be subject to a 3-year Share Sale Restriction Period as of the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Grant Date so that no shares underlying Stock Options are sold before the fourth (4 th ) anniversary of the Grant Date.

 

In the event that the Optionee is assigned outside of France, he/she shall be subject to the aforementioned Share Sale Restriction Period unless an individual waiver of the Share Sale Restriction Period is decided by the Board or the Committee at its own discretion.

 

(c)           Change in Control

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of the Plan rules, and notably Section 9 “ Change in Control ”, should, after the Award’s Grant Date, a reorganization of the Company’s share capital or a Change in the Control of the Company occur, the Board or the Committee shall take at its entire discretion, as soon as practicable after the occurrence of such event, the necessary measures in order to determine the impact on the legal, tax and social security treatment in France of the Awards granted hereunder.

 

T he Board or the Committee shall, whenever possible, consider preserving the tax neutrality of the capital transaction consisting of exchange of shares with respect to the Awards herein, in accordance with the provisions of Article 163 bis C I bis of the French Tax Code.  For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of the Plan, of this French Addendum and the Vesting and Share Sale Restriction Periods as the case may be, shall continue to apply to the shares or rights received in exchange.

 

At its discretion, the Board or the Committee reserves the right to apply a different treatment for Participants in France either (i) in accordance with the Plan rules only, or (ii) in accordance with the Plan rules and/or with the French Tax Code and regulations, the French Labor Code or the French Commercial Code, as modified from time to time, governing Stock Option Awards.

 

The Board or the Committee shall inform the Participants in France accordingly.

 

3.               Exercise of Options

 

(a)          Timing of exercise

 

(i)                   Optionee’s death . In case of the Optionee’s death, his/her personal representatives may exercise the vested Stock Options within a period of time not to exceed six (6) months following the occurrence of such event, and the Share Sale Restriction Period set forth in Section 2(b) herein shall immediately terminate thereon. Failure of the Optionee’s personal representatives to act within six (6) months of death shall result in the automatic cancellation of vested and unvested Stock Options.

 

(ii)                Optionee’s disability . In case of disability of second (2 nd ) or third (3 rd ) category as referred to in article L. 341-4 of the French Social Security Code, the Optionee is entitled to exercise his/her vested Stock Options, and the Share Sale Restriction Period set forth in Section 2(b)

 

4



 

herein shall immediately terminate thereon.

 

(b)          Restrictions on Awards granted to corporate officers

 

Pursuant to Article L. 225-185 of the French Commercial Code, the Board or the Committee may either:

 

(i)                   decide that no Stock Option, acquired pursuant to a Stock Option Award, shall be exercised by corporate officers of French subsidiary(ies) prior to their removal from office (“ révocation en qualité de mandataire social ”); or

 

(ii)                determine the number of Shares, acquired pursuant to a Stock Option Award, which have to be held by corporate officers until their removal from office (“ révocation en qualité de mandataire social ”). The renewal of mandate does not constitute a “removal from office”. A removal from office must be valid pursuant to French laws and regulations.

 

However, the Committee has taken note of the issuance of a French tax regulation 5 F-1-09 dated January 5, 2009 relating to qualifying stock option awards, whereby — under paragraph §32 — the aforementioned restrictions shall not apply to awards granted by a foreign company to the corporate officers of its French subsidiaries.

 

(c)           Settlement of Awards.

 

Subject to the terms of the Plan, settlement to be made by the Company or the French subsidiary upon exercise of the Stock Options shall exclusively be made in Shares. Upon payment of the Exercise Price, the Optionee receives Shares in a registered form. Upon exercise date, no cash replacement over Shares would be allowed.

 

4.               Miscellaneous

 

(a)          Withholding taxes

 

(i)                   Mandatory social charges due on Awards. The French employer shall be responsible for remitting and withholding employee’s social security charges in the event that the Optionee decides to sell the Shares underlying his/her Stock Options before the fourth (4 th ) anniversary of the Grant Date.

 

However, in such event, the Optionee remains responsible for exclusively bearing employee social charges and accepts any corresponding withholding from his/her proceeds and/or any further settlement required by the employer in this respect. Employer social security charges shall always remain a liability of the employer.

 

(ii)                Mandatory French income tax withholding. Subject to a change of legislation and/or regulations:

 

·                                           the Optionee shall bear income tax, social charges or the employee taxes which are due,

 

·                                           the Optionee expressly and irrevocably agrees:

 

·                   to communicate any personal information necessary to comply with the reporting requirements, income tax or social charges pursuant to the law,

·                   that employee’s social security contributions or income tax at source be withheld on the share sale proceeds, if necessary.

 

5



 

Failing that and upon express request from the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, the Optionee can also be required to pay the amount of employee’s contributions and/or income tax and/or any other tax of any kind owed to the Company or to the Subsidiary concerned, which the Optionee expressly undertakes to do.

 

If the Optionee is a French tax non-resident on the share sale date and if the Options have been granted with reference to a professional activity exercised in France or if the Optionee has exercised a taxable professional activity in France during the vesting period, a French withholding tax will be assessed on the portion of the Stock Option gain related to his/her French source activity further to Article 182 A ter of the French Tax Code.

 

(b)          Consent to Receive Information in English

 

By accepting the Options, the Optionee confirms having read and understood the Plan and the Agreement, including all terms and conditions included therein, which were provided in the English language.  The Optionee accepts the terms of those documents accordingly.

 

En acceptant cette Options, le Titulaire des Options confirme avoir lu et compris le Plan et le Contrat y relatifs, incluant tous leurs termes et conditions, qui ont été transmis en langue anglaise. Le Titulaire des Options accepte les dispositions de ces documents en connaissance de cause.

 

6




Exhibit 10.3

 

PRA HOLDINGS, INC.
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Article I.                                               Purpose; Definitions .

 

Section 1.01                              Purpose .  The purpose of the Plan is to provide selected eligible employees and directors of, and consultants and independent contractors to, PRA Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), its subsidiaries and affiliates an opportunity to participate in the Company’s future by offering them equity based incentives in the Company so as to retain, attract and motivate such employees, directors, consultants and independent contractors.

 

Section 1.02                              Definitions . For purposes of the Plan, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

(a)                                  Administrator ” means the Board or any committee thereof appointed pursuant to Section 2.01 to administer the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Affiliate ” means a parent or subsidiary corporation, as defined in the applicable provisions (currently Section 424) of the Code.

 

(c)                                   Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(d)                                  Change in Control ” means (i) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization, other legal entity, government or agency or political subdivision thereof (a “ Person ”) in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction do not control more than 50% of the voting power immediately following the transaction, (ii) a sale of Shares by the Company or the Controlling Stockholders in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction do not control more than 50% of the voting power immediately following the transaction, (iii) during any 12-month period beginning on or after the Effective Date, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director during such 12-month period whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, or (iv) a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another Person, if and only if, after such merger or consolidation, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction do not control more than 50% of the voting power immediately following the transaction.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Change in Control shall result by reason of a firm commitment underwritten public offering by the Company of shares of its common stock pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1, or any successor form, under the Securities Act of 1933.

 



 

(e)                                   Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor law.

 

(f)                                    Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor agency.

 

(g)                                   Company ” means PRA Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(h)                                  Controlling Stockholders ” means Genstar Capital Partners III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Genstar Capital Partners V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Stargen V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Genstar Capital Partners IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Stargen IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and any affiliate thereof.

 

(i)                                      Disability ” means permanent and total disability as determined by the Administrator for purposes of the Plan.

 

(j)                                     Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor law.

 

(k)                                  Fair Market Value ” means as of any given date:

 

(i)                                                If the Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, the closing sales price for the Stock or the closing bid if no sales were reported, as quoted on such system or exchange (or the largest such exchange) for the date the value is to be determined (or if there are no sales for such date, then for the last preceding business day on which there were sales), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or similar publication.

 

(ii)                                             If the Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Stock on the date the value is to be determined (or if there are no quoted prices for the date of grant, then for the last preceding business day on which there were quoted prices).

 

(iii)                                          In the absence of an established market for the Stock, as determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

(l)                                      Immediate Family ” means parents, siblings, spouse and issue, spouses of such issue and any trust for the benefit of, or the legal representative of, any of the preceding persons, or any partnership substantially all of the partners of which are one or more of such persons or the optionee or any limited liability company substantially all of the members of which are one or more of such persons or the optionee.

 

(m)                              Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option intended to be and designated as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

2


 

(n)                                  Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(o)                                  Option ” means an option granted under Article V.

 

(p)                                  Option Agreement ” means, with respect to each Option, the signed written agreement between the Company and the Plan participant setting forth the terms and conditions of the Option.

 

(q)                                  Plan ” means this PRA Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

(r)                                     Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, and any successor rule.

 

(s)                                    Stock ” means the Common Stock, $.01 par value of the Company, and any successor security.

 

(t)                                     Subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in Section 424 of the Code.

 

(u)                                  Termination ” means, for purposes of the Plan, with respect to a participant, that the participant has ceased to be, for any reason, an employee or director of, or a consultant or independent contractor to, the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate.

 

Article II.                                          Administration .

 

Section 2.01                              Administrator .  The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator.  For purposes of this Plan, the “Administrator” shall be the Board, unless the Board appoints a committee thereof to act in such capacity.  Appointment of committee members shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment.  Committee members may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Board.  Vacancies in the committee shall be filled by the Board. The Administrator may act only by a majority of its members, except that the Administrator (i) may authorize any one or more of its members or any officer of the Company to execute and deliver documents on behalf of the Administrator and (ii) may delegate to one or more officers or directors of the Company authority to grant Options to persons who are not subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to Stock.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in its sole discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the committee under the Plan except with respect to matters which under Rule 16b-3 are required to be determined in the sole discretion of a committee.

 

Section 2.02                              Authority .  The Administrator shall grant Options to such individuals as the Administrator shall determine from time to time including but not limited to employees, directors, independent contractors and consultants. In particular and without limitation, the Administrator, subject to the terms of the Plan, shall:

 

(a)                                  select the individuals to whom Options may be granted;

 

3



 

(b)                                  determine whether and to what extent Options are to be granted under the Plan; and

 

(c)                                   determine the terms and conditions of any Option granted consistent with this Plan, based upon factors determined by the Administrator.

 

Section 2.03                              Administrator Determinations Binding .  The Administrator may adopt, alter and repeal administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it from time to time shall deem advisable, interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan, any Option and any Option Agreement and otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.  Any determination made by the Administrator pursuant to the provisions of the Plan with respect to any Option shall be made in its sole discretion at the time of the grant of the Option or, unless in contravention of any express term of the Plan or Option, at any later time.  All decisions made by the Administrator under the Plan shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and Plan participants.

 

Article III.                                     Shares Subject to Plan .

 

Section 3.01                              Number of Shares .  The total number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance pursuant to Options under the Plan shall equal 3,960,310 shares.  Such shares may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued shares or shares reacquired in private transactions or open market purchases, but all shares issued under the Plan regardless of source shall be counted against the foregoing share limitation.  If any Option terminates or expires without being exercised in full, the shares issuable under such Option shall again be available for grant as Options.

 

Section 3.02                              Adjustments .  In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, sale of substantial assets or other change in corporate structure affecting the Stock, such substitution or adjustments shall be made in the aggregate number of shares of Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan, in the number and exercise price of shares subject to outstanding Options, as may be determined to be appropriate by the Administrator, in its sole discretion; provided, that the number of shares subject to any Option shall always be rounded down to the nearest whole number.  With respect to Options intended to qualify as Incentive Stock Options no adjustments shall be authorized pursuant to this Section 3.02 or any other provision of the Plan to the extent that such adjustment would cause the Option to fail to so qualify.

 

Article IV.                                      Eligibility .

 

Section 4.01                              Eligibility .  Options may be granted to such individuals as the Administrator shall select, including but not limited to officers, employees and directors of, and consultants and independent contractors to, the Company, its Subsidiaries and Affiliates.

 

Section 4.02                              Foreign Participants .  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (i) determine which Subsidiaries shall be covered by the Plan; (ii) determine which

 

4


 

individuals outside the United States who are eligible to participate in the Plan; (iii) modify the terms and conditions of any Option granted outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws; (iv) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable (any such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to this Plan as appendices); provided, however , that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the number of shares available under the Plan under Section 3.01; and (v) take any action, before or after an Option is granted, that it deems advisable to obtain approval or comply with any necessary local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Exchange Act, the Code, any securities law or governing statute or any other applicable law.

 

Article V.                                           Options .

 

Section 5.01                              Types . Any Option granted under the Plan shall be in such form as the Administrator may from time to time approve.  The Administrator shall have the authority to grant to any participant Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company, its parent (within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code) or Subsidiaries. Any portion of an Option that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option shall constitute a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

Section 5.02                              Terms and Conditions . Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)                                  Applicable Option Agreements . As soon as practicable after the date of an Option grant, the Company and the participant shall enter into a written Option Agreement specifying the date of grant, the terms and conditions of the Option.  Option Agreements evidencing Incentive Stock Options shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(b)                                  Option Term . The term of each Option shall be fixed by the Administrator, but no Option shall be exercisable more than 10 years after the date the Option is granted. If, at the time the Company grants an Incentive Stock Option the option owns directly or by attribution stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, or any Affiliate of the Company, the Incentive Stock Option shall not be exercisable more than five years after the date of grant.

 

(c)                                   Grant Date . The Company may grant Options under the Plan at any time and from time to time before the Plan terminates.  The Administrator shall specify the date of grant or, if it fails to, the date of grant shall be the date of action taken by the Administrator to grant the Option; provided, that no Option may be exercised prior to execution of the applicable Option Agreement.  However, if an Option is approved in anticipation of employment, the date of grant shall be the date the intended optionee is first treated as an employee for payroll purposes.

 

5



 

(d)                                  Exercise Price . The exercise price per share of common stock purchasable under an Option shall be equal at least to the Fair Market Value on the date of grant; provided, that if at the time the Company grants an Incentive Stock Option, the optionee owns directly or by attribution stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, or any Affiliate of the Company, the exercise price shall be not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted.

 

(e)                                   Exercisability . Subject to the other provisions of the Plan, an Option shall be exercisable in its entirety at grant or at such times and in such amounts as are specified in the Option Agreement evidencing the Option.  The Administrator, in its absolute discretion, at any time may waive any limitations respecting the time at which an Option first becomes exercisable in whole or in part.  In the event of Termination, Options held at the date of Termination (and only to the extent then exercisable or payable, as the case may be) may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the period specified for post-termination exercise in the Option Agreement (but in no event after the expiration date of the Option), but not thereafter.

 

(f)                                    Method of Exercise; Payment . To the extent the right to purchase shares has accrued and the Option has vested, Options may be exercised, in whole or in part, from time to time, by written notice from the optionee to the Company stating the number of shares being purchased, accompanied by payment of the exercise price for the shares. The exercise price may be paid in (i) cash, (ii) by check, (iii) with the consent of the Administrator, a full recourse promissory note bearing interest (at no less than such rate as shall then preclude the imputation of interest under the Code) and payable upon such terms as may be prescribed by the Administrator, or (iv) with the consent of the Administrator, surrender of a number of shares of stock with a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price.

 

(g)                                   No Disqualification . Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan, no term of the Plan relating to Incentive Stock Options shall be interpreted, amended or altered nor shall any discretion or authority granted under the Plan be exercised so as to disqualify the Plan under Section 422 of the Code or, without the consent of the option affected, to disqualify any Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code.

 

Section 5.03                              Tax Withholding . The participant shall make arrangements acceptable to the Administrator for the satisfaction of all applicable federal, state, local and foreign withholding taxes that the Administrator in its sole discretion determines to result upon exercise of an Option or from a transfer or other disposition of shares acquired upon exercise of an Option. The Company or any Subsidiary shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy all income and employment tax withholdings (including the participant’s tax obligations) required or permitted by applicable laws to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning a participant arising as a result of this Plan.  The Administrator may in its discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement allow a participant to elect to have the Company

 

6


 

withhold shares of Stock otherwise issuable upon exercise of an Option (or allow the return of shares of Stock) having a Fair Market Value equal to the sums required to be withheld.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the number of shares of Stock which may be withheld with respect to the exercise of an Option in order to satisfy the participant’s tax liabilities with respect to the exercise of the Option shall, unless specifically approved by the Administrator, be limited to the number of shares of Stock which have a Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or repurchase equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the statutory withholding rates that are applicable to such taxable income.

 

Article VI.                                      Change in Control .

 

In the event of a Change in Control, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a)                                  In its sole and absolute discretion, the Administrator may provide that all Options outstanding as of the date of such Change in Control is determined to have occurred and not then exercisable and vested shall become fully exercisable and vested; and

 

(b)                                  in its sole and absolute discretion, the Administrator may provide prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control either (i) that the Option shall be assumed by the successor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar Options covering the stock of any successor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices, or (ii) that the participant shall receive in cash the value of the Options (less the exercise price and tax withholding thereon) in exchange for the surrender of such Option.

 

Article VII.                                 General Provisions .

 

Section 7.01                              Certificates .  The Company may choose to evidence the Stock in book entry form or by certificates. All certificates for shares of Stock or other securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stock transfer orders, legends and other restrictions as the Administrator may deem advisable under the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Commission, any stock exchange upon which the Stock is then listed and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law.

 

Section 7.02                              No Transferability .  No Option shall be assignable or otherwise transferable by the participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and during the life of a participant, an Option shall be exercisable, and any elections with respect to an Option may be made, only by the participant or participant’s guardian or legal representative.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.02, the Administrator may, provide that Options may be transferred to Immediate Family; provided, however, that any such transfer is without payment of any consideration whatsoever, that no such transfer shall be valid unless first approved by the Administrator, acting in its sole discretion, and that any Option so transferred shall remain subject to the terms and conditions of the Option Agreement.  The Administrator may require the participant to give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of shares of Stock, acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock Option within two years from the

 

7



 

date of granting such option or one year after the transfer of such shares to such participant.  The Administrator may direct that the certificates evidencing shares acquired by exercise of an Option refer to such requirement to give prompt notice of disposition.

 

Section 7.03                              Right of First Refusal .  At the time of grant, the Administrator may provide in connection with any Option that the shares of Stock received as a result of the exercise of such Option shall be subject to a right of first refusal pursuant to which the participant shall be required to offer to the Company any shares that the participant wishes to sell at the then Fair Market Value of the Stock or at such other price as may be set forth in the applicable Option Agreement, subject to such other terms and conditions as the Administrator may specify at the time of grant.

 

Section 7.04                              Non-Competition .  The Administrator may condition the grant of an Option or the Administrator’s discretionary waiver of a forfeiture or vesting acceleration at the time of Termination of a participant holding any unexercised Option upon a requirement that such participant agree to and actually (i) not engage in any business or activity competitive with any business or activity conducted by the Company and (ii) be available, unless such participant shall have died, for consultations at the request of the Company’s management, all on such terms and conditions (including conditions in addition to (i) and (ii)) as the Administrator may determine.

 

Section 7.05                              Regulatory Compliance .  Each Option granted under the Plan shall be subject to the condition that, if at any time the Administrator shall determine that (i) the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Stock upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, (ii) the consent or approval of any government or regulatory body or (iii) an agreement or representations by the participant with respect thereto, is necessary or desirable, then such Option shall not be exercisable in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval, agreement or representations shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Administrator.

 

Section 7.06                              Rights as Stockholder .  A participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by an Option until the Option is exercised and the participant has received such shares.

 

Section 7.07                              Beneficiary Designation .  The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may establish procedures for a participant to designate a beneficiary to whom any amounts payable in the event of the participant’s death are to be paid.

 

Section 7.08                              No Employment Rights .  The adoption of the Plan shall not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate the employment of any employee at any time.

 

Section 7.09                              Rule 16b-3 .  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, the Plan shall always be administered, and Options shall always be granted and exercised, in such a

 

8


 

manner as to conform to the provisions of Rule 16b-3, unless the Administrator determines that Rule 16b-3 is not applicable to the Plan at the time of such administration, grant or exercise.

 

Section 7.10                              Governing Law . The Plan and all Options shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 7.11                              Use of Proceeds . All cash proceeds to the Company under the Plan shall constitute general funds of the Company.

 

Section 7.12                              Assumption by Successor . The obligations of the Company under the Plan and under any outstanding Option may be assumed by any successor corporation, which for purposes of the Plan shall be included within the meaning of “Company.”

 

Section 7.13                              Section 409A . To the extent that the Administrator determines that any Option granted under the Plan is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the option agreement evidencing such grant shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and all Option agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the effective date of this Plan.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the effective date of this Plan the Administrator determines that any Option may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the effective date of this Plan), the Administrator may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Option agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the Option from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Option, or (b) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance.

 

Article VIII.                            Amendments and Termination .

 

The Board may amend, alter or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration or discontinuance shall be made which would impair the rights of a participant under an outstanding Option without the participant’s consent.  In addition, with respect to provisions solely as they relate to Incentive Stock Options, to the extent required for the Plan to comply with Section 422 of the Code, an amendment or alteration of the Plan by the Board will be subject to stockholder approval, where such amendment or alteration would:

 

(a)                                  except as expressly provided in the Plan, increase the total number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan;

 

(b)                                  change the class of employees, directors, consultants and independent contractors eligible to participate in the Plan; or

 

9



 

(c)                                   materially increase the benefits accruing to participants under the Plan.

 

Article IX.                                     Effective Date and Term of Plan .

 

Section 9.01                              Effective Date . The Plan shall be effective on the date it is adopted by the Board but all Options shall be conditioned upon approval of the Plan by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Company within one year of the effective date of the Plan.

 

Section 9.02                              Term of Plan . No Option shall be granted on or after December 17, 2017 but Options granted prior to December 17, 2017 may extend beyond that date.

 

Approved by Board of Directors and stockholders of the Company as of December 17, 2007.

 

10




Exhibit 10.4

 

PRA INTERNATIONAL

2004 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

 

ARTICLE 1

 

PURPOSE

 

The purpose of the PRA International 2004 Incentive Award Plan (the “Plan”) is to promote the success and enhance the value of PRA International, Inc. (the “Company”) by linking the personal interests of the members of the Board, Employees, and Consultants to those of Company stockholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance to generate superior returns to Company stockholders. The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of members of the Board, Employees, and Consultants upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Company’s operation is largely dependent.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

 

Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates.

 

2.1                      “Award” means an Option, a Restricted Stock award, a Stock Appreciation Right award, a Performance Share award, a Performance Stock Unit award, a Dividend Equivalents award, a Stock Payment award, a Deferred Stock award, a Restricted Stock Unit award, an Other Stock-Based Award, or a Performance-Based Award granted to a Participant pursuant to the Plan.

 

2.2                      “Award Agreement” means any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing an Award.

 

2.3                      “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.4                      “Change in Control” means and includes each of the following:

 

(a)          A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Common Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or

 

(b)          During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new director(s) (other than a director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 2.4(a) or Section 2.4(c)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the two year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

 

(c)           The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

 



 

(i) Which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “Successor Entity”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

 

(ii) After which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this Section 2.4(c)(ii) as beneficially owning 50% or more of combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction; or

 

(d)          The Company’s stockholders approve a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

The Committee shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control of the Company has occurred pursuant to the above definition, and the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto.

 

2.5                      “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

2.6                      “Committee” means the committee of the Board described in Article 11.

 

2.7                      “Consultant” means any consultant or adviser if:

 

(a)          The consultant or adviser renders bona fide services to the Company;

 

2



 

(b)          The services rendered by the consultant or adviser are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities; and

 

(c)           The consultant or adviser is a natural person who has contracted directly with the Company to render such services.

 

2.8                      “Covered Employee” means an Employee who is, or could be, a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

2.9                      “Deferred Stock” means a right to receive a specified number of shares of Stock during specified time periods pursuant to Article 8.

 

2.10               “Disability” means that the Participant qualifies to receive long-term disability payments under the Company’s long-term disability insurance program, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

2.11               “Dividend Equivalents” means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 8 to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Stock) of dividends paid on Stock.

 

2.12               “Effective Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.1.

 

2.13               “Employee” means any officer or other employee (as defined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code) of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

2.14               “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2.15               “Fair Market Value” means, as of any given date, the fair market value of a share of Stock on the immediately preceding date determined by such methods or procedures as may be established from time to time by the Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock as of any date shall be the average of the high and low trading prices for a share of Stock as reported on The Nasdaq National Market (or on any national securities exchange on which the Stock is then listed) for the immediately preceding date or, if no such prices are reported for that date, the average of the high and low trading prices on the next preceding date for which such prices were reported.

 

2.16               “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto.

 

2.17               “Independent Director” means a member of the Board who is not an Employee of the Company.

 

2.18               “Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who qualifies as a “Non-Employee Director” as defined in Rule 16b-3(b)(3) of the Exchange Act, or any successor definition adopted by the Board.

 

2.19               “Non-Qualified Stock Option” means an Option that is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option.

 

3



 

2.20               “Option” means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 5 of the Plan to purchase a specified number of shares of Stock at a specified price during specified time periods. An Option may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

2.21               “Other Stock-Based Award” means an Award granted or denominated in Stock or units of Stock pursuant to Section 8.7 of the Plan.

 

2.22               “Participant” means a person who, as a member of the Board, Consultant or Employee, has been granted an Award pursuant to the Plan.

 

2.23 “Performance-Based Award” means an Award granted to selected Covered Employees pursuant to Articles 6 and 8, and which is intended to qualify as Qualified Performance-Based Compensation.

 

2.24 “Performance Criteria” means the criteria that the Committee selects for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for a Participant for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish Performance Goals are limited to the following: net earnings (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), economic value-added (as determined by the Committee), sales or revenue, net income (either before or after taxes), operating earnings, cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), return on capital, return on assets (net or gross), return on stockholders’ equity, return on sales, gross or net profit margin, productivity, expense margins, operating efficiency, customer satisfaction, working capital, earnings per share, price per share of Stock, and market share, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group. The Committee shall, within the time prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code, define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period for such Participant.

 

2.25 “Performance Goals” means, for a Performance Period, the goals established in writing by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of a division, business unit, or an individual. The Committee, in its discretion, may, within the time prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code, adjust or modify the calculation of Performance Goals for such Performance Period in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants (i) in the event of, or in anticipation of, any unusual or extraordinary corporate item, transaction, event, or development, or (ii) in recognition of, or in anticipation of, any other unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company, or the financial statements of the Company, or in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in applicable laws, regulations, accounting principles, or business conditions.

 

2.26 “Performance Period” means the one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to, and the payment of, a Performance-Based Award.

 

4



 

2.27 “Performance Share” means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 8, to receive Stock, the payment of which is contingent upon achieving certain Performance Goals or other performance-based targets established by the Committee.

 

2.28 “Performance Stock Unit” means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 8, to receive Stock, the payment of which is contingent upon achieving certain Performance Goals or other performance-based targets established by the Committee.

 

2.29 “Prior Plans” means, collectively, the following plans of the Company: the PRA Holdings, Inc. Stock Option Plan, the PRA International, Inc. 1997 Stock Option Plan, and the PRA International, Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan in each case as such plan may be amended from time to time.

 

2.30 “Plan” means this PRA International 2004 Incentive Award Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

2.31 “Public Trading Date” means the first date upon which Stock is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system.

 

2.32 “Qualified Performance-Based Compensation” means any compensation that is intended to qualify as “qualified performance-based compensation” as described in Section 162(m) (4) (C) of the Code.

 

2.33 “Restricted Stock” means Stock awarded to a Participant pursuant to Article 6 that is subject to certain restrictions and may be subject to risk of forfeiture.

 

2.34 “Restricted Stock Unit” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 8.6.

 

2.35 “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

2.36 “Stock” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.01 per share, and such other securities of the Company that may be substituted for Stock pursuant to Article 10.

 

2.37 “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means a right granted pursuant to Article 7 to receive a payment equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a specified number of shares of Stock determined on the date the SAR is exercised over the Fair Market Value on the date the SAR was granted at the time and in the manner as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

2.38 “Stock Payment” means (a) a payment in the form of shares of Stock, or (b) an option or other right to purchase shares of Stock, as part of any bonus, deferred compensation or other arrangement, made in lieu of all or any portion of the compensation, granted pursuant to Article 8.

 

2.39 “Subsidiary” means any “subsidiary corporation” as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

5



 

ARTICLE 3

 

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

3.1                      Number of Shares.

 

(a)               Subject to Article 10 and Section 3.1(b), the aggregate number of shares of Stock which may be issued or transferred pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall be the sum of: (i) 500,000 shares (2,000,000 shares upon the 4-1 stock split contemplated by the Company in connection with its initial public offering); and (ii) any shares of Stock which as of the Effective Date are available for issuance under any of the Prior Plans and which following the Effective Date are not issued under the Prior Plans. In order that the applicable regulations under the Code relating to Incentive Stock Options be satisfied, the maximum number of shares of Stock that may be delivered upon exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be the number specified in Section 3.1(a) (i), and, if necessary to satisfy such regulations, such maximum limit shall apply to the number of shares of Stock that may be delivered in connection with each other type of Award under the Plan (applicable separately to each type of Award).

 

(b)               To the extent that an Award terminates, expires, or lapses for any reason, any shares of Stock subject to the Award shall again be available for the grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan. Additionally, any shares of Stock tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligation pursuant to any Award shall again be available for the grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan. To the extent permitted by applicable law or any exchange rule, shares of Stock issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of combination by the Company or any Subsidiary shall not be counted against shares of Stock available for grant pursuant to this Plan. The payment of Dividend Equivalents in conjunction with any outstanding Awards shall not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the Plan.

 

3.2                      Stock Distributed. Any Stock distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Stock, treasury Stock or Stock purchased on the open market.

 

3.3                      Limitation on Number of Shares Subject to Awards. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, and subject to Article 10, the maximum number of shares of Stock with respect to one or more Awards that may be granted to any one Participant during any twelve-month period shall be 187,500 shares (750,000 shares upon the 4-1 stock split contemplated bt the Company in connection with its initial public offering); provided, however, that the foregoing limitation shall not apply prior to the Public Trading Date and, following the Public Trading Date, the foregoing limitation shall not apply until the earliest of: (a) the first material modification of the Plan (including any increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan in accordance with Section 3.1); (b) the issuance of all of the shares of Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan; (c) the expiration of the Plan; (d) the first meeting of stockholders at which members of the Board are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of an equity security of the Company under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; or (e) such other date required by Section 162(m) of the Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

6



 

ARTICLE 4

 

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

 

4.1                      Eligibility.

 

(a)          General. Persons eligible to participate in this Plan include Employees, Consultants and all members of the Board, as determined by the Committee.

 

(b)          Foreign Participants. In order to assure the viability of Awards granted to Participants employed in foreign countries, the Committee may provide for such special terms as it may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy, or custom. Moreover, the Committee may approve such supplements to, or amendments, restatements, or alternative versions of, the Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for such purposes without thereby affecting the terms of the Plan as in effect for any other purpose; provided, however, that no such supplements, amendments, restatements, or alternative versions shall increase the share limitations contained in Sections 3.1 and 3.3 of the Plan.

 

4.2                      Participation. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, select from among all eligible individuals, those to whom Awards shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award. No individual shall have any right to be granted an Award pursuant to this Plan.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

STOCK OPTIONS

 

5.1                      General. The Committee is authorized to grant Options to Participants on the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)          Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of Stock subject to an Option shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement; provided that the exercise price for any Option shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of grant.

 

(b)          Time and Conditions of Exercise. The Committee shall determine the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part; provided that the term of any Option granted under the Plan shall not exceed ten years; and, provided, further, that in the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, such Option shall be exercisable for one year after the date of the Participant’s death (but not later than the expiration of the original term). The Committee shall also determine the performance or other conditions, if any, that must be satisfied before all or part of an Option may be exercised.

 

(c)           Payment. The Committee shall determine the methods by which the exercise price of an Option may be paid, the form of payment, including, without limitation, cash, promissory note bearing interest at no less than such rate as shall then preclude the imputation of interest under the Code, shares of Stock held for longer than 6 months having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Option or

 

7



 

exercised portion thereof, or other property acceptable to the Committee (including through the delivery of a notice that the Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to shares of Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the Option exercise price; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale), and the methods by which shares of Stock shall be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Participant who is a member of the Board or an “executive officer” of the Company within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act shall be permitted to pay the exercise price of an Option in any method which would violate Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act.

 

(d)          Evidence of Grant. All Options shall be evidenced by a written Award Agreement between the Company and the Participant. The Award Agreement shall include such additional provisions as may be specified by the Committee.

 

5.2                      Incentive Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees and the terms of any Incentive Stock Options granted pursuant to the Plan must comply with the following additional provisions of this Section 5.2:

 

(a)          Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of Stock shall be set by the Committee; provided that the exercise price for any Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant.

 

(b)          Expiration of Option. An Incentive Stock Option may not be exercised to any extent by anyone after the first to occur of the following events:

 

(i)                   Ten years from the date it is granted, unless an earlier time is set in the Award Agreement.

 

(ii)                     One year after the date of the Participant’s termination of employment or service on account of Disability or death. Upon the Participant’s Disability or death, any Incentive Stock Options exercisable at the Participant’s Disability or death may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or representatives, by the person or persons entitled to do so pursuant to the Participant’s last will and testament, or, if the Participant fails to make testamentary disposition of such Incentive Stock Option or dies intestate, by the person or persons entitled to receive the Incentive Stock Option pursuant to the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

(c)           Individual Dollar Limitation. The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time the Option is granted) of all shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Participant in any calendar year may not exceed $100,000.00 or such other limitation as imposed by Section 422(d) of the Code, or any successor provision. To the extent that Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Participant in excess of such limitation, the excess shall be considered Non-Qualified Stock Options.

 

8



 

(d)          Ten Percent Owners. An Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any individual who, at the date of grant, owns stock possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of Stock of the Company only if such Option is granted at a price that is not less than 110% of Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is exercisable for no more than five years from the date of grant.

 

(e)           Transfer Restriction. The Participant shall give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of shares of Stock acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock Option within (i) two years from the date of grant of such Incentive Stock Option or (ii) one year after the transfer of such shares of Stock to the Participant.

 

(f)            Expiration of Incentive Stock Options. No Award of an Incentive Stock Option may be made pursuant to this Plan after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

(g)           Right to Exercise. During a Participant’s lifetime, an Incentive Stock Option may be exercised only by the Participant.

 

5.3                      Substitution of Stock Appreciation Rights. The Committee may provide in the Award Agreement evidencing the grant of an Option that the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have to right to substitute a Stock Appreciation Right for such Option at any time prior to or upon exercise of such Option, subject to the provisions of Section 7.2 hereof; provided that such Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable for the same number of shares of Stock as such substituted Option would have been exercisable for.

 

5.4                      Granting of Options to Independent Directors. The Board may from time to time, in its sole discretion, and subject to the limitations of the Plan:

 

(a)          Select from among the Independent Directors (including Independent Directors who have previously been granted Options under the Plan) such of them as in its opinion should be granted Options;

 

(b)          Subject to Section 3.3, determine the number of shares of Stock that may be purchased upon exercise of the Options granted to such selected Independent Directors; and

 

(c)           Subject to the provisions of this Article 5, determine the terms and conditions of such Options, consistent with the Plan.

 

Options granted to Independent Directors shall be Non-Qualified Stock Options.

 

9



 

ARTICLE 6

 

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

 

6.1                      Grant of Restricted Stock. The Committee is authorized to make Awards of Restricted Stock to any Participant selected by the Committee in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee. All Awards of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced by a written Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 

6.2                      Issuance and Restrictions. Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions as the Committee may impose (including, without limitation, limitations on the right to vote Restricted Stock or the right to receive dividends on the Restricted Stock). These restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, pursuant to such circumstances, in such installments, or otherwise, as the Committee determines at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter.

 

6.3                      Forfeiture. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter, upon termination of employment or service during the applicable restriction period, Restricted Stock that is at that time subject to restrictions shall be forfeited; provided, however, that, the Committee may (a) provide in any Restricted Stock Award Agreement that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock will be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and (b) in other cases waive in whole or in part restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock.

 

6.4                      Certificates for Restricted Stock. Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates representing shares of Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, certificates must bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, and the Company may, at its discretion, retain physical possession of the certificate until such time as all applicable restrictions lapse.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

 

7.1                      Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to any Participant selected by the Committee. A Stock Appreciation Right may be granted (a) in connection and simultaneously with the grant of an Option, (b) with respect to a previously granted Option, or (c) independent of an Option. A Stock Appreciation Right shall be subject to such terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Committee shall impose and shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.

 

7.2                      Coupled Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(a)          A Coupled Stock Appreciation Right (“CSAR”) shall be related to a particular Option and shall be exercisable only when and to the extent the related Option is exercisable.

 

10



 

(b)          A CSAR may be granted to a Participant for no more than the number of shares subject to the simultaneously or previously granted Option to which it is coupled.

 

(c)           A CSAR shall entitle the Participant (or other person entitled to exercise the Option pursuant to the Plan) to surrender to the Company the unexercised portion of the Option to which the CSAR relates (to the extent then exercisable pursuant to its terms) and to receive from the Company in exchange therefor an amount determined by multiplying the difference obtained by subtracting the Option exercise price from the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of the CSAR by the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the CSAR shall have been exercised, subject to any limitations the Committee may impose.

 

7.3                      Independent Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(a)          An Independent Stock Appreciation Right (“ISAR”) shall be unrelated to any Option and shall have a term set by the Committee. An ISAR shall be exercisable in such installments as the Committee may determine. An ISAR shall cover such number of shares of Stock as the Committee may determine. The exercise price per share of Stock subject to each ISAR shall be set by the Committee; provided, however, that the exercise price for any ISAR shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant; and provided, further, that, the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion may provide that the ISAR may be exercised subsequent to a termination of employment or service, as applicable, or following a Change in Control of the Company, or because of the Participant’s retirement, death or disability, or otherwise.

 

(b)          An ISAR shall entitle the Participant (or other person entitled to exercise the ISAR pursuant to the Plan) to exercise all or a specified portion of the ISAR (to the extent then exercisable pursuant to its terms) and to receive from the Company an amount determined by multiplying the difference obtained by subtracting the exercise price per share of the ISAR from the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise of the ISAR by the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the ISAR shall have been exercised, subject to any limitations the Committee may impose.

 

7.4                      Payment and Limitations on Exercise.

 

(a)          Payment of the amounts determined under Sections 7.2(c) and 7.3(b) above shall be in cash, in Stock (based on its Fair Market Value as of the date the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised) or a combination of both, as determined by the Committee.

 

(b)          To the extent any payment under Section 7.2(c) or 7.3(b) is effected in Stock it shall be made subject to satisfaction of all provisions of Article 5 above pertaining to Options.

 

11


 

ARTICLE 8

 

OTHER TYPES OF AWARDS

 

8.1                                Performance Share Awards. Any Participant selected by the Committee may be granted one or more Performance Share awards which shall be denominated in a number of shares of Stock and which may be linked to any one or more of the Performance Criteria or other specific performance criteria determined appropriate by the Committee, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Committee. In making such determinations, the Committee shall consider (among such other factors as it deems relevant in light of the specific type of award) the contributions, responsibilities and other compensation of the particular Participant.

 

8.2                                Performance Stock Units. Any Participant selected by the Committee may be granted one or more Performance Stock Unit awards which shall be denominated in units of value including dollar value of shares of Stock and which may be linked to any one or more of the Performance Criteria or other specific performance criteria determined appropriate by the Committee, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Committee. In making such determinations, the Committee shall consider (among such other factors as it deems relevant in light of the specific type of award) the contributions, responsibilities and other compensation of the particular Participant.

 

8.3                                Dividend Equivalents.

 

(a)                         Any Participant selected by the Committee may be granted Dividend Equivalents based on the dividends declared on the shares of Stock that are subject to any Award, to be credited as of dividend payment dates, during the period between the date the Award is granted and the date the Award is exercised, vests or expires, as determined by the Committee. Such Dividend Equivalents shall be converted to cash or additional shares of Stock by such formula and at such time and subject to such limitations as may be determined by the Committee.

 

(b)                         Dividend Equivalents granted with respect to Options or SARs that are intended to be Qualified Performance-Based Compensation shall be payable, with respect to pre-exercise periods, regardless of whether such Option or SAR is subsequently exercised.

 

8.4                                Stock Payments. Any Participant selected by the Committee may receive Stock Payments in the manner determined from time to time by the Committee; provided, that unless otherwise determined by the Committee such Stock Payments shall be made in lieu of base salary, bonus, or other cash compensation otherwise payable to such Participant. The number of shares shall be determined by the Committee and may be based upon the Performance Criteria or other specific performance criteria determined appropriate by the Committee, determined on the date such Stock Payment is made or on any date thereafter.

 

8.5                                Deferred Stock. Any Participant selected by the Committee may be granted an award of Deferred Stock in the manner determined from time to time by the Committee. The number of shares of Deferred Stock shall be determined by the Committee and may be linked to the Performance Criteria or other specific performance criteria determined to be appropriate by

 

12



 

the Committee, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Committee. Stock underlying a Deferred Stock award will not be issued until the Deferred Stock award has vested, pursuant to a vesting schedule or performance criteria set by the Committee. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, a Participant awarded Deferred Stock shall have no rights as a Company stockholder with respect to such Deferred Stock until such time as the Deferred Stock Award has vested and the Stock underlying the Deferred Stock Award has been issued.

 

8.6                                Restricted Stock Units. The Committee is authorized to make Awards of Restricted Stock Units to any Participant selected by the Committee in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee. At the time of grant, the Committee shall specify the date or dates on which the Restricted Stock Units shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable, and may specify such conditions to vesting as it deems appropriate. At the time of grant, the Committee shall specify the maturity date applicable to each grant of Restricted Stock Units which shall be no earlier than the vesting date or dates of the Award and may be determined at the election of the grantee. On the maturity date, the Company shall transfer to the Participant one unrestricted, fully transferable share of Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit scheduled to be paid out on such date and not previously forfeited. The Committee shall specify the purchase price, if any, to be paid by the grantee to the Company for such shares of Stock.

 

8.7                                Other Stock-Based Awards. Any Participant selected by the Committee may be granted one or more Awards that provide Participants with shares of Stock or the right to purchase shares of Stock or that have a value derived from the value of, or an exercise or conversion privilege at a price related to, or that are otherwise payable in shares of Stock and which may be linked to any one or more of the Performance Criteria or other specific performance criteria determined appropriate by the Committee, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Committee. In making such determinations, the Committee shall consider (among such other factors as it deems relevant in light of the specific type of Award) the contributions, responsibilities and other compensation of the particular Participant.

 

8.8                                Term. Except as otherwise provided herein, the term of any Award of Performance Shares, Performance Stock Units, Dividend Equivalents, Stock Payments, Deferred Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Other Stock-Based Award shall be set by the Committee in its discretion.

 

8.9                                Exercise or Purchase Price. The Committee may establish the exercise or purchase price, if any, of any Award of Performance Shares, Performance Stock Units, Deferred Stock, Stock Payments, Restricted Stock Units or Other Stock-Based Award; provided, however, that such price shall not be less than the par value of a share of Stock on the date of grant, unless otherwise permitted by applicable state law.

 

8.10                         Exercise Upon Termination of Employment or Service. An Award of Performance Shares, Performance Stock Units, Dividend Equivalents, Deferred Stock, Stock Payments, Restricted Stock Units and Other Stock-Based Award shall only be exercisable or payable while the Participant is an Employee, Consultant or a member of the Board, as

 

13



 

applicable; provided, however, that the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion may provide that an Award of Performance Shares, Performance Stock Units, Dividend Equivalents, Stock Payments, Deferred Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Other Stock-Based Award may be exercised or paid subsequent to a termination of employment or service, as applicable, or following a Change in Control of the Company, or because of the Participant’s retirement, death or disability, or otherwise; provided, however, that any such provision with respect to Performance Shares or Performance Stock Units shall be subject to the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code that apply to Qualified Performance-Based Compensation.

 

8.11                         Form of Payment. Payments with respect to any Awards granted under this Article 8 shall be made in cash, in Stock or a combination of both, as determined by the Committee.

 

8.12                         Award Agreement. All Awards under this Article 8 shall be subject to such additional terms and conditions as determined by the Committee and shall be evidenced by a written Award Agreement.

 

8.13                         Performance Based Awards. The Committee shall determine and designate if any grants of Restricted Stock under this Article 8 made to Covered Employees are intended to be Qualified Performance-Based Compensation. If the Committee designates an Award of Restricted Stock as a Performance Based Award, the restrictions on such Award will lapse depending upon the satisfaction of Performance Goals which are established and later certified in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 162(m). Any such Performance Based Award may be subject to such additional limitations as the Committee determines is necessary to conform with the requirements as Qualified Performance-Based Compensation under Code Section 162(m).

 

ARTICLE 9

 

PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS

 

9.1                                Stand-Alone and Tandem Awards. Awards granted pursuant to the Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with, any other Award granted pursuant to the Plan. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards.

 

9.2                                Award Agreement. Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Agreements that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award which may include the term of an Award, the provisions applicable in the event the Participant’s employment or service terminates, and the Company’s authority to unilaterally or bilaterally amend, modify, suspend, cancel or rescind an Award. An Award may, in the discretion of the Committee grant to the Company certain rights, including rights of first refusal and call or repurchase rights on any shares of Stock issued under an Award. Additionally, an Award may require the Participant to consent to execute such other agreements regarding the shares of Stock issuable under such Award as requested by the Company, including but not limited to stockholders agreements and/ or lock-up agreements.

 

14



 

9.3                                Limits on Transfer. No right or interest of a Participant in any Award may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party other than the Company or a Subsidiary, or shall be subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant to any other party other than the Company or a Subsidiary. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, no Award shall be assigned, transferred, or otherwise disposed of by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. The Committee by express provision in the Award or an amendment thereto may permit an Award (other than an Incentive Stock Option) to be transferred to, exercised by and paid to certain persons or entities related to the Participant, including but not limited to members of the Participant’s family, charitable institutions, or trusts or other entities whose beneficiaries or beneficial owners are members of the Participant’s family and/or charitable institutions, or to such other persons or entities as may be expressly approved by the Committee, pursuant to such conditions and procedures as the Committee may establish. Any permitted transfer shall be subject to the condition that the Committee receive evidence satisfactory to it that the transfer is being made for estate and/or tax planning purposes (or to a “blind trust” in connection with the Participant’s termination of employment or service with the Company or a Subsidiary to assume a position with a governmental, charitable, educational or similar non-profit institution) and on a basis consistent with the Company’s lawful issue of securities.

 

9.4                                Beneficiaries. Notwithstanding Section 9.3, a Participant may, in the manner determined by the Committee, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Participant and to receive any distribution with respect to any Award upon the Participant’s death. A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights pursuant to the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award Agreement applicable to the Participant, except to the extent the Plan and Award Agreement otherwise provide, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee. If the Participant is married and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than the Participant’s spouse as his or her beneficiary with respect to more than 50% of the Participant’s interest in the Award shall not be effective without the prior written consent of the Participant’s spouse. If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the Participant, payment shall be made to the person entitled thereto pursuant to the Participant’s will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Participant at any time provided the change or revocation is filed with the Committee.

 

9.5                                Stock Certificates. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Board has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the shares of Stock are listed or traded. All Stock certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to comply with federal, state, or foreign jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and regulations and the rules of any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Stock is listed, quoted, or traded. The Committee may place legends on any Stock certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Stock. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Board may require that a Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Board, in its discretion, deems

 

15



 

advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements. The Committee shall have the right to require any Participant to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the discretion of the Committee.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE

 

10.1                         Adjustments.

 

(a)                                  In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, spin-off, recapitalization or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the shares of Stock or the share price of the Stock, the Committee shall make such proportionate adjustments, if any, as the Committee in its discretion may deem appropriate to reflect such change with respect to (i) the aggregate number and type of shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Sections 3.1 and 3.3); (ii) the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect thereto); and (iii) the grant or exercise price per share for any outstanding Awards under the Plan. Any adjustment affecting an Award intended as Qualified Performance-Based Compensation shall be made consistent with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(b)                                  In the event of any transaction or event described in Section 10.1(a) or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any affiliate of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any affiliate (including without limitation any Change in Control), or of changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles, the Committee, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event and either automatically or upon the Participant’s request, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Committee determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or principles:

 

(i)                   To provide for either (A) termination of any such Award in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction or event described in this Section 10.1(b) the Committee determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment) or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Committee in its sole discretion;

 

16



 

(ii)                To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar options, rights or awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; and

 

(iii)             To make adjustments in the number and type of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, and in the number and kind of outstanding Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding options, rights and awards and options, rights and awards which may be granted in the future;

 

(iv)            To provide that such Award shall be exercisable or payable or fully vested with respect to all shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement; and

 

(v)               To provide that the Award cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after such event.

 

10.2                         Acceleration Upon a Change in Control. Notwithstanding Section 10.1, except as may otherwise be provided in any applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement entered into between the Company and a Participant, if a Change in Control occurs and a Participant’s Awards are not converted, assumed, or replaced by a successor, such Awards shall become fully exercisable and all forfeiture restrictions on such Awards shall lapse. Upon, or in anticipation of, a Change in Control, the Committee may cause any and all Awards outstanding hereunder to terminate at a specific time in the future, including but not limited to the date of such Change in Control, and shall give each Participant the right to exercise such Awards during a period of time as the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine. In the event that the terms of any agreement between the Company or any Company subsidiary or affiliate and a Participant contains provisions that conflict with and are more restrictive than the provisions of this Section 10.2, this Section 10.2 shall prevail and control and the more restrictive terms of such agreement (and only such terms) shall be of no force or effect.

 

10.3                         Outstanding Awards - Certain Mergers. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, in the event that the Company shall be the surviving corporation in any merger or consolidation (except a merger or consolidation as a result of which the holders of shares of Stock receive securities of another corporation), each Award outstanding on the date of such merger or consolidation shall pertain to and apply to the securities that a holder of the number of shares of Stock subject to such Award would have received in such merger or consolidation.

 

10.4                         Outstanding Awards - Other Changes. In the event of any other change in the capitalization of the Company or corporate change other than those specifically referred to in this Article 10, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion, make such adjustments in the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to Awards outstanding on the date on which such change occurs and in the per share grant or exercise price of each Award as the Committee may consider appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.

 

17



 

10.5                         No Other Rights. Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or pursuant to action of the Committee under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Stock subject to an Award or the grant or exercise price of any Award.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

11.1                         Committee. Unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee as set forth below, the Plan shall be administered by the full Board, and for such purposes the term “Committee” as used in this Plan shall be deemed to refer to the Board. The Board, at its discretion or as otherwise necessary to comply with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or to the extent required by any other applicable rule or regulation, shall delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee. The Committee shall consist solely of two or more members of the Board each of whom is both an “outside director,” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, and a Non-Employee Director. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (a) the full Board, acting by a majority of its members in office, shall conduct the general administration of the Plan with respect to all Awards granted to Independent Directors and individuals subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act and for purposes of such Awards the term “Committee” as used in this Plan shall be deemed to refer to the Board and (b) the Committee may delegate its authority hereunder to the extent permitted by Section 11.5. Appointment of Committee members shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment. The Board may abolish the Committee at any time and revest in the Board the administration of the Plan. Committee members may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Board. Vacancies in the Committee may only be filled by the Board.

 

11.2                         Action by the Committee. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum. The acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, and acts approved in writing by a majority of the Committee in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Committee. Each member of the Committee is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.

 

11.3                         Authority of Committee. Subject to any specific designation in the Plan, the Committee has the exclusive power, authority and discretion to:

 

(a)                                  Designate Participants to receive Awards;

 

(b)                                  Determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant;

 

18



 

(c)                                   Determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of shares of Stock to which an Award will relate;

 

(d)                                  Determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted pursuant to the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price, any reload provision, any restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, any provisions related to non-competition and recapture of gain on an Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee in its sole discretion determines; provided, however, that the Committee shall not have the authority to accelerate the vesting or waive the forfeiture of any Performance-Based Awards;

 

(e)                                   Determine whether, to what extent, and pursuant to what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid in, cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;

 

(f)                                    Prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Participant;

 

(g)                                   Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Award;

 

(h)                                  Establish, adopt, or revise any rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

 

(i)                                      Interpret the terms of, and any matter arising pursuant to, the Plan or any Award Agreement; and

 

(j)                                     Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to the Plan or as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan.

 

11.4                         Decisions Binding. The Committee’s interpretation of the Plan, any Awards granted pursuant to the Plan, any Award Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Committee with respect to the Plan are final, binding, and conclusive on all parties.

 

11.5                         Delegation of Authority. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Committee may from time to time delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board or one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant or amend Awards to Participants other than (a) senior executives of the Company who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, (b) Covered Employees, or (c) officers of the Company (or members of the Board) to whom authority to grant or amend Awards has been delegated hereunder. Any delegation hereunder shall be subject to the restrictions and limits that the Committee specifies at the time of such delegation, and the Committee may at any time rescind the authority so delegated or appoint a new delegatee. At all times, the delegatee appointed under this Section 11.5 shall serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the Committee.

 

19



 

ARTICLE 12

 

EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATE

 

12.1                         Effective Date. The Plan is effective as of the date the Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders (the “Effective Date”). The Plan will be deemed to be approved by the stockholders if it receives the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock of the Company present or represented and entitled to vote at a meeting duly held in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Company’s Bylaws.

 

12.2                         Expiration Date. The Plan will expire on, and no Award may be granted pursuant to the Plan after, the earlier of the tenth anniversary of (i) the Effective Date or (ii) the date this Plan is approved by the Board. Any Awards that are outstanding on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date shall remain in force according to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 13

 

AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION

 

13.1                         Amendment, Modification, And Termination. With the approval of the Board, at any time and from time to time, the Committee may terminate, amend or modify the Plan; provided, however, that (a) to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with any applicable law, regulation, or stock exchange rule, the Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required, and (b) stockholder approval is required for any amendment to the Plan that (i) increases the number of shares available under the Plan (other than any adjustment as provided by Article 10), or (ii) permits the Committee to extend the exercise period for an Option beyond ten years from the date of grant or (iv) results in a material increase in benefits or a change in eligibility requirements.

 

13.2                         Awards Previously Granted. No termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted pursuant to the Plan without the prior written consent of the Participant.

 

ARTICLE 14

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

14.1                         No Rights to Awards. No Participant, employee, or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award pursuant to the Plan, and neither the Company nor the Committee is obligated to treat Participants, employees, and other persons uniformly.

 

14.2                         No Stockholders Rights. No Award gives the Participant any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company unless and until shares of Stock are in fact issued to such person in connection with such Award.

 

14.3                         Withholding. The Company or any Subsidiary shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount

 

20



 

sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning a Participant arising as a result of this Plan. The Committee may in its discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement allow a Participant to elect to have the Company withhold shares of Stock otherwise issuable under an Award (or allow the return of shares of Stock) having a Fair Market Value equal to the sums required to be withheld. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the number of shares of Stock which may be withheld with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of any Award (or which may be repurchased from the Participant of such Award within six months after such shares of Stock were acquired by the Participant from the Company) in order to satisfy the Participant’s federal, state, local and foreign income and payroll tax liabilities with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of the Award shall be limited to the number of shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or repurchase equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income. No shares of Stock shall be delivered upon exercise of an option or a SAR or under Restricted Stock Units or Deferred Stock or restrictive legends removed from any shares of Stock previously delivered under another Award unless and until the Participant satisfies all required applicable tax withholding obligations.

 

14.4                         No Right to Employment or Services. Nothing in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate any Participant’s employment or services at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

14.5                         Unfunded Status of Awards. The Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall give the Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

14.6                         Indemnification. To the extent allowable pursuant to applicable law, each member of the Committee or of the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act pursuant to the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her; provided he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

 

14.7                         Relationship to other Benefits. No payment pursuant to the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits pursuant to any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary except

 

21



 

to the extent otherwise expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

 

14.8                         Expenses. The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

14.9                         Titles and Headings. The titles and headings of the Sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.

 

14.10                  Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued and the Committee shall determine, in its discretion, whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional shares or whether such fractional shares shall be eliminated by rounding up or down as appropriate.

 

14.11                  Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan, and any Award granted or awarded to any Participant who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

 

14.12                  Government and Other Regulations. The obligation of the Company to make payment of awards in Stock or otherwise shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by government agencies as may be required. The Company shall be under no obligation to register pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, any of the shares of Stock paid pursuant to the Plan. If the shares paid pursuant to the Plan may in certain circumstances be exempt from registration pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Company may restrict the transfer of such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.

 

14.13                  Governing Law. The Plan and all Award Agreements shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

22




EXHIBIT 10.5

 

PRA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

1.

PURPOSES OF THE PLAN

2

2.

DEFINITIONS

2

3.

STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

5

4.

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

5

5.

ELIGIBILITY

6

6.

LIMITATIONS

6

7.

TERM OF PLAN

7

8.

TERM OF OPTION

7

9.

OPTION EXERCISE PRICE AND CONSIDERATION

7

10.

EXERCISE OF OPTION

8

11.

NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS

11

12.

ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION, MERGER OR ASSET SALE

11

13.

TIME OF GRANTING OPTIONS

13

14.

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

13

15.

STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL

14

16.

INABILITY TO OBTAIN AUTHORITY

14

17.

RESERVATION OF SHARES

14

18.

INFORMATION TO HOLDERS AND PURCHASERS

14

19.

REPURCHASE PROVISIONS

14

20.

INVESTMENT INTENT

15

21.

GOVERNING LAW

16

 

i



 

PRA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

1.                                       Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of the PRA Holdings, Inc. Stock Option Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Corporation’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant.

 

2.                                       Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)                                  “Acquisition” means (i) sale, transfer, consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or other entity or person in which the stockholders of the Corporation prior to such consolidation or merger own less than fifty percent (50%) of the Corporation’s voting power immediately after such consolidation or merger, excluding any consolidation or merger effected exclusively to change the domicile of the Corporation and in each instance, if following such transaction, Genstar Capital, L.P. and its affiliates are no longer able to elect a majority of the Board or the surviving entity in such transaction; or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation.

 

(b)                                  “Administrator” means the Board or the Committee responsible for conducting the general administration of the Plan, as applicable, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

(c)                                   “Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Options are granted under the Plan.

 

(d)                                  “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

(e)                                   “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any particular Code section shall include any successor section.

 

(f)                                    “Committee” means a committee appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

(g)                                   “Common Stock” means the Common Stock of the Corporation, par value $0.01 per share.

 

(h)                                  “Corporation” means PRA Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(i)                                      “Consultant” means any consultant or adviser if: (i) the consultant or adviser renders bona fide services to the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Corporation; (ii) the services rendered by the consultant or adviser are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Corporation’s securities; and (iii) the consultant or adviser is a natural person who has contracted directly with the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Corporation to render such services.

 

2



 

(j)                                     “Director” means a member of the Board.

 

(k)                                  “Employee” means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is an employee (as defined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code) of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Corporation. A Service Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Corporation or (ii) transfers between locations of the Corporation or between the Corporation, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Corporation shall be sufficient, by itself, to constitute “employment” by the Corporation.

 

(l)                                      “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any particular Exchange Act section shall include any successor section.

 

(m)                              “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of a share of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i)                                      If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including, without limitation, the Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for a share of such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system for the last market trading day prior to the time of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

(ii)                                   If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for a share of the Common Stock on the last market trading day prior to the day of determination; or

 

(iii)                                In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

(n)                                  “Holder” means a person who has been granted or awarded an Option or who holds Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option.

 

(o)                                  “Immediate Family” means parents, siblings, spouse and issue, spouses of such issue and any trust for the benefit of, or the legal representative of, any of the preceding persons, or any partnership substantially all of the partners of which are one or more of such persons or the Service Provider or any limited liability Corporation substantially all of the members of which are one or more of such persons or the Service Provider.

 

3


 

(p)                                  “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and which is designated as an Incentive Stock Option by the Administrator.

 

(q)                                  “Independent Director” means a Director who is not an Employee of the Corporation.

 

(r)                                     “Non-Qualified Stock Option” means an Option (or portion thereof) that is not designated as an Incentive Stock Option by the Administrator, or which is designated as an Incentive Stock Option by the Administrator but fails to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(s)                                    “Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Corporation within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(t)                                     “Option” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(u)                                  “Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Corporation and a Holder evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(v)                                  “Parent” means any corporation, whether now or hereafter existing (other than the Corporation), in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing more than fifty percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

(w)                                “Plan” means the PRA Holdings, Inc. Stock Option Plan.

 

(x)                                  “Public Trading Date” means the first date upon which Common Stock of the Corporation is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system.

 

(y)                                  “Restricted Stock” means Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an unvested Option in accordance with Section 10(h) below.

 

(z)                                   “Rule 16b-3” means that certain Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time.

 

(aa)                           “Section 16(b)” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as such Section may be amended from time to time.

 

(bb)                           “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. Reference to any particular Securities Act section shall include any successor section.

 

4



 

(cc)                             “Service Provider” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

 

(dd)                           “Share” means a share of Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 below.

 

(ee)                             “Subsidiary” means any corporation, whether now or hereafter existing (other than the Corporation), in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing more than fifty percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

3.                                       Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the shares of stock subject to Options shall be Common Stock. Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be issued upon exercise of such Options is 441,399 Shares. Shares issued upon exercise of Options may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock. If an Option expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares which are delivered by the Holder or withheld by the Corporation upon the exercise of an Option under the Plan, in payment of the exercise price thereof or tax withholding thereon, may again be optioned, granted or awarded hereunder, subject to the limitations of this Section 3. If Shares of Restricted Stock are repurchased by the Corporation at their original purchase price, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3, no Shares may again be optioned, granted or awarded if such action would cause an Incentive Stock Option to fail to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Code Section 422.

 

4.                                       Administration of the Plan.

 

(a)                                  Administrator. Unless and until the Board delegates administration to a Committee as set forth below, the Plan shall be administered by the Board. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees of one or more members of the Board, and the term “Committee” shall apply to any person or persons to whom such authority has been delegated. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, from and after the Public Trading Date, a Committee of the Board shall administer the Plan and the Committee shall consist solely of two or more Independent Directors each of whom is both an “outside director,” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, and a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3. Within the scope of such authority, the Board or the Committee may (i) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not Independent Directors the authority to grant awards under the Plan to eligible persons who are either (1) not then “covered employees,” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and are not expected to be “covered employees” at the time of recognition of income resulting from such award or (2) not persons with respect to whom the Corporation

 

5


 

wishes to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code and/or (ii) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not “non-employee directors,” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3, the authority to grant awards under the Plan to eligible persons who are not then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. The Board may abolish the Committee at any time and revest in the Board the administration of the Plan. Appointment of Committee members shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment. Committee members may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Board. Vacancies in the Committee may only be filled by the Board.

 

(b)                                  Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority in its sole discretion:

 

(i)                                      to determine the Fair Market Value;

 

(ii)                                   to select the Service Providers to whom Options and Stock Purchase Rights may from time to time be granted hereunder;

 

(iii)                                to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such award granted hereunder;

 

(iv)                               to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

 

(v)                                  to determine the terms and conditions of any Option or Stock Purchase Right granted hereunder (such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options or Stock Purchase Rights may vest or be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option or Stock Purchase Right or the Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine);

 

(vi)                               to determine whether to offer to buyout a previously granted Option as provided in subsection 10(i) and to determine the terms and conditions of such offer and buyout (including whether payment is to be made in cash or Shares);

 

(vii)                            to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws;

 

(viii)                         to allow Holders to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Corporation withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld based on the statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes that apply to supplemental taxable income. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by Holders to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable;

 

6



 

(ix)                               to amend the Plan or any Option granted under the Plan as provided in Section 17; and

 

(x)                                  to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted pursuant to the Plan and to exercise such powers and perform such acts as the Administrator deems necessary or desirable to promote the best interests of the Corporation which are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Effect of Administrator’s Decision. All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Holders.

 

5.                                       Eligibility. Non-Qualified Stock Options may be granted to any Service Provider as selected by the Administrator. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. If otherwise eligible, an Employee or Consultant who has been granted an Option may be granted additional Options.

 

6.                                       Limitations.

 

(a)                                  Each Option shall be designated by the Administrator in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designations, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares subject to a Holder’s Incentive Stock Options and other incentive stock options granted by the Corporation, any Parent or Subsidiary, which become exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under all plans of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options or other options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options.

 

For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time of grant.

 

(b)                                  Neither the Plan, or any Option shall confer upon a Holder any right with respect to continuing the Holder’s employment or consulting relationship with the Corporation, nor shall they interfere in any way with the Holder’s right or the Corporation’s right to terminate such employment or consulting relationship at any time, with or without cause.

 

(c)                                   No Service Provider shall be granted, in any calendar year, Options or Stock Purchase Rights to purchase more than 220,700 Shares; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation shall not apply prior to the Public Trading Date and, following the Public Trading Date, the foregoing limitation shall not apply until the earliest of: (i) the first material modification of the Plan (including any increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan in accordance with Section 3); (ii) the issuance of all of the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan; (iii) the expiration of the Plan; (iv) the first meeting of stockholders at which Directors of the Corporation are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which occurred the first registration of an equity security of the Corporation under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; or (v) such other date required by Section 162(m) of the Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The foregoing limitation shall be adjusted proportionately in connection with any change in the Corporation’s capitalization as described in Section 13. For purposes of this

 

7


 

Section 6(c), if an Option is canceled in the same calendar year it was granted (other than in connection with a transaction described in Section 13), the canceled Option will be counted against the limit set forth in this Section 6(c). For this purpose, if the exercise price of an Option is reduced, the transaction shall be treated as a cancellation of the Option and the grant of a new Option.

 

7.                                       Term of Plan. The Plan shall become effective upon its initial adoption by the Board and shall continue in effect until it is terminated under Section 15 of the Plan. No Options may be issued under the Plan after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date upon which the Plan is adopted by the Board or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders.

 

8.                                       Term of Option. The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Holder who, at the time the Option is granted, owns (or is treated as owning under Code Section 424) stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

 

9.                                       Option Exercise Price and Consideration.

 

(a)                                  Except as provided in Section 13, the per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:

 

(i)                                      In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

 

(A)                                granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns (or is treated as owning under Code Section 424) stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(B)                                granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(ii)                                   In the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option

 

(A)                                granted to a Service Provider who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of the grant.

 

(B)                                granted to any other Service Provider, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

8



 

(iii)                                Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or other corporate transaction.

 

(b)                                  The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant). Such consideration may consist of (1) cash, (2) check, (3) with the consent of the Administrator, a full recourse promissory note bearing interest (at no less than such rate as shall then preclude the imputation of interest under the Code) and payable upon such terms as may be prescribed by the Administrator, (4) with the consent of the Administrator, other Shares which (x) in the case of Shares acquired from the Corporation, have been owned by the Holder for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (5) with the consent of the Administrator, surrendered Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Option having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Option or exercised portion thereof, (6) property of any kind which constitutes good and valuable consideration, (7) with the consent of the Administrator, delivery of a notice that the Holder has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Options and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Corporation in satisfaction of the Option exercise price, provided, that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Corporation upon settlement of such sale, or (8) with the consent of the Administrator, any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

10.                                Exercise of Option.

 

(a)                                  Vesting; Fractional Exercises. Except as provided in Section 13, Options granted hereunder shall be vested and exercisable according to the terms hereof at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that, except with regard to Options granted to Officers, Directors or Consultants, in no event shall an Option granted hereunder become vested and exercisable at a rate of less than twenty percent (20%) per year over five (5) years from the date the Option is granted, subject to reasonable conditions, such as continuing to be a Service Provider. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

(b)                                  Deliveries upon Exercise. All or a portion of an exercisable Option shall be deemed exercised upon delivery of all of the following to the Secretary of the Corporation or his or her office:

 

(i)                                      A written or electronic notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Administrator stating that the Option, or a portion thereof, is exercised. The notice shall be signed by the Holder or other person then entitled to exercise the Option or such portion of the Option;

 

(ii)                                   Such representations and documents as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect compliance with Applicable Laws. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, also take whatever additional actions it deems

 

9



 

appropriate to effect such compliance, including, without limitation, placing legends on share certificates and issuing stop transfer notices to agents and registrars;

 

(iii)                                Upon the exercise of all or a portion of an unvested Option pursuant to Section 10(h), a Restricted Stock purchase agreement in a form determined by the Administrator and signed by the Holder or other person then entitled to exercise the Option or such portion of the Option; and

 

(iv)                               In the event that the Option shall be exercised pursuant to Section 10(f) by any person or persons other than the Holder, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option.

 

(c)                                   Conditions to Delivery of Share Certificates. The Corporation shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for Shares purchased upon the exercise of any Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

 

(i)                                      The admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such class of stock is then listed;

 

(ii)                                   The completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law, or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body which the Administrator shall, in its sole discretion, deem necessary or advisable;

 

(iii)                                The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Administrator shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;

 

(iv)                               The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the Option as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience; and

 

(v)                                  The receipt by the Corporation of full payment for such Shares, including payment of any applicable withholding tax, which in the sole discretion of the Administrator may be in the form of consideration used by the Holder to pay for such Shares under Section 9(b).

 

(d)                                  Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider. If a Holder ceases to be a Service Provider other than by reason of the Holder’s disability or death, such Holder may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination; provided, however, that prior to the Public Trading Date, such period of time shall not be less than thirty (30) days (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Holder’s termination. If, on the date of termination, the Holder is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option immediately cease to be issuable under the Option and shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. If, after termination, the Holder does not exercise his or her Option

 

10



 

within the time period specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall again become available for issuance under the Plan.

 

(e)                                   Disability of Holder. If a Holder ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Holder’s disability, the Holder may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination; provided, however, that prior to the Public Trading Date, such period of time shall not be less than six (6) months (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Holder’s termination. If such disability is not a “disability” as such term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option such Incentive Stock Option shall automatically cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Non-Qualified Stock Option from and after the day which is three (3) months and one (1) day following such termination. If, on the date of termination, the Holder is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately cease to be issuable under the Option and shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. If, after termination, the Holder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall again become available for issuance under the Plan.

 

(f)                                    Death of Holder. If a Holder dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement provided, however, that prior to the Public Trading Date, such period of time shall not be less than six (6) months (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Notice of Grant), by the Holder’s estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death. In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Holder’s termination. If, at the time of death, the Holder is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately cease to be issuable under the Option and shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. The Option may be exercised by the executor or administrator of the Holder’s estate or, if none, by the person(s) entitled to exercise the Option under the Holder’s will or the laws of descent or distribution. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall again become available for issuance under the Plan.

 

(g)                                   Regulatory Extension. A Holder’s Option Agreement may provide that if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Holder’s status as a Service Provider (other than upon the Holder’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the Option set forth in Section 8 or (ii) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Holder’s status as a Service Provider during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements.

 

11



 

(h)                                  Early Exercisability. The Administrator may provide in the terms of a Holder's Option Agreement that the Holder may, at any time before the Holder's status as a Service Provider terminates, exercise the Option in whole or in part prior to the full vesting of the Option; provided, however, that subject to Section 20, Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option which has not fully vested may be subject to any forfeiture, transfer or other restrictions as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion.

 

(i)                                      Buyout Provisions. The Administrator may at any time offer to buyout for a payment in cash or Shares, an Option previously granted, based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the Holder at the time that such offer is made.

 

11.                                Non-Transferability of Options. Options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Holder, only by the Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, the Committee may, provide that Options or Restricted Stock may be transferred to any Immediate Family member of the Service Provider; provided, however, that any such transfer is without payment of any consideration whatsoever, that no such transfer shall be valid unless first approved by the Committee, acting in its sole discretion, and that any Option or Restricted Stock so transferred shall remain subject to the terms and conditions of the Option or Restricted Stock purchase agreement.

 

12.                                Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Asset Sale.

 

(a)                                  In the event that the Administrator determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Corporation, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or other securities of the Corporation, or other similar corporate transaction or event, in the Administrator's sole discretion, affects the Common Stock such that an adjustment is determined by the Administrator to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Corporation to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Option or Restricted Stock, then the Administrator shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of:

 

(i)                                      the number and kind of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) with respect to which Options may be granted or awarded (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3 on the maximum number and kind of shares which may be issued and adjustments of the maximum number of Shares that may be purchased by any Holder in any calendar year pursuant to Section 6(c));

 

(ii)                                   the number and kind of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Options or Restricted Stock; and

 

12



 

(iii)                                the grant or exercise price with respect to any Option.

 

(b)                                  In the event of any transaction or event described in Section 12(a), the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Option or Restricted Stock or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event and either automatically or upon the Holder's request, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Corporation to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Option or Restricted Stock granted or issued under the Plan or to facilitate such transaction or event:

 

(i)                                      To provide for either the purchase of any such Option or Restricted Stock for an amount of cash equal to the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise of such Option or realization of the Holder's rights had such Option or Restricted Stock been currently exercisable or payable or fully vested or the replacement of such Option or Restricted Stock with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion;

 

(ii)                                   To provide that such Option shall be exercisable as to all shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the provisions of such Option;

 

(iii)                                To provide that such Option or Restricted Stock be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar options, rights or awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices;

 

(iv)                               To make adjustments in the number and type of shares of Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Options, and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria included in, outstanding Options or Restricted Stock or Options or Restricted Stock which may be granted in the future; and

 

(v)                                  To provide that immediately upon the consummation of such event, such Option shall not be exercisable and shall terminate; provided, that for a specified period of time prior to such event, such Option shall be exercisable as to all Shares covered thereby, and the restrictions imposed under an Option Agreement or Restricted Stock purchase agreement upon some or all Shares may be terminated and, in the case of Restricted Stock, some or all shares of such Restricted Stock may cease to be subject to repurchase, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the provisions of such Option or Restricted Stock purchase agreement.

 

(c)                                   Subject to Section 3, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, include such further provisions and limitations in any Option or Restricted Stock agreement or certificate, as it may deem equitable and in the best interests of the Corporation.

 

13



 

(d)                                  If the Corporation undergoes an Acquisition, then any surviving corporation or entity or acquiring corporation or entity, or affiliate of such corporation or entity, may assume any Options or Restricted Stock outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar stock awards (including an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the transaction described in this subsection 12(d)) for those outstanding under the Plan.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Corporation becomes a party to a transaction that is intended to qualify for "pooling of interests" accounting treatment and, but for one or more of the provisions of this Plan or any Option Agreement or any Restricted Stock purchase agreement would so qualify, then this Plan and any such agreement shall be interpreted so as to preserve such accounting treatment, and to the extent that any provision of the Plan or any such agreement would disqualify the transaction from pooling of interests accounting treatment (including, if applicable, an entire Option Agreement or Restricted Stock purchase agreement), then such provision shall be null and void. All determinations to be made in connection with the preceding sentence shall be made by the independent accounting firm whose opinion with respect to "pooling of interests" treatment is required as a condition to the Corporation's consummation of such transaction.

 

(f)                                    The existence of the Plan, any Option Agreement or Restricted Stock purchase agreement and the Options granted hereunder shall not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Corporation or the stockholders of the Corporation to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Corporation's capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Corporation, any issue of stock or of options, warrants or rights to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

 

13.                                Time of Granting Options. The date of grant of an Option shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an Option is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

14.                                Amendment and Termination of the Plan. (a) Amendment and Termination. The Board may at any time wholly or partially amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan. However, without approval of the Corporation's stockholders given within twelve (12) months before or after the action by the Board, no action of the Board may, except as provided in Section 12, increase the limits imposed in Section 3 on the maximum number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan or extend the term of the Plan under Section 7.

 

(b)                                  Stockholder Approval. The Board shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

14



 

(c)                                   Effect of Amendment or Termination. No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Holder, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Holder and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Holder and the Corporation. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator's ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options or Restricted Stock granted or awarded under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

15.                                Stockholder Approval. The Plan will be submitted for the approval of the Corporation's stockholders within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board's initial adoption of the Plan. Options may be granted or awarded prior to such stockholder approval, provided that such Options shall not be exercisable, shall not vest and the restrictions thereon shall not lapse prior to the time when the Plan is approved by the stockholders, and provided further that if such approval has not been obtained at the end of said twelve-month period, all Options previously granted under the Plan shall thereupon be canceled and become null and void.

 

16.                                Inability to Obtain Authority. The inability of the Corporation to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Corporation's counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Corporation of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

17.                                Reservation of Shares. The Corporation, during the term of this Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

18.                                Information to Holders and Purchasers. Prior to the Public Trading Date and to the extent required by Section 260.140.46 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, the Corporation shall provide to each Holder and to each individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, not less frequently than annually during the period such Holder or purchaser has one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights outstanding, and, in the case of an individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns such Shares, copies of annual financial statements. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Corporation shall not be required to provide such statements to key employees whose duties in connection with the Corporation assure their access to equivalent information.

 

19.                                Repurchase Provisions. The Administrator in its sole discretion may provide that the Corporation may repurchase Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option upon the occurrence of certain specified events, including, without limitation, a Holder's termination as a Service Provider, divorce, bankruptcy or insolvency; provided, however, that any such repurchase right shall be set forth in the applicable Option Agreement or Restricted Stock purchase agreement or in another agreement referred to in such agreement and, provided further, that to the extent required by Section 260.140.41 and Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, any such repurchase right set forth in an Option granted prior to the Public Trading Date to a person who is not an Officer, Director or Consultant shall be upon the following terms: (i) if the repurchase option gives the Corporation the right to repurchase the shares upon termination as a Service Provider at not less than the Fair Market Value of the shares to be

 

15



 

purchased on the date of termination of status as a Service Provider, then (A) the right to repurchase shall be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness for the shares within ninety (90) days of termination of status as a Service Provider (or in the case of shares issued upon exercise of Options or Stock Purchase Rights after such date of termination, within ninety (90) days after the date of the exercise) or such longer period as may be agreed to by the Administrator and the Plan participant and (B) the right terminates when the shares become publicly traded; and (ii) if the repurchase option gives the Corporation the right to repurchase the Shares upon termination as a Service Provider at the original purchase price for such Shares, then (A) the right to repurchase at the original purchase price shall lapse at the rate of at least twenty percent (20%) of the shares per year over five (5) years from the date the Option or Stock Purchase Right is granted (without respect to the date the Option or Stock Purchase Right was exercised or became exercisable) and (B) the right to repurchase shall be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness for the shares within ninety (90) days of termination of status as a Service Provider (or, in the case of shares issued upon exercise of Options, after such date of termination, within ninety (90) days after the date of the exercise) or such longer period as may be agreed to by the Corporation and the Plan participant.

 

20.                                Investment Intent. The Corporation may require a Plan participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring stock under any Option, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Corporation as to the participant's knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Option or Stock Purchase Right; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Corporation stating that the participant is acquiring the stock subject to the Option for the participant's own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of stock under the applicable Option has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Corporation that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Corporation may, upon advice of counsel to the Corporation, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the stock.

 

16



 

21.                                Governing Law. The validity and enforceability of this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to otherwise governing principles of conflicts of law.

 

* * * * * * *

 




Exhibit 10.6

 

FORM OF STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS GRANT AGREEMENT (the “ Grant Agreement ”), dated as of the date indicated on Schedule A hereto as the date the Grant memorialized herein has been granted (the “ Grant Date ”), is made by and between PRA Global Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc.), a corporation existing under the laws of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”) and the individual whose name is set forth on the Omnibus Signature Page to this Grant Agreement, who is an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company (hereinafter referred to as the “ Optionee ”).  Any capitalized terms herein not otherwise defined in Article I shall have the meaning set forth in the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of PRA Global Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries (formerly known as the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc. and its Subsidiaries), as such Plan may be amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to carry out the Plan, the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Grant Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it would be to the advantage and best interest of the Company and its shareholders to grant the Option provided for herein to the Optionee as an incentive for increased efforts during his term of office with the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and has advised the Company thereof and instructed the undersigned officers to issue said Option;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Whenever the following terms are used in this Grant Agreement, they shall have the meaning specified below unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.

 

Section 1.1.                                 Cause

 

“Cause” shall mean “Cause” as such term may be defined in and determined under any Other Relevant Agreement that is an employment agreement between the Optionee and the Company or any Service Recipient, as in effect at the time of termination of employment; or, if there is no such employment agreement at that time, or no such definition is contained therein, “Cause” shall mean, with respect to an Optionee: (a) Optionee’s failure to competently perform his material assigned duties as reasonably determined by the Company; (b) Optionee engaging in or causing an act that has a material adverse impact on the reputation, business, business relationships or financial condition of the Company or its Affiliates; (c) the conviction of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere by Optionee to a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude; (d) Optionee’s gross misconduct, dishonestly, or fraud; or (e) Optionee’s willful refusal to perform specific directives of the Board or its authorized designee, which are consistent with the scope, ethics, and nature of Optionee’s duties and responsibilities.

 

Section 1.2.                                 Closing Date

 

“Closing Date” shall mean September 23, 2013.

 



 

Section 1.3.                                 Disability

 

“Disability” shall mean “Disability” as such term is defined in any Other Relevant Agreement that is an employment agreement between the Optionee and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as in effect at the time of termination of employment, or, if there is no such agreement or no such term defined therein, “Disability” for purposes of eligibility for benefits under the long-term disability plan of the Company or any Service Recipient, as applicable.

 

Section 1.4.                                     Good Reason

 

“Good Reason” shall mean “Good Reason” as such term may be defined in and determined under any Other Relevant Agreement that is an employment agreement between the Optionee and the Company or any Service Recipient, as in effect at the time of termination of employment.

 

Section 1.5.                                 Management Stockholder’s Agreement

 

“Management Stockholder’s Agreement” shall mean that certain Management Stockholder’s Agreement between the Optionee and the Company.

 

Section 1.6.                                 Option

 

“Option” shall mean the aggregate of the Time Options and the Performance Options granted under Section 2.1 of this Grant Agreement.

 

Section 1.7.                                 Performance Option

 

“Performance Option” shall mean the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, all or any part of an aggregate of the number of Shares set forth on Schedule A hereof opposite the term Performance Option.

 

Section 1.8.                                 Realization Event

 

“Realization Event” shall mean an event or transaction (or a series of events or transactions), including, without limitation, a Change in Control, extraordinary dividend payment(s), or  a sale or other disposition of Shares into the public market, wherein the Sponsor receives cash, on a cumulative basis, in respect of its Common Stock.

 

Section 1.9.                                 Sale Participation Agreement

 

“Sale Participation Agreement” shall mean that certain Sale Participation Agreement between the Optionee and KKR PRA Investors L.P.

 

Section 1.10.                          Service Vesting Percentage

 

“Service Vesting Percentage” shall mean, cumulatively, 20% per year for each 12-month period, ending after the Closing Date, during which the Optionee remained employed with the Company or any Service Recipient through the date of termination of such Optionee’s employment.

 

Section 1.11.                          Sponsor IRR

 

“Sponsor IRR” shall mean, as of the date of any Realization Event (any such date, a “ Measurement Date ”), the cumulative internal rate of return of the Sponsor (calculated as provided

 

2



 

below) where the internal rate of return shall be the annually compounded rate of return which results in the following amount having a net present value equal to zero: (i) the aggregate amount of cash distributed to the Sponsor from time to time on a cumulative basis through such date (provided that in no circumstances shall any fees paid to the Sponsor or expenses reimbursed to the Sponsor from time to time (“ Sponsor Fees ”) be included in this clause (i)), minus (ii) the aggregate amount of the cash invested in (and the initial gross asset value of any property (other than money) contributed to) the Company by the Sponsor, directly or indirectly, from time to time in respect of such investment (the “ Aggregate Investment ”).  In determining the Sponsor IRR, the following shall apply: (a) capital contributions shall be deemed to have been made on the last day of the month in which they are made (except for the initial capital contribution which shall be deemed to have been made on the Closing Date); (b) distributions shall be deemed to have been made on the last day of the month in which they are made; (c) all distributions shall be based on the amount distributed prior to the application of any U.S. federal, state or local taxation to the Sponsor; (d) the rates of return shall be per annum rates and all amounts shall be calculated on a annually compounded basis, and on the basis of a 365-day year; and (e) the Sponsor IRR shall be determined on a fully diluted basis, assuming inclusion of all Shares underlying all then outstanding Time Options and Performance Options.

 

Section 1.12.                          Sponsor MOIC

 

“Sponsor MOIC” shall mean, as of a Measurement Date, the result obtained by dividing (i) the cash consideration received by the Sponsor (other than any Sponsor Fees), directly or indirectly, on a cumulative basis, as of such Measurement Date by (ii) the Aggregate Investment.

 

Section 1.13.                          Time Option

 

“Time Option” shall mean the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, all or any part of an aggregate of the number of Shares set forth on Schedule A hereof opposite the term Time Option.

 

ARTICLE II

GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

Section 2.1.                                 Grant of Options

 

For good and valuable consideration, on and as of the Grant Date, the Company irrevocably grants to the Optionee the following Stock Options:  (a) the Time Option and (b) the Performance Option, in each case on the terms and conditions set forth in this Grant Agreement.

 

Section 2.2.                                 Exercise Price

 

Subject to Section 2.4, the exercise price of the Shares covered by the Option (the “ Exercise Price ”) shall be as set forth on Schedule A hereof, which shall be the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.

 

Section 2.3.                                  No Guarantee of Employment; No Entitlement to Future Option Grants

 

(a)                                  Nothing in this Grant Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ or service relationship of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company or any of its Service Recipients, which are hereby expressly reserved, to terminate the employment of the Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, subject to the applicable provisions of, if any, of

 

3



 

any Other Relevant Agreement that is an employment agreement with the Company or any Service Recipient.

 

(b)                                  The Option does not form a part of the Optionee’s entitlement to remuneration, payment or receipt of any other benefits pursuant to any Other Relevant Agreement he or she may have with the Company or a Service Recipient or otherwise, nor does the existence of any Other Relevant Agreement between any person and the Company or a Service Recipient give such person any right or entitlement to receive any future Grant of Time Options or Performance Options nor any expectation to any such Grant.  The rights and obligations of the Optionee under the terms of his or her Other Relevant Agreement (if any) with the Company or a Service Recipient shall not be affected by the grant of this Option.

 

(c)                                   The rights granted to the Optionee upon the grant of the Option hereunder shall not afford such Optionee any rights or additional rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the loss or termination of his or her office or employment with or his or her provision of services to the Company or a Service Recipient for any reason whatsoever.

 

Section 2.4.                                  Certain Adjustments to Stock Options

 

The Option shall be subject to, and the Optionee shall have such rights as are specified under, the adjustment provisions of Sections 8 and 9 of the Plan, as applicable.

 

ARTICLE III

PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY

 

Section 3.1.                                  Commencement of Exercisability

 

(a)                                  So long as the Optionee continues to be employed by the Company or any Service Recipient through each applicable vesting date specified below, the Option shall become exercisable pursuant to the following schedules:

 

(i)                                                           Time Option .  The Time Option shall become vested and exercisable with respect to 20% of the Shares subject to such Option on each of the first five anniversaries of the Closing Date, respectively.

 

(ii)                                                        Performance Option . The Performance Option shall become vested and exercisable upon the occurrence of any Realization Event as follows:

 

(A)                                50% of the Performance Option will vest if and to the extent the Sponsor has achieved a Sponsor MOIC at least equal to 2.0x or a Sponsor IRR at least equal to 20%; and

 

(B)                                50% of the Performance Option will vest if and to the extent the Sponsor has achieved a Sponsor MOIC at least equal to 2.5x or a Sponsor IRR at least equal to 20%.

 

(b)                                  Effect of Change in Control on Time Options .  Notwithstanding any of Section 3.1(a)(i) above, immediately prior to any Change in Control, any then unvested portion of the Time Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable as to 100% of the Shares subject to such Time Option.

 

4



 

(c)                                   Treatment of Unvested Time Options on Death or Disability .  Upon a termination of Optionee’s employment with the Company and all Service Recipients at any time by reason of death or Disability, that 20% portion of the Time Option that would have become exercisable on the next anniversary date of the Closing Date following the date of such termination of employment if the Optionee had remained employed with the Company or the applicable Service Recipient through such date will become vested and exercisable.

 

(d)                                  Forfeit of Unvested Time Options on Termination of Employment .   Except as otherwise provided in clause (c) above, no Time Option shall become exercisable as to any additional Shares following the termination of employment of the Optionee with the Company and all Service Recipients for any reason and any Option that is unexercisable as of the Optionee’s termination of employment shall immediately expire without payment therefor.

 

(e)                                   Treatment of Unvested Performance Options on Optionee’s Termination of Employment .  Upon any termination of Optionee’s employment with the Company or any of its Service Recipients for any reason other than (x) by the Company or any Service Recipient for Cause or (y) by the Optionee without Good Reason (other than due to the Optionee’s death or Disability), a percentage of the Performance Options equal to the Service Vesting Percentage will become vested (but not exercisable) and shall remain outstanding and eligible to become exercisable through and until the first anniversary of the date of such termination of employment, if a Realization Event occurs within such 12-month period (such vested Performance Options, the “ Eligible Performance Option ”).  If no such Realization Event occurs during such period, such vested Performance Options shall immediately expire without payment therefor on such first anniversary date.

 

Section 3.2.                                  Expiration of Option

 

Except as otherwise provided in Section 4 or Section 5 of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, the Optionee may not exercise any vested and exercisable portion of the Time Option or of the Performance Option (including, if applicable, the Eligible Performance Option) to any extent after the first to occur of the following events:

 

(a)                                  The tenth anniversary of the Grant Date;

 

(b)                                  The first anniversary of the date of the termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Company and all Service Recipients, if the Optionee’s employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability;

 

(c)                                   Immediately upon the date of the termination of the Optionee’s employment by the Company and all Service Recipients for Cause;

 

(d)                                  Thirty (30) days after the date of the termination of the Optionee’s employment by the Company and all Service Recipients by the Optionee without Good Reason (except due to the Optionee’s death or Disability);

 

(e)                                   One-hundred eighty (180) days after the date of an Optionee’s termination of employment by the Company and all Service Recipients without Cause (except due to death or Disability) or by the Optionee for Good Reason;

 

(f)                                    Solely with respect to any Eligible Performance Options that may become exercisable pursuant to Section 3.1(e) above, thirty (30) days after the date of the Realization Event occurs within the 12-month period referenced in such Section 3.1(e);

 

5



 

(g)                                   The date the Option is terminated pursuant to Section 4 or 5 of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement; or

 

(h)                                  Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, if the Committee so determines pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE IV

EXERCISE OF OPTION

 

Section 4.1.                                  Person Eligible to Exercise

 

During the lifetime of the Optionee, only the Optionee (or his or her duly authorized legal representative) may exercise an Option or any portion thereof.  After the death of the Optionee, any exercisable portion of an Option may, prior to the time when an Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2, be exercised by his personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

Section 4.2.                                  Partial Exercise

 

Any exercisable portion of an Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2; provided , however , that any partial exercise shall be for whole Shares only.

 

Section 4.3.                                  Manner of Exercise

 

Any exercisable Option or exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivering to the Company at the addresses set out in Schedule B all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2:

 

(a)                                  Notice in writing signed by the Optionee or the other person then entitled to exercise the Option or portion thereof, stating that the Option or portion thereof is thereby exercised, such notice complying with all applicable rules established by the Committee;

 

(b)                                  Full payment (in cash by wire transfer, if the Optionee so elects in the notice of exercise through the withholding of Shares (any such Shares valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise) otherwise issuable upon the exercise of the Option in a manner that is compliant with applicable law or other form of payment if agreed by the Company) of the Exercise Price for the Shares with respect to which such Option or portion thereof is exercised;

 

(c)                                   Full payment (in cash or by wire transfer) to satisfy the minimum withholding tax obligation with respect to which such Option or portion thereof is exercised;

 

(d)                                  A bona fide written representation and agreement, in a form satisfactory to the Committee, signed by the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof, stating that the Shares are being acquired for his own account, for investment and without any present intention of distributing or reselling said shares or any of them except as may be permitted under (i) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), and then applicable rules and regulations thereunder and (ii) the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, and that the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof will indemnify the Company against and hold it free and harmless from any loss, damage, expense or liability resulting to the Company if any sale or

 

6



 

distribution of the shares by such person is contrary to the representation and agreement referred to above; provided , however , that the Committee may, in its reasonable discretion, take whatever additional actions it deems reasonably necessary to ensure the observance and performance of such representation and agreement and to effect compliance with the Act, if applicable and any other federal or state securities laws or regulations; and

 

(e)                                   In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 4.1 by any person or persons other than the Optionee, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may require an opinion of counsel acceptable to it, to the extent required under Section 2 of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, to the effect that any subsequent transfer of shares acquired on exercise of an Option does not violate the Act or other applicable laws, and may issue stop-transfer orders covering such shares.  Share certificates evidencing stock issued on exercise of this Option shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the provisions of subsection (d) above and the agreements herein. The written representation and agreement referred to in subsection (d) above shall, however, not be required if the shares to be issued pursuant to such exercise have been registered under the Act and/or other applicable laws, and such registration is then effective in respect of such Shares.

 

Section 4.4.                                  Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates/Registration of Issuance of Shares

 

The Shares deliverable upon the exercise of an Option, or any portion thereof, may be either non-issued and/or previously authorized but unissued Shares to the extent legally permitted or issued Shares, which have then been reacquired by the Company.  Such Shares when issued shall be fully paid and nonassessable.  The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for Shares purchased and as the case may be subscribed for (if certificated, or if not certificated, register the issuance of such shares on its books and records) upon the exercise of an Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

 

(a)                                  The obtaining of approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its reasonable and good faith discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;

 

(b)                                  The execution by the Optionee of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement and the Sale Participation Agreement if the Optionee is not already a party to such agreements; and

 

(c)                                   The payment in full to the Company of the Exercise Price for the Shares for which the Option is exercised as provided in Section 4.3(b).

 

As soon as practicable after fulfillment of the conditions in this Section 4.4, the Company shall issue the Shares deliverable upon the exercise of the Option to the Optionee (either by delivery of a certificate for such Shares, or if not certificated by registering the issuance of such Shares on its books and records) and shall enter the Optionee’s ownership of such Shares into the register of registered shares of the Company.

 

Section 4.5.   Rights as Stockholder

 

The holder of an Option shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Option or any portion thereof unless and until such Shares shall have been issued by the Company to such holder (in case of issuance of new Shares) and/or the Shares have otherwise been recorded in the register of

 

7



 

registered shares of the Company as owned by such holder (and then only to the extent such Shares are held directly by the holder).

 

ARTICLE V

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 5.1.                                  Administration

 

The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Grant Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules.  All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee shall be final and binding upon the Optionee, the Company and all other interested persons.  No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the Option.  In its absolute discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan and this Grant Agreement.

 

Section 5.2.                                  Option Not Transferable

 

Neither the Option nor any interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Optionee or his successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect; provided , however , that this Section 5.2 shall not prevent transfers by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

Section 5.3.                                  Notices

 

All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing.  Any notice or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given (i) upon electronic confirmation of facsimile, (ii) one Business Day following the date sent when sent by overnight delivery, and (iii) five (5) Business Days following the date mailed when mailed by registered or certified mail return receipt requested and postage prepaid, in each case as follows:  Any notice to be given under the terms of this Grant Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Board, and any notice to be given to the Optionee shall be addressed to him at the address given beneath his signature hereto.  By a notice given pursuant to this Section 5.3, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to him.  Any notice, which is required to be given to the Optionee, shall, if the Optionee is then deceased, be given to the Optionee’s personal representative if such representative has previously informed the Company of his status and address by written notice under this Section 5.3.

 

Section 5.4.                                  Titles; Pronouns

 

Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Grant Agreement.  The masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular the plural, where the context so indicates.

 

8



 

Section 5.5.                                 Applicability of Plan, Management Stockholder’s Agreement and Sale Participation Agreement

 

The Option and the Shares issued to the Optionee upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Management Stockholder’s Agreement and the Sale Participation Agreement, to the extent applicable to the Option and such Shares.

 

Section 5.6.                                  Amendment

 

Subject to Section 10 of the Plan, this Grant Agreement may be amended only by a writing executed by the parties hereto, which specifically states that it is amending this Grant Agreement.

 

Section 5.7.                                  Governing Law

 

The laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts executed and to be performed entirely in such state shall govern the interpretation, validity, and performance of the terms of this Grant Agreement.

 

Section 5.8.                                  Dispute Resolution

 

In the event of any controversy among the parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this Grant Agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the parties, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively, and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules by a single independent arbitrator.  Such arbitration process shall take place in New York, New York, United States.  The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning.  Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.  In the event of any arbitration or other disputes with regard to this Grant Agreement or any other document or agreement referred to herein, each party hereto shall pay its own legal fees and expenses, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator.

 

[ Signatures on Omnibus Signature Page .]

 

9



 

OMNIBUS SIGNATURE PAGE TO MANAGEMENT EQUITY AGREEMENTS

 

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning set forth in that certain Stock Option Agreement, dated as of the date set forth below, by and between the “Management Stockholder” identified below and PRA Global Holdings, Inc. (the “Stock Option Agreement”).

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,

 

I hereby agree to be a party to the following agreements as an “Optionee” or “Management Stockholder”, as applicable, as of the date of such agreements:

 

a.     Stock Option Agreement

 

b.     Management Stockholder’s Agreement

 

c.     Sale Participation Agreement

 

 

MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

[Name]

 

 

 

Dated:  

                                   , 20   

 

 

 

ADDRESS:

 

 

*     *     *     *     *

 



 

OMNIBUS SIGNATURE PAGE TO MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT AGREEMENTS

 

 

PRA GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Its:

 

 

 



 

Schedule A to the Stock Option Agreement

 

Grant Date :

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise Price of Options :

 

 

 

 

 

Option Grants :

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate number of Shares

 

 

for which the Time Option granted hereunder may become vested and exercisable:

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate number of Shares

 

 

for which the Performance Option granted hereunder may become vested and exercisable:

 

 

 

A-1



 

Schedule B to the Stock Option Agreement: Notice of Exercise

 

A.             To the Company

 

PRA Global Holdings, Inc.

c/o PRA International, Inc.

4130 ParkLake Ave., Suite 400

Raleigh, North Carolina 27612

Attention:   General Counsel

 

B-1




Exhibit 10.7

 

EXHIBIT A — ROLLOVER ELECTION FORM

 

By signing where indicated below, you have elected to exchange all or a portion of your PRA Options for Rollover Options .  Below please find a table containing your outstanding PRA Options, all or a portion of which shall be exchanged for Rollover Options, depending upon the Rollover Amount (defined below) that you elect to invest in the Company:

 

PRA
Options
Grant Date(1)

 

Shares of PRA Common
Stock Subject to PRA Options

#

 

Exercise Price per Share
of PRA Option

$

 

Estimated Spread Value
per PRA Option(2)

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Estimated Aggregate Spread Value (3)  of 100% of your PRA Options:

 

 

 

 

Please insert a dollar amount on the line below; this amount (your “ Rollover Amount ”) must be equal to or greater than $10,000 . Please note that if the Rollover Amount that you indicate is greater than your Closing Cash Amount,(4) it will be automatically capped at your Closing Cash Amount.

 

You hereby elect to exchange PRA Options having a Spread Value equal to: $                          .

 

Please be advised that, due to certain purchase price adjustments required to be calculated under the Merger Agreement, the actual amount of the aggregate Spread Value of 100% of your PRA Options cannot be finally calculated at this time, but will be communicated to you at a later date.

 

For purposes of determining which PRA Options will be exchanged for Rollover Options, the Company will first exchange the PRA Options most recently granted, and then the next most recently granted, until the Rollover Amount is achieved (rounded down to avoid fractional Rollover Options).  Rollover Options will cover a different number of shares, and have a different per share exercise price, than the PRA Options they replace.  Any PRA Options that are not exchanged for Rollover Options will be cancelled in exchange for cash in accordance with the provisions of the Merger Agreement.

 

Acknowledged and confirmed this          day of                     , 2013.

 

 

 

 

NAME

 

 


(1) Rollover Options corresponding to these PRA Options will expire on the 10 th  anniversary of the Grant Date of PRA Options.

 

(2) “Estimated Spread Value per PRA Option” means the product of (x) the number of shares of PRA Common Stock subject to each PRA Option identified by Grant Date in the table herein, multiplied by (y) the excess of (A) the Company’s best estimate, as of the date of the cover letter to which this Rollover Election Form is attached, of the pre-tax dollar amount of the merger consideration per share of PRA Common Stock ultimately payable under the Merger Agreement over (B) the per share exercise price of each such PRA Option.

 

(3) “Spread Value” means the aggregate pre-tax dollar amount of the cash merger consideration (after final purchase price adjustments are calculated under the Merger Agreement), determined as of the date of the closing of the Merger, that will be expected to be paid to you in respect of the PRA Options pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement.

 

(4) “Closing Cash Amount” means (i) the product of (x) the total number of shares of PRA Common Stock subject to all PRA Options identified in the table herein, multiplied by (y) the per share, pre-tax dollar amount of cash merger consideration actually paid at Closing under the Merger Agreement, minus (ii) the aggregate exercise prices of such PRA Options.

 




Exhibit 10.8

 

AMENDMENT
TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
DATED DECEMBER 9, 2009

BY AND BETWEEN

PRA INTERNATIONAL AND COLIN SHANNON

 

WHEREAS, PRA International (the “Company”) and Colin Shannon (the “Executive”) previously entered into an Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated December 9, 2009 (the “Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of PRA Holdings, Inc. has approved an change in the compensation payable to the Executive; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive now desire to amend the terms of such Agreement to reflect the revised compensation to be paid to the executive in consideration of the services rendered by him.

 

NOW, THEREOFRE, the Agreement is amended as follows:

 

1.                                       Compensation and Benefits. Effective as of January 1, 2011, Section 4(a) of the Agreement is revised to read as follows in its entirety:

 

(a)                                  Salary . The Company shall pay the Executive a base salary (the “Base Salary”) equal to $500,000 per annum. The Base Salary will be periodically reviewed by the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”) for possible merit increases as the Compensation Committee deems appropriate. The Base Salary may not be reduced following the Effective Date. The Base Salary shall be paid in arrears in substantially equal installments at monthly or more frequent intervals, in accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company.

 

2.                                       Equity Incentives. Effective as of January 11, 2011, Section 5(c) of the Agreement (“Future Equity Awards”) is redesignated as Section 5(d), and a new Section 5(c) is added to the Agreement as follows:

 

(c)                                   Additional Equity Awards . As further consideration for the services rendered by the Executive during the Agreement Term, the Company shall grant to Executive stock options (the “Stock Option”) to purchase 150,000 shares of PRA Holdings, Inc. common stock under the terms of the PRA Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). Such Stock Option will be granted as of January 11, 2011 and shall have an exercise price equal to $10.00 per share. The Stock Option will vest in accordance with the following:

 

(1)                                  Time-Vested Option . As to 100,000 shares covered by the Stock Option (the “Time-Vested Option”), Executive shall become vested in and eligible to exercise the Option as to 25,000 shares on each of the first four anniversaries of the

 



 

grant, provided Executive is employed on the applicable anniversary for such installment of the option to so vest. The Time-Vested Option shall be evidenced by a stock option agreement setting forth such other customary terms and conditions at the Company’s discretion.

 

(2)                                  Performance-Vested Option . As to 50,000 shares covered by the Stock Option (the “Performance-Vested Option”), provided Executive remains employed by the Company through such date, the option shall vest and become exercisable on the date the Cumulative Proceeds received by Genstar equal or exceed two (2) times Genstar’s Investment. As used herein:

 

(a)                                  “Cumulative Proceeds” shall mean the sum of (i) the aggregate cash consideration actually received (excluding any management, transaction or similar fees) by Genstar in connection with a Transaction, after taking into account all expenses, post closing adjustments; and (ii) the amount of cash dividends or other distributions that Genstar receives from the Company from time to time.

 

(b)                                  “Genstar” means Genstar Capital Partners V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Genstar Capital Partners IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Stargen V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Stargen IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and any affiliate thereof.

 

(c)                                   “Investment” means the aggregate investment of funds by Genstar in debt and equity securities or instruments of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

(d)                                  “Transaction” means a Change in Control, recapitalization of the Company, sale of equity in the Company by Genstar or an initial public offering of the Company (“IPO”), or any Subsidiary of the Company.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Compensation Committee has approved the adoption of this Amendment and has authorized me, as duly appointed officer of the Company, to execute this Amendment.

 

 

 

PRA INTERNATIONAL

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert J. Weltman

 

 

Robert J. Weltman

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Colin Shannon

 

Colin Shannon

 

 

2



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), entered into on December 9, 2009 and effective as of January 1, 2010, between PRA International, a Delaware Corporation (the “Company”), and Colin Shannon (the “Executive”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, prior to the Effective Date, the Executive has rendered services to the Company upon and subject to the terms, conditions and other provisions of that certain Employment Agreement between the Executive and the Company dated as of May 7, 2007 (the “Prior Agreement”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to continue to assure itself of the services of the Executive and wishes Executive to become the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Executive is willing to enter into an agreement to that end, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Employment

 

The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to remain in the employ of the Company, on and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

2.                                       Term

 

The period of this Agreement (the “Agreement Term”) shall commence on January 1, 2010 (the “Effective Date”) and shall expire on the fourth anniversary of the effective Date.

 

3.                                       Position, Duties and Responsibilities

 

(a)                                  The Executive shall serve as, with the title, office and authority of, the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The Executive shall also hold similar titles, offices and authority with the Company’s subsidiaries and its successors.

 

(b)                                  The Executive shall have all powers, authority, duties and responsibilities usually incident to the positions and offices of President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The Executive shall report directly to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”).

 



 

(c)                                   As of the Effective Date, the Executive shall be appointed as a member of the Board and the Company shall nominate the Executive for re-election to the Board upon the expiration of each of the Executive’s terms as a director that occurs during the Agreement Term.

 

(d)                                  The Executive agrees to devote substantially all of his business time, efforts and skills to the performance of his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the Executive from devoting reasonable periods required for (i) participating in professional, educational, philanthropic, public interest, charitable, social or community activities, (ii) serving as a director or member of an advisory committee of any corporation or other entity that the Executive is serving on as of the Effective Date, or subject to prior approval of the Board, any other corporation or entity that is not in competition with the Company, or (iii) managing his personal investment; provided , further , that any such activities set forth in clauses (i) through (iii) above do not materially interfere with the Executive’s regular performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder.

 

(e)                                   The Executive shall perform his duties at the offices of the Company located in Raleigh, North Carolina, but from time to time the Executive may be required to travel to other locations in the proper conduct of his responsibilities under this Agreement.

 

4.                                       Compensation and Benefits

 

In consideration of the services rendered by the Executive during the Agreement Term, the Company shall pay or provide the Executive the compensation and benefits set forth below.

 

(a)                                  Salary . The Company shall pay the Executive a base salary (the “Base Salary”) equal to $440,000 per annum. The Base Salary will be periodically reviewed by the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”) for possible merit increases as the Compensation Committee deems appropriate. The Base Salary may not be reduced following the Effective Date. The Base Salary shall be paid in arrears in substantially equal installments at monthly or more frequent intervals, in accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Annual Incentive Bonuses . Each year during the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in a performance-based bonus compensation program pursuant to which the Executive will have an aggregate target banns of 60% of the Executive’s Base Salary (the “ Target Bonus Amount ”), as determined by the Board in its discretion (the “ Annual Bonus ”). The amount, if any, of such Annual Bonus shall be determined based upon the Company’s and/or the Executive’s attainment of reasonable performance goals approved by the Board in its sole discretion. Each such Annual Bonus shall be payable on such date or dates as is determined by the Board. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4(b), no bonus shall be payable

 

2



 

pursuant to this Section 4(b) unless the Executive remains continuously employed with the Company through the applicable bonus payment date.

 

(c)                                   Benefits and Perquisites . Executive will participate in all executive compensation plans, including cash-based long-term incentive plans, and in the same benefits and perquisites maintained by the Company for senior executives.

 

5.                                       Equity Incentives

 

As further consideration for the services rendered by the Executive during the Agreement Term, the Company shall grant to Executive stock options (the “Stock Option”) to purchase 150,000 shares of PRA Holdings, Inc. common stock under the terms of the PRA Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). Such Stock Option will be granted as of the Effective Date and shall have an exercise price equal to $10.00 per share. The Stock Option will vest in accordance with the following:

 

(a)                                  Time-Vested Option . As to 100,000 shares covered by the Stock Option (the “Time-Vested Option”), Executive shall become vested in and eligible to exercise the Option as to 25,000 shares on each of the first four anniversaries of the Effective Date, provided Executive is employed on the applicable anniversary for such installment of the option to so vest. The Time-Vested Option shall be evidenced by a stock option agreement setting forth such other customary terms and conditions at the Company’s discretion.

 

(b)                                  Performance-Vested Option . As to 50,000 shares covered by the Stock Option (the “Performance-Vested Option”), provided Executive remains employed by the Company through such date, the option shall become vested and exercisable upon the first to occur of: (i) a Change in Control pursuant to which the PRA Holdings, Inc.’s stockholders receive proceeds equal to or greater than $20.00 per share or (ii) following an initial public offering of PRA Holdings, Inc., the closing share price for PRA Holdings, Inc. common stock equals or exceeds $20.00 per share. The Performance-Vested Option shall be evidenced by, and further subject to, a stock option agreement setting forth such other customary terms and conditions at the Company’s discretion.

 

(c)                                   Future Equity Awards . Executive will be eligible for annual equity and other long-term incentive awards under the Plan (or successor plan), in the discretion of the Compensation Committee.

 

6.                                       Termination of Employment

 

The Agreement Term will be terminated upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a)                                  Resignation for Good Reason . The Executive may voluntarily terminate his employment hereunder for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean:

 

3



 

(i)                                      Any material breach of this Agreement by the Company (where the Company fails to cure such breach within ten (10) business days after being notified in writing by Executive of such breach);

 

(ii)                                   The material diminution, without Executive’s written consent, of Executive’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities as indicated in the Employment Agreement, or the appointment of any other person, without Executive’s written consent, to perform any material part of such duties, including without limitation, the failure of Executive to have such duties and responsibilities with respect to the acquiring entity following a Change in Control (as defined below);

 

(iii)                                The involuntary material relocation of Executive’s then current principal place of business to a location more than 50 miles from Executive’s current principal place of business; and

 

(iv)                               The failure by the Company to obtain the assumption in writing of its obligation to perform under the Agreement by any successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

Executive may terminate his employment for Good Reason by providing the Company thirty (30) days’ written notice setting forth in reasonable specificity the event that constitutes Good Reason, within ninety (90) days of the occurrence of such event. During such thirty (30) days notice period, the Company shall have the opportunity to cure (if curable) the event that constitutes Good Reason, and if not cured within such period, Executive’s termination will be effective upon the expiration of such cure period. For purposes of this Agreement (other than Section 5 hereof), “Change in Control” shall be as defined under the Plan on the date of the Change in Control or as defined under the Plan on the date hereof, whichever is more favorable to Executive.

 

(b)                                  Resignation without Good Reason . The Executive may voluntarily terminate his employment hereunder for any reason at any time, including for any reason that does not constitute Good Reason.

 

(c)                                   Termination for Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive shall be considered to be terminated for “Cause” only upon the occurrence of the following:

 

(i)                                      A material breach of this Agreement by Executive (where Executive fails to cure such breach within ten (10) business days after being notified in writing by the Company of such breach);

 

(ii)                                   Executive’s failure (except where due to a physical or mental incapacity) to substantially perform his material duties with respect to the Company which continues beyond ten (10) days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Executive by the Company;

 

4



 

(iii)                                Executive engaging in or causing an act of willful misconduct that has a material adverse impact on the reputation, business, business relationships or financial condition of the Company;

 

(iv)                               Executive’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony, or any crime involving moral turpitude not involving a traffic offence;

 

(v)                                  Executive’s willful refusal to perform the specific lawful directives of the Board which are consistent with the scope of Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

 

provided , however , that no action taken by Executive in the reasonable, good faith belief that it was in the best interest of the Company shall be treated as a basis for termination of Executive’s employment for Cause under clause (i) above, and no failure of Executive or the Company to achieve performance goals, alone, shall be treated as a basis for termination of Executive’s employment for Cause under clause (ii) or (v) above.

 

(d)                                  Termination without Cause . The Board shall have the right to terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder other than for Cause at any time, subject to the consequences of such termination as set forth in this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Disability . The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon his Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean Executive is eligible for disability payments under the Company’s long-term disability plan, as in effect on the date hereof.

 

(f)                                    Death . The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.

 

7.                                       Compensation Upon Termination of Employment

 

In the event the Executive’s employment by the Company is terminated during the Agreement Term, the Executive shall be entitled to the severance payments and benefits specified below:

 

(a)                                  Resignation for Good Reason; Termination without Cause . In the event the Executive voluntarily terminates his employment hereunder for Good Reason or is terminated by the Company other than for Cause, the Company shall pay the Executive and provide him with the following:

 

(i)                                      Accrued Obligations . The Company shall pay and provide the Executive with his Accrued Obligations. For purposes of his Agreement, “Accrued Obligations” shall consist of the following: (A) accrued and unpaid Base Salary and accrued and unused paid time off through the date of termination, (B) any accrued but unpaid annual bonus with respect to any completed fiscal year of the Company which has ended prior to the date of termination (except upon an involuntary termination for Cause or the existence

 

5



 

of Cause is found following a voluntary termination, (C) all accrued and vested benefits under employee pension (including 401 (k)) and welfare plans in which Executive participates, in accordance with applicable plan terms, and (D) unreimbursed business expenses incurred through the termination date, in accordance with Company business expense reimbursement policy.

 

(ii)                                   Severance Payment . The Company shall pay the Executive an amount equal to the sum of Executive’s annual Base Salary and an amount equal to the Target Bonus Amount at the time of termination of employment (such sum hereinafter defined as the “Severance Amount”). The Severance Amount shall be paid in 12 equal monthly installments beginning in the month immediately following the date of the termination of employment.

 

(iii)                                Equity Rights . The vesting and exercisability of any outstanding stock options or other equity awards held by Execute at the time of termination of employment will be governed by the terms of such awards.

 

(iv)                               Company-Paid Continuation Coverage . Following the date of the Executive’s termination of employment the Executive and his eligible dependents shall be entitled to continue participating in the Company’s group medical, dental, and other health benefit coverages as required under the health care continuation requirements of the Consolidated Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”). Such coverage shall be provided to Executive and his eligible depends for the 12-month period following the date of the Executive’s termination of employment with the same employee cost-sharing as is provided to employees of the Company generally during this 12-month period (the “Company-Paid Continuation Coverage”).

 

(b)                                  Resignation without Good Reason; Termination for Good Cause; Death; Disability . In the event the Executive voluntarily terminates his employment hereunder other than for Good Reason, is terminated by the Company for Cause, or is terminated on account of death or Disability, the Company shall have no obligations to Executive under this Agreement other than to pay Executive and provide him with any Accrued Obligations. The vesting and exercisability of any outstanding stock options or other equity awards held by Executive at the time of any such termination of employment will be governed by the terms of such awards.

 

8.                                       Change of Control. In the event that the employment of the Executive is terminated on or prior to the expiration of the one-year period immediately following a Change of Control either (i) by the Executive for Good Reason or (ii) by the Company other than for Cause, in lieu of the Severance Amount payable pursuant to Section 7(a)(ii) hereof, Executive will be entitled to a lump-sum payment equal to two times the Severance Amount (as provided in Section 7(a)(ii) hereof), payable within fifteen days of termination of employment, and be entitled to Company-Paid Continuation Coverage (as defined in Section 7(a)(iv) hereof) for 24 months following termination of employment instead of the 12 months provided in Section 7(a)(iv).

 

6



 

9.                                       Parachute Tax Indemnity

 

(a)                                  If it shall be determined that any amount of paid, distributed or treated as paid or distributed by the Company to or for the Executive’s benefit (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any additional payments required under this Section 9) (a “Payment”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code of any interest or penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax), together with any such interest and penalties, being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), then the Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a “Gross-Up Payment”) in an amount such that after payment by the Executive of all federal, state and local taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all taxes under Section 4999 of the Code could be eliminated if the aggregate value of the Payments were reduced by no more than l0% then such Payments will be so reduced.

 

(b)                                  All determinations required to be made under this Section 9, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm (the “Accounting Firm”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. The Accounting Firm shall be mutually agreed to by the Company and Executive. All fees and expenses of the Accounting firm shall be borne by the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 9, shall be paid by the Company to the Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive. As a result of the uncertainty of the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been made (“Underpayment”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to this Section 9 and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the Executive’s benefit.

 

(c)                                   The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than ten business days after the Executive is informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on

 

7


 

which such claim is required to be paid. The Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim the Executive shall: (i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim; (ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company; (iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order to effectively contest such claim; and (iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceeding relating to such claim; provided , however , that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representing and payment of costs and expense. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 9, the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claims and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided , however , that if the Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such payment to the Executive, on an interest-free basis, and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from an Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the Executive’s taxable year with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company’s control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority, so long as such action does not have a material adverse effect on the contest being pursued by the Company.

 

(d)                                  If, after the Executive’s receipt of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to this Section 9, the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive shall (subject to the Company’s complying with the requirements of this Section 9) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the Executive’s receipt of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to this Section 9, a determination is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of

 

8



 

its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

 

10.                                No Mitigation

 

The Executive shall not be required to seek other employment or to reduce any severance benefit payable to him under Section 7 or 8 hereof, and no such severance benefit shall be reduced on account of any compensation received by the Executive from other employment.

 

11.                                Release

 

All payments and benefits provided under Section 7(a)(ii) and (iv) hereof shall be conditioned upon Executive’s executing and honoring a release of claims in favor of the Company in the Company’s standard form for Company Officers in accordance with Section 22(c) (the “Release”).

 

12.                                Tax Withholding

 

All compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to reduction by all applicable withholding, social security and other federal, state and local taxes and deductions.

 

13.                                Restrictive Covenants

 

(a)                                  Covenant Not to Disclose Confidential Information . The Executive acknowledges that during the course of his affiliation with the Company he has or will have access to and knowledge of certain information and data which the Company considers confidential and the release of such information or data to unauthorized persons would be extremely detrimental to the Company. As a consequence, the Executive hereby agrees and acknowledges that he owes a duty to the Company not to disclose, and agrees that without the prior written consent of the Company, at any time, either during or after his employment with the Company, he will not communicate, publish or disclose, to any person anywhere or use, any Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined), except as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct his duties hereunder, provided the Executive is acting in good faith and in the best interest of the Company, or as may be required by law or judicial process. The Executive will use his best efforts at all times to hold in confidence and to safeguard any Confidential Information from falling into the hands of any unauthorized person and, in particular, will not permit any Confidential Information to be read, duplicated or copied. The Executive will return to the Company all Confidential Information in the Executive’s possession or under the Executive’s control whenever the Company shall so request, and in any event will promptly return all such Confidential Information in the Executive’s possession or under the Executive’s control whenever the Company shall so request and in any event will promptly return all such Confidential Information if the Executive’s relationship with the Company is terminated for any or no reason and will

 

9



 

not retain any copies thereof. For purposes hereof the term “Confidential Information” shall mean any information or data used by or belonging or relating to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates that is not known generally to the industry in which the Company maintains on a confidential basis, including, without limitation, any and all trade secrets, proprietary data and information relating to the Company’s business and products, price list, customer lists, processes, procedures or standards, know-how, manuals, business strategies, records, drawings, specifications, designed, financial information, whether or not reduced to writing, or information or data which the Company advises the Executive should be treated as confidential information.

 

(b)                                  Covenant Not to Compete . The Executive acknowledges that he has established and will continue to establish favorable relations with the customers, clients and accounts of the Company and will have access to trade secrets of the Company. Therefore, in consideration of such relations and to further protect trade secrets, directly or indirectly, of the Company, the Executive agrees that during the term of his employment by the Company and for a period of twelve months from the date of termination of the Executive, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, without the express written consent of the Company:

 

(i)                                      own or have any interest in or act as an officer, director, partner, principal, employee, agent, representative, consultant or independent contractor of, or in any way assist in, any business that competes with any business engaged in by the Company (the “Competitive Business”):

 

(ii)                                   solicit clients, customers or accounts of the Company for, on behalf of or otherwise related to any such Competitive Businesses or any products related thereto; or

 

(iii)                                solicit or in any manner influence or encourage any person who is or shall be in the employ or service of the Company to leave such employ or service for any other employment opportunity.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall have the option to continue to bind Executive to the provisions of this Section l3(b) for a period of twelve months following a termination of employment which occurs after the expiration of the Agreement and the Agreement Term, provided that, the Company provides Executive with the payments and benefits set forth in Section 7(a) hereof.

 

(c)                                   Non-Disparagement . At all times following the date hereof, the Executive shall express no opinions or views or knowingly take any other actions that will adversely affect the business reputation or goodwill of the Company, its affiliates, directors, officers or employees.

 

(d)                                  Specific Performance . Recognizing the irreparable damage will result to the Company in the event of the breach or threatened breach of any of the foregoing covenants and assurances by the Executive contained in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) hereof, and that the Company’s remedies at law for any such breach or threatened

 

10



 

breach will be inadequate, the Company and its successors and assigns, in addition to such other remedies which may be available to them, shall be entitled to an injunction, including a mandatory injunction, to be issued by any court of competent jurisdiction ordering compliance with this Agreement or enjoining and restraining the Executive, and each and every person, firm or Company acting in concert or participation with him, from the continuation of such breach and, in addition thereto, he shall pay to the Company all ascertainable damages, including costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees sustained by the Company by reason of the breach or threatened breach of said covenants and assurances. The obligations of the Executive and the rights of the Company, its successors and assigns under this Section 13 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for the periods set forth above. The covenants and obligations of the Executive set forth in this Section 13 are in addition to and not in lieu of or exclusive of any other obligations and duties of the Executive to the Company, whether express or implied in fact or in law. In addition, the Executive further acknowledges that if he breaches any provision of this Section 13 following his termination of employment with the Company, the Executive will forfeit the right to any unpaid severance of other payments under this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 13, “Company” shall include all subsidiaries of the Company.

 

(e)                                   Potential Unenforceability of Any Provision . If a final judicial determination is made that any provision of this Agreement is an unenforceable restriction against the Executive, the provisions hereof shall be rendered void only to the extent that such judicial determination finds such provisions unenforceable, and such unenforceable provisions shall automatically be reconstituted and become a part of this Agreement, effective as of the date first written above, to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

14.                                Indemnification

 

To the fullest extent permitted by the indemnification provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company in effect as of the date of this Agreement, and the indemnification provision of the laws of the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation in effect from time to time, the Company shall indemnify the Executive as a director, senior officer or employee of the Company against all liabilities and reasonable expenses that may be incurred in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, and shall pay for the reasonable expenses incurred by the Executive in the defense of or participation in any proceeding to which the Executive is a party because of his service to the Company. The rights of the Executive under this indemnification provision shall survive the termination of employment with respect to events occurring prior to termination on a basis not less favorable than is provided for any other officer of the Company. In addition during the Agreement Term, Executive will be provided with Director & Officer coverage to the same extent as any other officer or director of the Company.

 

11



 

15.                                Successors

 

(a)                                  This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and any person, firm, corporation or other entity which succeeds to all or substantially all of the business, assets or property of the Company. As used in this Agreement, the “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business, assets or property as aforesaid which executes and delivers an agreement provided for in this Section 15 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 15(a), this Agreement shall not be assignable by the Company without the prior written consent of the Executive.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement and all rights of the Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive should die while any amounts are due and payable to him hereunder, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid to the Executive’s designated beneficiary or, if there be no such designated beneficiary, to the legal representatives of the Executive’s estate.

 

16.                                No Assignment

 

Except as to withholding of any tax under the laws of the United States or any other country, state or locality, neither this Agreement nor any right or interest hereunder nor any amount payable at any time hereunder shall be subject in any manner to alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, attachment, or other legal process, or encumbrance of any kind by the Executive or by its beneficiaries of the Executive or by his legal representatives without the Company’s prior written consent, nor shall there be any right of set-off or counterclaim in respect of any debts or liabilities of the Executive, his beneficiaries or legal representatives, except in the case of termination of employment of Cause; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 16 shall preclude the Executive from designating a beneficiary to receive any benefit payable on his death, or the legal representatives of the Executive from assigning any rights hereunder to the person or persons entitled thereto under his will or, in case of intestacy, to the person or persons entitled thereto under the laws of intestacy applicable to his estate.

 

17.                                Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and, except as specifically provided herein, cancels and supersedes any and all other agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, including but not limited to the Prior Agreement. Any amendment or modification of this Agreement shall not be binding unless in writing and signed by the Company and the Executive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties hereto shall enter into stock option agreements in respect of the Time-Vested Option and the Performance-Vested Option, setting forth terms and conditions consistent with the

 

12



 

provisions of this Agreement and such other terms and conditions approved by the Compensation Committee and consistent with the Plan.

 

18.                                Severability

 

In the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be unaffected and shall remain in full force and effect, any such determination of invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

19.                                Notices

 

All notices which may be necessary or proper for either the Company or the Executive to give to the other shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by air courier, to the Executive at the following address (or such other address as the Executive may designate by written notice to the Company):

 

Colin Shannon

2015 Giovanni Court

Cary, NC 27518

 

and shall be sent in the manner described above to the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal executives offices at 4130 ParkLake Avenue, Suite 400, Raleigh, North Carolina 27612 or delivered by hand to the Secretary of the Company, and shall be deemed given when sent, provided that any notice required under Section 6 hereof shall be deemed given only when received. Any party may by like notice to the other party change the address at which he or they are to receive notices hereunder.

 

20.                                Governing Law

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and enforceable in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.

 

21.                                Arbitration

 

Except to the extent that injunctive relief is available for any breach of restrictive covenants, any controversy or claim arising out of, or related to, this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by binding arbitration in Raleigh, North Carolina in accordance with the rules then obtaining of the American Arbitration Association, and the arbitrator’s decision shall be binding and final, and judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Each party will pay one-half of the arbitration expenses and his or its own legal fees and costs; provided, in any dispute after a Change in Control, the Company (or successor) will pay all arbitration fees, and all of the Executive’s reasonable legal expenses if Executive prevails on at least one material issue in dispute, as determined, by the arbitrator.

 

13



 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, obligations of the parties under this Section 21 shall survive any termination of employment.

 

22.                                Section 409A

 

(a)                                  General . The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, to the extent applicable, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with, and incorporate the terms and conditions required by, Section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury Regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidelines that may be issued after the Effective Date (“Section 409A”). Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the Company determines that any amounts payable hereunder will be immediately taxable to the Executive under Section 409A, the Company reserves the right (without any obligation to do so or to indemnify the Executive for failure to do so) to (a) adopt such amendments to this Agreement and appropriate policies and procedures, including amendments and policies with retroactive effect, that the Company determines to be necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided by this Agreement, to preserve the economic benefits of this Agreement and to avoid less favorable accounting or tax consequences for the Company and/or (b) take such other actions as the Company determines to be necessary or appropriate to exempt the amounts payable hereunder from Section 409A or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A and thereby avoid the application of penalty taxes thereunder. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed to transfer any liability for failure to comply with the requirements of Section 409A from the Executive or any other individual to the Company or any of its affiliates, employees or agents.

 

(b)                                  Separation from Service under Section 409A . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement: (i) no amount shall be payable pursuant to Section 7(b) or Section 8 unless the termination of the Executive’s employment constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 1.409A-l(h) of the Department of Treasury Regulations; (ii) for purposes of Section 409A, the Executive’s right to receive installment payments pursuant to Section 7(a) shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments; and (iii) to the extent that any reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A, such reimbursement or benefit shall be provided no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of expenses reimbursed in one year shall not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year. The amount of any in-kind benefits provided in one year shall not affect the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other year.

 

(c)                                   Release . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent that any payments of “nonqualified deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Section 409A) due under this Agreement as a result of the Executive’s termination of employment are subject to the Executive’s execution and delivery of a Release, (i) the Company shall deliver the Release to the Executive within ten (10)

 

14



 

business days following the date of Executive’s termination of employment, and the Company’s failure to deliver a Release prior to the expiration of such ten (10) business day period shall constitute a waiver of any requirement to execute a Release, (ii) if the Executive fails to execute the Release on or prior to the Release Expiration Date (as defined below) or timely revokes his acceptance of the Release thereafter, the Executive shall not be entitled to any payments or benefits otherwise conditioned on the Release, and (iii) in any case where the date of Executive’s termination of employment and the Release Expiration Date fall in two separate taxable years, any payments required to be made to the Executive that are conditioned on the Release and are treated as nonqualified deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A shall be made in the later taxable year. For purposes of this Section 22(c), “ Release Expiration Date ” shall mean the date that is twenty-one (21) days following the date upon which the Company timely delivers the Release to the Executive, or, in the event that the Executive’s termination of employment is “in connection with an exit incentive or other employment termination program” (as such phrase is defined in the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967), the date that is forty-five (45) days following such delivery date. To the extent that any payments of nonqualified deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A) due under this Agreement as a result of the Executive’s termination of employment are delayed pursuant to this Section 22(c), such amounts shall be paid in a lump sum on the first payroll date following the date that the Executive executes and does not revoke the Release (and the applicable revocation period has expired) or, in the case of any payments subject to Section 22(c)(iii), on the first payroll period to occur in the subsequent taxable year, if later.

 

[ Rest of page intentionally omitted ]

 

15



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Executive have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Colin Shannon

 

Colin Shannon

 

 

 

 

 

PRA INTERNATIONAL

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert J. Weltman

 

By: Robert J. Weltman

 

Title: Director

 

16




Exhibit 10.9

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), entered into effective July 1, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”) between PRA Global Holdings, Inc. (“ Parent ”), PRA International, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Colin Shannon (the “ Executive ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, prior to the Effective Date, the Executive has rendered services to the Company upon and subject to the terms, conditions and other provisions of that certain Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Executive and the Company effective as of January 1, 2010 (the “ Prior Agreement ”), which Prior Agreement by its terms expired effective December 31, 2013.

 

WHEREAS, Parent and the Company desires to continue to assure itself of the services of the Executive and wishes Executive to become the President and Chief Executive Officer of Parent and remain the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Executive is willing to enter into an agreement to that end, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Employment

 

The Company hereby agrees to continue to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to remain in the employ of the Company, on and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

2.                                       Term

 

The period of this Agreement (the “ Agreement Term ”) shall commence on the Effective Date and shall expire on the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

3.                                       Position, Duties and Responsibilities

 

(a)                                  The Executive shall serve as, with the title, office and authority of, the President and Chief Executive Officer of both Parent and the Company.  The Executive shall also hold similar titles, offices and authority with the Company’s subsidiaries and its successors.

 

(b)                                  The Executive shall have all powers, authority, duties and responsibilities usually incident to the positions and offices of President and Chief Executive Officer of both Parent and the Company. The Executive shall report directly to Parent’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”).

 



 

(c)                                   As of the Effective Date, the Executive shall be appointed as a member of the Board and Parent shall nominate the Executive for re-election to the Board upon the expiration of each of the Executive’s terms as a director that occurs during the Agreement Term.

 

(d)                                  The Executive agrees to devote substantially all of his business time, efforts and skills to the performance of his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the Executive from devoting reasonable periods required for (i) participating in professional, educational, philanthropic, public interest, charitable, social or community activities, (ii) serving as a director or member of an advisory committee of any corporation or other entity that the Executive is serving on as of the Effective Date, or subject to prior approval of the Board, any other corporation or entity that is not in competition with the Company, or (iii) managing his personal investment; provided , further , that any such activities set forth in clauses (i) through (iii) above do not materially interfere with the Executive’s regular performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder.

 

(e)                                   The Executive shall perform his duties at the offices of the Company located in Raleigh, North Carolina, but from time to time the Executive may be required to travel to other locations in the proper conduct of his responsibilities under this Agreement.

 

4.                                       Compensation and Benefits

 

In consideration of the services rendered by the Executive during the Agreement Term, the Company shall pay or provide the Executive the compensation and benefits set forth below.

 

(a)                                  Salary .  The Company shall pay the Executive a base salary (the “ Base Salary ”) equal to $540,000 per annum; provided, however, that such rate of Base Salary shall increase to $600,000 per annum, effective July 1, 2014.  The Base Salary will be reviewed at least annually by the Compensation Committee of the Board (or if no such committee exists, the Board) (the “ Compensation Committee ”) for possible merit increases as the Compensation Committee deems appropriate.  The Base Salary may not be reduced following the Effective Date.  The Base Salary shall be paid in arrears in substantially equal installments at monthly or more frequent intervals, in accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Annual Incentive Bonuses .  Each year during the Term, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in a performance-based bonus compensation program pursuant to which the Executive will have an aggregate target bonus of 60% of the Executive’s Base Salary (the “ Target Bonus Amount ”), as determined by the Board in its discretion (the “ Annual Bonus ”).  The amount, if any, of such Annual Bonus shall be determined based upon the Company’s and/or the Executive’s attainment of reasonable performance goals approved by the Board in its sole discretion.  Each such Annual Bonus shall be payable on such date or dates as is determined by the Board.

 

2



 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4(b), no bonus shall be payable pursuant to this Section 4(b) unless the Executive remains continuously employed with the Company through the applicable bonus payment date.

 

(c)                                   Benefits and Perquisites .  Executive will participate in all executive compensation plans, including cash-based long-term incentive plans, and in the same benefits and perquisites maintained by the Company for senior executives.

 

5.                                       Equity Incentives

 

During the Employment Term, Executive will be eligible for such equity incentive awards under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of PRA Global Holdings, Inc.  and its Subsidiaries (the “ 2013 Plan ”) (or any successor plan), as the Compensation Committee shall determine in its discretion.

 

6.                                       Termination of Employment

 

The Agreement Term will be terminated upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a)                                  Resignation for Good Reason .  The Executive may voluntarily terminate his employment hereunder for Good Reason.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean:

 

(i)                                      Any material breach of this Agreement by Parent or the Company, as applicable (where Parent or the Company, as applicable, fails to cure such breach within ten (10) business days after being notified in writing by Executive of such breach);

 

(ii)                                   The material diminution, without Executive’s written consent, of Executive’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities as indicated in the Employment Agreement, or the appointment of any other person, without Executive’s written consent, to perform any material part of such duties, including without limitation, the failure of Executive to have such duties and responsibilities with respect to the acquiring entity following a Change in Control (as defined below);

 

(iii)                                The involuntary material relocation of Executive’s then current principal place of business to a location more than 50 miles from Executive’s current principal place of business; and

 

(iv)                               The failure by Parent or the Company, as applicable, to obtain the assumption in writing of its obligation to perform under the Agreement by any successor to all or substantially all of the assets of Parent or the Company, as applicable.

 

Executive may terminate his employment for Good Reason by providing the Board thirty (30) days’ written notice setting forth in reasonable specificity the event that

 

3



 

constitutes Good Reason, within ninety (90) days of the occurrence of such event.  During such thirty (30) days’ notice period, Parent or the Company, as applicable, shall have the opportunity to cure (if curable) the event that constitutes Good Reason, and if not cured within such period, Executive’s termination will be effective upon the expiration of such cure period.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change in Control ” shall be as defined under the 2013 Plan on the date of the Change in Control or as defined under the 2013 Plan on the date hereof, whichever is more favorable to Executive.

 

(b)                                  Resignation without Good Reason .  The Executive may voluntarily terminate his employment hereunder for any reason at any time, including for any reason that does not constitute Good Reason.

 

(c)                                   Termination for Cause .  Parent or the Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause.  For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive shall be considered to be terminated for “Cause” only upon the occurrence of the following:

 

(i)                                      A material breach of this Agreement by Executive (where Executive fails to cure such breach within ten (10) business days after being notified in writing by Parent or the Company of such breach);

 

(ii)                                   Executive’s failure (except where due to a physical or mental incapacity) to substantially perform his material duties with respect to the Company which continues beyond ten (10) days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Executive by Parent or the Company;

 

(iii)                                Executive engaging in or causing an act of willful misconduct that has a material adverse impact on the reputation, business, business relationships or financial condition of the Company;

 

(iv)                               Executive’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony, or any crime involving moral turpitude not involving a traffic offence;

 

(v)                                  Executive’s willful refusal to perform the specific lawful directives of the Board which are consistent with the scope of Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

 

provided , however , that no action taken by Executive in the reasonable, good faith belief that it was in the best interest of the Company shall be treated as a basis for termination of Executive’s employment for Cause under clause (i) above, and no failure of Executive or the Company to achieve performance goals, alone, shall be treated as a basis for termination of Executive’s employment for Cause under clause (ii) or (v) above.

 

(d)                                  Termination without Cause .  The Board shall have the right to terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder other than for Cause at any time, subject to the consequences of such termination as set forth in this Agreement.

 

4



 

(e)                                   Disability .  The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon his Disability.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” shall mean Executive is eligible for disability payments under the Company’s long-term disability plan, as in effect on the date hereof.

 

(f)                                    Death .  The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.

 

7.                                       Compensation Upon Termination of Employment

 

In the event the Executive’s employment by Parent and the Company is terminated during the Agreement Term, the Executive shall be entitled to the severance payments and benefits specified below:

 

(a)                                  Resignation for Good Reason; Termination without Cause .  In the event the Executive voluntarily terminates his employment hereunder for Good Reason or is terminated by Parent or the Company other than for Cause, the Company shall pay the Executive and provide him with the following:

 

(i)                                      Accrued Obligations .  The Company shall pay and provide the Executive with his Accrued Obligations.  For purposes of his Agreement, “ Accrued Obligations ” shall consist of the following:  (A) accrued and unpaid Base Salary and accrued and unused paid time off through the date of termination, (B) any accrued but unpaid annual bonus with respect to any completed fiscal year of the Company which has ended prior to the date of termination (except upon an involuntary termination for Cause or the existence of Cause is found following a voluntary termination), (C) all accrued and vested benefits under employee pension (including 401(k)) and welfare plans in which Executive participates, in accordance with applicable plan terms, and (D) unreimbursed business expenses incurred through the termination date, in accordance with Company business expense reimbursement policy.

 

(ii)                                   Severance Payment .  The Company shall pay the Executive an amount equal to the sum of Executive’s annual Base Salary and an amount equal to the Target Bonus Amount at the time of termination of employment (such sum hereinafter defined as the “ Severance Amount ”).  The Severance Amount shall be paid over the 12 calendar months beginning in the calendar month immediately following the date of the termination of employment, in arrears in substantially equal installments at monthly or more frequent intervals, in accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company.

 

(iii)                                Equity Rights .  The vesting and exercisability of any outstanding stock options or other equity awards held by Execute at the time of termination of employment will be governed by the terms of such awards.

 

(iv)                               Company-Paid Continuation Coverage .  Following the date of the Executive’s termination of employment, the Executive and his eligible dependents shall be entitled to continue participating in the Company’s group

 

5



 

medical, dental, and other health benefit coverages as required under the health care continuation requirements of the Consolidated Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“ COBRA ”).  Such coverage shall be provided to Executive and his eligible depends for the 12-month period following the date of the Executive’s termination of employment with the same employee cost-sharing as is provided to employees of the Company generally during this 12-month period (the “ Company-Paid Continuation Coverage ”).

 

(b)                                  Resignation without Good Reason; Termination for Good Cause; Death; Disability .  In the event the Executive voluntarily terminates his employment hereunder other than for Good Reason, is terminated by Parent or the Company for Cause, or is terminated on account of death or Disability, neither Parent nor the Company shall have any obligations to Executive under this Agreement other than to pay Executive and provide him with any Accrued Obligations.  The vesting and exercisability of any outstanding stock options or other equity awards held by Executive at the time of any such termination of employment will be governed by the terms of such awards.

 

8.                                       Change in Control .  In the event that the employment of the Executive is terminated on or prior to the expiration of the one-year period immediately following a Change in Control either (a) by the Executive for Good Reason or (b) by the Company other than for Cause: (i) in lieu of the Severance Amount payable pursuant to Section 7(a)(ii) hereof, Executive will be entitled to a lump-sum payment equal to two times the Severance Amount (as calculated under Section 7(a)(ii) hereof), payable within fifteen days of termination of employment; and (ii) in lieu of the Company-Paid Continuation Coverage (as defined in Section 7(a)(iv) hereof) being provided for 12 months pursuant to Section 7(a)(iv) hereof, Executive will be entitled to Company-Paid Continuation Coverage for 24 months following termination of employment.

 

9.                                       Parachute Tax Indemnity

 

(a)                                  If it shall be determined that any amount paid, distributed or treated as paid or distributed by the Company to or for the Executive’s benefit (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any additional payments required under this Section 9) (a “ Payment ”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Excise Tax ”), then the Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a “ Gross-Up Payment ”) in an amount such that after payment by the Executive of all federal, state and local taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all taxes under Section 4999 of the Code could be eliminated if the aggregate value of the Payments were reduced by no more than 10% then such Payments will be so reduced.

 

6



 

(b)                                  All determinations required to be made under this Section 9, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm (the “ Accounting Firm ”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company.  The Accounting Firm shall be mutually agreed to by the Company and Executive.  All fees and expenses of the Accounting firm shall be borne by the Company.  Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 9, shall be paid by the Company to the Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination.  Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive.  As a result of the uncertainty of the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been made (“ Underpayment ”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder.  In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to this Section 9 and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the Executive’s benefit.

 

(c)                                   The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment.  Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than ten business days after the Executive is informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is required to be paid.  The Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due).  If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim the Executive shall:  (i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim; (ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company; (iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order to effectively contest such claim; and (iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceeding relating to such claim; provided , however , that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representing and payment of costs and expense.  Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 9, the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at

 

7



 

its sole option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claims and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided , however , that if the Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such payment to the Executive, on an interest-free basis, and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from an Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the Executive’s taxable year with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount.  Furthermore, the Company’s control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority, so long as such action does not have a material adverse effect on the contest being pursued by the Company.

 

(d)                                  If, after the Executive’s receipt of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to this Section 9, the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive shall (subject to the Company’s complying with the requirements of this Section 9) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto).  If, after the Executive’s receipt of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to this Section 9, a determination is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

 

10.                                No Mitigation

 

The Executive shall not be required to seek other employment or to reduce any severance payment or benefit payable to him under Section 7 or 8 hereof, and no such severance payment or benefit shall be reduced on account of any compensation received by the Executive from other employment.

 

11.                                Release

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, all payments and benefits provided under Section 7(a)(ii) and (iv) or Section 8 hereof, as applicable, shall be conditioned upon Executive’s executing and honoring a release of claims in favor of Parent and the Company in the Company’s standard form for Company Officers in accordance with Section 22(c) (the “ Release ”).

 

8



 

12.                                Tax Withholding

 

All compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to reduction by all applicable withholding, social security and other federal, state and local taxes and deductions.

 

13.                                Restrictive Covenants

 

(a)                                  Covenant Not to Disclose Confidential Information .  The Executive acknowledges that during the course of his affiliation with Parent and the Company he has or will have access to and knowledge of certain information and data which the Company considers confidential and the release of such information or data to unauthorized persons would be extremely detrimental to the Company.  As a consequence, the Executive hereby agrees and acknowledges that he owes a duty to the Company not to disclose, and agrees that without the prior written consent of the Company, at any time, either during or after his employment with the Company, he will not communicate, publish or disclose, to any person anywhere or use, any Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined), except as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct his duties hereunder, provided the Executive is acting in good faith and in the best interest of the Company, or as may be required by law or judicial process.  The Executive will use his best efforts at all times to hold in confidence and to safeguard any Confidential Information from falling into the hands of any unauthorized person and, in particular, will not permit any Confidential Information to be read, duplicated or copied.  The Executive will return to the Company all Confidential Information in the Executive’s possession or under the Executive’s control whenever the Company shall so request, and in any event will promptly return all such Confidential Information in the Executive’s possession or under the Executive’s control whenever the Company shall so request and in any event will promptly return all such Confidential Information if the Executive’s relationship with the Company is terminated for any or no reason and will not retain any copies thereof.  For purposes hereof the term “ Confidential Information ” shall mean any information or data used by or belonging or relating to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates that is not known generally to the industry in which the Company maintains on a confidential basis, including, without limitation, any and all trade secrets, proprietary data and information relating to the Company’s business and products, price list, customer lists, processes, procedures or standards, know-how, manuals, business strategies, records, drawings, specifications, designs, financial information, whether or not reduced to writing, or information or data which the Company advises the Executive should be treated as confidential information.

 

(b)                                  Covenant Not to Compete .  The Executive acknowledges that he has established and will continue to establish favorable relations with the customers, clients and accounts of the Company and will have access to Confidential Information and trade secrets of the Company.  Therefore, in consideration of such relations and to further protect Confidential Information and trade secrets, directly or indirectly, of the Company, the Executive agrees that, at all times during his employment by the Company (including prior to the Effective Date) and for a period of twelve months from

 

9



 

the date of termination of the Executive, the Executive has not and will not, directly or indirectly, without the express written consent of the Company:

 

(i)                                      within (A) the country, region of the country, state, and/or surrounding states in which Executive’s office with the Company was located at the time of Executive’s termination, or (B) fifty miles of the location of Executive’s office with the Company at the time of Executive’s termination, be engaged or employed by a Competing CRO, whether as owner, manager, officer, director, employee, consultant or otherwise to perform duties and responsibilities that are the same or substantially related to the duties and responsibilities that Executive performed for the Company at any time during the twenty-four months prior to Executive’s termination.  “Competing CRO” means any entity (and its respective affiliates and successors) that competes with the Company in the provision of Customer Services. “ Customer Services ” means any product or service provided by the Company to a third party for remuneration, including, but not limited to on a contract or outsourced basis, assisting pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies in developing and taking drug compounds, biologics, and drug delivery devices through appropriate regulatory approval processes, and/or recruiting, staffing and placement of personnel in the areas of clinical research, medical writing, biostatistics and programming, in each case (A) during the period of Executive’s employment with the Company prior to the date of this Agreement, through the end of the Agreement Term or (B) about which Executive has knowledge and that which Executive had knowledge that the Company will provide or has contracted to provide to third parties during the twelve (12) months following the Agreement Term;

 

(ii)                                   directly or indirectly, whether as owner, manager, officer, director, employee, consultant or otherwise, solicit the business of, or accept business from any Customer of the Company, unless the business being solicited or accepted is not in competition with or substantially similar to the Company’s business.  For the purposes of this Section 13(b), “ Customer ” means any person or legal entity (and its subsidiaries, agents, employees and representatives)  about whom Executive has acquired information during the period of Executive’s employment with the Company prior to the date of this Agreement, through the end of the Agreement Term and as to whom Executive has knowledge that the Company has provided or does provide services at any time upon, or during the twenty-four months prior to, Executive’s termination, or will during the twelve months following the Agreement Term provide services; or

 

(iii)                                directly or indirectly, (A) solicit or induce (or attempt to solicit or induce) to leave the employ of the Company or any of its affiliates for any reason whatsoever any person employed by the Company or any of its affiliates at the time of the act of solicitation or inducement or (B) hire any person who was employed by the Company at the time of Executive’s termination or at any time during the six months prior to Executive’s termination.

 

10


 

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall have the option to continue to bind Executive to the provisions of this Section 13(b) for a period of twelve months following a termination of employment which occurs after the expiration of the Agreement and the Agreement Term, provided that, the Company provides Executive with the payments and benefits set forth in Section 7(a) hereof.

 

(c)                                   Non-Disparagement .  At all times during his employment by the Company (including prior to the Effective Date) and thereafter, the Executive shall express no opinions or views or knowingly take any other actions that will adversely affect the business reputation or goodwill of the Company, its Affiliates, directors, officers or employees.

 

(d)                                  Specific Performance .  Recognizing that irreparable damage will result to Parent and the Company in the event of the breach or threatened breach of any of the foregoing covenants and assurances by the Executive contained in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) hereof, and that Parent’s and the Company’s remedies at law for any such breach or threatened breach will be inadequate, Parent, the Company and each of their successors and assigns, in addition to such other remedies which may be available to them, shall be entitled to an injunction, including a mandatory injunction, to be issued by any court of competent jurisdiction ordering compliance with this Agreement or enjoining and restraining the Executive, and each and every person, firm or company acting in concert or participation with him, from the continuation of such breach and, in addition thereto, he shall pay to Parent or the Company all ascertainable damages, including costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees sustained by Parent or the Company by reason of the breach or threatened breach of said covenants and assurances.  The obligations of the Executive and the rights of Parent and the Company, its successors and assigns under this Section 13 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for the periods set forth above.  The covenants and obligations of the Executive set forth in this Section 13 are in addition to and not in lieu of or exclusive of any other obligations and duties of the Executive to Parent and the Company, whether express or implied in fact or in law.  In addition, the Executive further acknowledges that if he breaches any provision of this Section 13 following his termination of employment with Parent and the Company, the Executive will forfeit the right to any unpaid severance or other payments under this Agreement.  For purposes of this Section 13, “Company” shall include all subsidiaries of the Company.

 

(e)                                   Potential Unenforceability of Any Provision .  If a final judicial determination is made that any provision of this Agreement is an unenforceable restriction against the Executive, the provisions hereof shall be rendered void only to the extent that such judicial determination finds such provisions unenforceable, and such unenforceable provisions shall automatically be reconstituted and become a part of this Agreement, effective as of the date first written above, to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

11



 

14.                                Indemnification

 

To the fullest extent permitted by the indemnification provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of Parent and the Company, as applicable, in effect as of the date of this Agreement, and the indemnification provision of the laws of the jurisdiction of Parent’s and the Company’s, incorporation, as applicable, in effect from time to time, Parent and the Company, as applicable, shall indemnify the Executive as a director, senior officer or employee of Parent and the Company, as applicable, against all liabilities and reasonable expenses that may be incurred in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, and shall pay for the reasonable expenses incurred by the Executive in the defense of or participation in any proceeding to which the Executive is a party because of his service to Parent and the Company, as applicable.  The rights of the Executive under this indemnification provision shall survive the termination of employment with respect to events occurring prior to termination on a basis not less favorable than is provided for any other officer of Parent and the Company, as applicable.  In addition during the Agreement Term, Executive will be provided with Director & Officer coverage to the same extent as any other officer or director of Parent and the Company, as applicable.

 

15.                                Successors

 

(a)                                  This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Parent and the Company, as applicable, and each of its successors and any person, firm, corporation or other entity which succeeds to all or substantially all of the business, assets or property of Parent or the Company, as applicable.  As used in this Agreement, the “ Company ” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business, assets or property as aforesaid which executes and delivers an agreement provided for in this Section 15 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 15(a), this Agreement shall not be assignable by Parent or the Company without the prior written consent of the Executive.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement and all rights of the Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.  If the Executive should die while any amounts are due and payable to him hereunder, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid to the Executive’s designated beneficiary or, if there be no such designated beneficiary, to the legal representatives of the Executive’s estate.

 

16.                                No Assignment

 

Except as to withholding of any tax under the laws of the United States or any other country, state or locality, neither this Agreement nor any right or interest hereunder nor any amount payable at any time hereunder shall be subject in any manner to alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, attachment, or other legal process, or encumbrance of any kind by the Executive or by its beneficiaries of the Executive or by

 

12



 

his legal representatives without the Company’s prior written consent, nor shall there be any right of set-off or counterclaim in respect of any debts or liabilities of the Executive, his beneficiaries or legal representatives, except in the case of termination of employment of Cause; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 16 shall preclude the Executive from designating a beneficiary to receive any benefit payable on his death, or the legal representatives of the Executive from assigning any rights hereunder to the person or persons entitled thereto under his will or, in case of intestacy, to the person or persons entitled thereto under the laws of intestacy applicable to his estate.

 

17.                                Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and, except as specifically provided herein, cancels and supersedes any and all other agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, including but not limited to the Prior Agreement.  Any amendment or modification of this Agreement shall not be binding unless in writing and signed by Parent, the Company and the Executive.

 

18.                                Severability

 

In the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be unaffected and shall remain in full force and effect, any such determination of invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

19.                                Notices

 

All notices which may be necessary or proper for either Parent or the Company, on one hand, or the Executive, on the other, to give to the other shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by air courier, as follows:

 

(i) to the Executive at the following address (or such other address as the Executive may designate by written notice to the Company):

 

Colin Shannon
2015 Giovanni Court

Cary, NC   27518

 

(ii) to the Company, at the Company’s principal executive offices at: 4130 ParkLake Avenue, Suite 400, Raleigh, North Carolina 27612, to the attention of the Secretary of the Company; and

 

(iii) to Parent, c/o the Company, at the Company’s principal executive offices at: 4130 ParkLake Avenue, Suite 400, Raleigh, North Carolina 27612, to the attention of the Chairman of the Board; and

 

13



 

any such notice shall be deemed given when sent, provided that any notice required under Section 6 hereof shall be deemed given only when received.  Any party may by like notice to the other party change the address at which he or they are to receive notices hereunder.

 

20.                                Governing Law

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and enforceable in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.

 

21.                                Arbitration

 

Except to the extent that injunctive relief is available for any breach of restrictive covenants, any controversy or claim arising out of, or related to, this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by binding arbitration in Raleigh, North Carolina in accordance with the rules then obtaining of the American Arbitration Association, and the arbitrator’s decision shall be binding and final, and judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.  Each party will pay one-half of the arbitration expenses and his or its own legal fees and costs; provided, in any dispute after a Change in Control, the Company (or successor) will pay all arbitration fees, and all of the Executive’s reasonable legal expenses if Executive prevails on at least one material issue in dispute, as determined, by the arbitrator.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, obligations of the parties under this Section 21 shall survive any termination of employment.

 

22.                                Section 409A

 

(a)                                  General .  The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, to the extent applicable, this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with, and incorporate the terms and conditions required by, Section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury Regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidelines that may be issued after the Effective Date (“ Section 409A ”).  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the Company determines that any amounts payable hereunder will be immediately taxable to the Executive under Section 409A, the Company reserves the right (without any obligation to do so or to indemnify the Executive for failure to do so) to (a) adopt such amendments to this Agreement and appropriate policies and procedures, including amendments and policies with retroactive effect, that the Company determines to be necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided by this Agreement, to preserve the economic benefits of this Agreement and to avoid less favorable accounting or tax consequences for the Company and/or (b) take such other actions as the Company determines to be necessary or appropriate to exempt the amounts payable hereunder from Section 409A or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A and thereby avoid the application of penalty taxes thereunder.  No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed to transfer any liability for failure to

 

14



 

comply with the requirements of Section 409A from the Executive or any other individual to the Company or any of its affiliates, employees or agents.

 

(b)                                  Separation from Service under Section 409A .  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement:  (i) no amount shall be payable pursuant to Section 7 or Section 8 unless the termination of the Executive’s employment constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Department of Treasury Regulations; (ii) for purposes of Section 409A, the Executive’s right to receive any installment payments or benefits pursuant to Section 7(a) shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments within the meaning of Section 409A; and (iii) to the extent that any reimbursement of expenses or in-kind benefits constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A, such reimbursement or benefit shall be provided no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred.  The amount of expenses reimbursed in one year shall not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year.  The amount of any in-kind benefits provided in one year shall not affect the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other year.

 

(c)                                   Release .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent that any payments of “nonqualified deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Section 409A) due under this Agreement as a result of the Executive’s termination of employment are subject to the Executive’s execution and delivery of a Release as provided under this Agreement: (i) the Company shall deliver the Release to the Executive within ten (10) business days following the date of Executive’s termination of employment, and the Company’s failure to deliver a Release prior to the expiration of such ten (10) business day period shall constitute a waiver of any requirement to execute a Release; (ii) if the Executive fails to execute the Release on or prior to the Release Expiration Date (as defined below) or timely revokes his acceptance of the Release thereafter, the Executive shall not be entitled to any payments or benefits otherwise conditioned on the Release; and (iii) in any case where the date of Executive’s termination of employment and the Release Expiration Date fall in two separate taxable years, any payments required to be made to the Executive that are conditioned on the Release and are treated as nonqualified deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A shall be made in the later taxable year.  For purposes of this Section 22(c), “ Release Expiration Date ” shall mean the date that is twenty-one (21) days following the date upon which the Company timely delivers the Release to the Executive, or, in the event that the Executive’s termination of employment is “in connection with an exit incentive or other employment termination program” (as such phrase is defined in the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967), the date that is forty-five (45) days following such delivery date.  To the extent that any payments of nonqualified deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A) due under this Agreement as a result of the Executive’s termination of employment are delayed pursuant to this Section 22(c), such amounts shall be paid in a lump sum on the first payroll date following the date that the Executive executes and does not revoke the Release (and the applicable revocation period has expired) or, in the case of any payments subject to Section 22(c)(iii), on the first payroll period to occur in the subsequent taxable year, if later.

 

15



 

23.                                Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[ Rest of page intentionally omitted ]

 

16



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of Parent, the Company and the Executive have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Colin Shannon

 

Colin Shannon

 

 

 

PRA GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ James C. Momtazee

 

By: James C. Momtazee

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

PRA INTERNATIONAL

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Linda Baddour

 

By: Linda Baddour

 

Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

17




Exhibit 10.10

 

AMENDMENT

TO THE

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

DATED JUNE 4, 2007

BY AND BETWEEN

PRA INTERNATIONAL AND LINDA BADDOUR

 

WHEREAS, PRA International (the “Company”) and Linda Baddour (the “Executive”) previously entered into an Employment Agreement dated June 4, 2007 (the “Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive now desire to amend the terms of such Agreement to extend the term thereof.

 

NOW, THEREOFRE, the Agreement is amended as follows:

 

1.             Term .  The Agreement Term shall be renewed effective as of June 4, 2011 (the “Renewal Date”) and shall expire on the fourth anniversary of the Renewal Date.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Executive have executed this Amendment.

 

 

PRA INTERNATIONAL

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Colin Shannon

 

 

Colin Shannon

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED:

 

/s/ Linda Baddour

 

Linda Baddour

 

 


 

Execution Copy

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of 4 June, 2007 (this “Agreement”), between PRA International, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Linda Baddour (the “Executive”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the Company wishes Executive to become Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Executive is willing to enter into an agreement to that end, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

1. Employment

 

The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to remain in the employ of the Company, on and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

2. Term

 

The period of this Agreement (the “Agreement Term”) shall commence on June 4, 2007 (the “Effective Date”) and shall expire on the fourth anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

3. Position, Duties and Responsibilities

 

(a)           The Executive shall serve as, and with the title, office and authority of, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company. The Executive shall also hold similar titles, offices and authority with the Company’s subsidiaries and its successors.

 

(b)           The Executive shall have all powers, authority, duties and responsibilities usually incident to the positions and offices of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company. The Executive shall report directly to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

(c)           The Executive agrees to devote substantially all of her business time, efforts and skills to the performance of her duties and responsibilities under this Agreement; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall preclude the Executive from devoting reasonable periods required for (i) participating in professional, educational, philanthropic, public interest, charitable, social or community activities, (ii) serving as a director or member of an advisory committee of any corporation or other entity that the Executive is serving on as of the Effective Date or, subject to prior approval of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), any other corporation

 



 

or entity that is not in competition with the Company, or (iii) managing her personal investments; provided , further , that any such activities set forth in clauses (i) through (iii) above do not materially interfere with the Executive’s regular performance of her duties and responsibilities hereunder.

 

(d)             The Executive shall perform her duties at the offices of the Company located in Reston, Virginia, but from time to time the Executive may be required to travel to other locations in the proper conduct of her responsibilities under this Agreement.

 

4. Compensation and Benefits

 

In consideration of the services rendered by the Executive during the Agreement Term, the Company shall pay or provide the Executive the compensation and benefits set forth below.

 

(a)          Salary . The Company shall pay the Executive a base salary (the “Base Salary”) equal to $300,000 per annum. The Base Salary will be periodically reviewed by the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”) for possible merit increases as the Compensation Committee deems appropriate. The Base Salary may not be reduced following the Effective Date. The Base Salary shall be paid in arrears in substantially equal installments at monthly or more frequent intervals, in accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company.

 

(b)          Annual Incentive Bonuses . The Company shall provide the Executive with the opportunity to earn an annual target bonus of $135,000 (the “Target Bonus Amount”) for each calendar year of the Company ending during the Agreement Term, provided that Executive’s maximum bonus opportunity for extraordinary performance shall be governed by the provisions of the Company’s annual MIP bonus plan. With respect to calendar year 2007, Executive’s Target Bonus Amount shall be $135,000 and such amount will not be pro-rated for the partial year of service in 2007. Any annual target bonus hereunder shall otherwise be payable under the terms of the Company’s annual bonus program for its senior officers.

 

(c)           Sign-On Bonus . The Company shall pay Executive a cash payment in an amount of $50,000. Such amount will be paid as soon as practicable following the Effective Date

 

(d)           Benefits and Perquisites . Executive will participate in all executive compensation plans, including cash-based long-term incentive plans, and in the same benefits and perquisites maintained by the Company for senior executives, except that Executive will not be considered for additional equity-based grants until 2010.

 

(e)           Relocation and Living Allowance . The Company will reimburse the Executive with her and her family’s relocation to the Reston, Virginia area, provided that the aggregate amount of such reimbursement shall not exceed $200,000.

 

2



 

5. Equity Incentives

 

As further consideration for the services rendered by the Executive during the Agreement Term, the Executive shall be granted a stock option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase 225,000 shares of the Company’s common stock under the terms of the Company’s 2004 Incentive Award Plan (the “Plan”). Such Stock Option will be granted on the Effective Date, will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant for purposes of the Plan, and will have a seven year term. The vested portion of the Stock Option shall continue to be exercisable for 90 days following any termination of employment, and for such longer period as Executive is precluded from selling shares because of the Company’s policies on insider trading or applicable securities laws restrictions (but not beyond expiration of the term), except: (i) the vested portion of the Stock Option shall continue to be exercisable for a period of 18 months (but not beyond expiration of the term) following death or termination due to Disability (as the term is defined under the Plan); (ii) the unexercised portion of the Stock Option, whether vested or unvested, shall be cancelled and forfeited upon a termination for Cause (but Executive’s right to exercise shall be suspended pending resolution of any dispute as to existence of “Cause” and preserved as exercisable for 90 days if such termination is determined to be not for Cause); and (iii) the unexercised portion of the Stock Option, whether vested or unvested, shall be cancelled and forfeited upon a judicial determination that there has been a breach of the noncompetition covenant; provided , that Executive’s right to exercise shall be suspended pending resolution of any dispute as to such breach.

 

The Stock Option will vest in accordance with the following:

 

(a)          Time-Vested Option . As to 135,000 shares covered by the Stock Option (the “Time-Vested Option”), Executive shall become vested in and eligible to exercise the Option as to 33,750 shares on each of the first four anniversaries of the Effective Date, provided , that Executive is employed on the applicable anniversary for such installment of the option to so vest; and provided, further , that, (i) upon a Change in Control (for purposes of this Section 5, as defined in the Plan on the date hereof) occurring on or before December 31, 2007, while Executive is employed, 50% of the Time-Vested Option will become fully vested and exercisable and (ii) upon a Change in Control occurring after December 31, 2007, while Executive is employed, 100% of the Time-Vested Option will become fully vested and exercisable. Any portion of the Time-Vested Option not vested upon a Change in Control on or before December 31, 2007 will be forfeited and cancelled.

 

(b)           Performance-Vested Option . As to the other 90,000 shares covered by the Stock Option (the “Performance-Vested Option”), vesting and exercisability shall be based on the attainment of the following closing share prices for 30 consecutive trading days at any time during the Executive’s employment with the Company:

 

3



 

 

 

Options

 

Total

 

Share Price

 

Vesting

 

Vesting

 

$

32.00

 

22,500

 

22,500

 

$

40.00

 

22,500

 

45,000

 

$

50.00

 

22,500

 

67,500

 

$

60.00

 

22,500

 

90,000

 

 

Upon a Change in Control at any time during the option term while Executive is employed, the Performance-Vested Option will vest in whole or in part, or not vest, in accordance with the table above based on the share price paid by the acquirer in the Change in Control. Any portion of the Performance-Vested Option not vested upon a Change in Control will be forfeited and cancelled.

 

(c)             Future Equity Awards . Executive will be eligible for annual equity and other long-term incentive awards under the Plan (or successor plan), in the discretion of the Compensation Committee, commencing with annual equity awards granted to senior executives in 2010.

 

6. Termination of Employment

 

The Agreement Term will be terminated upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a)            Resignation for Good Reason . The Executive may voluntarily terminate her employment hereunder for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean:

 

(i)            Any material breach of this Agreement by the Company (where the Company fails to cure such breach within ten (10) business days after being notified in writing by Executive of such breach);

 

(ii)           The material diminution, without Executive’s written consent, of Executive’s position, title, authority, duties or responsibilities as indicated in the Employment Agreement, or the appointment of any other person, without Executive’s written consent, to perform any material part of such duties, including without limitation, the failure of Executive to have such duties and responsibilities with respect to the acquiring entity following a Change in Control (as defined below); and

 

(iii)          The failure by the Company to obtain the assumption in writing of its obligation to perform under the Agreement by any successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

Executive may terminate her employment for Good Reason by providing the Company thirty (30) days’ written notice setting forth in reasonable specificity the event that constitutes Good Reason, within ninety (90) days of the occurrence of such event.

 

4



 

During such thirty (30) day notice period, the Company shall have the opportunity to cure (if curable) the event that constitutes Good Reason, and if not cured within such period, Executive’s termination will be effective upon the expiration of such cure period. For purposes of this Agreement (other than Section 5 hereof), “Change in Control” shall be as defined under the Plan on the date of the Change in Control or as defined under the Plan on the date hereof, whichever is more favorable to Executive.

 

(b)               Resignation without Good Reason . The Executive may voluntarily terminate her employment hereunder for any reason at any time, including for any reason that does not constitute Good Reason.

 

(c)               Termination for Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive shall be considered to be terminated for “Cause” only upon the occurrence of the following:

 

(i)                A material breach of this Agreement by Executive (where Executive fails to cure such breach within ten (10) business days after being notified in writing by the Company of such breach);

 

(ii)               Executive’s failure (except where due to a physical or mental incapacity) to substantially perform her material duties with respect to the Company which continues beyond ten (10) days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Executive by the Company;

 

(iii)              Executive engaging in or causing an act of willful misconduct that has a material adverse impact on the reputation, business, business relationships or financial condition of the Company;

 

(iv)              Executive’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony, or any crime involving moral turpitude not involving a traffic offense;

 

(v)               Executive’s willful refusal to perform the specific lawful directives of the Board which are consistent with the scope of Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

 

provided, however, that no action taken by Executive in the reasonable, good faith belief that it was in the best interests of the Company shall be treated as a basis for termination of Executive’s employment for Cause under clause (i) above, and no failure of Executive or the Company to achieve performance goals, alone, shall be treated as a basis for termination of Executive’s employment for Cause under clause (ii) or (v) above.

 

(d)               Termination without Cause . The Board shall have the right to terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder without Cause at any time, subject to the consequences of such termination as set forth in this Agreement.

 

(e)               Disability . The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon her Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean Executive is

 

5



 

eligible for disability payments under the Company’s long-term disability plan, as in effect on the date hereof.

 

(f)             Death . The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon her death.

 

7. Compensation Upon Termination of Employment

 

In the event the Executive’s employment by the Company is terminated during the Agreement Term, the Executive shall be entitled to the severance payments and benefits specified below:

 

(a)            Resignation for Good Reason; Termination without Cause . In the event the Executive voluntarily terminates her employment hereunder for Good Reason or is terminated by the Company without Cause, the Company shall pay the Executive and provide her with the following:

 

(i)           Accrued Obligations . The Company shall pay and provide the Executive with her Accrued Obligations. For purposes of this Agreement, “Accrued Obligations” shall consist of the following: (A) accrued and unpaid Base Salary and accrued and unused paid time off through the date of termination, (B) any unpaid annual bonus with respect to any completed fiscal year of the Company which has ended prior to the date of termination (except upon an involuntary termination for Cause or the existence of Cause is found following a voluntary termination), (C) all accrued and vested benefits under employee pension (including 401(k)) and welfare plans in which Executive participates, in accordance with applicable plan terms, and (D) unreimbursed business expenses incurred through the termination date, in accordance with Company business expense reimbursement policy.

 

(ii)           Severance Payment . The Company shall pay the Executive an amount equal to the sum of Executive’s annual Base Salary and an amount equal to the Target Bonus Amount at the time of termination of employment (such sum hereinafter defined as the “Severance Amount”). The Severance Amount shall be paid in 12 equal monthly installments beginning in the month immediately following the date of the termination of employment.

 

(iii)          Equity Rights . The vesting and exercisability of any outstanding stock options or other equity awards held by Executive at the time of termination of employment will be governed by the terms of such awards.

 

(iv)         Company-Paid Continuation Coverage . Following the date of the Executive’s termination of employment, the Executive and her eligible dependents shall be entitled to continue participating in the Company’s group medical, dental, and other heath benefit coverages as required under the health care continuation requirements of the Consolidated Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”). Such coverages shall be provided to Executive and her eligible dependents for the 12-month period following the date of the Executive’s

 

6



 

termination of employment with the same employee cost-sharing as is provided to employees of the Company generally during this 12-month period (the “Company-Paid Continuation Coverage”).

 

(b)       Resignation without Good Reason; Termination for Cause; death; Disability . In the event the Executive voluntarily terminates her employment hereunder other than for Good Reason, is terminated by the Company for Cause, or is terminated on account of death or Disability, the Company shall have no obligations to Executive under this Agreement other than to pay Executive and provide her with any Accrued Obligations. The vesting and exercisability of any outstanding stock options or other equity awards held by Executive at the time of any such termination of employment will be governed by the terms of such awards.

 

8. Change of Control In the event that the employment of the Executive is terminated on or prior to the expiration of the one-year period immediately following a Change of Control either (i) by the Executive for Good Reason or (ii) by the Company other than for Cause, Executive will be entitled to the payments and benefits provided in Section 7(a) hereof; provided that (A) if the Change in Control occurs on or before December 31, 2007, the Severance Amount provided in Section 7(a)(ii) hereof will be paid in a lump-sum within fifteen days following termination of employment and (B) if the Change in Control occurs after December 31, 2007, Executive will be entitled to a lump-sum payment equal to two times the Severance Amount (as provided in Section 7(a)(ii) hereof), payable within fifteen days of termination of employment, and be entitled to Company-Paid Continuation Coverage (as defined in Section 7(a)(iv) hereof) for 24 months following termination of employment instead of the 12 months provided in Section 7(a)(iv).

 

9. Parachute Tax Indemnity

 

(a)           If it shall be determined that any amount paid, distributed or treated as paid or distributed by the Company to or for the Executive’s benefit (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any additional payments required under this Section 9) (a “Payment”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), then the Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a “Gross-Up Payment”) in an amount such that after payment by the Executive of all federal, state and local taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all taxes under Section 4999 of the Code could be eliminated if the aggregate value of the Payments were reduced by no more than 10%, then such Payments will be so reduced.

 

7



 

(b)            All determinations required to be made under this Section 9, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm (the “Accounting Firm”) which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. The Accounting Firm shall be mutually agreed to by the Company and Executive. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne by the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 9, shall be paid by the Company to the Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been made (“Underpayment”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to this Section 9 and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the Executive’s benefit.

 

(c)           The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later then ten business days after the Executive is informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. The Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive shall: (i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim; (ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company; (iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order to effectively contest such claim; and (iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceeding relating to such claim; provided , however , that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expense. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 9, the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all adrninistrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any

 

8



 

permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided , however , that if the Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such payment to the Executive, on an interest-free basis, and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the Executive’s taxable year with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company’s control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority, so long as such action does not have a material adverse effect on the contest being pursued by the Company.

 

(d)           If, after the Executive’s receipt of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to this Section 9, the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive shall (subject to the Company’s complying with the requirements of this Section 9) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the Executive’s receipt of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to this Section 9, a determination is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

 

10. No Mitigation

 

The Executive shall not be required to seek other employment or to reduce any severance benefit payable to her under Section 7 or 8 hereof, and no such severance benefit shall be reduced on account of any compensation received by the Executive from other employment.

 

11. Release

 

All payments and benefits provided under Section 7(a)(ii) and (iv) hereof shall be conditioned upon Executive’s executing and honoring a release of claims in favor of the Company in the Company’s standard form for Company officers.

 

9



 

12. Tax Withholding

 

All compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to reduction by all applicable withholding, social security and other federal, state and local taxes and deductions.

 

13. Restrictive Covenants

 

(a)           Covenant Not to Disclose Confidential Information . The Executive acknowledges that during the course of her affiliation with the Company she has or will have access to and knowledge of certain information and data which the Company considers confidential and the release of such information or data to unauthorized persons would be extremely detrimental to the Company. As a consequence, the Executive hereby agrees and acknowledges that she owes a duty to the Company not to disclose, and agrees that without the prior written consent of the Company, at any time, either during or after her employment with the Company, she will not communicate, publish or disclose, to any person anywhere or use, any Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined), except as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct her duties hereunder, provided the Executive is acting in good faith and in the best interest of the Company, or as may be required by law or judicial process. The Executive will use her best efforts at all times to hold in confidence and to safeguard any Confidential Information from falling into the hands of any unauthorized person and, in particular, will not permit any Confidential Information to be read, duplicated or copied. The Executive will return to the Company all Confidential Information in the Executive’s possession or under the Executive’s control whenever the Company shall so request, and in any event will promptly return all such Confidential Information if the Executive’s relationship with the Company is terminated for any or no reason and will not retain any copies thereof. For purposes hereof the term “Confidential Information” shall mean any information or data used by or belonging or relating to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates that is not known generally to the industry in which the Company is or may be engaged and which the Company maintains on a confidential basis, including, without limitation, any and all trade secrets, proprietary data and information relating to the Company’s business and products, price list, customer lists, processes, procedures or standards, know-how, manuals, business strategies, records, drawings, specifications, designed, financial information, whether or not reduced to writing, or information or data which the Company advises the Executive should be treated as confidential information.

 

(b)           Covenant Not to Compete . The Executive acknowledges that she has established and will continue to establish favorable relations with the customers, clients and accounts of the Company and will have access to trade secrets of the Company. Therefore, in consideration of such relations and to further protect trade secrets, directly or indirectly, of the Company, the Executive agrees that during the term of her employment by the Company and for a period of twelve months from the date of termination of the Executive, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, without the express written consent of the Company:

 

10


 

(i)            own or have any interest in or act as an officer, director, partner, principal, employee, agent, representative, consultant or independent contractor of, or in any way assist in, any business that competes with any business engaged in by the Company (the “Competitive Businesses”);

 

(ii)           solicit clients, customers or accounts of the Company for, on behalf of or otherwise related to any such Competitive Businesses or any products related thereto; or

 

(iii)          solicit or in any manner influence or encourage any person who is or shall be in the employ or service of the Company to leave such employ or service for any other employment opportunity.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall have the option to continue to bind Executive to the provisions of this Section 13 (b) for a period of twelve months following a termination of employment which occurs after the expiration of the Agreement and the Agreement Term, provided that, the Company provides Executive with the payments and benefits set forth in Section 7(a) hereof.

 

(c)           Non-Disparagement . At all times following the date hereof, the Executive shall express no opinions or views or knowingly take any other actions that will adversely affect the business reputation or goodwill of the Company, its affiliates, directors, officers or employees.

 

(d)           Specific Performance . Recognizing the irreparable damage will result to the Company in the event of the breach or threatened breach of any of the foregoing covenants and assurances by the Executive contained in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) hereof, and that the Company’s remedies at law for any such breach or threatened breach will be inadequate, the Company and its successors and assigns, in addition to such other remedies which may be available to them, shall be entitled to an injunction, including a mandatory injunction, to be issued by any court of competent jurisdiction ordering compliance with this Agreement or enjoining and restraining the Executive, and each and every person, firm or Company acting in concert or participation with him, from the continuation of such breach and, in addition thereto, she shall pay to the Company all ascertainable damages, including costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees sustained by the Company by reason of the breach or threatened breach of said covenants and assurances. The obligations of the Executive and the rights of the Company, its successors and assigns under this Section 13 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for the periods set forth above. The covenants and obligations of the Executive set forth in this Section 13 are in addition to and not in lieu of or exclusive of any other obligations and duties of the Executive to the Company, whether express or implied in fact or in law. In addition, the Executive further acknowledges that if she breaches any provision of this Section 13 following her termination of employment with the Company, the Executive will forfeit the right to any unpaid severance of other payments under this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 13, “Company” shall include all subsidiaries of the Company.

 

11



 

(e)             Potential Unenforceability of Any Provision . If a final judicial determination is made that any provision of this Agreement is an unenforceable restriction against the Executive, the provisions hereof shall be rendered void only to the extent that such judicial determination finds such provisions unenforceable, and such unenforceable provisions shall automatically be reconstituted and become a part of this Agreement, effective as of the date first written above, to the maximum extent in favor of the Company that is lawfully enforceable. A judicial determination that any provision of this Agreement is unenforceable shall in no instance render the entire Agreement unenforceable, but rather the Agreement will continue in full force and effect absent any unenforceable provision to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

14. Indemnification

 

To the fullest extent permitted by the indemnification provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company in effect as of the date of this Agreement, and the indemnification provision of the laws of the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation in effect from time to time, the Company shall indemnify the Executive as a director, senior officer or employee of the Company against all liabilities and reasonable expenses that may be incurred in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, and shall pay for the reasonable expenses incurred by the Executive in the defense of or participation in any proceeding to which the Executive is a party because of her service to the Company. The rights of the Executive under this indemnification provision shall survive the termination of employment with respect to events occurring prior to termination on a basis not less favorable than is provided for any other officer of the Company (other than the Chief Executive Officer). In addition, during the Agreement Term, Executive will be provided with Director & Officer coverage to the same extent as any other officer of the Company (other than the Chief Executive Officer).

 

15. Successors

 

(a)           This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and any person, firm, corporation or other entity which succeeds to all or substantially all of the business, assets or property of the Company. As used in this Agreement, the “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business, assets or property as aforesaid which executes and delivers an agreement provided for in this Section 15 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 15(a), this Agreement shall not be assignable by the Company without the prior written consent of the Executive.

 

(b)           This Agreement and all rights of the Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive should die while any amounts are due and payable to her hereunder, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid to the Executive’s designated

 

12



 

beneficiary or, if there be no such designated beneficiary, to the legal representatives of the Executive’s estate.

 

16. No Assignment

 

Except as to withholding of any tax under the laws of the United States or any other country, state or locality, neither this Agreement nor any right or interest hereunder nor any amount payable at any time hereunder shall be subject in any manner to alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, attachment, or other legal process, or encumbrance of any kind by the Executive or the beneficiaries of the Executive or by her legal representatives without the Company’s prior written consent, nor shall there be any right of set-off or counterclaim in respect of any debts or liabilities of the Executive, her beneficiaries or legal representatives, except in the case of termination of employment for Cause; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 16 shall preclude the Executive from designating a beneficiary to receive any benefit payable on her death, or the legal representatives of the Executive from assigning any rights hereunder to the person or persons entitled thereto under her will or, in case of intestacy, to the person or persons entitled thereto under the laws of intestacy applicable to her estate.

 

17. Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and, except as specifically provided herein, cancels and supersedes any and all other agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. Any amendment or modification of this Agreement shall not be binding unless in writing and signed by the Company and the Executive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties hereto shall enter into stock option agreements in respect of the Time-Vested Option and the Performance-Vested Options, setting forth terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of this Agreement and such other terms and conditions approved by the Compensation Committee and consistent with the Plan.

 

18. Severability

 

In the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be unaffected and shall remain in full force and effect, and any such determination of invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

19. Notices

 

All notices which may be necessary or proper for either the Company or the Executive to give to the other shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by air courier, to the Executive at the following address (or such other address as the Executive may designate by written notice to the Company):

 

13



 

and shall be sent in the manner described above to the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal executives offices at 12120 Sunset Hills Road, Suite 600, Reston, Virginia 20190 or delivered by hand to the Secretary of the Company, and shall be deemed given when sent, provided that any notice required under Section 6 hereof shall be deemed given only when received. Any party may by like notice to the other party change the address at which she or they are to receive notices hereunder.

 

20. Governing Law

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and enforceable in accordance with the laws of the State of Virginia, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.

 

21. Arbitration

 

Except that injunctive relief is available for any breach of restrictive covenants, any controversy or claim arising out of, or related to, this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by binding arbitration in Fairfax County, Virginia in accordance with the rules then obtaining of the American Arbitration Association, and the arbitrator’s decision shall be binding and final, and judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Each party will pay one-half of the arbitration expenses and her or its own legal fees and costs; provided, in any dispute after a Change in Control, the Company (or successor) will pay all arbitration fees, and all of Executive’s reasonable legal expenses if Executive prevails on at least one material issue in dispute, as determined by the arbitrator. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, obligations of the parties under this Section 21 shall survive any termination of employment.

 

22. Section 409A

 

To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Agreement comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, and this Agreement shall be construed and applied in a manner consistent with this intent. To the extent the Company determines necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code, payments hereunder will be delayed for six months or such longer period following Executive’s termination of employment to the extent such delay is necessary to avoid adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code.

 

[ Rest of page intentionally omitted ]

 

14



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Executive have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Linda Baddour

 

Linda Baddour

 

 

 

 

 

PRA INTERNATIONAL

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Terrance J. Bieker

 

By:

Terrance J. Bieker

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

15




Exhibit 10.11

 

EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

 

DAVID W. DOCKHORN

 

AND

 

PHARMACEUTICAL RESEARCH ASSOCIATES, INC.

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made effective as of March 1, 2009 (the “Effective Date”), between Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc., a Virginia corporation (“Company” or “Employer”), having its principal office in the State of North Carolina, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of PRA international, a Delaware corporation, and David W. Dockhorn (“you” or “Employee”).

 

The parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Position . The Company will employ you in the position of Executive Vice President, with appropriate title, rank, status and responsibilities as determined from time to time by the Company’s CEO or the CEO’s designee.

 

2.                                       Employment Period .

 

(a)                                  The term of your employment under this Agreement will begin on the Effective Date and will expire on the second anniversary of the Effective Date, unless it is terminated earlier pursuant to Section 7. Beginning on the second anniversary of the Effective Date and on each anniversary thereafter, this Agreement will automatically renew for successive one-year terms, unless either party provides written notice of non-renewal at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the current term.

 

(b)                                  The period during which you are employed under the terms of this Agreement is the “Employment Period.”

 

3.                                       Duties . The CEO, or the CEO’s designee, will determine your specific duties, consistent with your executive position, and the means and manner by which you will perform those duties.

 

(a)                                  You agree to use your best efforts in support of the Company’s business and to devote your full time, skill, attention and energies to the Company’s business. During the Employment Period you may not engage in any other business activity which is competitive with the Company’s business or which may (i) interfere with your ability to discharge your responsibilities; or (ii) detract from the Company’s business or its goodwill and reputation. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, you may not:

 

(i)                                      work on either a part-time or independent contracting basis for any other company, business or enterprise without the prior written consent of the CEO; or

 

1



 

(ii)                                   serve on the board of directors or comparable governing body of any other material business, civic or community corporation or similar entity without the prior written consent of the CEO (excluding those positions you hold and boards of directors on which you serve as of the date of this Agreement, if any, as listed on Exhibit A).

 

(b)                                  You agree to impart your skill and knowledge relating to the Company’s business to individuals designated by the Company, and to train such individuals in the aspects of the business with which you are familiar. In addition, at the Company’s request and without additional compensation, you will record and document your knowledge relating to the Company’s business.

 

4.                                       Compensation . For all services rendered by you under this Agreement, and in consideration of your agreements and undertaking in this Agreement (including, without limitation, those contained in Sections 9 and 10), and, subject to Sections 7 and 8, during the Employment Period, the Company will provide you with the following:

 

(a)                                  Base Salary. The Company will pay you a base salary of Three Hundred Twenty Thousand Eight Hundred Dollars (US) ($320,800.00) per year, paid in equal bi-monthly installments, less tax withholding and other applicable payroll deductions.

 

(b)                                  Bonus. You will participate in the PRA Management Incentive Plan (“Bonus Plan”) approved by the Board of Directors (the “Board”). Your eligibility for bonus payments under the Bonus Plan shall be governed by the terms of the Bonus Plan (incorporated into this Agreement by reference). Any bonus payments must be approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board in advance of payment. For 2009, your target annual bonus under the Bonus Plan will be One Hundred Thirty Five Thousand Dollars (US) ($135,000.00) with a maximum bonus opportunity for extraordinary performance as provided by the Bonus Plan.

 

(c)                                   Long Term Incentives. You will participate in the PRA Holdings, Inc. Equity Incentive Award Plan (“Incentive Award Plan”), as approved by the Board on December 17, 2007, according to the terms set forth in Exhibit B.

 

(d)                                  Review. The Compensation Committee of the Board will review the Company’s compensation matters on a regular basis, and will (on at least an annual basis) set all annual bonus targets, salaries and benefits in which you will be eligible to participate.

 

5.                                       Benefits . You will be eligible to participate in the Company’s standard benefits programs, which presently include health, life and disability insurance. You will be entitled to paid time off in accordance with the Company’s policies in effect for executive staff during the Employment Period (currently 20 days of paid time off (“PTO”) per calendar year). You will also be covered by the Company’s holiday policy and by any pension or retirement plan, disability benefit plan or any other benefit plan or arrangement of the Company which the Compensation Committee of the Board determines is applicable to you.

 

6.                                       Expense Reimbursement . Subject to the Company’s expense reimbursement policy then in effect, the Company will reimburse you for reasonable, documented expenses incurred by you during the Employment Period in connection with the Company’s business and the performance of your duties.

 

2



 

7.                                       Termination . This Agreement may be terminated under the following circumstances, having the consequences described in Sections 7 and 8:

 

(a)                                  Death of Employee . This Agreement will terminate immediately upon your death and your estate, heirs or legal representatives will be entitled to Termination Payments as provided for in Section 7(g).

 

(b)                                  Termination for Disability . The Company may terminate your employment at any time on account of your Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” means either (i) a determination by the Company, upon the advice of a qualified and impartial physician, at the Company’s expense, that you are unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 180 days or (ii) you are, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 180 days, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering the Company’s employees. The Company will give you (or your guardian, as applicable) thirty (30) days’ written notice of termination of the Employment Period under this Section 7(b). Should your employment be terminated pursuant to this Section 7(b), you will be entitled to Termination Payments as provided for in Section 7(g).

 

(c)                                   Termination for Cause . The Company may terminate your employment at any time for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” includes, but is not limited to: (i) a material breach of this Agreement by you (where you fail to cure the breach within five (5) business days after being notified in writing of the breach); (ii) your failure (except where due to a physical or mental incapacity) to substantially perform your material assigned duties as reasonably determined by the Company; (iii) your engaging in or causing an act that has a material adverse impact on the reputation, business, business relationships or financial condition of the Company; (iv) the conviction of or plea of guilty or nolo contendre by you to a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude; (v) your gross misconduct, dishonesty, or fraud; or (vi) your willful refusal to perform specific directives of the CEO, or the CEO’s designee, which are consistent with the scope, ethics and nature of your duties and responsibilities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no action taken by you in a reasonable, good faith belief that it was in the best interest of the Company shall be treated as a basis for termination of your employment for Cause under clause (i) above, and no failure of you or the Company to achieve performance goals, alone, shall be treated as a basis for termination of your employment for Cause under clauses (ii) and (vi) above. Termination by the Company for Cause will not limit the Company’s other rights and remedies for any breach or wrongful act leading to or preceding the termination. In the event of termination by the Company for Cause, you will receive any accrued but unpaid base salary compensation (and accrued PTO, as applicable) due you as of the Termination Date (as defined in Section 7(g)(i) below).

 

(d)                                  Termination without Cause. The Company may terminate this Agreement for reasons other than death, disability, or Cause upon thirty (30) days’ written notice. If your employment is terminated pursuant to this Section 7(d), you will be entitled to Termination Payments as provided for in Section 7(g).

 

3



 

(e)                                   Termination by the You without Good Reason. You may terminate this Agreement upon sixty (60) days’ written notice, in the event of termination by Employee without Good Reason (as defined below), the Company may immediately relieve you of all duties and immediately terminate this Agreement, provided that the Company will pay you any accrued but unpaid base salary compensation (and accrued PTO, as applicable) due you as of the Termination Date.

 

(f)                                    Termination by You for Good Reason . You may terminate this Agreement at any time for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means (i) any material breach of this Agreement by the Company, or (ii) the appointment of any other person, without your written consent, to perform any substantial part of your duties, including your failure to have substantially the same duties and responsibilities with an acquiring entity after any Change of Control. You may not terminate this Agreement for Good Reason unless: (i) you provide written notice to the Company within ninety (90) days after the initial occurrence of the event or condition which constitutes Good Reason, and (ii) the Company has not cured the existence of such event or condition within thirty (30) days of the receipt of your written notice. Termination by you under this Section 7(f) does not limit your other rights and remedies for the breach giving rise to the termination.

 

(g)                                   Termination Payments .

 

A.                                     If your employment is terminated pursuant to Section 7(a) (Death), 7(b) (Disability), 7(d) (without Cause) or 7(f) (by you for Good Reason) (each of the circumstances in this Section 7(g) being known as a “Termination Event”), the Company will provide you (or, in the case of your death, your estate, heirs or legal representatives) the following (collectively, the “Termination Payments”):

 

(i)                                      accrued but unpaid base salary compensation (and accrued PTO, as applicable) due you as of the date on which the Employment Period ends (the “Termination Date”);

 

(ii)                                   subject to Section 24, your full base salary for a twelve (12) month period (the “Severance Payment”); and

 

(iii)                                health benefits provided after the Termination Date (“COBRA coverage”) pursuant to Section 4980B of the Code reimbursed by the Company for the first twelve (12) months of coverage following the Termination Date under the Company’s health benefit plan under which you are receiving coverage immediately prior to the Termination Date, provided you validly elect to receive COBRA Coverage. Subject to Section 24, below, the reimbursement for COBRA will be paid within thirty (30) days after you incur the expense.

 

B.                                     If a Termination Event (other than your death) occurs within twelve months after a Change in Control, then you will be entitled to Termination Payments as stated in Section 7(g)(A)(ii) and (iii) above, except that the period for which salary and benefits are provided in Sections 7(g)(A(ii) and (iii) shall be twenty-four (24) months, and all payments to be made pursuant to those sections shall be paid to you in a lump sum upon the Termination Event. For the purposes of this Section and this Agreement,

 

4



 

“Change in Control” means: (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of PRA International; or (ii) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of PRA International with any other corporation other than (a) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of PRA International outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of PRA International, or any surviving entity, outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (b) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of PRA International (or similar transaction) in which no “person” (as defined below) acquires more than thirty percent (30%) of the combined voting power of PRA International’s then-outstanding securities; or (iii) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) (other than (1) PRA International or (2) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by PRA International or the shareholders of PRA International in the same proportions as their ownership of stock in PRA International), becomes after the Effective Date the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of PRA International representing thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting power of PRA International’s then outstanding securities.

 

C.                                     If you are entitled to Termination Payments under Section 7(g)(B), in consideration of the Company’s obligation to make those payments, Section 10(a) (Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation) will not apply and, instead, the following provision shall apply:

 

For a period of twenty-four (24) months after your employment with the Company ceases, (the “Change in Control Non-Competition Period”), you will not whether as an owner, manager, officer, director, consultant or otherwise, be engaged or employed by a Competing CRO to perform duties and responsibilities that are the same or substantially related to the duties and responsibilities that you performed for the Company at any time during the twenty-four (24) months prior to the Termination Date.

 

Ownership by you of not more than one percent (1%) of the shares of any corporation having a class of equity securities actively traded on a national securities exchange or on the NASDAQ Stock Market shall not be deemed, in and of itself, to violate the prohibitions set forth in this section.

 

For the purposes of this Section 7(g)(C), “Competing CRO” means any of the following entities and their affiliates and successors to the extent that and for so long as those entities, affiliates, and successors directly compete with the Company: Charles River Laboratories International, Inc., Covance Inc., ICON plc, INC Research, Inc., Kendle International Inc., MDS Pharma Services, Omnicare, Inc., PAREXEL International Corporation, Pharmaceutical Product Development, Inc., PharmaNet Development Group, Inc., Quintiles Transnational Corp., United BioSource Corporation, and United Healthcare Corporation

 

5



 

8.                                       Survival of Sections of this Agreement . Regardless of the reason for termination of this Agreement or your employment, and notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, your obligations under Sections 7, 9, 10, 11 and 12 of this Agreement will survive termination of this Agreement in all events.

 

9.                                       Confidential Information and Certain Property Matters .

 

(a)                                  You recognize that information, knowledge, contacts and experience relating to the businesses, operations, properties, assets, liabilities and financial condition of the Company and the markets and industries in which it operates, including, without limitation, information relating to business plans and ideas, trade secrets, intellectual property, know-how, formulas, processes, research and development, methods, policies, materials, results of operations, financial and statistical data, personnel data and customers in and related to the markets and industries in which the Company operates (“Confidential Information”), are valuable, secret, confidential and proprietary. You may not, at any time (whether during or after the Employment Period), make public, disclose, divulge, furnish, release, transfer, sell or otherwise make available to any person any of the Confidential Information, or otherwise use or disclose it or allow it to be used or disclosed for any purpose, other than as may be permitted under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may disclose Confidential Information without violating this Section 9(a) if (i) disclosure is required to comply with a valid court order or any administrative law order or decree; (ii) you gives the Company advance written notice of the required disclosure so that the Company may, if it wishes, seek an appropriate protective order; and (iii) you request that any disclosed information be afforded confidential treatment to the greatest extent possible.

 

(b)                                  You agree to fully disclose to the Company all Inventions made or conceived by you during the Employment Period that would be deemed applicable, useful or otherwise beneficial to the current business of the Company. “Inventions” include, but are not limited to, customer list compilations, machinery, apparatus, products, processes, results of research and development (including without limitation results that constitute trade secrets, ideas and writings), computer hardware, information systems, software (including without limitation source code, object code, documentation, diagrams and flow charts) and any other discoveries, concepts and ideas, whether patentable or not (including without limitation processes, methods, formulas, and techniques, as well as improvements of such items or related know-how, concerning any present or prospective business activities of the Company). All Inventions shall be the absolute property of the Company or its designees, and you acknowledge that you will have no interest whatsoever in such Inventions. At the request of the Company and without additional compensation, you will (i) make application in due form for United States letters patent and foreign letters patent on such Inventions, and will assign to the Company all your right, title and interest in such Inventions; (ii) execute any instruments and do any acts necessary or desirable in connection with any such application for letters patent or in order to establish and perfect in the Company the entire right, title and interest in such Inventions, patent applications or patents; and (iii) execute any instruments necessary or desirable in connection with any continuations, renewals or reissues thereof or in the conduct of any related proceedings or litigation. Except as authorized by the Company in writing, you may not disclose, directly or indirectly, to any person other than the Company, any information relating to any Invention or any related patent application.

 

6



 

(c)                                   The work performed by you pursuant to your employment by the Company will be specifically ordered or commissioned by the Company, and that such work will be considered a “work for hire” as defined in the Copyright Revision Act of 1976 (the “Act”), granting the Company full ownership to the work and all rights comprised therein. You waive in favor of the Company any moral rights in the work contemplated by this Section 9(c) that you now have or in the future may have. Should any work not fall within the definition of a “work for hire” as set forth in the Act, you hereby transfer and assign to the Company full ownership of the copyright to the work and all rights comprised therein. You agree to sign all applications for registration of such copyright as requested by the Company, and to sign all other writings and instruments and perform all other acts necessary or desirable to carry out the terms of this Agreement.

 

10.                                Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation

 

(a)                                  Except when you are entitled to Termination Payments under Section 7(g)(B) (in which case Section 7(g)(C) will apply), during the Employment Period and for a period of twelve (12) months after your employment with the Company ceases for whatever reason (the “Non-competition Period”), you may not, within the country where your office with the Company was located at the Termination Date, be engaged or employed by a Competing CRO, whether as owner, manager, officer, director, employee, consultant or otherwise, to perform duties and responsibilities that are the same or substantially related to the duties and responsibilities that you performed for the Company at any time during the twenty-four (24) months prior to the Termination Date.

 

Ownership by you of not more than one percent (1.0%) of the shares of any corporation having a class of equity securities actively traded on a national securities exchange or on the NASDAQ Stock Market shall not be deemed, in and of itself, to violate the prohibitions set forth in this section.

 

For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “Competing CRO” shall have the meaning stated in Section 7(g)(C).

 

(b)                                  You may not, during the Employment Period and for a period of twelve (12) months after your employment with the Company ceases, directly or indirectly, whether as owner, manager, officer, director, employee, consultant or otherwise, solicit the business of, or accept business from any Customer of the Company at the Termination Date, unless the business being solicited or accepted is not in competition with or substantially similar to the Company’s business. For the purposes of this Section 10 (b), “Customer” means any person or legal entity (and its subsidiaries, agents, employees and representatives) about whom you have acquired material information based on employment with the Company and as to whom you have been informed that the Company provides or will provide services.

 

(c)                                   You may not, during the Employment Period and for a period of twelve (12) months after your employment with the Company ceases, (twenty-four (24) months in the event you are entitled to Termination Payments under Section 7(g)(B)), directly or indirectly, solicit or induce (or attempt to solicit or induce) to leave the employ of the Company or any of its affiliates for any reason whatsoever any person employed by the Company or any of its affiliates at the time of the act of solicitation or inducement.

 

7



 

(d)                                  During and after the Employment Period, you agree not to disparage the Company or any of its affiliates. During and after the Employment Period, the officers with whom you worked in any twenty-four (24) months prior to the Termination Date agree not to disparage your character.

 

(e)                                   You specifically acknowledge and agree that the provisions of this Section 10 (as well as Section 7(g)(C)) are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and that you desire to agree to the provisions of this Section 10. In the event that any of the provisions of this Section 10 (or Section 7(g)(C)) should ever be held to exceed the time, scope or geographic limitations permitted by applicable law, it is the intention of the parties that such provision be reformed to reflect the maximum time, scope and geographic limitations that are permitted by law.

 

(f)                                    You acknowledge and agree that, owing to the special, unique and extraordinary nature of the matters covered by this Section 10 (as well as Section 7(g)(C), in the event of any breach or threatened breach by you of any of the provisions hereof, the Company would suffer substantial and irreparable injury, which could not be fully compensated by monetary award alone, and the Company would not have adequate remedy at law. Therefore, you agree that, in such event, the Company will be entitled to temporary and/or permanent injunctive relief against you, without the necessity of proving actual damages or of posting bond to enforce any of the provisions of this Section 10 (or Section 7(g)(C)), and you hereby waive the defenses, claims, or arguments that the matters are not special, unique, and extraordinary, that the Company must prove actual damages, and that the Company has an adequate remedy at law. In addition, you shall pay to the Company and the Company shall be awarded the reasonable attorney’s fees and costs incurred by the Company due to your breach of your obligations in this Section 10 (or Section 7(g)(C)).

 

(g)                                   The rights and remedies described in this Section 10 (and Section 7(g)(C)) are cumulative and are in addition to and not in lieu of any other rights and remedies otherwise available under this Agreement, or at law or in equity, including but not limited to monetary damages.

 

(h)                                  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event of any breach by you of any of the provisions of this Section 10 (or Section 7(g)(C)), all obligations and liabilities of the Company under this Agreement (including, but not limited to, Sections 6 and 7 hereof) shall immediately terminate and be extinguished. Further, in the event of any breach by you of any of the provisions of this Section 10 (or Section 7(g)(C)), the restrictive time periods set forth herein do not include any period of violation or period of time required for litigation to enforce this Agreement.

 

(i)                                      The Company shall have the right to disclose this Agreement or its contents to any of your future employers for the purpose of providing notice of the post-employment restrictions contained herein. The Company will provide you with written notice if and when the Company discloses the existence of this Agreement to any future employer.

 

11.                                Records . Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, you must promptly deliver to the Company all property of the Company then in your possession or under your control, including but not limited to: (i) any and all correspondence, mailing lists, drawings, blueprints, manuals, letters, records, notes, notebooks, reports, flow-charts, programs,

 

8



 

proposals, computer tapes, discs and diskettes; (ii) any documents concerning or relating to the Company’s business, clients, customers, investors or lenders, or concerning products, processes or technologies used by the Company; (iii) any documents or materials containing or constituting Confidential Information; (iv) any computer or other equipment issued by the Company.

 

12.                                Arbitration . Except with respect to any attempt to obtain preliminary injunctive relief to enforce the post-employment restrictive provisions of this Agreement (in which case any such matter may be brought initially in a court of competent jurisdiction for purposes of resolving any request for preliminary injunctive relief), all disputes between the Company and you hereunder, or otherwise arising out of your employment or termination of your employment, including but not limited to disputes arising under any state or federal employment discrimination law, shall be settled by arbitration pursuant to the then in effect rules for the resolution of employment disputes of the American Arbitration Association, in Washington, D.C. Arbitration shall be by a single arbitrator appointed by mutual agreement of the parties. The single arbitrator will have the authority to summarily dismiss any claim or claims brought in arbitration prior to a hearing on the merits. The award rendered by the arbitrator shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties. Each party must pay its own expenses of arbitration and share the expenses of the arbitrator equally.

 

13.                                Full Settlement; Mitigation, Costs after a Change in Control . You shall not be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action to mitigate the amounts payable to you under any provision of this Agreement (including amounts for damages for breach), and such amounts shall not be reduced if you obtain other employment. In addition, following a Change in Control only, the Company’s obligation to make payments provided for in the Agreement and otherwise perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against you or others. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that, following a Change in Control, any successor in interest to the Company unsuccessfully contests and/or challenges any of the Company’s rights under this Agreement, then the successor in interest to Company shall pay your reasonable attorney’s fees and costs incurred in such contest or challenge.

 

14.                                Entire Agreement . This Agreement (together with Exhibits A and B) supersedes and terminates any and all prior agreements or contracts, written or oral, entered into between the Company and you with regard to the subject matter hereof. You acknowledge and agree that you are not entitled to any salary, bonus, benefits, severance, deferred compensation or similar payments from the Company or any of its affiliates except as expressly set forth herein. This instrument contains the entire agreement between the Company and you regarding your employment by the Company, and any representation, promise or condition in connection therewith not in writing will not be binding upon either party. No amendment, alteration, or modification of this Agreement shall be valid unless in each instance such amendment, alteration, or modification is expressed in a written instrument duly executed in the name of the party or parties making such amendment, alteration, or modification.

 

15.                                Severability . The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable, and if any part of any provision is held to be illegal, void, voidable, invalid, nonbinding or unenforceable in its entirety or partially or as to any party, for any reason, the provision may be changed, consistent with the intent of the parties, to the extent reasonably necessary to make the provision, as so changed, legal, valid, binding and enforceable. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, void, voidable, invalid, nonbinding or unenforceable in its

 

9



 

entirety or partially or as to any party, for any reason, and if the provision cannot be changed consistent with the intent of the parties to make it fully legal, valid, binding and enforceable, then the provision shall be stricken from this Agreement, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired, but shall remain in full force and effect.

 

16.                                Governing Law . This Agreement is to be governed by and interpreted under the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions or rules of the state’s law.

 

17.                                Headings; Form of Words . The headings contained in this Agreement have been inserted for the convenience of reference only, and neither the headings nor the placement of any term under any particular heading shall in any way restrict or modify any of the terms or provisions hereof. Terms used in the singular shall be read in the plural, and vice versa, and terms used in the masculine gender shall be read in the feminine or neuter gender when the context so requires. The term “person” as used herein refers to a natural person, a corporation, a limited liability company, a partnership, a joint venture, or other entity or association, as the context requires.

 

18.                                Notices . All notices, requests, consents, payments, demands and other communications required or contemplated under this Agreement (“Notices”) shall be in writing and (a) personally delivered; (b) deposited in the United States mail, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid; or (c) sent by Federal Express or other internationally recognized overnight delivery service (for next business day delivery), shipping prepaid, as follows:

 

If to the Company, to:

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc.

4130 ParkLake Avenue

Suite 400

Raleigh, NC 27612

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

 

If to you, to your then current home address on file with the Company;

 

or such other persons or address as any party may request by notice given as provided herein. Notices shall be deemed given and received at the time of personal delivery or, if sent by U.S. mail, five (5) business days after the date mailed in the manner set forth in this Section 17, or, if sent by Federal Express or other nationally recognized overnight delivery service, one business day after such sending.

 

19.                                Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

20.                                Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to your benefit and the benefit of your heirs and legal representatives and the Company and its successors and assigns. Your rights and obligations under this Agreement are personal to you and shall not be assignable or transferable by you (except that your rights may be transferred upon your death by will, trust, or the laws of intestacy). The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, share exchange or

 

10



 

Otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume in writing and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place, except that no such assumption and agreement will be required if the successor is bound by operation of law to perform this Agreement. In this Agreement, the term “the Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and assets that assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement (either by agreement or by operation of law).

 

21.                                Cooperation . Each party to this Agreement agrees to cooperate with the other party to carry out the purpose and intent of this Agreement, including without limitation the execution and delivery to the appropriate party of all such further documents as may reasonably be required in order to carry out the terms of this Agreement.

 

22.                                Waiver . Any waiver of any provision hereof (or in any related document or instrument) shall not be effective unless made expressly and in a writing executed in the name of the party sought to be charged. The failure of any party to insist, in any one or more instances, on performance of any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement will not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment of any rights granted hereunder or of the future performance of any such term, covenant or condition, but the obligations of the parties with respect thereto shall continue in full force and effect.

 

23.                                Indemnification . The Company will indemnify you to the fullest extent permitted by the applicable state law and consistent with the Company’s Articles of Incorporation for all actions taken in good faith within the scope, and in the course, of your employment under this Agreement during the Employment Period for the life of any claim.

 

24.                                Release . All payments and benefits provided under Sections 7(g)(A) (except Section 7(g)(A)(i)) and 7(g)(B)) hereof shall be conditioned upon you (or if applicable, the your estate, heirs or legal representatives) executing and honoring a release of claims in favor of the Company in the Company’s standard form. The Company agrees to provide you (or if applicable, your estate, heirs or legal representatives) with such standard form of release no later than 21 days (or such longer period as may be required under applicable law) prior to the date you become entitled to any payments under Section 7(g)(A) and 7(g)(B). If the release is not executed and returned by you (or if applicable, the your estate, heirs or legal representatives) and is valid and irrevocable prior to the date a payment would be due under Section 7(g)(A) or Section 7(g)(B), then such payment will be forfeited.

 

25.                                Section 409A . To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Agreement comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code so as to avoid adverse tax consequences, and this Agreement shall be construed and applied in a manner consistent with this intent. To the extent the Company determines necessary to avoid adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code, payments, reimbursements and in-kind benefits hereunder may be modified, limited, or delayed for six months or longer following termination of your employment.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

11


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective as of the day and year first above written. 

 

 

Employer:

PHARMACEUTICAL RESEARCH ASSOCIATES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Colin Shannon

 

Colin Shannon

 

President and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee:

/s/ David W. Dockhorn

 

David W. Dockhorn

 

12



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Positions and Boards of Directors on which Employee Serves as of the Date of this Agreement:

 

None.

 

13



 

Exhibit B

 

Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement dated December 21, 2007 between PRA Holdings, Inc. and EMPLOYEE:

 

Executed Version to be attached hereto Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement - Dockhorn.

 

14




Exhibit 10.12

 

Execution Version

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of September 23, 2013

 

among

 

PINNACLE MERGER SUB, INC.,

 

as the Borrower, which on the Closing Date shall be merged with PRA HOLDINGS, INC.
(with PRA HOLDINGS, INC. as the merged company and the Borrower),

 

PINNACLE HOLDCO PARENT, INC.,
as Holdings,

 

The Several Lenders
from Time to Time Parties Hereto,

 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH
as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent
and Letter of Credit Issuer,

 

UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC,

as Swingline Lender

 

and

 

UBS SECURITIES LLC,
JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC,
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,
KKR CAPITAL MARKETS LLC, and
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Section 1.

Definitions

2

 

 

 

1.1

Defined Terms

2

1.2

Other Interpretive Provisions

66

1.3

Accounting Terms

67

1.4

Rounding

67

1.5

References to Agreements, Laws, Etc.

67

1.6

Exchange Rates

68

1.7

Schedules

68

 

 

 

Section 2.

Amount and Terms of Credit

68

 

 

 

2.1

Commitments

68

2.2

Minimum Amount of Each Borrowing; Maximum Number of Borrowings

70

2.3

Notice of Borrowing

71

2.4

Disbursement of Funds

72

2.5

Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt

73

2.6

Conversions and Continuations

74

2.7

Pro Rata Borrowings

75

2.8

Interest

76

2.9

Interest Periods

76

2.10

Increased Costs, Illegality, Etc.

77

2.11

Compensation

79

2.12

Change of Lending Office

79

2.13

Notice of Certain Costs

79

2.14

Incremental Facilities

79

2.15

Permitted Debt Exchanges

84

2.16

Defaulting Lenders

86

 

 

 

Section 3.

Letters of Credit

87

 

 

 

3.1

Letters of Credit

87

3.2

Letter of Credit Requests

89

3.3

Letter of Credit Participations

91

3.4

Agreement to Repay Letter of Credit Drawings

93

3.5

Increased Costs

94

3.6

New or Successor Letter of Credit Issuer

95

3.7

Role of Letter of Credit Issuer

96

3.8

Cash Collateral

96

3.9

Applicability of ISP and UCP

97

3.10

Conflict with Issuer Documents

97

3.11

Letters of Credit Issued for Restricted Subsidiaries

97

 

 

 

Section 4.

Fees

97

 

ii



 

4.1

Fees

97

4.2

Voluntary Reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments

98

4.3

Mandatory Termination/Reduction of Commitments

99

 

 

 

Section 5.

Payments

99

 

 

 

5.1

Voluntary Prepayments

99

5.2

Mandatory Prepayments

100

5.3

Method and Place of Payment

103

5.4

Net Payments

104

5.5

Computations of Interest and Fees

108

5.6

Limit on Rate of Interest

108

 

 

 

Section 6.

Conditions Precedent to Initial Borrowing

109

 

 

 

6.1

Credit Documents

109

6.2

Collateral

109

6.3

Legal Opinions

109

6.4

Equity Investments

110

6.5

Closing Certificates

110

6.6

Authorization of Proceedings of Each Credit Party; Corporate Documents

110

6.7

Fees

110

6.8

Representations and Warranties

110

6.9

Solvency Certificate

110

6.10

Acquisition

110

6.11

Patriot Act

111

6.12

Pro Forma Balance Sheet

111

6.13

Financial Statements

111

6.14

No Company Material Adverse Effect

111

6.15

Refinancing

111

 

 

 

Section 7.

Conditions Precedent to All Credit Events

111

 

 

 

7.1

No Default; Representations and Warranties

111

7.2

Notice of Borrowing; Letter of Credit Request

112

 

 

 

Section 8.

Representations and Warranties

112

 

 

 

8.1

Corporate Status

112

8.2

Corporate Power and Authority

112

8.3

No Violation

112

8.4

Litigation

113

8.5

Margin Regulations

113

8.6

Governmental Approvals

113

8.7

Investment Company Act

113

8.8

True and Complete Disclosure

113

8.9

Financial Condition; Financial Statements

114

8.10

Compliance with Laws; No Default

114

8.11

Tax Matters

114

 

iii



 

8.12

Compliance with ERISA

114

8.13

Subsidiaries

114

8.14

Intellectual Property

115

8.15

Environmental Laws

115

8.16

Properties

115

8.17

Solvency

115

8.18

Patriot Act; Anti-Terrorism Laws; FCPA

115

8.19

Security Interest in Collateral

116

 

 

 

Section 9.

Affirmative Covenants

116

 

 

 

9.1

Information Covenants

116

9.2

Books, Records and Inspections

119

9.3

Maintenance of Insurance

119

9.4

Payment of Taxes

120

9.5

Preservation of Existence; Consolidated Corporate Franchises

120

9.6

Compliance with Statutes, Regulations, Etc.

120

9.7

ERISA

120

9.8

Maintenance of Properties

121

9.9

Transactions with Affiliates

121

9.10

End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters

122

9.11

Additional Guarantors and Grantors; Additional Borrower

122

9.12

Pledge of Additional Stock and Evidence of Indebtedness

123

9.13

Use of Proceeds

123

9.14

Further Assurances

123

9.15

Maintenance of Ratings

126

9.16

Lines of Business

126

 

 

 

Section 10.

Negative Covenants

126

 

 

 

10.1

Limitation on Indebtedness

126

10.2

Limitation on Liens

131

10.3

Limitation on Fundamental Changes

132

10.4

Limitation on Sale of Assets

133

10.5

Limitation on Restricted Payments

134

10.6

Limitation on Subsidiary Distributions

141

10.7

Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio

143

 

 

 

Section 11.

Events of Default

143

 

 

 

11.1

Payments

143

11.2

Representations, Etc.

143

11.3

Covenants

143

11.4

Default Under Other Agreements

143

11.5

Bankruptcy, Etc.

144

11.6

ERISA

145

11.7

Guarantee

145

11.8

Security Documents

145

11.9

Security Agreement

145

11.10

Mortgages

145

 

iv



 

11.11

Judgments

145

11.12

Change of Control

145

11.13

Application of Proceeds

146

11.14

Equity Cure

147

 

 

 

Section 12.

The Agents

147

 

 

 

12.1

Appointment

147

12.2

Delegation of Duties

148

12.3

Exculpatory Provisions

148

12.4

Reliance by Agents

149

12.5

Notice of Default

149

12.6

Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Other Lenders

149

12.7

Indemnification

150

12.8

Agents in Their Individual Capacities

151

12.9

Successor Agents

151

12.10

Withholding Tax

152

12.11

Agents Under Security Documents and Guarantee

152

12.12

Right to Realize on Collateral and Enforce Guarantee

153

 

 

 

Section 13.

Miscellaneous

153

 

 

 

13.1

Amendments, Waivers and Releases

153

13.2

Notices

157

13.3

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

157

13.4

Survival of Representations and Warranties

157

13.5

Payment of Expenses; Indemnification

157

13.6

Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments

158

13.7

Replacements of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances

164

13.8

Adjustments; Set-off

165

13.9

Counterparts

165

13.10

Severability

165

13.11

Integration

165

13.12

GOVERNING LAW

166

13.13

Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers

166

13.14

Acknowledgments

167

13.15

WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL

167

13.16

Confidentiality

168

13.17

Direct Website Communications

168

13.18

USA PATRIOT Act

170

13.19

Judgment Currency

170

13.20

Payments Set Aside

170

13.21

Euro

170

13.22

Special Provisions Relating to Currencies Other Than Dollars

171

 

v



 

SCHEDULES

 

 

 

Schedule 1.1(a)

Existing Letters of Credit

Schedule 1.1(b)

Mortgaged Properties

Schedule 1.1(c)

Commitments of Lenders

Schedule 1.1(d)

Hedge Banks

Schedule 8.13

Subsidiaries

Schedule 9.14(e)

Post-Closing Actions

Schedule 10.1

Closing Date Indebtedness

Schedule 10.2

Closing Date Liens

Schedule 10.5

Closing Date Investments

Schedule 13.2

Notice Addresses

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

Exhibit A

Form of Joinder Agreement

Exhibit B

Form of Guarantee

Exhibit C

Form of Pledge Agreement

Exhibit D

Form of Security Agreement

Exhibit E

Form of Letter of Credit Request

Exhibit F

Form of Credit Party Closing Certificate

Exhibit G

Form of Assignment and Acceptance

Exhibit H-1

Form of Promissory Note (Initial Term Loans)

Exhibit H-2

Form of Promissory Note (Revolving Credit Loans)

Exhibit I

Form of First Lien Intercreditor Agreement

Exhibit J

Form of Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement

Exhibit K

Form of Non-Bank Tax Certificate

Exhibit L

Form of Conversion/Continuation Notice

Exhibit M

Form of Borrower Designation Agreement

Exhibit N

PRA Closing Conditions

Exhibit O

RPS Closing Conditions

 

vi



 

CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of September 23, 2013, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, among PINNACLE HOLDCO PARENT, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), PINNACLE MERGER SUB, INC., which on the Closing Date shall be merged with PRA HOLDINGS, INC. (with PRA HOLDINGS, INC. as the merged company and the “ Borrower ”), the lending institutions from time to time parties hereto holding Loans or Commitments (each a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Lenders ”), UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Letter of Credit Issuer and UBS Loan Finance LLC, as Swingline Lender (such terms and each other capitalized term used but not defined in this preamble having the meaning provided in Section 1 ).

 

WHEREAS, to fund, in part, the Acquisitions, it is intended that the Sponsor and the other Initial Investors will contribute an amount in cash to Holdings and/or a direct or indirect parent thereof in exchange for Capital Stock (such contribution, the “ Equity Investments ”), which shall be no less than 25.0% of the pro forma total capitalization of Holdings and its Subsidiaries after giving effect to the Transactions (the “ Minimum Equity Amount ”);

 

WHEREAS, to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreements, it is intended that the Borrower will issue senior unsecured notes with a stated maturity no earlier than ten years after the Closing Date in sales pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Senior Notes Offering ”), under the Senior Notes Indenture generating aggregate gross proceeds of up to $375,000,000 (the “ Senior Notes ”);

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the foregoing, (I) the Borrower has requested that the Lenders extend credit in the form of (a) Initial Term Loans to the Borrower on the Closing Date in Dollars, in an aggregate principal amount of $825,000,000 (a portion of which may be made available on a delayed draw basis as set forth in Section 2.1) and (b) Revolving Credit Loans made available to the Borrower at any time and from time to time prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date in Dollars, Euro and Alternative Currencies, in an aggregate Dollar Equivalent principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $125,000,000 less the sum of (i) the aggregate Letters of Credit Outstanding at such time and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time and (II) the Borrower has requested (a) the Letter of Credit Issuer to issue Letters of Credit at any time and from time to time prior to the L/C Facility Maturity Date, in Dollars, Euro and Alternative Currencies, in an aggregate Stated Amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $40,000,000 and (b) to deem the letters of credit identified on Schedule 1.1(a)  hereto to be Letters of Credit for all purposes under this Agreement and (III) the Borrower has requested the Swingline Lender to extend credit in the form of Swingline Loans at any time and from time to time prior to the Swingline Maturity Date, in Dollars in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $20,000,000;

 

WHEREAS, the proceeds of the Initial Term Loans will be used, together with (a) the net proceeds of the Senior Notes Offering, (b) proceeds of borrowings by the Borrower under the Revolving Credit Facility (if needed) and (c) the net proceeds of the Equity Investments to effect the Acquisitions, to provide for liquidity in the form of cash on the balance sheet of the Borrower or otherwise and to pay Transaction Expenses; and

 

WHEREAS, the Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuer are willing to make available to the Borrower such term loans and revolving credit and letter of credit facilities upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 



 

Section 1.                         Definitions

 

1.1                                Defined Terms .  As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section 1.1 unless the context otherwise requires (it being understood that defined terms in this Agreement shall include in the singular number the plural and in the plural the singular):

 

ABR ” shall mean for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its “prime rate” at its principal office in Stamford, Connecticut and (c) the LIBOR Rate for an interest period of one (1) month, determined on the second full Business Day prior to such day, plus 1%; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the ABR applicable to the Initial Term Loans at any time be less than 2.00% per annum.  Any change in the ABR due to a change in such rate announced by the Administrative Agent or in the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the announcement of such change.

 

ABR Loan ” shall mean each Loan (other than Loans made in Euros or an Alternative Currency) bearing interest based on the ABR.

 

Acquired EBITDA shall mean, with respect to any Acquired Entity or Business or any Converted Restricted Subsidiary (any of the foregoing, a “ Pro Forma Entity ”) for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Pro Forma Entity (determined using such definitions as if references to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries therein were to such Pro Forma Entity and its Restricted Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Pro Forma Entity in accordance with GAAP.

 

Acquired Entity or Business shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA”.

 

Acquired Indebtedness ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person and (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

Acquisitions ” shall mean the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreements.

 

Acquisition Agreements ” shall mean the PRA Acquisition Agreement and the RPS Acquisition Agreement.

 

Additional Borrower ” shall mean any Person, organized under the laws of any jurisdiction that is acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Revolving Credit Lenders providing Revolving Credit Commitments to such Additional Borrower, who may become a party hereto as a “Borrower” hereunder, subject to compliance with the terms of Section 9.11(b)  hereof, upon the execution and delivery of a customary joinder agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

2



 

Adjusted Total Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean at any time the Total Revolving Credit Commitment less the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Defaulting Lenders.

 

Adjusted Total Initial Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean at any time the Total Initial Term Loan Commitment less the Initial Term Loan Commitments of all Defaulting Lenders.

 

Adjusted Total Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean at any time the Total Term Loan Commitment less the Term Loan Commitments of all Defaulting Lenders.

 

Administrative Agent ” shall mean UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as the administrative agent for the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, or any successor administrative agent pursuant to Section 12.9 .

 

Administrative Agent’s Office shall mean the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 13.2 or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify to Holdings and the Lenders.

 

Administrative Questionnaire shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(b)(ii)(D) .

 

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person.  A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Affiliated Institutional Lender ” shall mean (i) any Affiliate of the Sponsor that is either a bona fide debt fund or such Affiliate extends credit or buys loans in the ordinary course of business, (ii) KKR Corporate Lending LLC and (iii) MCS Corporate Lending LLC.

 

Affiliated Lender ” shall mean a Lender that is the Sponsor or any Affiliate thereof (other than Holdings, any Subsidiary of Holdings, the Borrower or any Affiliated Institutional Lender).

 

Agent Party shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.17(b) .

 

Agents ” shall mean the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer, each Joint Lead Arranger and Bookrunner, the Co-Documentation Agents and the Joint Manager and Arranger.

 

Aggregate Revolving Credit Outstandings ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.2(b) .

 

Agreement ” shall mean this Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Agreement Currency ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.19 .

 

Alternative Currency ” shall mean Pounds Sterling (and in the case of Letters of Credit, Australian dollars and New Zealand dollars) and any other currency reasonably acceptable to the

 

3



 

Administrative Agent and each applicable Revolving Credit Lender that is freely convertible into Dollars and readily available in the London interbank market.

 

Applicable Margin ” means a percentage per annum equal to:

 

(i)                                      for LIBOR Loans that are Initial Term Loans, 4.00% and (ii) for ABR Loans that are Initial Term Loans, 3.00%, and

 

(ii) (a) until delivery of financial statements and a related Compliance Certificate for the first full fiscal quarter commencing on or after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 9.1 , (x) for LIBOR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans, 4.00%, (y) for ABR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans, 3.00% and (z) for Letter of Credit Fees, 4.00% per annum and (b) thereafter, in connection with Revolving Credit Loans, the percentages per annum set forth in the table below, based upon the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.1(d) :

 

Pricing
Level

 

Consolidated Senior
Secured Debt to
Consolidated
EBITDA Ratio

 

Letter of
Credit Fees

 

ABR Rate
Revolving Credit
Loans

 

LIBOR Rate
Revolving Credit
Loans

 

I

 

> 3.75x

 

4.00

%

3.00

%

4.00

%

II

 

< 3.75x but > 3.25x

 

3.75

%

2.75

%

3.75

%

III

 

< 3.25x

 

3.50

%

2.50

%

3.50

%

 

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Margin for Revolving Credit Loans resulting from a change in the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 9.1(d) .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above in this definition or elsewhere in this Agreement, if it is subsequently determined that the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio set forth in any Compliance Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent is inaccurate for any reason and the result thereof is that the Lenders received interest or fees for any period based on an Applicable Margin that is less than that which would have been applicable had the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio been accurately determined, then, for all purposes of this Agreement, the “ Applicable Margin ” for any day occurring within the period covered by such Compliance Certificate shall retroactively be deemed to be the relevant percentage as based upon the accurately determined Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio for such period, and any shortfall in the interest or fees theretofore paid by the Borrower for the relevant period as a result of the miscalculation of the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio shall be deemed to be (and shall be) due and payable, at the time the interest or fees for such period were required to be paid; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as an Event of Default described in Section 11.5 has not occurred with respect to the Borrower, such shortfall shall be due and payable within five Business Days following the demand thereof by the Administrative Agent.  In addition, at the option of the Required Lenders, at any time during which the Borrower shall have failed to deliver the Section 9.1 Financials by the date required under Section 9.1 , then the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio shall be deemed to be in Pricing Level I for the purposes of

 

4


 

determining the Applicable Margin (but only for so long as such failure continues, after which the Pricing Level shall be otherwise as determined as set forth above).

 

Approved Fund shall mean any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages a Lender.

 

Asset Sale ” shall mean:

 

(1)                                  the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale Leaseback) of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”) or

 

(2)                                  the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than preferred stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 10.1 ), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, in each case, other than:

 

(a)                                  any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory, immaterial assets or goods (or other assets) in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)                                  the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings, the Borrower or a Subsidiary in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 10.3 ;

 

(c)                                   the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 10.5 ;

 

(d)                                  any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $20,000,000;

 

(e)                                   any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings to Holdings or by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings to another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(f)                                    to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, or any comparable or successor provision, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

(g)                                   any issuance, sale or pledge of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(h)                                  foreclosures, condemnation or any similar action on assets;

 

(i)                                      sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

 

(j)                                     any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, including Sale Leasebacks and asset securitizations permitted by this Agreement;

 

5



 

(k)                                  any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contractual rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;

 

(l)                                      the sale or discount of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;

 

(m)                              the licensing or sub-licensing of Intellectual Property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business;

 

(n)                                  the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations;

 

(o)                                  sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

 

(p)                                  the lapse or abandonment of Intellectual Property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of Holdings are not material to the conduct of the business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

(q)                                  the issuance of directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required by applicable law;

 

(r)                                     Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property that is promptly purchased or (ii) the proceeds of such Asset Sale are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (which replacement property is actually promptly purchased); and

 

(s)                                    leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses, in each case in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

Asset Sale Prepayment Event shall mean any Asset Sale subject to the Reinvestment Period allowed in Section 10.04 .

 

Assignment and Acceptance shall mean (a) an assignment and acceptance substantially in the form of Exhibit G , or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent and (b) in the case of any assignment of Term Loans in connection with a Permitted Debt Exchange conducted in accordance with Section 2.15 , such form of assignment (if any) as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.15(a) .

 

Assignment Taxes ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term “Other Taxes”.

 

Authorized Officer shall mean, with respect to any Person, the Chief Executive Officer, President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Controller, the Vice President-Finance, a Director, a Manager or any other senior officer of such Person designated as such in writing to the Administrative Agent by such Person.

 

Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.2(d) .

 

6



 

Available Commitment ” shall mean an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the amount of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment over (b) the sum of the aggregate Dollar Equivalent principal amount of (i) all Revolving Credit Loans (but not Swingline Loans) then outstanding and (ii) the aggregate Letters of Credit Outstanding at such time.

 

Bankruptcy Code shall have the meaning provided in Section 11.5 .

 

BBA LIBOR ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “LIBOR Rate”.

 

benefited Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.8(a) .

 

Board ” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

 

Borrower ” shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Borrower Designation Agreement ” means, with respect to any proposed Additional Borrower, an agreement in the form of Exhibit M hereto signed by such Additional Borrower and the Borrower.

 

Borrower Materials ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.17(b) .

 

Borrowing ” shall mean and include (a) the incurrence of Swingline Loans from the Swingline Lender on a given date, (b) the incurrence of one Type of Term Loan on the Closing Date (or resulting from conversions on a given date after the Closing Date) having, in the case of LIBOR Term Loans, the same Interest Period ( provided that ABR Loans incurred pursuant to Section 2.10(b)  shall be considered part of any related Borrowing of LIBOR Term Loans) and (c) the incurrence of one Type of Revolving Credit Loan of the same Class and currency on a given date (or resulting from conversions on a given date) having, in the case of LIBOR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans, the same Interest Period ( provided that ABR Loans incurred pursuant to Section 2.10(b)  shall be considered part of any related Borrowing of LIBOR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans).

 

Business Day shall mean any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any other day on which banking institutions in New York City are authorized by law or other governmental actions to close, and,

 

(a)                                  if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a LIBOR Loan denominated in Dollars or any Alternative Currency (other than Pounds Sterling), any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Dollars or any Alternative Currency (other than Pounds Sterling) in respect of any such LIBOR Loan, or any other dealings in Dollars or any Alternative Currency (other than Pounds Sterling) to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such LIBOR Loan, such day shall be a day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars or such Alternative Currency are conducted by and between banks in the applicable London interbank market;

 

(b)                                  if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a LIBOR Loan denominated in Euro, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Euro in respect of any such LIBOR Loan, or any other dealings in Euro to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such LIBOR Loan, such day shall be a TARGET Day;

 

7



 

(c)                                   if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a LIBOR Loan denominated in Pounds Sterling, such day shall be a day on which dealings in deposits in Pounds Sterling, as applicable, are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank market; and

 

(d)                                  if such day relates to any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Pounds Sterling in respect of a LIBOR Loan denominated in Pounds Sterling, or any other dealings in Pounds Sterling to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such LIBOR Loan (other than any interest rate settings), such day shall be a day on which banks are open for foreign exchange business in London.

 

Capital Expenditures shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including in all events all amounts expended or capitalized under Capital Leases) by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as additions during such period to property, plant or equipment reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including capitalized software expenditures, customer acquisition costs and incentive payments, conversion costs and contract acquisition costs).

 

Capital Lease ” shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee that, in conformity with GAAP, is, or is required to be, accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person; provided that all leases of any Person that are or would be characterized as operating leases in accordance with GAAP on January 1, 2012 (whether or not such operating leases were in effect on such date) shall continue to be accounted for as operating leases (and not as Capital Leases) for purposes of this Agreement regardless of any change in GAAP following such date that would otherwise require such leases to be recharacterized as Capital Leases.

 

Capital Stock shall mean (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock, (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited) and (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person (it being understood and agreed, for the avoidance of doubt, that “cash-settled phantom appreciation programs” in connection with employee benefits that do not require a dividend or distribution shall not constitute Capital Stock).

 

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a Capital Lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that all obligations of any Person that are or would be characterized as operating lease obligations in accordance with GAAP on January 1, 2012 (whether or not such operating lease obligations were in effect on such date) shall continue to be accounted for as operating lease obligations (and not as Capitalized Lease Obligations) for purposes of this Agreement regardless of any change in GAAP following the date that would otherwise require such obligations to be recharacterized as Capitalized Lease Obligations.

 

Cash Collateralize ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.8(d) .

 

Cash Equivalents ” shall mean:

 

8



 

(1)                                  United States dollars,

 

(2)                                  Canadian dollars,

 

(3)                                  (a) euro, pounds sterling or any national currency of any participating member state in the European Union or (b) local currencies held from time to time in the ordinary course of business,

 

(4)                                  securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any country that is a member state of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

(5)                                  certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of foreign banks,

 

(6)                                  repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (4) , (5)  and (10)  entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (5) above,

 

(7)                                  commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof,

 

(8)                                  marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized ratings agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation or acquisition thereof,

 

(9)                                  readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

(10)                           Indebtedness or preferred stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

(11) in the case of investments made in a country outside the United States of America, Cash Equivalents shall also include investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1) through (10) above of foreign obligors, which investments have ratings, described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies, and

 

(12)                           investment funds investing 90% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1)  through (10)  above.

 

9



 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1)  through (3)  above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1)  through (3)  as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

 

Cash Management Agreement ” shall mean any agreement or arrangement to provide Cash Management Services.

 

Cash Management Bank ” shall mean (a) any Person that, at the time it enters into a Cash Management Agreement, is an Agent or a Lender or an Affiliate of an Agent or a Lender or (b) with respect to any Cash Management Agreement entered into prior to the Closing Date, any person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender on the Closing Date.

 

Cash Management Services ” shall mean (a) commercial credit cards, merchant card services, purchase or debit cards, including non-card e-payables services, (b) treasury management services (including controlled disbursement, overdraft automatic clearing house fund transfer services, return items and interstate depository network services) and (c) any other demand deposit or operating account relationships or other cash management services.

 

Casualty Event ” shall mean, with respect to any property of any Person, any loss of or damage to, or any condemnation or other taking by a Governmental Authority of, such property for which such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives insurance proceeds or proceeds of a condemnation award in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property.

 

Change in Law ” shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation after the Closing Date, (b) any change in any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the Closing Date or (c) compliance by any Lender with any guideline, request, directive or order issued or made after the Closing Date by any central bank or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law).  For purposes of this definition, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, regulations, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case described in clauses (x)  and (y)  above be deemed to be a Change in Law and have gone into effect after the date hereof, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or implemented.

 

Change of Control ” shall mean and be deemed to have occurred if (a) the Permitted Holders shall at any time not own, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, at least 35% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings; or (b) any person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than the Permitted Holders, shall at any time have acquired direct or indirect beneficial ownership of a percentage of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings that exceeds 35% thereof, unless, in the case of either clause (a)  or (b)  above, the Permitted Holders have, at such time, the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors of Holdings; or (c) at any time, a Change of Control (as defined in the Senior Notes Indenture) shall have occurred or (d) at any time prior to a Qualifying IPO of the Borrower, Holdings shall cease to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the issued and outstanding equity interests of the Borrower.

 

10



 

Claims ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term “Environmental Claims”.

 

Class ” (a) when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Credit Loans, New Revolving Loans, Initial Term Loans, New Term Loans (of each Series), Extended Term Loans (of the same Extension Series), Extended Revolving Credit Loans (of the same Extension Series) or Swingline Loans and (b) when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Revolving Credit Commitment, a New Revolving Credit Commitment, an Extended Revolving Credit Commitment (of the same Extension Series), an Initial Term Loan Commitment or a New Term Loan Commitment.

 

Closing Date ” means September 23, 2013.

 

Closing Date Letters of Credit ” shall mean Letters of Credit existing on the Closing Date, Letters of Credit issued after the Closing Date to the extent in replacement of a letter of credit of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries existing on the Closing Date, any extensions thereof, replacement Letters of Credit or Letters of Credit issued in lieu thereof, in each case, to the extent the face amount of such Letters of Credit is not increased above the face amount of the Letter of Credit being extended, replaced or substituted.

 

Closing Date Refinancing ” means the repayment, repurchase or other discharge of the Existing Credit Agreement Indebtedness and termination and/or release of any security interests and guarantees in connection therewith.

 

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

Collateral ” shall mean all property pledged or purported to be pledged pursuant to the Security Documents.

 

Collateral Agent ” shall mean UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as collateral agent under the Security Documents, or any successor collateral agent pursuant to Section 12.9 , and any affiliate or designee of UBS AG, Stamford Branch that may act as Collateral Agent under any Credit Document.

 

Commitment Fee ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.1(a) .

 

Commitment Fee Rate ” shall mean, with respect to the Available Commitment on any day, a rate per annum set forth below opposite the Status in effect on such day:

 

Status

 

Commitment Fee Rate

 

 

 

 

 

Level I Status

 

0.50

%

Level II Status

 

0.375

%

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Commitment Fee Rate” shall mean 0.50% during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the Trigger Date.

 

Commitments ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender (to the extent applicable), such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, New Revolving Credit Commitment, Extended Revolving Credit Commitment, Initial Term Loan Commitment or New Term Loan Commitment.

 

11



 

Commodity Exchange Act ” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

 

Communications shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.17 .

 

Company Representations ” shall mean the Company Representations (PRA) and the Company Representations (RPS).

 

Company Representations (PRA) ” shall mean the representations and warranties made by PRA with respect to PRA, its subsidiaries and their respective businesses in the PRA Acquisition Agreement, as are material to the interests of the Lenders, but only to the extent that Holdings (or one of Holdings’ Affiliates) has the right (taking into account any applicable cure provisions) to terminate its obligations under such Acquisition Agreement as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties in such Acquisition Agreement.

 

Company Representations (RPS) ” shall mean the representations and warranties made by RPS with respect to RPS its subsidiaries and their respective businesses in the RPS Acquisition Agreement, as are material to the interests of the Lenders, but only to the extent that Holdings (or one of Holdings’ Affiliates (including Redwood Holdco Parent, Inc.) has the right (taking into account any applicable cure provisions) to terminate its obligations under such Acquisition Agreement as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties in such Acquisition Agreement.

 

Compliance Period ” shall mean any period during which the sum of (i) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loans and Swingline Loans then outstanding and (ii) the aggregate non-Cash Collateralized Letters of Credit Outstanding (other than (a) the Closing Date Letters of Credit and (b) other non-Cash Collateralized Letters of Credit Outstanding in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000) at such time exceeds 30.0% of the amount of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, no Compliance Period shall be in effect prior to the date by which Section 9.1 Financials in respect of the period ended December 31, 2013 are due.

 

Confidential Information ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.16 .

 

Confidential Information Memorandum shall mean the Confidential Information Memorandum of Holdings dated September 2013.

 

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” shall mean with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees or costs, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, capitalized expenditures, customer acquisition costs, the amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par and incentive payments, conversion costs and contract acquisition costs of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated EBITDA ” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

 

(1)                                  increased (without duplication) by:

 

12



 

(a)                                  provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, U.S. federal, state, non-U.S., franchise, excise, value added and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted, including any penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(b)                                  Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” and any non-cash interest expense, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(c)                                   Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(d)                                  any expenses, fees, charges or losses (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Agreement (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful and including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Senior Notes and the Loans hereunder, (ii) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Credit Documents and any other credit facilities and (iii) any amendment or other modification of the Senior Notes, the Loans hereunder or other Indebtedness, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(e)                                   any other non-cash charges, including any write offs, write downs, expenses, losses or items to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be deducted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period), plus

 

(f)                                    the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(g)                                   the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to the Initial Investors or any of their respective Affiliates, plus

 

(h)                                  costs of surety bonds incurred in such period in connection with financing activities, plus

 

13



 

(i)                                      the amount of “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies that are projected by the Borrower in good faith to result from actions either taken or expected to be taken within 24 months of the determination to take such action, net of the amount of actual benefits realized prior to or during such period from such actions (which cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies had been realized on the first day of such period); provided that a Responsible Officer of the Borrower shall have certified to the Administrative Agent that such cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, plus

 

(j)                                     the amount of loss or discount on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility, plus

 

(k)                                  any costs or expense incurred by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of Holdings or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (iii)  of Section 10.5(a)  and have not been relied on for purposes of any incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (l)(i)  of Section 10.1 , plus

 

(l)                                      the amount of expenses relating to payments made to option holders of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to shareholders of such Person or its direct or indirect parent companies, which payments are being made to compensate such option holders as though they were shareholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, in each case to the extent permitted under this Agreement, plus

 

(m)                              with respect to any joint venture that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, an amount equal to the proportion of those items described in clauses (a)  and (c)  above relating to such joint venture corresponding to Holdings’ and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of such joint venture’s Consolidated Net Income (determined as if such joint venture were a Restricted Subsidiary), plus

 

(n)                                  costs associated with, or in anticipation of, or preparation for, compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith and Public Company Costs, plus

 

(o) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenses) not included in Consolidated EBITDA in any period solely to the extent that the corresponding non-cash gains relating to such receipts were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to paragraph (2)  below for any previous period and not added back, plus

 

(p)                                  to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income, (i) any expenses and charges that are reimbursed by indemnification or other similar

 

14


 

provisions in connection with any investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other Asset Sale of assets permitted hereunder and (ii) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption

 

(2)                                  decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period; provided that, to the extent non cash gains are deducted pursuant to this clause (2) for any previous period and not otherwise added back to Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated EBITDA shall be increased by the amount of any cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenses) in respect of such non cash gains received in subsequent periods to the extent not already included therein, plus

 

(3)                                  increased or decreased by (without duplication):

 

(a)                                  any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency gains or losses related to Indebtedness, intercompany balances and other balance sheet items, plus or minus, as the case may be, and

 

(b)                                  any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations, and the application of Financial Accounting Standards Codification No. 815—Derivatives and Hedging (formerly Financing Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 133), and its related pronouncements and interpretations, or the equivalent accounting standard under GAAP or an alternative basis of accounting applied in lieu of GAAP.

 

For the avoidance of doubt:

 

(i)                                      to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period any adjustments resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and its related pronouncements and interpretations, or the equivalent accounting standard under GAAP or an alternative basis of accounting applied in lieu of GAAP,

 

(ii)                                   there shall be included in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period, without duplication, (A) the Acquired EBITDA of any Person or business, or attributable to any property or asset acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (but not the Acquired EBITDA of any related Person or business or any Acquired EBITDA attributable to any assets or property, in each case to the extent not so acquired) to the extent not subsequently sold, transferred, abandoned or otherwise disposed by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary (each such Person, business, property or asset acquired and not subsequently so disposed of, an “ Acquired Entity or Business ”) and the Acquired EBITDA of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is converted into a Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each, a “ Converted Restricted Subsidiary ”), based on the actual Acquired EBITDA of such Acquired Entity or Business or

 

15



 

Converted Restricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition or conversion) and (B) an adjustment in respect of each Acquired Entity or Business equal to the amount of the Pro Forma Adjustment with respect to such Acquired Entity or Business for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition) as specified in a Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate and delivered to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, and

 

(iii)                                to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period the Disposed EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset sold, transferred, abandoned or otherwise disposed of, closed or classified as discontinued operations by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each such Person, property, business or asset so sold or disposed of, a “ Sold Entity or Business ”), and the Disposed EBITDA of any Restricted Subsidiary that is converted into an Unrestricted Subsidiary during such period (each, a “ Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary ”) based on the actual Disposed EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such sale, transfer or disposition or conversion); provided that for the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding any classification under GAAP of any Person or business in respect of which a definitive agreement for the Disposition thereof has been entered into as discontinued operations, the Disposed EBITDA of such Person or business shall not be excluded pursuant to this paragraph until such Disposition shall have been consummated.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense ” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(1)                                  consolidated cash interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (b) capitalized interest to the extent paid in cash and (c) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (1) any one-time cash costs associated with breakage in respect of hedging agreements for interest rates, (2) all non-recurring cash interest expense consisting of liquidated damages for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations, all as calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, (3) any “additional interest” owing pursuant to a registration rights agreement, (4) non-cash interest expense attributable to a parent entity resulting from push-down accounting, but solely to the extent not reducing consolidated cash interest expense in any prior period, (5) any non-cash expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees that have been previously paid in cash, but solely to the extent not reducing consolidated cash interest expense in any prior period and (6) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility); less

 

(2)                                  cash interest income for such period.

 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Net Income shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a

 

16



 

consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that, without duplication,

 

(1)                                  any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transactions), severance, relocation costs, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefits plans, start-up, transition, integration and other restructuring and business optimization costs, charges, reserves or expenses (including related to acquisitions after the Closing Date and to the start-up, closure and/or consolidation of facilities), new product introductions, and one-time compensation charges shall be excluded,

 

(2)                                  the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period,

 

(3)                                  any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

 

(4)                                  any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the board of directors of Holdings, shall be excluded,

 

(5)                                  the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of Holdings shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) by the referent Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

 

(6)                                  solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (iii)(1)  of Section 10.5 the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of Holdings will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) or Cash Equivalents to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

 

(7)                                  effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in any line item in such Person’s consolidated financial statements required or permitted by ASC 805 and ASC 350 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 141 and 142, respectively) resulting from the application of purchase accounting, including in relation to the Transactions and any acquisition that is consummated after the Closing Date or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

 

17



 

(8)                                  (i) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments (including deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid), (ii) any non-cash income (or loss) related to currency gains or losses related to Indebtedness, intercompany balances and other balance sheet items and to Hedging Obligations pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Codification No. 815—Derivatives and Hedging (or such successor provision) and (iii) any non-cash expense, income or loss attributable to the movement in mark to market valuation of foreign currencies, Indebtedness or derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP, shall be excluded,

 

(9)                                  any impairment charge, asset write-off or write-down pursuant to ASC 350 and ASC 360 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 142 and 144, respectively) and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to ASC 805 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141) shall be excluded,

 

(10)                           (i) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, phantom equity, stock options units, restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors, managers or employees and (ii) non-cash income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts, shall be excluded,

 

(11)                           any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, recapitalization, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded,

 

(12)                           accruals and reserves (including contingent liabilities) that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP, or changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies, shall be excluded,

 

(13)                           to the extent covered by insurance or indemnification and actually reimbursed, or, so long as Holdings has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer or indemnifying party and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier or indemnifying party in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), losses and expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded,

 

(14)                           any deferred tax expense associated with tax deductions or net operating losses arising as a result of the Transactions, or the release of any valuation allowance related to such items, shall be excluded, and

 

(15)                           any costs or expenses incurred during such period relating to environmental remediation, litigation or other disputes in respect of events and exposures that occurred prior to the Closing Date shall be excluded.

 

18



 

Consolidated Senior Secured Debt shall mean Consolidated Total Debt as of such date secured by a Lien on the Collateral on an equal priority basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations.

 

Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Senior Secured Debt as of such date of determination, minus cash and Cash Equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens)) of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries to (2) Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings for the Test Period then last ended, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Senior Secured Debt and Consolidated EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”.

 

Consolidated Total Assets shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total assets” (or any like caption) on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date.

 

Consolidated Total Debt ” shall mean, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Capitalized Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, Hedging Obligations); provided that Consolidated Total Debt shall not include Letters of Credit, except to the extent of Unpaid Drawings thereunder.

 

Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date minus the aggregate cash and Cash Equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens)) of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries as at such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the Test Period then last ended.

 

Consolidated Working Capital ” shall mean, at any date, the excess of (a) the sum of all amounts (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date excluding the current portion of current and deferred income taxes over (b) the sum of all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, including deferred revenue but excluding, without duplication, (i) the current portion of any Funded Debt, (ii) all Indebtedness consisting of Loans and Letter of Credit Exposure to the extent otherwise included therein, (iii) the current portion of interest, (iv) the current portion of current and deferred income taxes, (v) any liabilities that are not Indebtedness and will not be settled in cash or Cash Equivalents during the next succeeding twelve month period after such date, (vi) the effects from applying purchase accounting, (vii) any accrued professional liability risks and (viii) restricted marketable securities.

 

Contingent Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (2) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or

 

19



 

solvency of the primary obligor or (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

 

Contract Consideration ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Excess Cash Flow”.

 

Contractual Requirement shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.3 .

 

Converted Restricted Subsidiary shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA”.

 

Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA”.

 

Credit Documents shall mean this Agreement, the Guarantees, the Security Documents and any promissory notes issued by the Borrower hereunder.

 

Credit Event shall mean and include the making (but not the conversion or continuation) of a Loan and the issuance of a Letter of Credit.

 

Credit Facility ” shall mean a category of Commitments and extensions of credit thereunder.

 

Credit Party shall mean Holdings, the Borrower and the Guarantors.

 

Cure Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 11.14 .

 

Cure Right ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 11.14 .

 

Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event ” shall mean any issuance or incurrence by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness (excluding any Indebtedness permitted to be issued or incurred under Section 10.1 other than Section 10.1(w) ).

 

Declined Proceeds shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.2(f) .

 

Default ” shall mean any event, act or condition that is, or with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

Defaulting Lender ” shall mean any Lender whose acts or failure to act, whether directly or indirectly, cause it to meet any part of the definition of “Lender Default”.

 

Deferred Net Cash Proceeds shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Net Cash Proceeds”.

 

Deferred Net Cash Proceeds Payment Date shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Net Cash Proceeds”.

 

Delayed Draw Term Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a) .

 

20



 

Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean, in the case of each Lender, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1(c)  as such Lender’s “Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment”.  The aggregate amount of the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments as of the Closing Date is $0.

 

Designated Non-Cash Consideration shall mean the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of an Authorized Officer of Holdings, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by either a senior vice president or the principal financial officer of Holdings, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.

 

Designated Preferred Stock ” shall mean preferred stock of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an officers’ certificate executed by the principal financial officer of Holdings or the parent company thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (iii)  of Section 10.5(a) .

 

Disposed EBITDA shall mean, with respect to any Sold Entity or Business or any Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary (determined as if references to Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA were references to such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary and its respective Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

Disqualified Lender ” means a Person that has been specified in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers prior to the Closing Date as being a “Disqualified Lender”.

 

Disqualified Stock ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Stock), other than as a result of a change of control, asset sale or similar event, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Stock), other than as a result of a change of control, asset sale or similar event, in whole or in part, in each case, prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Term Loan Maturity Date hereunder; provided that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 

Distressed Person ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Lender-Related Distress Event”.

 

Dollar Equivalent ” shall mean, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in any currency other than Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the

 

21



 

most recent Revaluation Date or other relevant date of determination) for the purchase of Dollars with such currency.

 

Dollars and “ $ ” shall mean dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

Domestic Subsidiary ” shall mean each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia.

 

Drawing ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.4(b) .

 

Effective Yield ” shall mean, as to any Indebtedness, the effective yield on such Indebtedness in the reasonable determination of the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrower and consistent with generally accepted financial practices, taking into account the applicable interest rate margins, any interest rate floors (the effect of which floors shall be determined in a manner set forth in the proviso below) or similar devices and all fees, including upfront or similar fees or original issue discount (amortized over the shorter of (a) the remaining weighted average life to maturity of such Indebtedness and (b) the four years following the date of incurrence thereof) payable generally to Lenders or other institutions providing such Indebtedness, but excluding any arrangement, structuring, ticking or other similar fees payable in connection therewith that are not generally shared with the relevant Lenders and, if applicable, consent fees for an amendment paid generally to consenting Lenders; provided that with respect to any Indebtedness that includes a “LIBOR floor” or “Base Rate floor,” (i) to the extent that the LIBOR Rate or ABR (without giving effect to any floors in such definitions), as applicable, on the date that the Effective Yield is being calculated is less than such floor, the amount of such difference shall be deemed added to the interest rate margin for such Indebtedness for the purpose of calculating the Effective Yield and (ii) to the extent that the LIBOR Rate or ABR (without giving effect to any floors in such definitions), as applicable, on the date that the Effective Yield is being calculated is greater than such floor, then the floor shall be disregarded in calculating the Effective Yield.

 

Environmental Claim ” shall mean any and all actions, suits, orders, decrees, demand letters, claims, notices of noncompliance or potential responsibility or violation or proceedings pursuant to any Environmental Law or any permit issued, or any approval given, under any such Environmental Law (hereinafter, “ Claims ”), including, without limitation, (i) any and all Claims by governmental or regulatory authorities for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to any Environmental Law and (ii) any and all Claims by any third party seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief relating to the presence Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials or arising from alleged injury or threat of injury to health or safety (to the extent relating to human exposure to Hazardous Materials), or the environment including, without limitation, ambient air, indoor air, surface water, groundwater, soil, land surface and subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands.

 

Environmental Law ” shall mean any applicable Federal, state, foreign or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code and rule of common law now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended, and any binding judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any binding judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of the environment, including, without limitation, ambient air, indoor air, surface water, groundwater, soil, land surface and subsurface strata and natural resources such as flora, fauna or wetlands, or protection of human health or safety (to the extent relating to human exposure to Hazardous Materials) and including those relating to the generation, storage, treatment, transport, Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials.

 

22



 

Equity Interest ” shall mean Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

 

Equity Investments shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Equity Offering ” shall mean any public or private sale of common stock or preferred stock of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:  (a) public offerings with respect to the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent company’s (including Holdings) common stock registered on Form S-8, (b) issuances to any Subsidiary of Holdings, (c) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution and (d) any Cure Amount.

 

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with any Credit Party, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 (b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

 

ERISA Event ” shall mean (a) the failure of any Plan to comply with any provisions of ERISA and/or the Code (and applicable regulations under either) or with the terms of such Plan; (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of a non-exempt Prohibited Transaction; (c) any Reportable Event; (d) the failure of any Credit Party or ERISA Affiliate to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan or any failure by any Pension Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) applicable to such Pension Plan, whether or not waived; (e) a determination that any Pension Plan is in “at risk” status (within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA); (f) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Pension Plan; (g) the occurrence of any event or condition which might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or the incurrence by any Credit Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Pension Plan, including but not limited to the imposition of any Lien in favor of the PBGC or any Pension Plan; (h) the receipt by any Credit Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice to terminate any Pension Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Pension Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA; (i) the failure by any Credit Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (j) the incurrence by any Credit Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Pension Plan (or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA) or Multiemployer Plan; (k) the receipt by any Credit Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from a Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, Insolvent or in Reorganization, in “endangered” or “critical” status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA), or terminated (within the meaning of Section 4041A of ERISA); or (l) the failure by any Credit Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates to pay when due (after expiration of any applicable grace period) any installment payment with respect to Withdrawal Liability under Section 4201 of ERISA.

 

23



 

Event of Default shall have the meaning provided in Section 11 .

 

Excess Cash Flow shall mean, for any period, an amount equal to the excess of

 

(a)                                  the sum, without duplication, of

 

(i)                                      Consolidated Net Income for such period,

 

(ii)                                   an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash receipts to the extent excluded in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

 

(iii)                                decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than (1) reclassification of items from short-term to long-term or vice versa and (2) any such decreases arising from acquisitions or Asset Sales by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period or the application of purchase accounting),

 

(iv)                               an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on Asset Sales by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than Asset Sales in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income; and

 

(v)                                  cash receipts in respect of Hedge Agreements during such period to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income;

 

over (b) the sum, without duplication, of

 

(i)                                      an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash charges to the extent excluded in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

 

(ii)                                   without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi)  below in prior periods, the amount of Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of Intellectual Property accrued or made in cash during such period, except to the extent that such Capital Expenditures or acquisitions were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid),

 

(iii)                                the aggregate amount of all principal payments of Indebtedness of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, (B) the amount of any repayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.5 and (C) the amount of a mandatory prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 5.2(a)  to the extent required due to an Asset Sale that resulted in an increase to Consolidated Net Income and not in excess of the amount of such increase but excluding (x) all other prepayments of Term Loans and (y) all prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans (and any other revolving loans (unless there is an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder)) made during such period, except to the extent financed with the proceeds of other long-term Indebtedness of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries,

 

24


 

(iv)                               an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on Asset Sales by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than Asset Sales in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

 

(v)                                  increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than (1) reclassification of items from short-term to long-term or vice versa and (2) any such increases arising from acquisitions or Asset Sales by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period or the application of purchase accounting),

 

(vi)                               payments by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness, to the extent not already deducted from Consolidated Net Income,

 

(vii)                            without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi)  below in prior fiscal periods, the aggregate amount of cash consideration paid by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) in connection with Investments (including acquisitions but excluding Permitted Investments of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) of the definition thereof) made during such period constituting “Permitted Investments” or made pursuant to Section 10.5 to the extent that such Investments were not financed with the proceeds received from (A) the issuance or incurrence of long-term Indebtedness or (B) the issuance of Capital Stock,

 

(viii)                         the amount of dividends paid in cash during such period (on a consolidated basis) by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent such dividends were not financed with the proceeds received from (A) the issuance or incurrence of long-term Indebtedness or (B) the issuance of Capital Stock,

 

(ix)                               the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such period and are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income,

 

(x)                                  the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that are made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness to the extent that such payments are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income,

 

(xi)                               without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in other periods, (A) the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “ Contract Consideration ”) entered into prior to or during such period and (B) any planned cash expenditures by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (the “ Planned Expenditures ”), in the case of each of clauses (A)  and (B) , relating to Permitted Acquisitions (or Investments similar to those made for Permitted Acquisitions), Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property to be consummated or made during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower following the end of such period (except to the extent financed with any of the proceeds received from (A) the issuance or incurrence of long-term Indebtedness or (B) the issuance of Equity Interests); provided that to the extent that the aggregate amount of cash actually utilized to finance

 

25



 

such Permitted Acquisitions (or Investments similar to those made for Permitted Acquisitions), Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property during such following period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration and Planned Expenditures, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow, at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters;

 

(xii)                            the amount of taxes (including penalties and interest) paid in cash or tax reserves set aside or payable (without duplication) in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, and

 

(xiii)                         cash expenditures in respect of Hedge Agreements during such fiscal year to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income.

 

Excluded Contribution ” shall mean net cash proceeds, the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or the Fair Market Value of Qualified Proceeds received by Holdings from (a) contributions to its common equity capital and (b) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of Holdings or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of Holdings) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of Holdings, in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an officers’ certificate executed by either a senior vice president or the principal financial officer of Holdings on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (iii)  of Section 10.5(a) ; provided that (i) any non-cash assets shall qualify only if acquired by a parent of Holdings in an arm’s-length transaction within the six months prior to such contribution and (ii) no Cure Amount shall constitute an Excluded Contribution.

 

Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents ” shall mean (i) any Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and Holdings (as agreed to in writing), the cost or other consequences of pledging such Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents in favor of the Secured Parties under the Security Documents shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (ii) solely in the case of any pledge of Capital Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist of Capital Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries in each case to secure the Obligations of the Borrower, any Voting Stock or Stock Equivalents of any class of such Foreign Subsidiary or such Domestic Subsidiary in excess of 66% of the outstanding Voting Stock of such class (such percentage to be adjusted upon any Change in Law as may be required to avoid adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to the Borrower or any Guarantor that is a Domestic Subsidiary), (iii) any Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents to the extent the pledge thereof would violate any applicable Requirement of Law (including any legally effective requirement to obtain the consent of any Governmental Authority unless such consent has been obtained), (iv) in the case of (A) any Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary to the extent such Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents are subject to a Lien permitted by clause (9)  of the definition of “Permitted Lien” or (B) any Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary that is not wholly-owned by Holdings and its Subsidiaries at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary, any Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents of each such Subsidiary described in clause (A)  or (B)  to the extent (1) that a pledge thereof to secure the Obligations is prohibited by any applicable Contractual Requirement (other than customary non-assignment provisions which are ineffective under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law), (2) any Contractual Requirement prohibits such a pledge without the consent of any other party; provided that this clause (2)  shall not apply if (x) such other party is a Credit Party or Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or (y) consent has been obtained to consummate such pledge (it being understood that

 

26



 

the foregoing shall not be deemed to obligate Holdings or any Subsidiary to obtain any such consent) and for so long as such Contractual Requirement or replacement or renewal thereof is in effect or (3) a pledge thereof to secure the Obligations would give any other party (other than a Credit Party or Wholly-Owned Subsidiary) to any contract, agreement, instrument or indenture governing such Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents the right to terminate its obligations thereunder (other than customary non-assignment provisions which are ineffective under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law), (v) any Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary to the extent that (A) the pledge of such Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents would result in adverse tax consequences to Holdings or any Subsidiary as reasonably determined by Holdings and (B) such Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents have been identified in writing to the Collateral Agent by an Authorized Officer of Holdings, (vi) any Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents that are margin stock and (vii) any Capital Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Excluded Subsidiary shall mean (a) each Subsidiary, in each case, for so long as any such Subsidiary does not (on a consolidated basis with its Restricted Subsidiaries) constitute a Material Subsidiary, (b) each Subsidiary that is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary on any date such Subsidiary would otherwise be required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the requirements of Section 9.11 (for so long as such Subsidiary remains a non-Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary), (c) solely in the case of credit support for the Obligations of the Borrower, any Domestic Subsidiary substantially all the assets of which consist of (x) Capital Stock and Stock Equivalents of Foreign Subsidiaries and/or (y) other Domestic Subsidiaries so long as substantially all the assets of any such other Domestic Subsidiary consist of Capital Stock and Stock Equivalents of Foreign Subsidiaries, (d) solely in the case of credit support for the Obligations of the Borrower, any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary, (e) any Foreign Subsidiary, (f) each Subsidiary that is prohibited by any applicable Contractual Requirement or Requirement of Law from guaranteeing or granting Liens to secure the Obligations at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (and for so long as such restriction or any replacement or renewal thereof is in effect), (g) each Subsidiary with respect to which, as reasonably determined by Holdings, the consequence of providing a Guarantee of the Obligations would adversely affect the ability of Holdings and its Subsidiaries to satisfy applicable Requirements of Law, (h) any other Subsidiary with respect to which, (x) in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and Holdings, as agreed in writing, the cost or other consequences of providing a Guarantee of the Obligations shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom or (y) providing such a Guarantee would result in adverse tax consequences as reasonably determined by Holdings and notified in writing to the Administrative Agent, (i) each Unrestricted Subsidiary, (j) any Receivables Subsidiary and (k) each other Subsidiary acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition and financed with assumed secured Indebtedness permitted hereunder, and each Restricted Subsidiary acquired in such Permitted Acquisition that guarantees such Indebtedness, in each case to the extent that, and for so long as, the documentation relating to such Indebtedness to which such Subsidiary is a party prohibits such Subsidiary from guaranteeing the Obligations and such prohibition was not created in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition.

 

Excluded Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Credit Party, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Obligations of such Credit Party of, or the grant by such Credit Party of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Obligations thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof).  If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Obligation or security interest is or becomes illegal.

 

27



 

Excluded Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party hereunder or under any other Credit Document, (i) Taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income or branch profits (however denominated, and including (for the avoidance of doubt) any backup withholding in respect thereof under Section 3406 of the Code or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law), and franchise (and similar) Taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income Taxes), in each case by a jurisdiction (including any political subdivision thereof) as a result of such recipient being organized in, having its principal office in, or in the case of any Lender, having its applicable lending office in, such jurisdiction, or as a result of any other present or former connection with such jurisdiction (other than any such connection arising solely from this Agreement or any other Credit Documents or any transactions contemplated thereunder), (ii) in the case of any Borrowing by the Borrower, any United States federal withholding Tax, in each case imposed on any payment by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party hereunder or under any other Credit Document that is required to be imposed on amounts payable to a Lender pursuant to laws in force at the time such Lender acquires an interest in any Credit Document, other than in the case of a Lender that is an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower or Holdings under Section 13.7 (or designates a new lending office), except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding Tax pursuant to Section 5.4(a) , (iii) any withholding taxes attributable to a Lender’s failure to comply with Section 5.4(e)  or (iv) any United States federal withholding Tax imposed under FATCA.

 

Existing Class ” shall mean any Existing Term Loan Class and any Existing Revolving Credit Class.

 

Existing Credit Agreement Indebtedness ” means the Existing Credit Agreement Indebtedness (PRA) and the Existing Credit Agreement Indebtedness (RPS).

 

Existing Credit Agreement Indebtedness (PRA) ” means the principal, interest, fees and other amounts, other than contingent obligations not due and payable, outstanding under that certain Amended and Restated First Lien Credit Agreement dated December 10, 2012, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated February 28, 2013, by and among Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc., UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent and the other agents and lenders party thereto; and that certain Second Lien Credit Agreement dated December 10, 2012, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated February 28, 2013, by and among Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc., UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent and the other agents and lenders party thereto.

 

Existing Credit Agreement Indebtedness (RPS) ” means the principal, interest, fees and other amounts, other than contingent obligations not due and payable, outstanding under (i) that certain Credit Agreement, dated February 18, 2011, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated March 22, 2012 and Amendment No. 2 dated April 30, 2012, by and among Research Pharmaceutical Services, Inc., General Electric Capital Corporation, as administrative agent and the other agents and lenders party thereto and (ii) the shareholder notes owing by RPS to certain equity holders of RPS.

 

Existing Letters of Credit ” shall mean each letter of credit existing on the Closing Date and identified on Schedule 1.1(a) .

 

Existing Revolving Credit Class ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(g)(ii) .

 

Existing Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(g)(ii) .

 

28



 

Existing Revolving Credit Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(g)(ii) .

 

Existing Term Loan Class ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(g)(i) .

 

Extended Repayment Date ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(c) .

 

Extended Revolving Credit Commitments ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(g)(ii) .

 

Extended Revolving Credit Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(g)(ii) .

 

Extended Term Loan Repayment Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(c) .

 

Extended Term Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(g)(i) .

 

Extending Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(g)(iii) .

 

Extension Amendment ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(g)(iv) .

 

Extension Date ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(g)(v) .

 

Extension Election ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(g)(iii) .

 

Extension Request ” shall mean a Term Loan Extension Request.

 

Extension Series ” shall mean all Extended Term Loans and Extended Revolving Credit Commitments that are established pursuant to the same Extension Amendment (or any subsequent Extension Amendment to the extent such Extension Amendment expressly provides that the Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, provided for therein are intended to be a part of any previously established Extension Series) and that provide for the same interest margins, extension fees and amortization schedule.

 

Fair Market Value ” means with respect to any asset or group of assets on any date of determination, the value of the consideration obtainable in a sale of such asset at such date of determination assuming a sale by a willing seller to a willing purchaser dealing at arm’s length and arranged in an orderly manner over a reasonable period of time having regard to the nature and characteristics of such asset, as determined in good faith by the Borrower.

 

Fair Value ” shall mean the amount at which the assets (both tangible and intangible), in their entirety, of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, within a commercially reasonable period of time, each having reasonable knowledge of the relevant facts, with neither being under any compulsion to act.

 

FATCA ” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory

 

29



 

legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code.

 

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the per annum rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to the Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

 

Fees ” shall mean all amounts payable pursuant to, or referred to in, Section 4.1 .

 

First Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean an Intercreditor Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I (with such changes to such form as may be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower) among the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the representatives for purposes thereof for holders of one or more classes of Indebtedness.

 

First Lien Obligations ” shall mean the Obligations and the Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations that are secured by the Collateral on an equal priority basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations.

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) Consolidated EBITDA for the Test Period then last ended to (2) the Fixed Charges for such Test Period.  In the event that Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the Test Period but prior to or simultaneously with the date of determination, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving Pro Forma Effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (in each case, including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the Test Period; provided , however , that Pro Forma Effect shall not give effect to any Indebtedness incurred on the date of such determination (except pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 10.1 and Section 10.1(n) ).

 

For purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary during the Test Period or subsequent to such Test Period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the date of determination shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Test Period.  If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving Pro Forma Effect thereto for such Test Period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the Test Period.

 

30



 

For purposes of this definition, whenever Pro Forma Effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of Holdings (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt and without duplication, cost savings and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, merger or consolidation which is being given Pro Forma Effect that have been or are expected to be realized; provided that such costs savings and operating expense reductions are made in compliance with the definition of Pro Forma Adjustment).  If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given Pro Forma Effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness).  If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given Pro Forma Effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account for such entire period, any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness with a remaining term of 12 months or longer, and in the case of any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness with a remaining term of less than 12 months, taking into account such Hedging Obligation to the extent of its remaining term).  Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of Holdings to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.  For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a Pro Forma Basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period (or, if lower, the greater of (x) maximum commitments under such revolving credit facilities as of the date of determination and (y) the aggregate principal amount of loans outstanding under such a revolving credit facilities on such date).  Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as Holdings may designate.

 

Fixed Charges ” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:

 

(a)                                  Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period,

 

(b)                                  all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of preferred stock (including any Designated Preferred Stock) or any Refunding Capital Stock of such Person made during such period, and

 

(c)                                   all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock made during such period.

 

Foreign Benefit Arrangement ” shall mean any employee benefit arrangement mandated by non-US law that is maintained or contributed to by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Foreign Plan shall mean each employee benefit plan (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, whether or not subject to ERISA) that is not subject to US law and is maintained or contributed to by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Foreign Plan Event ” shall mean, with respect to any Foreign Plan or Foreign Benefit Arrangement, (A) the failure to make or, if applicable, accrue in accordance with normal accounting practices, any employer or employee contributions required by applicable law or by the terms of such Foreign Plan or Foreign Benefit Arrangement; (B) the failure to register or loss of good standing with

 

31



 

applicable regulatory authorities of any such Foreign Plan or Foreign Benefit Arrangement required to be registered; or (C) the failure of any Foreign Plan or Foreign Benefit Arrangement to comply with any provisions of applicable law and regulations or with the material terms of such Foreign Plan or Foreign Benefit Arrangement.

 

Foreign Prepayment Event ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.2(a)(iv) .

 

Foreign Subsidiary ” shall mean each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

 

Fronting Fee ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.1(d) .

 

Fund ” shall mean any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.

 

Funded Debt ” shall mean all Indebtedness of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, to a date more than one year from the date of its creation or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date (including all amounts of such Funded Debt required to be paid or prepaid within one year from the date of its creation), and, in the case of the Borrower, Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.

 

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Closing Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision, regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.  Furthermore, at any time after the Closing Date, Holdings may elect to apply International Financial Reporting Standards (“ IFRS ”) accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP and GAAP concepts shall thereafter be construed to refer to IFRS and corresponding IFRS concepts (except as otherwise provided in this Agreement); provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided , further , that any calculation or determination in this Agreement that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to Holdings’ election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP.  Holdings shall give written notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Administrative Agent.  For the avoidance of doubt, solely making an election (without any other action) referred to in this definition will not be treated as an incurrence of Indebtedness.

 

Governmental Authority shall mean any nation, sovereign or government, any state, province, territory or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including a central bank or stock exchange.

 

Granting Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(g) .

 

32



 

Guarantee ” shall mean (a) the Guarantee made by Holdings (such Guarantee to be non-recourse and limited to the Capital Stock of the Borrower), the Borrower and each Guarantor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit B and (b) any other guarantee of the Obligations made by a Restricted Subsidiary in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

guarantee obligations shall mean, as to any primary obligor any obligation of such Person, in any manner, whether direct or indirect and whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such Indebtedness or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such Indebtedness or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such Indebtedness of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such Indebtedness or (d) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of such Indebtedness against loss in respect thereof; provided , however , that the term “guarantee obligations” shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness).  The amount of any guarantee obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the Indebtedness in respect of which such guarantee obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith.

 

Guarantors ” shall mean (a) each Subsidiary that is party to the Guarantee on the Closing Date, (b) each Subsidiary that becomes a party to the Guarantee after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 9.11 or otherwise and (c) Holdings.

 

Hazardous Materials shall mean (a) any petroleum or petroleum products, radioactive materials, asbestos and asbestos containing material, polychlorinated biphenyls, and radon gas; (b) any chemicals, materials or substances defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous waste,” “hazardous materials,” “extremely hazardous waste,” “restricted hazardous waste,” “toxic substances,” “toxic pollutants,” “contaminants,” or “pollutants,” or words of similar import, under any Environmental Law; and (c) any other chemical, material or substance, which is prohibited, limited, or regulated by any Environmental Law.

 

Hedge Agreements shall mean (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

 

33



 

Hedge Bank ” shall mean (a) (i) any Person that, at the time it enters into a Hedge Agreement, is a Lender, an Agent or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Agent and (ii) with respect to any Hedge Agreement entered into prior to the Closing Date, any person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender on the Closing Date or (b) any Person listed on Schedule 1.1(d); provided that, in the case of this clause (b) , such Person executes and delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent pursuant to which such person (i) appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent under the applicable Credit Documents and (ii) agrees to be bound by the provisions of Sections 12, 13, 14, 26 and 27 of the Pledge Agreement and Sections 5.4, 5.5, 5.7, 6.5, 7, 8.1 and 8.16 of the Security Agreement, in each case, as if it were a Lender.

 

Hedging Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any Hedge Agreements.

 

Historical Financial Statements ” shall mean (i) the audited consolidated balance sheets of PRA as of December 31, 2012, December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 and the audited consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of PRA for each of the fiscal years in the three year period ending on December 31, 2012 and (ii) the audited consolidated balance sheets of RPS (or its predecessor) as of December 31, 2012, December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 and the audited consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of RPS (or its predecessor) for each of the fiscal years in the three year period ending on December 31, 2012 .

 

Holdings shall mean (i) Holdings (as defined in the preamble to this Agreement) or (ii) after the Closing Date any other Person or Persons (the “ New Holdings ”) that is a Subsidiary of (or are Subsidiaries of) Holdings or of any Parent Entity of Holdings (or the previous New Holdings, as the case may be) but not the Borrower (the “ Previous Holdings ”); provided that (a) such New Holdings directly owns 100% of the Equity Interests of the Borrower, (b) the New Holdings shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Previous Holdings under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (c) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, an opinion of counsel shall be delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent to the effect that without limitation such substitution does not violate this Agreement or any other Credit Document, (d) all Capital Stock of the Borrower and substantially all of the other assets of the Previous Holdings are contributed or otherwise transferred to such New Holdings and pledged to secure the Obligations, (f) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such substitution and such substitution does not result in any Default or Event of Default or adverse tax consequences and (g) no Change of Control shall occur; provided , further , that if each of the foregoing is satisfied, the Previous Holdings shall be automatically released of all its obligations under the Credit Documents and any reference to “Holdings” in the Credit Documents shall be meant to refer to the “New Holdings”.

 

Identified Contingent Liabilities ” shall mean the maximum estimated amount of liabilities reasonably likely to result from pending litigation, asserted claims and assessments, guaranties, uninsured risks and other contingent liabilities of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole after giving effect to the Transactions (including all fees and expenses related thereto but exclusive of such contingent liabilities to the extent reflected in Stated Liabilities), as identified and explained in terms of their nature and estimated magnitude by responsible officers of the Borrower.

 

IFRS ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term “GAAP”.

 

Increased Amount Date shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(a) .

 

34


 

incur shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.1 .

 

incurrence shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.1 .

 

Indebtedness ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent (a) in respect of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without double counting, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligation until such obligation, within 60 days of becoming due and payable, has not been paid and such obligation is reflected as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP or (d) representing any Hedging Obligations, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a net liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent company appearing upon the balance sheet of Holdings solely by reason of push down accounting under GAAP shall be excluded, (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of another Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business and (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (A) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (B) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities, (C) prepaid or deferred revenue arising in the ordinary course of business or (D) purchase price holdbacks arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warrants or other unperformed obligations of the seller of such asset.

 

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall exclude all intercompany Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.

 

indemnified liabilities shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.5 .

 

Indemnified Taxes ” shall mean all Taxes imposed on or with respect to, or measured by, any payment by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party hereunder or under any other Credit Document, other than Excluded Taxes.

 

Initial Term Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a) , and for the avoidance of doubt, including any term loans made pursuant to the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment.

 

Initial Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean, in the case of each Lender that is a Lender on the Closing Date, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1(c) as such Lender’s “Initial Term Loan Commitment”.  The aggregate amount of the Initial Term Loan Commitments as of the Closing Date is $825,000,000 (less, in the event the RPS Acquisition is not consummated on the Closing Date, the amount of Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments).

 

35



 

Initial Investors ” shall mean Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., KKR Associates North America Fund XI L.P., KKR North America Fund XI ESC L.P., KKR North America Fund XI SBS L.P., KKR Partners III, L.P., KKR CIS Global Investor L.P., CPS Managers Master Fund L.P., KKR Reference Fund Investments LP, KKR North America Coinvest Fund I LP, KKR Principal Opportunities Partnership (Domestic) L.P., KKR Principal Opportunities Partnership (Offshore) L.P. and each of their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

 

Initial Term Loan Lender shall mean a Lender with an Initial Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Initial Term Loan.

 

Initial Term Loan Maturity Date ” shall mean September 23, 2020 or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter.

 

Initial Term Loan Repayment Amount shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(b) .

 

Initial Term Loan Repayment Date shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(b) .

 

Insolvent ” shall mean, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.

 

Intellectual Property ” shall mean U.S. and foreign intellectual property, including all (i) (a) patents, inventions, processes, developments, technology and know-how; (b) copyrights and works of authorship in any media, including graphics, advertising materials, labels, package designs and photographs; (c) trademarks, service marks, trade names, brand names, corporate names, domain names, logos, trade dress and other source indicators, and the goodwill of any business symbolized thereby; and (d) trade secrets, confidential, proprietary or non-public information and (ii) all registrations, applications renewals, extensions, substitutions, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions, re-issues, re-examinations, foreign counterparts or similar legal protections related thereto.

 

Interest Period shall mean, with respect to any Loan, the interest period applicable thereto, as determined pursuant to Section 2.9 .

 

Investment ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of Holdings in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property; provided that Investments shall not include, in the case of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, intercompany loans, advances, or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business.

 

For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 10.5 ,

 

(1)                                  “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to Holdings’ equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of Holdings at the

 

36



 

time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, Holdings shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) Holdings’ “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to Holdings’ equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

 

(2)                                  any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer.

 

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

 

Investment Grade Rating ” shall mean a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

 

Investment Grade Securities ” shall mean:

 

(1)                                  securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents),

 

(2)                                  debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among Holdings and its Subsidiaries,

 

(3)                                  investments in any fund that invest at least 90% in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution, and

 

(4)                                  corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high-quality investments.

 

ISP ” shall mean, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

 

Issuer Documents ” shall mean with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Request, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the Letter of Credit Issuer and Holdings (or any Restricted Subsidiary) or in favor of the Letter of Credit Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit.

 

Issuing Country ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.21 .

 

Joinder Agreement shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

 

Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners ” shall mean UBS Securities LLC, Jefferies Finance LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, KKR Capital Markets LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

37



 

Judgment Currency ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.19 .

 

Junior Debt ” shall mean any Indebtedness in respect of the Senior Notes and Subordinated Indebtedness.

 

KKR ” shall mean each of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., KKR Associates North America Fund XI L.P., KKR North America Fund XI ESC L.P., KKR North America Fund XI SBS L.P., KKR Partners III, L.P., KKR CIS Global Investor L.P., CPS Managers Master Fund L.P., KKR Reference Fund Investments LP, KKR North America Coinvest Fund I LP, KKR Principal Opportunities Partnership (Domestic) L.P. and KKR Principal Opportunities Partnership (Offshore) L.P.

 

Latest Term Loan Maturity Date ” shall mean, at any date of determination, the latest maturity or expiration date applicable to any Term Loan hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity or expiration date of any New Term Loan or any Extended Term Loan, in each case as extended in accordance with this Agreement from time to time.

 

L/C Borrowing ” shall mean an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Borrowing.  All L/C Borrowings shall be denominated in Dollars, Euro or any Alternative Currency.

 

L/C Facility Maturity Date ” shall mean the date that is three Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date; provided that the L/C Facility Maturity Date may be extended beyond such date with the consent of the Letter of Credit Issuer.

 

L/C Obligations ” shall mean, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unpaid Drawings, including all L/C Borrowings.  For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the International Standby Practices (ISP98), such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.  Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time.

 

L/C Participant ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.3(a) .

 

L/C Participation ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.3(a) .

 

Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Lender Default ” shall mean (i) the refusal (which may be given verbally or in writing and has not been retracted) or failure of any Lender to make available its portion of any incurrence of Loans or Reimbursement Obligations, which refusal or failure is not cured within one business day after the date of such refusal or failure, (ii) the failure of any Lender to pay over to the Administrative Agent, any Swingline Lender, any Letter of Credit Issuer or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one business day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, (iii) a Lender has notified the Borrower or the Administrative Agent that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations under the this Agreement or has stated publicly that it will generally not comply with its funding obligations under loan agreements, credit agreements and other similar agreements, (iv) a Lender has failed, within three Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent, to confirm that it will comply with its funding obligations under this Agreement or (v) a Lender

 

38



 

has admitted in writing that it is insolvent or such Lender becomes subject to a Lender-Related Distress Event.

 

Lender-Related Distress Event ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender (each, a “ Distressed Person ”), a voluntary or involuntary case with respect to such Distressed Person under any debt relief law, or a custodian, conservator, receiver or similar official is appointed for such Distressed Person or any substantial part of such Distressed Person’s assets, or such Distressed Person, or such Distressed Person makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or is otherwise adjudicated as, or determined by any governmental authority having regulatory authority over such Distressed Person to be, insolvent or bankrupt; provided that a Lender-Related Distress Event shall not be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interests in any Lender or any person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender by a governmental authority or an instrumentality thereof.

 

Letter of Credit ” shall mean each letter of credit issued pursuant to Section 3.1 and each Existing Letter of Credit.

 

Letter of Credit Commitment ” shall mean $40,000,000, as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 3.1 .

 

Letter of Credit Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, at any time, the sum of (a) the Dollar Equivalent amount of the principal amount of any Unpaid Drawings in respect of which such Lender has made (or is required to have made) payments to the Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to Section 3.4(a) at such time and (b) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the Letters of Credit Outstanding at such time (excluding the portion thereof consisting of Unpaid Drawings in respect of which the Lenders have made (or are required to have made) payments to the Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to Section 3.4(a) ).

 

Letter of Credit Fee ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.1(b) .

 

Letter of Credit Issuer ” shall mean UBS AG, Stamford Branch any of its Affiliates or any replacement, additional bank or successor pursuant to Section 3.6 .  The Letter of Credit Issuer may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the Letter of Credit Issuer, and in each such case the term “Letter of Credit Issuer” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.  In the event that there is more than one Letter of Credit Issuer at any time, references herein and in the other Credit Documents to the Letter of Credit Issuer shall be deemed to refer to the Letter of Credit Issuer in respect of the applicable Letter of Credit or to all Letter of Credit Issuers, as the context requires.

 

Letters of Credit Outstanding ” shall mean, at any time, the sum of, without duplication, (a) the aggregate Stated Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount of the principal amount of all Unpaid Drawings.

 

Letter of Credit Request ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.2(a) .

 

Level I Status ” shall mean, on any date, the circumstance that Level II Status does not exist.

 

Level II Status ” shall mean, on any date, the circumstance that the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is less than or equal to 3.25 to 1.0 as of such date.

 

39



 

LIBOR Loan ” shall mean any Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the LIBOR Rate.

 

LIBOR Rate shall mean, for any Interest Period with respect to a LIBOR Loan of any currency, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”), as published by Bloomberg (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two London Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for deposits in such currency (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the LIBOR Rate applicable to the Initial Term Loans at any time be less than 1.00% per annum.  If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “LIBOR Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in such currency for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the LIBOR Loan being made, continued or converted by the Administrative Agent and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by the Administrative Agent’s London Branch to major banks in the applicable London interbank eurocurrency market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two London Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

 

Lien ” shall mean with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

Loan ” shall mean any Revolving Credit Loan, Extended Revolving Credit Loan, Swingline Loan, Term Loan, New Revolving Loan, Extended Term Loan or New Term Loan made by any Lender hereunder.

 

London Business Day ” shall mean any day on which dealings in deposits in the applicable currency are conducted by and between banks in the applicable London interbank market.

 

Mandatory Borrowing ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1(d) .

 

Master Agreement ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term “Hedge Agreements”.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean a circumstance or condition affecting the business, assets, operations, properties or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that would, individually or in the aggregate, materially adversely affect (a) the ability of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their payment obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents or (b) the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents.

 

Material Subsidiary shall mean, at any date of determination, (i) each Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (a) whose total assets at the last day of the Test Period ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal period for which Section 9.1 Financials have been delivered were equal to or greater than 5.0% of the Consolidated Total Assets of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or

 

40



 

(b) whose revenues during such Test Period were equal to or greater than 5.0% of the consolidated revenues of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that if, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date, Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Material Subsidiaries have, in the aggregate, (x) total assets at the last day of such Test Period equal to or greater than 7.5% of the Consolidated Total Assets of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or (y) revenues during such Test Period equal to or greater than 7.5% of the consolidated revenues of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP, then Holdings shall, on the date on which financial statements for such quarter are delivered pursuant to this Agreement, designate in writing to the Administrative Agent one or more of such Restricted Subsidiaries as “Material Subsidiaries” for each fiscal period until this proviso is no longer applicable.

 

Maturity Date shall mean the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date, the New Term Loan Maturity Date or the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, as applicable.

 

Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount ” shall mean, at any date of determination, (a) the sum of (i) $185,000,000 and (ii) the aggregate amount of voluntary prepayments of Loans (including purchases of the Loans by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at or below par, in which case the amount of voluntary prepayments of Loans shall be deemed not to exceed the actual purchase price of such Loans below par) (and in the case of any Loans that are not Term Loans, a corresponding commitment reduction), in each case, other than from proceeds of Refinancing Indebtedness minus (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of New Loan Commitments incurred pursuant to Section 2.14(a) prior to such date and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Permitted Other Indebtedness issued or incurred (including any unused commitments obtained) pursuant to Section 10.1(x)(i)(a) prior to such date (in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (b)(i) and (ii) to the extent issued or incurred in reliance on the foregoing clause (a)) plus (c) the amount such that, after giving effect to the incurrence of such amount, Holdings would be in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the Senior Secured Leverage Test (assuming the Indebtedness being incurred as of such date of determination would be included in the definition of Consolidated Senior Secured Debt, whether or not such Indebtedness would otherwise be so included and assuming the Revolving Credit Commitments at such time are fully drawn).

 

Minimum Borrowing Amount shall mean (a) with respect to a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans, $1,000,000 (or, if less, the entire remaining applicable Commitments at the time of such Borrowing) and (b) with respect to a Borrowing of ABR Loans, $1,000,000 (or, if less, the entire remaining applicable Commitments at the time of such Borrowing).

 

Minimum Equity Amount shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Minimum Tender Condition ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.15(b) .

 

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor by merger or consolidation to its business.

 

Mortgage ” shall mean a mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt, trust deed or other security document entered into by the owner of a Mortgaged Property and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in respect of that Mortgaged Property to secure the Obligations, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, together with such terms and provisions as may be required by local laws.

 

41



 

Mortgaged Property ” shall mean, initially, each parcel of real estate and the improvements thereto owned in fee by a Credit Party and identified on Schedule 1.1(b) , and each other parcel of real property and improvements thereto with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to Section 9.14 .

 

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which any Credit Party or ERISA Affiliate had an obligation over the five preceding calendar years.

 

Net Cash Proceeds shall mean, with respect to any Prepayment Event and any incurrence of Permitted Other Indebtedness, (a) the gross cash proceeds (including payments from time to time in respect of installment obligations, if applicable, but only as and when received) received by or on behalf of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of such Prepayment Event or incurrence of Permitted Other Indebtedness, as the case may be, less (b) the sum of:

 

(i)                                      the amount, if any, of all taxes (including in connection with any repatriation of funds) paid or estimated to be payable by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Prepayment Event or incurrence of Permitted Other Indebtedness,

 

(ii)                                   the amount of any reasonable reserve established in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities (other than any taxes deducted pursuant to clause (i) above) (x) associated with the assets that are the subject of such Prepayment Event and (y) retained by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the amount of any subsequent reduction of such reserve (other than in connection with a payment in respect of any such liability) shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds of such a Prepayment Event occurring on the date of such reduction,

 

(iii)                                the amount of any Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Permitted Other Indebtedness) secured by a Lien on the assets that are the subject of such Prepayment Event to the extent that the instrument creating or evidencing such Indebtedness requires that such Indebtedness be repaid upon consummation of such Prepayment Event,

 

(iv)                               in the case of any Asset Sale Prepayment Event or Casualty Event or Permitted Sale Leaseback, the amount of any proceeds of such Prepayment Event that Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary has reinvested (or intends to reinvest within the Reinvestment Period or has entered into a binding commitment prior to the last day of the Reinvestment Period to reinvest) in the business of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that any portion of such proceeds that has not been so reinvested within such Reinvestment Period (with respect to such Prepayment Event, the “ Deferred Net Cash Proceeds ”) shall, unless Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary has entered into a binding commitment prior to the last day of such Reinvestment Period to reinvest such proceeds no later than 180 days following the last day of such Reinvestment Period, (x) be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale Prepayment Event, Casualty Event or Permitted Sale Leaseback occurring on the last day of such Reinvestment Period or, if later, 180 days after the date Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into such binding commitment, as applicable (such last day or 180th day, as applicable, the “ Deferred Net Cash Proceeds Payment Date ”) and (y) be applied to the repayment of Term Loans in accordance with Section 5.2(a)(i) ,

 

(v)                                  in the case of any Asset Sale Prepayment Event, Casualty Event or Permitted Sale Leaseback by a non-Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (v) ) attributable to minority

 

42



 

interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of Holdings or a Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof, and

 

(vi)                               all fees and out of pocket expenses paid by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any of the foregoing (for the avoidance of doubt, including, (i) in the case of the issuance of Permitted Other Indebtedness, any fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such issuance and (ii) attorney’s fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, underwriting discounts and commissions, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant, accountant and other customary fees),

 

in each case only to the extent not already deducted in arriving at the amount referred to in clause (a) above.

 

Net Income ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends.

 

New Holdings ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term “Holdings”.

 

New Loan Commitments ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(a) .

 

New Revolving Credit Commitments ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(a) .

 

New Revolving Loan ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(b) .

 

New Revolving Loan Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(b) .

 

New Term Loan shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(c) .

 

New Term Loan Commitments ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(a) .

 

New Term Loan Lender shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(c) .

 

New Term Loan Maturity Date shall mean the date on which a New Term Loan matures.

 

New Term Loan Repayment Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(c) .

 

Non-Bank Tax Certificate ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.4(e)(ii)(B)(3) .

 

Non-Consenting Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.7(b) .

 

Non-Defaulting Lender ” shall mean and include each Lender other than a Defaulting Lender.

 

Non-Extension Notice Date ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.2(d) .

 

43



 

Non-U.S. Lender ” shall mean any Agent or Lender that is not a “United States person” as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

 

Notice of Borrowing ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.3(a) .

 

Notice of Conversion or Continuation ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.6(a) .

 

Obligations ” shall mean all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Credit Party arising under any Credit Document or otherwise with respect to any Revolving Credit Commitment, Loan or Letter of Credit or under any Secured Cash Management Agreement, Secured Hedge Agreement (other than with respect to any Credit Party’s obligations that constitute Excluded Swap Obligations solely with respect to such Credit Party) or Existing Letter of Credit, in each case, entered into with Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Credit Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of the Credit Parties under the Credit Documents (and any of their Subsidiaries to the extent they have obligations under the Credit Documents) include the obligation (including guarantee obligations) to pay principal, interest, charges, expenses, fees, attorney costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Credit Party under any Credit Document.

 

Original Revolving Credit Commitments ” shall mean all Revolving Credit Commitments, Existing Revolving Credit Commitments and Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, other than any New Revolving Credit Commitments (and any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments related thereto).

 

Other Taxes ” shall mean all present or future stamp, registration or documentary Taxes or any other excise, property, intangible, mortgage recording or similar Taxes arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Credit Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Credit Document; provided that such term shall not include (i) any Taxes that result from an assignment, grant of a participation pursuant to Section 13.6(c) or transfer or assignment to or designation of a new lending office or other office for receiving payments under any Credit Document (“ Assignment Taxes ”) to the extent such Assignment Taxes are imposed as a result of a connection between the assignor/participating Lender and/or the assignee/Participant and the taxing jurisdiction (other than a connection arising solely from any Credit Documents or any transactions contemplated thereunder), except to the extent that any such action described in this proviso is requested or required by the Borrower or Holdings or (ii) Excluded Taxes.

 

Overnight Rate shall mean, for any day, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (ii) an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in Euro or any Alternative Currency, the rate of interest per annum at which overnight deposits in Euro or such Alternative Currency, as applicable, in an amount approximately equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being determined, would be offered for such day by a branch or Affiliate of the Administrative Agent in the applicable offshore interbank market for Euro or such Alternative Currency to major banks in such interbank market.

 

44


 

Parent Entity ” shall mean any Person that is a direct or indirect parent company (which may be organized as, among other things, a partnership) of Holdings and/or the Borrower, as applicable; provided that for purposes of clauses (a), (b) and (d) of the definition of “Change of Control”, references to “Holdings” shall be deemed to refer to any such Parent Entity.

 

Participant ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(c)(i) .

 

Participant Register ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(c)(ii) .

 

Patriot Act ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.18 .

 

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

 

Pension Plan ” shall mean any employee benefit pension plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, but excluding any Multiemployer Plan) in respect of which any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4062 or Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

Permitted Acquisition ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term “Permitted Investments”.

 

Permitted Asset Swap ” shall mean the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 10.4 .

 

Permitted Debt Exchange ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.15(a) .

 

Permitted Debt Exchange Notes ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.15(a) .

 

Permitted Debt Exchange Offer ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.15(a) .

 

Permitted Holders ” shall mean each of (i) the Initial Investors and their respective Affiliates (other than any portfolio company of an Initial Investor) and members of management of Holdings (or its direct or indirect parent) who are holders of Equity Interests of Holdings (or its direct or indirect parent company) on the Closing Date and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Initial Investors, their respective Affiliates and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent company of Holdings and (ii) any direct or indirect parent of Holdings formed not in connection with, or in contemplation of, a transaction (other than Transactions) that, assuming such parent was not formed, after giving effect thereto would constitute a Change of Control.

 

Permitted Investments ” shall mean:

 

(a)                                  any Investment in Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

45



 

(b)                                  any Investment in cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities at the time such Investment is made;

 

(c)                                   any Investment by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment (a “ Permitted Acquisition ”) (1) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (2) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

 

(d)                                  any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 10.4 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

 

(e)                                   any Investment existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 10.5 ;

 

(f)                                    any Investment acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (1) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of Holdings of such other Investment or accounts receivable or (2) as a result of a foreclosure by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

(g)                                   Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (j) of Section 10.1 ;

 

(h)                                  any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (h) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $55,000,000 and (y) 2.5% of Consolidated Total Assets for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided , however , that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (h) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (a) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (h) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(i)                                      Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings (exclusive of Disqualified Stock); provided that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (iii) of Section 10.5(a) ;

 

(j)                                     guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.1 ;

 

(k)                                  any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.9 (except transactions described in clause (b) of such paragraph);

 

46



 

(l)                                      Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material, equipment or other similar assets in the ordinary course of business;

 

(m)                              additional Investments having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (m) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $60,000,000 and (y) 2.75% of Consolidated Total Assets for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided , however , that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (m) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (a) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (m) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

(n)                                  Investments relating to any Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the board of directors of Holdings, are necessary or advisable to effect a Receivables Facility or any repurchases in connection therewith;

 

(o)                                  advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of the greater of (x) $10,000,000 and (y) 0.50% of Consolidated Total Assets for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of such Investment;

 

(p)                                  loans and advances to officers, directors, managers and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company thereof;

 

(q)                                  Investments consisting of extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;

 

(r)                                     Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Uniform Commercial Code Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices; and

 

(s)                                    non-cash Investments in connection with tax planning and reorganization activities; provided that after giving effect to any such activities, the security interests of the Lenders in the Collateral, taken as a whole, would not be materially impaired.

 

Permitted Liens ” shall mean, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)  pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

47



 

(2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or for property taxes on property Holdings or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

 

(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

(6) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (a) , (d) , (l)(ii) , (r) , (w) , (x) or (y) of Section 10.1 ; provided that, (i) in the case of clause (d) , such Lien may not extend to any property or equipment (or assets affixed or appurtenant thereto) other than the property or equipment being financed or refinanced under such clause (d) ; (ii) in the case of clause (r) , such Lien may not extend to any assets other than the assets owned by the Restricted Subsidiaries incurring such Indebtedness; (iii) in the case of Liens securing Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations that constitute First Lien Obligations pursuant to this clause (6) , the applicable Permitted Other Indebtedness Secured Parties (or a representative thereof on behalf of such holders) shall enter into security documents with terms and conditions not materially more restrictive to the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, than the terms and conditions of the Security Documents and (x) in the case of the first such issuance of Permitted Other Indebtedness constituting First Lien Obligations, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the representative for the holders of such Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations shall have entered into the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (y) in the case of subsequent issuances of Permitted Other Indebtedness constituting First Lien Obligations, the representative for the holders of such Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations shall have become a party to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof; and (iv) in the case of Liens securing Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations that do not constitute First Lien Obligations pursuant to this clause (6) , the applicable Permitted Other Indebtedness Secured Parties (or a representative thereof on behalf of such holders) shall enter into security documents with terms and conditions not materially more restrictive to the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, than the

 

48



 

terms and conditions of the Security Documents and shall (x) in the case of the first such issuance of Permitted Other Indebtedness that do not constitute First Lien Obligations, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the representative of the holders of such Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations shall have entered into the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and shall have become a party to the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (y) in the case of subsequent issuances of Permitted Other Indebtedness that do not constitute First Lien Obligations, the representative for the holders of such Permitted Other Indebtedness shall have become a party to the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof; without any further consent of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be authorized to execute and deliver on behalf of the Secured Parties the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement contemplated by this clause (6) ;

 

(7) Liens existing on Closing Date; provided that any Lien securing Indebtedness or other obligations in excess of (A) $5,000,000 individually or (B) $15,000,000 in the aggregate (when taken together with all other Liens securing obligations outstanding in reliance on this clause (B) that are not listed on Schedule 10.02) shall only be permitted if set forth on Schedule 10.02, and, in each case, any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof;

 

(8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Subsidiary; provided , further , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(9) Liens on property at the time Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, merger or consolidation; provided , further , that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 10.1 .

 

(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Services so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted hereunder to be, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Services;

 

(12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including of Intellectual Property) granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary and do not secure any Indebtedness;

 

49



 

(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(15) Liens in favor of Holdings, the Borrower or any Guarantor;

 

(16) Liens on equipment of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to Holdings’ or such Restricted Subsidiary’s client at which such equipment is located;

 

(17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

 

(18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in clauses (6) (solely with respect to Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (d) or (l)(ii) of Section 10.1 ), (7) , (8) , (9) , (10) and (15) of this definition of “Permitted Liens’; provided that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property) and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6) (solely with respect to Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (d) or (l)(ii) of Section 10.1 ), (7) , (8) , (9) , (10) and (15) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Agreement and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums and accrued and unpaid interest, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

 

(19) deposits made or other security provided to secure liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

 

(20) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed the greater of (x) $45,000,000 and (y) 2.00% of Consolidated Total Assets for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of the incurrence of such Lien;

 

(21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 11.11 ;

 

(22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

(23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code or any comparable or successor provision on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of banking or other financial institutions or other electronic payment service providers arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking or finance industry;

 

50



 

(24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 10.1 ; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

(25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

(26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(27) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Agreement;

 

(28) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

 

(29) restrictive covenants affecting the use to which real property may be put; provided that the covenants are complied with;

 

(30) security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business;

 

(31) zoning by-laws and other land use restrictions, including, without limitation, site plan agreements, development agreements and contract zoning agreements;

 

(32) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(33) any Lien granted pursuant to a security agreement between Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary and a licensee of their Intellectual Property to secure the damages, if any, of such licensee resulting from the rejection by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary of such licensee in a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens, in the aggregate, do not encumber any assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the assets subject to such license;

 

(34) Liens on goods purchased in the ordinary course of business the purchase price of which is financed by a documentary letter of credit issued for the account of Holdings or any of its subsidiaries;

 

51



 

(35) Liens on Equity Interests in joint ventures; provided that any such Lien is in favor of a creditor of such joint venture and such creditor is not an Affiliate of any partner to such joint venture; and

 

(36) Liens on cash and Cash Equivalents that are earmarked to be used to satisfy or discharge Indebtedness; provided (x) such cash and/or Cash Equivalents are deposited into an account from which payment is to be made, directly or indirectly, to the Person or Persons holding the Indebtedness that is to be satisfied or discharged, (y) such Liens extend solely to the account in which such cash and/or Cash Equivalents are deposited and are solely in favor of the Person or Persons holding the Indebtedness (or any agent or trustee for such Person or Persons) that is to be satisfied or discharged and (z) the satisfaction or discharge of such Indebtedness is expressly permitted hereunder.

 

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.

 

Permitted Other Indebtedness ” shall mean subordinated or senior Indebtedness (which Indebtedness may (x) be unsecured, (y) have the same lien priority as the First Lien Obligations (without regard to control of remedies) or (z) be secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Lien securing the First Lien Obligations), in each case issued or incurred by the Borrower or a Guarantor, (a) the terms of which do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory repayment or redemption or sinking fund obligations prior to, at the time of incurrence, the Latest Term Loan Maturity Date (other than, in each case, customary offers or obligations to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or casualty or condemnation event and customary acceleration rights after an event of default), (b) the covenants, events of default, guarantees, collateral and other terms of which (excluding pricing, interest rate margins, rate floors, discounts, fees, premiums and prepayment or redemption provisions (which shall not permit more than pro rata payment with the Term Loans)), taken as a whole, are not more restrictive to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries than those herein (taken as a whole) (except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the Latest Term Loan Maturity Date at the time of such refinancing) (it being understood that, to the extent that any financial maintenance covenant is added for the benefit of any such Indebtedness, no consent shall be required by the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders if such financial maintenance covenant is either (i) also added for the benefit of any corresponding Loans remaining outstanding after the issuance or incurrence of such Indebtedness or (ii) only applicable after the Latest Term Loan Maturity Date at the time of such refinancing); provided that a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree) prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower within two Business Days after receipt of such certificate that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees), (c) of which no Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Borrower or a Guarantor) is an obligor and (d) that, if secured, are not secured by any assets other than the Collateral.

 

Permitted Other Indebtedness Documents ” shall mean any document or instrument (including any guarantee, security agreement or mortgage and which may include any or all of the Credit Documents) issued or executed and delivered with respect to any Permitted Other Indebtedness by any Credit Party.

 

52



 

Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations ” shall mean, if any Permitted Other Indebtedness is issued or incurred, all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Credit Party arising under any Permitted Other Indebtedness Document, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Credit Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations of the applicable Credit Parties under the Permitted Other Indebtedness Documents (and any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent they have obligations under the Permitted Other Indebtedness Documents) include the obligation (including guarantee obligations) to pay principal, interest, charges, expenses, fees, attorney costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any such Credit Party under any Permitted Other Indebtedness Document.

 

Permitted Other Indebtedness Secured Parties ” shall mean the holders from time to time of secured Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations (and any representative on their behalf).

 

Permitted Sale Leaseback ” shall mean any Sale Leaseback consummated by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date; provided that any such Sale Leaseback not between Holdings and a Restricted Subsidiary is consummated for fair value as determined at the time of consummation in good faith by (i) Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) in the case of any Sale Leaseback (or series of related Sales Leasebacks) the aggregate proceeds of which exceed the greater of (x) $50,000,000 and (y) 2.25% of Consolidated Total Assets for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of the incurrence of such Sale Leaseback, the board of directors of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary (which such determination may take into account any retained interest or other Investment of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, and any other material economic terms of, such Sale Leaseback).

 

Person ” shall mean any individual, partnership, joint venture, firm, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust or other enterprise or any Governmental Authority.

 

Plan ” shall mean any employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), including any employee welfare benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA), any employee pension benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), and any plan which is both an employee welfare benefit plan and an employee pension benefit plan, and in respect of which any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such Plan were terminated, would under Section 4062 or Section 4069 of ERISA be reasonably likely to be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

Planned Expenditures shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term “Excess Cash Flow”.

 

Platform shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.17(a) .

 

Pledge Agreement ” shall mean the Pledge Agreement, entered into by the Credit Parties party thereto and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit C , as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Post-Acquisition Period shall mean, with respect to any Permitted Acquisition, the period beginning on the date such Permitted Acquisition is consummated and ending on the last day of

 

53



 

the eighth full consecutive fiscal quarter immediately following the date on which such Permitted Acquisition is consummated.

 

Pounds Sterling ” shall mean British Pounds Sterling or any successor currency in the United Kingdom.

 

PRA ” shall mean PRA Holdings, Inc.

 

PRA Acquisition ” shall mean the acquisition, directly or indirectly, of PRA by Holdings pursuant to the PRA Acquisition Agreement.

 

PRA Acquisition Agreement ” shall mean the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated June 22, 2013, by and among Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc., Pinnacle Merger Sub, Inc., PRA and Genstar Capital Partners V, L.P, as may be amended prior to the Closing Date.

 

PRA Disclosure Schedule ” shall mean the Disclosure Schedule as defined in the PRA Acquisition Agreement.

 

Prepayment Event ” shall mean any Asset Sale Prepayment Event, Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event, Casualty Event or any Permitted Sale Leaseback.

 

Present Fair Salable Value ” shall mean the amount that could be obtained by an independent willing seller from an independent willing buyer if the assets (both tangible and intangible) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole are sold on a going concern basis with reasonable promptness in an arm’s-length transaction under present conditions for the sale of comparable business enterprises insofar as such conditions can be reasonably evaluated.

 

Previous Holdings ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Holdings”.

 

primary obligation ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Contingent Obligations”.

 

primary obligor ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Contingent Obligations”.

 

Pro Forma Adjustment shall mean, for any Test Period that includes all or any part of a fiscal quarter included in any Post-Acquisition Period, with respect to the Acquired EBITDA of the applicable Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary or the Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings, the pro forma increase or decrease in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, projected by Holdings in good faith as a result of (a) actions taken during such Post-Acquisition Period for the purposes of realizing reasonably identifiable and factually supportable cost savings or (b) any additional costs incurred during such Post-Acquisition Period, in each case in connection with the combination of the operations of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary with the operations of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that, (x) at the election of Holdings, such Pro Forma Adjustment shall not be required to be determined for any Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the aggregate consideration paid in connection with such acquisition was less than $7,500,000 and (y) so long as such actions are taken during such Post-Acquisition Period or such costs are incurred during such Post-Acquisition Period, as applicable, it may be assumed, for purposes of projecting such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, that the

 

54


 

applicable amount of such cost savings will be realizable during the entirety of such Test Period, or the applicable amount of such additional costs, as applicable, will be incurred during the entirety of such Test Period; provided , further , that any such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, shall be without duplication for cost savings or additional costs already included in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, for such Test Period.

 

Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate ” shall mean any certificate of an Authorized Officer of Holdings delivered pursuant to Section 9.1(h)  or Section 9.1(d) .

 

Pro Forma Balance Sheet shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.9(a) .

 

Pro Forma Basis ”, “ Pro Forma Compliance and “ Pro Forma Effect ” shall mean, with respect to compliance with any test, financial ratio or covenant hereunder, that (A) to the extent applicable, the Pro Forma Adjustment shall have been made and (B) all Specified Transactions and the following transactions in connection therewith shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the applicable period of measurement in such test or covenant:  (a) income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person subject to such Specified Transaction, (i) in the case of a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all Capital Stock in any Subsidiary of Holdings or any division, product line, or facility used for operations of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, shall be excluded and (ii) in the case of a Permitted Acquisition or Investment described in the definition of “Specified Transaction,” shall be included, (b) any retirement of Indebtedness and (c) any incurrence or assumption of Indebtedness by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith (it being agreed that if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, such Indebtedness shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate that is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination); provided that, without limiting the application of the Pro Forma Adjustment pursuant to clause (a)  above, the foregoing pro forma adjustments may be applied to any such test or covenant solely to the extent that such adjustments are consistent with the definition of Consolidated EBITDA and give effect to operating expense reductions that are (i) (x) directly attributable to such transaction, (y) expected to have a continuing impact on Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (z) factually supportable or (ii) otherwise consistent with the definition of Pro Forma Adjustment.

 

Pro Forma Entity ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term “Acquired EBITDA”.

 

Prohibited Transaction ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975(c) of the Code.

 

Projections ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.1(c) .

 

Public Company Costs ” shall mean costs relating to compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as applicable to companies with equity or debt securities held by the public, the rules of national securities exchange companies with listed equity or debt securities, directors’ or managers’ compensation, fees and expense reimbursement, costs relating to investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders or debtholders, directors and officers’ insurance and other executive costs, legal and other professional fees, and listing fees.

 

55



 

Qualified Proceeds ” shall mean assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business.

 

Qualifying IPO ” means the issuance by Holdings or any Parent Entity of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering) or in a firm commitment underwritten offering (or series of related offerings of securities to the public pursuant to a final prospectus) made pursuant to the Securities Act.

 

Real Estate shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.1(f) .

 

Receivables Facility ” shall mean any of one or more receivables financing facilities, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn funds such purchase by purporting to sell its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or by borrowing from such a Person or from another Receivables Subsidiary that in turn funds itself by borrowing from such a Person.

 

Receivables Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

 

Receivables Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of facilitating or entering into one or more Receivables Facilities, and in each case engages only in activities reasonably related or incidental thereto.

 

Refinanced Term Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.1 .

 

Refinancing Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.1(m) .

 

Refinancing Permitted Other Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.1(x) .

 

Refunding Capital Stock ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.5(b)(2) .

 

Register ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(b)(iv) .

 

Regulation T shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.

 

Regulation U ” shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.

 

Regulation X shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.

 

56



 

Reimbursement Date ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.4(a) .

 

Reimbursement Obligations ” shall mean Borrower’s obligations to reimburse Unpaid Drawings pursuant to Section 3.4(a) .

 

Reinvestment Period shall mean 450 days following the date of receipt of Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale Prepayment Event, Casualty Event or Permitted Sale Leaseback.

 

Rejection Notice ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.2(f) .

 

Related Business Assets ” shall mean assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries in exchange for assets transferred by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Related Parties shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and any Person that possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.

 

Release ” shall mean any release, spill, emission, discharge, disposal, escaping, leaking, pumping, pouring, dumping, emptying, injection or leaching into the environment.

 

Reorganization ” shall mean, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such plan is in reorganization within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA.

 

Repayment Amount shall mean the Initial Term Loan Repayment Amount, a New Term Loan Repayment Amount with respect to any Series or an Extended Term Loan Repayment Amount with respect to any Extension Series, as applicable.

 

Replacement Term Loans shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.1 .

 

Reportable Event ” shall mean any “reportable event,” as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Pension Plan (other than a Pension Plan maintained by an ERISA Affiliate that is considered an ERISA Affiliate only pursuant to subsection (m) or (o) of Section 414 of the Code), other than those events as to which notice is waived pursuant to DOL Reg. § 4043 as in effect on the date hereof (no matter how such notice requirement may be changed in the future).

 

Repricing Transaction ” shall mean (a) the incurrence by the Borrower of any Indebtedness in the form of a similar term loan that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors (i) having an Effective Yield for the respective Type of such Indebtedness that is less than the Effective Yield for the Initial Term Loan, but excluding Indebtedness incurred in connection with a Qualifying IPO, Change of Control or Transformative Acquisition and (ii) the proceeds of which are used to prepay (or, in the case of a conversion, deemed to prepay or replace), in whole or in part, outstanding principal of Initial Term Loan or (b) any effective reduction in the Effective Yield for the Initial Term Loan (e.g., by way of amendment, waiver or otherwise), except for a reduction in connection with a Qualifying IPO, Change of Control or Transformative Acquisition.  Any determination by the

 

57



 

Administrative Agent with respect to whether a Repricing Transaction shall have occurred shall be conclusive and binding on all Lenders holding the Initial Term Loan.

 

Required Initial Term Loan Lenders shall mean, at any date, Non-Defaulting Lenders having or holding a majority of the sum of (a) the Adjusted Total Initial Term Loan Commitment at such date and (b) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Initial Term Loans (excluding Initial Term Loans held by Defaulting Lenders) at such date.

 

Required Lenders ” shall mean, at any date, (a) Non-Defaulting Lenders having or holding a majority of the Dollar Equivalent of the sum of (i) the Adjusted Total Revolving Credit Commitment at such date, (ii) the Adjusted Total Term Loan Commitment at such date and (iii) the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans (excluding Term Loans held by Defaulting Lenders) at such date or (b) if the Total Revolving Credit Commitment and the Total Term Loan Commitment have been terminated or for the purposes of acceleration pursuant to Section 11 , Non-Defaulting Lenders having or holding a majority of the Dollar Equivalent of the outstanding principal amount of the Loans and Letter of Credit Exposure (excluding the Loans and Letter of Credit Exposure of Defaulting Lenders) in the aggregate at such date.

 

Required Revolving Credit Lenders ” shall mean, at any date, Non-Defaulting Lenders holding a majority of the Adjusted Total Revolving Credit Commitment at such date (or, if the Total Revolving Credit Commitment has been terminated at such time, a majority of the Revolving Credit Exposure (excluding Revolving Credit Exposure of Defaulting Lenders) at such time).

 

Required Term Loan Lenders shall mean, at any date, Non-Defaulting Lenders having or holding a majority of the sum of (a) the Adjusted Total Term Loan Commitment at such date and (b) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans (excluding Term Loans held by Defaulting Lenders) at such date.

 

Requirement of Law ” shall mean, as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or assets or to which such Person or any of its property or assets is subject.

 

Restricted Investment ” shall mean an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

Restricted Payments ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.5(a)(4) .

 

Restricted Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary of Holdings other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Retained Declined Proceeds shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.2(f) .

 

Retired Capital Stock ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.5(b)(2) .

 

Revaluation Date ” shall mean (a) with respect to any Revolving Credit Loan or Swingline Loan, each of the following:  (i) each date of a Borrowing of a Revolving Credit Loan or Swingline Loan, (ii) each date of a continuation of a Revolving Credit Loan pursuant to Section 2.6 and (iii) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent shall determine or the Required Revolving Credit Lenders or Swingline Lender shall require; provided that this clause (iii)  shall not be exercised more than

 

58



 

once per calendar month; and (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit, each of the following:  (i) each date of issuance of any such Letter of Credit, (ii) each date of an amendment of any such Letter of Credit having the effect of increasing the amount thereof, (iii) each date of any payment by the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer under any Letter of Credit and (iv) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer shall determine or the Required Revolving Credit Lenders shall require; provided that this clause (iv)  shall not be exercised more than once per calendar month.

 

Revolving Credit Commitment shall mean, (a) with respect to each Person that is a Lender on the date hereof, the amount set forth, opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1(c) as such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and (b) in the case of any Person that becomes a Lender after the date hereof, the amount specified as such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed a portion of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment, in each case of the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to terms hereof.  The aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Revolving Credit Lenders shall be $125,000,000 on the Closing Date, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage ” shall mean at any time, for each Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment at such time by (b) the amount of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment at such time; provided that at any time when the Total Revolving Credit Commitment shall have been terminated, each Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage shall be the percentage obtained by dividing (a) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure at such time by (b) the Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders at such time.

 

Revolving Credit Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount of the principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans of such Lender then outstanding, (b) such Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure at such time and (c) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Swingline Loans at such time.

 

Revolving Credit Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Lenders’ Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.

 

Revolving Credit Lender ” shall mean, at any time, any Lender that has a Revolving Credit Commitment or Extended Revolving Credit Commitment at such time.

 

Revolving Credit Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b)(i)(C) .

 

Revolving Credit Maturity Date ” shall mean September 23, 2018, or, if such date is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day.

 

Revolving Credit Termination Date ” shall mean the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitments shall have terminated, no Revolving Credit Loans or Swingline Loans shall be outstanding and the Letters of Credit Outstanding shall have been reduced to zero or Cash Collateralized.

 

RPS ” means RPS Parent Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation.

 

RPS Acquisition ” shall mean the acquisition, directly or indirectly, of RPS by Holdings pursuant to the RPS Acquisition Agreement.

 

59



 

RPS Acquisition Agreement ” shall mean the agreement and plan of merger, dated as of July 29, 2013, by and among RPS, Redwood Holdco Parent, Inc. and Redwood Merger Sub, Inc., as may be amended prior to the RPS Closing Date.

 

RPS Closing Date ” shall mean, to the extent not occurring on the Closing Date, the date on which the RPS Acquisition is consummated.

 

S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or any successor by merger or consolidation to its business.

 

Sale Leaseback ” shall mean any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person in contemplation of such leasing.

 

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

 

Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean an Intercreditor Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit J (with such changes to such form as may be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower) among the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the representatives for purposes thereof for any other Permitted Other Indebtedness Secured Parties that are holders of Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations having a Lien on the Collateral ranking junior to the Lien securing the Obligations.

 

Section 2.14 Additional Amendment ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(g)(iv) .

 

Section 9.1 Financials ” shall mean the financial statements delivered, or required to be delivered, pursuant to Section 9.1(a) or (b) together with the accompanying officer’s certificate delivered, or required to be delivered, pursuant to Section 9.1(d) .

 

Secured Cash Management Agreement ” shall mean any Cash Management Agreement that is entered into by and between Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Cash Management Bank.

 

Secured Cash Management Obligations ” shall mean Obligations under Secured Cash Management Agreements.

 

Secured Hedge Agreement ” shall mean any Hedge Agreement that is entered into by and between Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Hedge Bank.

 

Secured Hedge Obligations ” shall mean Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements.

 

Secured Parties ” shall mean the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and each Lender, in each case with respect to the Credit Facilities, each Hedge Bank that is party to any Secured Hedge Agreement with Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, each Cash Management Bank that is party to a Secured Cash Management Agreement with Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary and each sub-agent pursuant to Section 12 appointed by the Administrative Agent

 

60



 

with respect to matters relating to the Credit Facilities or the Collateral Agent with respect to matters relating to any Security Document.

 

Security Agreement ” shall mean the Security Agreement entered into by Holdings, the Borrower, the other grantors party thereto and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit D , as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Security Documents ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Guarantee, (b) the Pledge Agreement, (c) the Security Agreement, (d) the Mortgages, (e) if executed, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, (f) if executed, the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (g) each other security agreement or other instrument or document executed and delivered pursuant to Sections 9.11 , 9.12 or 9.14 or pursuant to any other such Security Documents to secure the Obligations.

 

Senior Notes ” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals to this Agreement and any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension thereof that is unsecured.

 

Senior Notes Indenture ” shall mean the Indenture, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Borrower, the guarantors party thereto and a trustee, pursuant to which the Senior Notes shall be issued, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance therewith.

 

Senior Notes Offering ” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

Senior Secured Leverage Test ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, with respect to the last day of the most recently ended Test Period, the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio shall be no greater than 4.50 to 1.0.

 

Series ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(a) .

 

Similar Business ” shall mean any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

 

Sold Entity or Business shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA”.

 

Solvent ” shall mean, after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions, that (i) the Fair Value of the assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole exceed their Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities; (ii) the Present Fair Salable Value of the assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole exceed their Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities; (iii) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole do not have Unreasonably Small Capital; and (iv) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be able to pay their Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities as they mature.

 

Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(g)(ii) .

 

61



 

Specified Representations ” shall mean the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 8.1(a)  (with respect to the Borrower only), 8.2 (as related to the borrowing under, guaranteeing under, granting of security interests in the Collateral to, and performance of, the Credit Documents), 8.3(c)  (with respect to the Borrower only and as related to the borrowing under, guaranteeing under, granting of security interests in the Collateral to, and performance of, the Credit Documents), 8.5 , 8.7 , 8.17, 8.18(a) and 8.19 of this Agreement and in Sections 3.2(a)  and (b)  of the Security Agreement and Section 5(d)  of the Pledge Agreement.

 

Specified Transaction shall mean, with respect to any period, any Investment, any Asset Sale, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Restricted Payment, Subsidiary designation, New Term Loan, New Revolving Credit Commitment or other event that in each case by the terms of this Agreement requires Pro Forma Compliance with a test or covenant hereunder or requires such test or covenant to be calculated on a “Pro Forma Basis”.

 

Sponsor ” shall mean any of KKR and its Affiliates but excluding portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

 

Sponsor Management Agreement ” shall mean the management agreement between certain of the management companies associated with the Initial Investors and Holdings.

 

Spot Rate ” for a currency shall mean the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate quoted by the Administrative Agent as the spot rate for the purchase by the Administrative Agent of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 11:00 a.m. on the date two Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made; provided that the Administrative Agent may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent if it does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency.

 

SPV shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(g) .

 

Stated Amount ” of any Letter of Credit shall mean the Dollar Equivalent of the maximum amount from time to time available to be drawn thereunder, determined without regard to whether any conditions to drawing could then be met; provided , however , that with respect to any Letter of Credit that by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the Stated Amount shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

 

Stated Liabilities ” shall mean the recorded liabilities (including contingent liabilities that would be recorded in accordance with GAAP) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, as of the date hereof (and as of the RPS Closing Date, if later) after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions (including the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the making of the Loans and the use of proceeds of such Loans on the date hereof (and as of the RPS Closing Date, if later)), determined in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

 

Status ” shall mean the existence of Level I Status or Level II Status, as the case may be, on such date.  Changes in Status resulting from changes in the Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio shall become effective as of the first day following each date that (a) Section 9.1 Financials for the first full fiscal quarter ended after the Closing Date are delivered to the Administrative Agent under Section 9.1 and (b) an officer’s certificate is delivered by Holdings to the Administrative

 

62



 

Agent setting forth, with respect to such Section 9.1 Financials, the then-applicable Status, and shall remain in effect until the next change to be effected pursuant to this definition; provided that each determination of the Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio pursuant to this definition shall be made as of the end of the Test Period ending at the end of the fiscal period covered by the relevant Section 9.1 Financials.

 

Stock Equivalents ” shall mean all securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to purchase or subscribe for any Capital Stock, whether or not presently convertible, exchangeable or exercisable.

 

Subject Lien ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.2(a) .

 

Subordinated Indebtedness ” shall mean Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of the Borrower or such Guarantor, as applicable, under this Agreement or the Guarantee, as applicable.

 

Subsequent Closing ” shall mean the occurrence of the Closing Date prior to the occurrence of the RPS Closing Date.

 

Subsidiary of any Person shall mean and include (a) any corporation more than 50% of whose Capital Stock of any class or classes having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time Capital Stock of any class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time owned by such Person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries or (b) any limited liability company, partnership, association, joint venture or other entity of which such Person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries has more than a 50% equity interest at the time.  Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” shall mean a Subsidiary of Holdings.

 

Successor Borrower ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.3(a) .

 

Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Credit Party, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1(a)(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

Swingline Commitment ” shall mean $20,000,000.  Swingline Commitment is part of and not in addition to the Revolving Credit Commitment.

 

Swingline Exposure ” shall mean at any time the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding Swingline Loans.  The Swingline Exposure of any Revolving Credit Lender at any time shall equal its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the aggregate Swingline Exposure at such time.

 

Swingline Lender ” shall mean UBS Loan Finance LLC in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder or any replacement or successor thereto.

 

Swingline Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1(c) .

 

Swingline Maturity Date ” shall mean, with respect to any Swingline Loan, the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

 

63



 

TARGET Day ” shall mean any day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) payment system (or, if such payment system ceases to be operative, such other payment system (if any) determined by the Administrative Agent to be a suitable replacement) is open for the settlement of payments in Euro.

 

Taxes ” shall mean any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, assessments, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), fees or other similar charges imposed by any Governmental Authority whether computed on a separate, consolidated, unitary, combined or other basis and any interest, fines, penalties or additions to tax with respect to the foregoing.

 

Term Loan Commitment shall mean, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s Initial Term Loan Commitment, and, if applicable, New Term Loan Commitment with respect to any Series.

 

Term Loan Extension Request ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14 (f)(i) .

 

Term Loan Lender shall mean, at any time, any Lender that has a Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Term Loan.

 

Term Loans shall mean the Initial Term Loans, any New Term Loans and any Extended Term Loans, collectively.

 

Test Period ” shall mean, for any determination under this Agreement, the four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings then last ended and for which Section 9.1 Financials shall have been delivered (or required to be delivered) to the Administrative Agent (or, before the first delivery of Section 9.1 Financials, the most recent period of four fiscal quarters at the end of which financial statements are available).

 

Title Policy ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.14(d)(ii) .

 

Total Credit Exposure ” shall mean, at any date, the sum, without duplication, of (a) the Total Revolving Credit Commitment at such date (or, if the Total Revolving Credit Commitment shall have terminated on such date, the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders at such date), (b) the Total Term Loan Commitment at such date and (c) without duplication of clause (b) , the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans at such date.

 

Total Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment shall mean the sum of the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments of all Lenders.

 

Total Initial Term Loan Commitment shall mean the sum of the Initial Term Loan Commitments of all Lenders.

 

Total Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean the sum of the Revolving Credit Commitments of all the Lenders.

 

Total Term Loan Commitment shall mean the sum of the Initial Term Loan Commitments, the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments and the New Term Loan Commitments, if applicable, of all the Lenders.

 

64


 

Transaction Expenses shall mean any fees or expenses incurred or paid by Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Affiliates in connection with the Transactions, this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

 

Transactions shall mean, collectively, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Senior Notes Indenture, the Acquisitions and the Equity Investments, any repayment, repurchase, prepayment or defeasance of Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in connection therewith, the consummation of any other transactions in connection with the foregoing (including in connection with the Acquisition Agreements and the payment of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with any of the foregoing (including the Transaction Expenses)).

 

Transferee ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(e) .

 

Transformative Acquisition ” shall mean any acquisition by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is (a) not permitted by the terms of the Credit Documents immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition or (b) if permitted by the terms of the Credit Documents immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition, would not provide the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries with adequate flexibility under the Credit Documents for the continuation and/or expansion of their combined operations following such consummation, as determined by the Borrower acting in good faith.

 

Trigger Date ” shall mean the day following the date on which Section 9.1 Financials are delivered to the Administrative Agent for the fiscal quarter ending on December 31, 2013.

 

Type ” shall mean (a) as to any Term Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a LIBOR Term Loan and (b) as to any Revolving Credit Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a LIBOR Revolving Credit Loan.

 

Unpaid Drawing ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.4(a) .

 

Unreasonably Small Capital ” shall mean for the period from the date hereof through the Maturity Date, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole after consummation of the Transactions (including the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the making of the Loans and the use of proceeds of such Loans on the date hereof (and the RPS Closing Date, if later) is a going concern and has sufficient capital to reasonably ensure that it will continue to be a going concern for such period.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary shall mean (1) any Subsidiary of Holdings which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the board of directors of Holdings, as provided below) and (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

The board of directors of Holdings may designate any Subsidiary of Holdings (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that:

 

(a)           such designation complies with Section 10.5 , and

 

65



 

(b)           each of (1) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (2) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

The board of directors of Holdings may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:  (1) Holdings could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 10.1 or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

 

Any such designation by the board of directors of Holdings shall be notified by Holdings to the Administrative Agent by promptly delivering to the Administrative Agent a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and a certificate of an Authorized Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

 

U.S. ” and “ United States ” shall mean the United States of America.

 

U.S. Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.4(e)(ii)(A).

 

Voting Stock shall mean, with respect to any Person as of any date, the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.

 

Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” of any Person shall mean a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” of any Person shall mean a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Withdrawal Liability ” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Title IV of ERISA.

 

1.2          Other Interpretive Provisions .  With reference to this Agreement and each other Credit Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Credit Document:

 

(a)           The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

 

(b)           The words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Credit Document shall refer to such Credit Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

 

66



 

(c)           Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Credit Document in which such reference appears.

 

(d)           The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.

 

(e)           The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

 

(f)            In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including”.

 

(g)           Section headings herein and in the other Credit Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Credit Document.

 

1.3          Accounting Terms .

 

(a)         All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP, applied in a consistent manner.

 

(b)         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any test or covenant contained in this Agreement with respect to any period during which any Specified Transaction occurs, the Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio, the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio and the Senior Secured Leverage Test shall each be calculated with respect to such period and such Specified Transaction on a Pro Forma Basis.

 

(c)         Where reference is made to “Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis” or similar language, such consolidation shall not include any Subsidiaries of Holdings other than Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

1.4          Rounding .  Any financial ratios required to be maintained by Holdings pursuant to this Agreement (or required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement) shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number.

 

1.5          References to Agreements, Laws, Etc .  Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to organizational documents, agreements (including the Credit Documents) and other Contractual Requirements shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, amendment and restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, amendment and restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are permitted by any Credit Document; and (b) references to any Requirement of Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Requirement of Law.

 

67



 

1.6          Exchange Rates .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of any determination under Section 9 , Section 10 or Section 11 or any determination under any other provision of this Agreement expressly requiring the use of a current exchange rate, all amounts incurred, outstanding or proposed to be incurred or outstanding in currencies other than dollars shall be translated into dollars at currency exchange rates in effect on the date of such determination; provided , however , that for purposes of determining compliance with Section 10 with respect to the amount of any Indebtedness, Restricted Investment, Lien, Asset Sale or Restricted Payment in a currency other than dollars, no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of changes in rates of exchange occurring after the time such Indebtedness, Lien or Restricted Investment is incurred or Asset Sale or Restricted Payment made; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.6 shall otherwise apply to such Sections, including with respect to determining whether any Indebtedness, Lien or Investment may be incurred or Disposition or Restricted Payment made at any time under such Sections.  For purposes of any determination of Consolidated Total Debt or Consolidated Senior Secured Debt, amounts in currencies other than dollars shall be translated into dollars at the currency exchange rates used in preparing the most recently delivered Section 9.1 Financial Statements.

 

1.7          Schedules .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, solely with respect to any updates relating to RPS or its Subsidiaries and only to the extent such items are permitted to exist or remain outstanding after the RPS Closing Date under the RPS Acquisition Agreement (as in effect on the Closing Date), the Borrower may provide supplements to Schedules 1.1(a), 10.1, 10.2 and/or 10.5 in writing to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the RPS Closing Date and upon delivery of any such supplements such schedules shall be deemed updated with the items on such supplements without any requirement for any amendment or consent by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Credit Party.  Schedule 9.14(e) may also be supplemented by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in a manner consistent the terms of Exhibit O without the consent of any other party to any Credit Documents.

 

Section 2.        Amount and Terms of Credit

 

2.1          Commitments

 

(a)           Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, (i) each Lender having an Initial Term Loan Commitment severally agrees to make a loan or loans (each, an “ Initial Term Loan ”) to the Borrower on the Closing Date (or, to the extent applicable, the RPS Closing Date, as set forth the below), which Initial Term Loans shall not exceed for any such Lender the Initial Term Loan Commitment of such Lender and in the aggregate shall not exceed $825,000,000.  Such Term Loans (i) may at the option of the Borrower be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or LIBOR Loans; provided that all Term Loans made by each of the Lenders pursuant to the same Borrowing shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Term Loans of the same Type, (ii) may be repaid or prepaid in accordance with the provisions hereof, but once repaid or prepaid, may not be reborrowed, and (iii) shall not exceed in the aggregate the Total Initial Term Loan Commitments.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing Section 2.1(a) solely in the event that the RPS Acquisition is not consummated on the Closing Date, a portion of the Initial Term Loans equal to the aggregate amount of Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments shall be made available to the Borrower on a delayed draw basis (through the earlier of: (x) any date on which the Borrower reasonably determines in a written notice to the Administrative Agent that the RPS Acquisition will not be consummated and (y) January 29, 2014) and, in such event, each Lender having a Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment severally agrees to make a loan or loans (each, a “ Delayed Draw Term Loan ”) to the Borrower on the RPS Closing Date.  On the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date, all then unpaid Initial Term Loans shall be repaid in full in Dollars.  Upon the funding of the Delayed

 

68



 

Draw Term Loans on the RPS Closing Date, the Delayed Draw Term Loans shall automatically and without further action by any Person constitute Initial Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

 

(b)

 

(i)            Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, each Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars, Euros or an Alternative Currency to the Borrower as elected by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.2 from its applicable lending office in an aggregate Dollar Equivalent principal amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that any of the foregoing such Revolving Credit Loans:

 

(A)          shall be made at any time and from time to time on and after the Closing Date and prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date,

 

(B)          may, at the option of the Borrower be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans (solely in the case of Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars) or LIBOR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans; provided that all Revolving Credit Loans made by each of the Lenders pursuant to the same Borrowing shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type,

 

(C)          may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions hereof (for this purpose using the Dollar Equivalent of all Revolving Credit Loans),

 

(D)          shall not, for any Lender at any time, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result in such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure in respect of any Class at such time exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment in respect of such Class at such time and

 

(E)           shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result at any time in the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures at such time exceeding the Total Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect or the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures of any Class at such time exceeding the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment with respect to such Class.

 

(ii)           Each Lender may, at its option, make any Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that, (A) any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan and (B) in exercising such option, such Lender shall use its reasonable efforts to minimize any increased costs to the Borrower resulting therefrom (which obligation of the Lender shall not require it to take, or refrain from taking, actions that it determines would result in increased costs for which it will not be compensated hereunder or that it determines would be otherwise disadvantageous to it and in the event of such request for costs for which compensation is provided under this Agreement, the provisions of Section 2.10 shall apply).  On the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, all Revolving Credit Loans shall be repaid in full.

 

69



 

(c)         Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Swingline Lender in its individual capacity agrees, at any time and from time to time on and after the Closing Date and prior to the Swingline Maturity Date, to make a loan or loans (each a “ Swingline Loan ” and, collectively the “ Swingline Loans ”) to the Borrower in Dollars, which Swingline Loans (i) shall be ABR Loans, (ii) shall have the benefit of the provisions of Section 2.1(d) , (iii) shall not exceed at any time outstanding the Swingline Commitment, (iv) shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result at any time in the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures at such time exceeding the Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect and (v) may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions hereof.  On the Swingline Maturity Date, all Swingline Loans shall be repaid in full.  The Swingline Lender shall not make any Swingline Loan after receiving a written notice from Holdings, or the Borrower, Administrative Agent or the Required Revolving Credit Lenders stating that a Default or Event of Default exists and is continuing until such time as the Swingline Lender shall have received written notice of (i) rescission of all such notices from the party or parties originally delivering such notice or (ii) the waiver of such Default or Event of Default in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 .

 

(d)         On any Business Day, the Swingline Lender may, in its sole discretion, give notice to each Revolving Credit Lender that all then-outstanding Swingline Loans shall be funded with a Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars, in which case Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars constituting ABR Loans (each such Borrowing, a “ Mandatory Borrowing ”) shall be made on the immediately succeeding Business Day by each Revolving Credit Lender pro rata based on each Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage, and the proceeds thereof shall be applied directly to the Swingline Lender to repay the Swingline Lender for such outstanding Swingline Loans.  Each Revolving Credit Lender hereby irrevocably agrees to make such Revolving Credit Loans upon one Business Day’s notice pursuant to each Mandatory Borrowing in the amount and in the manner specified in the preceding sentence and on the date specified to it in writing by the Swingline Lender notwithstanding (i) that the amount of the Mandatory Borrowing may not comply with the minimum amount for each Borrowing specified in Section 2.2 , (ii) whether any conditions specified in Section 7 are then satisfied, (iii) whether a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (iv) the date of such Mandatory Borrowing or (v) any reduction in the Total Revolving Credit Commitment after any such Swingline Loans were made.  In the event that, in the sole judgment of the Swingline Lender, any Mandatory Borrowing cannot for any reason be made on the date otherwise required above (including as a result of the commencement of a proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code in respect of Holdings), each Revolving Credit Lender hereby agrees that it shall forthwith purchase from the Swingline Lender (without recourse or warranty) such participation of the outstanding Swingline Loans as shall be necessary to cause the Lenders to share in such Swingline Loans ratably based upon their respective Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages; provided that all principal and interest payable on such Swingline Loans shall be for the account of the Swingline Lender until the date the respective participation is purchased and, to the extent attributable to the purchased participation, shall be payable to such Lender purchasing same from and after such date of purchase.

 

2.2          Minimum Amount of Each Borrowing; Maximum Number of Borrowings .  The aggregate principal amount of each Borrowing of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans shall be in a minimum amount of at least the Minimum Borrowing Amount for such Type of Loans and in a multiple of $100,000 (or the Dollar Equivalent thereof) in excess thereof and Swingline Loans shall be in a minimum amount of $500,000 and in a multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (except that Mandatory Borrowings shall be made in the amounts required by Section 2.1(d)  and Revolving Credit Loans to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to any Unpaid Drawing shall be made in the amounts required by Section 3.3 or Section 3.4 , as applicable).  More than one Borrowing may be incurred on any date; provided that at no time shall there be outstanding more than five Borrowings of LIBOR Loans that

 

70



 

are Term Loans and fifteen Borrowings of LIBOR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans under this Agreement.

 

2.3          Notice of Borrowing .

 

(a)           The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office (A) prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least three Business Days’ prior written notice in the case of a Borrowing of Initial Term Loans to be made on the Closing Date (or the RPS Closing Date, in the case of any Delayed Draw Term Loans) if such Initial Term Loans are to be LIBOR Loans and (B) prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) written notice in the case of a Borrowing of Initial Term Loans made on the Closing Date (or the RPS Closing Date, in the case of any Delayed Draw Term Loans) if such Initial Term Loans are to be ABR Loans.  Such notice (a “ Notice of Borrowing ”) shall specify (A) the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans to be made, (B) the date of the Borrowing (which shall be the Closing Date, or, in the case of any Delayed Draw Term Loans, the RPS Closing Date) and (C) whether the Term Loans shall consist of ABR Loans and/or LIBOR Loans and, if the Term Loans are to include LIBOR Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto.  The Administrative Agent shall promptly give each Lender written notice of the proposed Borrowing of Term Loans, of such Lender’s proportionate share thereof and of the other matters covered by the related Notice of Borrowing

 

(b)         Whenever the Borrower desires to incur Revolving Credit Loans (other than Mandatory Borrowings or borrowings to repay Unpaid Drawings), it shall give the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office, (i) prior to 12:00 noon (New York City Time) at least three Business Days’ prior written notice of each Borrowing of LIBOR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Euro or Dollars, (ii) prior to 12:00 noon (New York City Time) at least four Business Days’ prior written notice of each Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency and (iii) prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date of such Borrowing prior written notice of each Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans that are ABR Loans.  Each such Notice of Borrowing, except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 2.10 , shall specify (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans to be made pursuant to such Borrowing, (ii) the date of Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day) and (iii) whether the respective Borrowing shall consist of ABR Loans (in the case of Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars) or LIBOR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans and, if LIBOR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans, (A) the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto and (B) whether such LIBOR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans are to be made in Dollars, Euro or an Alternative Currency (if no currency is specified the Revolving Credit Loans shall be deemed to have been requested in Dollars).  The Administrative Agent shall promptly give each Revolving Credit Lender written notice of each proposed Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans, of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage thereof, of the identity of the Borrower, and of the other matters covered by the related Notice of Borrowing.

 

(c)          Whenever the Borrower desires to incur Swingline Loans hereunder, it shall give the applicable Swingline Lender for Swingline Loans denominated in Dollars written notice with a copy to the Administrative Agent of each Borrowing of Swingline Loans prior to in the case of Swingline Loans denominated in Dollars, 1:30 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of such Borrowing.  Each such notice shall specify (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Swingline Loans to be made pursuant to such Borrowing and (ii) the date of Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day).

 

(d)         Mandatory Borrowings shall be made upon the notice specified in Section 2.1(d) , with the Borrower irrevocably agreeing, by its incurrence of any Swingline Loan, to the making of Mandatory Borrowings as set forth in such Section.

 

71



 

(e)          Borrowings to reimburse Unpaid Drawings shall be made upon the notice specified in Section 3.4(a) .

 

(f)          Without in any way limiting the obligation of the Borrower to confirm in writing any notice it shall give hereunder by telephone (which such obligation is absolute), the Administrative Agent may act prior to receipt of written confirmation without liability upon the basis of such telephonic notice believed by the Administrative Agent in good faith to be from an Authorized Officer of Holdings or the Borrower.

 

2.4          Disbursement of Funds

 

(a)         No later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date specified in each Notice of Borrowing (including Mandatory Borrowings), each Lender shall make available its pro rata portion, if any, of each Borrowing requested to be made on such date in the manner provided below; provided that on the Closing Date (or if applicable, the RPS Closing Date), such funds may be made available at such earlier time as may be agreed among the Lenders, Holdings and the Administrative Agent for the purpose of consummating the Transactions; provided , further , that all Swingline Loans shall be made available to the Borrower in the full amount thereof by the Swingline Lender no later than 4:00 p.m. (New York City time), on the date requested.

 

(b)         Each Lender shall make available all amounts it is to fund to the Borrower under any Borrowing for its applicable Commitments, and in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office and the Administrative Agent will (except in the case of Mandatory Borrowings and Borrowings to repay Unpaid Drawings) make available to the Borrower, by depositing to an account designated by Holdings or the Borrower to the Administrative Agent the aggregate of the amounts so made available in the applicable currency.  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to the date of any such Borrowing that such Lender does not intend to make available to the Administrative Agent its portion of the Borrowing or Borrowings to be made on such date, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such date of Borrowing, and the Administrative Agent, in reliance upon such assumption, may (in its sole discretion and without any obligation to do so) make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount.  If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender and the Administrative Agent has made available such amount to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount from such Lender.  If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent in the applicable currency.  The Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover from such Lender or the Borrower interest on such corresponding amount in respect of each day from the date such corresponding amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower to the date such corresponding amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent, at a rate per annum equal to (i) if paid by such Lender, the Overnight Rate or (ii) if paid by the Borrower, the then-applicable rate of interest or fees, calculated in accordance with Section 2.8 , for the respective Loans.

 

(c)         Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to, fulfill its commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights that the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder (it being understood, however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to fulfill its commitments hereunder).

 

72



 

2.5          Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt

 

(a)         The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Lenders, on the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date, the then-outstanding Initial Term Loans made to the Borrower, in Dollars.  The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Revolving Credit Lenders, on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, the then outstanding Revolving Credit Loans made to the Borrower in currency in which such Revolving Credit Loans are denominated.  The Borrower shall repay to the Swingline Lender, on the Swingline Maturity Date, the then outstanding Swingline Loans made to the Borrower in Dollars.

 

(b)         The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Initial Term Loan Lenders, on each date set forth below (or, if not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) (each, an “ Initial Term Loan Repayment Date ”), a principal amount in respect of each of the Initial Term Loans made to the Borrower equal to (x) the outstanding principal amount of Initial Term Loans made to the Borrower on the Closing Date (and if applicable the RPS Closing Date) multiplied by (y) the percentage set forth below opposite such Initial Term Loan Repayment Date (each, an “ Initial Term Loan Repayment Amount ”):

 

Date

 

Initial Term Loan

 

December 31, 2013

 

0.25

%

March 31, 2014

 

0.25

%

June 30, 2014

 

0.25

%

September 30, 2014

 

0.25

%

December 31, 2014

 

0.25

%

March 31, 2015

 

0.25

%

June 30, 2015

 

0.25

%

September 30, 2015

 

0.25

%

December 31, 2015

 

0.25

%

March 31, 2016

 

0.25

%

June 30, 2016

 

0.25

%

September 30, 2016

 

0.25

%

December 31, 2016

 

0.25

%

March 31, 2017

 

0.25

%

June 30, 2017

 

0.25

%

September 30, 2017

 

0.25

%

December 31, 2017

 

0.25

%

March 31, 2018

 

0.25

%

June 30, 2018

 

0.25

%

September 30, 2018

 

0.25

%

December 31, 2018

 

0.25

%

March 31, 2019

 

0.25

%

June 30, 2019

 

0.25

%

September 30, 2019

 

0.25

%

December 31, 2019

 

0.25

%

March 31, 2020

 

0.25

%

June 30, 2020

 

0.25

%

Initial Term Loan Maturity Date

 

Remaining outstanding amounts

 

 

73



 

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall take any and all action as may be reasonably necessary to ensure that the Delayed Draw Term Loans are included in each Borrowing and repayment of Initial Term Loans on a pro rata basis. In furtherance of the foregoing, on the RPS Closing Date, there shall commence an initial Interest Period with respect to the Delayed Draw Term Loans, which Interest Period shall end on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Initial Term Loans as in effect immediately prior to the RPS Closing Date.

 

(c)         In the event that any New Term Loans are made, such New Term Loans shall, subject to Section 2.14(d) , be repaid by the Borrower in the amounts (each, a “ New Term Loan Repayment Amount ”) and on the dates set forth in the applicable Joinder Agreement.  In the event that any Extended Term Loans are established, such Extended Term Loans shall, subject to Section 2.14(g) , be repaid by the Borrower in the amounts (each such amount with respect to any Extended Repayment Date, an “ Extended Term Loan Repayment Amount ”) and on the dates (each, an “ Extended Repayment Date ”) set forth in the applicable Extension Amendment.

 

(d)         Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to the appropriate lending office of such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such lending office of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such lending office of such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

 

(e)         The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 13.6(b) , and a subaccount for each Lender, in which Register and subaccounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, whether such Loan is an Initial Term Loan, New Term Loan, Revolving Credit Loan or Swingline Loan, as applicable, the Type of each Loan made, the currency in which made, the name of the Borrower and the Interest Period, if any, applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each Lender’s share thereof.

 

(f)          The entries made in the Register and accounts and subaccounts maintained pursuant to clauses (d) and (e) of this Section 2.5 shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided , however , that the failure of any Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Swingline Lender to maintain such account, such Register or subaccount, as applicable, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to the Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

2.6          Conversions and Continuations

 

(a)         Subject to the penultimate sentence of this clause (a) , (x) the Borrower shall have the option on any Business Day to convert all or a portion equal to at least $5,000,000 (or the Dollar Equivalent thereof) of the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans of one Type or Revolving Credit Loans of one Type into a Borrowing or Borrowings of another Type and (y) the Borrower shall have the option on any Business Day to continue the outstanding principal amount of any LIBOR Loans as LIBOR Loans for an additional Interest Period; provided that (i) no partial conversion of LIBOR Loans shall reduce the outstanding principal amount of LIBOR Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing to less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount, (ii) ABR Loans may not be converted into LIBOR Loans if a Default or Event of Default is in existence on the date of the conversion and the Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such conversion,

 

74


 

(iii) LIBOR Loans may not be continued as LIBOR Loans for an additional Interest Period if a Default or Event of Default is in existence on the date of the proposed continuation and the Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuation and (iv) Borrowings resulting from conversions pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be limited in number as provided in Section 2.2 .  Each such conversion or continuation shall be effected by the Borrower by giving the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least (i) three Business Days’ notice, in the case of a continuation of or conversion to LIBOR Loans (other than in the case of a notice delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to clause (d) , which shall be deemed to be effective on the Closing Date) or (ii) one Business Day’s notice in the case of a conversion into ABR Loans prior written notice (each, a “ Notice of Conversion or Continuation ”) specifying the Loans to be so converted or continued, the Type of Loans to be converted or continued into and, if such Loans are to be converted into or continued as LIBOR Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto.  The Administrative Agent shall give each applicable Lender notice as promptly as practicable of any such proposed conversion or continuation affecting any of its Loans.

 

(b)                            If any Default or Event of Default is in existence at the time of any proposed continuation of any LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars and the Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuation, such LIBOR Loans shall be automatically converted on the last day of the current Interest Period into ABR Loans.  If upon the expiration of any Interest Period in respect of LIBOR Loans (other than Borrowings of LIBOR Loans denominated in Euro or Alternative Currencies), the Borrower has failed to elect a new Interest Period to be applicable thereto as provided in clause (a) , the Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert such Borrowing of LIBOR Loans into a Borrowing of ABR Loans, effective as of the expiration date of such current Interest Period.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the Borrowings of LIBOR Loans denominated in Euro or Alternative Currencies, in connection with the occurrence of any of the events described in the preceding two sentences, at the expiration of the then current Interest Period each such Borrowing shall be automatically continued as a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans with an Interest Period of one month.

 

(c)                             No Loan may be converted into or continued as a Loan denominated in a different currency.

 

2.7                                Pro Rata Borrowings .  Each Borrowing of Initial Term Loans under this Agreement shall be made by the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their then-applicable Initial Term Loan Commitments.  Each Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans under this Agreement shall be made by the Revolving Credit Lenders pro rata on the basis of their then-applicable Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages with respect to the applicable Class.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Borrowings of Revolving Credit Loans of the Borrower shall be allocated pro rata relative to Commitments across the Revolving Credit Facility.  Each Borrowing of New Term Loans under this Agreement shall be made by the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their then-applicable New Term Loan Commitments.  It is understood that (a) no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in its obligation to make Loans hereunder and that each Lender severally but not jointly shall be obligated to make the Loans provided to be made by it hereunder, regardless of the failure of any other Lender to fulfill its commitments hereunder and (b) other than as expressly provided herein with respect to a Defaulting Lender, failure by a Lender to perform any of its obligations under any of the Credit Documents shall not release any Person from performance of its obligation under any Credit Document.

 

75



 

2.8                                Interest

 

(a)                            The unpaid principal amount of each ABR Loan shall bear interest from the date of the Borrowing thereof until maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum that shall at all times be the Applicable Margin for ABR Loans plus the ABR, in each case, in effect from time to time.

 

(b)                            The unpaid principal amount of each LIBOR Loan shall bear interest from the date of the Borrowing thereof until maturity thereof (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum that shall at all times be the Applicable Margin for LIBOR Loans plus the relevant LIBOR Rate.

 

(c)                             If all or a portion of (i) the principal amount of any Loan or (ii) any interest payable thereon or any other amount payable hereunder shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum that is (x) in the case of overdue principal, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto plus 2.00% or (y) in the case of any other overdue amount, including overdue interest, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the rate described in Section 2.8(a) plus 2.00% from the date of such non-payment to the date on which such amount is paid in full (after as well as before judgment).

 

(d)                            Interest on each Loan shall accrue from and including the date of any Borrowing to but excluding the date of any repayment thereof and shall be payable in the same currency in which the Loan is denominated; provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same date on which it is made shall bear interest for one day.  Except as provided below, interest shall be payable (i) in respect of each ABR Loan, quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, (ii) in respect of each LIBOR Loan, on the last day of each Interest Period applicable thereto and, in the case of an Interest Period in excess of three months, on each date occurring at three-month intervals after the first day of such Interest Period and (iii) in respect of each Loan, (A) on any prepayment in respect of LIBOR Loans, (B) at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and (C) after such maturity, on demand.

 

(e)                             All computations of interest hereunder shall be made in accordance with Section 5.5 .

 

(f)                              The Administrative Agent, upon determining the interest rate for any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans, shall promptly notify the Borrower(s) and the relevant Lenders thereof.  Each such determination shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.

 

2.9                                Interest Periods .  At the time Holdings or the Borrower gives a Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion or Continuation in respect of the making of, or conversion into or continuation as, a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans in accordance with Section 2.6(a) , Holdings or the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent written notice of the Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing, which Interest Period shall, at the option of Holdings or the Borrower be a one, two, three or six month period (or if available to all the Lenders making such LIBOR Loans as determined by such Lenders in good faith based on prevailing market conditions, a twelve month or shorter period).

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above:

 

(a)                            the initial Interest Period for any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans shall commence on the date of such Borrowing (including the date of any conversion from a Borrowing of ABR Loans) and each Interest Period occurring thereafter in respect of such Borrowing shall commence on the day on which the next preceding Interest Period expires;

 

76



 

(b)                            if any Interest Period relating to a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month or begins on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period;

 

(c)                             if any Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next succeeding Business Day; provided that if any Interest Period in respect of a LIBOR Loan would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day but is a day of the month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, such Interest Period shall expire on the immediately preceding Business Day; and

 

(d)                            no Borrower shall be entitled to elect any Interest Period in respect of any LIBOR Loan if such Interest Period would extend beyond the Maturity Date of such Loan.

 

2.10                         Increased Costs, Illegality, Etc.

 

(a)                            In the event that (x) in the case of clause (i)  below, the Administrative Agent and (y) in the case of clauses (ii)  and (iii)  below, the Required Term Loan Lenders (with respect to Term Loans) or the Required Revolving Credit Lenders (with respect to Revolving Credit Commitments) shall have reasonably determined (which determination shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto):

 

(i)                                      on any date for determining the LIBOR Rate for any Interest Period that (x) deposits in the principal amounts and currencies of the Loans comprising such LIBOR Borrowing are not generally available in the relevant market or (y) by reason of any changes arising on or after the Closing Date affecting the interbank LIBOR market, adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable interest rate on the basis provided for in the definition of LIBOR Rate; or

 

(ii)                                   at any time, that such Lenders shall incur increased costs or reductions in the amounts received or receivable hereunder with respect to any LIBOR Loans (including any increased costs or reductions attributable to Taxes, other than any increase or reduction attributable to Taxes described in clauses (i)  or (ii)  of paragraph (d)  of this Section 2.10 ) because of (x) any change since the Closing Date in any applicable law, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order (or in the interpretation or administration thereof and including the introduction of any new law or governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order), such as, for example, without limitation, a change in official reserve requirements, and/or (y) other circumstances affecting the interbank LIBOR market or the position of such Lender in such market; or

 

(iii)                                at any time, that the making or continuance of any LIBOR Loan has become unlawful by compliance by such Lenders in good faith with any law, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order (or would conflict with any such governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order not having the force of law even though the failure to comply therewith would not be unlawful), or has become impracticable as a result of a contingency occurring after the Closing Date that materially and adversely affects the interbank LIBOR market;

 

then, and in any such event, such Required Term Loan Lenders or Required Revolving Credit Lenders, as applicable (or the Administrative Agent, in the case of clause (i)  above) shall within a reasonable time thereafter give notice (if by telephone, confirmed in writing) to the Borrower and to the Administrative Agent of such determination (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of

 

77



 

the other Lenders).  Thereafter (x) in the case of clause (i)  above, LIBOR Loans shall no longer be available until such time as the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice by the Administrative Agent no longer exist (which notice the Administrative Agent agrees to give at such time when such circumstances no longer exist), and any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion given by Holdings or the Borrower with respect to LIBOR Loans that have not yet been incurred shall be deemed rescinded by Holdings or the Borrower, (y) in the case of clause (ii)  above, the Borrower shall pay to such Lenders, promptly after receipt of written demand therefor such additional amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Required Term Loan Lenders or Required Revolving Credit Lenders, as applicable, in their reasonable discretion shall determine) as shall be required to compensate such Lenders for such actual increased costs or reductions in amounts receivable hereunder (it being agreed that a written notice as to the additional amounts owed to such Lenders, showing in reasonable detail the basis for the calculation thereof, submitted to the Borrower by such Lenders shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) and (z) in the case of subclause (iii)  above, the Borrower shall take one of the actions specified in subclause (x)  or (y) , as applicable, of Section 2.10(b)  promptly and, in any event, within the time period required by law.

 

(b)                            At any time that any LIBOR Loan is affected by the circumstances described in Section 2.10(a)(ii) or (iii) , the Borrower may (and in the case of a LIBOR Loan affected pursuant to Section 2.10(a)(iii) shall) either (x) if the affected LIBOR Loan is then being made pursuant to a Borrowing, cancel such Borrowing by giving the Administrative Agent written notice thereof on the same date that the Borrower was notified by Lenders pursuant to Section 2.10(a)(ii)  or (iii)  or (y) if the affected LIBOR Loan is then outstanding, upon at least three Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, require the affected Lender to convert each such LIBOR Loan into an ABR Loan; provided that if more than one Lender is affected at any time, then all affected Lenders must be treated in the same manner pursuant to this Section 2.10(b) .

 

(c)                             If, after the Closing Date, any Change in Law relating to capital adequacy or liquidity of any Lender or compliance by any Lender or its parent with any Change in Law relating to capital adequacy or liquidity occurring after the Closing Date, has or would have the effect of reducing the actual rate of return on such Lender’s or its parent’s or its Affiliate’s capital or assets as a consequence of such Lender’s commitments or obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or its parent or its Affiliate could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or its parent’s policies with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity), then from time to time, promptly after demand by such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such actual additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or its parent for such actual reduction, it being understood and agreed, however, that a Lender shall not be entitled to such compensation as a result of such Lender’s compliance with, or pursuant to any request or directive to comply with, any law, rule or regulation as in effect on the Closing Date or to the extent such Lender is not imposing such charges on or requesting such compensation from borrowers (similarly situated to the Borrower hereunder) under comparable syndicated credit facilities similar to the Credit Facilities.  Each Lender, upon determining in good faith that any additional amounts will be payable pursuant to this Section 2.10(c) , will give prompt written notice thereof to the Borrower, which notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis of the calculation of such additional amounts, although the failure to give any such notice shall not, subject to Section 2.13 , release or diminish the Borrower’s obligations to pay additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.10(c)  upon receipt of such notice.

 

(d)                            It is understood that this Section 2.10 shall not apply to (i) Taxes indemnifiable under Section 5.4 or (ii) Excluded Taxes.

 

78



 

2.11                         Compensation .  If (a) any payment of principal of any LIBOR Loan is made by the Borrower to or for the account of a Lender other than on the last day of the Interest Period for such LIBOR Loan as a result of a payment or conversion pursuant to Section 2.5 , 2.6 , 2.10 , 5.1 , 5.2 or 13.7 , as a result of acceleration of the maturity of the Loans pursuant to Section 11 or for any other reason, (b) any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans is not made as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Borrowing or a failure to satisfy borrowing conditions, (c) any ABR Loan is not converted into a LIBOR Loan as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Conversion or Continuation, (d) any LIBOR Loan is not continued as a LIBOR Loan, as the case may be, as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Conversion or Continuation or (e) any prepayment of principal of any LIBOR Loan is not made as a result of a withdrawn notice of prepayment pursuant to Section 5.1 or 5.2 , the Borrower shall, after receipt of a written request by such Lender (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount), pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender any amounts required to compensate such Lender for any additional losses, costs or expenses that such Lender may reasonably incur as a result of such payment, failure to convert, failure to continue or failure to prepay, including any loss, cost or expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits) actually incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by any Lender to fund or maintain such LIBOR Loan.

 

2.12                         Change of Lending Office .  Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.10(a)(ii) , 2.10(a)(iii) , 2.10(b) , 3.5 or 5.4 with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event; provided that such designation is made on such terms that such Lender and its lending office suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, with the object of avoiding the consequence of the event giving rise to the operation of any such Section.  Nothing in this Section 2.12 shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrower or the right of any Lender provided in Section 2.10 , 3.5 or 5.4 .

 

2.13                         Notice of Certain Costs .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent any notice required by Section 2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 or 5.4 is given by any Lender more than 120 days after such Lender has knowledge (or should have had knowledge) of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the additional cost, reduction in amounts, loss, tax or other additional amounts described in such Sections, such Lender shall not be entitled to compensation under Section 2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 or 5.4 , as the case may be, for any such amounts incurred or accruing prior to the 121st day prior to the giving of such notice to the Borrower.

 

2.14                         Incremental Facilities .

 

(a)                            The Borrower may by written notice to Administrative Agent elect to request the establishment of one or more (x) additional tranches of term loans (the commitments thereto, the “ New Term Loan Commitments ”) and/or (y) increases in Revolving Credit Commitments of any Class (the “ New Revolving Credit Commitments ” and, together with the New Term Loan Commitments, the “ New Loan Commitments ”), by an aggregate amount not in excess of the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount in the aggregate and not less than $25,000,000 individually (or such lesser amount as (x) may be approved by the Administrative Agent or (y) shall constitute the difference between the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount and all such New Loan Commitments obtained on or prior to such date).  Each such notice shall specify the date (each, an “ Increased Amount Date ”) on which the Borrower proposes that the New Loan Commitments shall be effective.  The Borrower may approach any Lender or any Person (other than a natural person) to provide all or a portion of the New Loan Commitments; provided that any Lender offered or approached to provide all or a portion of the New Loan Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide a New Loan Commitment.  In each case, such New Loan Commitments shall become effective as of the applicable Increased Amount

 

79



 

Date; provided that, (i) no Event of Default (except in connection with an acquisition or an investment, no Event of Default under Section 11.1 or Section 11.4 ) shall exist on such Increased Amount Date before or after giving effect to such New Loan Commitments, as applicable, (ii) the New Loan Commitments shall be effected pursuant to one or more Joinder Agreements executed and delivered by the Borrower and Administrative Agent, and each of which shall be recorded in the Register and shall be subject to the requirements set forth in Section 5.4(e)  and (iii) the Borrower shall make any payments required pursuant to Section 2.11 in connection with the New Loan Commitments, as applicable.  Any New Term Loans made on an Increased Amount Date shall be designated, a separate series (a “ Series ”) of New Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

(b)                            On any Increased Amount Date on which New Revolving Credit Commitments are effected, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (a) each of the Lenders with Revolving Credit Commitments of such Class shall assign to each Lender with a New Revolving Credit Commitment (each, a “ New Revolving Loan Lender ”) and each of the New Revolving Loan Lenders shall purchase from each of the Lenders with Revolving Credit Commitments of such Class, at the principal amount thereof and in the applicable currency(ies), such interests in the Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on such Increased Amount Date as shall be necessary in order that, after giving effect to all such assignments and purchases, the Revolving Credit Loans of such Class will be held by existing Revolving Credit Lenders and New Revolving Loan Lenders ratably in accordance with their Revolving Credit Commitments of such Class after giving effect to the addition of such New Revolving Credit Commitments to the Revolving Credit Commitments, (b) each New Revolving Credit Commitment shall be deemed for all purposes a Revolving Credit Commitment and each Loan made thereunder (a “ New Revolving Loan ”) shall be deemed, for all purposes, a Revolving Credit Loan and (c) each New Revolving Loan Lender shall become a Lender with respect to the New Revolving Credit Commitment and all matters relating thereto.

 

(c)                             On any Increased Amount Date on which any New Term Loan Commitments of any Series are effective, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (i) each Lender with a New Term Loan Commitment (each, a “ New Term Loan Lender ”) of any Series shall make a Loan to the Borrower (a “ New Term Loan ”) in an amount equal to its New Term Loan Commitment of such Series and (ii) each New Term Loan Lender of any Series shall become a Lender hereunder with respect to the New Term Loan Commitment of such Series and the New Term Loans of such Series made pursuant thereto.

 

(d)                            The terms and provisions of the New Term Loans and New Term Loan Commitments of any Series shall be on terms and documentation set forth in the Joinder as determined by the Borrower; provided that, (i) the applicable New Term Loan Maturity Date of each Series shall be no earlier than the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date; (ii) the weighted average life to maturity of all New Term Loans shall be no shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of the Initial Term Loans; (iii) the pricing, interest rate margins, discounts, premiums, rate floors, fees and amortization schedule applicable to any New Term Loans shall be determined by the Borrower; provided that (x), the weighted average life to maturity of all New Term Loans shall be no shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of the Initial Term Loans and (y) solely in the case of New Term Loans incurred prior to the date that is 24 months following the Closing Date, if the Applicable LIBOR Margin in respect of such New Term Loans exceeds the Applicable LIBOR Margin in respect of the Initial Term Loans by more than 0.50%, the Applicable LIBOR Margin in respect of the Initial Term Loans shall be adjusted to be equal to the Applicable LIBOR Margin in respect of the New Term Loans minus 0.50%; provided further that in determining the Applicable LIBOR Margin, (I) original issue discount or upfront fees (which shall be deemed to constitute a like amount of original issue discount) paid by the applicable Borrower to the New Term Loan Lenders under the New Term Loans and the existing Initial Term

 

80



 

Loans in the initial primary syndication thereof shall be included and equated to interest rate (with original issue discount being equated to interest based on an assumed four-year life to maturity, but for avoidance of doubt not including structuring, arrangement and other fees not shared with lenders generally) and (II) any amendments to the Applicable LIBOR Margin or Applicable ABR Margin in respect of the Initial Term Loans that become effective subsequent to the Closing Date but prior to the time of such New Term Loans shall also be included in such calculations; provided further that if the LIBOR Rate or ABR in respect of the New Term Loans includes a floor greater than the LIBOR or ABR floor applicable to the Initial Term Loans, such excess amount shall be equated to interest margin for purposes of determining any increase to the Applicable Margin in respect of the Initial Term Loans; and (iv) to the extent such terms and documentation are not consistent with the Initial Term Loans (except to the extent permitted by clause (i) , (ii)  or (iii)  above), they shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (it being understood that, to the extent that any financial maintenance covenant is added for the benefit of any New Term Loan, no consent shall be required from the Administrative Agent or any of the Term Lenders to the extent that such financial maintenance covenant is (1) also added for the benefit of any existing Loans or (2) only applicable after the Latest Term Loan Maturity Date).

 

(e)                             The terms and provisions of the New Revolving Loans and New Revolving Credit Commitments shall be identical to the Revolving Credit Loans and the Revolving Credit Commitments of the applicable Class; provided that the Applicable Margin applicable thereto may be increased if necessary to be consistent with that for the New Revolving Loans.

 

(f)                              Each Joinder Agreement may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect technical and corresponding amendments to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provision of this Section 2.14.

 

(g)                                   (i)                                      The Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Term Loans of any Class (an “ Existing Term Loan Class ”) be converted to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) of any payment of principal with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of such Term Loans (any such Term Loans which have been so converted, “ Extended Term Loans ”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.14(g) .  In order to establish any Extended Term Loans, the Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders of the applicable Existing Term Loan Class which such request shall be offered equally to all such Lenders) (a “ Term Loan Extension Request ”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Term Loans to be established, which shall be identical to the Term Loans of the Existing Term Loan Class from which they are to be converted except (x) the scheduled final maturity date shall be extended and all or any of the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Extended Term Loans may be delayed to later dates than the scheduled amortization of principal of the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Class (with any such delay resulting in a corresponding adjustment to the scheduled amortization payments reflected in Section 2.5 or in the Joinder Agreement, as the case may be, with respect to the Existing Term Loan Class from which such Extended Term Loans were converted, in each case as more particularly set forth in paragraph (iv)  of this Section 2.14(g)  below), (y) (A) the interest margins with respect to the Extended Term Loans may be higher or lower than the interest margins for the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Class and/or (B) additional fees may be payable to the Lenders providing such Extended Term Loans in addition to or in lieu of any increased margins contemplated by the preceding clause (A) , in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment and (z) a financial maintenance covenant may be added for the benefit of any Extended Term

 

81



 

Loans to the extent that such financial maintenance covenant is (1) also added for the benefit of any existing Loans or (2) only applicable after the Latest Term Loan Maturity Date.  No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Term Loans of any Existing Term Loan Class converted into Extended Term Loans pursuant to any Extension Request.  Any Extended Term Loans of any Extension Series shall constitute a separate Class of Term Loans from the Existing Term Loan Class from which they were converted.

 

(ii)                                   The Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments of any Class, any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and/or any New Revolving Credit Commitments, each existing at the time of such request (each, an “ Existing Revolving Credit Commitment ” and any related revolving credit loans thereunder, “ Existing Revolving Credit Loans ”; each Existing Revolving Credit Commitment and related Existing Revolving Credit Loans together being referred to as an “ Existing Revolving Credit Class ”) be converted to extend the termination date thereof and the scheduled maturity date(s) of any payment of principal with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of Loans related to such Existing Revolving Credit Commitments (any such Existing Revolving Credit Commitments which have been so extended, “ Extended Revolving Credit Commitments ” and any related Loans, “ Extended Revolving Credit Loans ”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.14(g) .  In order to establish any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, the Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders of the applicable Class of Existing Revolving Credit Commitments which such request shall be offered equally to all such Lenders) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Revolving Credit Commitments to be established, which terms shall be identical to those applicable to the Existing Revolving Credit Commitments from which they are to be extended (the “ Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitment ”) except (w) all or any of the final maturity dates of such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments may be delayed to later dates than the final maturity dates of the Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments, (x) (A) the interest margins with respect to the Extended Revolving Credit Commitments may be higher or lower than the interest margins for the Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments and/or (B) additional fees may be payable to the Lenders providing such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments in addition to or in lieu of any increased margins contemplated by the preceding clause (A) , (y) the revolving credit commitment fee rate with respect to the Extended Revolving Credit Commitments may be higher or lower than the Revolving Credit Commitment Fee Rate for the Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitment and (z) a financial maintenance covenant may be added for the benefit of any Extended Revolving Credit Loans to the extent that such financial maintenance covenant is (1) also added for the benefit of any existing Revolving Credit Loans or (2) only applicable after the Revolving Credit Termination Date, in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.14(g)  or otherwise, (1) the borrowing and repayment (other than in connection with a permanent repayment and termination of commitments) of Loans with respect to any Original Revolving Credit Commitments shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other Original Revolving Credit Commitments and (2) assignments and participations of Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and Extended Revolving Credit Loans shall be governed by the same assignment and participation provisions applicable to Revolving Credit Commitments and the Revolving Credit Loans related to such Commitments set forth in Section 13.6 .  No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Revolving Credit Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments of any Existing Revolving Credit Class converted into Extended Revolving Credit Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to any Extension Request.  Any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments of any Extension Series shall constitute a separate

 

82



 

Class of revolving credit commitments from the Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments and from any other Existing Revolving Credit Commitments (together with any other Extended Revolving Credit Commitments so established on such date).

 

(iii)                                Any Lender (an “ Extending Lender ”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Term Loans, Revolving Credit Commitments, New Revolving Credit Commitment or Extended Revolving Credit Commitment of the Existing Class or Existing Classes subject to such Extension Request converted into Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, shall notify the Administrative Agent (an “ Extension Election ”) on or prior to the date specified in such Extension Request of the amount of its Term Loans, Revolving Credit Commitments, New Revolving Credit Commitment or Extended Revolving Credit Commitment of the Existing Class or Existing Classes subject to such Extension Request that it has elected to convert into Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable.  In the event that the aggregate amount of Term Loans, Revolving Credit Commitments, New Revolving Credit Commitment or Extended Revolving Credit Commitment of the Existing Class or Existing Classes subject to Extension Elections exceeds the amount of Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments, as applicable, requested pursuant to the Extension Request, Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments, New Revolving Credit Commitments or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments of the Existing Class or Existing Classes subject to Extension Elections shall be converted to Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Term Loans, Revolving Credit Commitments, New Revolving Credit Commitment or Extended Revolving Credit Commitment included in each such Extension Election.  Notwithstanding the conversion of any Existing Revolving Credit Commitment into an Extended Revolving Credit Commitment, such Extended Revolving Credit Commitment shall be treated identically to all other Original Revolving Credit Commitments for purposes of the obligations of a Revolving Credit Lender in respect of Swingline Loans under Section 2.1(c)  and Letters of Credit under Article 3, except that the applicable Extension Amendment may provide that the Swingline Maturity Date and/or the Revolving Letter of Credit Maturity Date may be extended and the related obligations to make Swingline Loans and issue Revolving Letters of Credit may be continued so long as the Swingline Lender and/or the applicable Revolving Letter of Credit Issuer, as applicable, have consented to such extensions in their sole discretion (it being understood that no consent of any other Lender shall be required in connection with any such extension).

 

(iv)                               Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, shall be established pursuant to an amendment (an “ Extension Amendment ”) to this Agreement (which, except to the extent expressly contemplated by the penultimate sentence of this Section 2.14(g)(iv)  and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 13.1 , shall not require the consent of any Lender other than the Extending Lenders with respect to the Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, established thereby) executed by the Credit Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Extending Lenders.  No Extension Amendment shall provide for any tranche of Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments in an aggregate principal amount that is less than $25,000,000.  In addition to any terms and changes required or permitted by Section 2.14(g)(i) , each Extension Amendment (x) shall amend the scheduled amortization payments pursuant to Section 2.5 or the applicable Joinder Agreement with respect to the Existing Term Loan Class from which the Extended Term Loans were converted to reduce each scheduled Repayment Amount for the Existing Term Loan Class in the same proportion as the amount of Term Loans of the Existing Term Loan Class is to be converted pursuant to such Extension Amendment (it being understood

 

83



 

that the amount of any Repayment Amount payable with respect to any individual Term Loan of such Existing Term Loan Class that is not an Extended Term Loan shall not be reduced as a result thereof) and (y) may, but shall not be required to, impose additional requirements (not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement in effect at such time) with respect to the final maturity and weighted average life to maturity of New Term Loans incurred following the date of such Extension Amendment.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.14(g)  and without limiting the generality or applicability of Section 13.1 to any Section 2.14 Additional Amendments, any Extension Amendment may provide for additional terms and/or additional amendments other than those referred to or contemplated above (any such additional amendment, a “ Section 2.14 Additional Amendment ”) to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents; provided that such Section 2.14 Additional Amendments are within the requirements of Section 2.14(g)(i)  and do not become effective prior to the time that such Section 2.14 Additional Amendments have been consented to (including, without limitation, pursuant to (1) consents applicable to holders of New Term Loans and New Revolving Credit Commitments provided for in any Joinder Agreement and (2) consents applicable to holders of any Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments provided for in any Extension Amendment) by such of the Lenders, Credit Parties and other parties (if any) as may be required in order for such Section 2.14 Additional Amendments to become effective in accordance with Section 13.1 .

 

(v)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (A) on any date on which any Existing Class is converted to extend the related scheduled maturity date(s) in accordance with clauses (i)  and/or (ii)  above (an “ Extension Date ”), (I) in the case of the existing Term Loans of each Extending Lender, the aggregate principal amount of such existing Term Loans shall be deemed reduced by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Extended Term Loans so converted by such Lender on such date, and the Extended Term Loans shall be established as a separate Class of Term Loans (together with any other Extended Term Loans so established on such date) and (II) in the case of the Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments of each Extending Lender, the aggregate principal amount of such Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments shall be deemed reduced by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Extended Revolving Credit Commitments so converted by such Lender on such date, and such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments shall be established as a separate Class of revolving credit commitments from the Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments and from any other Existing Revolving Credit Commitments (together with any other Extended Revolving Credit Commitments so established on such date) and (B) if, on any Extension Date, any Loans of any Extending Lender are outstanding under the applicable Specified Revolving Credit Commitments, such Loans (and any related participations) shall be deemed to be allocated as Extended Revolving Credit Loans (and related participations) and Existing Revolving Credit Loans (and related participations) in the same proportion as such Extending Lender’s Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments to Extended Revolving Credit Commitments.

 

2.15                         Permitted Debt Exchanges .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, pursuant to one or more offers (each, a “ Permitted Debt Exchange Offer ”) made from time to time by the Borrower, the Borrower may from time to time following the Closing Date consummate one or more exchanges of Term Loans for Permitted Other Indebtedness in the form of notes (such notes, “ Permitted Debt Exchange Notes ,” and each such exchange a “ Permitted Debt Exchange ”), so long as the following conditions are satisfied:  (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time the final offering document in respect of a Permitted Debt Exchange Offer is delivered to the

 

84


 

relevant Lenders, (ii) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Term Loans exchanged shall equal the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Permitted Debt Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Term Loans, (iii) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of all Term Loans exchanged under each applicable Class by the Borrower pursuant to any Permitted Debt Exchange shall automatically be cancelled and retired by the Borrower on the date of the settlement thereof (and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, any applicable exchanging Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, or such other form as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, in respect thereof pursuant to which the respective Lender assigns its interest in the Term Loans being exchanged pursuant to the Permitted Debt Exchange to the Borrower for immediate cancellation), (iv) if the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans of a given Class (calculated on the face amount thereof) tendered by Lenders in respect of the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer (with no Lender being permitted to tender a principal amount of Term Loans which exceeds the principal amount thereof of the applicable Class actually held by it) shall exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans of such Class offered to be exchanged by the Borrower pursuant to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer, then the Borrower shall exchange Term Loans subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer tendered by such Lenders ratably up to such maximum amount based on the respective principal amounts so tendered, (v) all documentation in respect of such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be consistent with the foregoing, and all written communications generally directed to the Lenders in connection therewith shall be in form and substance consistent with the foregoing and made in consultation with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (vi) any applicable Minimum Tender Condition shall be satisfied.

 

(b)                                  With respect to all Permitted Debt Exchanges effected by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.15 , (i) such Permitted Debt Exchanges (and the cancellation of the exchanged Term Loans in connection therewith) shall not constitute voluntary or mandatory payments or prepayments for purposes of Section 5.1 or 5.2 and (ii) such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall be made for not less than $50,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Term Loans; provided that subject to the foregoing clause (ii)  the Borrower may at its election specify as a condition (a “ Minimum Tender Condition ”) to consummating any such Permitted Debt Exchange that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer in the Borrower’s discretion) of Term Loans of any or all applicable Classes be tendered.

 

(c)                                   In connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall mutually agree to such procedures as may be necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.15 and without conflict with Section 2.15(d) ; provided that the terms of any Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall provide that the date by which the relevant Lenders are required to indicate their election to participate in such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be not less than a reasonable period (in the discretion of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) of time following the date on which the Permitted Debt Exchange Offer is made.

 

(d)                                  The Borrower shall be responsible for compliance with, and hereby agrees to comply with, all applicable securities and other laws in connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, it being understood and agreed that (x) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender assumes any responsibility in connection with the Borrower’s compliance with such laws in connection with any Permitted Debt Exchange and (y) each Lender shall be solely responsible for its compliance with any applicable “insider trading” laws and regulations to which such Lender may be subject under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

85



 

2.16                         Defaulting Lenders .  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

 

(a)                            the Commitment Fee shall cease to accrue on the Commitment of such Lender so long as it is a Defaulting Lender;

 

(b)                            if any Swingline Exposure or Letter of Credit Exposure exists at the time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

 

(i)                                      all or any part of such Swingline Exposure and Letter of Credit Exposure shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages but only to the extent the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure and Letter of Credit Exposure does not exceed the total of all non- Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Credit Commitments;

 

(ii)                                   if the reallocation described in clause (i)  above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within one Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent (x) first, prepay such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure and (y) second, cash collateralize such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i)  above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.8 for so long as such Letter of Credit Exposure is outstanding;

 

(iii)                                if any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure is cash collateralized pursuant to clause (ii)  above, the Borrower shall not be required to pay the Letter of Credit Fee with respect to such portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure so long as it is cash collateralized;

 

(iv)                               if any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure is reallocated to the non-Defaulting Lenders pursuant to clause (i)  above, then the Letter of Credit Fee with respect to such portion shall be allocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages; or

 

(v)                                  if any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure is neither cash collateralized nor reallocated pursuant to this Section 2.16(b) , then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender hereunder, the Letter of Credit Fee payable with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure shall be payable to the Letter of Credit Issuer until such Letter of Credit Exposure is cash collateralized and/or reallocated;

 

(c)                             so long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Letter of Credit Issuer shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure will be 100% covered by the Revolving Credit Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateralized in accordance with Section 2.16(b) , and participations in any such newly issued or increased Letter of Credit or newly made Swingline Loan shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages (and Defaulting Lenders shall not participate therein); and

 

86



 

(d)                            any amount payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder (whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise and including any amount that would otherwise be payable to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 13.8(a)  but excluding Section 13.7 ) may, in lieu of being distributed to such Defaulting Lender, be retained by the Administrative Agent in a segregated non-interest bearing account and, subject to any applicable Requirements of Law, be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent (i)  first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder, (ii)  second , pro rata, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Letter of Credit Issuer or Swingline Lender hereunder, (iii)  third , to the funding of any Loan or the funding or cash collateralization of any participation in any Swingline Loan or Letter of Credit in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent, (iv)  fourth , if so determined by the Administrative Agent and Holdings, held in such account as cash collateral for future funding obligations of the Defaulting Lender under this Agreement, (v)  fifth , pro rata, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower or the Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower or any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement and (vi)  sixth , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if such payment is (x) a prepayment of the principal amount of any Loans or Reimbursement Obligations which a Defaulting Lender has funded its participation obligations and (y) made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 7 are satisfied, such payment shall be applied solely to prepay the Loans of, and Reimbursement Obligations owed to, all non-Defaulting Lenders pro rata prior to being applied to the prepayment of any Loans, or Reimbursement Obligations owed to, any Defaulting Lender.

 

In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the Letter of Credit Issuer or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Swingline Exposure and Letter of Credit Exposure of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage.  The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 2.16 are in addition to other rights and remedies that the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer, the Swingline Lender and the non-Defaulting Lenders may have against such Defaulting Lender.  The arrangements permitted or required by this Section 2.16 shall be permitted under this Agreement, notwithstanding any limitation on Liens or the pro rata sharing provisions or otherwise.

 

Section 3.                         Letters of Credit

 

3.1                                Letters of Credit .

 

(a)                            Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date and prior to the L/C Facility Maturity Date, the Letter of Credit Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this Section 3 , to issue from time to time from the Closing Date through the L/C Facility Maturity Date upon the request of, and for the direct or indirect benefit of, Holdings, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, a letter of credit or letters of credit (the “ Letters of Credit ” and each, a “ Letter of Credit ”) in such form as may be approved by the Letter of Credit Issuer in its reasonable discretion; provided that the Borrower shall be a co-applicant and shall be jointly and severally liable with respect to, each Letter of Credit issued for the account of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

87



 

(b)                            Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no Letter of Credit shall be issued the Stated Amount of which, when added to the Letters of Credit Outstanding at such time, would exceed the Letter of Credit Commitment then in effect; (ii) no Letter of Credit shall be issued the Stated Amount of which would cause the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures at the time of the issuance thereof to exceed the Total Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect; (iii) each Letter of Credit shall have an expiration date occurring no later than one year after the date of issuance thereof (except as set forth in Section 3.2(d) ); provided that in no event shall such expiration date occur later than the L/C Facility Maturity Date, in each case, unless otherwise agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer; (iv) each Letter of Credit shall be denominated in Dollars, Euro or an Alternative Currency; (v) no Letter of Credit shall be issued if it would be illegal under any applicable law for the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit to have a Letter of Credit issued in its favor; and (vi) no Letter of Credit shall be issued by a Letter of Credit Issuer after it has received a written notice from any Credit Party or the Administrative Agent or the Required Revolving Credit Lenders stating that a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing until such time as the Letter of Credit Issuer shall have received a written notice of (x) rescission of such notice from the party or parties originally delivering such notice or (y) the waiver of such Default or Event of Default in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 .

 

(c)                             Upon at least two Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer (which the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the applicable Lenders), the Borrower shall have the right, on any day, permanently to terminate or reduce the Letter of Credit Commitment in whole or in part; provided that, after giving effect to such termination or reduction, the Letters of Credit Outstanding shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Commitment.

 

(d)                            The parties hereto agree that the Existing Letters of Credit shall be deemed to be Letters of Credit for all purposes under this Agreement, without any further action by the Borrower, the Letter of Credit Issuer or any other Person.

 

(e)                             The Letter of Credit Issuer shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

 

(i)                                      any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Letter of Credit Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any law applicable to the Letter of Credit Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Letter of Credit Issuer shall prohibit, or request that the Letter of Credit Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the Letter of Credit Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the Letter of Credit Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the Letter of Credit Issuer in good faith deems material to it;

 

(ii)                                   the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the Letter of Credit Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally;

 

(iii)                                except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer, such Letter of Credit is in an initial Stated Amount less than $100,000 or the Dollar

 

88



 

Equivalent thereof, in the case of a commercial Letter of Credit, or $10,000 or the Dollar Equivalent thereof, in the case of a standby Letter of Credit;

 

(iv)                               unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer, such Letter of Credit is denominated in a currency other than Dollars, Euro or an Alternative Currency;

 

(v)                                  unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer, the Letter of Credit Issuer does not as of the issuance date of such requested Letter of Credit issue letters of credit in the requested currency;

 

(vi)                               such Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the Stated Amount after any drawing thereunder; or

 

(vii)                            a default of any Revolving Credit Lender’s obligations to fund under Section 3.3 exists or any Revolving Credit Lender is at such time a Defaulting Lender hereunder, unless, in each case, the Borrower has entered into arrangements satisfactory to the Letter of Credit Issuer to eliminate the Letter of Credit Issuer’s risk with respect to such Revolving Credit Lender.

 

(f)                              The Letter of Credit Issuer shall not amend any Letter of Credit if the Letter of Credit Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.

 

(g)                             The Letter of Credit Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the Letter of Credit Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

 

(h)                            The Letter of Credit Issuer shall act on behalf of the Revolving Credit Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith and the Letter of Credit Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Section 13 with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Letter of Credit Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Section 13 included the Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the Letter of Credit Issuer.

 

3.2                                Letter of Credit Requests .

 

(a)                            Whenever the Borrower desires that a Letter of Credit be issued for its account or amended, it shall give the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer a Letter of Credit Request by no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least two (or such lesser number as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer) Business Days prior to the proposed date of issuance or amendment.  Each notice shall be executed by the Borrower and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E (each a “ Letter of Credit Request ”).

 

(b)                            In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Request shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the Letter of Credit Issuer:  (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the Stated

 

89



 

Amount thereof in the relevant currency; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder and (G) such other matters as the Letter of Credit Issuer may reasonably require.  In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Request shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Letter of Credit Issuer (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as the Letter of Credit Issuer may reasonably require.  Additionally, the Borrower shall furnish to the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as the Letter of Credit Issuer or the Administrative Agent may reasonably require.

 

(c)                             Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Request, the Letter of Credit Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent in writing that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Request from the Borrower and, if not, the Letter of Credit Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof.  Unless the Letter of Credit Issuer has received written notice from any Revolving Credit Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Credit Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Sections 6 and 7 shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Letter of Credit Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary) or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the Letter of Credit Issuer’s usual and customary business practices.

 

(d)                            If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Request, the Letter of Credit Issuer may agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the Letter of Credit Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Non-Extension Notice Date ”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued.  Unless otherwise directed by the Letter of Credit Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the Letter of Credit Issuer for any such extension.  Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the Letter of Credit Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the L/C Facility Maturity Date, unless otherwise agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer; provided , however , that the Letter of Credit Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) the Letter of Credit Issuer has reasonably determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (b)  of Section 3.1 or otherwise) or (B) it has received written notice on or before the day that is five Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Revolving Credit Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Sections 6 and 7 are not then satisfied, and in each such case directing the Letter of Credit Issuer not to permit such extension.

 

(e)                             Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit (including any Existing Letter of Credit) to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the Letter of Credit Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative

 

90



 

Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.  On the last Business Day of each month, each Letter of Credit Issuer shall provide the Administrative Agent a list of all Letters of Credit (including any Existing Letter of Credit) issued by it that are outstanding at such time.

 

(f)                              The making of each Letter of Credit Request shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Borrower that the Letter of Credit may be issued in accordance with, and will not violate the requirements of, Section 3.1(b) .

 

3.3                                Letter of Credit Participations .

 

(a)                            Immediately upon the issuance by the Letter of Credit Issuer of any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Issuer shall be deemed to have sold and transferred to each Revolving Credit Lender (each such Revolving Credit Lender, in its capacity under this Section 3.3 , an “ L/C Participant ”), and each such L/C Participant shall be deemed irrevocably and unconditionally to have purchased and received from the Letter of Credit Issuer, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation (each an “ L/C Participation ”), to the extent of such L/C Participant’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage in each Letter of Credit, each substitute therefor, each drawing made thereunder and the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement with respect thereto, and any security therefor or guaranty pertaining thereto; provided that the Letter of Credit Fees will be paid directly to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the L/C Participants as provided in Section 4.1(b)  and the L/C Participants shall have no right to receive any portion of any Fronting Fees.

 

(b)                            In determining whether to pay under any Letter of Credit, the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer shall have no obligation relative to the L/C Participants other than to confirm that any documents required to be delivered under such Letter of Credit have been delivered and that they appear to comply on their face with the requirements of such Letter of Credit.  Any action taken or omitted to be taken by the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer under or in connection with any Letter of Credit issued by it, if taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, shall not create for the Letter of Credit Issuer any resulting liability.

 

(c)                             In the event that the Letter of Credit Issuer makes any payment under any Letter of Credit issued by it and the Borrower shall not have repaid such amount in full to the respective Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to Section 3.4(a) , the Letter of Credit Issuer shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and each L/C Participant of such failure, and each L/C Participant shall promptly and unconditionally pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer, the amount of such L/C Participant’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the Dollar Equivalent of such unreimbursed payment in Dollars and in immediately available funds; provided , however , that no L/C Participant shall be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of such unreimbursed amount arising from any wrongful payment made by the Letter of Credit Issuer under any such Letter of Credit as a result of acts or omissions constituting willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of the Letter of Credit Issuer as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.  If the Letter of Credit Issuer so notifies, prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on any Business Day, any L/C Participant required to fund a payment under a Letter of Credit, such L/C Participant shall make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer such L/C Participant’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the amount of such payment no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such Business Day in Dollars and in immediately available funds.  If and to the extent such L/C Participant shall not have so made its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the amount of such payment available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the

 

91



 

Letter of Credit Issuer, such L/C Participant agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer, forthwith on demand, such amount, together with interest thereon for each day from such date until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the Overnight Rate from time to time then in effect, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees that are reasonably and customarily charged by the Letter of Credit Issuer in connection with the foregoing.  The failure of any L/C Participant to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of any payment under any Letter of Credit shall not relieve any other L/C Participant of its obligation hereunder to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of any payment under such Letter of Credit on the date required, as specified above, but no L/C Participant shall be responsible for the failure of any other L/C Participant to make available to the Administrative Agent such other L/C Participant’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of any such payment.

 

(d)                            Whenever the Letter of Credit Issuer receives a payment in respect of an unpaid reimbursement obligation as to which the Administrative Agent has received for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer any payments from the L/C Participants pursuant to clause (c)  above, the Letter of Credit Issuer shall pay to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to each L/C Participant that has paid its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of such reimbursement obligation, in Dollars and in immediately available funds, an amount equal to such L/C Participant’s share (based upon the proportionate aggregate amount originally funded by such L/C Participant to the aggregate amount funded by all L/C Participants) of the Dollar Equivalent of the amount so paid in respect of such reimbursement obligation and interest thereon accruing after the purchase of the respective L/C Participations at the Overnight Rate.

 

(e)                             The obligations of the L/C Participants to make payments to the Administrative Agent for the account of a Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to Letters of Credit shall be irrevocable and not subject to counterclaim, set-off or other defense or any other qualification or exception whatsoever and shall be made in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement under all circumstances, including under any of the following circumstances:

 

(i)                                      any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents;

 

(ii)                                   the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right that the Borrower may have at any time against a beneficiary named in a Letter of Credit, any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such transferee may be acting), the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer, any Lender or other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transactions (including any underlying transaction between the Borrower and the beneficiary named in any such Letter of Credit);

 

(iii)                                any draft, certificate or any other document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

 

(iv)                               the surrender or impairment of any security for the performance or observance of any of the terms of any of the Credit Documents; or

 

(v)                                  the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

 

92



 

provided , however , that no L/C Participant shall be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of any unreimbursed amount arising from any wrongful payment made by the Letter of Credit Issuer under any such Letter of Credit as a result of acts or omissions constituting willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of the Letter of Credit Issuer, as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

3.4                                Agreement to Repay Letter of Credit Drawings .

 

(a)                            The Borrower hereby agrees to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer, by making payment in with respect to any drawing under any Letter of Credit in the same currency in which such drawing was made unless (A) the Letter of Credit Issuer (at its option) shall have specified in the notice of drawing that it will require reimbursement in Dollars or (B) in the absence of any such requirement for reimbursement in Dollars, the Borrower shall have notified the Letter of Credit Issuer promptly following receipt of the notice of drawing that the Borrower will reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer in Dollars.  Any such reimbursement shall be made by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds for any payment or disbursement made by the Letter of Credit Issuer under any Letter of Credit (each such amount so paid until reimbursed, an “ Unpaid Drawing ”) no later than the date that is one Business Day after the date on which the Borrower receives notice of such payment or disbursement (the “ Reimbursement Date ”), with interest on the amount so paid or disbursed by the Letter of Credit Issuer, to the extent not reimbursed prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Reimbursement Date, from the Reimbursement Date to the date the Letter of Credit Issuer is reimbursed therefor at a rate per annum that shall at all times be (i) with respect to a Letter of Credit denominated in Dollars, the Applicable Margin for ABR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans plus the ABR as in effect from time to time and (ii) with respect to a Letter of Credit denominated in Euros or an Alternative Currency, the Applicable Margin for LIBOR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans plus the LIBOR as in effect from time to time; provided that, notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) unless the Borrower shall have notified the Administrative Agent and the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Reimbursement Date that the Borrower intends to reimburse the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer for the amount of such drawing with funds other than the proceeds of Loans, the Borrower shall be deemed to have given a Notice of Borrowing requesting that, with respect to Letters of Credit, the Revolving Credit Lenders make Revolving Credit Loans (which shall be denominated in Dollars and which shall be ABR Loans) on the Reimbursement Date in the amount, or Dollar Equivalent of the amount, as applicable, of such drawing and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each L/C Participant of such drawing and the amount of its Revolving Credit Loan to be made in respect thereof, and each L/C Participant shall be irrevocably obligated to make a Revolving Credit Loan to the Borrower in Dollars in the manner deemed to have been requested in the amount of its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the applicable Unpaid Drawing by 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such Reimbursement Date by making the amount of such Revolving Credit Loan available to the Administrative Agent.  Such Revolving Credit Loans shall be made without regard to the Minimum Borrowing Amount.  The Administrative Agent shall use the proceeds of such Revolving Credit Loans solely for purpose of reimbursing the Letter of Credit Issuer for the related Unpaid Drawing.  In the event that the Borrower fails to Cash Collateralize any Letter of Credit that is outstanding on the L/C Facility Maturity Date, the full amount of the Letters of Credit Outstanding in respect of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be an Unpaid Drawing subject to the provisions of this Section 3.4 except that the Letter of Credit Issuer shall hold the proceeds received from the L/C Participants as contemplated above as cash collateral for such Letter of Credit to reimburse any Drawing under such Letter of Credit and shall use such proceeds first, to reimburse itself for any Drawings made in respect of such Letter of Credit following the L/C Facility Maturity Date, second, to the extent such Letter of Credit expires or is returned undrawn while any such cash collateral remains, to

 

93



 

the repayment of obligations in respect of any Revolving Credit Loans that have not been paid at such time and third, to the Borrower or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction.  Nothing in this Section 3.4(a)  shall affect the Borrower’s obligation to repay all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans when due in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b)                            The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 3.4 to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to Unpaid Drawings (including, in each case, interest thereon) shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any set-off, counterclaim or defense to payment that the Borrower or any other Person may have or have had against the Letter of Credit Issuer, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including in its capacity as an L/C Participant), including any defense based upon the failure of any drawing under a Letter of Credit (each a “ Drawing ”) to conform to the terms of the Letter of Credit or any non-application or misapplication by the beneficiary of the proceeds of such Drawing and without regard to any adverse change in the relevant exchange rates or in the availability of Euro or the Alternative Currency to the Borrower or in the relevant currency markets generally; provided that the Borrower shall not be obligated to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer for any wrongful payment made by the Letter of Credit Issuer under the Letter of Credit issued by it as a result of acts or omissions constituting willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of the Letter of Credit Issuer as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

3.5                                Increased Costs .  If after the Closing Date, the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or actual compliance by the Letter of Credit Issuer or any L/C Participant with any request or directive made or adopted after the Closing Date (whether or not having the force of law), by any such authority, central bank or comparable agency shall either (x) impose, modify or make applicable any reserve, deposit, capital adequacy or similar requirement against letters of credit issued by the Letter of Credit Issuer, or any L/C Participant’s L/C Participation therein, or (y) impose on the Letter of Credit Issuer or any L/C Participant any other conditions affecting its obligations under this Agreement in respect of Letters of Credit or L/C Participations therein or any Letter of Credit or such L/C Participant’s L/C Participation therein, and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the actual cost to the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant of issuing, maintaining or participating in any Letter of Credit, or to reduce the actual amount of any sum received or receivable by the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant hereunder (other than any such increase or reduction attributable to (i) Taxes indemnifiable under Section 5.4 or (ii) Excluded Taxes) in respect of Letters of Credit or L/C Participations therein, then, promptly after receipt of written demand to the Borrower by the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant, as the case may be (a copy of which notice shall be sent by the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant to the Administrative Agent (with respect to Letter of Credit issued on account of the Borrower)), the Borrower shall pay to the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant such actual additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant for such increased cost or reduction, it being understood and agreed, however, that the Letter of Credit Issuer or an L/C Participant shall not be entitled to such compensation as a result of such Person’s compliance with, or pursuant to any request or directive to comply with, any such law, rule or regulation as in effect on the Closing Date.  A certificate submitted to the Borrower by the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer or an L/C Participant, as the case may be (a copy of which certificate shall be sent by the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant to the Administrative Agent), setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for the determination of such actual additional amount or amounts necessary to compensate the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant as aforesaid shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower absent clearly demonstrable error.

 

94


 

3.6                                New or Successor Letter of Credit Issuer .

 

(a)                                  The Letter of Credit Issuer may resign as a Letter of Credit Issuer upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower.  The Borrower may replace a Letter of Credit Issuer for any reason upon written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer.  The Borrower may add Letter of Credit Issuers at any time upon notice to the Administrative Agent.  If the Letter of Credit Issuer shall resign or be replaced, or if the Borrower shall decide to add a new Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement, then the Borrower may appoint from among the Lenders a successor issuer of Letters of Credit or a new Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, or, with the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), another successor or new issuer of Letters of Credit, whereupon such successor issuer shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the replaced or resigning Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, or such new issuer of Letters of Credit shall be granted the rights, powers and duties of a Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder, and the term “Letter of Credit Issuer” shall mean such successor or such new issuer of Letters of Credit effective upon such appointment.  At the time such resignation or replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay to the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer all accrued and unpaid fees applicable to the Letters of Credit pursuant to Sections 4.1(c)  and 4.1(d) .  The acceptance of any appointment as a Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder whether as a successor issuer or new issuer of Letters of Credit in accordance with this Agreement, shall be evidenced by an agreement entered into by such new or successor issuer of Letters of Credit, in a form satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, such new or successor issuer of Letters of Credit shall become a “Letter of Credit Issuer” hereunder.  After the resignation or replacement of a Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder, the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of a Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation or replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.  In connection with any resignation or replacement pursuant to this clause (a)  (but, in case of any such resignation, only to the extent that a successor issuer of Letters of Credit shall have been appointed), either (i) the Borrower, the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer and the successor issuer of Letters of Credit shall arrange to have any outstanding Letters of Credit issued by the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer replaced with Letters of Credit issued by the successor issuer of Letters of Credit or (ii) the Borrower shall cause the successor issuer of Letters of Credit, if such successor issuer is reasonably satisfactory to the replaced or resigning Letter of Credit Issuer, to issue “back-stop” Letters of Credit naming the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer as beneficiary for each outstanding Letter of Credit issued by the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer, which new Letters of Credit shall be denominated in the same currency as, and shall have a face amount equal to, the Letters of Credit being back-stopped and the sole requirement for drawing on such new Letters of Credit shall be a drawing on the corresponding back-stopped Letters of Credit.  After any resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer’s resignation or replacement as Letter of Credit Issuer, the provisions of this Agreement relating to a Letter of Credit Issuer shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it (A) while it was a Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement or (B) at any time with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Letter of Credit Issuer.

 

(b)                                  To the extent there are, at the time of any resignation or replacement as set forth in clause (a) above, any outstanding Letters of Credit, nothing herein shall be deemed to impact or impair any rights and obligations of any of the parties hereto with respect to such outstanding Letters of Credit (including, without limitation, any obligations related to the payment of Fees or the reimbursement or funding of amounts drawn), except that the Borrower, the resigning or replaced Letter

 

95



 

of Credit Issuer and the successor issuer of Letters of Credit shall have the obligations regarding outstanding Letters of Credit described in clause (a)  above.

 

3.7                                Role of Letter of Credit Issuer .  Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document.  None of the Letter of Credit Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Affiliates nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the Letter of Credit Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Required Revolving Credit Lenders; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document.  The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuit of such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement.  None of the Letter of Credit Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Affiliates nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the Letter of Credit Issuer shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in Section 3.3(e) ; provided that anything in such Section to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against the Letter of Credit Issuer, and the Letter of Credit Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by the Letter of Credit Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or the Letter of Credit Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit in each case as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.  In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Letter of Credit Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the Letter of Credit Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

 

3.8                                Cash Collateral .

 

(a)                            Upon the request of the Required Revolving Credit Lenders if, as of the L/C Facility Maturity Date, there are any Letters of Credit Outstanding, the Borrower shall immediately Cash Collateralize the then Letters of Credit Outstanding for which the Borrower is (directly or indirectly) liable.

 

(b)                            The Administrative Agent acting in its reasonable discretion, may, at any time and from time to time after the initial deposit of Cash Collateral, request that additional Cash Collateral be provided in the event such Cash Collateral previously provided is inadequate as a result of exchange rate fluctuations.

 

(c)                             If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Administrative Agent or the Revolving Credit Lenders with Letter of Credit Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total Letter of Credit Exposure may require that the L/C Obligations be Cash Collateralized.

 

96



 

(d)                            For purposes of this Section 3.8 , “Cash Collateralize” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances in the currencies in which the Letters of Credit Outstanding are denominated and in an amount equal to the amount of the Letters of Credit Outstanding required to be Cash Collateralized pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders).  Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings.  The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Letter of Credit Issuer and the L/C Participants, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing to secure its obligations under the Letters of Credit Outstanding.  Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked, interest bearing deposit accounts with the Administrative Agent.

 

3.9                                Applicability of ISP and UCP .  Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued (including any such agreement applicable to an Existing Letter of Credit), (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance, shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.

 

3.10                         Conflict with Issuer Documents .  In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

 

3.11                         Letters of Credit Issued for Restricted Subsidiaries .  Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit.  The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Holdings or Restricted Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Borrower if it acted as a co-applicant, and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of Holdings and all Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Section 4.                         Fees

 

4.1                                Fees .

 

(a)                            Without duplication, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent in Dollars, for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender (in each case pro rata according to the respective Revolving Credit Commitments of all such Lenders), a commitment fee (the “ Commitment Fee ”) for each day from the Closing Date to the Revolving Credit Termination Date.  Each Commitment Fee shall be payable (x) quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December (for the three-month period (or portion thereof) ended on such day for which no payment has been received) and (y) on the Revolving Credit Termination Date (for the period ended on such date for which no payment has been received pursuant to clause (x)  above), and shall be computed for each day during such period at a rate per annum equal to the Commitment Fee Rate in effect on such day on the Available Commitment in effect on such day.

 

(b)                            Without duplication, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent in Dollars for the account of the Revolving Credit Lenders pro rata on the basis of their respective Letter of Credit Exposure, a fee in respect of each Letter of Credit issued on the Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ behalf (the “ Letter of Credit Fee ”), for the period from the date of issuance of such Letter

 

97



 

of Credit to the termination date of such Letter of Credit computed at the per annum rate for each day equal to the Applicable Margin for LIBOR Rate Revolving Credit Loans less the Fronting Fee set forth in clause (d)  below.  Except as provided below, such Letter of Credit Fees shall be due and payable (x) quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and (y) on the date upon which the Total Revolving Credit Commitment terminates and the Letters of Credit Outstanding shall have been reduced to zero.

 

(c)                             Without duplication, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent in Dollars, for its own account, administrative agent fees as have been previously agreed in writing or as may be agreed in writing from time to time.

 

(d)                            Without duplication, the Borrower agrees to pay to each Letter of Credit Issuer a fee in Dollars in respect of each Letter of Credit issued by it on the Borrower’s behalf (the “ Fronting Fee ”), for the period from the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to the termination date of such Letter of Credit, computed at the rate for each day equal to 0.125% per annum on the average daily Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit subject to a minimum of $500 per annum (or at such other rate per annum as agreed in writing between the Borrower and the Letter of Credit Issuer).  Such Fronting Fees shall be due and payable (x) quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and (y) on the date upon which the Total Revolving Credit Commitment terminates and the Letters of Credit Outstanding shall have been reduced to zero.

 

(e)                             Without duplication, the Borrower agrees to pay directly to the Letter of Credit Issuer in Dollars upon each issuance or renewal of, drawing under, and/or amendment of, a Letter of Credit issued by it such amount as the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Borrower shall have agreed upon for issuances or renewals of, drawings under or amendments of, letters of credit issued by it.

 

(f)                              Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Borrower shall be obligated to pay any amounts to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Section 4.1 .

 

4.2                                Voluntary Reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments .  Upon at least two Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the Lenders), the Borrower shall have the right, without premium or penalty, on any day, permanently to terminate or reduce the Revolving Credit Commitments in whole or in part; provided that, (a) any such reduction shall apply proportionately and permanently to reduce the Revolving Credit Commitment of each of the Lenders of any applicable Class, except that (i) notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with the establishment on any date of any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to Section 2.14(g) , the Revolving Credit Commitments of any one or more Lenders providing any such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments on such date shall be reduced in an amount equal to the amount of Revolving Credit Commitments so extended on such date ( provided that (x) after giving effect to any such reduction and to the repayment of any Revolving Credit Loans made on such date, the Revolving Credit Exposure of any such Lender does not exceed the Revolving Credit Commitment thereof and (y) for the avoidance of doubt, any such repayment of Revolving Credit Loans contemplated by the preceding clause shall be made in compliance with the requirements of Section 5.3(a)  with respect to the ratable allocation of payments hereunder, with such allocation being determined after giving effect to any conversion pursuant to Section 2.14(g)  of Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans into Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and Extended Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 2.14(g)  prior to any reduction being made to the Revolving Credit Commitment of any other Lender) and (ii) the Borrower may at its election permanently reduce the Revolving Credit Commitment of a Defaulting Lender to $0 without affecting the Revolving Credit Commitments of any other Lender, (b) any partial reduction pursuant to

 

98



 

this Section 4.2 shall be in the amount of at least $5,000,000 and (c) after giving effect to such termination or reduction and to any prepayments of the Loans made on the date thereof in accordance with this Agreement, the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures shall not exceed the Total Revolving Credit Commitment and the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures in respect of any Class shall not exceed the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment of such Class.

 

4.3                                Mandatory Termination/Reduction of Commitments .

 

(a)                            The Initial Term Loan Commitments shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Closing Date.

 

(b)                            The Revolving Credit Commitment shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

 

(c)                             The Swingline Commitment shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Swingline Maturity Date.

 

(d)                            The New Term Loan Commitment for any Series shall, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Joinder Agreement, terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Increased Amount Date for such Series.

 

(e)                             The Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments, if any, shall terminate on the earlier of (i) any date on which the Borrower reasonably determines in a written notice to the Administrative Agent that the RPS Acquisition will not be consummated and (ii) at 11:59 p.m. (New York City Time) on January 29, 2014.

 

(f)                              To the extent (i) the Borrower reasonably determines in a written notice to the Administrative Agent that the RPS Acquisition will not be consummated or (ii) the RPS Acquisition is not consummated on or prior to January 29, 2014, the Revolving Credit Commitment shall be automatically and permanently reduced from $125,000,000 to $90,000,000 (with the Revolving Credit Commitment of each Revolving Credit Lender reduced pro rata on the basis of its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage on such date) on the first Business Day immediately following such date and the Borrower shall make any applicable payments or prepayments required pursuant to Section 5.2(b).

 

Section 5.                         Payments

 

5.1                                Voluntary Prepayments .

 

(a)                            The Borrower shall have the right to prepay its Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans and Swingline Loans, as applicable, in each case, without premium or penalty, subject to clause (b) below, in whole or in part from time to time on the following terms and conditions:  (a) the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office written notice of its intent to make such prepayment, the amount of such prepayment and (in the case of LIBOR Loans) the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made, which notice shall be given by the Borrower no later than 12:00 Noon (New York City time) (i) in the case of LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars or Euro, three Business Days prior to, (ii) in the case of LIBOR Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency, four Business Days prior to, (iii) in the case of ABR Loans (other than Swingline Loans), one Business Day prior to or (iv) in the case of Swingline Loans, on, the date of such prepayment and shall promptly be

 

99



 

transmitted by the Administrative Agent to each of the Lenders or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be; (b) each partial prepayment of (i) any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars or any Alternative Currency other than Euro shall be in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 (or the Dollar Equivalent thereof) and in multiples of $1,000,000 (or the Dollar Equivalent thereof) in excess thereof, (ii) any ABR Loans (other than Swingline Loans) shall be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and in multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof, (iii) any Loans denominated in Euro shall be in a minimum amount of €5,000,000 and in multiples of €1,000,000 in excess thereof and (iv) Swingline Loans shall be in a minimum amount of $500,000 and in multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof; provided that no partial prepayment of LIBOR Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing shall reduce the outstanding LIBOR Loans made pursuant to such Borrowing to an amount less than the applicable Minimum Borrowing Amount for such LIBOR Loans and (c) in the case of any prepayment of LIBOR Loans pursuant to this Section 5.1 on any day other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall, after receipt of a written request by any applicable Lender (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount), pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender any amounts required pursuant to Section 2.11 .  Each prepayment in respect of any Term Loans pursuant to this Section 5.1 shall be (a) applied to the Class or Classes of Term Loans as the Borrower may specify and (b) applied to reduce Initial Term Loan Repayment Amounts, any New Term Loan Repayment Amounts, and Extended Term Loan Repayment Amounts, as the case may be, in each case, in such order as the Borrower may specify.  At the Borrower’s election in connection with any prepayment pursuant to this Section 5.1 , such prepayment shall not be applied to any Term Loan or Revolving Credit Loan of a Defaulting Lender.

 

(b)                            In the event that, on or prior to the date that is six months after the Closing Date, the Borrower (i) makes any prepayment of Initial Term Loans in connection with any Repricing Transaction the primary purpose of which is to decrease the Effective Yield on such Initial Term Loans or (ii) effects any amendment of this Agreement resulting in a Repricing Transaction the primary purpose of which is to decrease the Effective Yield on the Initial Term Loans, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each of the applicable Lenders, (x) in the case of clause (i), a prepayment premium of 1.00% of the principal amount of the Initial Term Loans being prepaid in connection with such Repricing Transaction and (y) in the case of clause (ii), an amount equal to 1.00% of the aggregate amount of the applicable Initial Term Loans outstanding immediately prior to such amendment that are subject to an effective pricing reduction pursuant to such Repricing Transaction.

 

5.2                                Mandatory Prepayments .

 

(a)                            Term Loan Prepayments .  (i) On each occasion that a Prepayment Event occurs, the Borrower shall, within three Business Days after its receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of a Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event (other than one covered by clause (iii) below) and within ten Business Days after the occurrence of any other Prepayment Event (or, in the case of Deferred Net Cash Proceeds, within ten Business Days after the Deferred Net Cash Proceeds Payment Date), prepay, in accordance with clause (c)  below, Term Loans with an equivalent principal amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds from such Prepayment Event; provided that, with respect to the Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale Prepayment Event, Casualty Event or Permitted Sale Leaseback, in each case solely to the extent with respect to any Collateral, the Borrower may use a portion of such Net Cash Proceeds to prepay or repurchase Permitted Other Indebtedness (and with such prepaid or repurchased Permitted Other Indebtedness permanently extinguished) with a Lien on the Collateral ranking pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations to the extent any applicable Permitted Other Indebtedness Document requires the issuer of such Permitted Other Indebtedness to prepay or make an offer to purchase such Permitted Other Indebtedness with the proceeds of such Prepayment Event, in each case in an amount not to

 

100



 

exceed the product of (x) the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of the Permitted Other Indebtedness with a Lien on the Collateral ranking pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations and with respect to which such a requirement to prepay or make an offer to purchase exists and the denominator of which is the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Permitted Other Indebtedness and the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans.

 

(ii)                                   Not later than the date that is 90 days after the last day of any fiscal year (commencing with and including the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014), the Borrower shall prepay (or cause to be prepaid), in accordance with clause (c)  below, Term Loans with a Dollar Equivalent principal amount equal to (x) 50% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year; provided that, (A) the percentage in this Section 5.2(a)(ii)  shall be reduced to 25% if the Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio on the date of prepayment (prior to giving effect thereto and as certified by an Authorized Officer of Holdings) for the most recent Test Period ended prior to such prepayment date is less than or equal to 3.75 to 1.00 but greater than 3.25 to 1.00 and (B) no payment of any Term Loans shall be required under this Section 5.2(a)(ii)  if the Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio on the date of prepayment (prior to giving effect thereto and as certified by an Authorized Officer of Holdings) for the most recent Test Period ended prior to such prepayment date is less than or equal to 3.25 to 1.00, minus (y) the principal amount of Term Loans voluntarily prepaid pursuant to Section 5.1 or Section 13.6 during such fiscal year or after such fiscal year and prior to the date of the required Excess Cash Flow payment and, to the extent accompanied by permanent optional reductions of Revolving Commitments, Revolving Credit Loans, in each case, other than to the extent any such prepayment is funded with the proceeds of Funded Debt.

 

(iii)                                On each occasion that Permitted Other Indebtedness is issued or incurred pursuant to Section 10.1(w) , Borrower shall within three Business Days of receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Permitted Other Indebtedness prepay, in accordance with clause (c)  below, Term Loans with a principal amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds from such issuance or incurrence of Permitted Other Indebtedness.

 

(iv)                               Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 5.2 , (A) to the extent that any or all of the Net Proceeds of any Prepayment Event by a Foreign Subsidiary giving rise to a prepayment pursuant to clause (i)  or (ii)  above (a “ Foreign Prepayment Event ”) or Excess Cash Flow are prohibited or delayed by any Requirement of Law from being repatriated to the Borrower, the portion of such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected will not be required to be applied to repay Loans at the times provided in clauses (i)  and (ii)  above, as the case may be, and such amounts may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary so long, but only so long, as the applicable Requirement of Law will not permit repatriation to the Borrower (the Borrower hereby agreeing to cause the applicable Foreign Subsidiary to promptly take all actions reasonably required by the applicable Requirement of Law to permit such repatriation), and once such repatriation of any of such affected Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow is permitted under the applicable Requirement of Law, such repatriation will be promptly effected and such repatriated Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow will be promptly (and in any event not later than ten Business Days after such repatriation) applied (net of any taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof) to the repayment of the Loans pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above, as applicable and (B) to the extent that the Borrower has determined in good faith that repatriation of any of or all the Net Proceeds of any Foreign Prepayment Event or Excess Cash Flow would have a material adverse tax consequence with respect to such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow, the Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected may be

 

101



 

retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary; provided that, in the case of this clause (B) , on or before the date on which any Net Proceeds from any Foreign Prepayment Event so retained would otherwise have been required to be applied to reinvestments or prepayments pursuant to clause (ii)  above (or, in the case of Excess Cash Flow, a date on or before the date that is eighteen months after the date such Excess Cash Flow would have so required to be applied to prepayments pursuant to clause (ii)  above unless previously repatriated in which case such repatriated Excess Cash Flow shall have been promptly applied to the repayment of the Term Loans pursuant to clause (ii)  above), (x) the Borrower applies an amount equal to such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow to such reinvestments or prepayments as if such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow had been received by the Borrower rather than such Foreign Subsidiary, less the amount of any taxes that would have been payable or reserved against if such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow had been repatriated (or, if less, the Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow that would be calculated if received by such Foreign Subsidiary) or (y) such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow shall be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary.

 

(b)                            Repayment of Revolving Credit Loans .  (i) If on the last day of any calendar month of the Borrower, the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures (collectively, the “ Aggregate Revolving Credit Outstandings ”) for any reason exceeds 100% of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect, the Borrower shall forthwith repay on such date the principal amount of Swingline Loans and, after all Swingline Loans have been paid in full, Revolving Credit Loans in an amount equal to such excess.  If, after giving effect to the prepayment of all outstanding Swingline Loans and Revolving Credit Loans, the Aggregate Revolving Credit Outstandings exceed the Total Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect, the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the Letters of Credit Outstanding to the extent of such excess.  If on any date the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures in respect of any Class of Revolving Credit Loans for any reason exceeds 100% of the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Class then in effect, the Borrower shall forthwith repay on such date Revolving Credit Loans of such Class in an amount equal to such excess.  If after giving effect to the prepayment of all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans of such Class, the Revolving Credit Exposures of such Class exceed the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Class then in effect, the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the Letters of Credit Outstanding in relation to such Class to the extent of such excess.

 

(c)                             Application to Repayment Amounts .  Subject to Section 5.2(f) , each prepayment of Term Loans required by Section 5.2(a)(i)  or (ii)  shall be allocated pro rata among the Initial Term Loans, the New Term Loans and the Extended Term Loans based on the applicable remaining Repayment Amounts due thereunder and shall be applied first, to accrued interest and fees due on the amount of prepayment of Term Loans and second, within each Class of Term Loans in respect of such Term Loans in direct order of maturity thereof or as otherwise directed by the Borrower; provided that, if any Class of Extended Term Loans have been established hereunder, the Borrower may allocate such prepayment in its sole discretion to the Term Loans of the Existing Term Loan Class, if any, from which such Extended Term Loans were converted.  Subject to Section 5.2(f) , with respect to each such prepayment, the Borrower will, not later than the date specified in Section 5.2(a)  for making such prepayment, give the Administrative Agent written notice which shall include a calculation of the amount of such prepayment to be applied to each Class of Term Loans requesting that the Administrative Agent provide notice of such prepayment to each Initial Term Loan Lender, New Term Loan Lender or Extended Term Loan Lender, as applicable.

 

(d)                            Application to Term Loans .  With respect to each prepayment of Term Loans required by Section 5.2(a) , the Borrower may, if applicable, designate the Types of Loans that are to be prepaid and the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made; provided that, if any Lender has provided

 

102



 

a Rejection Notice in compliance with Section 5.2(f) , such prepayment shall be applied with respect to the Term Loans to be prepaid on a pro rata basis across all outstanding Types of such Term Loans in proportion to the percentage of such outstanding Term Loans to be prepaid represented by each such Class.  In the absence of a Rejection Notice or a designation by the Borrower as described in the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall, subject to the above, make such designation in its reasonable discretion with a view, but no obligation, to minimize breakage costs owing under Section 2.11 .

 

(e)                             Application to Revolving Credit Loans .  With respect to each prepayment of Revolving Credit Loans required by Section 5.2(b) , the Borrower may designate (i) the Types of Loans that are to be prepaid and the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made and (ii) the Revolving Credit Loans to be prepaid; provided that, (y) each prepayment of any Loans made pursuant to a Borrowing shall be applied pro rata among such Loans and (z) notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding clause (y) , no prepayment of Revolving Credit Loans shall be applied to the Revolving Credit Loans of any Defaulting Lender unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Borrower.  In the absence of a designation by the Borrower as described in the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall, subject to the above, make such designation in its reasonable discretion with a view, but no obligation, to minimize breakage costs owing under Section 2.11 .

 

(f)                              Rejection Right .  Holdings or the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to Section 5.2(a)  at least three Business Days prior to the date of such prepayment.  Each such notice shall specify the date of such prepayment and provide a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment.  The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender holding Term Loans of the contents of such prepayment notice and of such Lender’s pro rata share of the prepayment.  Each Term Loan Lender may reject all (but not less than all) of its pro rata share of any mandatory prepayment other than any such mandatory prepayment with respect to a Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event under Sections 5.2(a)(i)   or (iii)  (such declined amounts, the “ Declined Proceeds ”) of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to Section 5.2(a)  by providing written notice (each, a “ Rejection Notice ”) to the Administrative Agent and Holdings no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) one Business Day after the date of such Lender’s receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent regarding such prepayment.  If a Lender fails to deliver a Rejection Notice to the Administrative Agent within the time frame specified above or such Rejection Notice fails to specify the principal amount of the Term Loans to be rejected, any such failure will be deemed an acceptance of the total amount of such mandatory prepayment of Term Loans.  Any Declined Proceeds remaining thereafter shall be retained by the Borrower (“ Retained Declined Proceeds ”); provided that, in the case of any mandatory repayment of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(ii) , any Declined Proceeds shall be reallocated and paid to the Term Loan Lenders that have not rejected such mandatory prepayment on a pro rata basis and shall not constitute Retained Declined Proceeds.

 

5.3                                Method and Place of Payment .

 

(a)                             Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments under this Agreement shall be made by the Borrower, without set-off, counterclaim or deduction of any kind, to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders entitled thereto (or, in the case of the Swingline Loans to the Swingline Lender) or the Letter of Credit Issuer entitled thereto, as the case may be, not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time), in each case, on the date when due and shall be made in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office or at such other office as the Administrative Agent shall specify for such purpose by notice to the Borrower (or, in the case of the Swingline Loans, at such office as the Swingline Lender shall specify for such purpose by Notice to the

 

103



 

Borrower), it being understood that written or facsimile notice by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent to make a payment from the funds in the Borrower’s account at the Administrative Agent’s Office shall constitute the making of such payment to the extent of such funds held in such account.  All repayments or prepayments of any Loans (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) hereunder shall be made in the currency in which such Loans are denominated and all other payments under each Credit Document shall, unless otherwise specified in such Credit Document, be made in Dollars.  The Administrative Agent will thereafter cause to be distributed on the same day (if payment was actually received by the Administrative Agent prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) or, otherwise, on the next Business Day) like funds relating to the payment of principal or interest or Fees ratably to the Lenders entitled thereto.

 

(b)                            Any payments under this Agreement that are made later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) may be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion (or, in the case of the Swingline Loans, at the Swingline Lender’s sole discretion).  Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest shall be payable during such extension at the applicable rate in effect immediately prior to such extension.

 

5.4                                Net Payments .

 

(a)                            Payments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Payments on Account of Taxes.

 

(i)                                      Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall to the extent permitted by applicable laws be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Taxes.  If, however, applicable laws require any Credit Party or the Administrative Agent to withhold or deduct any Tax, such Tax shall be withheld or deducted in accordance with such laws as reasonably determined by such withholding agent.

 

(ii)                                   If any Credit Party or the Administrative Agent shall be required to withhold or deduct any Taxes from any payment, then (A) such withholding agent shall withhold or make such deductions as are reasonably determined by such withholding agent to be required by applicable law, (B) such withholding agent shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, the sum payable by the applicable Credit Party shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or deductions have been made (including withholding or deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 5.4 ) the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deductions been made.

 

(b)                            Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower .  Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law or timely reimburse the Administrative Agent or any Lender for the payment of any Other Taxes.

 

(c)                             Tax Indemnifications .  Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) or (b) above, (i) in respect of any Borrowing by the Borrower, the Borrower shall, and does hereby indemnify

 

104


 

the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 15 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 5.4) payable by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of any such payment or liability (along with a written statement setting forth in reasonable detail the basis and calculation of such amounts) delivered to the Borrower by a Lender, or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  If the Borrower reasonably believes that any such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were not correctly or legally asserted, the Administrative Agent and/or each affected Lender will use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower in pursuing a refund of such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes so long as such efforts would not, in the sole determination of the Administrative Agent or affected Lender, result in any additional costs, expenses or risks or be otherwise disadvantageous to it.

 

(d)                                  Evidence of Payments .  After any payment of Taxes by any Credit Party or the Administrative Agent to a Governmental Authority as provided in this Section 5.4 , the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Borrower, as the case may be, the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by laws to report such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be.

 

(e)                             Status of Lenders and the Administrative Agent; Tax Documentation .

 

(i)                                      Each Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and to the Administrative Agent, at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable laws or by the taxing authorities of any jurisdiction and such other reasonably requested information as will permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine (A) whether or not any payments made hereunder or under any other Credit Document are subject to Taxes, (B) if applicable, the required rate of withholding or deduction and (C) such Lender’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, applicable Taxes in respect of any payments to be made to such Lender by any Credit Party pursuant to any Credit Document or otherwise to establish such Lender’s status for withholding tax purposes in the applicable jurisdiction.  Any documentation and information required to be delivered by a Lender pursuant to this Section 5.4(e)  (including any specific documentation set forth in subsection (ii) below) shall be delivered by such Lender (i) on or prior to the Closing Date (or on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement), (ii) on or before any date on which such documentation expires or becomes obsolete or invalid, (iii) after the occurrence of any change in the Lender’s circumstances requiring a change in the most recent documentation previously delivered by it to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (iv) from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, and each such Lender shall promptly notify in writing the Borrower and the Administrative Agent if such Lender is no longer legally eligible to provide any documentation previously provided.

 

(ii)                                   Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

 

(A)                                any Lender that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (a “ U.S. Lender ”) shall deliver to the Borrower and

 

105



 

the Administrative Agent executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or such other documentation or information prescribed by applicable laws or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements;

 

(B)                                each Non-U.S. Lender that is entitled under the Code or any applicable treaty to an exemption from or reduction of U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to any payments hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(1)                                  executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any successor form thereto) claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party;

 

(2)                                  executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or any successor form thereto);

 

(3)                                  in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit K (a “ Non-Bank Tax Certificate ”), to the effect that such Non-U.S. Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (y) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN;

 

(4)                                  where such Lender is a partnership (for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or otherwise not a beneficial owner (e.g., where such Lender has sold a participation), IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor thereto) and all required supporting documentation (including, where one or more of the underlying beneficial owner(s) is claiming the benefits of the portfolio interest exemption, a Non-Bank Tax Certificate of such beneficial owner(s)) ( provided that, if the Non-U.S. Lender is a partnership and not a participating Lender, the Non-Bank Tax Certificate(s) may be provided by the Non-U.S. Lender on behalf of the beneficial owner(s)); or

 

(5)                                  executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable laws as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States federal withholding tax together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable laws to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

 

(C)                                if a payment made to a Lender under any Credit Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed

 

106



 

by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (C) , “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

(iii)                                Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.4 , no Lender shall be required to deliver any documentation that it is not legally eligible to deliver.

 

(iv)                               The Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Borrower on or before the date on which it becomes a party to any Credit Document (and from time to time thereafter whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders such forms obsolete or inaccurate or upon the reasonable request of the Borrower):  (i) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI with respect to any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent for its own account and (ii) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY with respect to any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent for the account of others, certifying that it is a “U.S. branch” and that the payments it receives for the account of others are not effectively connected with the conduct of its trade or business within the United States and that it is using such form as evidence of its agreement with the Borrower to be treated as a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code with respect to such payments (and the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree to so treat the Administrative Agent as a United States person with respect to such payments as contemplated by Section 1.1441-1(b)(2)(iv) of the United States Treasury Regulations).

 

(f)                              Treatment of Certain Refunds .  Subject to the last sentence in Section 5.4(c) , at no time shall the Administrative Agent or any Lender have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender, or have any obligation to pay to any Lender, any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender.  If the Administrative Agent or any Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by any Credit Party or with respect to which any Credit Party has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, the Administrative Agent or such Lender (as applicable) shall promptly pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Credit Parties under this Section with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes) incurred by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority.  In such event, the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, shall, at the Borrower’s request, provide the Borrower with a copy of any notice of assessment or other evidence of the requirement to repay such refund received from the relevant taxing authority ( provided that the Administrative Agent or such Lender may delete any information therein that it deems confidential).  This subsection shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender

 

107



 

to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to any Credit Party or any other Person.

 

(g)                             For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Section 5.4 , the term “Lender” includes any Letter of Credit Issuer and any Swingline Lender.

 

5.5                                Computations of Interest and Fees .

 

(a)                            Except as provided in the next succeeding sentence, interest on LIBOR Loans and ABR Loans shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed. Interest on ABR Loans in respect of which the rate of interest is calculated on the basis of the Administrative Agent’s prime rate shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed.

 

(b)                            Fees and the average daily Stated Amount of Letters of Credit shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed.

 

5.6                                Limit on Rate of Interest .

 

(a)                            No Payment Shall Exceed Lawful Rate .  Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be obliged to pay any interest or other amounts under or in connection with this Agreement or otherwise in respect of the Obligations in excess of the amount or rate permitted under or consistent with any applicable law, rule or regulation.

 

(b)                            Payment at Highest Lawful Rate .  If the Borrower is not obliged to make a payment that it would otherwise be required to make, as a result of Section 5.6(a) , the Borrower shall make such payment to the maximum extent permitted by or consistent with applicable laws, rules and regulations.

 

(c)                             Adjustment if Any Payment Exceeds Lawful Rate .  If any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents would obligate the Borrower to make any payment of interest or other amount payable to any Lender in an amount or calculated at a rate that would be prohibited by any applicable law, rule or regulation, then notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited by law, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary, by reducing the amount or rate of interest required to be paid by the Borrower to the affected Lender under Section 2.8 ; provided that, to the extent lawful, the interest or other amounts that would have been payable but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and after giving effect to all adjustments contemplated thereby, if any Lender shall have received from the Borrower an amount in excess of the maximum permitted by any applicable law, rule or regulation, then the Borrower shall be entitled, by notice in writing to the Administrative Agent to obtain reimbursement from that Lender in an amount equal to such excess, and pending such reimbursement, such amount shall be deemed to be an amount payable by that Lender to the Borrower.

 

108



 

Section 6.                         Conditions Precedent to Initial Borrowing

 

The initial Borrowing under this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent, except as otherwise agreed between Holdings and the Administrative Agent; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event of a Subsequent Closing (a) the conditions to the initial Borrowing on the Closing Date shall be those set forth on Exhibit N hereto and not Section 6 and (b) the conditions to the Borrowing of Delayed Draw Term Loans, if any, on the RPS Closing Date shall be those set forth on Exhibit O hereto and not Section 6.

 

6.1                                Credit Documents .  The Administrative Agent shall have received:

 

(a)                            this Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of Holdings, the Borrower and each Lender;

 

(b)                            the Guarantee, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each Guarantor;

 

(c)                             the Pledge Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each pledgor party thereto; and

 

(d)                            the Security Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each grantor party thereto.

 

6.2                                Collateral .  Except for any items referred to on Schedule 9.14(e) :

 

(a)                            (i)                                      All outstanding equity interests in whatever form of each Restricted Subsidiary that is directly owned by or on behalf of any Credit Party and required to be pledged pursuant to the Security Documents shall have been pledged pursuant thereto and (ii) the Collateral Agent shall have received the certificates representing securities of the Borrower pledged under the Security Documents to the extent certificated, accompanied by instruments of transfer and undated stock powers endorsed in blank;

 

(ii)                                   All Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable personal property and financing statements, reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to be filed, registered or recorded to create the Liens intended to be created by any Security Document and perfect such Liens to the extent required by, and with the priority required by, such Security Document shall have been delivered to the Collateral Agent for filing, registration or recording; and

 

(b)                            The Guarantee shall be in full force and effect.

 

6.3                                Legal Opinions .  The Administrative Agent shall have received the executed legal opinions, in customary form, of:

 

(a)                            Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, special New York counsel to the Credit Parties;

 

(b)                             McGuireWoods LLP, special Virginia counsel to the Credit Parties; and

 

(c)                              Squire Sanders (US) LLP, special California counsel to the Credit Parties.

 

109



 

Holdings and the Borrower hereby instruct and agree to instruct the other Credit Parties to have such counsel deliver such legal opinions.

 

6.4                                Equity Investments .  Equity Investments, which, to the extent constituting Capital Stock other than common Capital Stock, shall be on terms and conditions and pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners to the extent material to the interests of the Lenders, in an amount not less than the Minimum Equity Amount shall have been made.

 

6.5                                Closing Certificates .  The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Credit Parties, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit F , with appropriate insertions, executed by two Authorized Officers (which for this purpose may include one of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary) of each such Credit Party, and attaching the documents referred to in Section 6.6 and, in the case of the Borrower, certifying as to the matters set forth in Sections 6.4, 6.8, 6.10 and 6.15 .

 

6.6                                Authorization of Proceedings of Each Credit Party; Corporate Documents .  The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the resolutions of the board of directors or other managers of each Credit Party (or a duly authorized committee thereof) authorizing (a) the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents (and any agreements relating thereto) to which it is a party and (b) in the case of the Borrower, the extensions of credit contemplated hereunder, (ii) the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws, Certificate of Formation and Operating Agreement or other comparable organizational documents, as applicable, of each Credit Party and (iii) signature and incumbency certificates (or other comparable documents evidencing the same) of the Authorized Officers of each Credit Party executing the Credit Documents to which it is a party.

 

6.7                                Fees .  The Agents and Lenders shall have received, substantially simultaneously with the funding of the Initial Term Loans, fees and, to the extent invoiced at least three business days prior to the Closing Date (except as otherwise reasonably agreed by the Borrower), expenses in the amounts previously agreed in writing to be received on the Closing Date (which amounts may, at the Borrower’s option, be offset against the proceeds of the Initial Term Loans).

 

6.8                                Representations and Warranties .  On the Closing Date, the Company Representations and the Specified Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects (or if qualified by “materiality,” “material adverse effect” or similar language, in all respects (after giving effect to such qualification)).

 

6.9                                Solvency Certificate .  On the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from the Chief Executive Officer, President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Vice President-Finance or any other senior financial officer of Borrower to the effect that after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions, Borrower on a consolidated basis with its Restricted Subsidiaries is Solvent.

 

6.10                         Acquisition .  Substantially concurrently with the initial Credit Event hereunder, each of the PRA Acquisition and the RPS Acquisition shall have been consummated in accordance with the terms of the PRA Acquisition Agreement and the RPS Acquisition Agreement, respectively, (or the Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners shall be reasonably satisfied with the arrangements in place for the consummation of the Acquisitions reasonably promptly after the initial Credit Event hereunder and shall have received confirmation from representatives of Holdings that such actions shall be taken promptly after the initial Credit Event hereunder).

 

110



 

6.11                         Patriot Act .  The Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners shall have received such documentation and information as is reasonably requested in writing at least seven days prior to the Closing Date by the Administrative Agent about Holdings, the Borrower and the Guarantors to the extent the Administrative Agent and Holdings in good faith mutually agree is required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the Patriot Act.

 

6.12                         Pro Forma Balance Sheet .  The Administrative Agent shall have received a pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related pro forma consolidated statements of income of Holdings as of and for the twelve-month period ending June 30, 2013, prepared after giving effect to the Transactions as if the Transactions had occurred as of such date (in the case of such balance sheet) or at the beginning of such period (in the case of such other statements of income), which need not be prepared in compliance with Regulation S-X of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or include adjustments for purchase accounting (including adjustments of the type contemplated by Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 805, Business Combinations (formerly SFAS 141R)).

 

6.13                         Financial Statements .  The Lead Arrangers shall have received unaudited interim consolidated balance sheets of each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and RPS and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2013, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income, cash flows, and stockholders’ equity of each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and RPS and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2013.

 

6.14                         No Company Material Adverse Effect .  (i) Except as set forth in Section 4.8 of the Company Disclosure Schedule (as defined in the PRA Acquisition Agreement), since December 31, 2012, there has not been any change, event, circumstance, development, occurrence or effect of any kind or character that has had or is reasonably expected to have a “Material Adverse Effect” (as defined in the PRA Acquisition Agreement) and (ii) except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule (as defined in the RPS Acquisition Agreement), since December 31, 2012, there has not been any event or condition which has had or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a “Material Adverse Effect” (as defined in the RPS Acquisition Agreement).

 

6.15                         Refinancing .  Substantially simultaneously with the funding of the Initial Term Loans on the Closing Date, the Closing Date Refinancing shall be consummated.

 

Section 7.                         Conditions Precedent to All Credit Events

 

The agreement of each Lender to make any Loan requested to be made by it on any date (excluding Mandatory Borrowings and Revolving Credit Loans required to be made by the Revolving Credit Lenders in respect of Unpaid Drawings pursuant to Sections 3.3 and 3.4 ) and the obligation of the Letter of Credit Issuer to issue Letters of Credit on any date is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

7.1                                No Default; Representations and Warranties .  At the time of each Credit Event and also after giving effect thereto (other than any Credit Event on the Closing Date and, if applicable, the RPS Closing Date) (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (b) all representations and warranties made by any Credit Party contained herein or in the other Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of such Credit Event (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date).

 

111



 

7.2                                Notice of Borrowing; Letter of Credit Request .

 

(a)                            Prior to the making of each Term Loan, the Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing meeting the requirements of Section 2.3 .

 

(b)                            Prior to the making of each Revolving Credit Loan (other than any Revolving Credit Loan made pursuant to Section 3.4(a) ) and each Swingline Loan, the Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing meeting the requirements of Section 2.3 .

 

(c)                             Prior to the issuance of each Letter of Credit, the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer shall have received a Letter of Credit Request meeting the requirements of Section 3.2(a) .

 

(d)                            The acceptance of the benefits of each Credit Event shall constitute a representation and warranty by each Credit Party to each of the Lenders that all the applicable conditions specified in Section 7 above have been satisfied as of that time.

 

Section 8.                         Representations and Warranties

 

In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement, to make the Loans and issue or participate in Letters of Credit as provided for herein, Holdings and the Borrower make the following representations and warranties to the Lenders, all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and the issuance of the Letters of Credit (it being understood that the following representations and warranties shall be deemed made with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary only to the extent relevant under applicable law):

 

8.1                                Corporate Status .  Each Credit Party (a) is a duly organized and validly existing corporation, limited liability company or other entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate, limited liability company or other organizational power and authority to own its property and assets and to transact the business in which it is engaged and (b) has duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing (if applicable) in all jurisdictions where it is required to be so qualified, except where the failure to be so qualified would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.2                                Corporate Power and Authority .  Each Credit Party has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of the Credit Documents to which it is a party and has taken all necessary corporate or other organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to which it is a party.  Each Credit Party has duly executed and delivered each Credit Document to which it is a party and each such Credit Document constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Credit Party enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.

 

8.3                                No Violation .  Neither the execution, delivery or performance by any Credit Party of the Credit Documents to which it is a party nor compliance with the terms and provisions thereof nor the consummation of the Acquisitions and the other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will (a) contravene any applicable provision of any material law, statute, rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality, (b) result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any Lien upon any of the property or assets of such

 

112



 

Credit Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Liens created under the Credit Documents) pursuant to, the terms of any material indenture, loan agreement, lease agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement or other material instrument to which such Credit Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets is bound (any such term, covenant, condition or provision, a “ Contractual Requirement ”) other than any such breach, default or Lien that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (c) violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation, by-laws, articles or other organizational documents of such Credit Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

8.4                                Litigation .  There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, threatened in writing against Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.5                                Margin Regulations .  Neither the making of any Loan hereunder nor the use of the proceeds thereof will violate the provisions of Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X.

 

8.6                                Governmental Approvals .  The execution, delivery and performance of each Credit Document does not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or other action by, any Governmental Authority, except for (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (ii) filings and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents and (iii) such licenses, approvals, authorizations or consents the failure of which to obtain or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.7                                Investment Company Act .  None of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is an “investment company” within the meaning of and subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

8.8                                True and Complete Disclosure .

 

(a)                            None of the written factual information and written data (taken as a whole) heretofore or contemporaneously furnished by or on behalf of Holdings, the Borrower, any of the Subsidiaries or any of their respective authorized representatives to the Administrative Agent, any Joint Lead Arranger, and/or any Lender on or before the Closing Date (including all such information and data contained in (i) the Confidential Information Memorandum (as updated prior to the Closing Date and including all information incorporated by reference therein) and (ii) the Credit Documents) for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated herein contained any untrue statement of any material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary to make such information and data (taken as a whole) not misleading at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information or data was furnished, it being understood and agreed that for purposes of this Section 8.8(a) , such factual information and data shall not include pro forma financial information, projections or estimates (including financial estimates, forecasts and other forward-looking information) and information of a general economic or general industry nature.

 

(b)                            The projections (including financial estimates, forecasts and other forward-looking information) contained in the information and data referred to in paragraph (a)  above were based on good faith estimates and assumptions believed by such Persons to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results.

 

113



 

8.9                                Financial Condition; Financial Statements .

 

(a)                            (i) The unaudited historical consolidated financial information of Holdings as set forth in the Confidential Information Memorandum and (ii) the Historical Financial Statements, in each case present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of PRA and, as applicable, RPS, in each case, at the respective dates of said information, statements and results of operations for the respective periods covered thereby.  The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at June 30, 2013 (including the notes thereto) (the “ Pro Forma Balance Sheet ”) and the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the 12-month period ending on such date, copies of which have heretofore been furnished to the Administrative Agent, have been prepared based on (x) the Historical Financial Statements and (y) the unaudited historical consolidated financial information described in clause (a)  of this Section 8.9 and have been prepared in good faith, based on assumptions believed by Holdings to be reasonable as of the date of delivery thereof, and present fairly in all material respects on a Pro Forma Basis the estimated financial position of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at June 30, 2013 (as if the Transactions had been consummated on such date) and their estimated results of operations as if the Transactions had been consummated on June 30, 2013.  The financial statements referred to in clause (b)  of this Section 8.9 have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied except to the extent provided in the notes to said financial statements.

 

(b)                            There has been no Material Adverse Effect since the Closing Date.

 

8.10                         Compliance with Laws; No Default .  Each Credit Party is in compliance with all Requirements of Law applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to be so in compliance, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  No Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

8.11                         Tax Matters .  Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) each of Holdings, the Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries has filed all Tax returns required to be filed by it and has timely paid all Taxes payable by it (whether or not shown on a Tax return) that have become due, (b) each of Holdings, the Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries have paid, or have provided adequate reserves (in the good faith judgment of management of Holdings, the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable) in accordance with GAAP for the payment of all Taxes not yet due and payable and (c) each of Holdings, the Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries has withheld amounts from their respective employees for all periods in compliance with the Tax, social, security and unemployment withholding provisions of applicable law and timely paid such withholdings to the respective Governmental Authorities.

 

8.12                         Compliance with ERISA .

 

(a)                            Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur.

 

(b)                             Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Foreign Plan Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur.

 

8.13                         Subsidiaries Schedule 8.13 lists each Subsidiary of Holdings (and the direct and indirect ownership interest of Holdings therein), existing on the Closing Date.

 

114


 

8.14                         Intellectual Property .  Each of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries owns or has the right to use all Intellectual Property that is necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted, except where the failure of the foregoing would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.15                         Environmental Laws .

 

(a)                            Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:  (i) each of Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries and their respective operations and properties are in compliance with all Environmental Laws; (ii) neither Holdings, nor the Borrower nor any Subsidiary has received written notice of any Environmental Claim; (iii) neither Holdings, nor the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is conducting any investigation, removal, remedial or other corrective action pursuant to any Environmental Law at any location; and (iv) to the knowledge of the Borrower, no underground or above ground storage tank or related piping, or any impoundment or other disposal area containing Hazardous Materials is located at, on or under any Real Estate currently owned or leased by Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries.

 

(b)                            Neither Holdings, nor the Borrower nor any of the Subsidiaries has treated, stored, transported, Released or arranged for disposal or transport for disposal or treatment of Hazardous Materials at, on, under or from any currently or, formerly owned or operated property nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, has there been any other Release of Hazardous Materials at, on, under or from any such properties, in each case, in a manner that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.16                         Properties .

 

(a) Each of Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries have good and valid record title to or valid leasehold interests in all properties that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, free and clear of all Liens (other than any Liens permitted by this Agreement) and except where the failure to have such good title would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) no Mortgage encumbers improved Real Estate that is located in an area that has been identified by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development as an area having special flood hazards within the meaning of the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, as amended, unless flood insurance available under such Act has been obtained in accordance with Section 9.3(b) .

 

8.17                         Solvency .  On the Closing Date, and if later, on the RPS Closing Date, (after giving effect to the Transactions), immediately following the making of each Loan and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of such Loans, the Borrower on a consolidated basis with its Restricted Subsidiaries will be Solvent.

 

8.18                         Patriot Act; Anti-Terrorism Laws; FCPA .  (a) On the Closing Date, the use of proceeds of the Loans will not violate the PATRIOT Act in any material respect.

 

(b)  Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and to the extent applicable, each of Holdings and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended).

 

115



 

(c)  Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, directly or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

8.19                         Security Interest in Collateral   The provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents create legal, valid and enforceable Liens on all of the Collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit itself and the other Secured Parties, subject, as to enforceability, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity and principles of good faith and dealing, and upon the making of such filings and taking of such other actions required to be taken hereby or by the applicable Credit Documents (including the filing of appropriate financing statements with the office of the Secretary of State of the state of organization of each Credit Party, the filing of appropriate assignments or notices with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and the U.S. Copyright Office, and the proper recordation of Mortgages and fixture filings with respect to any Mortgaged Property, in each case in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and the delivery to the Administrative Agent of any stock certificates or promissory notes required to be delivered pursuant to the applicable Credit Documents), such Liens constitute perfected and continuing Liens on the Collateral of the type required by the Security Documents, securing the Obligations.

 

Section 9.                         Affirmative Covenants .

 

Each of Holdings and the Borrower with regard to itself and its Subsidiaries that are subject to the following covenants, hereby covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date and thereafter, until the Commitments, the Swingline Commitment and each Letter of Credit have terminated and the Loans and Unpaid Drawings, together with interest, Fees and all other Obligations incurred hereunder (other than contingent indemnity obligations, Secured Hedge Obligations and Secured Cash Management Obligations), are paid in full:

 

9.1                                Information Covenants .  Holdings will furnish to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly make such information available to the Lenders in accordance with its customary practice):

 

(a)                            Annual Financial Statements .  As soon as available and in any event within five days after the date on which such financial statements are required to be filed with the SEC (after giving effect to any permitted extensions) (or, if such financial statements are not required to be filed with the SEC, on or before the date that is 90 days after the end of each such fiscal year (120 days in the case of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013)), the consolidated balance sheets of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth comparative consolidated figures for the preceding fiscal years, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, and, in each case, certified by independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing whose opinion shall not be qualified as to the scope of audit or as to the status of Holdings or any of the Material Subsidiaries (or group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Material Subsidiary) as a going concern (other than any exception or explanatory paragraph, but not a qualification, that is expressly solely with respect to, or expressly resulting solely from, (i) an upcoming maturity date of any Indebtedness occurring within one year from the time such opinion is delivered or (ii) any potential inability to satisfy a financial maintenance covenant on a future date or in a future period).

 

116



 

(b)                            Quarterly Financial Statements .  As soon as available and in any event within five days after the date on which such financial statements are required to be filed with the SEC (after giving effect to any permitted extensions) with respect to each of the first three quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of Holdings (or, if such financial statements are not required to be filed with the SEC, on or before the date that is 45 days after the end of each such quarterly accounting period (or 90 days for the third fiscal quarter of 2013 and the first fiscal quarter of 2014)) starting with the third fiscal quarter ending in 2013, the consolidated balance sheets of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarterly period and the related consolidated statements of operations for such quarterly accounting period and for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year ended with the last day of such quarterly period, and the related consolidated statement of cash flows for such quarterly accounting period and for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year ended with the last day of such quarterly period, and setting forth comparative consolidated figures for the related periods in the prior fiscal year or, in the case of such consolidated balance sheet, for the last day of the related period in the prior fiscal year, all of which shall be certified by an Authorized Officer of Holdings as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

 

(c)                             Budgets .  Within 90 days (120 days in the case of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013) after the commencement of each fiscal year of Holdings, a budget of Holdings in reasonable detail on a quarterly basis for such fiscal year as customarily prepared by management of Holdings for its internal use consistent in scope with the financial statements provided pursuant to Section 9.1(a) , setting forth the principal assumptions upon which such budget is based (collectively, the “ Projections ”), which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of an Authorized Officer stating that such Projections have been prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation of such Projections, it being understood that actual results may vary from such Projections.

 

(d)                            Officer’s Certificates .  Not later than five days after the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Sections 9.1 (a)  and (b) , a certificate of an Authorized Officer of Holdings to the effect that no Default or Event of Default exists or, if any Default or Event of Default does exist, specifying the nature and extent thereof, as the case may be, which certificate shall set forth (i) a specification of any change in the identity of the Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year or period, as the case may be, from the Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries, respectively, provided to the Lenders on the Closing Date or the most recent fiscal year or period, as the case may be, (ii) the then applicable Status and underlying calculations in connection therewith and (iii) the amount of any Pro Forma Adjustment not previously set forth in a Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate or any change in the amount of a Pro Forma Adjustment set forth in any Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate previously provided and, in either case, in reasonable detail, the calculations and basis therefor.  At the time of the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Section 9.1(a) , a certificate of an Authorized Officer of Holdings setting forth changes to the legal name, jurisdiction of formation, type of entity, registration status, organizational number (or equivalent) and federal tax identification number of the Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the Closing Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this clause (d) , as the case may be.

 

(e)                             Notice of Default or Litigation .  Promptly after an Authorized Officer of Holdings or any of the Subsidiaries obtains knowledge thereof, notice of (i) the occurrence of any event that constitutes a Default or Event of Default, which notice shall specify the nature thereof, the period of existence thereof and what action Holdings proposes to take with respect thereto and (ii) any litigation or

 

117



 

governmental proceeding pending against Holdings or any of the Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to be determined adversely and, if so determined, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(f)                              Environmental Matters .  Promptly after an Authorized Officer of Holdings or any of the Subsidiaries obtains knowledge of any one or more of the following environmental matters, unless such environmental matters would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, notice of:

 

(i)                                      any pending or threatened Environmental Claim against any Credit Party or any Real Estate; and

 

(ii)                                   the conduct of any investigation, or any removal, remedial or other corrective action in response to the actual or alleged presence, Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material on, at, under or from any Real Estate.

 

All such notices shall describe in reasonable detail the nature of the claim, investigation or removal, remedial or other corrective action in response thereto.  The term “ Real Estate ” shall mean land, buildings, facilities and improvements owned or leased by any Credit Party.

 

(g)                             Other Information .  Promptly upon filing thereof, copies of any filings (including on Form 10-K, 10-Q or 8-K) or registration statements with, and reports to, the SEC or any analogous Governmental Authority in any relevant jurisdiction by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such registration statement, in the form it becomes effective, is delivered to the Administrative Agent), exhibits to any registration statement and, if applicable, any registration statements on Form S-8) and copies of all financial statements, proxy statements, notices and reports that Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall send to the holders of any publicly issued debt of Holdings and/or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (including the Senior Notes (whether publicly issued or not)), in their capacity as such holders, lenders or agents (in each case to the extent not theretofore delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement) and, with reasonable promptness, such other information (financial or otherwise) as the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of any Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent) may reasonably request in writing from time to time.

 

(h)                            Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate .  Not later than any date on which financial statements are delivered with respect to any Test Period in which a Pro Forma Adjustment is made as a result of the consummation of the acquisition of any Acquired Entity or Business by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary for which there shall be a Pro Forma Adjustment, a certificate of an Authorized Officer of Holdings setting forth the amount of such Pro Forma Adjustment and, in reasonable detail, the calculations and basis therefor.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in clauses (a)  and (b)  of this Section 9.1 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries by furnishing (A) the applicable financial statements of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings or (B) Holdings’ (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), as applicable, Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided that, with respect to each of subclauses (A)  and (B)  of this paragraph, to the extent such information relates to Holdings’ parent, or to the Borrower, such information is accompanied by consolidating or other information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent or the Borrower, on the one hand, and the information relating to Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

 

118



 

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to clauses (a) , (b)  and (g)  (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which Holdings posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on Holdings’ website on the Internet; (B) on which such documents are posted on Holdings’ behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent).

 

9.2                                Books, Records and Inspections .  Holdings will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, permit officers and designated representatives of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders to visit and inspect any of the properties or assets of Holdings and any such Subsidiary in whomsoever’s possession to the extent that it is within such party’s control to permit such inspection (and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such inspection to be permitted to the extent that it is not within such party’s control to permit such inspection), and to examine the books and records of Holdings and any such Subsidiary and discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of Holdings and of any such Subsidiary with, and be advised as to the same by, its and their officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and intervals and to such reasonable extent as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may desire (and subject, in the case of any such meetings or advice from such independent accountants, to such accountants’ customary policies and procedures); provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default (a) only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Required Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 9.2 , (b) the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more than one time in any calendar year, which such visit will be at Holdings’ expense and (d) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 9.2 , none of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries will be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (i) constitutes trade secrets or proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by law or any binding agreement or (iii) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product; provided , further , that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent (or any of its respective representatives or independent contractors) or any representative of the Required Lenders may do any of the foregoing at the expense of Holdings at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice.  The Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders shall give Holdings the opportunity to participate in any discussions with Holdings’ independent public accountants.

 

9.3                                Maintenance of Insurance .  (a) Holdings will, and will cause each Material Subsidiary to, at all times maintain in full force and effect, pursuant to self-insurance arrangements or with insurance companies that Holdings believes (in the good faith judgment of the management of Holdings) are financially sound and responsible at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed, insurance in at least such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance which Holdings believes (in the good faith judgment of management of Holdings) is reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business and the availability of insurance on a cost-effective basis) and against at least such risks (and with such risk retentions) as Holdings believes (in the good faith judgment of management of Holdings) is reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business and the availability of insurance on a cost-effective basis; and will furnish to the Administrative Agent, upon written request from the Administrative Agent, information presented in reasonable detail as to the insurance so carried and (b) with respect to each Mortgaged Property, Holdings will obtain flood insurance in such total amount as may reasonably be required by the Collateral Agent, if at any time the area in which any improvements located on any Mortgaged Property is designated a “flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), and otherwise

 

119



 

comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended from time to time.  Each such policy of insurance shall (i) name the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders as an additional insured thereunder as its interests may appear and (ii) in the case of each casualty insurance policy, contain a loss payable clause or endorsement that names Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders as the loss payee thereunder.

 

9.4                                Payment of Taxes .  Holdings will pay and discharge, and will cause each of the Subsidiaries to pay and discharge, all material Taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits, or upon any properties belonging to it, prior to the date on which material penalties attach thereto, and all lawful material claims in respect of any Taxes imposed, assessed or levied that, if unpaid, would reasonably be expected to become a material Lien upon any properties of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that neither Holdings nor any of the Subsidiaries shall be required to pay any such Tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim that is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings if it has maintained adequate reserves (in the good faith judgment of management of Holdings) with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and the failure to pay would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.5                                Preservation of Existence; Consolidated Corporate Franchises .  Holdings will, and will cause each Material Subsidiary to, take all actions necessary (a) to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, organizational rights and authority and (b) to maintain its rights, privileges (including its good standing), permits, licenses and franchises necessary in the normal conduct of its business, in each case, except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided , however , that Holdings and its Subsidiaries may consummate any transaction permitted under “Permitted Investments” and Sections 10.3 , 10.4 or 10.5 .

 

9.6                                Compliance with Statutes, Regulations, Etc.   Holdings will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, (a) comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable to it or its property, including, without limitation, applicable laws administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and all governmental approvals or authorizations required to conduct its business, and to maintain all such governmental approvals or authorizations in full force and effect, (b) comply with, and use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure compliance by all tenants and subtenants, if any, with, all Environmental Laws, and obtain and comply with and maintain, and use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that all tenants and subtenants obtain and comply with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by Environmental Laws and (c) conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under Environmental Laws and promptly comply with all lawful orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws, other than such orders and directives which are being timely contested in good faith by proper proceedings, except in each case of (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 9.6 , where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.7                                ERISA .  (a) Holdings will furnish to the Administrative Agent promptly following receipt thereof, copies of any documents described in Sections 101(k) or 101(l) of ERISA that any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; provided that if the Credit Parties or any of their ERISA Affiliates have not requested such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan, then, upon reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, the Credit Parties and/or their ERISA Affiliates shall promptly make a request for such documents or notices from such administrator or sponsor and the Borrower shall provide copies of such documents and notices to the Administrative Agent promptly after receipt thereof; provided , further ,

 

120



 

that the rights granted to the Administrative Agent in this section shall be exercised not more than once during a 12-month period and (b) Holdings will notify the Administrative Agent promptly following the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, would reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Credit Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates in an aggregate amount exceeding a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.8                                Maintenance of Properties .  Holdings will, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.9                                Transactions with Affiliates .  Holdings will conduct, and cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to conduct, all transactions with any of its Affiliates (other than Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries) on terms that are at least substantially as favorable to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary as it would obtain in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate, as determined by the board of directors of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary in good faith; provided that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (a) the payment of fees to the Sponsor for management, consulting and financial services rendered to Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement and customary investment banking fees paid to the Sponsor for services rendered to Holdings and the Subsidiaries in connection with divestitures, acquisitions, financings and other transactions which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of Holdings in good faith, (b) transactions permitted by Section 10.5 , (c) consummation of the Transactions and the payment of the Transaction Expenses, (d) the issuance of Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries not otherwise prohibited by the Credit Documents, (e) loans, advances and other transactions between or among Holdings, any Restricted Subsidiary or any joint venture (regardless of the form of legal entity) in which Holdings or any Subsidiary has invested (and which Subsidiary or joint venture would not be an Affiliate of Holdings but for Holdings’ or a Subsidiary’s ownership of Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents in such joint venture or Subsidiary) to the extent permitted under Section 10 , (f) employment and severance arrangements between Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers, employees or consultants (including management and employee benefit plans or agreements, stock option plans and other compensatory arrangements) in the ordinary course of business (including loans and advances in connection therewith), (g) payments by Holdings (and any direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Subsidiaries pursuant to the tax sharing agreements among Holdings (and any such parent) and the Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that Holdings, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent of the amount received from Unrestricted Subsidiaries) would be required to pay in respect of foreign, federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were Holdings, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, (h) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out of pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, managers, consultants, officers, employees of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings and the Subsidiaries, (i) transactions undertaken pursuant to membership in a purchasing consortium, (j) transactions pursuant to any agreement or arrangement as in effect as of the Closing Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Lenders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Closing Date) and (k) customary payments by Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent) and any Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, consulting, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities (including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures).

 

121



 

9.10                         End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters .  Holdings will, for financial reporting purposes, cause each of its, and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries’, fiscal years and fiscal quarters to end on dates consistent with past practice; provided , however , that Holdings may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent change the financial reporting convention specified above to (x) align the dates of such fiscal year and fiscal quarter end for any Restricted Subsidiary whose fiscal years and fiscal quarters end on dates different from those of Holdings or (y) any other financial reporting convention reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case Holdings and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary in order to reflect such change in financial reporting.

 

9.11                         Additional Guarantors and Grantors; Additional Borrower .

 

(a)                            Subject to any applicable limitations set forth in the Security Documents, Holdings will cause each direct or indirect Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) formed or otherwise purchased or acquired after the Closing Date (including pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition), and each other Subsidiary that ceases to constitute an Excluded Subsidiary, within 45 days from the date of such formation, acquisition or cessation, as applicable (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), and Holdings may at its option cause any Subsidiary, to execute a supplement to each of the Guarantee, the Pledge Agreement and the Security Agreement in order to become a Guarantor under the Guarantee and a grantor under such Security Documents or, to the extent reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, enter into a new Security Document substantially consistent with the analogous existing Security Documents and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Collateral Agent and take all other action reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to grant a perfected security interest in its assets to substantially the same extent as created by the Credit Parties on the Closing Date, or if applicable, after the Closing Date if in accordance with the provisions of the then existing Credit Documents.

 

(b)                            The Borrower may, by delivery to the Administrative Agent of the Borrower Designation Agreement duly executed by the Borrower and any proposed Additional Borrower that is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, designate such Wholly-Owned Subsidiary as an “Additional Borrower” for purposes of this Agreement and the Revolving Credit Facility hereunder, and, so long as such designation is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, such designation shall become effective upon (i) the execution and delivery to the Administrative Agent of (A) the aforementioned executed Borrower Designation Agreement, (B) a loan certificate of such Additional Borrower, including the attachments specified in Section 6.5 , (C) if such Additional Borrower is not already a Guarantor, all Security Documents, guarantees and other documents and instruments as such Additional Borrower shall be required to deliver to become a Guarantor and (D) a customary legal opinion, (ii) the delivery to the Administrative Agent of all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations and (iii) the Administrative Agent receiving satisfactory tax and regulatory advice that such proposed Additional Borrower does not increase the amount of Taxes that are not indemnifiable under Section 5.4 or otherwise the applicable Credit Parties shall enter into an amendment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and Holdings in connection therewith.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) no Lender shall be obligated to make any Loans to any Additional Borrower, (ii) to the extent any Lender commits to make a Loan under the Revolving Credit Facility to such Additional Borrower, the Total Revolving Credit Commitments shall not be increased and none of the Revolving Credit Commitment and Revolving Credit Commitment of any Lender shall be increased without such Lender’s prior written consent and (iii) the Revolving Credit Commitments that are made available to any Additional Borrower shall not exceed the Dollar Equivalent of an amount to be agreed by the Administrative Agent, Holdings and the Lenders providing such commitments.

 

122



 

9.12                         Pledge of Additional Stock and Evidence of Indebtedness .  Subject to any applicable limitations set forth in the Security Documents and other than (x) when in the reasonable determination of the Administrative Agent and Holdings (as agreed to in writing), the cost or other consequences of doing so would be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom or (y) to the extent doing so would result in material adverse tax consequences as reasonably determined by Holdings in a writing delivered to the Administrative Agent, Holdings will cause (i) all certificates representing Capital Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than (x) any Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents and (y) any Capital Stock and Stock Equivalents issued by any Restricted Subsidiary for so long as such Restricted Subsidiary does not (on a consolidated basis with its Restricted Subsidiaries) constitute a Material Subsidiary) held directly by the Borrower or any Guarantor, (ii) all evidences of Indebtedness in excess of $10,000,000 received by the Borrower or any of the Guarantors in connection with any disposition of assets pursuant to Section 10.4(b)  and (iii) any promissory notes executed after the Closing Date evidencing Indebtedness in excess of $10,000,000 of Holdings or any Subsidiary that is owing to the Borrower or any Guarantor, in each case, to be delivered to the Collateral Agent as security for the Obligations accompanied by undated instruments of transfer executed in blank under the Security Documents.  Notwithstanding the foregoing any promissory note among Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries need not be delivered to the Collateral Agent so long as (i) a global intercompany note superseding such promissory note has been delivered to the Collateral Agent, (ii) such promissory note is not delivered to any party other than Holdings or the Subsidiaries in each case owed money thereunder and (iii) such promissory note indicates on its face that it is subject to the security interest of the Collateral Agent.

 

9.13                         Use of Proceeds .

 

(a)                            The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Initial Term Loans, the Senior Notes Offering and a portion of the proceeds of borrowings by it under the Revolving Credit Facility to effect the Transactions.

 

(b)                            The Borrower will use Letters of Credit, Revolving Credit Loans and Swingline Loans for working capital and general corporate purposes (including any transaction not prohibited by the Credit Documents).

 

9.14                         Further Assurances .

 

(a)                            Holdings will, and will cause each other Credit Party to, execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents) that may be required under any applicable law, or that the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the applicable Security Documents, all at the expense of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

(b)                            Subject to any applicable limitations set forth in the Security Documents and other than (x) when in the reasonable determination of the Administrative Agent and Holdings (as agreed to in writing), the cost or other consequences of doing so would be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom or (y) to the extent doing so would result in adverse tax consequences as reasonably determined by Holdings in a writing delivered to the Administrative Agent, if any assets (including any real estate or improvements thereto or any interest therein but excluding Capital Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary and excluding any real estate which the Borrower or applicable Credit Party intends to dispose of pursuant to a Permitted Sale Leaseback so long as actually disposed of within 270 days of acquisition (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent

 

123



 

may reasonably agree)) with a book value in excess of $25,000,000 are acquired by Holdings or any other Credit Party after the Closing Date (other than assets constituting Collateral under a Security Document that become subject to the Lien of the applicable Security Document upon acquisition thereof) that are of a nature secured by a Security Document or that constitute a fee interest in real property, Holdings will notify the Collateral Agent, and, if requested by the Collateral Agent, Holdings will cause such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the Obligations and will take, and cause the other applicable Credit Parties to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, as soon as commercially reasonable but in no event later than 90 days, unless extended by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, to grant and perfect such Liens consistent with the applicable requirements of the Security Documents, including actions described in clause (a)  of this Section 9.14 ; provided that notwithstanding anything in any Credit Document to the contrary, no actions in any non-U.S. jurisdiction or required by the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction shall be required to be taken to create any security interests in assets located or titled outside of the U.S. or to perfect or make enforceable any security interests in any assets (it being understood that there shall be no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction).

 

(c)                             Any Mortgage delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with the preceding clause (b)  shall, if requested by the Collateral Agent, be received as soon as commercially reasonable but in no event later than 90 days (except as set forth in the preceding clause (b) ), unless extended by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion and accompanied by (x) a policy or policies (or an unconditional binding commitment therefor to be replaced by a final title policy) of title insurance issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company, in such amounts as reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent not to exceed the Fair Market Value of the applicable Mortgaged Property, insuring the Lien of each Mortgage as a valid first Lien on the Mortgaged Property described therein, free of any other Liens except as expressly permitted by Section 10.2 or as otherwise permitted by the Collateral Agent and otherwise in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, together with such endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request but only to the extent such endorsements are (i) available in the relevant jurisdiction ( provided in no event shall the Collateral Agent request a creditors’ rights endorsement) and (ii) available at commercially reasonable rates, (y) an opinion of local counsel to the applicable Credit Party in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, (z) a completed “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination, and if such Mortgaged Property is located in a special flood hazard area, (i) a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the applicable Credit Parties and (ii) certificates of insurance evidencing the insurance required by Section 9.3 in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and (aa) an ALTA survey in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent or such existing survey together with a no-change affidavit sufficient for the title company to remove all standard survey exceptions from the Title Policy related to such Mortgaged Property and issue the endorsements required in (x) above.

 

(d)                            Real Property Requirements .  The Collateral Agent shall have received, within 90 days after the Closing Date (unless waived or extended by Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), to the extent such items have not been delivered as of the Closing Date, the following:

 

(i)                                      a Mortgage encumbering each Mortgaged Property in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, duly executed and acknowledged by each Credit Party that is the owner of or holder of any interest in such Mortgaged Property, and otherwise in form for recording in the recording office of each applicable political subdivision where each such Mortgaged Property is situated, together with such certificates, affidavits, questionnaires or returns as shall be required in connection with the recording or filing thereof to

 

124


 

create a lien under applicable Requirements of Law, and such financing statements and any other instruments necessary to grant a mortgage lien under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction, all of which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent;

 

(ii)                                   with respect to each Mortgage, a policy of title insurance (or an unconditional binding commitment therefor to be replaced by a final title policy) insuring the Lien of such Mortgage as a valid first mortgage Lien on the Mortgaged Property and fixtures described therein, free of any other Liens except as permitted by Section 10.2 or as otherwise permitted by the Collateral Agent, in amounts reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent not to exceed the net book value or tax assessed value (whichever is higher) of the applicable Mortgaged Property, which policy (or such commitment) (each, a “ Title Policy ”) shall (A) be issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company, (B) together with such endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, but only to the extent such endorsements are (i) available in the relevant jurisdiction ( provided in no event shall the Collateral Agent request a creditors’ rights endorsement) and (ii) available at commercially reasonable rates and (C) contain no exceptions to title other than Liens permitted by Section 10.2 or as otherwise permitted by the Collateral Agent;

 

(iii)                                with respect to each Mortgaged Property, such affidavits (including a so-called “gap” indemnification) as are customarily required to induce the title company to issue the Title Policy/ies and endorsements contemplated above;

 

(iv)                               evidence reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent of payment by Holdings of all Title Policy premiums, search and examination charges, escrow charges and related charges, mortgage recording taxes, fees, charges, costs and expenses required for the recording of the Mortgages and issuance of the Title Policies referred to above;

 

(v)                                  a completed “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Mortgaged Property and if such Mortgaged Property is located in a special flood hazard area, (i) a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the applicable Credit Party and (ii) certificates of insurance evidencing the insurance required by Section 9.3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent;

 

(vi)                               an ALTA survey in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent or an existing survey together with a no-change affidavit sufficient for the title company to remove all standard survey exceptions from the Title Policy related to such Mortgaged Property and issue the endorsements required in (ii) above; and

 

(vii)                            an opinion of counsel to Holdings or applicable Credit Parties with respect to the Mortgages, which shall include opinions as to (i) the enforceability of the Mortgages, (ii) the power and authority of Holdings or the applicable Credit Parties to execute the Mortgages, (iii) the due execution and delivery of the Mortgages and shall otherwise be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

 

(e)                             Holdings agrees that it will, or will cause its relevant Subsidiaries to, complete each of the actions described on Schedule 9.14(e)  as soon as commercially reasonable and by no later than the date set forth in Schedule 9.14(e)  with respect to such action or such later date as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree.

 

125



 

9.15                         Maintenance of Ratings .  Holdings will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain a corporate family and/or corporate credit rating, as applicable, and ratings in respect of the credit facilities provided pursuant to this Agreement, in each case, from each of S&P and Moody’s.

 

9.16                         Lines of Business .  Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will not fundamentally and substantively alter the character of their business, taken as a whole, from the business conducted by Holdings and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, on the Closing Date and other business activities which are extensions thereof or otherwise incidental, reasonably related or ancillary to any of the foregoing.

 

Section 10.                  Negative Covenants

 

Each of Holdings and the Borrower, hereby covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date (immediately after consummation of the PRA Acquisition) and thereafter, until the Commitments, the Swingline Commitment and each Letter of Credit have terminated and the Loans and Unpaid Drawings, together with interest, Fees and all other Obligations incurred hereunder (other than contingent indemnity obligations, Secured Hedge Obligations and Secured Cash Management Obligations), are paid in full:

 

10.1                         Limitation on Indebtedness .  Holdings will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and Holdings will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or, in the case of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, preferred stock; provided that Holdings may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of preferred stock, if, after giving effect thereto, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be at least 2.00 to 1.00; provided , further , that the amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock that may be incurred pursuant to the foregoing, together with any amounts incurred under Section 10.1(n)(x) , by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed the greater of (x) $85,000,000 and (y) 3.75% of Consolidated Total Assets for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at any one time outstanding.

 

The foregoing limitations will not apply to:

 

(a)                            Indebtedness arising under the Credit Documents;

 

(b)                            Indebtedness represented by the Senior Notes (including any guarantee thereof) and exchange notes issued in respect of such notes and any guarantee thereof in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed (x) $375,000,000 minus (y) the aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes redeemed pursuant to a Special Mandatory Redemption (as defined in the Senior Notes Indenture);

 

(c)                             (i) Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date listed on Schedule 10.1 and (ii) intercompany Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date listed on Schedule 10.1 (other than intercompany Indebtedness owed by a Credit Party to another Credit Party);

 

(d)                            Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and preferred stock incurred by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, to finance the purchase, lease,

 

126



 

construction, installation or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets and Indebtedness arising from the conversion of the obligations of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary under or pursuant to any “synthetic lease” transactions to on-balance sheet Indebtedness of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (d)  and all Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance any other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock incurred pursuant to this clause (d) , does not exceed the greater of (x) $55,000,000 and (y) 2.50% of Consolidated Total Assets for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of incurrence; provided that Capitalized Lease Obligations incurred by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to this clause (d)  in connection with a Permitted Sale Leaseback shall not be subject to the foregoing limitation so long as the proceeds of such Permitted Sale Leaseback are used by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary to permanently repay outstanding Term Loans or other Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the assets subject to such Permitted Sale Leaseback (excluding any Lien ranking junior to the Lien securing the Obligations);

 

(e)                             Indebtedness incurred by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, performance or surety bonds, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, performance or surety bonds, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance;

 

(f)                              Indebtedness arising from agreements of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnout or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected as Indebtedness on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (f) );

 

(g)                             Indebtedness of Holdings to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Borrower or a Guarantor is subordinated in right of payment to Holdings’ Guarantee; provided , further , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (g) ;

 

(h)                            Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the Borrower or a Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Borrower or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor, or the Loans, as the case may be; provided , further , that any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (h) ;

 

127



 

(i)                                shares of preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of preferred stock (except to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of preferred stock not permitted by this clause (i) ;

 

(j)                               Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes);

 

(k)                            obligations in respect of self-insurance, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(l)                                (i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference up to 100% of the net cash proceeds received by Holdings since immediately after the Closing Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of Holdings or cash contributed to the capital of Holdings (in each case, other than Excluded Contributions or proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any Cure Amounts) as determined in accordance with Sections 10.5(a)(iii)(2)  and 10.5(a)(iii)(3)  to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 10.5(b)  or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (a)  and (b)  of the definition thereof) and (ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (l)(ii), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of $85,000,000 and 3.75% of Consolidated Total Assets for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of incurrence (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred pursuant to this clause (l)(ii)  shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (l)(ii)  but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this Section 10.1 from and after the first date on which Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock under the first paragraph of this Section 10.1 without reliance on this clause (l)(ii) );

 

(m)                        the incurrence or issuance by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock which serves to Refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this Section 10.1 and clauses (b)  and (c)  above, clause (l)(i)  and, this clause (m)  and clause (n)  below or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock issued to so Refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided that such Refinancing Indebtedness (1) has a weighted average life to maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining weighted average life to maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being Refinanced, (2) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness Refinances (i) Indebtedness that is unsecured or secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations, such Refinancing Indebtedness is unsecured or secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations, respectively, (ii) Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, respectively and (iii)

 

128



 

Indebtedness subordinated to the Obligations, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being Refinanced and (3) shall not include Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of a Subsidiary of Holdings that is not the Borrower or Guarantor that Refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of the Borrower or Guarantor;

 

(n)                            Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of (x) Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition; provided that the amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock that may be incurred pursuant to the foregoing, together with any amounts incurred under the first paragraph of this Section 10.1 by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed the greater of $85,000,000 and 3.75% of Consolidated Total Assets for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at any one time outstanding or (y) Persons that are acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into or consolidated with Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms hereof (including designating an Unrestricted Subsidiary a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that after giving effect to any such acquisition or merger described in this clause (n) , either:  (1) Holdings would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 10.1 or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries is equal to or greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

 

(o)                            Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business;

 

(p)                            Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to a credit facility otherwise permitted hereunder, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

 

(q)                            (1) any guarantee by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as in the case of a guarantee of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness could have been incurred directly by the Restricted Subsidiary providing such guarantee or (2) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of Holdings;

 

(r)                               Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors in an amount not to exceed, in the aggregate at any one time outstanding, the greater of $35,000,000 and 1.5% of Consolidated Total Assets for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (r)  shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (r)  but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (r) );

 

(s)                              Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

129



 

(t)                               Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in connection with cash management and related activities with respect to any Subsidiary or joint venture in the ordinary course of business;

 

(u)                            Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future current or former officers, directors, managers and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent described in clause (4)  of Section 10.5(b) ;

 

(v)                            [reserved];

 

(w)                          Indebtedness in respect of (i) Permitted Other Indebtedness to the extent that the Net Cash Proceeds therefrom are applied to the prepayment of Term Loans in the manner set forth in Section 5.2(a)(i) ; and (ii) any refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i)  above; provided that, (x) the principal amount of any such Indebtedness is not increased above the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension (except for any original issue discount thereon and the amount of fees, expenses and premium and accrued and unpaid interest in connection with such refinancing) and (y) such Indebtedness otherwise complies with the definition of “Permitted Other Indebtedness”;

 

(x)                            Indebtedness in respect of (i) Permitted Other Indebtedness; provided that either (a) the aggregate principal amount of all such Permitted Other Indebtedness issued or incurred pursuant to this clause (i)(a)  shall not exceed the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount or (b) the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied no later than ten Business Days after the receipt thereof to repurchase, repay, redeem or otherwise defease Senior Notes ( provided that, in the case of this clause (i)(b) , such Permitted Other Indebtedness is unsecured or secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Lien securing the Obligations) and (ii) any refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i)  above; provided that, (x) the principal amount of any such Indebtedness is not increased above the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension (except for any original issue discount thereon and the amount of fees, expenses and premium and accrued and unpaid interest in connection with such refinancing), (y) such Indebtedness otherwise complies with the definition of “Permitted Other Indebtedness” and (z) in the case of a refinancing of Permitted Other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (i)(b)  above with other Permitted Other Indebtedness (“ Refinancing Permitted Other Indebtedness ”), such Refinancing Permitted Other Indebtedness, if secured, may only be secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Lien securing the Obligations; and

 

(y)                            (i) Indebtedness in respect of Permitted Debt Exchange Notes incurred pursuant to a Permitted Debt Exchange in accordance with Section 2.15 (and which does not generate any additional proceeds) and (ii) any refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i)  above; provided that, (x) the principal amount of any such Indebtedness is not increased above the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension (except for any original issue discount thereon and the amount of fees, expenses and premium and accrued and unpaid interest in connection with such refinancing) and (y) such Indebtedness otherwise complies with the definition of “Permitted Other Indebtedness”.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 10.1 :  (i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock described in

 

130



 

clauses (a)  through (y)  above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 10.1 , Holdings, in its sole discretion, will classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock in one of the above clauses or paragraphs; and (ii) at the time of incurrence, Holdings will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in this Section 10.1 .

 

Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock for purposes of this covenant.  Any Refinancing Indebtedness and any Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (a)  and (l)  above shall be deemed to include additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs, fees and expenses in connection with such refinancing.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in another currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in another currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (i) the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses and accrued and unpaid interest incurred in connection with such refinancing.

 

The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being Refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

 

This Agreement will not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

 

10.2                         Limitation on Liens .

 

(a)                            Holdings will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property or assets of any kind (real or personal, tangible or intangible) of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether now owned or hereafter acquired (except Permitted Liens) (each, a “ Subject Lien ”) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness on any asset or property of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, except:

 

(i)                                      in the case of Subject Liens on any Collateral, such Subject Lien is a Permitted Lien; and

 

131



 

(ii)                                   in the case of any other asset or property, any Subject Lien if (i) the Obligations are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to, in the case such Subject Lien secures any Junior Debt) the obligations secured by such Subject Lien or (ii) such Subject Lien is a Permitted Lien.

 

(b)                            Any Lien created for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Subject Lien that gave rise to the obligation to so secure the Obligations.

 

10.3                         Limitation on Fundamental Changes .  Holdings will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, all or substantially all its business units, assets or other properties, except that:

 

(a)                            so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, any Subsidiary of Holdings or any other Person may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into Holdings or the Borrower; provided that, (A) Holdings or the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (B) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is not Holdings or the Borrower (such other Person, the “ Successor Borrower ”), (1) the Successor Borrower shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, or of the jurisdiction of another Borrower so long as such change to the jurisdiction of another Borrower does not result in the loss of any Collateral or Guarantors, (2) the Successor Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of Holdings or the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (3) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Guarantee confirmed that its guarantee thereunder shall apply to any Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, (4) each Subsidiary grantor and each Subsidiary pledgor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to any applicable Security Document affirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to its Guarantee as reaffirmed pursuant to clause (3) , (5) each mortgagor of a Mortgaged Property, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have affirmed that its obligations under the applicable Mortgage shall apply to its Guarantee as reaffirmed pursuant to clause (3)  and (6) the Successor Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent (x) an officer’s certificate stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplements preserve the enforceability of the Guarantee and the perfection and priority of the Liens under the applicable Security Documents and (y) if requested by the Administrative Agent, an opinion of counsel to the effect that such merger or consolidation does not violate this Agreement or any other Credit Document and that the provisions set forth in the preceding clauses (3)  through (5)  preserve the enforceability of the Guarantee and the perfection of the Liens created under the applicable Security Documents (it being understood that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Borrower will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Borrower under this Agreement);

 

(b)                            so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, any Subsidiary of Holdings or any other Person (in each case, other than the Borrower) may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into any one or more Subsidiaries of Holdings; provided that, (i) in the case of any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving one or more Restricted Subsidiaries, (A) a Restricted Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person or (B) Holdings shall cause the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation (if other than a Restricted Subsidiary) to become a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) in the case of any merger,

 

132



 

amalgamation or consolidation involving one or more Guarantors, a Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation and if the surviving Person is not already a Guarantor, such Person shall execute a supplement to the Guarantee Agreement and the relevant Security Documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in order to become a Guarantor and pledgor, mortgagor and grantor, as applicable, thereunder for the benefit of the Secured Parties and (iii) Holdings shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officers’ certificate stating that such merger, amalgamation or consolidation and any such supplements to any Security Document preserve the enforceability of the Guarantees and the perfection and priority of the Liens under the applicable Security Documents;

 

(c)                             the Acquisitions may be consummated;

 

(d)                            any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to Holdings or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(e)                             any Subsidiary may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to a Credit Party; provided that the consideration for any such disposition by any Person other than a Guarantor shall not exceed the fair value of such assets;

 

(f)                              any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) may liquidate or dissolve if Holdings determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of Holdings and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders; and

 

(g)                             Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries may consummate a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, investment or disposition, the purpose of which is to effect a disposition permitted pursuant to Section 10.4 or an investment permitted pursuant to Section 10.5 or an investment that constitutes a “Permitted Investment”.

 

10.4                         Limitation on Sale of Assets .  Holdings will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate, directly or indirectly, an Asset Sale, unless:

 

(a)                            Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined at the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

(b)                            except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

 

(i)                                      any liabilities (as reflected on Holdings’ most recent consolidated balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto, or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been reflected on Holdings’ consolidated balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by Holdings) of Holdings, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Loans, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or are otherwise extinguished in connection with the transactions relating to such Asset Sale) and for which Holdings and all such Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing;

 

133



 

(ii)                                   any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents, or by their terms are required to be satisfied for cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received), in each case, within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale; and

 

(iii)                                any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii)  that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 6.00% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value,

 

shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this clause (b) of this provision and for no other purpose.

 

Within the Reinvestment Period after Holdings’ or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale, Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary shall apply the Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale (x) to prepay Loans or Permitted Other Indebtedness in accordance with Section 5.2(a)(i)  and/or (y) to make investments in Holdings and its Subsidiaries; provided that Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be deemed to have complied with this clause (b)  if and to the extent that, within the Reinvestment Period after the Asset Sale that generated the Net Proceeds, Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into and not abandoned or rejected a binding agreement to consummate any such investment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment and, in the event any such commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary prepays the Loans in accordance with Section 5.2(a)(i) .

 

(c)                             Pending the final application of any Net Cash Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, Holdings or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may apply such Net Cash Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility or any other revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Cash Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Agreement.

 

10.5                         Limitation on Restricted Payments .

 

(a)                            Holdings will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

 

(1)                                  declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of Holdings’ or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation, other than:

 

(A)                                dividends or distributions by Holdings payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests, or

 

(B)                                dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, Holdings or a Restricted

 

134


 

Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

 

(2)                                  purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

 

(3)                                  make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Junior Debt of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than (A) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (g)  and (h)  of Section 10.1 or (B) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Junior Debt purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

 

(4)                                  make any Restricted Investment

 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1)  through (4)  above (other than any exception thereto) being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

 

(i)                                      no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof (or in the case of a Restricted Investment, no Event of Default under S ection   11.1 or 11.5 shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof);

 

(ii)                                   except in the case of a Restricted Investment, immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, Holdings could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the provisions of the first paragraph of Section 10.1 ; and

 

(iii)                                such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1) , (2)  (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock pursuant to clause (b)  thereof only), (6)(C)  and (9)  of Section 10.5(b)  below, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 10.5(b) ), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

 

(A)                                50% of the Consolidated Net Income of Holdings for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the first day of the fiscal quarter during which the Closing Date occurs to the end of Holdings’ most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit, plus

 

(B)                                100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received by Holdings since immediately after the Closing Date (other than net cash proceeds from Cure Amounts or to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock pursuant to clause (l)(i)  of Section 10.1 ) from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of Holdings, including Retired Capital Stock, but excluding cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of (A) Equity Interests to any employee, director, manager or consultant of Holdings, any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings and Holdings’

 

135



 

Subsidiaries after the Closing Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4)  of Section 10.5(b)  below and (B) Designated Preferred Stock, and, to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to Holdings, Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4)  of Section 10.5(b)  below) or (y) Indebtedness of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary that has been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings; provided that this clause (B)  shall not include the proceeds from (a) Refunding Capital Stock, (b) Equity Interests or Indebtedness that has been converted or exchanged for Equity Interests of Holdings sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or Holdings, as the case may be, (c) Disqualified Stock or Indebtedness that has been converted or exchanged into Disqualified Stock or (d) Excluded Contributions, plus

 

(C)                                100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of Holdings following the Closing Date (other than net cash proceeds from Cure Amounts or to the extent such net cash proceeds (i) have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock pursuant to clause (l)(i)  of Section 10.1 ), (ii) are contributed by a Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) constitute Excluded Contributions or (iv) are used to fund the RPS Acquisition), plus

 

(D)                                100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received by means of (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments made by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, after the Closing Date; or (B) the sale (other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7)  of Section 10.5(b)  below or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, plus

 

(E)                                 in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, the Fair Market Value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7)  of Section 10.5(b)  below or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment, plus

 

(F)                                  the aggregate amount of any Retained Declined Proceeds since the Closing Date.

 

(b)                            The foregoing provisions of Section 10.5(a)  will not prohibit:

 

(1)                                  the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of such irrevocable notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration or the giving of such notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

 

136



 

(2)                                  (a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“ Retired Capital Stock ”) or Junior Debt of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent contributed to Holdings (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”) and (b) if immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6)  of this Section 10.5(b) , the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that was declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

 

(3)                                  the prepayment, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement for value of Junior Debt of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of Holdings, or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with Section 10.1 so long as:  (A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on the Junior Debt being so redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness, (B) if such Junior Debt is subordinated to the Obligations, such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Junior Debt so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, (C) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Junior Debt being so redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired, (D) if such Junior Debt so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value is (i) unsecured then such new Indebtedness shall be unsecured ( provided that Senior Notes may be refinanced with the Net Cash Proceeds of Permitted Other Indebtedness that is unsecured or secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations to the extent permitted by Section 10.1(x)(i)(b) ) or (ii) Permitted Other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 10.1(x)(i)(b)  and is secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations then such new Indebtedness shall be unsecured or secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations and (E) such new Indebtedness has a weighted average life to maturity equal to or greater than the remaining weighted average life to maturity of the Junior Debt being so redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired;

 

(4)                                  a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings held by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings in connection with such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition), including any Equity Interests rolled over by management of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings in connection with

 

137



 

the Transactions; provided that, except with respect to non-discretionary purchases, the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4)  do not exceed in any calendar year $15,000,000 (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to maximum aggregate Restricted Payments under this clause (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $30,000,000 in any calendar year); provided , further , that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:  (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings and, to the extent contributed to Holdings, the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, in each case to any future, present or former employees, directors, managers or consultants of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings that occurs after the Closing Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (iii)  of Section 10.5(a) , plus (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date, less (C) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A)  and (B)  of this clause (4) ; provided , further , that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary from any future, present or former employees, directors, managers or consultants of Holdings, any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 10.5 or any other provision of this Agreement;

 

(5)                                  the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or any class or series of preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, issued in accordance with Section 10.1 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges;

 

(6)                                  (A) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by Holdings after the Closing Date; (B) the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent company issued after the Closing Date; provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (B)  shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to Holdings from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock or (C) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2)  of this Section 10.5(b) ; provided that, in the case of each of (A) and (C) of this clause (6) , for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00:1.00;

 

(7)                                  Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7)  that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash, Cash Equivalents or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of $45,000,000 and 2.0% of Consolidated Total Assets for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of such Investment (with the Fair

 

138



 

Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(8)                                  payments made or expected to be made by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise of Equity Interests by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant and repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

 

(9)                                  the declaration and payment of dividends on Holdings’ common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to fund a payment of dividends on such company’s common stock), following consummation of the first public offering of Holdings’ common stock or the common stock of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings after the Closing Date, of up to 6.00% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to Holdings in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to Holdings’ common stock registered on Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

 

(10)                           Restricted Payments in an amount that does not exceed the amount of Excluded Contributions made since the Closing Date;

 

(11)                           other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause not to exceed the greater of $55,000,000 and 2.5% of Consolidated Total Assets for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time made;

 

(12)                           distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;

 

(13)                           any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or used to fund amounts owed to Affiliates (including dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to permit payment by such parent of such amount), to the extent permitted by Section 9.9 (other than clause (b)  thereof);

 

(14)                           other Restricted Payments; provided that after giving Pro Forma Effect to such Restricted Payments the Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is equal to or less than 3.50:1.00 and immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, Holdings could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the provisions of the first paragraph of Section 10.1 ;

 

(15)                           the declaration and payment of dividends by Holdings to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent company to pay:  (A) franchise and excise taxes and other fees and expenses required to maintain its organizational existence, (B) foreign, federal, state and local income and similar taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that Holdings, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) would have been required to pay in respect of such foreign, federal, state and local income taxes for such fiscal year had Holdings, its

 

139



 

Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) been a stand-alone taxpayer (separate from any such direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) for all fiscal years ending after the Closing Date, (C) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers, employees, directors and managers of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including Holdings’ proportionate share of such amount relating to such parent company being a public company, (D) general corporate or other operating (including, without limitation, expenses related to auditing or other accounting matters) and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including Holdings’ proportionate share of such amount relating to such parent company being a public company, (E) amounts required for any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to pay fees and expenses incurred by any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings related to (i) the maintenance by such parent entity of its corporate or other entity existence and (ii) transactions of such parent company of Holdings of the type described in clause (11) of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income” and (F) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of Holdings or any such direct or indirect parent company of Holdings;

 

(16)                           the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of Holdings deemed to occur in connection with paying cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a share dividend, distribution, share split, reverse share split, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination of Holdings, in each case, permitted under this Agreement;

 

(17)                           the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

 

(18)                           the prepayment, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement for value of Senior Notes in an aggregate amount pursuant to this clause (18) not to exceed the greater of (x) $50,000,000 and (y) 2.25% of Consolidated Total Assets for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis); and

 

(19)                           payments or distributions to satisfy dissenters’ rights, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of assets that complies with Section 10.3 ;

 

provided that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (10)  (but only if the Excluded Contribution was made more than six months prior to such time), (11) , (14) , (17) and (18) , no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof (or in the case of a Restricted Investment, no Event of Default under Section 11.1 or 11.5 shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof).

 

Holdings will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”.  For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investment”.  Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such

 

140



 

amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to Section 10.5(a)  or under clauses (7) , (10)  or (11) of Section 10.5(b) , or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Agreement.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that a proposed Restricted Payment or Investment (or a portion thereof) meets the criteria of clauses (1)  through (19) above or is entitled to be made pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant and/or one or more of the exceptions contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments”, Holdings will be entitled to classify or later reclassify (based on circumstances existing on the date of such reclassification) such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) among such clauses (1)  through (19) and such first paragraph and/or one or more of the exceptions contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments”, in a manner that otherwise complies with this covenant.

 

(c)                                   Prior to the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date, to the extent any Permitted Debt Exchange Notes are issued pursuant to Section 10.1(y)  for the purpose of consummating a Permitted Debt Exchange, (i) Holdings will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, prepay, repurchase, redeem or otherwise defease or acquire any Permitted Debt Exchange Notes unless Holdings shall concurrently voluntarily prepay Term Loans pursuant to Section 5.1(a)  on a pro rata basis among the Term Loans, in an amount not less than the product of (a) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes that are proposed to be prepaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or acquired and the denominator of which is the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of all Permitted Debt Exchange Notes in respect of the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange then outstanding (prior to giving effect to such proposed prepayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or acquisition) and (b) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Term Loans then outstanding and (ii) Holdings will not waive, amend or modify the terms of any Permitted Debt Exchange Notes or any indenture pursuant to which such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes have been issued in any manner inconsistent with the terms of Section 2.15(a) , 10.1(y)  or the definition of “Permitted Other Indebtedness” or that would result in a Default hereunder if such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes (as so amended or modified) were then being issued or incurred.

 

10.6                         Limitation on Subsidiary Distributions .  Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not the Borrower or Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(a)                            (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits or (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(b)                            make loans or advances to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(c)                             sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

141



 

(i)                                      contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Closing Date, including pursuant to this Agreement and the related documentation and related Hedging Obligations;

 

(ii)                                   the Senior Notes Indenture, the Senior Notes and related guarantees;

 

(iii)                                purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capitalized Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (c)  above on the property so acquired;

 

(iv)                               Requirement of Law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

(v)                                  any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, or of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is designated a Restricted Subsidiary, or that is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case that is in existence at the time of such transaction (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired or designated;

 

(vi)                               contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of Holdings pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

 

(vii)                            secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 10.1 and 10.2 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

(viii)                         restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(ix)                               other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.1 ;

 

(x)                                  customary provisions in joint venture agreements or arrangements and other similar agreements or arrangements relating solely to such joint venture;

 

(xi)                               customary provisions contained in leases, sub-leases, licenses, sub-licenses or similar agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xii)                            restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the board of directors of Holdings, are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility; and

 

(xiii)                         any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a) , (b)  and (c)  above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (i)  through (xii)  above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in

 

142



 

the good faith judgment of Holdings’ board of directors, no more restrictive in any material respect with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

 

10.7                         Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio .  Solely with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility, Holdings will not permit the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio as of the last day of any Test Period ending during any Compliance Period to be greater than 7.50 to 1.00.

 

Section 11.                  Events of Default

 

Upon the occurrence of any of the following specified events (each an “ Event of Default ”):

 

11.1                         Payments .  The Borrower shall (a) default in the payment when due of any principal of the Loans or (b) default, and such default shall continue for five or more Business Days, in the payment when due of any interest on the Loans or any Fees or any Unpaid Drawings or of any other amounts owing hereunder or under any other Credit Document; or

 

11.2                         Representations, Etc.   Any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by any Credit Party herein or in any other Credit Document or any certificate delivered or required to be delivered pursuant hereto or thereto (except those in the Credit Documents made or deemed made on the Closing Date or, if later the RPS Closing Date, that are not the Company Representations (other than the Company Representations (RPS) in the event of a Subsequent Closing) and the Company Representations (RPS), respectively, and the Specified Representations (other than the Specified Representations (RPS) in the event of a Subsequent Closing) and the Specified Representations (RPS), respectively) shall prove to be untrue in any material respect on the date as of which made or deemed made; or

 

11.3                         Covenants .  Any Credit Party shall:

 

(a)                            default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Sections 9.1(e) , 9.5 (solely with respect to Holdings or the Borrower) or Section 10 ; provided that any default under Section 10.7 shall not constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Term Loan Facility and the Term Loan Facility may not be accelerated until the date on which the Revolving Credit Loans (if any) have been accelerated or the Revolving Credit Commitments have been terminated, in each case, by the Required Revolving Credit Lenders; provided , further , that any Event of Default under Section 10.7 is subject to cure as provided in Section 11.14 and an Event of Default with respect to such Section shall not occur until the expiration of the 10th Business Day subsequent to the date the Compliance Certificate under Section 9.1(d)  is required to be delivered with respect to the financial statements for the applicable fiscal quarter pursuant to Section 9.1(a) or (b) ; or

 

(b)                            default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement (other than those referred to in Section 11.1 or 11.2 or clause (a)  of this Section 11.3 ) contained in this Agreement or any Security Document and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of at least 30 days after receipt of written notice by Holdings from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or

 

11.4                         Default Under Other Agreements .  (a) Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall (i) default in any payment with respect to any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) in excess of

 

143



 

$40,000,000 in the aggregate, for Holdings and such Restricted Subsidiaries, beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created or (ii) default in the observance or performance of any agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist (other than, with respect to Indebtedness consisting of any Hedge Agreements, termination events or equivalent events pursuant to the terms of such Hedge Agreements (it being understood that clause (i)  shall apply to any failure to make any payment in excess of $40,000,000 that is required as a result of any such termination or similar event and that is not otherwise being contested in good faith)), the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, any such Indebtedness to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity; provided that this clause (a)  shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the sale, transfer or other disposition (including as a result of a casualty or condemnation event) of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness (to the extent such sale, transfer or other disposition is not prohibited under this Agreement) or (b) without limiting the provisions of clause (a)  above, any such Indebtedness shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment or as a mandatory prepayment (and, with respect to Indebtedness consisting of any Hedge Agreements, other than due to a termination event or equivalent event pursuant to the terms of such Hedge Agreements (it being understood that clause (a)(i)  above shall apply to any failure to make any payment in excess of $40,000,000 that is required as a result of any such termination or equivalent event and that is not otherwise being contested in good faith)), prior to the stated maturity thereof; provided that this clause (b)  shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder and under the documents providing for such Indebtedness; or

 

11.5                         Bankruptcy, Etc.   Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall commence a voluntary case, proceeding or action concerning itself under Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” any domestic or foreign law relating to bankruptcy, judicial management, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, reorganization, administration or relief of debtors in effect in its jurisdiction of incorporation, in each case as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor thereto (collectively, the “ Bankruptcy Code ”); or an involuntary case, proceeding or action is commenced against Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary and the petition is not controverted within 30 days after commencement of the case, proceeding or action; or an involuntary case, proceeding or action is commenced against Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary and the petition is not dismissed within 60 days after commencement of the case, proceeding or action; or a custodian (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code), judicial manager, compulsory manager, receiver, receiver manager, trustee, liquidator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar person is appointed for, or takes charge of, all or substantially all of the property of Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary; or Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary commences any other voluntary proceeding or action under any reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debt, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency, winding-up, administration or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction whether now or hereafter in effect relating to Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary; or there is commenced against Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary any such proceeding or action that remains undismissed for a period of 60 days; or Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary is adjudicated bankrupt; or any order of relief or other order approving any such case or proceeding or action is entered; or Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary suffers any appointment of any custodian receiver, receiver manager, trustee, administrator or the like for it or any substantial part of its property to continue undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary

 

144


 

makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any corporate action is taken by Holdings, the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

 

11.6                         ERISA .  (a) An ERISA Event or a Foreign Plan Event shall have occurred; (b) a trustee shall be appointed by a United States district court to administer any Pension Plan(s); (c) the PBGC shall institute proceedings to terminate any Pension Plan(s); (d) any Credit Party or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates shall have been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that it has incurred or will be assessed Withdrawal Liability to such Multiemployer Plan and such entity does not have reasonable grounds for contesting such Withdrawal Liability or is not contesting such Withdrawal Liability in a timely and appropriate manner; or (e) any other event or condition shall occur or exist with respect to a Plan; and in each case in clauses (a)  through (e)  above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

11.7                         Guarantee .  Any Guarantee provided by any Credit Party or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect (other than pursuant to the terms hereof and thereof) or any such Guarantor thereunder or any other Credit Party shall deny or disaffirm in writing any such Guarantor’s obligations under the Guarantee; or

 

11.8                         Security Documents .  Any Security Document pursuant to which the Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents of the Borrower or any Subsidiary is pledged or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof, as a result of acts or omissions of the Collateral Agent or any Lender or as a result of the Collateral Agent’s failure to maintain possession of any Stock or Stock Equivalents that have been previously delivered to it) or any pledgor thereunder or any Credit Party shall deny or disaffirm in writing any pledgor’s obligations under any Security Document; or

 

11.9                         Security Agreement .  The Security Agreement or any other Security Document pursuant to which the assets of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary are pledged as Collateral or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof, as a result of acts or omissions of the Collateral Agent or any Lender) or any grantor thereunder or any Credit Party shall deny or disaffirm in writing any grantor’s obligations under the Security Agreement or any other Security Document; or

 

11.10                  Mortgages .  Any Mortgage or any material provision of any Mortgage relating to any material portion of the Collateral shall cease to be in full force or effect (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof or as a result of acts or omissions of the Collateral Agent or any Lender) or any mortgagor thereunder or any Credit Party shall deny or disaffirm in writing any mortgagor’s obligations under any Mortgage; or

 

11.11                  Judgments .  One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries involving a liability of $40,000,000 or more in the aggregate for all such judgments and decrees for Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not paid or covered by insurance provided by a carrier notified of such judgment and not disputing coverage) and any such judgments or decrees shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days after the entry thereof; or

 

11.12                  Change of Control .  A Change of Control shall occur;

 

145



 

then, and in any such event, and at any time thereafter, if any Event of Default shall then be continuing, the Administrative Agent may and, upon the written request of the Required Lenders, shall, by written notice to Holdings, take any or all of the following actions, without prejudice to the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to enforce its claims against Holdings and the Borrower, except as otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement ( provided that, if an Event of Default specified in Section 11.5 shall occur with respect to the Borrower or Holdings, the result that would occur upon the giving of written notice by the Administrative Agent as specified in clauses (i) , (ii) , (iii)  and (iv)  below shall occur automatically without the giving of any such notice):  (i) declare the Total Revolving Credit Commitment and Swingline Commitment terminated, whereupon the Revolving Credit Commitment and Swingline Commitment, if any, of each Lender or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, shall forthwith terminate immediately and any Fees theretofore accrued shall forthwith become due and payable without any other notice of any kind; (ii) declare the principal of and any accrued interest and fees in respect of all Loans and all Obligations to be, whereupon the same shall become, forthwith due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; (iii) terminate any Letter of Credit that may be terminated in accordance with its terms; and/or (iv) direct the Borrower to pay (and the Borrower agrees that upon receipt of such notice, or upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Section 11.5 with respect to the Borrower, it will pay) to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office such additional amounts of cash, to be held as security for the Borrower’s respective reimbursement obligations for Drawings that may subsequently occur thereunder, equal to the aggregate Stated Amount of all Letters of Credit issued and then outstanding.

 

11.13                  Application of Proceeds .  Subject to the terms of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, in each case, if executed, any amount received by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent from any Credit Party (or from proceeds of any Collateral) following any acceleration of the Obligations under this Agreement or any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower under Section 11.5 shall be applied:

 

(i)                                      first , to the payment of all reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent in connection with any collection or sale or otherwise in connection with any Credit Document, including all court costs and the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and legal counsel, the repayment of all advances made by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder or under any other Credit Document on behalf of any Credit Party and any other reasonable and documented costs or expenses incurred in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under any other Credit Document;

 

(ii)                                   second , to the Secured Parties, an amount (x) equal to all Obligations owing to them on the date of any distribution and (y) sufficient to Cash Collateralize all Letters of Credit Outstanding on the date of any distribution, and, if such moneys shall be insufficient to pay such amounts in full and Cash Collateralize all Letters of Credit Outstanding, then ratably (without priority of any one over any other) to such Secured Parties in proportion to the unpaid amounts thereof and to Cash Collateralize the Letters of Credit Outstanding; and

 

(iii)                                third , any surplus then remaining shall be paid to the applicable Credit Parties or their successors or assigns or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

 

provided that any amount applied to Cash Collateralize any Letters of Credit Outstanding that has not been applied to reimburse the Borrower for Unpaid Drawings under the applicable Letters of Credit at the

 

146



 

time of expiration of all such Letters of Credit shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the order specified in clauses (i)  through (iii)  above.

 

11.14                  Equity Cure .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 11 , in the event that Holdings fails to comply with the requirement of the financial covenant set forth in Section 10.7 , from the end of any fiscal period until the expiration of the 10th Business Day following the date that the Compliance Certificate under Section 9.1(d)  is required to be delivered with respect to the financial statements referred to in Sections 9.1(a)  or (b)  in respect of such fiscal period for which such financial covenant is being measured, any holder of Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings shall have the right to cure such failure (the “ Cure Right ”) by causing cash net equity proceeds derived from an issuance of Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents (other than Disqualified Stock, unless reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) by Holdings to be contributed as common equity to the Borrower, and upon receipt by the Borrower of such cash contribution (such cash amount being referred to as the “ Cure Amount ”) pursuant to the exercise of such Cure Right, such financial covenant shall be recalculated giving effect to the following pro forma adjustments:

 

(a)                            Consolidated EBITDA shall be increased, solely for the purpose of determining the existence of an Event of Default resulting from a breach of the financial covenant set forth in Section 10.7 with respect to any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters that includes the fiscal quarter for which the Cure Right was exercised and not for any other purpose under this Agreement, by an amount equal to the Cure Amount; and

 

(b)                            Consolidated Senior Secured Debt shall be decreased solely to the extent proceeds of the Cure Amount are actually applied to prepay any of the Credit Facilities; and

 

(c)                             if, after giving effect to the foregoing recalculations, Holdings shall then be in compliance with the requirements of the financial covenant set forth in Section 10.7 , Holdings shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the financial covenant set forth in Section 10.7 as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of such financial covenants that had occurred shall be deemed cured for the purposes of this Agreement; provided that, (i) in each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters there shall be at least two fiscal quarters in which no Cure Right is made, (ii) there shall be a maximum of four Cure Rights made during the term of this Agreement, (iii) each Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount required to cause the Borrower to be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 10.7 and (iv) all Cure Amounts shall be disregarded for the purposes of any financial ratio determination under the Credit Documents other than for determining compliance with Section 10.7 .

 

Section 12.                  The Agents

 

12.1                         Appointment .

 

(a)                             Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Administrative Agent as the agent of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  The provisions of this Section 12 (other than Section 12.1(c)  with respect to the Joint Lead Arrangers and

 

147



 

Bookrunners and Section 12.9 with respect to Holdings) are solely for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, neither Holdings nor the Borrower shall have rights as third party beneficiary of any such provision.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Credit Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.

 

(b)                            The Administrative Agent, each Lender, the Swingline Lender and the Letter of Credit Issuer hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Collateral Agent as the agent with respect to the Collateral, and each of the Administrative Agent, each Lender, the Swingline Lender and the Letter of Credit Issuer irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Swingline Lender or the Letter of Credit Issuers, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Credit Document or otherwise exist against the Collateral Agent.

 

(c)                             Each of the Syndication Agent, Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, the Co-Documentation Agents and the Joint Manager and Arranger each in its capacity as such, shall not have any obligations, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement but shall be entitled to all benefits of this Section 12 .

 

12.2                         Delegation of Duties .  The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may each execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents by or through agents, sub-agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties.  Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents, subagents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it in the absence of its gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction).

 

12.3                         Exculpatory Provisions .  No Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be (a) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Credit Document (except for its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein) or (b) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders or any participant for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any of Holdings, the Borrower, any Guarantor, any other Credit Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Credit Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by such Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Credit Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or the perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest created or purported to be created under the Security Documents, or for any failure of Holdings, the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Credit Party to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.  No Agent shall be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained

 

148



 

in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Credit Party or any Affiliate thereof.  The Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to the Administrative Agent or any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Credit Party.

 

12.4                         Reliance by Agents .  The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or instruction believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to Holdings and the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent.  The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the Lender specified in the Register with respect to any amount owing hereunder as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Credit Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.  The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans; provided that the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or in the opinion of its counsel, may expose it to liability or that is contrary to any Credit Document or applicable law.  For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 6 on the Closing Date, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

 

12.5                         Notice of Default .  Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent has received written notice from a Lender or Holdings or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”.  In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, it shall give notice thereof to the Lenders and the Collateral Agent.  The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders; provided that, unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders except to the extent that this Agreement requires that such action be taken only with the approval of the Required Lenders or each of the Lenders, as applicable.

 

12.6                         Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Other Lenders .  Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of Holdings, the Borrower, any Guarantor or any

 

149



 

other Credit Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent to any Lender, the Swingline Lender or any Letter of Credit Issuer.  Each Lender, the Swingline Lender and each Letter of Credit Issuer represents to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of Holdings, the Borrower, Guarantor and other Credit Party and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement.  Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of Holdings, the Borrower, any Guarantor and any other Credit Party.  Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, assets, operations, properties, financial condition, prospects or creditworthiness of Holdings, the Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Credit Party that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.

 

12.7                         Indemnification .  The Lenders agree to severally indemnify each Agent in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the Credit Parties and without limiting the obligation of the Credit Parties to do so), ratably according to their respective portions of the Total Credit Exposure in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with their respective portions of the Total Credit Exposure in effect immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (including at any time following the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against an Agent in any way relating to or arising out of the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Credit Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that no Lender shall be liable to an Agent for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; provided , further , that no action taken by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be required by the Credit Documents) shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section 12.7 .  In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time occur (including at any time following the payment of the Loans), this Section 12.7 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Lender or any other Person.  Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse each Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by such Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice rendered in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Credit Document, or any document contemplated by or

 

150



 

referred to herein, to the extent that such Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of Holdings or the Borrower; provided that such reimbursement by the Lenders shall not affect Holdings’ or the Borrower’s continuing reimbursement obligations with respect thereto.  If any indemnity furnished to any Agent for any purpose shall, in the opinion of such Agent, be insufficient or become impaired, such Agent may call for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such additional indemnity is furnished; provided that in no event shall this sentence require any Lender to indemnify any Agent against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement in excess of such Lender’s pro rata portion thereof; provided , further , this sentence shall not be deemed to require any Lender to indemnify any Agent against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement resulting from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.  The agreements in this Section 12.7 shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

12.8                         Agents in Their Individual Capacities .  Each Agent and its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with Holdings, the Borrower, any Guarantor, and any other Credit Party as though such Agent were not an Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents.  With respect to the Loans made by it, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” shall include each Agent in its individual capacity.

 

12.9                         Successor Agents .  Each of the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the Letter of Credit Issuer and Holdings.  Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, subject to the consent of Holdings (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) so long as no Default under Section 11.1 or 11.5 is continuing, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States.  If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Credit Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the Letter of Credit Issuer under any of the Credit Documents, the retiring Collateral Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security as nominee until such time as a successor Collateral Agent is appointed) and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the Letter of Credit Issuer directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this paragraph.  Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, hereunder, and upon the execution and filing or recording of such financing statements, or amendments thereto, and such amendments or supplements to the Mortgages, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or desirable, or as the Required Lenders may request, in order to continue the perfection of the Liens granted or purported to be granted by the Security Documents, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Credit Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section 12.9 ).  The fees payable by Holdings (following the effectiveness of such appointment) to such Agent shall be the same as

 

151



 

those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between Holdings and such successor.  After the retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, the provisions of this Section 12 (including 12.7 ) and Section 13.5 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as an Agent.

 

Any resignation by UBS AG, Stamford Branch as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 12.9 shall also constitute its resignation as Letter of Credit Issuer and its Affiliates’ resignation as Swingline Lender.  Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Letter of Credit Issuer and Swingline Lender, (b) the retiring Letter of Credit Issuer and Swingline Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Credit Documents and (c) the successor Letter of Credit Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring Letter of Credit Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.

 

12.10                  Withholding Tax .  To the extent required by any applicable law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax.  If the Internal Revenue Service or any authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because the appropriate form was not delivered, was not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstances that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (to the extent that the Administrative Agent has not already been reimbursed by any applicable Credit Party and without limiting the obligation of any applicable Credit Party to do so) fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Tax or otherwise, including penalties, additions to Tax and interest, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses, allocated staff costs and any out of pocket expenses.  Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Credit Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this Section 12.10 .  For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Section 12.10 , the term “Lender” includes any Letter of Credit Issuer and any Swingline Lender.

 

12.11                  Agents Under Security Documents and Guarantee .  Each Secured Party hereby further authorizes the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, on behalf of and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to be the agent for and representative of the Secured Parties with respect to the Collateral and the Security Documents.  Subject to Section 13.1 , without further written consent or authorization from any Secured Party, the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, may execute any documents or instruments necessary to, in connection with a sale or disposition of assets permitted by this Agreement or with respect to which Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 13.1 ) have otherwise consented, (i) release any Lien encumbering any item of Collateral that is the subject of such sale or other disposition of assets or (ii) release any Guarantor from the Guarantee.

 

The Collateral Agent shall have its own independent right to demand payment of the amounts payable by any the Borrower under this Section 12.11 , irrespective of any discharge of the Borrower’s obligations to pay those amounts to the other Lenders resulting from failure by them to take appropriate steps in insolvency proceedings affecting the Borrower to preserve their entitlement to be paid those amounts.

 

152



 

Any amount due and payable by the Borrower to the Collateral Agent under this Section 12.11 shall be decreased to the extent that the other Lenders have received (and are able to retain) payment in full of the corresponding amount under the other provisions of the Credit Documents and any amount due and payable by the Borrower to the Collateral Agent under those provisions shall be decreased to the extent that the Collateral Agent has received (and is able to retain) payment in full of the corresponding amount under this Section 12.11 .

 

12.12                  Right to Realize on Collateral and Enforce Guarantee .  Anything contained in any of the Credit Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, Holdings, the Agents and each Secured Party hereby agree that (i) no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce the Guarantee, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms hereof and all powers, rights and remedies under the Security Documents may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent and (ii) in the event of a foreclosure by the Collateral Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Collateral Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition and the Collateral Agent, as agent for and representative of the Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by the Collateral Agent at such sale or other disposition.  No holder of Secured Hedge Obligations or Secured Cash Management Obligations shall have any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or of the obligations of any Credit Party under this Agreement.  No holder of Secured Hedge Obligations or Secured Cash Management Obligations that obtains the benefits of any Guarantee or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of any other Credit Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Credit Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender or Agent and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Credit Documents.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Obligations arising under Secured Hedge Agreements and Secured Cash Management Agreements.

 

Section 13.                  Miscellaneous

 

13.1                         Amendments, Waivers and Releases .  Neither this Agreement nor any other Credit Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof, may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 13.1 .  The Required Lenders may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent may, from time to time, (a) enter into with the relevant Credit Party or Credit Parties written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Credit Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Credit Parties hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive in writing, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided , however , that each such waiver and each such amendment, supplement or modification shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , further , that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (i) forgive or reduce any portion of any Loan or extend the final

 

153



 

scheduled maturity date of any Loan or reduce the stated rate (it being understood that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the “default rate” or amend Section 2.8(c) ), or forgive any portion, or extend the date for the payment, of any interest or fee payable hereunder (other than as a result of waiving the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates), or extend the final expiration date of any Lender’s Commitment or extend the final expiration date of any Letter of Credit beyond the L/C Facility Maturity Date, or increase the aggregate amount of the Commitments of any Lender, or amend or modify any provisions of Section 5.3(a)  (with respect to the ratable allocation of any payments only), 13.8(a)  or 13.20 , or make any Loan, interest, Fee or other amount payable in any currency other than expressly provided herein, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, (ii) consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of its rights and obligations under any Credit Document to which it is a party (except as permitted pursuant to Section 10.3 ), in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, (iii) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 12 without the written consent of the then-current Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent in a manner that directly and adversely affects such Person, (iv) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 3 with respect to any Letter of Credit without the written consent of the Letter of Credit Issuer, (v) amend, modify or waive any provisions hereof relating to Swingline Loans without the written consent of the Swingline Lender in a manner that directly and adversely affects such Person, (vi) change any Revolving Credit Commitment to a Term Loan Commitment, or change any Term Loan Commitment to a Revolving Credit Commitment, in each case without the prior written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, (vii) release all or substantially all of the Guarantors under the Guarantees (except as expressly permitted by the Guarantees or this Agreement) or release all or substantially all of the Collateral under the Security Documents (except as expressly permitted by the Security Documents or this Agreement) without the prior written consent of each Lender, (viii) decrease the Initial Term Loan Repayment Amount applicable to Initial Term Loans or extend any scheduled Initial Term Loan Repayment Date applicable to Initial Term Loans, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby or (ix) reduce the percentages specified in the definitions of the terms “Required Lenders”, “Required Revolving Credit Lenders” or “Required Initial Term Loan Lenders” or amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 13.1 that has the effect of altering the number of Lenders that must approve any amendment, modification or waiver, in each case without the written consent of each Lender.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except (x) that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) for any such amendment, waiver or consent that treats such Defaulting Lender disproportionately from the other Lenders of the same Class.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) only the Required Revolving Credit Lenders shall have the ability to waive, amend, supplement or modify the covenant set forth in Section 10.7 and (ii) any amendment, waiver or modification that affects one Class of Revolving Credit Lenders expressly differently and adversely than another Class of Revolving Credit Lenders shall require the consent of Persons holding a majority of the Commitments of such Class.

 

Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the affected Lenders and shall be binding upon Holdings, the Borrower, such Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the affected Loans.  In the case of any waiver, Holdings, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing, it being understood that no such waiver shall

 

154


 

extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.  In connection with the foregoing provisions, the Administrative Agent may, but shall have no obligations to, with the concurrence of any Lender, execute amendments, modifications, waivers or consents on behalf of such Lender.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in addition to any credit extensions and related Joinder Agreement(s) effectuated without the consent of Lenders in accordance with Section 2.14 , this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent, Holdings and the Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents with the Term Loans and the Revolving Credit Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders and other definitions related to such new Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans.

 

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, Holdings, the Borrower and the Lenders providing the relevant Replacement Term Loans to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans of any Class (“ Refinanced Term Loans ”) with a replacement term loan tranche (“ Replacement Term Loans ”) hereunder; provided that, (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term Loans, (b) the Applicable Margin for such Replacement Term Loans shall not be higher than the Applicable Margin for such Refinanced Term Loans, (c) the weighted average life to maturity of such Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans at the time of such refinancing (except to the extent of nominal amortization for periods where amortization has been eliminated as a result of prepayment of the applicable Term Loans) and (d) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term Loans shall be substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than those applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans, except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the latest final maturity of the Term Loans of such Class in effect immediately prior to such refinancing.

 

The Lenders hereby irrevocably agree that the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent by the Credit Parties on any Collateral shall be automatically released (i) in full, upon the termination of this Agreement and the payment of all Obligations hereunder (except for (i) contingent indemnification obligations in respect of which a claim has not yet been made, (ii) Secured Hedge Obligations and (iii) Secured Cash Management Obligations), (ii) upon the sale or other disposition of such Collateral (including as part of or in connection with any other sale or other disposition permitted hereunder) to any Person other than another Credit Party, to the extent such sale or other disposition is made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement (and the Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on a certificate to that effect provided to it by any Credit Party upon its reasonable request without further inquiry), (iii) to the extent such Collateral is comprised of property leased to a Credit Party, upon termination or expiration of such lease, (iv) if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other percentage of the Lenders whose consent may be required in accordance with this Section 13.1 ), (v) to the extent the property constituting such Collateral is owned by any Guarantor, upon the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the applicable Guarantee (in accordance with the second following sentence) and (vi) as required to effect any sale or other disposition of Collateral in connection with any exercise of remedies of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents.  Any such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect, or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than those being released) upon (or obligations (other than those being released) of the Credit Parties in

 

155



 

respect of) all interests retained by the Credit Parties, including the proceeds of any sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral except to the extent otherwise released in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Documents.  Additionally, the Lenders hereby irrevocably agree that any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor shall be released from the Guarantees upon consummation of any transaction not prohibited hereunder resulting in such Subsidiary ceasing to constitute a Restricted Subsidiary.  The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as applicable, to execute and deliver any instruments, documents, and agreements necessary or desirable to evidence and confirm the release of any Guarantor or Collateral pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, all without the further consent or joinder of any Lender.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary the Credit Documents may be amended to add syndication or documentation agents and make customary changes and references related thereto with the consent of only the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement (including, without limitation, this Section 13.1) or any other Credit Document to the contrary, (i) this Agreement and the other Credit Documents may be amended to effect an incremental facility or extension facility pursuant to Section 2.14 or to add Additional Borrowers pursuant to Section 9.11(b) (and the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents without the consent of any other party as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the terms of any such incremental facility or extension facility or to add Additional Borrowers); (ii) no Lender consent is required to effect any amendment or supplement to any Intercreditor Agreement or other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement that is for the purpose of adding the holders of any Indebtedness as expressly contemplated by the terms of such Intercreditor Agreement or such other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement, as applicable (it being understood that any such amendment or supplement may make such other changes to the applicable intercreditor agreement as, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, are required to effectuate the foregoing and provided that such other changes are not adverse, in any material respect, to the interests of the Lenders); provided, further, that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any other Credit Document without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent; (iii) any provision of this Agreement or any other Credit Document may be amended by an agreement in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency and such amendment shall be deemed approved by the Lenders if the Lenders shall have received at least five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice of such change and the Administrative Agent shall not have received, within five (5) Business Days of the date of such notice to the Lenders, a written notice from the Required Lenders stating that the Required Lenders object to such amendment; and (iv) guarantees, collateral documents and related documents executed by Credit Parties in connection with this Agreement may be in a form reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and may be, together with any other Credit Document, entered into, amended, supplemented or waived, without the consent of any other person, by the applicable Credit Party or Credit Parties and the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent in its or their respective sole discretion, to (A) effect the granting, perfection, protection, expansion or enhancement of any security interest in any Collateral or additional property to become Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties, (B) as required by local law to give effect to, or protect any security interest for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in any property or so that the security interests therein comply with applicable requirements of law, or (C) to cure ambiguities, omissions, mistakes or defects or to cause such guarantee, collateral security document or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

 

156



 

13.2                         Notices .  Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission).  All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

 

(a)                            if to Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer or the Swingline Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 13.2 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and

 

(b)                            if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to Holdings and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Swingline Lender.

 

All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, three Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail, when delivered; provided that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to Sections 2.3 , 2.6 , 2.9 , 4.2 and 5.1 shall not be effective until received.

 

13.3                         No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Credit Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

13.4                         Survival of Representations and Warranties .  All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Credit Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans hereunder.

 

13.5                         Payment of Expenses; Indemnification .  Holdings and the Borrower agree (a) to pay or reimburse the Agents for all their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation and execution and delivery of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of Paul Hastings LLP, as counsel to the Agents, or such other counsel retained with Holdings’ consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), (b) to pay or reimburse each Agent for all its reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any such

 

157



 

other documents, including the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of Paul Hastings LLP, as counsel to the Agents, or such other counsel retained with Holdings’ consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), (c) to pay, indemnify, and hold harmless each Lender and Agent from, any and all recording and filing fees and (d) to pay, indemnify, and hold harmless each Lender and Agent and their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, trustees, investment advisors and agents from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever, including reasonable and documented fees, disbursements and other charges of one primary counsel and one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction to such indemnified Persons (unless there is an actual or perceived conflict of interest or the availability of different claims or defenses in which case each such Person may retain its own counsel), related to the Transactions (including, without limitation, the Acquisitions) or, with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any such other documents, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing relating to the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law, in each case, applicable to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or to any actual or alleged presence, Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials involving or attributable to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (all the foregoing in this clause (d) , collectively, the “ indemnified liabilities ”); provided that Holdings shall have no obligation hereunder to any Agent or any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, employees or agents with respect to indemnified liabilities to the extent it has been determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from (i) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the party to be indemnified or any of its Affiliates, or any of its or its Affiliates’ officers, directors, employees, members or agents, (ii) a material breach of any Credit Document by the party to be indemnified or (iii) disputes between and among Persons otherwise entitled to indemnification; provided that the Agents (and their related affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, controlling persons, advisors and other representatives), to the extent acting in their capacity as such, shall remain indemnified in respect of such disputes to the extent otherwise entitled to be so indemnified hereunder.  No Person entitled to indemnification under clause (d) of this Section 13.5 shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through IntraLinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement, nor shall any such Person have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages relating to this Agreement or any other Credit Document or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the Closing Date).  In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 13.5 applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Credit Party, its directors, stockholders or creditors or any other Person, whether or not any Person entitled to indemnification under clause (d) of this Section 13.5 is otherwise a party thereto.  All amounts payable under this Section 13.5 shall be paid within ten Business Days of receipt by Holdings of an invoice relating thereto setting forth such expense in reasonable retail.  The agreements in this Section 13.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.  This Section 13.5 shall not apply with respect to any claims for Taxes, which shall be governed exclusively by Section 5.4 and, to the extent set forth therein, Sections 2.10 and 3.5 .

 

13.6                         Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments .

 

(a)                            The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) except as expressly permitted by Section 10.3 , no Borrower may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in

 

158



 

accordance with this Section 13.6 .  Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants (to the extent provided in clause (c) of this Section 13.6 ) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Lenders and each other Person entitled to indemnification under Section 13.5 ) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

(b)                            (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in clause (b)(ii) below, any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans (including participations in L/C Obligations or Swingline Loans) at the time owing to it, other than, prior to the RPS Closing Date, any Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments) with the prior written consent (such consent not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; it being understood that, without limitation, the Borrower shall have the right to withhold or delay its consent to any assignment if, in order for such assignment to comply with applicable law, the Borrower would be required to obtain the consent of, or make any filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority) of:

 

(A)                                the Borrower; provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for (1) an assignment of Term Loans to (X) a Lender, (Y) an Affiliate of a Lender or (Z) an Approved Fund or (2) an assignment of Loans or Commitments to any other assignee if an Event of Default under Section 11.1 or Section 11.5 (with respect to Holdings or the Borrower) has occurred and is continuing; and

 

(B)                                the Administrative Agent and, in the case of Revolving Credit Commitments or Revolving Credit Loans only, the Swingline Lender and the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer; provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender or the Letter of Credit Issuer, as applicable, shall be required for an assignment of any Term Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such assignment shall be made to a natural person, Disqualified Lender or Defaulting Lender or, with respect to the Revolving Credit Commitments, any Affiliated Lender (other than (x) an Affiliated Institutional Lender, (y) KKR Corporate Lending LLC and (z) MCS Corporate Lending LLC).  In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary no more than 30% of the Revolving Credit Commitments of any Class may be held by Affiliated Institutional Lenders, KKR Corporate Lending LLC and MCS Corporate Lending LLC in the aggregate.

 

(ii)                                   Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

 

(A)                                except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 in the case of Revolving Credit Commitments and $1,000,000 in the case of Term Loans, unless the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consents (which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 11.1 or Section 11.5 has occurred and is continuing; provided , further , that contemporaneous assignments to a single assignee made by

 

159



 

Affiliates of Lenders and related Approved Funds shall be aggregated for purposes of meeting the minimum assignment amount requirements stated above;

 

(B)                                each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided that this clause shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans;

 

(C)                                the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance via an electronic settlement system or other method reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment;

 

(D)                                the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire in a form approved by the Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Questionnaire ”) and applicable tax forms; and

 

(E)                                 any assignment to Holdings, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or an Affiliated Lender shall also be subject to the requirements of Section 13.6(h) .

 

(iii)                                Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to clause (b)(iv) of this Section 13.6 , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 , 5.4 and 13.5 ).  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 13.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with clause (c) of this Section 13.6 .  For the avoidance of doubt, in case of an assignment to a new Lender pursuant to this Section 13.6 , (i) the Administrative Agent, the new Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the new Lender been an original Lender signatory to this Agreement with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the assignment and to the extent of the assignment the assigning Lender shall each be released from further obligations under the Credit Documents and (ii) the benefit of each Security Document shall be maintained in favor of the new Lender.

 

(iv)                               The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amount of the Loans (and related interest amounts) and any payment made by the Letter of Credit Issuer under any Letter of Credit owing

 

160



 

to each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”).  Further, each Register shall contain the name and address of the Administrative Agent and the lending office through which each such Person acts under this Agreement.  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.  The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and, with respect to itself, any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

(v)                                  Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire and applicable tax forms (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in clause (b) of this Section 13.6 and any written consent to such assignment required by clause (b) of this Section 13.6 , the Administrative Agent shall promptly accept such Assignment and Acceptance and record the information contained therein in the Register.

 

(c)                                   (i)                                      Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer or the Swingline Lender, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (other than (x) Holdings and its Subsidiaries and (y) any Disqualified Lender) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided that, (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.  Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Credit Document; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in clauses (i), (vii) and (viii) of the second proviso to Section 13.1 that affects such Participant.  Subject to clause (c)(ii) of this Section 13.6 , the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 and 5.4 to the same extent as if it were a Lender (subject to the limitations and requirements of those Sections as though it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 13.6 , including the requirements of clause (e) of Section 5.4 ).  To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 13.8(b) as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 13.8(a) as though it were a Lender.

 

(ii)                                   A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 or 5.4 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive absent the sale of such the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).  Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement

 

161



 

(the “ Participant Register ”).  The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.  No Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Credit Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations.

 

(d)                            Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section 13.6 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.  The Borrower hereby agrees that, upon request of any Lender at any time and from time to time after the Borrower has made its initial borrowing hereunder, the Borrower shall provide to such Lender, at the Borrower’s own expense, a promissory note, substantially in the form of Exhibit H-1 or H-2 , as applicable, evidencing the Initial Term Loans, New Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans and Swingline Loans, respectively, owing to such Lender.

 

(e)                             Subject to Section 13.16 , the Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any Participant, secured creditor of such Lender or assignee (each, a “ Transferee ”) and any prospective Transferee any and all financial information in such Lender’s possession concerning the Borrower and its Affiliates that has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower and its Affiliates pursuant to this Agreement or that has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower and its Affiliates in connection with such Lender’s credit evaluation of the Borrower and its Affiliates prior to becoming a party to this Agreement.

 

(f)                              The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Acceptance shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

(g)                             SPV Lender .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (a “ SPV ”), identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the option to provide to the Borrower all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement; provided that, (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPV to make any Loan and (ii) if an SPV elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof.  The making of a Loan by an SPV hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender.  Each party hereto hereby agrees that no SPV shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender).  In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which

 

162



 

agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior indebtedness of any SPV, it shall not institute against, or join any other person in instituting against, such SPV any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under the laws of the United States or any State thereof.  In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 13.6 , any SPV may (i) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans to the Granting Lender or to any financial institutions (consented to by the Borrower and Administrative Agent) providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such SPV to support the funding or maintenance of Loans and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPV.  This Section 13.6(g) may not be amended without the written consent of the SPV.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement but subject to the following sentence, each SPV shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 and 5.4 to the same extent as if it were a Lender (subject to the limitations and requirements of those Sections as though it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 13.6 , including the requirements of clause (e) of Section 5.4 ).  Notwithstanding the prior sentence, an SPV shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 or 5.4 than its Granting Lender would have been entitled to receive absent the grant to such SPV, unless such grant to such SPV is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably with-held).

 

(h)                            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (x) any Lender may, at any time, assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement in respect of its Term Loans to Holdings, the Borrower, any Subsidiary or an Affiliated Lender and (y) Holdings, the Borrower and any Subsidiary may, from time to time, purchase or prepay Term Loans, in each case, on a non-pro rata basis through (x) Dutch auction procedures open to all applicable Lenders on a pro rata basis in accordance with customary procedures to be agreed between Holdings or the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or other applicable agent managing such auction) or (y) open market purchases; provided that:

 

(i)                                      any Loans or Commitments acquired by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be retired and cancelled promptly upon the acquisition thereof;

 

(ii)                                   by its acquisition of Loans or Commitments, an Affiliated Lender shall be deemed to have acknowledged and agreed that:

 

(A)                                it shall not have any right to (i) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion thereof) among the Administrative Agent or any Lender to which representatives of the Borrower are not then present, (ii) receive any information or material prepared by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any communication by or among Administrative Agent and one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to the Borrower or its representatives (and in any case, other than the right to receive notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Article II) or (iii) make or bring (or participate in, other than as a passive participant in or recipient of its pro rata benefits of) any claim, in its capacity as a Lender, against Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any other Lender with respect to any duties or obligations or alleged duties or obligations of such Agent or any other such Lender under the Credit Documents; and

 

163



 

(B)                                except with respect to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action described in clause (i) or (vii) of the second proviso of Section 13.1 or that alters an Affiliated Lenders pro rata share of any payments given to all Lenders, the Loans held by an Affiliated Lender shall be disregarded in both the numerator and denominator in the calculation of any Lender vote (and shall be deemed to have been voted in the same percentage as all other applicable Lenders voted if necessary to give legal effect to this paragraph); and

 

(iii)                                the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans held at any one time by Affiliated Lenders may not exceed 30% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding at such time under this Agreement; and

 

(iv)                               any such Loans acquired by an Affiliated Lender may, with the consent of the Borrower, be contributed to the Borrower and exchanged for debt or equity securities that are otherwise permitted to be issued at such time (and such Loans or Commitments shall be retired and cancelled promptly).

 

For avoidance of doubt, the foregoing limitations shall not be applicable to Affiliated Institutional Lenders.

 

13.7                         Replacements of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances .

 

(a)                            The Borrower shall be permitted to replace any Lender that (a) requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.10 or 5.4 , (b) is affected in the manner described in Section 2.10(a)(iii) and as a result thereof any of the actions described in such Section is required to be taken or (c) becomes a Defaulting Lender, with a replacement bank or other financial institution; provided that, (i) such replacement does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (ii) no Event of Default under Section 11.1 or 11.5 shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement, (iii) the Borrower shall repay (or the replacement bank or institution shall purchase, at par) all Loans and other amounts pursuant to Section 2.10 , 2.11 or 5.4 , as the case may be, owing to such replaced Lender prior to the date of replacement, (iv) the replacement bank or institution, if not already a Lender, and the terms and conditions of such replacement, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (v) the replacement bank or institution, if not already a Lender shall be subject to the provisions of Section 13.6(b) , (vi) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.6 ( provided that the Borrower shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein) and (vii) any such replacement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender.

 

(b)                            If any Lender (such Lender, a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”) has failed to consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, discharge or termination that pursuant to the terms of Section 13.1 requires the consent of either (i) all of the Lenders affected or (ii) all of the Lenders, and, in each case, with respect to which the Required Lenders shall have granted their consent, then, the Borrower shall have the right (unless such Non-Consenting Lender grants such consent) to replace such Non-Consenting Lender by requiring such Non-Consenting Lender to assign its Loans, and its Commitments hereunder to one or more assignees reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent; provided that, (a) all Obligations hereunder of the Borrower owing to such Non-Consenting Lender being replaced shall be paid in full to such Non-Consenting Lender concurrently with such assignment and (b) the replacement Lender shall purchase the foregoing by paying to such Non-Consenting Lender a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and (c) the Borrower shall pay to such

 

164


 

Non-Consenting Lender the amount, if any, owing to such Lender pursuant to Section 5.1(b) .  In connection with any such assignment, the Borrower, Administrative Agent, such Non-Consenting Lender and the replacement Lender shall otherwise comply with Section 13.6 .

 

13.8                         Adjustments; Set-off .

 

(a)                            Except as contemplated in Section 13.6 or elsewhere herein, if any Lender (a “ benefited Lender ”) shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of its Loans, or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 11.5 , or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lender’s Loans, or interest thereon, such benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of each such other Lender’s Loan, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

 

(b)                            After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, in addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Credit Parties, any such notice being expressly waived by the Credit Parties to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by the Credit Parties hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Credit Parties.  Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Credit Parties and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

 

13.9                         Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.  A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

13.10                  Severability .  Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

13.11                  Integration .  This Agreement and the other Credit Documents represent the agreement of the Borrower, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent nor any Lender relative to subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Credit Documents.

 

165



 

13.12                  GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED , HOWEVER , THAT IT IS UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED THAT (A) THE INTERPRETATION OF THE CONDITION SET FORTH IN SECTION 6.14 AND, IF APPLICABLE THE CORRESPONDING CONDITIONS IN EXHIBITS N AND O (AND WHETHER OR NOT ANY SUCH CONDITION HAS BEEN SATISFIED), (B) THE DETERMINATION OF THE ACCURACY OF ANY COMPANY REPRESENTATIONS (PRA) AND/OR COMPANY REPRESENTATIONS (RPS) AND WHETHER AS A RESULT OF ANY INACCURACY THEREOF YOU (OR YOUR AFFILIATES) HAS THE RIGHT (TAKING INTO ACCOUNT ANY APPLICABLE CURE PROVISIONS) TO TERMINATE YOUR (OR YOUR AFFILIATES’) OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE PRA ACQUISITION AGREEMENT AND/OR THE RPS ACQUISITION OR DECLINE TO CONSUMMATE THE APPLICABLE ACQUISITION AND (C) THE DETERMINATION OF WHETHER THE EITHER ACQUISITION HAS BEEN CONSUMMATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE PRA ACQUISITION AGREEMENT AND/OR THE RPS ACQUISITION AGREEMENT, IN EACH CASE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF DELAWARE, REGARDLESS OF THE LAWS THAT MIGHT OTHERWISE GOVERN UNDER APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THEREOF.

 

13.13                  Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers .  Each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)                            submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York sitting in New York County, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York and appellate courts from any thereof;

 

(b)                            consents that any such action or proceeding shall be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same or to commence or support any such action or proceeding in any other courts;

 

(c)                             agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding shall be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Person at its address set forth on Schedule 13.2 at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant to Section 13.2 ;

 

(d)                            agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or another Secured Party to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against holdings or the Borrower or any other Credit Party in any other jurisdiction; and

 

(e)                             waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 13.13 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages; provided that nothing in this clause (e)  shall limit the Credit Parties’ indemnification obligations set forth in Section 13.5 .

 

Holdings and the Borrower hereby confirm that each Credit Party has irrevocably and unconditionally appointed the Borrower (or, if such entity ceases to be existing under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia, and each Credit Party does not

 

166



 

appoint another Credit Party existing therein as such a substitute agent, CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, 13 th  Floor, New York, New York 10011) as its agent for service of process in any suit, action or proceeding with respect to the Credit Documents.

 

13.14                  Acknowledgments .  The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:

 

(a)                            it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents;

 

(b)                            (i) the credit facilities provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Borrower and the Credit Parties, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the other Agents on the other hand, and the Borrower and the other Credit Parties are capable of evaluating and understanding and understand and accept the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Credit Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, each of the Administrative Agent and the other Agents, is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower, any other Credit Parties or any of their respective Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person; (iii) neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Agent has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrower or any other Credit Party with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document (irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent or other Agent has advised or is currently advising the Borrower, the other Credit Parties or their respective Affiliates on other matters) and neither the Administrative Agent or other Agent has any obligation to the Borrower, the other Credit Parties or their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents; (iv) the Administrative Agent, each other Agent and each Affiliate of the foregoing may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and their Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Agent has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and (v) neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Agent has provided and none will provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document) and the Borrower have consulted their own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate.  The Borrower hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent or any other Agent with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty; and

 

(c)                             no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Credit Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among the Borrower, on the one hand, and any Lender, on the other hand.

 

13.15                  WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

167



 

13.16                  Confidentiality .  The Administrative Agent, each other Agent and each Lender shall hold all non-public information furnished by or on behalf of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with such Lender’s evaluation of whether to become a Lender hereunder or obtained by such Lender, the Administrative Agent or such other Agent pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement (“ Confidential Information ”), confidential in accordance with its customary procedure for handling confidential information of this nature and (in the case of a Lender that is a bank) in accordance with safe and sound banking practices and in any event may make disclosure as required or requested by any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory agency or representative thereof or pursuant to legal process or applicable law or regulation or to such Lender’s or the Administrative Agent’s or other Agent’s attorneys, professional advisors, agents, independent auditors, trustees or Affiliates (other than any portfolio company or other potential competitor of the Borrower; provided that, in the case of Affiliates, such Confidential Information is provided on a need to know basis and only to the extent directly related to providing the Loans hereunder and such Affiliates are informed of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information and any failure by any such Person to keep such information confidential shall be a breach of this Section 13.16 ); provided that unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, each Lender, the Administrative Agent and each other Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to notify Holdings of any request made to such Lender, the Administrative Agent or such other Agent by any governmental, regulatory or self regulatory agency or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with an examination of the financial condition of such Lender by such agency) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information; provided , further , that in no event shall any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any other Agent be obligated or required to return any materials furnished by Holdings or any Subsidiary.  Each Lender, the Administrative Agent and each other Agent agrees that it will not provide to prospective Transferees or to any pledgee referred to in Section 13.6 or to prospective direct or indirect contractual counterparties in swap agreements to be entered into in connection with Loans made hereunder any of the Confidential Information unless such Person is advised of and agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 13.16 or confidentiality provisions at least as restrictive as those set forth in this Section 13.16 .  Notwithstanding the foregoing (i) Confidential Information shall not include, with respect to any Person, information available to it or its Affiliates on a non-confidential basis from a source other than Holdings or its Subsidiaries and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for compliance with this Section 13.16 by any other Agent or any Lender.

 

13.17                  Direct Website Communications .  Each of Holdings and the Borrower may, at its option, provide to the Administrative Agent any information, documents and other materials that it is obligated to furnish to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Credit Documents, including, without limitation, all notices, requests, financial statements, financial and other reports, certificates and other information materials, but excluding any such communication that (A) relates to a request for a new, or a conversion of an existing, borrowing or other extension of credit (including any election of an interest rate or interest period relating thereto), (B) relates to the payment of any principal or other amount due under this Agreement prior to the scheduled date therefor, (C) provides notice of any default or event of default under this Agreement or (D) is required to be delivered to satisfy any condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement and/or any borrowing or other extension of credit thereunder (all such non-excluded communications being referred to herein collectively as “ Communications ”), by transmitting the Communications in an electronic/soft medium in a format reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent to the Administrative Agent at an email address provided by the Administrative Agent from time to time; provided that, (i) upon written request by the Administrative Agent, Holdings or the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) Holdings or the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the

 

168



 

Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents.  Each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents.  Nothing in this Section 13.17 shall prejudice the right of Holdings, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, any other Agent or any Lender to give any notice or other communication pursuant to any Credit Document in any other manner specified in such Credit Document.

 

The Administrative Agent agrees that the receipt of the Communications by the Administrative Agent at its e-mail address set forth above shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to the Administrative Agent for purposes of the Credit Documents.  Each Lender agrees that notice to it (as provided in the next sentence) specifying that the Communications have been posted to the Platform shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to such Lender for purposes of the Credit Documents.  Each Lender agrees (A) to notify the Administrative Agent in writing (including by electronic communication) from time to time of such Lender’s e-mail address to which the foregoing notice may be sent by electronic transmission and (B) that the foregoing notice may be sent to such e-mail address.

 

(a)                            Each of Holdings and the Borrower further agrees that any Agent may make the Communications available to the Lenders by posting the Communications on Intralinks or a substantially similar electronic transmission system (the “ Platform ”), so long as the access to such Platform (i) is limited to the Agents, the Lenders and Transferees or prospective Transferees and (ii) remains subject to the confidentiality requirements set forth in Section 13.16 .

 

(b)                            THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE”.  THE AGENT PARTIES DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY MATERIALS OR INFORMATION PROVIDED BY THE CREDIT PARTIES (THE “ BORROWER MATERIALS ”) OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS.  NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM.  In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (each an “ Agent Party ”) have any liability to the Borrower, any Lender or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the internet, except to the extent the liability of any Agent Party resulted from such Agent Party’s (or any of its Related Parties’ (other than any trustee or advisor)) gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or material breach of the Credit Documents as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(c)                             Each of Holdings and the Borrower and each Lender acknowledge that certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrower, the Subsidiaries or their securities) and, if documents or notices required to be delivered pursuant to the Credit Documents or otherwise are being distributed through the Platform, any document or notice that Holdings or the Borrower has indicated contains only publicly available information with respect to Holdings or the Borrower may be posted on that portion of the Platform designated for such public-side Lenders.  If Holdings or the Borrower has not indicated whether a document or notice delivered contains only publicly available information, the Administrative Agent shall post such document or notice solely on that portion of the Platform

 

169



 

designated for Lenders who wish to receive material nonpublic information with respect to Holdings, the Borrower, the Subsidiaries and their securities.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of Holdings and the Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to indicate whether any document or notice contains only publicly available information.

 

13.18                  USA PATRIOT Act .  Each Lender hereby notifies each Credit Party that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Patriot Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Credit Party, which information includes the name and address of each Credit Party and other information that will allow such Lender to identify each Credit Party in accordance with the Patriot Act.

 

13.19                  Judgment Currency .  If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Credit Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given.  The obligation of the Borrower in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Credit Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “ Agreement Currency ”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency.  If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent from the Borrower in the Agreement Currency, the Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss.  If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent in such currency, the Administrative Agent agrees to return the amount of any excess to the Borrower (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable law).

 

13.20                  Payments Set Aside .  To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of Holdings or the Borrower is made to any Agent or any Lender, or any Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by any Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect.

 

13.21                  Euro .  If at any time that a Loan (or Letter of Credit) denominated in an Alternative Currency is outstanding and the relevant Alternative Currency is fully replaced by the Euro as the lawful currency of the country that issued such Alternative Currency (the “ Issuing Country ”) so that all payments are to be made in the Issuing Country in Euro and not in the Alternative Currency previously the lawful currency of such country, then such Loan denominated in such Alternative Currency shall be automatically converted into a Loan denominated in Euro in a principal amount equal to the amount of Euro into which the principal amount of such Alternative Currency denominated Loan would be converted pursuant to law and thereafter no further Loans will be available in such Alternative Currency.

 

170


 

13.22                  Special Provisions Relating to Currencies Other Than Dollars .  All funds to be made available to Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer, as applicable, pursuant to this Agreement in any currency other than Dollars shall be made available to Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer, as applicable, in immediately available, freely transferable, cleared funds to such account with such bank in such principal financial center as the Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer, as applicable, shall from time to time nominate for this purpose.  In relation to the payment of any amount denominated in any currency other than Dollars, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Letter of Credit Issuer shall be liable to Borrower or any of the Lenders for any delay, or the consequences of any delay, in the crediting to any account of any amount required by this Agreement to be paid by the Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer if the Administrative Agent or Letter of Credit Issuer shall have taken all relevant and necessary steps to achieve, on the date required by this Agreement, the payment of such amount in immediately available, freely transferable, cleared funds (in the relevant currency) to the account with the bank in the principal financial center in the participating member state which Borrower or, as the case may be, any Lender shall have specified for such purpose.  As used in this Section 13.22 , “all relevant and necessary steps” means all such steps as may be prescribed from time to time by the regulations or operating procedures of such clearing or settlement system as the Administrative Agent or Letter of Credit Issuer may from time to time determine for the purpose of clearing or settling payments of such currency.  Furthermore, and without limiting the foregoing, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Letter of Credit Issuer shall be liable to the Borrower or any of the Lenders with respect to the foregoing matters in the absence of its gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction).

 

[signature pages follow]

 

171



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

PINNACLE HOLDCO PARENT, INC.,
as Holdings

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ Ali J. Satvat

 

 

Name: Ali J. Satvat

 

 

Title: Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

PINNACLE MERGER SUB, INC.,
as Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ Ali J. Satvat

 

 

Name: Ali J. Satvat

 

 

Title: Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 



 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Letter of Credit Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ Lana Gifas

 

 

Name: Lana Gifas

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ Joselin Fernandes

 

 

Name: Joselin Fernandes

 

 

Title: Associate Director

 

 

 

 

 

UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC,

 

as Swingline Lender and as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ Lana Gifas

 

 

Name: Lana Gifas

 

 

Title: Director

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ Joselin Fernandes

 

 

Name: Joselin Fernandes

 

 

Title: Associate Director

 

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 



 

JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC,
as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ E. Joseph Hess

 

 

Name: E. Joseph Hess

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 



 

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch,
as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ Vipul Dhadda

 

 

Name: Vipul Dhadda

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ Tyler R. Smith

 

 

Name: Tyler R. Smith

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 



 

CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.,
as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ [Illegible Signature]

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 




Exhibit 10.13

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of March 24, 2014 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among PRA HOLDINGS, INC. (the “ Borrower ”), PRA GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC. (“ Holdings ”), UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), each Participating Lender (as defined below) party or consenting hereto, each other Lender party hereto, and each other Credit Party party hereto.

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS , reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of September 23, 2013 (as modified by that certain Joinder Agreement dated as of November 12, 2013, and as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Holdings, the Borrower, the lenders or other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (capitalized terms used but not defined herein having the meaning provided in the Credit Agreement);

 

WHEREAS , the Borrower has requested that the Lenders reduce the interest rates applicable to the Initial Term Loans on the terms and conditions set forth herein, which reduction in interest rates with respect to the Initial Term Loans (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the New Term Loans advanced to the Borrower on November 12, 2013, which together with the Initial Term Loans are hereinafter referred to as the “ Initial Term Loans ”) shall be effected by the exchange of Initial Term Loans for Tranche B-1 Loans (as defined below) otherwise having the same terms (except as otherwise provided in this Agreement) as the Initial Term Loans, which Tranche B-1 Loans shall constitute Replacement Term Loans and Initial Term Loans for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents;

 

WHEREAS , the Borrower has hereby notified the Administrative Agent that it is requesting the establishment of Replacement Term Loans pursuant to the sixth paragraph of Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement;

 

WHEREAS , the Borrower has requested Replacement Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount of $887,775,000 (the “ Tranche B-1 Loans ”; the commitments in respect of such Tranche B-1 Loans, the “ Tranche B-1 Commitments ”; and the Participating Lenders with Tranche B-1 Commitments and any permitted assignees thereof, the “ Tranche B-1 Lenders ”), which will be available on the Effective Date (as defined below) to refinance all existing Initial Term Loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement immediately prior to effectiveness of this Agreement (the “ Existing Loans ”);

 

WHEREAS , each Lender holding Existing Loans under the Credit Agreement immediately prior to effectiveness of this Agreement (each, an “ Existing Lender ”) executing and delivering a notice of participation in the Tranche B-1 Loans in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto (a “ Tranche B-1 Participation Notice ”) and electing the cashless settlement option therein (each such Lender in such capacity, a “ Converting Lender ” and, together with each other Person executing and delivering a Tranche B-1 Participation Notice or otherwise providing a Tranche B-1 Commitment, the “ Participating Lenders ”) shall be deemed to have exchanged on the Effective Date the aggregate outstanding principal amount of its Initial Term Loans (or such lesser amount as the Lead Arranger (as defined below) may allocate and/or as such Converting Lender may specify in its Tranche B-1 Participation Notice) under the Credit Agreement for an equal aggregate principal amount of Tranche B-1 Loans under the Credit Agreement;

 



 

WHEREAS , at the election of UBS Securities LLC, in its capacity as lead arranger (in such capacity, the “ Lead Arranger ”), to the extent that one or more Persons agree to act as fronting banks for the syndication of the Tranche B-1 Loans (such Persons in such capacity, the “ Fronting Banks ”), the Fronting Banks will purchase, and the Existing Lenders will sell to the Fronting Banks, immediately prior to effectiveness of this Agreement, (A) Initial Term Loans of Existing Lenders that do not execute and deliver a Tranche B-1 Participation Notice (the “ Non-Participating Lenders ”), (B) Initial Term Loans of Existing Lenders that execute and deliver a Tranche B-1 Participation Notice and elect the cash settlement option therein and (C) Initial Term Loans of Existing Lenders that execute and deliver a Tranche B-1 Participation Notice to the extent that such Existing Lenders have elected to exchange, or have been allocated by the Lead Arranger, an aggregate principal amount of Tranche B-1 Loans that is less than their outstanding principal amount of Initial Term Loans (solely to the extent of such non-exchanged Initial Term Loans) (the Loans described in the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), collectively, the “ Reallocated Loans ”);

 

WHEREAS , to the extent there exist any Reallocated Loans, the Fronting Banks shall be deemed to exchange on the Effective Date such Reallocated Loans on a cashless settlement basis for an equal aggregate principal amount of Tranche B-1 Loans under the Credit Agreement, and such Reallocated Loans shall promptly thereafter be purchased by Participating Lenders (other than Converting Lenders) (the “ New Lenders ”) and Converting Lenders purchasing additional Tranche B-1 Loans, each in accordance with such Participating Lenders’ respective Tranche B-1 Participation Notice and as allocated by the Lead Arranger; and

 

WHEREAS , contemporaneously with the effectiveness of the Tranche B-1 Commitments the Borrower wishes to make certain amendments to the Credit Agreement to provide for the incurrence of the Tranche B-1 Loans and the other modifications to the Credit Agreement set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       New Lenders .  Each New Lender (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents and the exhibits thereto, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any other Lender or Agent and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (iii) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents as are delegated to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (iv) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender, as the case may be.

 

2.                                       Credit Agreement Amendments .  Effective as of the Effective Date, the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

(a)                                  Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is amended by inserting the following new definitions in their correct alphabetical order:

 

2



 

Amendment No. 1 ” shall mean Amendment No. 1 to this Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2014, among Holdings, the Borrower, the other Credit Parties party thereto, the Lenders party or consenting thereto, and the Administrative Agent.

 

Amendment No. 1 Effective Date ” shall mean the “Effective Date” under and as defined in Amendment No. 1.

 

Tranche B-1 Loan ” shall have the meaning specified in Amendment No. 1.

 

(b)                                  Clause (ii) of the definition of Applicable Margin in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is amended by decreasing each per annum interest rate margin applicable to Revolving Credit Loans and each per annum Letter of Credit Fee, in each case therein, by 0.50% per annum.

 

(c)                                   The definition of “Initial Term Loans” is amended by adding the following proviso at the end thereof: “; provided that from and after the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, “ Initial Term Loans ” shall include all Tranche B-1 Loans made in favor of the Borrower (through exchange or otherwise) pursuant to Amendment No. 1.

 

(d)                                  Section 2.14(d) of the Credit Agreement is amended by replacing each reference to “Initial Term Loans” therein with “the Initial Term Loans incurred on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date”.

 

(e)                                   Each of (x) the definition of “Repricing Transaction” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement and (y) Section 5.1(b) of the Credit Agreement is amended by (i) replacing each reference to “Initial Term Loans” therein with “Initial Term Loans incurred on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date” and (ii) replacing each reference to “the Closing Date” therein with “the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date”.

 

3.                                       Tranche B-1 Loans .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Tranche B-1 Lender severally agrees to exchange Existing Loans for Tranche B-1 Loans and/or make Tranche B-1 Loans to the Borrower in a single borrowing in Dollars on the Effective Date.  Pursuant to the sixth paragraph of Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement, the Tranche B-1 Loans shall constitute Initial Term Loans that replace outstanding Existing Loans.  The Tranche B-1 Loans shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)                                  Applicable Margin .  The Applicable Margin for the Tranche B-1 Loans shall mean, as of any date of determination, the applicable percentage per annum as set forth below.

 

Tranche B-1 Loans

 

LIBOR Loans

 

ABR Loans

 

3.50

%

2.50

%

 

(b)                                  Principal Payments .  The Borrower shall make principal payments on the Tranche B-1 Loans on each Initial Term Loan Repayment Date occurring after the Effective Date in an amount equal to 0.25% of the $890,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Initial Term Loans made in favor of the Borrower (including through exchange or otherwise) on the Closing Date and on November 12, 2013.  Any remaining outstanding amount of Tranche B-1 Loans shall be repaid in full on the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date.

 

3



 

(c)                                   Voluntary and Mandatory Prepayments .  Scheduled installments of principal of the Tranche B-1 Loans set forth above shall be reduced in connection with any voluntary or mandatory prepayments of the Tranche B-1 Loans in accordance with Sections 5.1 and 5.2 of the Credit Agreement respectively.

 

(d)                                  Terms Generally .  Other than as set forth herein, for all purposes under the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, the Tranche B-1 Loans shall have the same terms as the Initial Term Loans and shall be treated for purposes of voluntary and mandatory prepayments (including any applicable prepayment fees and for scheduled principal payments) and all other terms as Initial Term Loans.

 

(e)                                   Proposed Borrowing .  This Agreement represents a request by the Borrower to borrow Tranche B-1 Loans from the Participating Lenders as set forth on the applicable Borrowing notice to be delivered by the Borrower under the Credit Agreement.

 

(f)                                    New Lenders .  Each New Lender acknowledges and agrees that it shall become a “Lender” under, and for all purposes of, the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and shall be subject to and bound by the terms thereof, and shall perform all the obligations of and shall have all rights of a Lender thereunder.

 

(g)                                   Credit Agreement Governs .  Except as set forth in this Agreement, the Tranche B-1 Loans shall otherwise be subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

 

(h)                                  Exchange Mechanics .  (i)  On the Effective Date, upon the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4 hereof, the outstanding amount of Existing Loans of each Converting Lender (or such lesser amount as may be allocated by the Lead Arranger and/or specified by such Converting Lender in its Tranche B-1 Participation Notice) shall be deemed to be exchanged for an equal outstanding amount of Tranche B-1 Loans under the Credit Agreement.  Such exchange shall be effected by book entry in such manner, and with such supporting documentation, as may be reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent.

 

(ii)                                   To the extent there exists any Reallocated Loans, promptly following the Effective Date (but not later than 30 days following the Effective Date), each New Lender and each Converting Lender purchasing additional Tranche B-1 Loans shall purchase Reallocated Loans from the Fronting Banks as directed by the Lead Arranger in accordance with such Participating Lender’s Tranche B-1 Participation Notice and as allocated by the Lead Arranger.  Except to the extent otherwise agreed by the Fronting Banks, purchases and sales of Reallocated Loans shall be made on a ratable basis among the Fronting Banks.

 

(iii)                                To the extent there exists any Non-Participating Lenders, such Non-Participating Lenders shall be replaced (and the Initial Term Loans of such Non-Participating Lenders shall be assumed) by one or more Converting Lenders pursuant to Section 13.7 of the Credit Agreement as directed by the Lead Arranger.  To the extent that this Section 3(h)(iii) cannot be effected or otherwise at the election of the Lead Arranger, each Participating Lender (other than a Converting Lender (except to the extent such Converting Lender is purchasing additional Tranche B-1 Loans)) shall severally advance Tranche B-1 Loans in Dollars on the Effective Date in accordance with its Tranche B-1 Commitment (or such lesser amount as the Lead Arranger may allocate

 

4



 

and/or as such Participating Lender may specify in its Tranche B-1 Participation Notice).  Such funding of Tranche B-1 Loans shall be deemed, automatically and without further act by any Person, to constitute a simultaneous (A) Borrowing by the Borrower of Tranche B-1 Loans pursuant to Section 2.1(a) of the Credit Agreement and (B) prepayment of Existing Loans of Non-Participating Lenders pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Credit Agreement, and such Participating Lenders shall be Initial Term Loan Lenders, and such advance shall constitute a borrowing of Initial Term Loans, for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

 

4.                                       Effective Date Conditions .

 

This Agreement will become effective on the first date on or after March 24, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), on which each of the following conditions have been satisfied (or waived) in accordance with the terms therein:

 

(i)                                      this Agreement shall have been executed and delivered by Holdings, the Borrower, the other Credit Parties, the Administrative Agent, each Revolving Credit Lender and the Required Lenders;

 

(ii)                                   the Administrative Agent shall have received fully executed and delivered Tranche B-1 Participation Notices from Participating Lenders representing 100% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Existing Loans;

 

(iii)                                the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of each Credit Party dated as of the Effective Date signed by an Authorized Officer of such Credit Party (i) (A) certifying and attaching the resolutions or similar consents adopted by such Credit Party approving or consenting to the Tranche B-1 Loans, (B) certifying that the certificate or articles of incorporation or formation and by-laws or operating (or limited liability company) agreement of such Credit Party either (x) have not been amended since December 2, 2013 or (y) are attached as an exhibit to such certificate, and (C) certifying as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing this Agreement and any related documents on behalf of such Credit Party and (ii) in the case of the Borrower, certifying as to the matters set forth in clauses (vi), (vii) and (viii) below;

 

(iv)                               (A) all fees and out-of-pocket expenses required to be paid or reimbursed by the Borrower in connection with this Agreement shall have been paid or reimbursed and (B) all accrued interest and fees in respect of the Existing Loans outstanding immediately prior to effectiveness of this Agreement shall have been paid;

 

(v)                                  the Administrative Agent shall have received an opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

(vi)                               both immediately before and after giving effect to the Effective Date and the incurrence and/or exchange of the Tranche B-1 Loans thereon, all representations and warranties made by each Credit Party contained in the Credit Agreement and in the other Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “material adverse effect” or similar language shall be true and correct in all respects) with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had

 

5



 

been made on and as of the Effective Date (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality” or “material adverse effect” or similar language shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date);

 

(vii)                            the representations and warranties in Section 5 of this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Effective Date; and

 

(viii)                         no Default or Event of Default shall exist on the Effective Date before or after giving effect to the effectiveness hereof and the incurrence of the Tranche B-1 Loans.

 

5.                                       Representations and Warranties .  By its execution of this Agreement, each Credit Party hereby represents and warrants that:

 

(i)                                      such Credit Party has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of this Agreement and has taken all necessary corporate or other organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   such Credit Party has duly executed and delivered this Agreement and this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Credit Party enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity; and

 

(iii)                                neither the execution, delivery or performance by such Credit Party of this Agreement nor compliance with the terms and provisions thereof nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will (a) contravene any applicable provision of any material law, statute, rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality, (b) result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any Lien upon any of the property or assets of such Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Liens permitted under the Credit Documents) pursuant to the terms of any Contractual Requirements of any Credit Party or its Restricted Subsidiaries other than any such breach, default or Lien that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (c) violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other Organizational Document of such Credit Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

6.                                       Use of Proceeds.  The Borrower covenants and agrees that it will use the proceeds of the Tranche B-1 Loans to refinance the aggregate principal amount of Existing Loans outstanding on the Effective Date and to pay any interest, fees and/or expenses related thereto.

 

7.                                       Reaffirmation of the Credit Parties .  Each Credit Party hereby consents to the amendment of the Credit Agreement effected hereby and confirms and agrees that, notwithstanding the effectiveness of this Agreement, each Credit Document to which such Credit Party is a party is,

 

6



 

and the obligations of such Credit Party contained in the Credit Agreement, this Agreement or in any other Credit Document to which it is a party are, and shall continue to be, in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects, in each case as amended by this Agreement.  For greater certainty and without limiting the foregoing, each Credit Party hereby confirms that the existing security interests granted by such Credit Party in favor of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Credit Documents in the Collateral described therein shall continue to secure the obligations of the Credit Parties under the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents as and to the extent provided in the Credit Documents.

 

8.                                       Notice .  For purposes of the Credit Agreement, the initial notice address of each New Lender shall be as separately identified to the Administrative Agent.

 

9.                                       Tax Forms .  For each relevant New Lender, delivered herewith to the Administrative Agent are such forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters as such New Lender may be required to deliver to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.4(d)  and/or Section 5.4(e)  of the Credit Agreement.

 

10.                                Recordation of the New Loans .  Upon execution and delivery hereof, the Administrative Agent will record the Tranche B-1 Loans made by each Participating Lender in the Register.

 

11.                                Amendment, Modification and Waiver .  This Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed and delivered on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

 

12.                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, the engagement letter among certain of the Parties hereto (or their affiliates) related to the transactions described herein, the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and verbal, among the parties or any of them with respect to the subject matter hereof.   This Agreement shall not constitute a novation of any amount owing under the Credit Agreement and all amounts owing in respect of principal, interest, fees and other amounts pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall, to the extent not paid or exchanged on or prior to the Effective Date, shall continue to be owing under the Credit Agreement or such other Credit Documents until paid in accordance therewith.

 

13.                                GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK .

 

14.                                Severability .  Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as would be enforceable.

 

15.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

7



 

16.                                WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY OR ON BEHALF OF ANY PARTY RELATED TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT LETTER OR THE PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES HEREUNDER.

 

17.                                Credit Document .  On and after the Effective Date, this Agreement shall constitute a “Credit Document” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents (it being understood that for the avoidance of doubt this Agreement may be amended or waived solely by the parties hereto as set forth in Section 11 above).

 

[signature pages to follow]

 

8


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the undersigned has caused its duly authorized officer to execute and deliver this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

PRA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael J. Bonello

 

 

Name: Michael J. Bonello

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President of Finance

 

 

 

 

PRA GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ali J. Satvat

 

 

Name: Ali J. Satvat

 

 

Title: Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

 

PRA INTERNATIONAL

PRA SUB, INC.

PRA INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS, INC.

PHARMACEUTICAL RESEARCH ASSOCIATES, INC.

INTERNATIONAL MEDICAL TECHNICAL CONSULTANTS, LLC

PRA EARLY DEVELOPMENT RESEARCH, INC.

RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP.

ROY RPS PARENT HOLDINGS CORP.

RPS GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.

CRI NEWCO, INC.

CRI WORLDWIDE, LLC

CRI INTERNATIONAL, LLC

LIFETREE CLINICAL RESEARCH, L.C.

RESEARCH PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC.

RESEARCH PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, LLC

By: ReSearch Pharmaceutical Services, Inc.

SUNSET HILLS LLC

By: Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc., its managing member

CLINSTAR, LLC

By: Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc., its managing member

CLINSTAR GLOBAL HOLDINGS LLC

By: ClinStar, LLC, its managing member

By: Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc., its managing member

CLINSTAR EUROPE, LLC

By: ClinStar Global Holdings, LLC, its managing member

By: ClinStar, LLC, its managing member

By: Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc., its managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy McClain

 

 

Name: Timothy McClain

 

 

Title: Vice President of Legal Affairs

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lana Gifas

 

 

Name: Lana Gifas

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jennifer Anderson

 

 

Name: Jennifer Anderson

 

 

Title: Associate Director

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lana Gifas

 

 

Name: Lana Gifas

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jennifer Anderson

 

 

Name: Jennifer Anderson

 

 

Title: Associate Director

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC., as Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alvaro De Velasco

 

 

Name: Alvaro De Velasco

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

 

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch,
as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Vipul Dhadda

 

 

Name: Vipul Dhadda

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sally Reyes

 

 

Name: Sally Reyes

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement ]

 



 

 

JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ J. Paul McDonnell

 

 

Name: J. Paul McDonnell

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

JFIN REVOLVER CLO LTD

 

 

 

 

 

By: JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as Portfolio Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ J. Paul McDonnell

 

 

Name: J. Paul McDonnell

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

[ Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement ]

 




Exhibit 10.14

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of September 23, 2013, among Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), Pinnacle Merger Sub, Inc., which on the Closing Date shall be merged with PRA Holdings, Inc. (with PRA Holdings, Inc. as the merged company, the “ Borrower ”), each of the Subsidiaries listed on the signature pages hereto or that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 8.14 (each such entity being a “ Subsidiary Grantor ” and, collectively, the “ Subsidiary Grantors ”; the Subsidiary Grantors, Holdings and the Borrower are referred to collectively as the “ Grantors ”), and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower is a party to the Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Holdings, the Borrower, the Lenders and agents from time to time party thereto and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent;

 

WHEREAS, (a) pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have severally agreed to make Loans to the Borrower, the Swingline Lender has agreed to make Swingline Loans and the Letter of Credit Issuer has agreed to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein and (b) one or more Cash Management Banks or Hedge Banks may from time to time enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements with Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Guarantee dated as of the date hereof (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guarantee ”), each Grantor party thereto has agreed to unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations;

 

WHEREAS, each Grantor is a Guarantor or a Borrower;

 

WHEREAS, the proceeds of the Loans, the issuance of the Letters of Credit and the provision of Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements will be used in part to enable the Borrower to make valuable transfers to the Grantors in connection with the operation of its businesses;

 

WHEREAS, each Grantor acknowledges that it will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the making of the Loans and the Swingline Loans and the issuance of the Letters of Credit; and the provision of such Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements;

 

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders to make their respective Loans, the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans and to the obligation of the Letter of Credit Issuer to issue Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered this Security Agreement to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders to make their respective Loans, the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans and to induce the Letter

 



 

of Credit Issuer to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Lenders or Affiliates of Lenders to enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements with Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries, the Grantors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as follows:

 

1.                                       Defined Terms .

 

(a)                                  Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Terms used herein without definition that are defined in the UCC have the meanings given to them in the UCC, including the following terms (which are capitalized herein): Account, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claims, Commodity Contract, Deposit Accounts, Documents, Fixtures, Goods, Instruments, Inventory, Letter-of-Credit Right, Securities, Securities Accounts, Security Entitlement, Supporting Obligation and Tangible Chattel Paper.

 

(c)                                   The following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Authorized Representative ” shall mean the Person appointed to act as trustee, agent or representative for the holders of Pari Passu Obligations pursuant to any Pari Passu Agreement and execute a Pari Passu Secured Party Consent.

 

Collateral ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.

 

Collateral Account ” shall mean any collateral account established by the Collateral Agent as provided in Section 5.1 or Section 5.3.

 

Collateral Agent ” shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Security Agreement.

 

Control ” shall mean “control,” as such term is defined in Section 9-104 or 9-106, as applicable, of the UCC.

 

Copyright License ” shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting any right to any third party under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting any right to any Grantor under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement, including those material inbound exclusive licenses in third party owned U.S. registered Copyrights listed on Schedule 2 .

 

Copyrights ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person: (i) all copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States or any other country, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, and (ii) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States or any other country, including registrations, recordings, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the United States Copyright Office, including those U.S. registered copyrights owned by any Grantor and listed on Schedule 1 .

 

Default ” or “ Event of Default ” shall mean a “default” or “event of default” under the Credit Agreement or under any Pari Passu Agreement.

 

2



 

Equipment ” shall mean all “equipment,” as such term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or to which any Grantor has rights and, in any event, shall include all machinery, equipment, furnishings, movable trade fixtures and vehicles now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or to which any Grantor has rights and any and all Proceeds, additions, substitutions and replacements of any of the foregoing, wherever located, together with all attachments, components, parts, equipment and accessories installed thereon or affixed thereto; but excluding equipment to the extent it is subject to a Lien permitted pursuant to clauses (6) or (18) (in each case solely with respect to clause (d) of Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement) or (9) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in the Credit Agreement and the terms of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien prohibit assignment of, or granting of a security interest in, such Grantor’s rights and interests therein (other than to the extent that any such prohibition would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law), provided , that immediately upon the repayment of all Indebtedness secured by such Lien, such Grantor shall be deemed to have granted a Security Interest in all the rights and interests with respect to such equipment.

 

Excluded Property ” shall mean (i) any Vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title, (ii) Letter-of-Credit Rights except to the extent perfection of a security interest therein may be accomplished by filing financing statements in appropriate form in the applicable jurisdiction under the UCC, (iii) any property that is subject to a Lien permitted pursuant to clauses (6) or (18) (in each case solely with respect to clause (d) of Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement) or (9) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in the Credit Agreement if the contract or other agreement in which such Lien is granted (or the documentation providing for such Indebtedness) prohibits the creation of any other Lien on such property (other than to the extent that any such prohibition would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law), (iv) all leasehold interests in real property; provided that such property shall be Excluded Property only to the extent and for so long as such prohibition is in effect; provided further that proceeds and products from any and all of the of the foregoing that would constitute Excluded Property shall also not be considered Collateral and proceeds and products from any and all of the of the foregoing that do not constitute Excluded Property shall be considered Collateral.

 

General Intangibles ” shall mean all “general intangibles” as such term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC and, in any event, including with respect to any Grantor, all contracts, agreements, instruments and indentures in any form, and portions thereof, to which such Grantor is a party or under which such Grantor has any right, title or interest or to which such Grantor or any property of such Grantor is subject, as the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, including (a) all rights of such Grantor to receive moneys due and to become due to it thereunder or in connection therewith, (b) all rights of such Grantor to receive proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guarantee with respect thereto, (c) all claims of such Grantor for damages arising out of any breach of or default thereunder and (d) all rights of such Grantor to terminate, amend, supplement, modify or exercise rights or options thereunder, to perform thereunder and to compel performance and otherwise exercise all remedies thereunder, in each case to the extent the grant by such Grantor of a Security Interest pursuant to this Security Agreement in its right, title and interest in any such contract, agreement, instrument or indenture (i) is not prohibited by such contract, agreement, instrument or indenture without the consent of any other party thereto (other than a Credit Party), (ii) would not give any other party (other than a Credit Party) to any such contract, agreement, instrument or indenture the right to terminate its obligations thereunder or (iii) is permitted with consent if all necessary consents to such grant of a Security Interest have been obtained from the other parties thereto (other than to the extent that any such prohibition referred to in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law) (it being understood that the foregoing shall not be deemed to obligate such

 

3



 

Grantor to obtain such consents), provided that the foregoing limitation shall not affect, limit, restrict or impair the grant by such Grantor of a Security Interest pursuant to this Security Agreement in any Account or any money or other amounts due or to become due under any such contract, agreement, instrument or indenture.

 

Grantor ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.

 

Intellectual Property ” shall mean all U.S. and foreign intellectual property, including all (i) (a) Patents, inventions, processes, developments, technology and know-how; (b) Copyrights including Copyrights in graphics, advertising materials, labels, package designs and  photographs; (c) Trademarks; (d) trade secrets, confidential, proprietary or non-public information, (ii) all Patent Licenses, Trademark Licenses and Copyright Licenses and (iii) all rights, priorities and privileges related thereto and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all Proceeds therefrom, in each case to the extent the grant by such Grantor of a Security Interest pursuant to this Security Agreement in any such rights, priorities and privileges relating to such Intellectual Property (A) does not constitute or result in the abandonment, termination, acceleration, invalidation of or rendering unenforceable any right, title or interest therein or result in a breach of the terms of, or constitute a breach or default under such Intellectual Property, including any “intent to use” Trademark application filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office unless and until an amendment to allege use or a statement of use has been filed under 15 U.S.C. §1051 and accepted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, to the extent that granting a Security Interest therein before such time would invalidate or terminate, or adversely affect the enforceability or validity of, such “intent-to-use” Trademark application, (B) is not prohibited by any contract, agreement or other instrument governing such rights, priorities and privileges without the consent of any other party thereto (other than a Credit Party), (C) would not give any other party (other than a Credit Party) to any such contract, agreement, license or other instrument the right to terminate its obligations thereunder or (D) is permitted with consent if all necessary consents to such grant of a Security Interest have been obtained from the relevant parties (other than to the extent that any such prohibition referred to in clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law) (it being understood that the foregoing shall not be deemed to obligate such Grantor to obtain such consents).

 

Intercreditor Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.1.

 

Investment Property ” shall mean all Securities (whether certificated or uncertificated), Security Entitlements and Commodity Contracts of any Grantor (other than (i) as pledged pursuant to the Pledge Agreement and (ii) any Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents issued by any Foreign Subsidiary in excess of 65% of the outstanding voting class of such Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents), whether now or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, except, in each case, to the extent the grant by a Grantor of a Security Interest therein pursuant to this Security Agreement in its right, title and interest in any such Investment Property (i) is prohibited by any contract, agreement, instrument or indenture governing such Investment Property without the consent of any other party thereto (other than a Credit Party) unless such consent has been expressly obtained or (ii) would give any other party (other than a Credit Party) to any such contract, agreement, instrument or indenture the right to terminate its obligations thereunder (other than to the extent that any such prohibition referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law) (it being understood that the foregoing shall not be deemed to obligate any Grantor to obtain any such consents referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) above).

 

Obligations ” shall mean the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and any Pari Passu Obligations.

 

4



 

Pari Passu Agreement ” shall mean any indenture, credit agreement or other agreement, if any, pursuant to which any Grantor has or will incur Pari Passu Obligations; provided that, in each case, the Indebtedness thereunder has been designated as Pari Passu Obligations pursuant to and in accordance with Section 8.16.

 

Pari Passu Obligations ” shall mean any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to any Grantor, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under any Pari Passu Agreement, in each case, that have been designated as Pari Passu Obligations pursuant to and in accordance with Section 8.16; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, no obligations in respect of Pari Passu Obligations shall constitute “Obligations” hereunder unless the Authorized Representative for the holders of such Pari Passu Obligations has executed a Pari Passu Secured Party Consent and has become a party to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Pari Passu Secured Parties ” shall mean the holders from time to time of Pari Passu Obligations.

 

Pari Passu Secured Party Consent ” shall mean a consent in the form of Annex B to this Security Agreement executed by the Authorized Representative of any holders of Pari Passu Obligations pursuant to Section 8.16.

 

Patent License ” shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, is in existence, or granting to any Grantor any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any third party, is in existence, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement, including those material inbound exclusive licenses in third party owned U.S. Patents and applications therefor listed on Schedule 4 .

 

Patents ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person:  (a) all letters patent of the United States or the equivalent thereof in any other country, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters patent of the United States or the equivalent thereof in any other country, including registrations, recordings and pending applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar offices in any other country, and (b) all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, renewals or extensions thereof, and the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including the right to make, use and/or sell the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including those U.S. patents and applications therefor owned by any Grantor and listed on Schedule 3 .

 

Proceeds ” shall mean all “proceeds” as such term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC and, in any event, shall include with respect to any Grantor, any consideration received from the sale, exchange, license, lease or other disposition of any asset or property that constitutes Collateral, any value received as a consequence of the possession of any Collateral and any payment received from any insurer or other Person or entity as a result of the destruction, loss, theft, damage or other involuntary conversion of whatever nature of any asset or property that constitutes Collateral, and shall include (a) all cash and negotiable instruments received by or held on behalf of the Collateral Agent, (b) any claim of any Grantor against any third party for (and the right to sue and recover for and the rights to damages or profits due or accrued arising out of or in connection with) (i) past, present or future infringement of any Patent now or hereafter owned by any Grantor, or licensed under a Patent License, (ii) past, present or future infringement

 

5



 

or dilution of any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or licensed under a Trademark License or injury to the goodwill associated with or symbolized thereby, (iii) past, present or future infringement of any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or licensed under a Copyright License and (c) any and all other amounts from time to time paid or payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral.

 

Registered Intellectual Property ” shall mean all Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks issued by, registered with, renewed by or the subject of a pending application before the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office (or any successor office).

 

Secured Parties ” shall mean the “Secured Parties” as defined in the Credit Agreement and the Pari Passu Secured Parties.

 

Security Agreement ” shall mean this Security Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Security Interest ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.

 

Short-form Intellectual Property Security Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.2(b).

 

Trademark License ” shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to use any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to use any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement, including those material inbound exclusive licenses in third party owned U.S. registered Trademarks and applications therefor listed on Schedule 6 .

 

Trademarks ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person:  (i) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, trade dress, logos, other source or business identifiers, designs and general intangibles of like nature, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof (if any), and all registration and recording applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and registration applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar offices in any State of the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, and all extensions or renewals thereof and (ii) all goodwill associated therewith or symbolized thereby, including those U.S. registered trademarks and applications therefor owned by any Grantor and listed on Schedule 5 hereto.

 

UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York; provided , however , that, in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any of the attachment, perfection or priority of the Collateral Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such attachment, perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.

 

Vehicles ” shall mean all cars, trucks, trailers, and other vehicles covered by a certificate of title law of any state and all tires and other appurtenances to any of the foregoing.

 

6



 

(d)                                  The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereto” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Security Agreement shall refer to this Security Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Security Agreement, and Section, subsection, clause and Schedule references are to this Security Agreement unless otherwise specified.  The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.

 

(e)                                   The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

 

(f)                                    Where the context requires, terms relating to the Collateral or any part thereof, when used in relation to a Grantor, shall refer to such Grantor’s Collateral or the relevant part thereof.

 

2.                                       Grant of Security Interest .

 

(a)                                  Each Grantor hereby bargains, sells, conveys, assigns, sets over, mortgages, pledges, hypothecates and transfers to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a lien on and security interest in (the “ Security Interest ”), all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all of the following property now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Collateral ”), as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations:

 

(i)                                      all Accounts;

 

(ii)                                   all Chattel Paper;

 

(iii)                                all Commercial Tort Claims described on Schedule 7 (as such Schedule may be amended from time to time);

 

(iv)                               all Documents;

 

(v)                                  all Equipment, Fixtures and Goods;

 

(vi)                               all General Intangibles;

 

(vii)                            all Instruments;

 

(viii)                         all Intellectual Property;

 

(ix)                               all Inventory;

 

(x)                                  all Investment Property;

 

(xi)                               all Supporting Obligations;

 

(xii)                            all books and records pertaining to the Collateral; and

 

(xiii)                         the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing;

 

7



 

provided , that (x) the Collateral for any Obligations shall not include any (A) Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents with respect to such Obligations, (B) Excluded Property or (C) any assets with respect to which, (1) in the reasonable judgment of the Collateral Agent and the Borrower (as agreed in writing), the cost or other consequences of granting a security interest in favor of the Secured Parties under the Security Documents shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, or (2) granting a security interest in such assets in favor of the Secured Parties under the Security Documents would result in materially adverse tax consequences or would require obtaining the consent of any governmental authority, in each case as reasonably determined by the Borrower and notified in writing to the Collateral Agent, and (y) none of the items included in clauses (i) through (xiii) above shall constitute Collateral to the extent (and only to the extent) that the grant of the Security Interest therein would violate any Requirement of Law applicable to such Collateral.  No Grantor shall be required to take actions to perfect security interests in Commercial Tort Claims except to the extent perfection of a security interest therein may be accomplished by filing of financing statements in appropriate form in the applicable jurisdiction under the UCC.

 

(b)                                  Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent and its Affiliates, counsel and other representatives, at any time and from time to time, to file or record financing statements, amendments to financing statements and, with notice to the applicable Grantors, other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Collateral in such form and in such offices as the Collateral Agent reasonably determines appropriate to perfect the Security Interests of the Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement, and such financing statements and amendments may describe the Collateral covered thereby as “all assets”, “all personal property now owned or hereafter acquired” or words of similar effect, provided that with respect to fixtures the Collateral Agent shall only file or record financing statements in the jurisdiction of organization of a Grantor, except in connection with a Mortgage.  Each Grantor hereby also authorizes the Collateral Agent and its Affiliates, counsel and other representatives, at any time and from time to time, to file continuation statements with respect to previously filed financing statements.

 

Each Grantor hereby agrees to provide to the Collateral Agent, promptly upon request, any information reasonably necessary to effectuate the filings or recordings authorized by this Section 2(b).

 

The Collateral Agent is further authorized to file with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office), with the signature of each applicable Grantor, such documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest granted hereunder by each Grantor and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, as secured party.

 

The Security Interests are granted as security only and shall not subject the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Collateral.

 

3.                                       Representations and Warranties .

 

Each Grantor hereby represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and each Secured Party on the date hereof that:

 

3.1                                Title; No Other Liens .  Except for (a) the Security Interest granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Security Agreement and (b) the Liens permitted by the Credit Agreement, such Grantor owns each item of the Collateral free and clear of any

 

8



 

and all Liens or claims of others.  No security agreement, financing statement or other public notice with respect to all or any part of the Collateral that evidences a Lien securing any material Indebtedness is on file or of record in any public office, except such as (i) have been filed in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Security Agreement, (ii) are permitted by the Credit Agreement and each Pari Passu Agreement or (iii) relate to obligations no longer outstanding or are in respect of commitments to lend which have been terminated.

 

3.2                                Perfected Liens .

 

(a)                                  This Security Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable Security Interests in the Collateral (with respect to Collateral consisting of Capital Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries, to the extent the enforceability of such Security Interest is governed by the UCC), subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles.

 

(b)                                  Subject to the limitations set forth in clause (c) of this Section 3.2, the Security Interests granted pursuant to this Security Agreement (i) will constitute valid and perfected Security Interests in the Collateral (to the extent perfection may be obtained by the filings or other actions described in clause (A), (B) or (C) of this paragraph) in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for the Obligations, upon (A) with respect to Collateral in which perfection can be obtained by filing a financing statement, the filing in the applicable filing offices of all financing statements, in each case, naming each Grantor as “debtor” and the Collateral Agent as “secured party” and describing the Collateral, (B) with respect to Instruments, Chattel Paper, Certificated Securities and negotiable Documents, delivery to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee) of all Instruments, Chattel Paper, Certificated Securities and negotiable Documents in each case, properly endorsed for transfer in blank and (C) with respect to Intellectual Property, completion of the filing of a fully executed agreement substantially in the form of Annex C hereof (the “ Short-form Intellectual Property Security Agreement ”) and containing a description of all Collateral constituting Registered Intellectual Property in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, with respect to U.S. registered and applied for Patents and Trademarks, within 90 days from the execution date of such Short-form Intellectual Property Security Agreement or in the United States Copyright Office, with respect to U.S. registered Copyrights, within 30 days from the execution date of such Short-form Intellectual Property Security Agreement, as applicable and (ii) are prior to all other Liens on the Collateral other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 10.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Grantor shall be required to perfect the Security Interests granted by this Security Agreement by any means other than by (i) filings pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code of the relevant State(s), (ii) filings approved by United States federal government offices with respect to Registered Intellectual Property and (iii) delivery to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee) to be held in its possession of all Collateral consisting of Tangible Chattel Paper, Instruments or Certificated Securities with a fair market value in excess of $10,000,000 individually.

 

(d)                                  It is understood and agreed that the Security Interests in cash and Investment Property created hereunder shall not prevent the Grantors from using such assets in the ordinary course of their respective businesses.

 

3.3                                (a)                                  Set forth on Schedule 8 is (i) the exact legal name of each Grantor, as such name appears in its certificate of organization or like document and (ii) each other legal name (including any successor entity or entity that has merged into such Grantor) that such Grantor has had in the past five years, together with the date of the relevant name change.

 

9


 

(b)                                  Except as set forth on Schedule 8, no Grantor has changed its corporate or organizational name (including by way of merger, consolidation or similar reorganization) within the past five years.

 

(c)                                   Set forth on Schedule 8 is (i) the jurisdiction of organization and the form of organization of each Grantor, (ii) the organizational identification number, if any, assigned by such jurisdiction, (iii) the tax identification number, if any, of such Grantor and (iv) the address (including the county) of the chief executive office and, if different, the principal place of business, of such Grantor; in each case of clause (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 3.3, as of the Closing Date.

 

4.                                       Covenants .

 

Each Grantor hereby covenants and agrees with the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties that, from and after the date of this Security Agreement until the Obligations are paid in full and the Commitments are terminated and all Letters of Credit have expired or terminated and all Letter of Credit Outstandings have been reduced to zero (or all such Letters of Credit and Letter of Credit Outstandings have been Cash Collateralized):

 

4.1                                Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation .

 

(a)                                  Such Grantor shall maintain the Security Interest created by this Security Agreement as a perfected Security Interest having at least the priority described in Section 3.1 and shall defend such Security Interest against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever, in each case subject to Section 3.2(c).

 

(b)                                  Such Grantor will furnish to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the assets and property of such Grantor and such other reports in connection therewith as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request.

 

(c)                                   Such Grantor will furnish to the Collateral Agent at the time of the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Sections 9.1(a) of the Credit Agreement (or, if the Credit Agreement is no longer in effect, on an annual basis), a schedule setting forth any additional (i) Registered Intellectual Property owned by any Grantor or (ii) material Registered Intellectual Property exclusively licensed from a third party to any Grantor, in each case, which has not been previously disclosed to the Collateral Agent, following the Closing Date (or following the date of the last supplement provided to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 4.1(c)), all in reasonable detail.

 

(d)                                  Subject to clause (e) below and Section 3.2(c), each Grantor agrees that at any time and from time to time, at the expense of such Grantor, it will execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements and other documents, including all applicable documents required under Section 3.2(b)(C)), which may be required under any applicable law, or which, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order (i) to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the Security Interests created or intended to be created hereby or (ii) to enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral, including the filing of any financing or continuation statements under the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the Security Interests created hereby and all applicable documents required under Section 3.2(b)(C), all at the expense of such Grantor.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.1 to the contrary, (i) with respect to any assets acquired by such Grantor after the date hereof that are required by the Credit Agreement to be

 

10



 

subject to the Lien created hereby or (ii) with respect to any Person that, subsequent to the date hereof, becomes a Subsidiary that is required by the Credit Agreement to become a party hereto, the relevant Grantor after the acquisition or creation thereof shall promptly take all actions required by the Credit Agreement, this Section 4.1 and any Pari Passu Agreements.

 

4.2                                Damage or Destruction of Collateral .  The Grantors agree promptly to notify the Collateral Agent if any portion of the Collateral is damaged or destroyed in any manner which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.3                                Notices .  Each Grantor will advise the Collateral Agent and the Lenders promptly, in reasonable detail, of any Lien of which it has knowledge (other than the Security Interests created hereby or Liens permitted under the Credit Agreement and each Pari Passu Agreement) on any of the Collateral which would adversely affect, in any material respect, the ability of the Collateral Agent to exercise any of its remedies hereunder.

 

4.4                                Changes in Locations, Name, etc .  Each Grantor will furnish to the Collateral Agent promptly (and in any event within 30 days (or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may reasonably agree) of such change) a written notice of any change (i) in its legal name, (ii) in its jurisdiction of organization or location for purposes of the UCC, (iii) in its identity or type of organization or corporate structure or (iv) in its Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number.  Each Grantor agrees promptly to provide the Collateral Agent with certified organizational documents reflecting any of the changes described in the first sentence of this paragraph and take all other action reasonably necessary to maintain the perfection and priority of the security interest of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the Collateral and take all other action reasonably necessary to maintain the perfection and priority of the security interest of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the Collateral.

 

5.                                       Remedial Provisions .

 

5.1                                Certain Matters Relating to Accounts .

 

(a)                                  At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and after giving reasonable notice to the Borrower and any other relevant Grantor, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to instruct the Collateral Agent to (and upon such instruction, the Collateral Agent shall) make test verifications of the Accounts in any manner and through any medium that the Administrative Agent reasonably considers advisable, and each Grantor shall furnish all such assistance and information as the Collateral Agent may require in connection with such test verifications.  The Collateral Agent shall have the absolute right to share any information it gains from such inspection or verification with any Secured Party.

 

(b)                                  The Collateral Agent hereby authorizes each Grantor to collect such Grantor’s Accounts and the Collateral Agent may curtail or terminate said authority at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.  If required in writing by the Collateral Agent at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any payments of Accounts, when collected by any Grantor, (i) shall be forthwith (and, in any event, within two Business Days) deposited by such Grantor in the exact form received, duly endorsed by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent if required, in a Collateral Account maintained under the sole dominion and control of and on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, subject to withdrawal by the Collateral Agent for the account of the Secured Parties only as provided in Section 5.5 and (ii) until so turned over, shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties, segregated from other

 

11



 

funds of such Grantor.  Each such deposit of Proceeds of Accounts shall be accompanied by a report identifying in reasonable detail the nature and source of the payments included in the deposit.

 

(c)                                   At the Collateral Agent’s request at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, each Grantor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent all original and other documents evidencing, and relating to, the agreements and transactions which gave rise to the Accounts, including all original orders, invoices and shipping receipts.

 

(d)                                  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, a Grantor shall not grant any extension of the time of payment of any of the Accounts, compromise, compound or settle the same for less than the full amount thereof, release, wholly or partly, any Person liable for the payment thereof, or allow any credit or discount whatsoever thereon if the Collateral Agent shall have instructed the Grantors not to grant or make any such extension, credit, discount, compromise or settlement under any circumstances during the continuance of such Event of Default.

 

(e)                                   At the direction of the Collateral Agent, solely upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, each Grantor shall grant to the Collateral Agent to the extent assignable, a non-exclusive, fully paid-up, royalty-free, worldwide license to use, assign, license or sublicense any of the Intellectual Property included in the Collateral and now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor (subject to the rights of any person or entity under any pre-existing Copyright License, Patent License, Trademark License or other agreements).  Such license shall include access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer programs used for the compilation or printout thereof; provided, however , that nothing in this Section 5.1 shall require any Grantor to grant any license that is prohibited by any rule of law, statute or regulation or is prohibited by, or constitutes a breach of default under or results in the termination of or gives rise to any right of acceleration, modification or cancellation under any contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document evidencing, giving rise to a right to use or theretofore granted with respect to such property, provided , further , that such licenses to be granted hereunder with respect to Trademarks shall be subject to the quality control standards applicable to each such Trademark as in effect as of the date such licenses hereunder are granted.

 

5.2                                Communications with Credit Parties; Grantors Remain Liable .

 

(a)                                  The Collateral Agent in its own name or in the name of others may at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, after giving reasonable notice to the relevant Grantor of its intent to do so, communicate with obligors under the Accounts to verify with them to the Collateral Agent’s satisfaction the existence, amount and terms of any Accounts.  The Collateral Agent shall have the absolute right to share any information it gains from such inspection or verification with any Secured Party.

 

(b)                                  Upon the written request of the Collateral Agent at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, each Grantor shall notify obligors on the Accounts that the Accounts have been assigned to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that payments in respect thereof shall be made directly to the Collateral Agent.

 

(c)                                   Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Grantor shall remain liable under each of the Accounts to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder, all in accordance with the terms of any agreement giving rise thereto.  Neither the Collateral Agent nor any Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any Account (or

 

12



 

any agreement giving rise thereto) by reason of or arising out of this Security Agreement or the receipt by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party of any payment relating thereto, nor shall the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party be obligated in any manner to perform any of the obligations of any Grantor under or pursuant to any Account (or any agreement giving rise thereto), to make any payment, to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or as to the sufficiency of any performance by any party thereunder, to present or file any claim, to take any action to enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.

 

5.3                                Proceeds to be Turned Over To Collateral Agent .  In addition to the rights of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties specified in Section 5.1 with respect to payments of Accounts, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Collateral Agent, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, so requires by notice in writing to the relevant Grantor (it being understood that the exercise of remedies by the Secured Parties in connection with an Event of Default under Section 11.5 of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a request by the Collateral Agent for the purposes of this sentence and in such circumstances, no such written notice shall be required), all Proceeds received by any Grantor consisting of cash, checks and other near cash items shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Grantor, be turned over to the Collateral Agent in the exact form received by such Grantor (duly endorsed by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent, if required).  All Proceeds received by the Collateral Agent hereunder shall be held by the Collateral Agent in a Collateral Account maintained under its dominion and control and on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.  All Proceeds while held by the Collateral Agent in a Collateral Account (or by such Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties) shall continue to be held as collateral security for all the Obligations and shall not constitute payment thereof until applied as provided in Section 5.4.

 

5.4                                Application of Proceeds .  The Collateral Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection or sale of the Collateral as well as any Collateral consisting of cash, at any time after receipt in the order set forth below:

 

(i)                                      first , to the payment of all reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent in connection with any collection or sale or otherwise in connection with any Credit Document, including all court costs and the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and legal counsel, the repayment of all advances made by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder or under any other Credit Document on behalf of any Credit Party and any other reasonable and documented costs or expenses incurred in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under any other Credit Document;

 

(ii)                                   second , ratably to the Administrative Agent to be applied as provided in the Credit Agreement and each Authorized Representative to be applied as provided in the appliable Pari Passu Agreement, to the payment in full of all Obligations owing to the Secured Parties on the date of any distribution.

 

In making the determination and allocations required by this Section 5.4, the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely upon information supplied by the applicable Authorized Representative as to the amounts of unpaid principal and interest and other amounts outstanding with respect to such Pari Passu Obligations and the Collateral Agent shall have no liability to any of the Secured Parties for actions taken in reliance on such information.  If, despite the provisions of this Agreement, any Secured Party shall receive any payment or other recovery in excess of its portion of payments on account of the Obligations to which it is then entitled in accordance with this Agreement, such Secured Party shall hold such payment or other

 

13



 

recovery in trust for the benefit of all Secured Parties hereunder for distribution in accordance with this Section 5.4.

 

5.5                                Code and Other Remedies .  Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party upon default under the UCC or any other applicable law and also may with notice to the relevant Grantor, sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party or elsewhere for cash or on credit or for future delivery at such price or prices and upon such other terms as are commercially reasonable irrespective of the impact of any such sales on the market price of the Collateral.  The Collateral Agent shall be authorized at any such sale (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers of Collateral to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and, upon consummation of any such sale, the Collateral Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold.  Each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay and/or appraisal that it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted.  The Collateral Agent and any Secured Party shall have the right upon any such public sale, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, and the Collateral Agent or such Secured Party may pay the purchase price by crediting the amount thereof against the Obligations.  Each Grantor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least ten days’ notice to such Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification.  The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given.  The Collateral Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned.  To the extent permitted by law, each Grantor hereby waives any claim against the Collateral Agent arising by reason of the fact that the price at which any Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price that might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Collateral Agent accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Collateral to more than one offeree.  Each Grantor further agrees, at the Collateral Agent’s request to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Collateral Agent, at places which the Collateral Agent shall reasonably select, whether at such Grantor’s premises or elsewhere.  The Collateral Agent shall apply the net proceeds of any action taken by it pursuant to this Section 5.5 in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.4.

 

5.6                                Deficiency .  Each Grantor shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay its Obligations and the fees and disbursements of any attorneys employed by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to collect such deficiency.

 

5.7                                Amendments, etc. with Respect to the Obligations; Waiver of Rights .  Each Grantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Grantor and without notice to or further assent by any Grantor, (a) any demand for payment of any of the Obligations made by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may be rescinded by such party and any of the Obligations continued, (b) the Obligations, or the liability of any other party upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, (c) the

 

14



 

Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith and the Secured Cash Management Agreements, Secured Hedge Agreements and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith and the Pari Passu Agreements and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the Administrative Agent (or the Required Lenders, as the case may be, or, in the case of any Secured Hedge Agreement or Secured Cash Management Agreement, the Hedge Bank or Cash Management Bank party thereto, or, in the case of any Pari Passu Agreement, the holders of the applicable Pari Passu Obligations) may deem advisable from time to time and (d) any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for the payment of the Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released.  Neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Obligations or for this Security Agreement or any property subject thereto.  When making any demand hereunder against any Grantor, the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on any Grantor or any other Person, and any failure by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to make any such demand or to collect any payments from any Grantor or any other Person or any release of any Grantor or any other Person shall not relieve any Grantor in respect of which a demand or collection is not made or any Grantor not so released of its several obligations or liabilities hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, express or implied, or as a matter of law, of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party against any Grantor.  For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

 

6.                                       The Collateral Agent .

 

6.1                                Collateral Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc .

 

(a)                                  Each Grantor hereby appoints, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest, effective upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or otherwise, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Security Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Security Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby gives the Collateral Agent the power and right, on behalf of such Grantor, either in the Collateral Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor or otherwise, without assent by such Grantor, to do any or all of the following, in each case after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and after written notice by the Collateral Agent of its intent to do so:

 

(i)                                      take possession of and endorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under any Account or with respect to any other Collateral and file any claim or take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Collateral Agent for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under any Account or with respect to any other Collateral whenever payable;

 

(ii)                                   in the case of any Intellectual Property, execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Collateral Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ Security Interest in such Intellectual Property and the goodwill and general intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby;

 

15



 

(iii)                                pay or discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral;

 

(iv)                               execute, in connection with any sale provided for in Section 5.5, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral;

 

(v)                                  obtain and adjust insurance required to be maintained by such Grantor pursuant to Section 9.3 of the Credit Agreement;

 

(vi)                               direct any party liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to the Collateral Agent or as the Collateral Agent shall direct;

 

(vii)                            ask or demand for, collect and receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral;

 

(viii)                         sign and endorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any of the Collateral;

 

(ix)                               commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any portion thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral;

 

(x)                                  defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Grantor with respect to any Collateral (with such Grantor’s consent to the extent such action or its resolution could materially affect such Grantor or any of its Affiliates in any manner other than with respect to its continuing rights in such Collateral);

 

(xi)                               settle, compromise or adjust any such suit, action or proceeding and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as the Collateral Agent may deem appropriate (with such Grantor’s consent to the extent such action or its resolution could materially affect such Grantor or any of its Affiliates in any manner other than with respect to its continuing rights in such Collateral);

 

(xii)                            assign any Copyright, Patent or Trademark (along with the goodwill of the business to which any such Copyright, Patent or Trademark pertains), throughout the world for such term or terms, on such conditions, and in such manner, as the Collateral Agent shall in its sole discretion determine; and

 

(xiii)                         generally, sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and do, at the Collateral Agent’s option and such Grantor’s expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things that the Collateral Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Collateral Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ Security Interests therein and to effect the intent of this Security Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do.

 

16



 

Anything in this Section 6.1(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Collateral Agent agrees that it will not exercise any rights under the power of attorney provided for in this Section 6.1(a) unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(b)                                  If any Grantor fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained herein, the Collateral Agent, at its option, but without any obligation so to do, may perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such agreement.

 

(c)                                   The expenses of the Collateral Agent incurred in connection with actions undertaken as provided in this Section 6.1, together with interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to the highest rate per annum at which interest would then be payable on any category of past due ABR Loans under the Credit Agreement, from the date of payment by the Collateral Agent to the date reimbursed by the relevant Grantor, shall be payable by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent on demand.

 

(d)                                  Each Grantor hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  All powers, authorizations and agencies contained in this Security Agreement are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable until this Security Agreement is terminated and the Security Interests created hereby are released.

 

6.2                                Duty of Collateral Agent .  The Collateral Agent’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession, under Section 9-207 of the UCC or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as the Collateral Agent deals with similar property for its own account.  The Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Collateral Agent accords its own property.  Neither the Collateral Agent, any Secured Party nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof.  The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties hereunder are solely to protect the Collateral Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to exercise any such powers.  The Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own respective gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

6.3                                Authority of Collateral Agent .  Each Grantor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement with respect to any action taken by the Collateral Agent or the exercise or non-exercise by the Collateral Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Security Agreement shall, as between the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties, be governed by the Intercreditor Agreements and the Credit Agreement, and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the Collateral Agent and the Grantors, the Collateral Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the applicable Secured Parties with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Grantor shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.

 

6.4                                Security Interest Absolute .  All rights of the Collateral Agent hereunder, the Security Interest and all obligations of the Grantors hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional.

 

17



 

6.5                                Continuing Security Interest; Assignments Under the Credit Agreement; Release .

 

(a)                                  This Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon each Grantor and the successors and assigns thereof and shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns until all Obligations under the Credit Documents and each Pari Passu Agreement (other than, in each case, any contingent indemnity obligations not then due, any Secured Hedge Obligations or any Secured Cash Management Obligations) shall have been satisfied by payment in full, the Commitments shall be terminated and all Letters of Credit have expired or terminated and after all Letter of Credit Outstandings have been reduced to zero (or all such Letters of Credit and Letter of Credit Outstandings have been Cash Collateralized) notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Credit Agreement, the Credit Parties may be free from any Obligations.

 

(b)                                  A Grantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder (x) as it relates to the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) if it ceases to be a Credit Party in accordance with Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement and (y) as it relates to any Pari Passu Obligations, if it ceases to be a guarantor under such Pari Passu Agreement pursuant to the applicable provision(s) of such Pari Passu Agreement.

 

(c)                                   The Security Interest granted hereby in any Collateral shall automatically be released (A) as it relates to the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) (i) to the extent provided in Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement and (ii) upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the Security Interest granted hereby in such Collateral pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement and (B) as it relates to any Pari Passu Obligations, in whole or in part, as provided in the Pari Passu Agreement governing such obligations.  Any such release in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of such Collateral permitted under the Credit Agreement and each Pari Passu Agreement shall result in such Collateral being sold, transferred or disposed of, as applicable, free and clear of the Lien and Security Interest created hereby.

 

(d)                                  In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c), the Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver to any Grantor, at such Grantor’s expense, all documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release.  Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 6.5 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent.

 

6.6                                Reinstatement .  Each Grantor further agrees that, if any payment made by any Credit Party or other Person and applied to the Obligations is at any time annulled, avoided, set aside, rescinded, invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential or otherwise required to be refunded or repaid, or the proceeds of Collateral are required to be returned by any Secured Party to such Credit Party, its estate, trustee, receiver or any other Person, including any Grantor, under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such payment or repayment, any Lien or other Collateral securing such liability shall be and remain in full force and effect, as fully as if such payment had never been made or, if prior thereto the Lien granted hereby or other Collateral securing such liability hereunder shall have been released or terminated by virtue of such cancellation or surrender, such Lien or other Collateral shall be reinstated in full force and effect, and such prior cancellation or surrender shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair or otherwise affect any Lien or other Collateral securing the obligations of any Grantor in respect of the amount of such payment.

 

18



 

7.                                       Collateral Agent As Agent .

 

(a)                                  UBS AG, Stamford Branch has been appointed to act as the Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement, by the Lenders under the Credit Agreement and, by their acceptance of the benefits hereof, the other Secured Parties.  The Collateral Agent shall be obligated, and shall have the right hereunder, to make demands, to give notices, to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights, and to take or refrain from taking any action (including the release or substitution of Collateral), solely in accordance with this Security Agreement and the Credit Agreement, provided that the Collateral Agent shall exercise, or refrain from exercising, any remedies provided for in Section 5 in accordance with the instructions of Required Lenders.  In furtherance of the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(a), each Secured Party, by its acceptance of the benefits hereof, agrees that it shall have no right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral hereunder, except to the extent specifically set forth in Section 5 of the Guarantee, it being understood and agreed by such Secured Party that all rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the applicable Lenders and Secured Parties in accordance with the terms of this Section 7(a).

 

(b)                                  The Collateral Agent shall at all times be the same Person that is the Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement.  Written notice of resignation by the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 12.9 of the Credit Agreement shall also constitute notice of resignation as Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement; removal of the Collateral Agent shall also constitute removal under this Security Agreement; and appointment of a Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 12.9 of the Credit Agreement shall also constitute appointment of a successor Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement.  Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Collateral Agent under Section 12.9 of the Credit Agreement by a successor Collateral Agent, that successor Collateral Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement, and the retiring or removed Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement shall promptly (i) transfer to such successor Collateral Agent all sums, securities and other items of Collateral held hereunder, together with all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement and (ii) execute and deliver to such successor Collateral Agent or otherwise authorize the filing of such amendments to financing statements and take such other actions, as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the assignment to such successor Collateral Agent of the Security Interests created hereunder, whereupon such retiring or removed Collateral Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Security Agreement.  After any retiring or removed Collateral Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder as Collateral Agent, the provisions of this Security Agreement shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it under this Security Agreement while it was Collateral Agent hereunder.

 

(c)                                   The Applicable Authorized Representative shall direct the Collateral Agent in exercising any right, power, discretionary duty or other remedy available to the Collateral Agent under this Agreement or any Security Document and the other Secured Parties shall not have a right to take any actions with respect to the Collateral.  If the Collateral Agent shall not have received appropriate instruction within 10 days of a request therefor from the Applicable Authorized Representative (or such shorter period as reasonably may be specified in such notice or as may be necessary under the circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from taking such action as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the Secured Parties and the Collateral Agent shall have no liability to any Person for such action or inaction.  “Applicable Authorized Representative” shall mean (i) the Administrative Agent so long as the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) constitute Obligations hereunder and (ii) thereafter, the Authorized Representative representing the series of Indebtedness secured hereby with the greatest outstanding aggregate principal amount.

 

(d)                                  Neither the Collateral Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be liable to any party for any action taken or omitted to be taken by

 

19



 

any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any Security Document (except for its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined in a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction).  If the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) are no longer outstanding the Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement may resign and the Applicable Authorized Representative shall become the Collateral Agent.

 

8.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

8.1                                Intercreditor Agreements .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the liens and security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder, are subject to the provisions of any First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and/or Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement (each, an “ Intercreditor Agreement ”).  In the event of any conflict between the terms of any Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of such Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control.  No right, power or remedy granted to the Collateral Agent hereunder shall be exercised by the Collateral Agent, and no direction shall be given by the Collateral Agent, in contravention of any such Intercreditor Agreement.

 

8.2                                Amendments in Writing .  None of the terms or provisions of this Security Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except by a written instrument executed by the affected Grantor and the Collateral Agent in accordance with Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement and the equivalent provision of each Pari Passu Agreement.

 

8.3                                Notices .  All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 13.2 of the Credit Agreement.  All communications and notices hereunder to (i) any Grantor shall be given to it in care of Holdings at Holdings’ address set forth in Section 13.2 of the Credit Agreement or (ii) any Authorized Representative shall be given to it and the address set forth in the applicable Pari Passu Secured Party Consent.

 

8.4                                No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies .  Neither the Collateral Agent nor any Secured Party shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 8.2), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default or in any breach of any of the terms and conditions hereof.  No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof.  No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  A waiver by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy that the Collateral Agent or such other Secured Party would otherwise have on any future occasion.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

 

8.5                                Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  Each Grantor agrees to pay any and all reasonable out of pocket expenses (including all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that may be paid or incurred by any Secured Party in enforcing, or obtaining advice of counsel in respect of, any rights with respect to, or collecting, any or all of the Obligations and/or enforcing any rights with respect to, or collecting against, such Grantor under this Security Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Each Grantor agrees to pay, and to save the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties harmless from, any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any

 

20



 

and all stamp, excise, sales or other taxes that may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of the Collateral or in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Security Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Each Grantor agrees to pay, and to save the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties harmless from, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Security Agreement to the extent the Borrower would be required to do so pursuant to Section 13.5 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(d)                                  The agreements in this Section 8.5 shall survive repayment of the Obligations and all other amounts payable under the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

 

8.6                                Successors and Assigns .  The provisions of this Security Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that no Grantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Security Agreement without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent except pursuant to a transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement.

 

8.7                                Counterparts .  This Security Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Security Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.  A set of the copies of this Security Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and Holdings.

 

8.8                                Severability .  Any provision of this Security Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.  The parties hereto shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

8.9                                Section Headings .  The Section headings used in this Security Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

 

8.10                         Integration .  This Security Agreement together with the other Credit Documents represents the agreement of each of the Grantors with respect to the subject matter hereof and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth herein or in the other Credit Documents.

 

8.11                         GOVERNING LAW .  THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

8.12                         Submission To Jurisdiction Waivers .  Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

21


 

(a)           submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Security Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State and County of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

 

(b)           consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same and agrees not to commence or support any such action or proceeding in any other jurisdiction;

 

(c)           agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Person at its address referred to in Section 8.3 or at such other address of which such Person shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

 

(d)           agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right of any other party hereto (or any Secured Party) to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of any party hereto (or any Secured Party) to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

 

(e)           waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 8.12 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages; provided that nothing in this clause (e) shall limit the Credit Parties’ indemnification obligations set forth in Section 8.5.

 

8.13        Acknowledgments .  Each party hereto hereby acknowledges that:

 

(a)           it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Security Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party;

 

(b)           neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Grantor arising out of or in connection with this Security Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, and the relationship between the Grantors, on the one hand, and the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

 

(c)           no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Credit Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders and any other Secured Party or among the Grantors and the Lenders and any other Secured Party.

 

8.14        Additional Grantors .  Each Subsidiary that is required to become a party to this Security Agreement pursuant to Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement or an equivalent provision of any Pari Passu Agreement shall become a Subsidiary Grantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor herein, for all purposes of this Security Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of a written supplement substantially in the form of Annex A hereto.  The execution and delivery of any instrument adding an additional Grantor as a party to this Security Agreement shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder.  The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Security Agreement.

 

22



 

8.15        WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

8.16        Pari Passu Obligations .  On or after the date hereof and so long as expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement, the Borrower may from time to time designate Indebtedness at the time of incurrence to be secured on a pari passu basis with the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) as Pari Passu Obligations hereunder by delivering to the Collateral Agent and each other Authorized Representative (a) a certificate signed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower (upon which the Collateral Agent may conclusively and exclusively rely) (i) identifying the obligations so designated and the aggregate principal amount or face amount thereof, (ii) stating that such obligations are designated as “Pari Passu Obligations” for purposes hereof, (iii) representing that such designation of such obligations as Pari Passu Obligations complies with the terms of the Credit Agreement and each then extant Pari Passu Agreement, (iv) specifying the name and address of the Authorized Representative for such obligations and (vi) stating that Grantors have complied with their obligations hereunder, (b) a fully executed Pari Passu Secured Party Consent (in the form attached as Annex B) and (c) a fully executed joinder to any applicable Intercreditor Agreement.  Each Authorized Representative agrees that upon the satisfaction of all conditions set forth in the preceding sentence, the Collateral Agent shall act as agent under and subject to the terms of the Security Documents for the benefit of all Secured Parties, including, without limitation, any Secured Parties that hold any such Pari Passu Obligations, and each Authorized Representative agrees to the appointment, and acceptance of the appointment, of the Collateral Agent as agent for the holders of such Pari Passu Obligations as set forth in each Pari Passu Secured Party Consent and agrees, on behalf of itself and each Secured Party it represents, to be bound by this Security Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement.  Notwithstanding the delivery of the Pari Passu Secured Party Consent set forth above, the Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to act as Collateral Agent for any New Secured Parties (as such term is defined in Exhibit B hereto) whatsoever or to execute any document whatsoever if in the sole judgment of the Collateral Agent doing so would impose, purport to impose or might reasonably be expected to impose upon the Collateral Agent any obligation or liability for which the Collateral Agent is not in its sole discretion adequately protected.  In no event shall the Collateral Agent be subject to any document that it has not executed.  No Pari Passu Secured Party Consent shall be effective until it has been accepted in writing by the Collateral Agent.

 

8.17        Effectiveness .  With respect to PRA and its Subsidiaries (other than RPS and its Subsidiaries), the provisions set forth in this Security Agreement will not become operative until the consummation of the PRA Acquisition.  With respect to RPS and its Subsidiaries, the provisions set forth in this Security Agreement will not become operative until the consummation of the RPS Acquisition.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

23



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

PINNACLE HOLDCO PARENT, INC.

 

 

as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ali J. Satvat

 

 

 

Name: Ali J. Satvat

 

 

 

Title: Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

PINNACLE MERGER SUB, INC.

 

 

as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ali J. Satvat

 

 

 

Name: Ali J. Satvat

 

 

 

Title: Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRA INTERNATIONAL, as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Name: Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President of Finance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRA SUB, INC., as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Name: Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President of Finance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRA INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS, INC.,
as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Name: Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President of Finance

 

[Security Agreement]

 



 

 

 

PHARMACEUTICAL RESEARCH
ASSOCIATES, INC., as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Name: Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President of Finance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRA EARLY DEVELOPMENT RESEARCH,
INC., as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Name: Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President of Finance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CLINSTAR, LLC, as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By: Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc., manager and member

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Name: Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President of Finance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CLINSTAR GLOBAL HOLDINGS LLC,

 

 

as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: ClinStar, LLC, manager and member

 

 

By: Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc., manager and member

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Name: Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President of Finance

 

[Security Agreement]

 



 

 

 

CLINSTAR EUROPE LLC, as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: ClinStar Global Holdings LLC, manager and member

 

 

By: ClinStar, LLC, manager and member

 

 

By: Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc., manager and member

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Name: Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President of Finance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUNSET HILLS LLC, as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By: Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc., manager and member

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Name: Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President of Finance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTERNATIONAL MEDICAL TECHNICAL CONSULTANTS, LLC, as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By: Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc., manager and member

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Name: Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President of Finance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

REDWOOD HOLDCO PARENT, INC., as

 

 

Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ali J. Satvat

 

 

 

Name: Ali J. Satvat

 

 

 

Title: Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

[Security Agreement]

 



 

 

 

RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP., as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Harris Koffer

 

 

 

Name: Harris Koffer

 

 

 

Title: President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ROY RPS HOLDINGS CORP., as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Harris Koffer

 

 

 

Name: Harris Koffer

 

 

 

Title: President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RESEARCH PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES,
INC., as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Harris Koffer

 

 

 

Name: Harris Koffer

 

 

 

Title:    CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RESEARCH PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES,
LLC, as Grantor

 

 

 

 

 

By: ReSearch Pharmaceutical Services, Inc., its managing member

 

 

By:

/s/ Harris Koffer

 

 

 

Name: Harris Koffer

 

 

 

Title: CEO

 

[Security Agreement]

 



 

 

 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,

 

 

as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lana Gifas

 

 

 

Name: Lana Gifas

 

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joselin Fernandes

 

 

 

Name: Joselin Fernandes

 

 

 

Title: Associate Director

 

[Security Agreement]

 




Exhibit 10.15

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

GUARANTEE

 

THIS GUARANTEE dated as of September 23, 2013, by each of the signatories listed on the signature pages hereto and each of the other entities that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 20 (the “ Guarantors ,” and individually, a “ Guarantor ”), in favor of the Collateral Agent (as defined in the Credit Agreement) for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H :

 

WHEREAS, reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among PINNACLE HOLDCO PARENT, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), PINNACLE MERGER SUB, INC., which on the Closing Date shall be merged with PRA HOLDINGS, INC. (with PRA HOLDINGS, INC. as the merged company, the “ Borrower ”), the lending institutions from time to time parties thereto (each a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Lenders ”), UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Letter of Credit Issuer and UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC, as Swingline Lender and the other parties party thereto, pursuant to which, among other things, the Lenders have severally agreed to make Loans to the Borrower, the Swingline Lender has agreed to make Swingline Loans and the Letter of Credit Issuer has agreed to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Extensions of Credit ”) upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein and one or more Cash Management Banks or Hedge Banks may from time to time enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements with Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries;

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower is a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of Holdings and each Guarantor is a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of Holdings;

 

WHEREAS, the Extensions of Credit will be used in part to enable valuable transfers to the Guarantors in connection with the operation of their respective businesses;

 

WHEREAS, each Guarantor acknowledges that it will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the Extensions of Credit; and

 

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to make their respective Extensions of Credit to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement that the Guarantors shall have executed and delivered this Guarantee to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to enter into the Credit Agreement, to induce the Lenders, Swingline Lender and the Letter of Credit Issuer to make their respective Extensions of Credit to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Cash Management Banks or Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements with Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries, the Guarantors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as follows:

 

1.                                       Defined Terms .

 

(a)                                  Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 



 

(b)                                  The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Guarantee shall refer to this Guarantee as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Guarantee, and Section references are to Sections of this Guarantee unless otherwise specified.  The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.

 

(c)                                   The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

 

2.                                       Guarantee .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the provisions of Section 2(b), each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations of anyone other than such Guarantor (including amounts that would become due for operation of the automatic stay under 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. § 362(a)).

 

(b)                                  Anything herein or in any other Credit Document to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum liability of each Guarantor hereunder and under the other Credit Documents shall in no event exceed the amount that can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable laws relating to fraudulent conveyances, fraudulent transfers or the insolvency of debtors.

 

(c)                                   Each Guarantor further agrees to pay any and all expenses (including all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that may be paid or incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party in enforcing, or obtaining advice of counsel in respect of, any rights with respect to, or collecting, any or all of the Obligations and/or enforcing any rights with respect to, or collecting against, the Guarantors under this Guarantee.

 

(d)                                  Each Guarantor agrees that the Obligations may at any time and from time to time exceed the amount of the liability of such Guarantor hereunder without impairing this Guarantee or affecting the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party hereunder.

 

(e)                                   No payment or payments made by the Borrower, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person or received or collected by the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party from the Borrower, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application at any time or from time to time in reduction of or in payment of the Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of any Guarantor hereunder, which shall, notwithstanding any such payment or payments, other than payments made by such Guarantor in respect of the Obligations or payments received or collected from such Guarantor in respect of the Obligations, remain liable for the Obligations up to the maximum liability of such Guarantor hereunder until the Obligations under the Credit Documents are paid in full, the Commitments are terminated and no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding or the Letters of Credit Outstanding shall have been Cash Collateralized.

 

(f)                                    Each Guarantor agrees that whenever, at any time, or from time to time, it shall make any payment to the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party on account of its liability hereunder, it will notify the Collateral Agent in writing that such payment is made under this Guarantee for such purpose.

 

2



 

The Collateral Agent shall have its own independent right to demand payment of the amounts payable by each applicable Guarantor under this Section 2, irrespective of any discharge of such Guarantor’s obligations to pay those amounts to the other Secured Parties resulting from failure by them to take appropriate steps in insolvency proceedings affecting that Guarantor to preserve their entitlement to be paid those amounts.

 

Any amount due and payable by a Guarantor to the Collateral Agent under this Section 2 shall be decreased to the extent that the other Secured Parties have received (and are able to retain) payment in full of the corresponding amount under the other provisions of the Credit Documents and any amount due and payable by a Guarantor to the Collateral Agent under those provisions shall be decreased to the extent that the Collateral Agent has received (and is able to retain) payment in full of the corresponding amount under this Section 2.

 

3.                                       [Reserved]

 

4.                                       Right of Contribution .  Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder (including by way of set-off rights being exercised against it), such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Guarantor hereunder who has not paid its proportionate share of such payment.  Each Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 6 hereof.  The provisions of this Section 4 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties up to the maximum liability of such Guarantor hereunder.

 

5.                                       Right of Set-off .  In addition to any rights and remedies of the Secured Parties provided by law, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably authorizes each Secured Party at any time and from time to time following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without notice to such Guarantor or any other Guarantor, any such notice being expressly waived by each Guarantor, upon any amount becoming due and payable by such Guarantor hereunder (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Secured Party to or for the credit or the account of such Guarantor.  Each Secured Party shall notify such Guarantor promptly of any such set-off and the appropriation and application made by such Secured Party, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

 

6.                                       No Subrogation .  Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by any of the Guarantors hereunder or any set-off or appropriation and application of funds of any of the Guarantors by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights (or if subrogated by operation of law, such Guarantor hereby waives such rights to the extent permitted by applicable law) of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party against the Borrower or any Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for the payment of any of the Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Borrower or any Guarantor or other guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, in each case, until all amounts owing to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties on account of the Obligations under the Credit Documents are paid in full, the Commitments are terminated and no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding or the Letters of Credit outstanding shall have been Cash Collateralized.  If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all the Obligations shall not have been paid in

 

3



 

full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Collateral Agent in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Collateral Agent, if required), to be applied against the Obligations, whether due or to become due, in such order as the Collateral Agent may determine.

 

7.                                       Amendments, etc. with Respect to the Obligations; Waiver of Rights .  Each Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Guarantor and without notice to or further assent by any Guarantor, (a) any demand for payment of any of the Obligations made by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may be rescinded by such party and any of the Obligations continued, (b) the Obligations, or the liability of any other party upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, (c) the Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents, the Letters of Credit and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith and the Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the Administrative Agent (or the Required Lenders, as the case may be, or, in the case of any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement, the Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank party thereto) may deem advisable from time to time and (d) any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for the payment of any of the Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released.  Neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Obligations or for this Guarantee or any property subject thereto.  When making any demand hereunder against any Guarantor, the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on the Borrower or any Guarantor or any other person, and any failure by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to make any such demand or to collect any payments from the Borrower or any Guarantor or any other person or any release of the Borrower or any Guarantor or any other person shall not relieve any Guarantor in respect of which a demand or collection is not made or any Guarantor not so released of its several obligations or liabilities hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, express or implied, or as a matter of law, of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party against any Guarantor.  For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

 

8.                                       Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional .

 

(a)                                  Each Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, contraction, incurrence, renewal, extension, amendment, waiver or accrual of any of the Obligations, and notice of or proof of reliance by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party upon this Guarantee or acceptance of this Guarantee.  All Obligations shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended, waived or accrued, in reliance upon this Guarantee, and all dealings between the Borrower and any of the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, on the other hand, likewise shall be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Guarantee.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives diligence, promptness, presentment, protest and notice of protest, demand for payment or performance, notice of default or nonpayment, notice of acceptance and any other notice in respect of the Obligations or any part of them, and any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of the Borrower or any of the Guarantors with respect to the Obligations.  Each Guarantor understands and agrees that this Guarantee shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to (a) the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Credit

 

4



 

Document, any Letter of Credit, any Secured Cash Management Agreement, any Secured Hedge Agreement, any of the Obligations or any collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, (b) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance) that may at any time be available to or be asserted by the Borrower against the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party or (c)  any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of the Borrower or such Guarantor) that constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of the Borrower for the Obligations, or of such Guarantor under this Guarantee, in bankruptcy or in any other instance.  When pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against any Guarantor,  the Collateral Agent and any other Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against the Borrower or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for the Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from the Borrower or any such other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of the Borrower or any such other Person or any such collateral security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve such Guarantor of any liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties against such Guarantor.

 

(b)                                  This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon each Guarantor and the successors and assigns thereof and shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns until all Obligations under the Credit Documents (other than any contingent indemnity obligations not then due, any Secured Hedge Obligations or any Secured Cash Management Obligations) shall have been satisfied by payment in full, the Commitments thereunder shall be terminated and no Letters of Credit thereunder shall be outstanding (except to the extent that the Letters of Credit have been Cash Collateralized), notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Credit Agreement and any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement the Credit Parties may be free from any Obligations.

 

(c)                                   A Guarantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be automatically released under the circumstances described in Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(d)                                  The Guarantors jointly and severally agree that, as between the Guarantors and the Secured Parties, the Obligations under the Credit Documents may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Section 11 of the Credit Agreement (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in such Section) for purposes of Section 2, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against the Borrower and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), such obligations (whether or not due and payable by the Borrower) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for purposes of Section 2.

 

9.                                       Reinstatement .  This Guarantee shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

 

5



 

10.                                Payments .  Each Guarantor hereby guarantees that payments hereunder will be paid to the Collateral Agent without set-off or counterclaim in Dollars (based on the Dollar Equivalent amount of such Obligations on the date of payment) at the Collateral Agent’s office.  Each Guarantor agrees that the provisions of Sections 5.4 and 13.19 of the Credit Agreement shall apply to such Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee.

 

11.                                Representations and Warranties; Covenants .

 

(a)                                  Each Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that the representations and warranties set forth in Section 8 of the Credit Agreement as they relate to such Guarantor and in the other Credit Documents to which such Guarantor is a party, each of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference, are true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date), and the Collateral Agent and each other Secured Party shall be entitled to rely on each of them as if they were fully set forth herein.

 

(b)                                  Each Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees with the Collateral Agent and each other Secured Party that, from and after the date of this Guarantee until the Obligations are paid in full, the Commitments are terminated and no Letter of Credit remains outstanding or the Letters of Credit Outstanding have been Cash Collateralized, such Guarantor shall take, or shall refrain from taking, as the case may be, all actions that are necessary to be taken or not taken so that no violation of any provision, covenant or agreement contained in Section 9 or Section 10 of the Credit Agreement and so that no Default or Event of Default, is caused by any act or failure to act of such Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

12.                                Authority of the Collateral Agent .

 

(a)                                  The Collateral Agent enters into this Guarantee in its capacity as agent for the Secured Parties from time to time.  The rights and obligations of the Collateral Agent under this Guarantee at any time are the rights and obligations of the Secured Parties at that time.  Each of the Secured Parties has (subject to the terms of the Credit Documents) a several entitlement to each such right, and a several liability in respect of each such obligation, in the proportions described in the Credit Documents.  The rights, remedies and discretions of the Secured Parties, or any of them, under this Guarantee may be exercised by the Collateral Agent.  No party to this Guarantee is obliged to inquire whether an exercise by the Collateral Agent of any such right, remedy or discretion is within the Collateral Agent’s authority as agent for the Secured Parties.

 

(b)                                  Each party to this Guarantee acknowledges and agrees that any changes (in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Documents) in the identity of the persons from time to time comprising the Secured Parties gives rise to an equivalent change in the Secured Parties, without any further act.  Upon such an occurrence, the persons then comprising the Secured Parties are vested with the rights, remedies and discretions and assume the obligations of the Secured Parties under this Guarantee.  Each party to this Guarantee irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent to give effect to the change in Lenders contemplated in this Section 12(b) by countersigning an Assignment and Acceptance.

 

(c)                                   Neither the Collateral Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be liable to any party for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any Credit Document (except for its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction).

 

6



 

13.                                Notices .  All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 13.2 of the Credit Agreement.  All communications and notices hereunder to any Guarantor shall be given to it in care of Holdings at the Holdings’ address set forth in Section 13.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

14.                                Counterparts .  This Guarantee may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Guarantee on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.  A set of the copies of this Guarantee signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and Holdings.

 

15.                                Severability .  Any provision of this Guarantee that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.  The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

16.                                Integration .  This Guarantee, together with the other Credit Documents and each other document in respect of any Secured Hedge Agreement and any Secured Cash Management Agreement, represents the agreement of each Guarantor and the Collateral Agent with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Credit Documents or each other document in respect of any Secured Hedge Agreement or any Secured Cash Management Agreement.

 

17.                                Amendments in Writing; No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .

 

(a)                                  None of the terms or provisions of this Guarantee may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 17(a)), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default or in any breach of any of the terms and conditions hereof.  No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof.  No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  A waiver by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy that the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party would otherwise have on any future occasion.

 

(c)                                   The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

 

18.                                Section Headings .  The Section headings used in this Guarantee are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

 

7



 

19.                                Successors and Assigns .  This Guarantee shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns except that no Guarantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Guarantee without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent.

 

20.                                Additional Guarantors .  Each Subsidiary of Holdings that is required to become a party to this Guarantee pursuant to Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Guarantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Guarantor herein, for all purposes of this Guarantee, upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of a written supplement substantially in the form of Annex A hereto (each such written supplement, a “ Guarantor Supplement ”).  The execution and delivery of any instrument adding an additional Guarantor as a party to this Guarantee shall not require the consent of any other Guarantor hereunder.  The rights and obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Guarantor as a party to this Guarantee.

 

21.                                WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS GUARANTEE, ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

22.                                Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers; Service of Process .  Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)                                  submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Guarantee and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State and County of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York and appellate courts from any thereof;

 

(b)                                  consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same or to commence or support any such action or proceeding in any other jurisdiction;

 

(c)                                   agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

 

(d)                                  waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 22 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

 

Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally appoints the Borrower (or, if such entity ceases to be existing under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia, and each Credit Party does not appoint another Credit Party existing therein as such a substitute agent, CT Corporation System 111 Eighth Avenue, 13 th  Floor, New York, New York 10011) as its agent for service of process in any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Guarantee and each other Credit Document and agrees that service of process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid,

 

8



 

to such Guarantor in care of the Borrower at the Borrower’s address set forth in the Credit Agreement (or, if the Borrower ceases to be the agent for service of process as set forth in this paragraph, at the address of CT Corporation System set forth in this paragraph or the address of the substitute agent specified upon its appointment, as the case may be) and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Borrower (or such other substitute agent) to accept such service on its behalf.

 

23.                                GOVERNING LAW .  THIS GUARANTEE AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

24.                                Effectiveness .  With respect to PRA and its Subsidiaries (other than RPS and its Subsidiaries), the provisions set forth in this Guarantee will not become operative until the consummation of the PRA Acquisition.  With respect to RPS and its Subsidiaries, the provisions set forth in this Guarantee will not become operative until the consummation of the RPS Acquisition.

 

 [Signature pages follow]

 

9


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Guarantee to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer or other representative as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

 

PINNACLE HOLDCO PARENT, INC.

 

 

as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ali J. Satvat

 

 

 

Name: Ali J. Satvat

 

 

 

Title: Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

PINNACLE MERGER SUB, INC.

 

 

as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ali J. Satvat

 

 

 

Name: Ali J. Satvat

 

 

 

Title: Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRA INTERNATIONAL, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Name: Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President of Finance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRA SUB, INC., as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Name: Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President of Finance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRA INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS, INC.,

as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Name: Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President of Finance

 

[Signature Page to Guarantee]

 



 

 

 

PHARMACEUTICAL RESEARCH

ASSOCIATES, INC., as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Name: Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President of Finance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRA EARLY DEVELOPMENT RESEARCH,

INC., as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Name: Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President of Finance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CLINSTAR, LLC, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By: Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc., manager and member

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Name: Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President of Finance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CLINSTAR GLOBAL HOLDINGS LLC,

 

 

as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: ClinStar, LLC, manager and member

 

 

By: Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc., manager and member

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Name: Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President of Finance

 

[Signature Page to Guarantee]

 



 

 

 

CLINSTAR EUROPE LLC, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: ClinStar Global Holdings LLC, manager and member

 

 

By: ClinStar, LLC, manager and member

 

 

By: Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc., manager and member

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Name: Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President of Finance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUNSET HILLS LLC, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By: Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc., manager and member

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Name: Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President of Finance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTERNATIONAL MEDICAL TECHNICAL

CONSULTANTS, LLC, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By: Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc., manager and member

 

 

By:

/s/ Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Name: Mike Bonello

 

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President of Finance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

REDWOOD HOLDCO PARENT, INC., as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ali J. Satvat

 

 

 

Name: Ali J. Satvat

 

 

 

Title: Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Guarantee]

 



 

 

 

RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP., as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Harris Koffer

 

 

 

Name: Harris Koffer

 

 

 

Title: President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ROY RPS HOLDINGS CORP., as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Harris Koffer

 

 

 

Name: Harris Koffer

 

 

 

Title: President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RESEARCH PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES,

INC., as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Harris Koffer

 

 

 

Name: Harris Koffer

 

 

 

Title: CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RESEARCH PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES,

LLC, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By: ReSearch Pharmaceutical Services, Inc., its managing member

 

 

By:

/s/ Harris Koffer

 

 

 

Name: Harris Koffer

 

 

 

Title: CEO

 

[Signature Page to Guarantee]

 



 

 

 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,

 

 

as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lana Gifas

 

 

 

Name: Lana Gifas

 

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joselin Fernandes

 

 

 

Name: Joselin Fernandes

 

 

 

Title: Associate Director

 

[Signature Page to Guarantee]

 




Exhibit 10.16

 

PINNACLE MERGER SUB, INC. (to be merged with and into PRA HOLDINGS, INC.)

 

as Issuer

 

THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN

 

and

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

as Trustee,

 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of September 23, 2013

 

$375,000,000

 

9.500% Senior Notes Due 2023

 



 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

Page

 

ARTICLE ONE

 

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS

OF GENERAL APPLICATION

 

 

 

SECTION 101.

Rules of Construction

1

SECTION 102.

Definitions

2

SECTION 103.

Compliance Certificates and Opinions

38

SECTION 104.

Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee

38

SECTION 105.

Acts of Holders

39

SECTION 106.

Notices, Etc., to Trustee, Issuer, any Guarantor and Agent

39

SECTION 107.

Notice to Holders; Waiver

40

SECTION 108.

Effect of Headings and Table of Contents

41

SECTION 109.

Successors and Assigns

41

SECTION 110.

Severability Clause

41

SECTION 111.

Benefits of Indenture

41

SECTION 112.

Governing Law

41

SECTION 113.

Legal Holidays

41

SECTION 114.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Managers, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

41

SECTION 115.

Counterparts

41

SECTION 116.

USA PATRIOT Act

41

SECTION 117.

Waiver of Jury Trial

42

SECTION 118.

Force Majeure

42

 

 

 

ARTICLE TWO

 

NOTE FORMS

 

 

 

SECTION 201.

Form and Dating

42

SECTION 202.

Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating

42

 

 

 

ARTICLE THREE

 

THE NOTES

 

 

 

SECTION 301.

Title and Terms

43

SECTION 302.

Note Registrar, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent

44

SECTION 303.

Denominations

45

SECTION 304.

Temporary Notes

45

SECTION 305.

Registration of Transfer and Exchange

45

SECTION 306.

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes

46

SECTION 307.

Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved

47

SECTION 308.

Persons Deemed Owners

48

SECTION 309.

Cancellation

48

SECTION 310.

Computation of Interest

48

SECTION 311.

Transfer and Exchange

48

SECTION 312.

CUSIP, ISIN and Common Code Numbers

48

SECTION 313.

Issuance of Additional Notes

48

 



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE FOUR

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

 

 

SECTION 401.

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

49

SECTION 402.

Application of Trust Money

50

 

 

 

ARTICLE FIVE

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

 

 

SECTION 501.

Events of Default

50

SECTION 502.

Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment

52

SECTION 503.

Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee

53

SECTION 504.

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

54

SECTION 505.

Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes

54

SECTION 506.

Application of Money Collected

54

SECTION 507.

Limitation on Suits

55

SECTION 508.

Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest

55

SECTION 509.

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

56

SECTION 510.

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

56

SECTION 511.

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

56

SECTION 512.

Control by Holders

56

SECTION 513.

Waiver of Past Defaults

56

SECTION 514.

Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws

57

SECTION 515.

Undertaking for Costs

57

 

 

 

ARTICLE SIX

 

THE TRUSTEE

 

 

 

SECTION 601.

Duties of the Trustee

57

SECTION 602.

Notice of Defaults

58

SECTION 603.

Certain Rights of Trustee

58

SECTION 604.

Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes

60

SECTION 605.

May Hold Notes

60

SECTION 606.

Money Held in Trust

60

SECTION 607.

Compensation and Reimbursement

60

SECTION 608.

Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility

61

SECTION 609.

Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor

62

SECTION 610.

Acceptance of Appointment by Successor

62

SECTION 611.

Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business

63

SECTION 612.

Appointment of Authenticating Agent

63

 

ARTICLE SEVEN

 

HOLDERS LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND ISSUER

 

 

 

SECTION 701.

Issuer to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses

64

SECTION 702.

Reports by Trustee

64

 

ARTICLE EIGHT

 

ii



 

 

 

Page

 

 

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE

OF ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS

 

 

 

SECTION 801.

Issuer May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms

65

SECTION 802.

Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms

66

SECTION 803.

Successor Substituted

66

 

ARTICLE NINE

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

 

 

 

SECTION 901.

Amendments or Supplements Without Consent of Holders

67

SECTION 902.

Amendments, Supplements or Waivers with Consent of Holders

68

SECTION 903.

Execution of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers

69

SECTION 904.

Effect of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers

69

SECTION 905.

Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures

69

SECTION 906.

Notice of Supplemental Indentures

69

 

ARTICLE TEN

 

COVENANTS

 

 

 

SECTION 1001.

Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest

69

SECTION 1002.

Maintenance of Office or Agency

70

SECTION 1003.

Money for Notes Payments to Be Held in Trust

70

SECTION 1004.

Organizational Existence

71

SECTION 1005.

Payment of Taxes and Other Claims

71

SECTION 1006.

Maintenance of Properties

71

SECTION 1007.

Insurance

72

SECTION 1008.

Statement by Officer as to Default

72

SECTION 1009.

Reports and Other Information

72

SECTION 1010.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

74

SECTION 1011.

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock

82

SECTION 1012.

Liens

87

SECTION 1013.

Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates

87

SECTION 1014.

Limitations on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

90

SECTION 1015.

Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries

92

SECTION 1016.

Change of Control

92

SECTION 1017.

Asset Sales

94

SECTION 1018.

Suspension of Covenants

98

 

 

 

ARTICLE ELEVEN

 

REDEMPTION OF NOTES

 

 

 

SECTION 1101.

Right of Redemption

99

SECTION 1102.

Applicability of Article

100

SECTION 1103.

Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee

100

SECTION 1104.

Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed

100

SECTION 1105.

Notice of Redemption

100

 

iii



 

 

 

Page

 

SECTION 1106.

Deposit of Redemption Price

102

SECTION 1107.

Notes Payable on Redemption Date

102

SECTION 1108.

Notes Redeemed in Part

102

SECTION 1109.

Mandatory Redemption

102

 

 

 

ARTICLE TWELVE

 

GUARANTEES

 

 

 

SECTION 1201.

Guarantees

102

SECTION 1202.

Severability

104

SECTION 1203.

Restricted Subsidiaries

104

SECTION 1204.

Limitation of Guarantors’ Liability

104

SECTION 1205.

Contribution

104

SECTION 1206.

Subrogation

105

SECTION 1207.

Reinstatement

105

SECTION 1208.

Release of a Guarantor

105

SECTION 1209.

Benefits Acknowledged

106

SECTION 1210.

Effectiveness of Guarantees

106

 

 

 

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

 

 

SECTION 1301.

Issuer’s Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

106

SECTION 1302.

Legal Defeasance and Discharge

106

SECTION 1303.

Covenant Defeasance

106

SECTION 1304.

Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

107

SECTION 1305.

Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust Other Miscellaneous Provisions

108

SECTION 1306.

Reinstatement

109

 

iv



 

APPENDIX & EXHIBITS

 

ANNEX I                                             — Rule 144A / Regulation S

EXHIBIT 1 to Rule 144A / Regulation S — Form of Initial Note

EXHIBIT 2 to Rule 144A / Regulation S — Form of Transferee Letter of Representation

EXHIBIT A                               — Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors

EXHIBIT B                               — Form of Incumbency Certificate

 

v


 

INDENTURE dated as of September 23, 2013 (this “Indenture”) among PINNACLE MERGER SUB, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), which shall be merged with and into PRA HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation, upon consummation of the PRA Acquisition (as defined below) and PRA HOLDINGS, INC. shall from and after such PRA Acquisition be the “Issuer” hereunder, the Guarantors (as defined herein) listed on the signature pages hereto, and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as Trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

RECITALS OF THE ISSUER

 

The Issuer has duly authorized the creation of an issue of 9.500% Senior Notes Due 2023 issued on the date hereof (the “Initial Notes”) and to provide therefor the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.

 

All things necessary have been done to make the Notes, when executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered hereunder and duly issued by the Issuer, the valid and legally binding obligations of the Issuer and to make this Indenture a valid and legally binding agreement of the Issuer and the Guarantors, in accordance with their and its terms.

 

Each of the parties hereto is entering into this Indenture for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined below) of (i) the Issuer’s Initial Notes and (ii) any Additional Notes (as defined herein) that may be issued from time to time under this Indenture.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

 

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and ratable benefit of all Holders, as follows:

 

ARTICLE ONE

 

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS
OF GENERAL APPLICATION

 

SECTION 101.                                            Rules of Construction .

 

(a)                                  For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(1)                                  the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article, and words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

 

(2)                                  all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP (as herein defined);

 

(3)                                  the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

 

(4)                                  all references to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Appendices shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Appendices to, this Indenture;

 

(5)                                  “or” is not exclusive;

 

1



 

(6)                                  “including” means including without limitation; and

 

(7)                                  all references to the date the Notes were originally issued shall refer to the Issue Date.

 

(b)                                  This Indenture incorporates certain provisions of the TIA (as herein defined) by reference.  The following TIA terms have the following meanings:

 

(1)                                  “Commission” means the SEC;

 

(2)                                  “indenture securities” means the Notes and the Guarantees;

 

(3)                                  “indenture security holder” means a Holder;

 

(4)                                  “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

 

(5)                                  “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

 

(6)                                  “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer, each Guarantor and any other obligor on the indenture securities.

 

All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

 

SECTION 102.                                            Definitions .

 

“Acceptable Commitment” has the meaning specified in Section 1017 of this Indenture.

 

“ACH” means Automated Clearing House or any successor thereto.

 

“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person,

 

(1)                                  Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

 

(2)                                  Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

“Act”, when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in Section 105(a) of this Indenture.

 

“Additional Notes” means any Notes issued by the Issuer pursuant to Section 313, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes, whether or not they have the same “CUSIP” number.

 

“Adjusted Net Assets” has the meaning specified in Section 1205 of this Indenture.

 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.  For purposes

 

2



 

of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

 

“Affiliate Transaction” has the meaning specified in Section 1013 of this Indenture.

 

“Agent” means any Note Registrar, Transfer Agent, co-registrar, Paying Agent or other agent appointed in accordance with this Indenture to perform any function that this Indenture authorized such agent to perform.

 

“Appendix” has the meaning specified in Section 201 of this Indenture.

 

“Applicable Calculation Date” means the applicable date of calculation for (i) the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio, (ii) the Consolidated Total Debt Ratio, (iii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or (iv) EBITDA.

 

“Applicable Measurement Period” means the most recently ended four fiscal quarters immediately preceding the Applicable Calculation Date for which internal financial statements are available.

 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

 

(1)                                  1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and

 

(2)                                  the excess, if any, of:

 

(A)                                the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the Redemption Price (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 1101) of such Note at October 1, 2018, plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date) through October 1, 2018, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over

 

(B)                                the principal amount of such Note.

 

Calculation of the Applicable Premium will be made by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate; provided that such calculation or the correctness thereof shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee and the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely on such calculation provided to it by the Issuer or the Issuer’s designee.

 

“Asset Sale” means:

 

(1)                                  the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”), or

 

(2)                                  the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than preferred stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with the covenant described under

 

3



 

Section 1011), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, in each case, other than:

 

(A)                                any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete, damaged, unnecessary, unsuitable or worn out equipment or other assets in the ordinary course of business, or any disposition of inventory, immaterial assets or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business;

 

(B)                                the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or any Guarantor in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 801 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;

 

(C)                                the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 1010;

 

(D)                                any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $20.0 million;

 

(E)                                 any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(F)                                  to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or any comparable or successor provision, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

(G)                                the lease, assignment, sub-lease, license or sub-license of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

 

(H)                               any issuance, sale or pledge of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(I)                                    foreclosures, condemnation, eminent domain or any similar action on assets;

 

(J)                                    sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

 

(K)                               any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture;

 

(L)                                 any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contractual rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;

 

(M)                             the sale, lease, assignment, license, sublease or discount of inventory, equipment, accounts receivable, notes receivable, or other current assets in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable or other

 

4



 

dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

 

(N)                                the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business, other than the licensing of intellectual property on a long-term basis;

 

(O)                                the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations;

 

(P)                                  sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

 

(Q)                                the lapse or abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer are not material to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and

 

(R)                                the issuance of directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals or other third parties as required by applicable law.

 

“Asset Sale Offer” has the meaning specified in Section 1017(c) of this Indenture.

 

“Asset Sale Proceeds Application Period” has the meaning specified in Section 1017(b) of this Indenture.

 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended, or any similar United States federal or state law and the law of any other jurisdiction relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors or any amendment to, succession to or change in any such law.

 

“Board of Directors” means, for any Person, the Board of Directors or other governing body of such Person or, if such Person does not have such a Board of Directors or other governing body and is owned or managed by a single entity, the Board of Directors or other governing body of such entity, or, in either case, any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board of Directors or other governing body. Unless otherwise provided, “ Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Issuer.

 

“Board Resolution” means with respect to the Issuer, a duly adopted resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any committee of such Board of Directors.

 

“Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

 

“Capital Stock” means:

 

(1)                                  in the case of a corporation, corporate stock,

 

(2)                                  in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock,

 

5



 

(3)                                  in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited), and

 

(4)                                  any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Cash Equivalents” means:

 

(1)                                  U.S. dollars,

 

(2)                                  Canadian dollars,

 

(3)                                  (A)  euro, pounds sterling or any national currency of any participating member state in the European Union, or

 

(B)  local currencies held from time to time in the ordinary course of business,

 

(4)                                  securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any country that is a member state of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

(5)                                  certificates of deposit, time deposits and dollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250.0 million in the case of United States banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of foreign banks,

 

(6)                                  repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (4) and (5) above, entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (5) above,

 

(7)                                  commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof,

 

(8)                                  marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof,

 

(9)                                  investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (8) above and (10) through (12) below,

 

(10)                           readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having

 

6



 

one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

(11)                           Indebtedness or preferred stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

(12)                           Investments with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, and

 

(13)                           in the case of Investments by any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary, Investments of comparable tenor and credit quality to those described in the foregoing clauses (1) through (12) customarily utilized in countries in which such Foreign Subsidiary operates for short term cash management purposes.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) through (3) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) through (3) above, as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

 

“Cash Management Services” means any of the following to the extent not constituting a line of credit (other than an overnight overdraft facility that is not in default): ACH transactions, treasury and/or cash management services, including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services, overdraft facilities, foreign exchange facilities, deposit and other accounts and merchant services.

 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Issue Date:

 

(1)                                  the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder in connection with which any Person other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the transferee Person in such sale or transfer of assets, as the case may be; provided that (x) so long as such transferee Person is a Subsidiary of a Permitted Parent, no Person shall be deemed to be or become a beneficial owner of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such transferee Person unless such Person shall be or become a beneficial owner of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Permitted Parent and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the beneficial owner shall not in any case be included in the calculation of any Voting Stock of which any such Person first referred to above in this clause (1) is the beneficial owner; or

 

(2)                                  at any time, the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer; provided that (x) so

 

7



 

long as the Issuer is a Subsidiary of a Permitted Parent, no Person shall be deemed to be or become a beneficial owner of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer unless such Person shall be or become a beneficial owner of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Permitted Parent and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the beneficial owner shall not in any case be included in calculating the Voting Stock of which any such Person first referred to above in this clause (2) is the beneficial owner.

 

“Change of Control Offer” has the meaning specified in Section 1016 of this Indenture.

 

“Change of Control Payment” has the meaning specified in Section 1016 of this Indenture.

 

“Change of Control Payment Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1016 of this Indenture.

 

“consolidated” or “Consolidated” means, with respect to any Person, such Person on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, but excluding from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.

 

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees or costs, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, capitalized expenditures, customer acquisition costs and incentive payments, conversion costs and contract acquisition costs of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(1)                                  consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount or premium resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than or greater than par, as applicable, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Indebtedness or derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (r) any one time cash costs associated with breakage in respect of hedging agreements for interest rates, (s) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (t) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (u) interest expense attributable to a parent entity resulting from push-down accounting, (v) any expense resulting from the discounting of Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization or purchase accounting, (w) any “additional interest” owing pursuant to a registration rights agreement, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, and original issue discount with respect to Indebtedness issued in connection with the Transactions or any intercompany Indebtedness, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility), plus

 

8



 

(2)                                  consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, less

 

(3)                                  interest income for such period.

 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that, without duplication,

 

(1)                                  any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transactions), severance, relocation costs, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefits plans, start-up, transition, integration and other restructuring and business optimization costs, charges, reserves or expenses (including related to acquisitions after the Issue Date and to the start-up, closure and/or consolidation of facilities), new product introductions, and one-time compensation charges shall be excluded,

 

(2)                                  the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period,

 

(3)                                  any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

 

(4)                                  any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded,

 

(5)                                  the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) by such Person to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

 

(6)                                  solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (C)(1) of Section 1010(a), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) or Cash Equivalents to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

 

9



 

(7)                                  effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in any line item in such Person’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting, including in relation to the Transactions, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

 

(8)                                  (i) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments (including deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid), (ii) any non-cash income (or loss) related to currency gains or losses related to Indebtedness, intercompany balances and other balance sheet items and to Hedging Obligations pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Codification No. 815—Derivatives and Hedging formerly Financing Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 133) and its related pronouncements and interpretations (or any successor provision) and (iii) any non-cash expense, income or loss attributable to the movement in mark-to-market valuation of foreign currencies, Indebtedness or derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

 

(9)                                  any impairment charge, asset write-off or write-down pursuant to ASC 350 and ASC 360 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 142 and 144, respectively) and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to ASC 805 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141) shall be excluded,

 

(10)                           (i) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, phantom equity, stock options, restricted stock, units or other rights to officers, directors, managers or employees and (ii) non-cash income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts, shall be excluded,

 

(11)                           any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, recapitalization, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded,

 

(12)                           accruals and reserves, contingent liabilities and any gains or losses on the settlement of any pre-existing contractual or non-contractual relationships that are established or adjusted within 12 months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP, shall be excluded,

 

(13)                           to the extent covered by insurance or indemnification and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer or indemnifying party and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier or indemnifying party in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), losses and expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded,

 

(14)                           any deferred tax expense associated with tax deductions or net operating losses arising as a result of the Transactions, or the release of any valuation allowance related to such item, shall be excluded, and

 

10


 

(15)                           any costs or expenses incurred during such period relating to environmental remediation, litigation or other disputes in respect of events and exposures that occurred prior to the Issue Date shall be excluded.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 1010 only (other than clause (C)(4) of Section 1010(a)), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (C)(4) of Section 1010(a).

 

“Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Total Secured Indebtedness minus cash and Cash Equivalents of the Issuer and the Guarantors, in each case, as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the Applicable Calculation Date to (2) EBITDA of the Issuer for the Applicable Measurement Period, with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Secured Indebtedness, Cash Equivalents and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio;” provided that, for purposes of the calculation of the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio, in connection with (x) the Incurrence of any Indebtedness pursuant to Section 1011(b)(1) or (y) the Incurrence of any Lien pursuant to clause (20) of the definition of “Permitted Liens,” the Issuer may elect, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, to treat all or any portion of a commitment provided in anticipation of an acquisition by or merger of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary relating to any Indebtedness which is to be Incurred or secured by such Lien, as the case may be, as being Incurred as of the Applicable Calculation Date (and remaining outstanding except to the extent such commitments are terminated) and any subsequent Incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment that was so treated shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an Incurrence of additional Indebtedness or an additional Lien at such subsequent time; provided , further , that any such Indebtedness or Lien contemplated in this clause (y) (other than pursuant to revolving credit facilities) shall be incurred no later than the specified date in the applicable acquisition or merger agreement by which such acquisition or merger is required to occur.

 

“Consolidated Total Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Total Indebtedness minus cash and Cash Equivalents of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the Applicable Calculation Date to (2) EBITDA of the Issuer for the Applicable Measurement Period, with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness, Cash Equivalents and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

 

“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes, bonds, debentures and similar instruments (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, Hedging Obligations) and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and all preferred stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and preferred stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and their Maximum Fixed Repurchase Prices, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided

 

11



 

that the amount of any Indebtedness deemed to be outstanding under a revolving credit facility on any date shall be computed based on the average daily amount of such Indebtedness thereunder for the most recent 12 month period ending on the Applicable Calculation Date (or, prior to the one year anniversary of the Issue Date, during the period from the Issue Date to such date).

 

For purposes hereof, the “Maximum Fixed Repurchase Price” of any Disqualified Stock or preferred stock means the price at which such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock could be redeemed or repurchased by the issuer thereof in accordance with its terms or, if such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock cannot be so redeemed or repurchased, the Fair Market Value of such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, in each case, determined on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined.

 

“Consolidated Total Secured Indebtedness” means, as at any date of determination, the amount of Consolidated Total Indebtedness that is Secured Indebtedness as of such date.

 

“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

 

(1)                                  to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

 

(2)                                  to advance or supply funds:

 

(A)                                for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

 

(B)                                to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

 

(3)                                  to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

 

“Corporate Trust Office” means the designated corporate trust office of the Trustee, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business in relation to this Indenture shall be administered, which office at the date of execution of this Indenture is located at Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, 150 East 42 nd  Street, 40 th  Floor, New York, New York, 10017, except that with respect to presentation of the Notes for payment or for registration of transfer or exchange, such term shall mean the office or agency of the Trustee at which, at any particular time, its corporate agency business in relation to this Indenture shall be conducted, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer, or the designated corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such success Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer).

 

“Covenant Defeasance” has the meaning specified in Section 1303 of this Indenture.

 

“Covenant Suspension Event” has the meaning specified in Section 1018(a) of this Indenture.

 

12



 

“Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that Refinance any part of the loans, notes or other securities, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such Refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed or issued thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings or other Indebtedness is permitted under Section 1011) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

 

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

“Defaulted Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 307(b) of this Indenture.

 

“Depository” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors.

 

“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

 

“Designated Preferred Stock” means preferred stock of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer or such parent company thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (C) of Section 1010(a).

 

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, other than as a result of a change of control, asset sale or casualty or condemnation event, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, other than as a result of a change of control, asset sale, casualty or condemnation event in whole or in part, in each case, prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 

“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

 

13



 

(1)                                  increased (without duplication) by:

 

(A)                                provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, without limitation, U.S. Federal, state, non-U.S., franchise, excise, value added and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(B)                                Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses (1)(t) through (1)(z) thereof, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(C)                                Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(D)                                any fees, expenses, charges or losses (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and the Senior Credit Facilities and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes, the Senior Credit Facilities or other Indebtedness and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(E)                                 any other non-cash charges, including any write offs, or write downs, expenses, losses or items to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be deducted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period), plus

 

(F)                                  the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(G)                                the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to the Investors or any of their respective Affiliates, plus

 

(H)                               costs of surety bonds incurred in such period in connection with financing activities, plus

 

(I)                                    the amount of net cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken or to be taken (which cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies shall

 

14



 

be calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable and (B) such actions have been taken or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Issuer) within 24 months after the date of determination to take such action, plus

 

(J)                                    the amount of loss or discount on sales of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility, plus

 

(K)                               any costs or expense incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (C) of Section 1010(a) and have not been relied on for purposes of any incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (12)(A) of Section 1011(b), plus

 

(L)                                 the amount of expenses relating to payments made to option holders of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to shareholders of such Person or its direct or indirect parent companies, which payments are being made to compensate such option holders as though they were shareholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, in each case to the extent permitted under this Indenture, plus

 

(M)                             with respect to any joint venture that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, an amount equal to the proportion of those items described in clauses (A) and (C) above relating to such joint venture corresponding to the Issuer’s and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of such joint venture’s Consolidated Net Income (determined as if such joint venture were a Restricted Subsidiary), plus

 

(N)                                costs associated with, or in anticipation of, or preparation for, compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith and Public Company Costs, plus

 

(O)                                the amount of any loss attributable to a new plant or facility until the date that is 24 months after the date of commencement of construction or the date of acquisition thereof, as the case may be; provided that (A) such losses are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable and certified by a responsible officer of the Issuer and (B) losses attributable to such plant or facility after 24 months from the date of commencement of construction or the date of acquisition of such plant or facility, as the case may be, shall not be included in this clause (O), plus

 

(p)                                  cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenses) not included in EBITDA in any period to the extent non cash gains relating to such receipts were deducted in the calculation of EBITDA pursuant to paragraph (2) below for any previous period and not added back; and

 

15



 

(2)                                  decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced EBITDA in any prior period; provided that, to the extent non cash gains are deducted pursuant to this clause (2) for any previous period and not otherwise added back to EBITDA, EBITDA shall be increased by the amount of any cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenses) in respect of such non cash gains received in subsequent periods to the extent not already included therein; and

 

(3)                                  increased or decreased by (without duplication):

 

(A)                                any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency gains or losses related to Indebtedness, intercompany balances and other balance sheet items, plus or minus , as the case may be, and

 

(B)                                any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations, and the application of Financial Accounting Standards Codification No. 815—Derivatives and Hedging (formerly Financing Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 133), and its related pronouncements and interpretations (or any successor provision).

 

 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

 

“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common stock or preferred stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than

 

(1)                                  public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s or any of its direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8;

 

(2)                                  issuances to any Subsidiary of the Issuer; and

 

(3)                                  any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

 

“euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

 

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 501 of this Indenture.

 

“Excess Proceeds” has the meaning specified in Section 1017(c) of this Indenture.

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

“Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or the Fair Market Value of Qualified Proceeds received by the Issuer from:

 

(1)                                  contributions to its common equity capital, and

 

16



 

(2)                                  the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer,

 

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (C) of Section 1010(a).

 

“Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence on the Issue Date, plus interest accruing (or the accretion of discount) thereon.

 

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any Investment, asset or property, the fair market value of such Investment, asset or property, determined in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Issuer, whose determination will be conclusive for all purposes under this Indenture and the Notes.

 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person as of any Applicable Calculation Date, the ratio of (1) EBITDA of such Person for the Applicable Measurement Period to (2) the Fixed Charges of such Person for such Applicable Measurement Period.  In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the Applicable Measurement Period but on or prior to the Applicable Calculation Date, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (in each case, including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the Applicable Measurement Period; provided , however , that the pro forma calculation shall not give effect to any Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to the provisions described in Section 1011(b) (other than Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 1011(b)(14). For purposes of the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, in connection with the Incurrence of any Indebtedness pursuant to Section 1011(a), the Issuer may elect, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, to treat all or any portion of a commitment provided in anticipation of an acquisition by or merger of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary relating to any Indebtedness which is to be Incurred, as being Incurred as of the Applicable Calculation Date (and remaining outstanding except to the extent such commitments are terminated) and any subsequent Incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment that was so treated as being Incurred as of such prior Applicable Calculation Date shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an Incurrence of additional Indebtedness; provided , further , that any such Indebtedness contemplated in this sentence (other than pursuant to revolving credit facilities) shall be incurred no later than the specified date in the applicable acquisition or merger agreement by which such acquisition or merger is required to occur.

 

For purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary during the Applicable Measurement Period or subsequent to such Applicable Measurement Period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Applicable Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Applicable Measurement Period.  If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger,

 

17



 

consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such Applicable Measurement Period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the Applicable Measurement Period.

 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt and without duplication, cost savings and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, merger or consolidation which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized).  If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Applicable Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account for such entire period, any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness with a remaining term of 12 months or longer, and in the case of any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness with a remaining term of less than 12 months, taking into account such Hedging Obligation to the extent of its remaining term).  Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.  For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under revolving credit facilities computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness for the most recent 12-month period ending on the Applicable Calculation Date (or, prior to the one year anniversary of the Issue Date, during the period from the Issue Date to such date) or, if lower, the maximum commitments under such revolving credit facilities as of the Applicable Calculation Date.  Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.

 

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of

 

(1)                                  Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period,

 

(2)                                  all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of preferred stock (including any Designated Preferred Stock) or any Refunding Capital Stock of such Person made during such period, and

 

(3)                                  all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock made during such period.

 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.

 

“Funding Guarantor” has the meaning specified in Section 1205 of this Indenture.

 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date. At any time after the Issue Date, the Issuer may elect to apply International Financial Reporting Standards (“ IFRS ”) accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP and GAAP concepts shall thereafter be construed to refer to IFRS and corresponding IFRS concepts (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture); provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided further , any calculation or determination in this Indenture

 

18



 

that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Issuer’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. The Issuer shall give written notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee and the holders of Notes. For the avoidance of doubt, solely making an election (without any other action) referred to in this definition will not be treated as an incurrence of Indebtedness.

 

“Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof, and the payment for which such government pledges its full faith and credit, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depositary receipt.

 

“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

 

“Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under this Indenture.

 

“Guarantor” means each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees the Notes under this Indenture.

 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate, commodity price or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

 

“Holder” means a holder of the Notes.

 

“incur” has the meaning specified in Section 1011(a) of this Indenture.

 

“incurrence” has the meaning specified in Section 1011(a) of this Indenture.

 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person,

 

(1)                                  any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

 

(A)                                in respect of borrowed money,

 

(B)                                evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without double counting, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),

 

19



 

(C)                                representing the balance, deferred and unpaid, of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligation until such obligation, after 60 days of becoming due and payable, that has not been paid and is reflected as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or

 

(D)                                representing any Hedging Obligations,

 

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent company appearing upon the balance sheet of the Issuer solely by reason of push down accounting under GAAP shall be excluded,

 

(2)                                  to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of another Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(3)                                  to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of another Person secured by a Lien on any assets owned by such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided, however , that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value of such assets at such date of determination, and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person;

 

provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (A) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business; or (B) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities.

 

“Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed and as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, including, for all purposes of this Indenture and any such supplemental indenture, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are deemed to be part of and govern this instrument and any such supplemental indenture, respectively.

 

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

 

“Initial Notes” has the meaning set forth in the first recital of this Indenture.

 

“Initial Purchasers” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Jefferies LLC, UBS Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and KKR Capital Markets LLC.

 

“Interest Payment Date” means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes.

 

20


 

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

 

“Investment Grade Securities” means:

 

(1)                                  securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents),

 

(2)                                  debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries,

 

(3)                                  investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) above, which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution, and

 

(4)                                  corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

 

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Issuer in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property.  For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 1010,

 

(1)                                  “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

 

(A)                                the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less

 

(B)                                the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

 

(2)                                  any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer.

 

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

 

21



 

“Investors” means Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. LP and each of its Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

 

“Issue Date” means September 23, 2013.

 

“Issuer” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

“Issuer Request” or “Issuer Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Issuer by two Officers or one Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Legal Defeasance” has the meaning specified in Section 1302 of this Indenture.

 

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

“Maturity” when used with respect to any Note, means the date on which the principal of such Note or an installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, notice of redemption or otherwise.

 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends.

 

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of any Cash Equivalents received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (including in connection with any repatriation of funds and after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary required (other than pursuant to Section 1017(b)(1)) to be paid as a result of such transaction, any costs associated with unwinding any related Hedging Obligations in connection with such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

 

22



 

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

 

“Note Register” and “Note Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 302.

 

“Notes” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and more particularly means any Notes authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.  The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes of this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes; provided that Additional Notes will not be issued with the same CUSIP, if any, as Initial Notes unless such Additional Notes are fungible with Initial Notes for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.

 

“Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depository) or any successor person thereto, who shall initially be the Trustee.

 

“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

 

“Offering Document” means the confidential offering circular dated September 18, 2013, pursuant to which the Initial Notes were offered to potential purchasers.

 

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, any Manager or Director, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer, the Controller or the Secretary of the Issuer or any other Person, as the case may be.

 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Officer of the Issuer or any other Person, as the case may be, who must be a Manager or Director, the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer (or of a Subsidiary of the Issuer acting in such capacity for the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, as determined by the Issuer) or such other Person, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture and is delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion reasonably acceptable to the Trustee from legal counsel (which may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions).  The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer.

 

“Outstanding”, when used with respect to Notes, means, as of the date of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

 

(1)                                  Notes theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

 

(2)                                  Notes, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Issuer) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Issuer (if the Issuer shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Notes; provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed, written notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

 

23



 

(3)                                  Notes, except to the extent provided in Sections 1302 and 1303, with respect to which the Issuer has effected Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance as provided in Article Thirteen; and

 

(4)                                  Notes which have been paid pursuant to Section 306 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Notes in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Notes are held by a Protected Purchaser in whose hands the Notes are valid obligations of the Issuer;

 

provided that, in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, consent, notice or waiver hereunder Notes owned by the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making such determination or in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded.

 

“Paying Agent” means any Person (including the Issuer acting as Paying Agent) authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Notes on behalf of the Issuer.

 

“Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 1017.

 

“Permitted Holders” means each of (i) the Investors and their respective Affiliates (other than any portfolio company of an Investor) and members of management of the Issuer (or its direct or indirect parent) who are holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer (or its direct or indirect parent company) on the Issue Date and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors, their respective Affiliates and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and (ii) any Permitted Parent.  Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

 

“Permitted Investments” means:

 

(1)                                  any Investment in the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)                                  any Investment in cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

 

(3)                                  any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment

 

(A)                                such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or

 

24



 

(B)                                such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

 

(4)                                  any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 1017, or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

 

(5)                                  any Investment existing on the Issue Date;

 

(6)                                  any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary

 

(A)                                in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, or

 

(B)                                as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

(7)                                  Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 1011(b)(10);

 

(8)                                  any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (8) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $55.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided , however , that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (8) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (8) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(9)                                  Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (exclusive of Disqualified Stock); provided that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (C) of Section 1010(a);

 

(10)                           guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 1011;

 

(11)                           any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with Section 1013(b) (except transactions described in Section 1013(b)(2), (5), (9) and (15));

 

(12)                           Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment or other similar assets, or the licensing or contribution of intellectual property

 

25



 

pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(13)                           additional Investments having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $60.0 million and (y) 2.75% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided , however , that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (13) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (13) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(14)                           Investments relating to any Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility or any repurchases in connection therewith;

 

(15)                           advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees in the aggregate not to exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (x) $10.0 million and (y) 0.5% of Total Assets at the time of such advance or guarantee;

 

(16)                           loans and advances to officers, directors, managers and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses, payroll expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred or made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company thereof;

 

(17)                           advances, loans or extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(18)                           intercompany current liabilities owed to Unrestricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the cash management operations of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries.

 

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)                                  pledges, deposits or security by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws, employers’ health tax, and other social security laws or similar legislation or other insurance related obligations (including, but not limited to, in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety, stay customs or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (including letters of credit issued in lieu of any such bonds or to support the issuance

 

26



 

thereof and including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(2)                                  Liens imposed by law or regulation, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, mechanics’, contractors’, architects’ and other similar Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

(3)                                  Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or for property taxes on property the Issuer or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

 

(4)                                  Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(5)                                  minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

(6)                                  Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 1011(b)(1), (2), (4), (12)(b), or (18); provided that, (x) in the case of Section 1011(b)(4), such Lien may not extend to any property or equipment (or assets affixed or appurtenant thereto) other than the property or equipment being financed or Refinanced under such Section 1011(b)(4), and (y) in the case of Section 1011(b)(18), such Lien may not extend to any assets other than the assets owned by the Restricted Subsidiaries incurring such Indebtedness;

 

(7)                                  Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens incurred in connection with the Senior Credit Facilities);

 

(8)                                  Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Subsidiary; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(9)                                  Liens on property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection

 

27



 

with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, merger or consolidation; provided further that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(10)                           Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 1011 hereof;

 

(11)                           Liens securing Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Services so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted under this Indenture to be, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;

 

(12)                           Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or trade letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(13)                           leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including of intellectual property) granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and do not secure any Indebtedness;

 

(14)                           Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statute) financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(15)                           Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

(16)                           Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiaries’ client at which such equipment is located;

 

(17)                           Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

 

(18)                           Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in clauses (6) (solely with respect to Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (2), (4), (12)(b) or (18) of Section 1011(b)), (7), (8), (9), (10), (18) and (20) of this definition of “Permitted Liens”; provided that (A) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus accessions, additions and improvements on such property), and (B) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6) (solely with respect to Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (2), (4), (12)(b) or (18) of Section 1011(b)), (7), (8), (9), (10), (18) and (20) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, and accrued and unpaid interest related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

 

(19)                           deposits made or other security provided to secure liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

 

28



 

(20)                           Liens to secure Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the covenant described under Section 1011; provided that (x) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness or after giving effect thereto and (y) the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio, calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the incurrence of such Lien, the related Indebtedness and the application of net proceeds therefrom would be no greater than 4.50 to 1.00;

 

(21)                           other Liens securing obligations which obligations at any one time outstanding do not exceed the greater of (x) $45.0 million and (y) 2.0% of Total Assets at the time of incurrence;

 

(22)                           Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 501(5) so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 

(23)                           Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

(24)                           Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code or any comparable or successor provision on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to pooling, commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of banking or other financial institutions or electronic payment service providers arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking or finance industry;

 

(25)                           Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 1011; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

(26)                           Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

(27)                           Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(28)                           Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Indenture;

 

(29)                           the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by a statutory

 

29



 

provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

 

(30)                           restrictive covenants affecting the use to which real property may be put; provided that the covenants are complied with;

 

(31)                           security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business;

 

(32)                           zoning by-laws and other land use restrictions, including, without limitation, site plan agreements, development agreements and contract zoning agreements;

 

(33)                           Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(34)                           any Lien granted pursuant to a security agreement between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and a licensee of their intellectual property to secure the damages, if any, of such licensee resulting from the rejection by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of such licensee in a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens do not cover any assetsother than the intellectual property subject to such license;

 

(35)                           Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

(36)                           any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement; and

 

(37)                           Liens on cash or Cash Equivalents used to defease or to irrevocably satisfy and discharge Indebtedness; provided that (x) such cash and/or Cash Equivalents are deposited into an account from which payment is to be made, directly or indirectly, to the Person or Persons holding the Indebtedness that is to be satisfied or discharged, (y) such Liens extend solely to the account in which such cash and/or Cash Equivalents are deposited and are solely in favor of the Person or Persons holding the Indebtedness (or any agent or trustee for such Person or Persons) that is to be satisfied or discharged and (z) the satisfaction or discharge of such Indebtedness is expressly permitted under this Indenture.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with this definition, (x) a Lien need not be incurred solely by reference to one category of Permitted Liens described in this definition but may be incurred under any combination of such categories (including in part under one such category and in part under any other such category), (y) in the event that a Lien (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of such categories of Permitted Liens, the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify such Lien (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this definition, and (z) in the event that a portion of Indebtedness secured by a Lien could be classified as secured in part pursuant to clause (20) of this definition (giving effect to the incurrence of such portion of such Indebtedness), the Issuer, in its sole discretion, may classify such portion of such Indebtedness (and any Obligations in respect thereof) as having been secured pursuant to clause (20) of this definition and thereafter the remainder of the Indebtedness as having been secured pursuant to one or more of the other clauses of this definition.

 

30


 

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.

 

“Permitted Parent” means any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer formed not in connection with, or in contemplation of, a transaction (other than the Transactions) that, assuming such parent was not formed, after giving effect thereto would constitute a Change of Control.

 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

“PRA Acquisition” means the transactions contemplated by the PRA Acquisition Agreement.

 

“PRA Acquisition Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated June 22, 2013, by and among Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc., Pinnacle Merger Sub, Inc., PRA Holdings, Inc. and Genstar Capital partners V, L.P., as may be amended prior to the Issue Date.

 

“PRA Guarantors” means each entity that becomes a Guarantor that is a direct or indirect domestic subsidiary of PRA Holdings, Inc. as of the Issue Date.

 

“Predecessor Note” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in exchange for a mutilated Note or in lieu of a destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note.

 

“preferred stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

 

“Protected Purchaser” has the meaning specified in Section 306 of this Indenture.

 

“Public Company” means any Person with a class or series of Voting Stock that is traded on a stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market.

 

“Public Company Costs” shall mean costs relating to compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as applicable to companies with equity or debt securities held by the public, the rules of national securities exchange companies with listed equity or debt securities, directors’ or managers’ compensation, fees and expense reimbursement, costs relating to investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders or debtholders, directors and officers’ insurance and other executive costs, legal and other professional fees, and listing fees.

 

“Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business.

 

“Rating Agencies” mean Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

 

31



 

“Receivables Facility” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn funds such purchase by purporting to sell its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or by borrowing from such a Person or from another Receivables Subsidiary that in turn funds itself by borrowing from such a Person.

 

“Receivables Fee” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

 

“Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of facilitating or entering into one or more Receivables Facilities, and in each case engages only in activities reasonably related or incidental thereto.

 

“Redemption Date”, when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, in whole or in part, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

 

“Redemption Price”, when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

 

“Refinance” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, purchase, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, in whole or in part.  “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

 

“Refinancing Indebtedness” has the meaning specified in Section 1011(b)(13) of this Indenture.

 

“Refunding Capital Stock” has the meaning specified in Section 1010(b)(2) of this Indenture.

 

“Regular Record Date” has the meaning specified in Section 301 of this Indenture.

 

“Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

“Responsible Officer”, means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any vice president, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer or assistant trust officer, or any other officer of the Trustee within the corporate trust department of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers, and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the

 

32



 

particular subject and, in each case, who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

“Restricted Payments” has the meaning specified in Section 1010 of this Indenture.

 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”

 

“Retired Capital Stock” has the meaning specified in Section 1010(b)(2) of this Indenture.

 

“Reversion Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1018(a) of this Indenture.

 

“RPS Acquisition” means the merger of Redwood Merger Sub, Inc. with and into RPS Parent Holding Corp., with RPS Parent Holding Corp. continuing as the surviving corporation in the merger as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Redwood Holdco Parent, Inc., pursuant to the RPS Acquisition Agreement.

 

“RPS Acquisition Agreement” means the agreement and plan of merger, dated as of July 29, 2013, by and among RPS Parent Holding Corp., Redwood Holdco Parent, Inc. and Redwood Merger Sub, Inc., as may be amended prior to the Issue Date.

 

“RPS Guarantors” means each entity that becomes a Guarantor that is a direct or indirect domestic subsidiary of RPS Parent Holding Corp. as of the Issue Date.

 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

“Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person in contemplation of such leasing.

 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency thereto.

 

“Second Commitment” has the meaning specified in Section 1017 of this Indenture.

 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

“Senior Credit Facilities” means the credit facilities provided under the Credit Agreement dated as of the Issue Date among the Issuer, Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc. and the other borrowers and guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto from time to time in their capacities as lenders thereunder, and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent and collateral agent, including any notes,

 

33



 

mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, replacements, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any one or more indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount that may be borrowed or issued thereunder or alters the maturity thereof or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

 

“Senior Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person:

 

(1)                                  Indebtedness of such Person, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred; and

 

(2)                                  all other Obligations of such Person (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to such Person whether or not post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) in respect of Indebtedness described in clause (1) above in the case of both clauses (1) and (2), to the extent permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided that such Indebtedness or other Obligations are subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Person, as the case may be;

 

provided that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

 

(1)                                  any obligation of such Person to the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer;

 

(2)                                  any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

 

(3)                                  any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(4)                                  any Capital Stock;

 

(5)                                  any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or

 

(6)                                  that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of this Indenture.

 

“Senior Secured Indebtedness” means Senior Indebtedness that is Secured Indebtedness.

 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

 

“Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

 

34



 

“Special Mandatory Redemption” has the meaning specified in Section 1109 of this Indenture.

 

“Special Mandatory Redemption Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 1109 of this Indenture.

 

“Special Mandatory Redemption Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1109 of this Indenture.

 

“Special Record Date” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 307.

 

“Sponsor Management Agreement” means the management agreement between certain of the management companies associated with the Investors, and the Issuer and/or a direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer.

 

“Stated Maturity”, when used with respect to any Note or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Notes as the fixed date on which the principal of such Notes or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable.

 

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means:

 

(1)                                  with respect to the Issuer, any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and

 

(2)                                  with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor under this Indenture.

 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person,

 

(1)                                  any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, and

 

(2)                                  any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which:

 

(A)                                more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as the case may be, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

 

(B)                                such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

 

“Successor Company” has the meaning specified in Section 801 of this Indenture.

 

35



 

“Suspended Covenants” has the meaning specified in Section 1018(a) of this Indenture.

 

“Suspension Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1018(a) of this Indenture.

 

“Suspension Period” has the meaning specified in Section 1018(a) of this Indenture.

 

“Total Assets” means the total assets of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer or such other Person as may be expressly stated, as the case may be.

 

“Transactions” has the definition set forth in the Offering Document.

 

“Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to October 1, 2018; provided that if the period from the redemption date to October 1, 2018 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

 

“Trust Indenture Act” or “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in force at the date as of which this Indenture was executed.

 

“Trustee” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

 

“Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.

 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

 

(1)                                  any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, as provided below) and

 

(2)                                  any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that

 

(1)                                  any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer,

 

(2)                                  such designation complies with Section 1010, and

 

(3)                                  each of

 

36



 

(A)                                the Subsidiary to be so designated, and

 

(B)                                its Subsidiaries,

 

has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:

 

(1)                                  the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described under Section 1011(a), or

 

(2)                                  the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation,

 

in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

 

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer in writing to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

 

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Vice President”, when used with respect to the Issuer or the Trustee, means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “vice president”.

 

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

(1)                                  the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by

 

(2)                                  the sum of all such payments.

 

“Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

37



 

SECTION 103.                                            Compliance Certificates and Opinions .  Upon any application or request by the Issuer to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture (including any covenant compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent) relating to the proposed action have been complied with and, other than in connection with the addition of a new Guarantor or parent guarantor, an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished; provided that no such Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate shall be required to be provided to the Trustee with respect to action to be taken on the date hereof solely in connection with the issuance of the Initial Notes.

 

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 1008(a)) shall include:

 

(1)                                  a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

 

(2)                                  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(3)                                  a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(4)                                  a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

SECTION 104.                                            Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee .  In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

 

Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Issuer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous.  Any such certificate or opinion may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Issuer stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Issuer, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

 

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

 

38



 

SECTION 105.                                            Acts of Holders .

 

(a)                                  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer.  Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments.  Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

 

(b)                                  The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof.  Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of authority.  The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

 

(c)                                   The principal amount and serial numbers of Notes held by any Person, and the date of holding the same, shall be proved by the Note Register.

 

(d)                                  If the Issuer shall solicit from the Holders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Issuer may, at its option, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Issuer shall have no obligation to do so.  Such record date shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith and not later than the date such solicitation is completed.  If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the Outstanding Notes shall be computed as of such record date; provided, that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven months after the record date.  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee, the Issuer or any Guarantor in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

 

SECTION 106.                                            Notices, Etc., to Trustee, Issuer, any Guarantor and Agent .  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

 

(1)                                  the Trustee by any Holder or by the Issuer or any Guarantor shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing via facsimile, email in PDF format or mailed, first class postage prepaid, or delivered by recognized overnight courier,

 

39



 

to or with the Trustee at Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, 150 East 42 nd  Street, 40 th  Floor, Attention: Administrator for PRA Holdings, Inc. (fax: (917) 260-1593),

 

(2)                                  the Issuer or any Guarantor by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if made, given, furnished or delivered in writing via facsimile, or email in PDF or mailed, first class postage prepaid, or delivered by recognized overnight courier, to the Issuer or such Guarantor addressed to Pinnacle Merger Sub, Inc., c/o PRA Holdings, Inc., 4130 ParkLake Avenue, Suite 400, Raleigh, NC 27612 (fax: 919-786-8293), or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Issuer or such Guarantor.

 

A copy of all notices to any Agent shall be sent to the Trustee at the address show above. Any Person may change it address by giving notice of such change as set forth herein.

 

SECTION 107.                                            Notice to Holders; Waiver .  Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to Holders by the Issuer or the Trustee, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and delivered electronically or mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event, at his address as it appears in the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice.  In any case where notice to Holders is sent by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders.  Notices given by publication shall be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made, notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed given five calendar days after mailing; notices sent by overnight delivery service will be deemed given when delivered; and notices given electronically shall be deemed given when sent. Any notices required to be given to the holders of Notes that are in global form will be given to the Depository and sent in accordance with its procedures.

 

The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, .pdf, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods; provided , however , that the Trustee shall have received an incumbency certificate listing persons designated to give such instructions or directions and containing specimen signatures of such designated persons, which such incumbency certificate shall be amended and replaced whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing.  If the Issuer elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The Issuer agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties.

 

In case by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in regular mail service or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impracticable to mail notice of any event to Holders when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice for every purpose hereunder.

 

Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice.  Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

 

40


 

SECTION 108.                                            Effect of Headings and Table of Contents .  The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

SECTION 109.                                            Successors and Assigns .  All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors.  All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 1208 hereof.

 

SECTION 110.                                            Severability Clause .  In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

SECTION 111.                                            Benefits of Indenture .  Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent, any Note Registrar and their successors hereunder and the Holders any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

 

SECTION 112.                                            Governing Law .  This Indenture (including any Guarantee) and the Notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.  THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE OR THE NOTES.

 

SECTION 113.                                            Legal Holidays .  In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity or Maturity of any Note shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Notes) payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity or Maturity; provided, that no interest shall accrue for purposes of such payment for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Stated Maturity or Maturity, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 114.                                            No Personal Liability of Directors, Managers, Officers, Employees and Stockholders .  No director, manager, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder (other than a Guarantor) of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

SECTION 115.                                            Counterparts .  This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.  One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.  The exchange of copies of the Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of the Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes.  Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

SECTION 116.                                            USA PATRIOT Act .  The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in

 

41



 

order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account.  The Issuer agrees that it will provide the Trustee with information about the Issuer as the Trustee may reasonably request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.

 

SECTION 117.                                            Waiver of Jury Trial .  EACH OF THE ISSUER, ANY GUARANTOR AND THE TRUSTEE AND EACH HOLDER OF A NOTE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE THEREOF, THEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY OR HEREBY.

 

ARTICLE TWO

 

NOTE FORMS

 

SECTION 201.                                            Form and Dating . Provisions relating to the Initial Notes are set forth in Annex I attached hereto (the “Appendix”) which is hereby incorporated in, and expressly made part of, this Indenture.  The Initial Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 to the Appendix which is hereby incorporated in, and expressly made a part of, this Indenture.  The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Issuer is subject, if any, or usage ( provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer).  Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.  The terms of the Note set forth in the Appendix are part of the terms of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 202.                                            Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating .  The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer by at least one Officer.  The signature of any Officer on the Notes may be manual or facsimile signatures of the present or any future such authorized officer and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Notes.

 

Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signature of an individual who was at any time the proper officer of the Issuer shall bind the Issuer, notwithstanding that such individual has ceased to hold such office prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such office at the date of such Notes.

 

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication, together with an Issuer Order for the authentication and delivery of such Notes, and the Trustee in accordance with such Issuer Order shall authenticate and deliver such Notes.

 

On the Issue Date, the Issuer shall deliver the Initial Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $375,000,000 executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication, together with an Issuer Order for the authentication and delivery of such Notes, specifying the principal amount and registered holder of each Note, directing the Trustee to authenticate the Notes and deliver the same to the persons named in such Issuer Order and the Trustee in accordance with such Issuer Order shall authenticate and deliver such Initial Notes.  At any time and from time to time after the Issue Date, the Issuer may deliver Additional Notes executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication, together with an Issuer Order for the authentication and delivery of such Additional Notes, specifying the principal amount of and registered

 

42



 

holder of each Note, directing the Trustee to authenticate the Additional Notes and deliver the same to the persons in such Issuer Order and the Trustee in accordance with such Issuer Order shall authenticate and deliver such Additional Notes.  In each case (other than in connection with the authentication and delivery of the Initial Notes), the Trustee shall receive an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel of the Issuer that it may reasonably require in connection with such authentication of Notes.  Such Issuer Order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated.

 

Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

 

No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein duly executed by the Trustee by manual signature of an authorized signatory, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

 

In case the Issuer or any Guarantor, pursuant to Article Eight of this Indenture, shall be consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor Person resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which the Issuer or such Guarantor shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as aforesaid, shall have executed a supplemental indenture hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article Eight of this Indenture, any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may, from time to time, at the written request of the successor Person, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate, but otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon Issuer Request of the successor Person, shall authenticate and deliver Notes as specified in such request for the purpose of such exchange.  If Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person pursuant to this Section in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such successor Person, at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time Outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name.

 

In accordance with Section 612 hereof, the Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer, and at the Issuer’s expense, to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an affiliate of the Issuer.

 

ARTICLE THREE

 

THE NOTES

 

SECTION 301.                                            Title and Terms .  The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and issued under this Indenture is not limited; provided that any Additional Notes issued under this Indenture are issued in accordance with Sections 202, 312 and 1011 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.

 

43



 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture, and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

The Notes shall be known and designated as the “9.500% Senior Notes Due 2023” of the Issuer.  The Stated Maturity of the Notes shall be October 1, 2023, and the Notes shall bear interest at the rate of 9.500% per annum from the Issue Date, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, payable on April 1, 2014 and semi-annually thereafter on April 1 and October 1 in each year and at said Stated Maturity, until the principal thereof is paid or duly provided for and to the Person in whose name the Note (or any Predecessor Note) is registered at the close of business on March 15 and September 15 immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date (each, a “Regular Record Date”).

 

The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the offices or agencies of the Issuer set forth in Section 302, or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the Note Register of Holders; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to Notes represented by one or more permanent Global Notes registered in the name of or held by the Depositary or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Depository.

 

Holders shall have the right to require the Issuer to purchase their Notes, in whole or in part, in the event of a Change of Control pursuant to Section 1016.  The Notes shall be subject to repurchase pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 1017.

 

The Notes shall be redeemable as provided in Article Eleven.

 

The due and punctual payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes payable by the Issuer is irrevocably unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth herein, by each of the Guarantors.

 

SECTION 302.                                            Note Registrar, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent . The Issuer shall maintain one or more paying agents (each, a “Paying Agent”) for the Notes in New York. The Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as the initial Paying Agent.

 

The Issuer shall be responsible for making calculations called for under the Notes, including but not limited to determination of redemption price or other amounts payable on the Notes.  The Issuer will make the calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, its calculations will be final and binding on the Holders.  The Issuer will provide a schedule of its calculations to the Trustee when requested by the Trustee, and the Trustee is entitled to rely conclusively on the accuracy of the Issuer’s calculations without independent verification. The Trustee shall forward the Issuer’s calculations to any Holder of the Notes upon the written request of such Holder.

 

The Issuer will also maintain one or more registrars (each, a “Note Registrar”) with offices in New York.  The Issuer will also maintain a transfer agent (each, a “Transfer Agent”) in New York. The Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as the initial Note Registrar and Transfer Agent. The Note Registrar and the Transfer Agent shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency designated pursuant to Section 1002 being herein sometimes referred to as the “Note Register”). The Note Register shall be in written form or any

 

44



 

other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time.  At all reasonable times, the Note Register shall be open to inspection by the Trustee. The Issuer may change the Paying Agents, the Note Registrars or the Transfer Agents without prior notice to the Holders.  The Issuer may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents.  The term “Note Registrar” includes any co-registrars.

 

The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Note Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent.  The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such agent.  If the Issuer fails to maintain a Note Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 607.  The Issuer or any Affiliate thereof may act as Paying Agent or Note Registrar.

 

The Issuer acknowledges that neither the Trustee nor any Agent makes any representations as to the interpretation or characterization of the transactions herein undertaken for tax or any other purpose, in any jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 303.                                            Denominations .  The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons and only in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

SECTION 304.                                            Temporary Notes .  Pending the preparation of definitive Notes, the Issuer may execute, and upon Issuer Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Notes may determine, as conclusively evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

 

If temporary Notes are issued, the Issuer will cause definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay.  After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Issuer designated for such purpose pursuant to Section 1002, without charge to the Holder.  Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized denominations.  Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes.

 

SECTION 305.                                            Registration of Transfer and Exchange .

 

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 1002, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

 

At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination and of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency.  Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

 

45



 

All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Issuer or the Note Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by written instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Note Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

 

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange or redemption of Notes, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any taxes, fees or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, other than exchanges pursuant to Sections 202, 304, 906, 1016, 1017 or 1108 not involving any transfer.

 

The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among the Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

SECTION 306.                                            Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes .  If (1) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or (2) the Issuer and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and there is delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee such security or indemnity to save each of them harmless from any claim, loss, cost or liability resulting from such lost or stolen Note, then, in the absence of written notice to the Issuer or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a Protected Purchaser (as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code) (a “Protected Purchaser”), the Issuer shall execute and upon Issuer Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.

 

Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section, the Issuer may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

 

Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer and each Guarantor, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

 

46



 

SECTION 307.                                            Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved .

 

(a)                                  Interest on any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 1002; provided that, subject to Section 301 hereof, each installment of interest may at the Issuer’s option be paid by (1) mailing a check for such interest, payable to or upon the written order of the Person entitled thereto pursuant to Section 308, to the address of such Person as it appears in the Note Register or (2) transfer to an account maintained by the payee; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of, premium on, if any, and interest on, all Notes in global form and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer and the Paying Agent.

 

(b)                                  Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by the Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “Defaulted Interest”) may be paid by the Issuer, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or (2) below:

 

(1)                                  the Issuer may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner.  The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided.  Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than ten days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than ten days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment.  The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of such Special Record Date, and in the name and at the expense of the Issuer, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 107, not less than ten days prior to such Special Record Date.  Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2).

 

(2)                                  the Issuer may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

 

(c)                                   Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

 

47



 

SECTION 308.                                            Persons Deemed Owners .  Prior to the due presentment of a Note for registration of transfer, the Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Sections 305 and 307) interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

SECTION 309.                                            Cancellation .  All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and shall be cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures.  The Issuer may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated hereunder which the Issuer has not issued and sold, and all Notes so delivered shall be cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures.  If the Issuer shall so acquire any of the Notes, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation.  No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture.  All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures.

 

SECTION 310.                                            Computation of Interest .  Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

SECTION 311.                                            Transfer and Exchange .  The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer.  When a Note is presented to the Note Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Note Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if the requirements of this Indenture and Section 8-401(a) of the Uniform Commercial Code are met.  When Notes are presented to the Note Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Note Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met.

 

SECTION 312.                                            CUSIP, ISIN and Common Code Numbers .  The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers (in each case, if then generally in use) in addition to serial numbers, and, if so, the Trustee shall use such “CUSIP, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in addition to serial numbers in notices of redemption, repurchase or other notices to Holders as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such “CUSIP, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or repurchase and that reliance may be placed only on the serial or other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or repurchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.  The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers applicable to the Notes.

 

SECTION 313.                                            Issuance of Additional Notes .  The Issuer may, subject to Section 1011 of this Indenture, issue additional Notes having identical terms and conditions to the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date (the “Additional Notes”).  The Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes subsequently issued shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture; provided that Additional Notes will not be issued with the same CUSIP, if any, as Initial Notes unless such Additional Notes are fungible with Initial Notes for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.

 

48



 

ARTICLE FOUR

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

SECTION 401.                                            Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture .  This Indenture shall upon Issuer Request and at the Issuer’s expense cease to be of further effect (except as set forth in the last paragraph of this Section and as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes expressly provided for herein or pursuant hereto) and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture when:

 

(1)                                  either,

 

(A)                                all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306 and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust with the Trustee or any Paying Agent or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 1003) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(B)                                all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation,

 

(i)                   have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption pursuant to Section 1105 or otherwise, or

 

(ii)                will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

 

(iii)             are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer,

 

and the Issuer or any Guarantor, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollar, U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any and accrued interest to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

 

(2)                                  no Default or Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes issued hereunder shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

 

49



 

(3)                                  the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture;

 

(4)                                  the Issuer has delivered irrevocable written instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such Notes at the Stated Maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be; and

 

(5)                                  the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been satisfied.

 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Issuer to the Trustee under Section 607, the obligations of the Issuer to any Authenticating Agent under Section 612 and, if money or Government Securities shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 402 and the last paragraph of Section 1003 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

 

SECTION 402.                                            Application of Trust Money .  Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all money or U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 401 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money or U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money or U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities in accordance with Section 401 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 401 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities in accordance with Section 401; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE FIVE

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

SECTION 501.                                            Events of Default .  “Event of Default”, wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

 

(1)                                  default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes issued under this Indenture;

 

(2)                                  default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes issued under this Indenture;

 

50


 

(3)                                  failure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary for 60 days after the receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in this Indenture or the Notes;

 

(4)                                  default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both

 

(A)                                such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity and

 

(B)                                the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $40.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;

 

(5)                                  failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $40.0 million (net of amounts covered by insurance policies issued by reputable insurance companies), which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

 

(6)                                  any of the following events with respect to the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary:

 

(A)                                the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

(i)                   commences a voluntary case;

 

(ii)                consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

 

(iii)             consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property;

 

(iv)            takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; or

 

(B)                                a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

51



 

(i)                   is for relief against the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

 

(ii)                appoints a custodian of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or

 

(iii)             orders the winding up or liquidation of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary;

 

(iv)            and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; or

 

(7)                                  the Guarantee of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof or hereof) or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives written notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of the related Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture.

 

SECTION 502.                                            Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment .

 

(a)                                  If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 501(6) above with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the Outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Issuer (and to the Trustee if given by Holders).

 

(b)                                  Upon the effectiveness of a declaration under 502(a), such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under Section 501(6) with respect to the Issuer, all Outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice.  The Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default, except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest and shall be fully protected in so withholding.  In addition, the Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if in the reasonable judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the Notes.

 

(c)                                   At any time after a declaration of acceleration has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter provided in this Article, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences, so long as such rescission and annulment would not conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, if:

 

(1)                                  the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

 

(A)                                all overdue interest on all Outstanding Notes,

 

(B)                                all unpaid principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Outstanding Notes which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, and interest on such unpaid principal at the rate borne by the Notes,

 

52



 

(C)                                to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes, and

 

(D)                                all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and

 

(2)                                  Events of Default, other than the non-payment of amounts of principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest on Notes, which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 513,

 

no such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, in the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 501(4) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose,

 

(1)                                  the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged, or

 

(2)                                  the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default, or

 

(3)                                  if the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

 

SECTION 503.                                            Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee .  The Issuer covenants that if:

 

(1)                                  default is made in the payment of any installment of interest on any Note when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or

 

(2)                                  default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note at the Maturity thereof, the Issuer will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of such Notes, the whole amount then due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, and interest on any overdue principal (and premium, if any) and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, upon any overdue installment of interest, at the rate borne by the Notes, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

If the Issuer fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Issuer, any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes, wherever situated.

 

53



 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders under this Indenture and the Guarantees by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem necessary to protect and enforce any such rights, including seeking recourse against any Guarantor, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy, including seeking recourse against any Guarantor.

 

SECTION 504.                                            Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .  In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Issuer or any other obligor including any Guarantor, upon the Notes or the property of the Issuer or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Issuer for the payment of overdue principal, premium, if any, or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise,

 

(1)                                  to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (and premium, if any) and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

 

(2)                                  to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

 

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 607.

 

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.  The Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders, vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar official and be a member of a creditors’ committee or other similar committee.

 

SECTION 505.                                            Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes .  All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

 

SECTION 506.                                            Application of Money Collected .  Any money or property collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

 

54



 

FIRST :  To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee and its agents (including any predecessor Trustee) under Section 607;

 

SECOND :  To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, respectively; and

 

THIRD:  The balance, if any, to the Issuer or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct in writing; provided that all sums due and owing to the Holders and the Trustee have been paid in full as required by this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 506.

 

SECTION 507.                                            Limitation on Suits .  Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest when due, no Holder of a Note shall pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes, unless:

 

(1)                                  such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(2)                                  Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy;

 

(3)                                  such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(4)                                  the Trustee has not complied with such written request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense; and

 

(5)                                  Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period,

 

it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture or the Guarantees to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture or the Guarantees, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all the Holders (it being further understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).

 

SECTION 508.                                            Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest .  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment, as provided herein (including, if applicable, Article Eleven) and in such Note of the principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Section 307) interest on such Note on the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Note (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

 

55



 

SECTION 509.                                            Restoration of Rights and Remedies .  If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture or the Guarantees and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Issuer, any Guarantor, any other obligor of the Notes, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

SECTION 510.                                            Rights and Remedies Cumulative .  Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in the last paragraph of Section 306, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

SECTION 511.                                            Delay or Omission Not Waiver .  No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 512.                                            Control by Holders .  The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes; provided that:

 

(1)                                  such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, and such Holders have complied with Section 603(6),

 

(2)                                  the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction, and

 

(3)                                  the Trustee need not take any action which might involve it in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not consenting.

 

SECTION 513.                                            Waiver of Past Defaults .  Subject to Sections 508 and 902, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all such Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder (except (1) a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any such Note held by a non-consenting Holder, or (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof or in any Guarantee which under Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected which shall require the consent of all Holder of the Notes) and rescind any acceleration and its consequences with respect to the Notes; provided such rescission would not conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver

 

56



 

shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

SECTION 514.                                            Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws .  Each of the Issuer, the Guarantors and any other obligor on the Notes covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and each of the Issuer, the Guarantors and any other obligor on the Notes (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

SECTION 515.                                            Undertaking for Costs.

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section 515 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder relating to right to payment hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes.

 

ARTICLE SIX

 

THE TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 601.                                            Duties of the Trustee .

 

(a)                                  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default,

 

(1)                                  the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(2)                                  the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture, in the absence of bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct in respect of such reliance; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions specifically required by any provision hereof to be provided to it, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein) whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, but not to verify the contents thereof.

 

(b)                                  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing of which a Responsible Officer has actual knowledge or of which written notice of such Event of Default shall have been given to a Responsible Officer by the Issuer, any other obligor of the Notes or by Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs.

 

57



 

(c)                                   No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that

 

(1)                                  this paragraph (c) shall not be construed to limit the effect of paragraph (a) of this Section;

 

(2)                                  the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Agent, unless it shall be proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(3)                                  the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture;

 

(d)                                  Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.

 

(e)                                   No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

SECTION 602.                                            Notice of Defaults .  Within 90 days after the earlier of receipt from the Issuer of notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder or the date when such Default or Event of Default becomes known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall transmit notice of such Default or Event of Default hereunder known to the Trustee, unless such Default or Event of Default shall have been cured or waived; provided that, except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest on any Note, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the best interest of the Holders.

 

SECTION 603.                                            Certain Rights of Trustee .

 

(1)                                  the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document (whether in original or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

 

(2)                                  any request or direction of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Issuer Request or Issuer Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a certified Board Resolution and an Opinion of Counsel;

 

(3)                                  whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder,

 

58



 

the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel;

 

(4)                                  the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any fact, Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes unless either (i) a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or (ii) written notice of such fact, Default or Event of Default shall have been received by a Responsible Officer and references this Indenture and the Notes. Delivery of reports to the Trustee pursuant to Section 1009 shall not constitute knowledge of, or notice to, the Trustee of the information contained therein;

 

(5)                                  the Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or Opinion of Counsel;

 

(6)                                  the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(7)                                  the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, or inquire as to the performance by the Issuer or the Guarantors of any of their covenants in this Indenture or inquire as to the performance by the Issuer or the Guarantors of any of their covenants in this Indenture, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the expense of the Issuer and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation;

 

(8)                                  the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

 

(9)                                  the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;

 

(10)                           the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder whether as an Agent or otherwise, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder;

 

(11)                           the Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Incumbency Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto setting forth the names of individuals or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Incumbency Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded;

 

59


 

(12)                           the Trustee shall not be required to give any note, bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trusts and powers under this Indenture;

 

(13)                           in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunction of utilities, third-party communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances;

 

(14)                           the permissive right of the Trustee to take actions permitted by this Indenture shall not be construed as an obligation or duty to do so; and

 

(15)                           in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, punitive, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

SECTION 604.                                            Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes .  The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except for the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Issuer, and neither the Trustee nor any Agent assumes responsibility for their correctness.  Neither the Trustee nor any Agent makes representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder.  Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Issuer of Notes or the proceeds thereof or the Offering Document or any other documents used in connection with the sale or distribution of the Notes.

 

SECTION 605.                                            May Hold Notes .  Each of the Trustee, any Paying Agent, any Note Registrar or any other agent of the Issuer or of the Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee, Paying Agent, Note Registrar or such other agent; provided , that, if it acquires any “conflicting interest” (within the meaning of TIA Section 310(b)), it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.

 

SECTION 606.                                            Money Held in Trust .  Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.  The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Issuer.

 

SECTION 607.                                            Compensation and Reimbursement .  The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree:

 

(1)                                  to pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as shall be agreed in writing between the Issuer and the Trustee for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

 

(2)                                  except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee

 

60



 

in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as shall be determined to have been caused by its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct; and

 

(3)                                  to indemnify the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, including taxes (other than the taxes based on the income of the Trustee) incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim regardless of whether the claim is asserted by the Issuer, a Guarantor, a Holder or any other Person or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, including the reasonable costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or a Guarantee against the Issuer or a Guarantor (including this Section 607).

 

The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Section to compensate the Trustee, to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances and to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder and shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and resignation or removal of the Trustee.  As security for the performance of such obligations of the Issuer, the Trustee shall have a claim prior to the Notes upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders entitled thereto for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on particular Notes.

 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 501(6), the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) of and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable Bankruptcy Law. “Trustee” for the purposes of this Section 607 shall include any predecessor Trustee and the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and each agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder as permitted by this Indenture; provided , however , that the negligence or willful misconduct of any predecessor Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other successor Trustee hereunder (other than a successor Trustee that is successor by merger or consolidation to such predecessor Trustee).

 

The provisions of this Section shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

SECTION 608.                                            Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility .  There shall be at all times a Trustee hereunder which shall be eligible to act as Trustee under TIA Section 310(a)(1) and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000.  If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of federal, State, territorial or District of Columbia supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.  If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

 

61



 

SECTION 609.                                            Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor .

 

(a)                                  No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 610.

 

(b)                                  The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Issuer.  Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, a copy of which shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and a copy to the successor Trustee.  If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 610 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Issuer, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(c)                                   The Trustee may be removed at any time by Act of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, delivered to the Trustee and to the Issuer.  If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 610 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the Trustee being removed may petition, at the expense of the Issuer, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(d)                                  The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 310(b); provided that, there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA Section 310(b)(1) are met.

 

(e)                                   If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.  If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes delivered to the Issuer and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Trustee and supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.  If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Issuer or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(f)                                    The Issuer shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to the Holders in the manner provided for in Section 107.  Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

 

SECTION 610.                                            Acceptance of Appointment by Successor .

 

(a)                                  Every successor Trustee appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Issuer and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on request of the Issuer or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.  Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Issuer shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts.

 

62



 

(b)                                  No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

 

SECTION 611.                                            Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business .  Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder; provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.  In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.  In case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee.  In all such cases such certificates shall have the full force and effect which this Indenture provides for the certificate of authentication of the Trustee shall have; provided that, the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or to authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

 

SECTION 612.                                            Appointment of Authenticating Agent .  At any time when any of the Notes remain Outstanding, the Trustee may appoint one or more agents (each an “Authenticating Agent”) with respect to the Notes which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes and the Trustee shall give written notice of such appointment to all Holders of Notes with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve, in the manner provided for in Section 107.  Notes so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder.  Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by an authorized signatory of the Trustee, and a copy of such instrument shall be promptly furnished to the Issuer.  Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Notes by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent.  Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Issuer.

 

Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent; provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

 

An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Issuer.  The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Issuer.  Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Issuer and shall give written notice of such appointment to all Holders of Notes, in the manner provided for in Section 107.  Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers

 

63



 

and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent.  No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

 

The Issuer agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time such compensation for its services under this Section as shall be agreed in writing between the Issuer and such Authenticating Agent.

 

If an appointment is made pursuant to this Section, the Notes may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in the following form:

 

This is one of the Notes designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

as Authenticating Agent

 

ARTICLE SEVEN

 

HOLDERS LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND ISSUER

 

SECTION 701.                                            Issuer to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses .  The Issuer will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:

 

(1)                                  semi-annually, not more than ten days after each Regular Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of such Regular Record Date; and

 

(2)                                  at such other times as the Trustee may reasonably request in writing, within 30 days after receipt by the Issuer of any such request, a list of similar form and content to that in clause (1) hereof as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished;

 

provided that, if and so long as the Trustee shall be a Note Registrar, no such list need be furnished.

 

SECTION 702.                                            Reports by Trustee.

 

Within 60 days after December 31 of each year commencing with December 31, 2013, the Trustee shall transmit to the Holders of Notes (with a copy to the Issuer at the address specified in Section 106), in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 313(c), a brief report dated as of such December 31 that complies with TIA Section 313(a).  The Trustee also shall comply with TIA Section 313(b).  A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange, if any, upon which the Notes are listed, with the Commission and with the Issuer.  The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee in writing when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and any delisting thereof.

 

64



 

ARTICLE EIGHT

 

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE
OF ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS

 

SECTION 801.                                            Issuer May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms .

 

(a)                                  The Issuer will not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

(1)                                  the Issuer is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof, or the District of Columbia (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”);

 

(2)                                  the Successor Company, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(3)                                  immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

 

(4)                                  immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the Applicable Measurement Period,

 

(A)                                the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 1011(a) or

 

(B)                                the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

 

(5)                                  each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case Section 802(1)(B) below shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and

 

(6)                                  the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the Notes and this Indenture, as applicable, constitute valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, subject to customary exceptions.

 

(b)                                  The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes and the Issuer will automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.  Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of Section 801(a).

 

(1)                                  any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer; and

 

65



 

(2)                                  the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in any state or territory of the United States or the District of Columbia so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

 

SECTION 802.                                            Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms .  Subject to Section 1208, no Guarantor shall, and the Issuer shall not permit any such Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

(1)                                  (A)                                such Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state or any territory thereof or the District of Columbia (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”);

 

(B)                                the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(C)                                immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

(D)                                the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the Indenture and Guarantees, as applicable, constitute valid and binding obligations of the applicable Guarantor and the Issuer, subject to customary exceptions; or

 

(2)                                  the transaction is an Asset Sale that is made in compliance with Section 1017.

 

Subject to Section 1208, the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee and such Guarantor will automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may (i) merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer, (ii) merge with a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby or (iii) convert into a Person organized or existing under the laws of a jurisdiction in the United States.

 

SECTION 803.                                            Successor Substituted .  Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or any Guarantor in accordance with Sections 801 and 802 hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, is merged or the successor Person to which such sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition is made, shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, under this Indenture or the Guarantees, as the case may be, with the same effect as

 

66



 

if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, herein or the Guarantees, as the case may be.  When a successor Person assumes all obligations of its predecessor hereunder, the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be, such predecessor shall be released from all obligations; provided that in the event of a transfer or lease, the predecessor shall not be released from the payment of principal and interest or other obligations on the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be.

 

ARTICLE NINE

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

 

SECTION 901.                                            Amendments or Supplements Without Consent of Holders .  Without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to any amendment relating to its Guarantee) and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and any related Guarantee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

 

(1)                                  to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

 

(2)                                  to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

 

(3)                                  to comply with Article Eight hereof;

 

(4)                                  to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders to a Successor Company or a Successor Person, as applicable;

 

(5)                                  to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;

 

(6)                                  to secure the Notes or add covenants for the benefit of the Holders of Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

(7)                                  to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements of Sections 609 and 610 hereof;

 

(8)                                  to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes, in accordance with this Indenture;

 

(9)                                  to add a Guarantor or a parent guarantor under this Indenture; provided that only the Trustee and the Guarantor or parent guarantor being added will need to sign any such supplement or amendment;

 

(10)                           to conform the text of this Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Document to the extent that such provision in the “Description of the Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate; or

 

(11)                           to amend the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided that, (A) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (B) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes.

 

67



 

SECTION 902.                                            Amendments, Supplements or Waivers with Consent of Holders .

 

(a)                                  With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to any Guarantee to which it is a party or this Indenture) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, any Guarantee or the Notes for the purpose of adding any provisions hereto or thereto, changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders hereunder or thereunder (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes) and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for Notes); provided that, without consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby, no such amendment, supplement or waiver shall, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:

 

(1)                                  reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver,

 

(2)                                  reduce the principal of or change the Maturity of any such Note or reduce the premium payable upon the redemption any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed pursuant to Section 1101 or Section 1109,

 

(3)                                  reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note,

 

(4)                                  waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes issued under this Indenture, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders of the Notes,

 

(5)                                  make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes,

 

(6)                                  make any change in Section 513 or the rights of Holders of the Notes to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes,

 

(7)                                  make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions,

 

(8)                                  impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes, or

 

(9)                                  make any change to or modify the ranking of any Note or related Guarantee that would adversely affect the Holders of the Notes.

 

(b)                                  It shall not be necessary for the consent of Holders under this Section 902 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, and it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

68



 

(c)                                   Neither the Issuer nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders (or in the case of an exchange offer, exchanged with all Holders) that are “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act or Non-U.S. Persons, in each case, who, upon request, confirm that they are “qualified institutional buyers” or Non-U.S. Persons and consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment.

 

SECTION 903.                                            Execution of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers .  In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any amendment, supplement or waiver permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be provided with, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and (other than in the case of an amendment or supplement for the purpose of adding a Guarantor or a parent guarantor under this Indenture in accordance with Section 901(9)) Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized and permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions and qualifications, and complies with the provisions hereof.  Guarantors may, but shall not be required to, execute supplemental indentures that do not modify such Guarantor’s Guarantee. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

SECTION 904.                                            Effect of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers .  Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such amendment, supplement or waiver shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Notes theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

 

SECTION 905.                                            Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures .  Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture.  If the Issuer shall so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Issuer, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Notes.

 

SECTION 906.                                            Notice of Supplemental Indentures .  Promptly after the execution by the Issuer, any Guarantor and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of Section 902, the Issuer shall give notice thereof to the Holders of each Outstanding Note affected, in the manner provided for in Section 107, setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture.

 

ARTICLE TEN

 

COVENANTS

 

SECTION 1001.                                     Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest .  The Issuer covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture.

 

69


 

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

SECTION 1002.                                     Maintenance of Office or Agency .  The Issuer will maintain in The City of New York, an office or agency where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served.  The designated office of the Trustee shall be such office or agency of the Issuer in The City of New York, unless the Issuer shall designate and maintain some other office or agency for one or more of such purposes.  The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of such office or agency.  If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any such designation; provided, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in The City of New York.  The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

SECTION 1003.                                     Money for Notes Payments to Be Held in Trust .  If the Issuer shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any of the Notes, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its action or failure so to act.

 

Whenever the Issuer shall have one or more Paying Agents for the Notes, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Notes in accordance with Section 1001, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of such action or any failure so to act.

 

Each Paying Agent agrees:

 

(1)                                  that it will hold all sums received by it as Paying Agent for the payment of the principal of or interest on any Notes in trust for the benefit of the Holders and the Trustee;

 

(2)                                  that it will give the Trustee written notice of any failure by the Issuer to make any payment of the principal of or interest on any Notes and any other payments to be made by or on behalf of the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes when the same shall be due and payable; and

 

(3)                                  that it will pay any such sums so held in trust by it to the Trustee forthwith upon the Trustee’s written request at any time during the continuance of the failure referred to in clause (2) above.

 

70



 

the Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Issuer Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Issuer or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Issuer or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums.

 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on Issuer Request, or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as Trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, shall at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.

 

SECTION 1004.                                     Organizational Existence .  Subject to Article Eight, the Issuer will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its organizational existence and that of each Restricted Subsidiary and the organizational rights (charter and statutory) and franchises of the Issuer and each Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the Issuer shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

SECTION 1005.                                     Payment of Taxes and Other Claims .  The Issuer will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (1) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Issuer or any Subsidiary and (2) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies, which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon the property of the Issuer or any Subsidiary; provided that the Issuer shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves, if necessary (in the good faith judgment of management of the Issuer) are being maintained in accordance with GAAP.

 

SECTION 1006.                                     Maintenance of Properties .  The Issuer will cause all properties owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or used or held for use in the conduct of its business or the business of any Restricted Subsidiary to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Issuer may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided that nothing in this Section shall prevent the Issuer from discontinuing the maintenance of any of such properties if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Issuer, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

71



 

SECTION 1007.                                     Insurance .  The Issuer will at all times keep all of its and its Subsidiaries’ properties which are of an insurable nature insured with insurers, believed by the Issuer to be responsible, against loss or damage to the extent that property of similar character is usually so insured by corporations similarly situated and owning like properties.

 

SECTION 1008.                                     Statement by Officer as to Default .

 

(a)                                  The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing officer with a view to determining whether it has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled, and has caused each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to keep, observe, perform and fulfill its obligations under this Indenture and further stating that, to the best of his or her knowledge, the Issuer during such preceding fiscal year has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled, and has caused each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to keep, observe, perform and fulfill each and every such covenant contained in this Indenture and no Default or Event of Default occurred during such year and at the date of such certificate there is no Default or Event of Default which has occurred and is continuing or, if such signers do know of such Default or Event of Default, the certificate shall describe its status, with particularity and that, to the best of his or her knowledge, no event has occurred and remains by reason of which payments on the account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action each is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.  The Officer’s Certificate shall also notify the Trustee should the Issuer elect to change the manner in which it fixes its fiscal year-end.  For purposes of this Section 1008(a), such compliance shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice under this Indenture.

 

(b)                                  When any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and proposed steps to cure such Default or Event of Default, notice or other action within ten Business Days of becoming aware of such occurrence.

 

SECTION 1009.                                     Reports and Other Information .

 

(a)                                  Whether or not the Issuer is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer shall have its annual consolidated financial statements audited by a nationally recognized firm of independent auditors and its interim consolidated financial statements reviewed by a nationally recognized firm of independent auditors in accordance with Statement on Auditing Standards No. 100 issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (or any similar replacement standard).  In addition, so long as any Notes are outstanding, Issuer shall furnish to the Holders:

 

(1)                                  (x) all annual and quarterly financial statements that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-K and 10-Q of the Issuer, if the Issuer were required to file such forms, plus a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”; (y) with respect to the annual and quarterly information, a presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA of the Issuer substantially consistent with the presentation thereof in the Offering Document and derived from such financial information; and (z) with respect to the annual financial statements only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Issuer’s independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

72



 

(2)                                  all information that would be required to be contained in filings with the SEC on Form 8-K under Items 1.01 (including furnishing any material debt agreements that would be required to be described in such Form 8-K), 1.02, 1.03, 2.01, 2.05, 2.06, 4.01, 4.02, 5.01 and 5.02(b) and (c) (other than with respect to information otherwise required or contemplated by Item 402 of Regulation S-K) as in effect on the Issue Date if the Issuer were required to file such reports ; provided , however , that no such current report shall be required to include as an exhibit (except as described above), or to include a summary of the terms of, any employment or compensatory arrangement agreement, plan or understanding between the Issuer (or any of its subsidiaries) and any director , manager or executive officer, of the Issuer (or any of its subsidiaries); provided, further, however , that no such current report in connection with the PRA Acquisition or the RPS Acquisition will be required to include as an exhibit any financial statements otherwise required to be included therein .

 

All such annual reports shall be furnished within 90 days after the end of the fiscal year to which they relate, and all such quarterly reports shall be furnished within 45 days after the end of the fiscal quarter to which they relate; provided that the annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013 shall be furnished within 120 days after the end of such fiscal year; and provided further that quarterly reports for each of the third fiscal quarter of 2013 and the first fiscal quarter of 2014 shall be furnished within 90 days after the end of such fiscal quarter to which they relate.  All such current reports shall be furnished within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations for reporting companies under the Exchange Act.

 

The Issuer shall make available such information and such reports (as well as the details regarding the conference call described below) to the Trustee under this Indenture, to any Holder of the Notes and, upon request, to any beneficial owner of the Notes, in each case by (i) posting such information on its website or on Intralinks or any comparable password-protected online data system which shall require a confidentiality acknowledgment or (ii) providing such information directly to the Trustee and simultaneously providing written instruction to the Trustee to make such information available to Holders of the Notes in accordance with the Depository’s applicable procedures, and in the case of clause (i) above, the Issuer will make such information readily available to any prospective investor in the Notes, any securities analyst (to the extent providing analysis of investment in the Notes) or any market maker in the Notes who (i) agrees to treat such information as confidential or (ii) accesses such information on Intralinks or any comparable password-protected online data system which shall require a confidentiality acknowledgment; provided that the Issuer shall post such information thereon and make readily available any password or other login information to any such prospective investor, securities analyst or market maker; provided further that the Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to determine whether or not such information, documents or reports have been made available in such manner. The Issuer shall hold a quarterly conference call for all Holders and securities analysts (to the extent providing analysis of investment in the Notes) to discuss such financial information (including a customary Q&A session) no later than five Business Days after distribution of such financial information; provided that the conference call for the fiscal quarter ending immediately prior to the Issue Date shall be held no later than ten Business Days after distribution of the financial information for such fiscal quarter.

 

(b)                                   The Issuer shall provide S&P and Moody’s (and their respective successors) with information on a periodic basis as S&P or Moody’s, as the case may be, shall reasonably require in order to maintain public ratings of the Notes.  To the extent not satisfied by the third preceding paragraph, the Issuer shall also furnish to Holders, securities analysts (to the extent providing analysis of investment in the Notes) and prospective investors in the Notes upon request the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), so long as the Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act.

 

73



 

(c)                                    If the Issuer has designated any of its Subsidiaries as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and if any such Unrestricted Subsidiary or group of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, if taken together as one Subsidiary, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer, then the annual and quarterly information required by clause (1) of the first paragraph of this covenant shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

(d)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the financial statements, information and other documents required to be provided as described above, may be those of (i) the Issuer or (ii) any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer rather than those of the Issuer; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

 

(e)                                    The Issuer will be deemed to have furnished the reports referred to above in clause (a)(1) and (2) of this covenant if the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer has filed reports containing such information with the SEC and such reports are publicly available.

 

Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and its receipt of such reports shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including our compliance with any of our covenants under the Indenture or the Notes (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

 

The Trustee shall not be obligated and shall have no responsibility to monitor or confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, the Issuer’s compliance with the covenants or with respect to any reports or other documents filed with the SEC under this Indenture or any of the other covenants under this Indenture.

 

SECTION 1010.                                     Limitation on Restricted Payments .

 

(a)                                  The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

 

(1)                                  declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation, other than:

 

(A)                                dividends or distributions by the Issuer payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests; or

 

(B)                                dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

 

74



 

(2)                                  purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, including in connection with any merger or consolidation, in each case held by a person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(3)                                  make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than:

 

(A)                                Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7) and (8) of Section 1011(b); or

 

(B)                                the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

 

(4)                                  make any Restricted Investment;

 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above (other than any exception thereto) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

 

(A)                                no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

 

(B)                                except in the case of a Restricted Investment, immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 1011(a); and

 

(C)                                such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to clause (B) thereof only), (6)(C) and (9) of Section 1010(b), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 1010(b)), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

 

(1)                                  50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the first day of the fiscal quarter during which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit, plus

 

(2)                                  100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock pursuant to Section 1011(b)(12)(A) from the issue or sale of

 

(x)                                  Equity Interests of the Issuer, including Retired Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the Fair Market

 

75



 

Value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of

 

(A)                                Equity Interests to any employee, director, manager or consultant of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and the Issuer’s Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 1010(b)(4) and

 

(B)                                Designated Preferred Stock

 

and to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 1010(b)(4) or

 

(y)                                  Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that has been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer;

 

provided that this clause (2) shall not include the proceeds from (a) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), (b) Equity Interests (or Indebtedness that has been converted or exchanged for Equity Interests) of the Issuer sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Issuer, as the case may be, (c) Disqualified Stock (or Indebtedness that has been converted or exchanged into Disqualified Stock) or (d) Excluded Contributions, plus

 

(3)                                  100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Issuer or that becomes part of the capital of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary through consolidation or merger following the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds (i) have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock pursuant to Section 1011(b)(12)(A), (ii) are contributed by a Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) constitute Excluded Contributions or (iv) are used to fund the RPS Acquisition), plus

 

(4)                                  100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received by means of:

 

(A)                                the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, after the Issue Date or

 

(B)                                the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an

 

76



 

Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of Section 1010(b) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, plus

 

(5)                                  in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the Fair Market Value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of Section 1010(b) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.

 

(b)                                  The foregoing provisions shall not prohibit:

 

(1)                                  the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of such irrevocable notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration or the giving of such notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

 

(2)                                  (A)  the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Retired Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) made within 120 days of, Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent contributed to the Issuer (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) and

 

(B)   if immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this Section 1010(b), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that was declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

 

(3)                                  the prepayment, exchange, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement for value of (i) Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a sale made within 120 days of new Indebtedness of the Issuer, or a Restricted Subsidiary, or (ii) Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a sale made within 120 days of, Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, that, in each case is incurred in compliance with Section 1011 so long as:

 

(A)                                the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness or the liquidation preference of such new Disqualified Stock does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on the Subordinated Indebtedness or the liquidation preference of, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends on, the Disqualified Stock being so prepaid, exchanged, redeemed,

 

77



 

defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock,

 

(B)                                such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so prepaid, exchanged, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, acquired or retired for value,

 

(C)                                such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock has a final scheduled maturity date, , or mandatory redemption date, as applicable, equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date, or mandatory redemption date, of the Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so prepaid, exchanged, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired, and

 

(D)                                such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so prepaid, exchanged, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired;

 

(4)                                  a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer held by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition), including any Equity Interests rolled over by management of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with the Transactions; provided , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $15.0 million (which shall increase to $30.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $30.0 million in any calendar year) (which shall increase to $60.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer; provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 

(A)                                the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the Issuer, the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, in each case to any future, present or former employees, directors, managers or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (C) of Section 1010(a), plus

 

(B)                                the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, less

 

78


 

(C)                                the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A) and (B) of this Section 1010(b)(4); provided that the Issuer may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) of this Section 1010(b)(4) in any calendar year);

 

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from any future, present or former employees, directors, managers or consultants of the Issuer (or any permitted transferee thereof), any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer shall not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Indenture;

 

(5)                                  the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or any class or series of preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, issued in accordance with the covenant described under Section 1011 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges;

 

(6)                                  (A)                                the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Issuer after the Issue Date,

 

(B)                                the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, the proceeds of which shall be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent company issued after the Issue Date; provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (B) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Issuer from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock, or

 

(C)                                the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to Section 1010(b)(2);

 

provided that, in the case of each of (A) and (C) of this clause (6), for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

 

(7)                                  Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash, Cash Equivalents or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of (x) $45.0 million and (y) 2.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(8)                                  payments made or expected to be made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable in connection with the exercise or vesting of Equity Interests or other equity awards by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant and repurchases or withholdings of Equity Interests in connection with any

 

79



 

exercise of stock exercise of stock or other equity options or warrants or the vesting of Equity Interests or other equity awards if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of, or withholding obligation with respect to, such options, warrants or other Equity Interest or equity awards;

 

(9)                                  the declaration and payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to fund a payment of dividends on such parent company’s common stock), following consummation of the first public offering of the Issuer’s common stock or the common stock of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer after the Issue Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s common stock registered on Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

 

(10)                           Restricted Payments in an amount that does not exceed the amount of Excluded Contributions made since the Issue Date;

 

(11)                           other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11) not to exceed the greater of (x) $55.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Total Assets at the time made;

 

(12)                           distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;

 

(13)                           any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or used to fund amounts owed to Affiliates (including dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to permit payment by such parent of such amount), to the extent permitted by Section 1013 and that the payment of such amount directly by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries would have otherwise been permitted under this covenant;

 

(14)                           the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness in accordance with the provisions similar to those of Section 1016 and Section 1017; provided that all Notes tendered by Holders of the Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be, have been repurchased, redeemed, defeased or acquired or retired for value;

 

(15)                           the declaration and payment of dividends by the Issuer to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent company to pay:

 

(A)                                franchise and excise taxes and other fees and expenses required to maintain its organizational existence,

 

(B)                                foreign, federal, state and local income and similar taxes (including any interest or penalties related thereto), to the extent such taxes are attributable to the income, revenue, receipts, capital or margin of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) would be required to pay in respect of such foreign, federal, state and local income taxes for such fiscal year had the Issuer,

 

80



 

its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) been a stand-alone taxpayer (separate from any such direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) for all fiscal years ending after the Issue Date,

 

(C)                                customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, employees, directors and managers and consultants of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such salaries, bonuses, benefits and indemnities are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including the Issuer’s proportionate share of such amount relating to such parent company being a public company,

 

(D)                                general corporate or other operating (including, without limitation, expenses related to auditing or other accounting matters) and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including the Issuer’s proportionate share of such amount relating to such parent company being a public company,

 

(E)                                 amounts required for any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to pay fees and expenses incurred by any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer related to (i) the maintenance by such parent entity of its corporate or other entity existence and (ii) transactions of such parent company of the Issuer of the type described in clause (11) of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income”, and

 

(F)                                  cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Issuer or any such direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer;

 

(16)                           the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer deemed to occur in connection with paying cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a share dividend, distribution, share split, reverse share split, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination of the Issuer, in each case, permitted under this Indenture;

 

(17)                           the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

 

(18)                           any Restricted Payment; provided that on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Restricted Payment (x) the Consolidated Total Debt Ratio would be equal to or less than 3.50 to 1.00 and (y) the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio set forth in Section 1011(a); and

 

(19)                           payments or distributions to satisfy dissenters’ rights, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of assets that complies with Article Eight;

 

provided that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (11) and (17) of this Section 1010(b), no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would, with the passage of time, occur as a consequence thereof.

 

81



 

(c)                                   As of the Issue Date, all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries shall be Restricted Subsidiaries.  The Issuer shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.”  For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments or Permitted Investment in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investment.”  Such designation shall be permitted only if a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to Section 1010(a) or under clauses (7), (10) or (11) of Section 1010(b), or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments”, and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.  Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Indenture.

 

(d)                                  For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 1010, in the event that a proposed Restricted Payment or Investment (or a portion thereof) meets the criteria of clauses (1) through (19) of Section 1010(b) or is entitled to be made pursuant to Section 1010(a) and/or one or more of the exceptions contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments” in Section 102, the Issuer shall be entitled to classify or later reclassify (based on circumstances existing on the date of such reclassification) such Restricted Payment or Investment (or portion thereof) among clauses (1) through (19) of Section 1010(b), Section 1010(a) and/or one or more of the exceptions contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments” in Section 102 in a manner that otherwise complies with this Section 1010.

 

SECTION 1011.                                     Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock .

 

(a)                                  the Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer shall not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or, in the case of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not the Issuer or Guarantors, preferred stock; provided that the Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of preferred stock, if, after giving effect thereto, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be at least 2.00 to 1.00; provided , further , that the amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock that may be incurred pursuant to the foregoing, together with any amounts incurred under clause 14(x) of Section 1011(b) by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed the greater of (x) $85.0 million and (y) 3.75% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding.

 

(b)                                  The foregoing limitations shall not apply to:

 

(1)                                  Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Credit Facilities by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to any such incurrence, the then-outstanding aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (1) does not exceed at any one time (x) $1,135.0 million minus the amount of commitments under the Senior Credit Facilities that are terminated in the event the Special Mandatory Redemption Date occurs plus (y) an additional amount if, after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such additional amount and the application of net proceeds therefrom, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio is equal to or less than 4.50:1.00; provided , further , that, for purposes of determining the amount of

 

82



 

Indebtedness that may be incurred under clause (1)(y), all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (1) shall be treated as Secured Indebtedness;

 

(2)                                  Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any Guarantee thereof, but excluding Indebtedness represented by Additional Notes, if any, or guarantees with respect thereto) and exchange notes issued in respect of such Notes and any Guarantee thereof;

 

(3)                                  Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2) above);

 

(4)                                  Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and preferred stock incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, to finance the purchase, lease, construction, installation or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets and Indebtedness arising from the conversion of the obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary under or pursuant to any “synthetic lease” transactions to on-balance sheet Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (4), and all Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance any other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock incurred pursuant to this clause (4), does not exceed the greater of (x) $55.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of incurrence; provided that such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, lease, construction, installation or improvement or is created within 270 days of the completion thereof; provided , further that Capitalized Lease Obligations incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to this clause (4) in connection with a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction shall not be subject to the foregoing limitation so long as the proceeds of such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction are used by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to permanently repay outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(5)                                  Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit bankers’ acceptances, bank guarantees, warehouse receipts or similar facilities issued or entered into in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, performance or surety bonds, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, performance or surety bonds, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance;

 

(6)                                  Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnout or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that such Indebtedness is not reflected as Indebtedness on the balance sheet of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected as Indebtedness on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6));

 

(7)                                  Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is subordinated in right of

 

83



 

payment to the Notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause;

 

(8)                                  Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is neither the Issuer nor a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Notes of such Guarantor; provided further that any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause;

 

(9)                                  shares of preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of preferred stock (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of preferred stock not permitted by this clause;

 

(10)                           Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 1011, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;

 

(11)                           obligations in respect of self-insurance, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(12)                           (A)  Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference up to 100% of the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or cash contributed to the capital of the Issuer (in each case, other than Excluded Contributions or proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (C)(2) and (C)(3) of Section 1010(a) to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 1010(b) or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the definition thereof) and (B)  Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(B), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of (x) $85.0 million and (y) 3.75% of Total Assets at the time of incurrence (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(B) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(B) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 1011(a) from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock under Section 1011(a) without reliance on this clause (12)(B));

 

84



 

(13)                           the incurrence or issuance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock which serves to Refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred as permitted under Section 1011(a) and clauses (2) and (3) above, clause 12(A), this clause (13) and clause (14) below or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock issued to so Refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided that such Refinancing Indebtedness

 

(A)                                has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being Refinanced,

 

(B)                                to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness Refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee of the Notes, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being Refinanced or (ii) Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, respectively and

 

(C)                                shall not include Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Guarantor that Refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of a Guarantor;

 

and provided further that subclause (A) above of this clause (13) shall not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Secured Indebtedness outstanding;

 

(14)                           Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of (x) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition; provided that the amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock that may be incurred pursuant to the foregoing, together with any amounts incurred under the immediately preceding paragraph by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, shall not exceed the greater of (x) $85.0 million and (y) 3.75% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into or consolidated with the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture (including designating an Unrestricted Subsidiary a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that after giving effect to any such acquisition, merger or consolidation, either:

 

(A)                                the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 1011(a), or

 

(B)                                the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries is equal to or greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

 

(15)                           Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business;

 

(16)                           Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to any Credit Facility, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

 

85



 

(17)                           (A)  any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary, or

 

(B)                                any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer; provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with Section 1015;

 

(18)                           Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors at any one time outstanding not to exceed, in the aggregate, the greater of (x) $35.0 million and (y) 1.5% of Total Assets at the time of incurrence (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (18) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (18));

 

(19)                           Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(20)                           Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in connection with cash management and related activities with respect to any Subsidiary or joint venture in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(21)                           Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former officers, directors, managers and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent described in Section 1010(b)(4).

 

(c)                                   For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 1011,

 

(1)                                  in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock described in clauses (1) through (21) of Section 1011(b) or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 1011(a), the Issuer, in its sole discretion, shall divide, classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (or any portion thereof) and shall only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock in one of the above clauses of this Section 1011(b); provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities on the Issue Date after giving effect to the Transactions will be treated as incurred under Section 1011(b)(1) and may not be reclassified; and

 

(2)                                  at the time of incurrence, the Issuer shall be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Sections 1011(a) and (b) above.

 

Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock for purposes of this Section 1011.  Any Refinancing Indebtedness and any Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (1) and (12) of Section 1011(b) above shall be permitted to include such forms of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified

 

86



 

Stock or preferred stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs, accrued and unpaid interest, fees and expenses in connection with such refinancing.

 

(d)                                  For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in another currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness denominated in another currency, and such Refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such Refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (i) the principal amount of such Indebtedness being Refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such Refinancing.

 

(e)                                   The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being Refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such Refinancing.

 

(f)                                    This Indenture shall not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

 

SECTION 1012.                                     Liens .  The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related Guarantee on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless the Notes (or the related Guarantee in the case of Liens of a Guarantor) are equally and ratably secured with (or, in the event the Lien relates to Subordinated Indebtedness, are secured on a senior basis to) the obligations so secured.  Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to this Section 1012 will provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes.

 

SECTION 1013.                                     Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates .

 

(a)                                  The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $10.0 million, unless:

 

(1)                                  such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and

 

87



 

(2)                                  the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $20.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.

 

(b)                                  The foregoing provisions shall not apply to the following:

 

(1)                                  (i) transactions between or among the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction and (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; provided that such parent company shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Issuer and such merger or consolidation is otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture and effected for a bona fide business purpose;

 

(2)                                  Restricted Payments permitted by Section 1010 and Investments permitted by the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

 

(3)                                  (i) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses (including indemnification and other similar amounts) to the Investors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement (plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring, advisory and other fees and related expenses (including indemnification and other similar amounts) accrued in any prior year) and the termination fees pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement, or in each case as in effect on the Issue Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not materially disadvantageous, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the Sponsor Management Agreement in effect on the Issue Date); and (ii) payments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith;

 

(4)                                  the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities and reimbursements and employment and severance arrangements provided on behalf of, or for the benefit of, former, current or future officers, directors, managers, employees or consultants of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(5)                                  transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;

 

(6)                                  any agreement or arrangement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

 

88


 

(7)                                  the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement or the equivalent (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect when taken as a whole;

 

(8)                                  the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, in each case, as contemplated in the Offering Document;

 

(9)                                  transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 

(10)                           the issuance or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to and the granting and performance of customary registration rights;

 

(11)                           sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

 

(12)                           payments, loans, advances or guarantees (or cancellation of loans, advances or guarantees) to employees, directors, managers or consultants of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees, directors, manager or consultants which, in each case, are approved by the Issuer in good faith;

 

(13)                           investments by the Investors in securities of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Investors in connection therewith) so long as the investment is being generally offered to other investors on the same or more favorable terms;

 

(14)                           payments to any future, current or former employee, director, manager, officer, manager or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement; and any employment agreements, stock option plans and other compensatory arrangements (and any successor plans thereto) and any supplemental executive retirement benefit plans or arrangements with any such employees, directors, officers, managers or consultants that are, in each case, approved by the Issuer in good faith;

 

(15)                           any transaction with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an Equity Interest in or otherwise controls such Person;

 

89



 

(16)                           payments by the Issuer (and any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) and its Subsidiaries pursuant to tax sharing agreements among the Issuer (and any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) and its Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent of the amount received from Unrestricted Subsidiaries) would be required to pay in respect of foreign, federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer;

 

(17)                           any lease entered into between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee, and any Affiliate of the Issuer, as lessor, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(18)                           intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business;

 

(19)                           transactions between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person that would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because a director of which is also a director of the Issuer or any other direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; provided , however, that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Issuer or such direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

 

(20)                           pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(21)                           transactions with joint ventures for the purchase or sale of goods, equipment and services entered into in the ordinary course of business.

 

SECTION 1014.                                     Limitations on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries .  The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not the Issuer or Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(a)                                  (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or (2) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(b)                                  make loans or advances to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(c)                                   sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(1)                                  contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including, pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation and related Hedging Obligations;

 

(2)                                  this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees;

 

(3)                                  purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capitalized Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (c) above on the property so acquired;

 

90



 

(4)                                  applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

(5)                                  any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is designated a Restricted Subsidiary, or that is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case that is in existence at the time of such transaction (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired or designated;

 

(6)                                  contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

 

(7)                                  Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 1011 and 1012 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

(8)                                  restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(9)                                  other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 1011;

 

(10)                           customary provisions in joint venture agreements or arrangements and other similar agreements or arrangements relating solely to such joint venture;

 

(11)                           customary provisions contained in leases, sub-leases, licenses, sub-licenses or similar agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(12)                           restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility; and

 

(13)                           any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (12) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer’s Board of Directors, no more restrictive in any material respect with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

 

(d)                                  For purposes of determining compliance with the covenants set forth in this Section 1014: (i) the priority of any preferred stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to other Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.

 

91



 

SECTION 1015.                                     Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries .  The Issuer shall not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or a Guarantor), other than a Guarantor or a special purpose Restricted Subsidiary formed in connection with a Receivables Facility, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other Guarantor (other than Indebtedness payable to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) unless:

 

(1)                                  such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, the form of which is attached as Exhibit A hereto; provided that, if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes, any such guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes; and

 

(2)                                  such Restricted Subsidiary waives and shall not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee;

 

provided that this Section 1015 shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

SECTION 1016.                                     Change of Control .

 

(a)                                  If a Change of Control occurs after the Issue Date, unless the Issuer has, prior to or concurrently with the time the Issuer is required to make a Change of Control Offer (as defined below), delivered electronically or mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the Outstanding Notes as described under Section 1105 or Section 1304, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.  No later than 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first class mail or overnight mail, with a copy to the Trustee sent in the same manner, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository, with the following information:

 

(1)                                  that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 1016 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer shall be accepted for payment by the Issuer;

 

(2)                                  the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

 

(3)                                  that any Note not properly tendered shall remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

 

92



 

(4)                                  that, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(5)                                  that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(6)                                  that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes; provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the expiration time of the Change of Control Offer, electronic transmission (in PDF), facsimile transmission or letter (sent in the same manner provided in the Change of Control Offer) setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

 

(7)                                  that if the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered.  The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 

(8)                                  if such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the Change of Control Payment Date may be delayed until such time as the Change of Control shall occur, or that such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that the Issuer shall determine that such condition will not be satisfied by the Change of Control Payment Date, or by the Change of Control Payment as so delayed; and

 

(9)                                  the other instructions, as determined by us, consistent with this Section 1016, that a Holder must follow.

 

(b)                                  While the Notes are in global form and the Issuer makes an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, a Holder may exercise its option to elect for the purchase of the Notes through the facilities of the Depository, subject to its rules and regulations.

 

(c)                                   the Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

 

(d)                                  On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent permitted by law,

 

(1)                                  accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

 

93



 

(2)                                  deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and

 

(3)                                  deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that all Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.

 

(e)                                   In the event that the Issuer makes a Change of Control Payment, the Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of the Notes the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.  The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

 

(f)                                    The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all such Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of the making of such Change of Control Offer.

 

(g)                                   If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuer, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuer as described above, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase upon not less than 15 days nor more than 60 days’ prior notice; provided that such notice is given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described above, on a date (the “Second Change of Control Payment Date”) at a price in cash equal to the applicable Change of Control Payment in respect of the Second Change of Control Payment Date.

 

SECTION 1017.                                     Asset Sales .

 

(a)                                  the Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to consummate, directly or indirectly, an Asset Sale, unless:

 

(1)                                  the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined at the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

(2)                                  except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Sale and all other Asset Sales since the Issue Date, on a cumulative basis received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

 

(A)                                any liabilities (as reflected on the Issuer’s most recent consolidated balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto, or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been reflected on the Issuer’s consolidated balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken

 

94



 

place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the Issuer, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or are otherwise extinguished in connection with the transactions relating to such Asset Sale) and for which the Issuer and all such Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing,

 

(B)                                any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents, or by their terms are required to be satisfied for cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received), in each case, within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale and

 

(C)                                any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 6.0% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value,

 

shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this clause (2) of this provision and for no other purpose.

 

(b)                                  Within 450 days after the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale (the “Asset Sale Proceeds Application Period”), the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale

 

(1)                                  to permanently repay or reduce:

 

(A)                                Obligations under a Credit Facility to the extent such Obligations were incurred under Section 1011(b)(1), and to correspondingly reduce any outstanding commitments with respect thereto;

 

(B)                                Obligations under Senior Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor, and to correspondingly reduce any outstanding commitments with respect thereto;

 

(C)                                Obligations under the Notes or any other Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of other Senior Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce any outstanding commitments with respect thereto, if applicable); provided that if the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall so repay any such other Senior Indebtedness other than the Notes, the Issuer shall either reduce Obligations under the Notes on a pro rata basis by, at its option, (A) redeeming Notes as described under Section 1101 or (B) purchasing notes through open market purchases, at a price equal to or higher than 100% of the principal amount thereof, in a manner that complies with this Indenture and applicable securities law or make an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes on a ratable basis with such other Senior Indebtedness for no less than 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, thereon up to the principal amount of Notes to be repurchased; or

 

95



 

(D)                                Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(2)                                  to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses; provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes or continues to constitute a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) capital expenditures or (c) acquisitions of other property or assets, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c), either (i) used or useful in a Similar Business or (ii) that replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; provided that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be deemed to have complied with this clause (2) if and to the extent that, within 450 days after the Asset Sale that generated the Net Proceeds, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into and not abandoned or rejected a binding agreement to consummate any such investment described in this clause (2) with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided further that if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds; or

 

(3)                                  any combination of the foregoing.

 

(c)                                   Within ten Business Days after the date that the balance of any Net Proceeds not invested or applied as permitted by clauses (1), (2) and (3) above (any such Net Proceeds, whether from one or more Asset Sales, “ Excess Proceeds ”) exceeds $40.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes, and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes (“ Pari Passu Indebtedness ”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness, (with respect to the Notes only) in denominations of $2,000 initial principal amount and multiples of $1,000 thereafter, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price, in the case of the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture.  In the event that the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary prepays any Pari Passu Indebtedness that is outstanding under a revolving credit or other committed loan facility pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary shall cause the related loan commitment to be reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid.

 

The Issuer shall commence an Asset Sale Offer by transmitting electronically in accordance with the procedures of the Depository or by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee or, provide the Trustee with written notice no less than ten Business Days (or such shorter time as agreed by the Trustee) prior to the sending of such notice in the event the Trustee is engaged by the Issuer to send such notice in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense.  To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds (or, in the case of an Asset Sale Offer being effected in advance of being required to do so by the Indenture, the amount of Net Proceeds the Issuer is offering to apply in such Asset Sale Offer), the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds (or such amount offered) in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.  If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount

 

96



 

of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased or repaid on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered or by lot or such similar method each in accordance with the procedures of the Depository; provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be repurchased in part.  Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero, and in the case of an Asset Sale Offer being effected in advance of being required to do so by the Indenture, the amount of Net Proceeds the Issuer is offering to apply in such Asset Sale Offer shall be excluded in subsequent calculations of Excess Proceeds.

 

(d)                                  Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 1017, the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

 

(e)                                   The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

 

(f)                                    With respect to any partial redemption or repurchase of Notes made pursuant to this Indenture (other than the redemption of the Special Mandatory Redemption Amount of the Notes), if less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any given time, selection of such Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee (a) if the Notes are listed on any securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange on which the Notes are listed, (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or such other method that the Trustee deems fair and appropriate or (c) by lot or such other similar method in accordance with the procedures of the Depository; provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed or repurchased in part.  The provisions under the Indenture relative to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of an Asset Sale may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes.

 

(g)                                   Notices of purchase or redemption shall be delivered electronically or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 15 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each Holder of Notes at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.  If any Note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed and the Applicable Premium, if any.

 

(h)                                  If any Notes are to be purchased or redeemed in part only, the Issuer shall issue a new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.  Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption, unless such redemption is conditioned on the happening of a future event.  On and after the Redemption Date, unless the Issuer defaults in payment of the Redemption Price, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption, unless such redemption is conditioned on the happening of a future event.

 

97


 

SECTION 1018.                                     Suspension of Covenants .

 

(a)                                  During any period of time that: (1) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (2) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (1) and (2) being collectively referred to as a “ Covenant Suspension Event ”), the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to the following provisions of this Indenture:

 

(A)                                clause (a)(4) of Section 801;

 

(B)                                Section 1010;

 

(C)                                Section 1011;

 

(D)                                Section 1013;

 

(E)                                 Section 1014;

 

(F)                                  Section 1015; and

 

(G)                                Section 1017;

 

(collectively, the “ Suspended Covenants ”).  Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event (the date of such occurrence, the “ Suspension Date ”), the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be set at zero.  In the event that the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “ Reversion Date ”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraws its Investment Grade Rating or downgrades the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to future events.  The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this description as the “ Suspension Period .”  Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants, and none of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period, or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to the Reversion Date, as a result of a failure to comply with the Suspended Covenants during the Suspension Period (or upon termination of the Suspension Period or after that time based solely on events that occurred during the Suspension Period).  The Issuer shall provide an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee indicating the occurrence of any Suspension Date or Reversion Date. The Trustee shall have no obligation to independently monitor, determine or verify if such events have occurred or notify the Holders of any Suspension Date or Reversion Date. The Trustee may provide a copy of such Officer’s Certificate to any Holder of Notes upon written request.

 

(b)                                  On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock issued, during the Suspension Period shall be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to Section 1011(b)(3).  On the Reversion Date, all Liens created, incurred or assumed during the Suspension Period in compliance with this Indenture will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that they are classified as permitted under clause (7) of the definition of “Permitted Liens.”  Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 1010 shall be made as though Section 1010 had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period.  No Subsidiaries shall be designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries during any Suspension Period. Any Affiliate Transaction entered into after the Reversion Date pursuant to an agreement entered into during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant Section 1013(b)(6). Any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to take any action described

 

98



 

in Section 1014(a) through (c) that becomes effective during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to Section 1014(c)(1).

 

(c)                                   The Issuer shall give the Trustee prompt (and in any event not later than five Business Days after a Covenant Suspension Event) written notice of any Covenant Suspension Event.  In the absence of such notice, the Trustee shall assume the Suspended Covenants apply and are in full force and effect.  The Issuer shall give the Trustee prompt (and in any event not later than five Business Days after a Covenant Suspension Event) written notice of any occurrence of a Reversion Date.  After any such notice of the occurrence of a Reversion Date, the Trustee shall assume the Suspended Covenants apply and are in full force and effect.

 

ARTICLE ELEVEN

 

REDEMPTION OF NOTES

 

SECTION 1101.                                     Right of Redemption .  At any time prior to October 1, 2018, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon written notice as set forth in Section 1105, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), subject to the rights of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

 

On and after October 1, 2018, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon written notice as set forth in Section 1105, at the Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the 12 month period beginning on October 1 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

 

Percentage

 

2018

 

104.750

%

2019

 

103.167

%

2020

 

101.583

%

2021 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

In addition, until October 1, 2016, the Issuer may, at its option, upon notice as set forth in Section 1105, on one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture at a Redemption Price equal to 109.500% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture (including any Additional Notes issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (unless all of such Notes are redeemed); provided , further , that each such redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

 

99



 

SECTION 1102.                                     Applicability of Article .  Redemption of Notes at the election of the Issuer or otherwise, as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article.

 

SECTION 1103.                                     Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee .  In case of any redemption at the election of the Issuer, the Issuer shall, at least three Business Days (or ten Business Days in the case of any definitive or physical Notes) before notice of redemption is required to be sent to Holders pursuant to Section 1105 hereof (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date in writing and of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and shall deliver to the Trustee such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 1104 if applicable.

 

SECTION 1104.                                     Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed .  With respect to any partial redemption or repurchase of Notes made pursuant to this Indenture (other than a Special Mandatory Redemption), if less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any given time, selection of such Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee (a) if the Notes are listed on any securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange on which the Notes are listed, (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or such other method that the Trustee deems fair and appropriate or (c) by lot or such other similar method in accordance with the procedures of the Depository; provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed or repurchased in part.

 

Notices of purchase or redemption shall be delivered electronically or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 15 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.  If any Note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed.

 

If any Notes are to be purchased or redeemed in part only, the Issuer will issue a new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.  Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption, unless such redemption is conditioned on the happening of a future event.  On and after the Redemption Date, unless the Issuer defaults in payment of the Redemption Price, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption, unless such redemption is conditioned on the happening of a future event.

 

SECTION 1105.                                     Notice of Redemption .  Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided for in Section 107 not less than 15 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder to be redeemed.

 

All notices of redemption shall state:

 

(1)                                  the Redemption Date,

 

(2)                                  the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 1107, if any,

 

(3)                                  if less than all Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of a partial redemption, the principal amounts) of the particular Notes to be redeemed,

 

100



 

(4)                                  in case any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice which relates to such Note shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, the Holder will receive, without charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed,

 

(5)                                  that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price (and accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 1107) will become due and payable upon each such Note, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed, and that interest thereon will cease to accrue on and after said date,

 

(6)                                  any condition precedent to the redemption,

 

(7)                                  the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any,

 

(8)                                  the name and address of the Paying Agent,

 

(9)                                  that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price,

 

(10)                           CUSIP, ISIN or “Common Code” number and that no representation is made as to the accuracy or correctness of the CUSIP, ISIN or “Common Code” number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes, and

 

(11)                           the paragraph of the Notes pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed.

 

Notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed at the election of the Issuer shall be given by the Issuer or, at the Issuer’s written request and provision of such notice three Business Days (or ten Business Days in the case of any definitive or physical Notes) (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee) prior to the date notice is to be given, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer.Any redemption (other than a Special Mandatory Redemption) may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, which shall be set forth in the related notice of redemption, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering, other offering or other transaction or event.  In addition, if such redemption or purchase is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the Redemption Date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the Redemption Date, or by the Redemption Date as so delayed.

 

If any such condition precedent has not been satisfied, the Company shall provide written notice to the Trustee prior to the close of business two Business Days prior to the redemption date.  Upon receipt of such notice, the notice of redemption shall be rescinded and the redemption of the Notes shall not occur.  Upon receipt, the Trustee shall provide such notice to each Holder of the Notes in the same manner in which the notice of redemption was given.

 

The Issuer and its Affiliates may acquire the Notes by means other than a redemption pursuant to this Article 11, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise.

 

101



 

SECTION 1106.                                     Deposit of Redemption Price .  Prior to any Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and accrued interest on, all the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date.

 

SECTION 1107.                                     Notes Payable on Redemption Date .  Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Notes so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable, unless such redemption is conditioned on the happening of a future event, at the Redemption Price therein specified (together with accrued interest to the Redemption Date), and from and after such date (unless the Issuer shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest) such Notes shall cease to bear interest.  Upon surrender of any such Note for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Note shall be paid by the Issuer at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest to the Redemption Date and such Notes shall be canceled by the Trustee; provided that installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes, or one or more Predecessor Notes, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 307.

 

If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Notes, unless such redemption is conditioned on the happening of a future event.

 

SECTION 1108.                                     Notes Redeemed in Part .  Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article) shall be surrendered at an office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 1002 (with, if the Issuer or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered.

 

SECTION 1109.                                     Mandatory Redemption . The Issuer will be required to redeem $50.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date (as defined below) (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Amount”), at the earlier of (i) any date on which the Issuer reasonably determines in good faith that the RPS Acquisition will not be consummated or (ii) January 29, 2014, if the RPS Acquisition has not been consummated (the “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”). The Issuer will provide the Trustee with an Officer’s Certificate on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date indicating that there has been a Special Mandatory Redemption Date. On the Business Day following the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Issuer shall redeem the Special Mandatory Redemption Amount of the Notes (a “Special Mandatory Redemption”).

 

Other than as set forth in the preceding paragraph, the Issuer shall not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

ARTICLE TWELVE

 

GUARANTEES

 

SECTION 1201.                                     Guarantees .  Subject to this Article 12, each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the Notes and obligations of the Issuer here under and thereunder, and guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee,

 

102



 

and to the Trustee for itself and on behalf of such Holder, that: (1) the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes will be paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise (including the amount that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Law), together with interest on the overdue principal, if any, and interest on any overdue interest, to the extent lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or of any such other obligations, the same shall be paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, subject, however, in the case of clauses (1) and (2) above, to the limitation set forth in Section 1204 hereof.

 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees (to the extent permitted by applicable law) that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other Guarantor, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.

 

Each Guarantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) the benefits of diligence, presentment, demand for payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer or any other Person, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall not be discharged as to any Note except by complete performance of the obligations contained in such Note, this Indenture and such Guarantee.  Each Guarantor acknowledges that the Guarantee is a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due and not of collection.  Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that, in the event of a default in payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest on such Note, whether at its Stated Maturity, by acceleration, purchase or otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture, directly against each of the Guarantors to enforce such Guarantor’s Guarantee without first proceeding against the Issuer or any other Guarantor.  Each Guarantor agrees that if, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee or any of the Holders are prevented by applicable law from exercising their respective rights to accelerate the Maturity of the Notes, to collect interest on the Notes, or to enforce or exercise any other right or remedy with respect to the Notes, such Guarantor shall pay to the Trustee for the account of the Holder, upon demand therefor, the amount that would otherwise have been due and payable had such rights and remedies been permitted to be exercised by the Trustee or any of the Holders.

 

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or any Guarantor, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, the Guarantee of each of the Guarantors, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.  Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between each Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee on the other hand, (1) subject to this Article Twelve, the Maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Five hereof for the purposes of the Guarantee of such Guarantor notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any acceleration of such obligation as provided in Article Five hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of the Guarantee of such Guarantor.

 

103



 

Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes, whether as a “voidable preference”, “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made.  In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

SECTION 1202.                                     Severability .  In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

SECTION 1203.                                     Restricted Subsidiaries .  The Issuer shall cause any Restricted Subsidiary required to guarantee payment of the Notes pursuant to the terms and provisions of Section 1015 to execute and deliver to the Trustee any amendment or supplement to this Indenture in accordance with the provisions of Article Nine of this Indenture pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall guarantee all of the obligations on the Notes, whether for principal, premium, if any, interest (including interest accruing after the filing of, or which would have accrued but for the filing of, a petition by or against the Issuer under any Bankruptcy Law, whether or not such interest is allowed as a claim after such filing in any proceeding under such law) and other amounts due in connection therewith (including any fees, expenses and indemnities), on an unsecured senior basis.  Upon the execution of any such amendment or supplement, the obligations of the Guarantors and any such Restricted Subsidiary under their respective Guarantees shall become joint and several and each reference to the “Guarantor” in this Indenture shall, subject to Section 1208, be deemed to refer to all Guarantors, including such Restricted Subsidiary.  Such Guarantee shall be released in accordance with Section 803 and Section 1208.

 

SECTION 1204.                                     Limitation of Guarantors’ Liability (a)         .  Each Guarantor and by its acceptance hereof each Holder confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the guarantee by each such Guarantor pursuant to its Guarantee not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of the Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law or the provisions of its local law relating to fraudulent transfer or conveyance.  To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Holders and each such Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount that will not, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to this Section 1204, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee constituting such fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

SECTION 1205.                                     Contribution .  In order to provide for just and equitable contribution among the Guarantors, the Guarantors agree, inter se , that in the event any payment or distribution is made by any Guarantor (a “Funding Guarantor”) under a Guarantee, such Funding Guarantor shall be entitled to a contribution from all other Guarantors in a pro rata amount based on the Adjusted Net Assets (as defined below) of each Guarantor (including the Funding Guarantor) for all payments, damages and expenses incurred by that Funding Guarantor in discharging the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes or any other Guarantor’s obligations with respect to the Guarantee of such Guarantor.  “Adjusted Net Assets” of such Guarantor at any date shall mean the lesser of (1) the amount by which the fair value

 

104



 

of the property of such Guarantor exceeds the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities (after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent liabilities incurred or assumed on such date), but excluding liabilities under the Guarantee of such Guarantor at such date and (2) the amount by which the present fair salable value of the assets of such Guarantor at such date exceeds the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Guarantor on its debts (after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent liabilities incurred or assumed on such date), excluding debt in respect of the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as they become absolute and matured.

 

SECTION 1206.                                     Subrogation .  Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 1201; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

 

SECTION 1207.                                     Reinstatement .  Each Guarantor hereby agrees (and each Person who becomes a Guarantor shall agree) that the Guarantee provided for in Section 1201 shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time, payment, or any part thereof, of any obligations or interest thereon is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by a Holder to the Issuer upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Issuer or any Guarantor.

 

SECTION 1208.                                     Release of a Guarantor .  Any Guarantee by a Guarantor of the Notes shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

 

(1)                                  (A)                                any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of (i)  the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer) after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all the assets of such Guarantor, which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

 

(B)                                the release or discharge of the guarantee by, or direct obligation of, such Guarantor with respect to the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee or direct obligation which resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee or direct obligation;

 

(C)                                the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

 

(D)                                the exercise of the Legal Defeasance of the Notes under Section 1302 hereof, and the Covenant Defeasance of the Notes under Section 1303 hereof, or if the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with Section 401 of this Indenture;

 

(E)                                 the merger or consolidation of any Guarantor with and into the Issuer or another Guarantor that is the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or upon the liquidation of such Guarantor following the transfer of all of its assets to the Issuer or another Guarantor; or

 

(F)                                  as described under Section 901 or 902; and

 

105



 

(2)                                  such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.

 

SECTION 1209.                                     Benefits Acknowledged .  Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and from its guarantee and waivers pursuant to its Guarantees under this Article Twelve.

 

SECTION 1210.                                     Effectiveness of Guarantees.

 

This Indenture shall be effective upon its execution and delivery by the parties hereto.  The provisions set forth in this Article Twelve will only become operative, with respect to the PRA Guarantors, concurrently with the consummation of the PRA Acquisition and, with respect to the RPS Guarantors, concurrently with the consummation of the RPS Acquisition.

 

ARTICLE THIRTEEN

 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

SECTION 1301.                                     Issuer’s Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .  The Issuer may, at its option, at any time, with respect to the Notes, elect to have either Section 1302 or Section 1303 be applied to all Outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article Thirteen.

 

SECTION 1302.                                     Legal Defeasance and Discharge .  Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 1301 of the option applicable to this Section 1302, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged from its respective obligations with respect to all Outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth in Section 1304 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”).  For this purpose, such Legal Defeasance means that each of the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the Outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “Outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 1305 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture insofar as such Notes are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (1) the rights of Holders of Outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, solely out of the trust described in Section 1304, (2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 303, 304, 305, 306,1002 and 1003, (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder, and the obligations of each of the Guarantors and the Issuer in connection therewith and (4) this Article Thirteen.  Subject to compliance with this Article Thirteen, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 1302 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 1303 with respect to the Notes.

 

SECTION 1303.                                     Covenant Defeasance .  Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 1301 of the option applicable to this Section 1303, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be released from its respective obligations under any covenant contained in Sections 801 and 802 and in Sections 1005, 1006, 1007 and 1009 through and including 1017 with respect to the Outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not to be “Outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver,

 

106



 

consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “Outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder.  For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the Outstanding Notes, the Issuer or any Guarantor, as applicable, may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Sections 501(3), 501(4), 501(5), and 501(7) and, with respect to only any Significant Subsidiary and not the Issuer, Section 501(6), but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby.

 

SECTION 1304.                                     Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .  The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 1302 or Section 1303 to the Outstanding Notes:

 

(1)                                  the Issuer shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 608 who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Article Thirteen applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to the benefit of the Holders of such Notes; (A) cash in U.S. dollars, or (B) Government Securities, or (C) a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the written opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Outstanding Notes at the Stated Maturity (or Redemption Date, if applicable and so indicated to the Trustee in writing); provided that the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such cash or the proceeds of such Government Securities or combination thereof to said payments with respect to the Notes.  Before such a deposit, the Issuer may give to the Trustee, in accordance with Section 1103 hereof, a notice of its election to redeem all of the Outstanding Notes at a future date in accordance with Article Eleven hereof, which notice shall be irrevocable.  Such irrevocable redemption notice, if given, shall be given effect in applying the foregoing;

 

(2)                                  in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

 

(A)                                the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

 

(B)                                since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. Federal income tax law,

 

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel in the United States shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

107


 

(3)                                  in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(4)                                  no Default or Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to the Notes issued hereunder shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

 

(5)                                  such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

 

(6)                                  the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Code;

 

(7)                                  the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and

 

(8)                                  the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

 

SECTION 1305.                                     Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust Other Miscellaneous Provisions .  Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all cash and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 1305, the “Qualifying Trustee”) pursuant to Section 1304 in respect of the Outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Qualifying Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Qualifying Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, but such money or Government Securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Qualifying Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 1304 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the Outstanding Notes.

 

Anything in this Article Thirteen to the contrary notwithstanding, the Qualifying Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon Issuer Request any money or Government Securities

 

108



 

held by it as provided in Section 1304 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Qualifying Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as applicable, in accordance with this Article.

 

SECTION 1306.                                     Reinstatement .  If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 1305 by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s and each Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Outstanding Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 1302 or 1303, as the case may be, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 1305; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

[ Signature Pages Follow ]

 

109



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

PINNACLE MERGER SUB, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ali J. Satvat

 

 

Name:

Ali J. Satvat

 

 

Title:

Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

110



 

 

PRA INTERNATIONAL

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy McClain

 

 

Name: Timothy McClain

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

PRA SUB, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy McClain

 

 

Name: Timothy McClain

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

PRA INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy McClain

 

 

Name: Timothy McClain

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

PRA EARLY DEVELOPMENT RESEARCH, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy McClain

 

 

Name: Timothy McClain

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

PHARMACEUTICAL RESEARCH ASSOCIATES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy McClain

 

 

Name: Timothy McClain

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

INTERNATIONAL MEDICAL TECHNICAL CONSULTANTS, LLC

 

 

 

By:

Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc., as its manager and member

 

111



 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy McClain

 

 

Name: Timothy McClain

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

SUNSET HILLS LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc., as its manager and member

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy McClain

 

 

Name: Timothy McClain

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

CLINSTAR, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc., as its manager and member

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy McClain

 

 

Name: Timothy McClain

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

CLINSTAR GLOBAL HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

ClinStar, LLC, as its manager and member

 

 

 

 

By:

Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc., as its manager and member

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy McClain

 

 

Name: Timothy McClain

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

CLINSTAR EUROPE LLC

 

 

 

By:

ClinStar Global Holdings LLC, as its manager and member

 

 

 

 

By:

ClinStar, LLC, as its manager and member

 

 

 

 

By:

Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc., as its manager and member

 

112



 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy McClain

 

 

Name: Timothy McClain

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

113



 

 

REDWOOD HOLDCO PARENT, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ali J. Satvat

 

 

Name:

Ali J. Satvat

 

 

Title:

Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

RPS PARENT HOLDING CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ali J. Satvat

 

 

Name:

Ali J. Satvat

 

 

Title:

Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

114



 

 

ROY RPS HOLDINGS CORP.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Harris Koffer

 

 

Name:

Harris Koffer

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

 

 

RESEARCH PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Harris Koffer

 

 

Name:

Harris Koffer

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

 

 

RESEARCH PHARMACEUTICAL SERVICES, LLC

 

 

 

By:

ReSearch Pharamceutical Services, Inc., its sole member

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Harris Koffer

 

 

Name:

Harris Koffer

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

115



 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Raymond Delli Colli

 

 

Name:

Raymond Delli Colli

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

1


 

Annex 1 - Rule 144A / Regulation S Appendix

 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES

 

1.                                       Definitions

 

1.1                                Definitions .

 

For the purposes of this Appendix the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Temporary Regulation S Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depository for such a Temporary Regulation S Global Note, to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

 

“Depository” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors.

 

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note bearing, if required, the appropriate restricted notes legend set forth in Section 2.3(e).

 

“Distribution Compliance Period”, with respect to any Notes, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the latest of the Issue Date, the original issue date of the issuance of any Additional Notes and the date on which any such Notes (or any predecessor of such Notes) were first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in rule 902 of Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S.

 

“IAI” means an institutional “accredited investor”, as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

 

“Initial Purchasers” means (1) with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Jefferies LLC, UBS Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and KKR Capital Markets LLC, and (2) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes under the related Purchase Agreement.

 

“Notes” means (1) $375,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.500% Senior Notes Due 2023 issued on the Issue Date and (2) Additional Notes, if any.

 

“Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Notes (as appointed by the Depository), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.

 

“Purchase Agreement” means (1) with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Purchase Agreement dated September 18, 2013, among the Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto and the Representative on behalf of the Initial Purchasers, and (2) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the purchase agreement or underwriting agreement among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes.

 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

 



 

“Representative” means Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc., as representative of the Initial Purchasers.

 

“Rule 144A Notes” means all Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933.

 

“Transfer Restricted Notes” means Notes that bear or are required to bear the legend relating to restrictions on transfer relating to the Securities Act set forth in Section 2.3(e) hereto.

 

1.2                                Other Definitions .

 

Term

 

Defined in
Section:

 

“Agent Members”

 

2.1(b)

 

“Global Notes”

 

2.1(a)

 

“Regulation S”

 

2.1(a)

 

“Permanent Regulation S Global Note”

 

2.1(a)

 

“Rule 144A”

 

2.1(a)

 

“Rule 144A Global Note”

 

2.1(a)

 

“Temporary Regulation S Global Note”

 

2.1(a)

 

 

2.                                       The Notes.

 

2.1                                (a)  Form and Dating .  The Notes will be offered and sold by the Issuer pursuant to a Purchase Agreement.  The Notes will be resold initially only to (i) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”) and (ii) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”).  Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, IAIs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein.  Notes initially resold pursuant to Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global notes in fully registered form (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”); and Notes initially resold pursuant to Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more temporary global notes in fully registered form (collectively, the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”), in each case without interest coupons and with the global notes legend and the applicable restricted notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Notes Custodian and registered in the name of the Depository(a), duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this Indenture. Except as set forth in this Section 2.1(a), beneficial ownership interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note will not be exchangeable for interests in a Rule 144A Global Note, a permanent global note (the “Permanent Regulation S Global Note”, and together with the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the “Regulation S Global Note”) or any other Note prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period and then, after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, may be exchanged for interests in a Rule 144A Global Note, the Permanent Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note only (i) upon certification in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee that beneficial ownership interests in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note are owned either by non-U.S. persons or U.S. persons who purchased such interests in a

 


(a)               Depository is defined to include DTC’s nominee.

 

2



 

transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act, and (ii) in the case of an exchange for a Definitive Note, in compliance with the requirements of Section 2.4(a) hereof.

 

Beneficial interests in Temporary Regulation S Global Notes may be exchanged for interests in Rule 144A Global Notes if (1) such exchange occurs in connection with a transfer of Notes in compliance with Rule 144A and (2) the transferor of the beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in a form satisfactory to the Trustee) to the effect that the beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note is being transferred to a Person (a) whom the transferor reasonably believes to be a QIB, (b) purchasing for its own account or the account of a QIB in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and (c) in accordance with all applicable securities laws of the States of the United States and other jurisdictions.

 

Beneficial interests in a Rule 144A Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in this Indenture) to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 (if applicable).

 

The Rule 144A Global Note, the Temporary Regulation S Global Note and the Permanent Regulation S Global Note are collectively referred to herein as “Global Notes”.  The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee as hereinafter provided.

 

(b)                                  Book-Entry Provisions .  This Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to a Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depository.

 

The Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(b), authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (a) shall be registered in the name of the Depository and (b) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depository or pursuant to such Depository’s instructions or held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depository.

 

Members of, or participants in the Depository (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository or by the Trustee as the custodian of the Depository or under such Global Note, and the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be entitled to treat the Depository as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depository governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

 

(c)                                   Definitive Notes .  Except as provided in this Section 2.1, 2.3 or 2.4, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Definitive Notes.

 

2.2                                Authentication .  The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver:  (1) on the Issue Date, an aggregate principal amount of $375,000,000 9.500% Senior Notes Due 2023 and (2) any Additional Notes for an original issue in an aggregate principal amount specified in the written order of the Issuer pursuant to Section 202 of this Indenture, in each case upon a written order of the Issuer signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Issuer.  Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to

 

3



 

be authenticated and, in the case of any issuance of Additional Notes pursuant to Section 313 of this Indenture, shall certify that such issuance is in compliance with Section 1011 of this Indenture.

 

2.3                                Transfer and Exchange .

 

(a)                                  Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes.  When Definitive Notes are presented to the Note Registrar with a request:

 

(x)                                  to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or

 

(y)                                  to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations,

 

the Note Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided , however , that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange:

 

(i)                                      shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Note Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing; and

 

(ii)                                   if such Definitive Notes are required to bear a restricted notes legend, they are being transferred or exchanged pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, pursuant to Section 2.3(b) or pursuant to clause (A), (B) or (C) below, and are accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as applicable:

 

(A)                                if such Definitive Notes are being delivered to the Note Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect; or

 

(B)                                if such Definitive Notes are being transferred to the Issuer, a certification to that effect; or

 

(C)                                if such Definitive Notes are being transferred (x) pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with Rule 144A, Regulation S or Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or (y) in reliance upon another exemption from the requirements of the Securities Act: (i) a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note) and (ii) if the Issuer so requests, an Opinion of Counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the legend set forth in Section 2.3(e)(i).

 

(b)                                  Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note .  A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below.  Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, together with:

 

(i)                                      certification, in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note, that such Definitive Note is either (A) being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A or (B) being transferred to an IAI or (C) being transferred after expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period by a Person who initially purchased such Note in reliance on Regulation S to a buyer who elects to

 

4



 

hold its interest in such Note in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note; and

 

(ii)                                   written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Notes Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Rule 144A Global Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(A)) or Regulation S Global Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(B)) to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, such instructions to contain information regarding the Agent Member account to be credited with such increase,

 

then the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Notes Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures of the Depository and the Notes Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled.  If no Rule 144A Global Notes or Regulation S Global Notes, as applicable, are then outstanding, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer, a new Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, in the appropriate principal amount.

 

(c)                                   Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes .

 

(i)                                      The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depository, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depository therefor.  A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Note Registrar a written order given in accordance with the Depository’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depository to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Global Note.  The Note Registrar shall, in accordance with such instructions instruct the Depository to credit to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note and to debit the account of the Person making the transfer the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred.

 

(ii)                                   If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Note Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Note Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred.

 

(iii)                                Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix (other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.4), a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository.

 

(iv)                               In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for a Definitive Note pursuant to Section 2.4 of this Appendix, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Notes intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A,

 

5



 

Regulation S or another applicable exemption under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Issuer.

 

(v)                                  During the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in Temporary Regulation S Global Notes may only be sold, pledged or transferred in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and only (i) to the Issuer, (ii) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S (other than a transaction resulting in an exchange for an interest in a Permanent Regulation S Global Note) or (iii) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any State of the United States.

 

(e)                                   Legend .

 

(i)                                      Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv), each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof), in the case of Notes offered otherwise than in reliance on Regulation S shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT UNTIL THE DATE THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY),] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S] RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THE NOTES (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM SUCH TRUSTEE), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144

 

6



 

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

Each Definitive Note shall also bear the following additional legend:

 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

(ii)                                   Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note (including any Transfer Restricted Note represented by a Global Note) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Note Registrar shall permit the transferee thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a certificated Note that does not bear the legend set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note, if the transferor thereof certifies in writing to the Note Registrar that such sale or transfer was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note).

 

(f)                                Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note .  At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned to the Depository for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with its applicable procedures.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for certificated Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

 

(g)                                   No Obligation of the Trustee .

 

(i)                                      The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depository or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes.  All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Note).  The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository.  The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to its members,

 

7



 

participants and any beneficial owners.  Neither the Trustee nor any of its agents shall have any liability for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

 

(ii)                                   The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among the Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

2.4                                Definitive Notes .

 

(a)                                  A Global Note deposited with the Depository or with the Trustee as Notes Custodian for the Depository pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.3 hereof and (i) the Depository notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for such Global Note or if at any time such Depository ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and, in each case, a successor depository is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days of such notice, or (ii) a Default has occurred and is continuing or (iii) the Issuer, in its sole discretion, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes under this Indenture.

 

(b)                                  Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be surrendered by the Depository to the Trustee located at its principal Corporate Trust Office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.  Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof and registered in such names as the Depository shall direct.  Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the Transfer Restricted Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.3(e) hereof, bear the applicable restricted notes legend and definitive notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto.

 

(c)                                   Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b) hereof, the registered Holder of a Global Note shall be entitled to grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

(d)                                  In the event of the occurrence of one of the events specified in Section 2.4(a) hereof, the Issuer shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons.  In the event that such Definitive Notes are not issued, the Issuer expressly acknowledges, with respect to the right of any Holder to pursue a remedy pursuant to this Indenture, including pursuant to Section 507, the right of any beneficial owner of Notes to pursue such remedy with respect to the portion of the Global Note that represents such beneficial owner’s Notes as if such Definitive Notes had been issued.

 

8



 

EXHIBIT 1
to Annex 1

 

[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE]
[Global Notes Legend]

 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO THE DEPOSITORY, TO NOMINEES OF THE DEPOSITORY OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

 

 [Restricted Notes Legend]

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT UNTIL THE DATE THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY),] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S] RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH

 



 

TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THE NOTES (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM SUCH TRUSTEE), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

[Definitive Notes Legend]

 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

2


 

No.               

 

$               

 

Pinnacle Merger Sub, Inc. (to be merged with and into PRA Holdings, Inc.), a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to [                 ](a), or registered assigns, the principal sum [of                  U.S. dollars](b) on October 1, 2023.

 

Interest Payment Dates:  April 1 and October 1 (commencing on April 1, 2014).

 

Record Dates:  March 15 and September 15.

 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

 


(a)               For Global Notes insert: Cede & Co.

 

(b)               For Global Notes insert: set forth on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases of Global Note attached hereto

 

3



 

Dated:

 

 

 

PINNACLE MERGER SUB, INC.

 

(to be merged with and into PRA Holdings, Inc.)

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

4



 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

Dated:

          

 

 

This is one of the Notes designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as Trustee

 

 

 

By:

[                             ] , as Authenticating Agent(a)

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 


(a)  To be used only where there is an Authentication Agent.

 

5



 

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE]
9.500% Senior Note Due 2023

 

1.                                       Principal and Interest .

 

The Issuer will pay the principal of this Note on October 1, 2023.

 

The Issuer promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note on each Interest Payment Date, as set forth below, at the rate of 9.500% per annum (subject to adjustment as provided below).

 

Interest will be payable semi-annually (to the Holders of record of the Notes (or any Predecessor Notes) at the close of business on April 1 or October 1 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date) on each Interest Payment Date, commencing April 1, 2014.

 

Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from September 23, 2013; provided that, if there is no existing default in the payment of interest and if this Note is authenticated between a Regular Record Date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such Interest Payment Date.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and interest on overdue installments of interest, to the extent lawful, at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest applicable to the Notes.

 

2.                                       Method of Payment .

 

The Issuer will pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) on the principal amount of the Notes on each April 1 and October 1 (commencing on April 1, 2014) to the Persons who are Holders (as reflected in the Note Register at the close of business on March 15 and September 15 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date), in each case, even if the Note is cancelled on registration of transfer or registration of exchange after such Regular Record Date; provided that, with respect to the payment of principal, the Issuer will make payment to any Holder that surrenders this Note to any Paying Agent on or after October 1, 2023.

 

The Issuer will pay principal (and premium, if any) and interest in U.S. dollars.  However, the Issuer may pay principal (and premium, if any) and interest by its check payable in such money.  The Issuer may pay interest on the Notes either (a) by mailing a check for such interest to a Holder’s registered address (as reflected in the Note Register) or (b) by wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee.  If a payment date is a date other than a Business Day at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

 

3.                                       Paying Agent and Note Registrar .

 

The Issuer initially appoints Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in New York as Paying Agent and Note Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Note Registrar upon written notice thereto.  The Issuer, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any of them may act as Paying Agent, Note Registrar or co-registrar.

 

6



 

4.                                       I ndenture .

 

The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of September 23, 2013 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee.  Capitalized terms herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated.  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act.  The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act (to the extent applicable) for a statement of all such terms.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Note and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall control.

 

The Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Issuer.  The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of the Notes.

 

5.                                       Redemption .

 

Optional Redemption .  At any time prior to October 1, 2018, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon written notice as described in Section 1105 of the Indenture, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

 

On and after October 1, 2018, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon written notice as described in Section 1105 of the Indenture, at the Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the 12 month period beginning on October 1 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

 

Percentage

 

2018

 

104.750

%

2019

 

103.167

%

2020

 

101.583

%

2021 and thereafter

 

100.000

%

 

In addition, until October 1, 2016, the Issuer may, at its option, upon notice as described in Section 1105 of the Indenture, on one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture at a Redemption Price equal to 109.500% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (unless all of such Notes are redeemed); provided , further , that each such redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

 

Special Mandatory Redemption .  The Issuer will be required to redeem the Special Mandatory Redemption Amount, if any, to, but excluding, the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, at the earlier of (i) any date on which the Issuer reasonably determines in good faith that the RPS Acquisition will not be consummated or (ii) the Special Mandatory Redemption Date. The Issuer will provide the

 

7



 

Trustee with an Officer’s Certificate on the Special Mandatory Redemption Date indicating that there has been a Special Mandatory Redemption Date. On the Business Day following the Special Mandatory Redemption Date, the Issuer shall make a Special Mandatory Redemption.

 

6.                                       Repurchase upon a Change of Control and Asset Sales .

 

Upon the occurrence of (a) a Change of Control, the Holders of the Notes will have the right to require that the Issuer purchase such Holder’s outstanding Notes, in whole or in part, at a purchase price of 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase and (b) Asset Sales, the Issuer may be obligated to make offers to purchase Notes and Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer with a portion of the Net Proceeds of such Asset Sales at a Redemption Price of 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase.

 

7.                                       Denominations; Transfer; Exchange .

 

The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.  A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture.  The Note Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Note Registrar need not register the transfer or exchange of any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or 15 days before an Interest Payment Date.

 

8.                                       Persons Deemed Owners .

 

A registered Holder may be treated as the owner of a Note for all purposes.

 

9.                                       Unclaimed Money .

 

If money for the payment of principal (premium, if any) or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Issuer at its written request.  After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment, unless an abandoned property law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agent with respect to such money shall cease.

 

10.                                Discharge and Defeasance Prior to Redemption or Maturity .

 

If the Issuer irrevocably deposits, or causes to be deposited, with the Trustee money or Government Securities sufficient to pay the then outstanding principal of (premium, if any) and accrued interest on the Notes (a) to the Redemption Date or Maturity Date, the Issuer will be discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes, except in certain circumstances for certain covenants thereof, and (b) to the Stated Maturity, the Issuer will be discharged from certain covenants set forth in the Indenture.

 

11.                                Amendment; Supplement; Waiver .

 

Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision may be waived

 

8



 

with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes.  Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency and make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder.

 

12.                                Restrictive Covenants .

 

The Indenture contains certain covenants, including covenants with respect to the following matters: (i) Restricted Payments; (ii) Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock; (iii) Liens; (iv) transactions with Affiliates; (v) dividend and other payment restrictions affecting Restricted Subsidiaries; (vi) guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries; (vii) mergers and certain transfers of assets; (viii) purchase of Notes upon a Change in Control; and (ix) disposition of proceeds of Asset Sales.  Within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, the Issuer must report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

 

13.                                Successor Persons .

 

When a successor Person or other entity assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, the predecessor Person will be released from those obligations.

 

14.                                Remedies for Events of Default .

 

If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be immediately due and payable.  If a bankruptcy or insolvency default with respect to the Issuer or any of its Significant Subsidiaries occurs and is continuing, the Notes automatically become immediately due and payable.  Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless such Holders have offered indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense satisfactory to the Trustee.  Subject to certain restrictions, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.  The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

 

15.                                Guarantees .

 

The Issuer’s obligations under the Notes are fully, irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, by each of the Guarantors.

 

16.                                Trustee Dealings with Issuer .

 

The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services for, and otherwise deal with, the Issuer and its Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

 

9



 

17.                                Authentication .

 

This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

 

18.                                Abbreviations .

 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

19.                                CUSIP Numbers .

 

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

20.                                Governing Law .

 

THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY OR THE INDENTURE.

 

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.  Requests may be made to Pinnacle Merger Sub, Inc., c/o PRA Holdings, Inc., 4130 ParkLake Avenue, Suite 400, Raleigh, NC 27612.

 

Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Indenture.

 

10



 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

 

and irrevocably appoint                                        agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

Your Signature:

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Issuer or any “Affiliate” of the Issuer within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

 

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

o                                     to the Issuer; or

 

(1)                                  o                                     pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or

 

(2)                                  o                                     inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act; or

 

(3)                                  o                                     outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act; or

 

(4)                                  o                                     pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or

 

(5)                                  o                                     to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements relating to the transfer of this Note (the form of which can be obtained from the Trustee) and, if such transfer is in respect of an aggregate principal amount of Notes less than $250,000, an opinion

 

11



 

of counsel acceptable to the Issuer that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act.

 

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof; provided , that if box (4) is checked, the Trustee shall be entitled to require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act.

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Signature Guarantee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature must be guaranteed

 

Signature

 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

12


 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

Notice: To be executed by

 

an executive officer

 

13



 

[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE
The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of
Exchange

 

Amount of decrease
in Principal
amount of this
Global Note

 

Amount of increase
in Principal
amount of this
Global Note

 

Principal amount
of this Global Note
following such
decrease or increase

 

Signature of
authorized signatory
of Trustee or
Notes Custodian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14



 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 1016 or 1017 of the Indenture, check the box:    o

 

o   If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 1016 or 1017 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount:  $

 

Date:

 

Your Signature:

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

 

Signature Guarantee:

 

 

(Signature must be guaranteed)

 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

15



 

EXHIBIT 2
to Annex 1

 

Form of
Transferee Letter of Representation

 

Pinnacle Merger Sub, Inc.
c/o PRA Holdings, Inc.,
4130 ParkLake Avenue, Suite 400

Raleigh, NC 27612

Email: [ · ](a)

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
608 Second Avenue South, N9303-121
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479
Attention:  Corporate Trust Operations

Email:  DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $                   principal amount of the 9.500% Senior Notes Due 2023 (the “Notes”) of Pinnacle Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”).

 

Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

 

Name:

 

Address:

 

Taxpayer ID Number:

 

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

 

1.                                       We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act.  We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business.  We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

 


(a)  Please provide

 



 

2.                                       We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence.  We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Issuer or any affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (i) to the Issuer, (ii) in the United States to a person whom the seller reasonably believes is a qualified institutional buyer in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, (iii) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is an institutional accredited investor purchasing for its own account or for the account of an institutional accredited investor, in each case in a minimum principal amount of the Notes of $250,000, (iv) outside the United States in a transaction complying with the provisions of Rule 904 under the Securities Act, (v) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 (if available) or (vi) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each of cases (i) through (vi) subject to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws.  The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date.  If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (iii) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuer and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act.  Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuer and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clause (iii), (iv) or (v) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other information satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee.

 

 

TRANSFEREE:

 

,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

2



 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of                                 , 20    , among                                      (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of September 23, 2013 providing for the issuance of 9.500% Senior Notes Due 2023 (the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Guarantee”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 901 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

1.                                       CAPITALIZED TERMS.  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

2.                                       AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE.  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 12 thereof.

 

3.                                       NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS.  No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.  Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

4.                                       GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION.  THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

 

C-1



 

5.                                       COUNTERPARTS.  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.  The exchange of copies of the Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of the Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes.  Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes

 

6.                                       EFFECT OF HEADINGS.  The Section headings herein are for convenience or reference only and are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

7.                                       THE TRUSTEE.  The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Issuer.

 

C-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

Dated:                       , 20

 

 

 

 

[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY],

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

C-3



 

EXHIBIT B

 

INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATE

 

The undersigned,                         , being the                          of PRA Holdings, Inc. (as successor in interest to Pinnacle Merger Sub, Inc.) (the “Issuer”) does hereby certify that the individuals listed below are qualified and acting officers of the applicable entity as set forth in the right column opposite their respective names and the signatures appearing in the extreme right column opposite the name of each such officer is a true specimen of the genuine signature of such officer and such individuals have the authority to execute documents to be delivered to, or upon the request of, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture dated as of September 23, 2013, by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

 

Name

 

Title and Entity:

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Certificate as of the          day of                 , 20    .

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

D-1




Exhibit 10.17

 

Execution Version

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of September 23, 2013, is by and among KKR PRA Investors L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), KKR PRA Investors GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of the Partnership (“ GP ”), Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), and each of the parties hereto.  Each of the Persons listed on the signature pages hereto (other than GP), any other Person who may become a party hereto pursuant to Section 11(c) and are referred to individually as a “ Shareholder ” and collectively as the “ Shareholders ”).

 

WHEREAS, GP and certain Shareholders are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, as the same may hereafter be amended from time to time (the “ Partnership Agreement ”);

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

 

Section 1.                                            Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings, and terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Partnership Agreement:

 

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Common Stock ” shall mean all shares existing or hereafter authorized of any class of common stock of the Corporation which has the right (subject always to the rights of any class or series of preferred stock of the Corporation) to participate in the distribution of the assets and earnings of the Corporation without limit as to per share amount, including any shares of capital stock into which Common Stock may be converted (as a result of recapitalization, share exchange or similar event) or are issued with respect to Common Stock, including with respect to any stock split or stock dividend, or a successor security.

 

Corporation ” shall mean the IPO Corporation or such other corporate entity as shall be the successor to the IPO Corporation.

 

Demand Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.

 

Demand Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.

 

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor statute thereto and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

GP ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(c) hereof.

 



 

Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(c) hereof.

 

Initial Public Offering ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Management Stockholders Agreement.

 

Locked-Up Shareholder ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5 hereof.

 

Long-Form Registration ” shall have meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.

 

Losses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

 

Management Stockholders Agreement ” shall mean that certain Management Stockholders Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Parent and the individuals signatory thereto.

 

Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(c) hereof.

 

Partnership ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Partnership Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

Person ” shall mean any natural person, corporation, limited partnership, general partnership, limited liability company, joint stock company, joint venture, association, company, estate, trust, bank trust company, land trust, business trust, or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, custodian, trustee-executor, administrator, nominee or entity in a representative capacity and any government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Piggyback Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

Piggyback Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

Proceeding ” shall mean an action, claim, suit, arbitration or proceeding (including an investigation or partial proceeding, such as a deposition), whether commenced or threatened.

 

Prospectus ” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, and all other amendments and supplements to the Prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

 

Public Offering ” shall mean the sale of Common Stock to the public pursuant to an effective Registration Statement (other than Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor form) filed under the Securities Act or any comparable law or regulatory scheme of any foreign jurisdiction.

 

2



 

Registrable Securities ” shall mean any shares of Common Stock currently held or hereafter acquired by the Shareholders and any other securities issued or issuable with respect to any such shares by way of share split, share dividend, recapitalization, merger, exchange or similar event or otherwise.  As to any particular Registrable Securities, once issued such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) they are sold pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act, (ii) they are sold pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act), (iii) they shall have ceased to be outstanding, or (iv) they have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not assigned to the transferee of the securities.  No Registrable Securities may be registered under more than one Registration Statement at any one time.

 

Registration Statement ” shall mean any registration statement of the Corporation under the Securities Act which covers any of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

 

Rule 144 ” shall mean Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC.

 

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency having jurisdiction under the Securities Act.

 

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor statute thereto and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

Shareholders ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Shelf Underwritten Offering ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(c) hereof.

 

Short-Form Registration ” shall have meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.

 

Sponsor Investor Shareholder ” shall mean the Partnership so long as it holds Registrable Securities.

 

Take-Down Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(c) hereof.

 

underwritten registration ” or “ underwritten offering ” shall mean a registration in which securities of the Corporation are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.

 

Section 2.                                            Holders of Registrable Securities .  A Person is deemed, and shall only be deemed, to be a holder of Registrable Securities if such Person owns Registrable Securities or has a right to acquire such Registrable Securities and such Person is a Shareholder.

 

3



 

Section 3.                                            Demand Registrations .

 

(a)                                  Requests for Registration .  Subject to the following paragraphs of this Section 3(a), (i) the Sponsor Investor Shareholder shall have the right at any time and from time to time, by delivering or causing to be delivered a written notice to the Corporation, to require the Corporation to register, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, under and in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act, the sale of a number of Registrable Securities specified by the Sponsor Investor Shareholder to be so registered and sold in the Initial Public Offering and (ii) following the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor Investor Shareholder shall have the right, by delivering, directly or indirectly, a written notice to the Corporation, to require the Corporation to register pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, under and in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act, the number of Registrable Securities requested to be so registered pursuant to the terms of this Agreement on Form S-1 or any similar or successor long-form registration (“ Long-Form Registrations ”) or, if available, on Form S-3 or any similar or successor short-form registration (“ Short-Form Registrations ”) (any such written notice, a “ Demand Notice ” and any such registration, a “ Demand Registration ”).  The Sponsor Investor Shareholder may, in connection with any Demand Registration requested by such holder that is a Short Form Registration, require the Corporation to file such registration statement with the SEC in accordance with and pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act including, if the Corporation is then eligible, as an automatic shelf registration.  Following receipt of a Demand Notice for a Demand Registration delivered in accordance with this Section 3(a), the Corporation shall use its reasonable best efforts to file a Registration Statement as promptly as practicable and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act as promptly as practicable after the filing thereof.

 

(b)                                  No Demand Registration shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Section 3 if the Registration Statement relating thereto (i) does not become effective, (ii) is not maintained effective for the period required pursuant to this Section 3, or (iii) the offering of the Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement is subject to a stop order, injunction, or similar order or requirement of the SEC during such period, in which case, such requesting holder of Registrable Securities shall be entitled to an additional Demand Registration in lieu thereof.

 

(c)                                   Within ten days after receipt by the Corporation of a Demand Notice in accordance with Section 3(a), the Corporation shall give written notice (the “ Notice ”) of such Demand Notice to all other holders of Registrable Securities and shall, subject to the provisions of Section 3(b) hereof, include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Corporation received written requests for inclusion therein within 15 days after such Notice is given by the Corporation to such holders with respect to the Initial Public Offering, or within five days after such Notice is given by the Corporation to such holders with respect to all other Demand Registrations; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, unless otherwise consented to by the Sponsor Investor Shareholder, in connection with a Demand Notice for an Initial Public Offering, the Corporation shall only be required to deliver any Notice or Piggyback Notice as provided in clause (i) of the second paragraph of Section 4(a).

 

4



 

(d)                                  All requests made pursuant to this Section 3 will specify the number of Registrable Securities to be registered and/or, in the case of an Initial Public Offering, the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued, and the intended methods of disposition thereof.

 

(e)                                   The Corporation shall be required to maintain the effectiveness of the Registration Statement with respect to any Demand Registration for a period of at least 180 days after the effective date thereof or such shorter period during which all Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement have actually been sold; provided , however , that such period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the holder of Registrable Securities refrains from selling any securities included in such Registration Statement at the request of the Corporation or an underwriter of the Corporation pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any shelf registration statement covering Registrable Securities, the Corporation shall use its reasonable best efforts (if the Corporation is not eligible to use an automatic shelf registration statement at the time of filing) to keep such shelf registration statement continuously effective under the Securities Act in order to permit the prospectus forming a part thereof to be usable by Shareholders until the earlier of (i) the date as of which all Registrable Securities have been sold pursuant to the shelf registration statement or another registration statement filed under the Securities Act (but in no event prior to the applicable period referred to in Section 4(3) of the Securities Act and Rule 174 thereunder) and (ii) the date as of which each of the Shareholders participating in such Shelf Registration is permitted to sell its Registrable Securities without registration pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act without volume limitation or other restrictions on transfer thereunder.

 

(f)                                    Priority on Demand Registration .  If any of the Registrable Securities registered pursuant to a Demand Registration are to be sold in a firm commitment underwritten offering, and the managing underwriter or underwriters advise the holders of such securities in writing that in its view the total number or dollar amount of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in such offering is such as to adversely affect the success of such offering (including securities proposed to be included by other holders of securities entitled to include securities in such Registration Statement pursuant to incidental or piggyback registration rights), then there shall be included in such firm commitment underwritten offering the number or dollar amount of Registrable Securities that in the opinion of such managing underwriter can be sold without adversely affecting such offering, and such number of Registrable Securities shall be allocated as follows, unless the underwriter requires a different allocation:

 

(i)                                      first, pro rata among the holders of Registrable Securities on the basis of the percentage of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Registration Statement by such holders; and

 

(ii)                                   second, the securities for which inclusion in such Demand Registration, as the case may be, was requested by the Corporation.

 

For purposes of any underwriter cutback, all Registrable Securities held by any Shareholder shall also include any Registrable Securities held by the partners, retired partners,

 

5



 

shareholders or Affiliates of such holder, or the estates and family members of any such holder or such partners and retired partners, any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons and, at the election of such holder or such partners, retired partners, trust or Affiliates, any charitable organization, in each case to which any of the foregoing shall have been distributed, transferred or contributed Registrable Securities prior to the execution of the underwriting agreement in connection with such underwritten offering; provided that such distribution, transfer or contribution occurred not more than 90 days prior to such execution, and such holder and other Persons shall be deemed to be a single selling holder, and any pro rata reduction (unless the managing underwriter requires a different allocation) with respect to such selling holder shall be based upon the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such selling holder, as defined in this sentence.  No securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such registration.

 

(g)                                   Postponement of Demand Registration .  The Corporation shall be entitled to postpone (but not more than once in any 12-month period), for a reasonable period of time not in excess of 60 days, the filing of a Registration Statement if the Corporation delivers to the holders requesting registration a certificate signed by both the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of the Corporation certifying that, in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Corporation, such registration and offering would reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect or materially interfere with any bona fide material financing of the Corporation or any material transaction under consideration by the Corporation or would require disclosure of information that has not been disclosed to the public, the premature disclosure of which would materially adversely affect the Corporation.  Such certificate shall contain a statement of the reasons for such postponement and an approximation of the anticipated delay.  The holders receiving such certificate shall keep the information contained in such certificate confidential subject to the same terms set forth in Section 6(p).  If the Corporation shall so postpone the filing of a Registration Statement, the Sponsor Investor Shareholder shall have the right to withdraw the request for registration by giving written notice to the Corporation within 20 days of the anticipated termination date of the postponement period, as provided in the certificate delivered to the holders.

 

(h)                                  Cancellation of a Demand Registration .  Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities which are to be registered in a particular offering pursuant to this Section 3 (other than an Initial Public Offering) shall have the right to notify the Corporation that they have determined that the registration statement be abandoned or withdrawn, in which event the Corporation shall abandon or withdraw such registration statement.  In the event of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor Investor Shareholder shall have the right to notify the Corporation that it has determined that the registration statement be abandoned or withdrawn, in which event the Corporation shall abandon or withdraw such registration statement.

 

(i)                                      Number of Demand Notices .  In connection with the provisions of this Section 3, the Sponsor Investor Shareholder shall have an unlimited number of Demand Notices which it is permitted to deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the Corporation hereunder.

 

(j)                                     Registration Statement Form .  If any registration requested pursuant to this Section 3 which is proposed by the Corporation to be effected by the filing of a

 

6



 

Registration Statement on Form S-3 (or any successor or similar short-form registration statement) shall be in connection with an underwritten Public Offering, and if the managing underwriter shall advise the Corporation in writing that, in its opinion, the use of another form of Registration Statement is of material importance to the success of such proposed offering or is otherwise required by applicable law, then such registration shall be effected on such other form.

 

Section 4.                                            Piggyback Registration .

 

(a)                                  Right to Piggyback .  Except with respect to a Demand Registration, the procedures for which are addressed in Section 3, if the Corporation proposes to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to an offering of Common Stock whether or not for sale for its own account (other than a registration statement (i) on Form S-4, Form S-8 or any successor forms thereto or (ii) filed solely in connection with an exchange offer or any employee benefit or dividend reinvestment plan), then, each such time after the Initial Public Offering, the Corporation shall give prompt written notice of such filing no later than ten days prior to the filing date (the “ Piggyback Notice ”) to all of the holders of Registrable Securities.  The Piggyback Notice shall offer such holders the opportunity to include (or cause to be included) in such registration statement the number of Registrable Securities as each such holder may request (a “ Piggyback Registration ”).  Subject to Section 4(b) hereof, the Corporation shall include in each such Piggyback Registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Corporation has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten days after notice has been given to the applicable holder.  The Corporation shall not be required to maintain the effectiveness of the Registration Statement for a Piggyback Registration beyond the earlier to occur of (i) 180 days after the effective date thereof and (ii) consummation of the distribution by the holders of the Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) in connection with a Demand Notice for an Initial Public Offering in which the Sponsor Investor Shareholder is selling (or causing to be sold) shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by it in any such Initial Public Offering on a secondary basis, the Corporation shall be required to deliver a Piggyback Notice and in such event all such holders of Registrable Securities shall have the right to participate in such offering on a pro rata basis (based on the number of shares of Common Stock the Sponsor Investor Shareholder is proposing to sell in such Initial Public Offering) with the Sponsor Investor Shareholder (it being understood that in connection with any Initial Public Offering in which the Sponsor Investor Shareholder is not selling (or causing to be sold) shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by it on a secondary basis, no such Piggyback Notice need be sent) and (ii) no member of senior management who has been provided with piggyback rights shall be permitted to exercise such rights (x) in connection with an Initial Public Offering, unless the Sponsor Investor Shareholder consents thereto in writing, and (y) in connection with any other Public Offering, unless the Sponsor Investor Shareholder is selling Registrable Securities in such transaction.

 

(b)                                  Priority on Piggyback Registrations .  The Corporation shall use reasonable best efforts to cause the managing underwriter or underwriters of a proposed underwritten offering to permit holders of Registrable Securities who have submitted a Piggyback Notice in connection with such offering to include in such offering all Registrable Securities included in each holder’s Piggyback Notice on the same terms and conditions as any

 

7



 

other shares of capital stock, if any, of the Corporation included in the offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the managing underwriter or underwriters of such underwritten offering have informed the Corporation in writing that it is their good faith opinion that the total amount of securities that such holders, the Corporation and any other Persons having rights to participate in such registration, intend to include in such offering is such as to adversely affect the success of such offering, then the amount of securities to be offered (i) for the account of holders of Registrable Securities (other than the Corporation) and (ii) for the account of all such other Persons (other than the Corporation) shall be reduced to the extent necessary to reduce the total amount of securities to be included in such offering to the amount recommended by such managing underwriter or underwriters by first reducing, or eliminating if necessary, all securities of the Corporation requested to be included by such other Persons (other than the Corporation and holders of Registrable Securities) and then, if necessary, reducing the securities requested to be included by the holders of Registrable Securities requesting such registration pro rata among such holders on the basis of the percentage of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Registration Statement by such holders.

 

(c)                                   Shelf-Take Downs .  At any time that a shelf registration statement covering Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3 or Section 4 is effective, if any holder or group of holders of Registrable Securities delivers a notice to the Corporation (a “ Take-Down Notice ”) stating that it intends to effect an underwritten offering of all or part of its Registrable Securities included by it on the shelf registration statement (a “ Shelf Underwritten Offering ”), then, the Corporation shall amend or supplement the shelf registration statement as may be necessary in order to enable such Registrable Securities to be distributed pursuant to the Shelf Underwritten Offering (taking into account the inclusion of Registrable Securities by any other holders pursuant to this Section 4(c)).  In connection with any Shelf Underwritten Offering:

 

(i)                                      such proposing holder(s) shall also deliver the Take-Down Notice to all other holders of Registrable Securities included on such shelf registration statement and permit each such holder to include its Registrable Securities included on the shelf registration statement in the Shelf Underwritten Offering if such holder notifies the proposing holders and the Corporation within five days after delivery of the Take-Down Notice to such holder; and

 

(ii)                                   in the event that the underwriter determines that marketing factors (including an adverse effect on the per share offering price) require a limitation on the number of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be included in such take down, the underwriter may limit the number of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be included in such take-down offering in the same manner as described in Section 3(b) with respect to a limitation of shares to be included in a registration.

 

Section 5.                                            Restrictions on Public Sale by Holders of Registrable Securities .  Each Shareholder agrees, in connection with the Initial Public Offering, and each holder of Registrable Securities agrees, in connection with any underwritten offering made pursuant to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3 or Section 4 hereof (whether or not such holder elected to include Registrable Securities in such Registration Statement), if requested (pursuant to a written notice) by the managing underwriter or underwriters in an underwritten offering, not to effect

 

8



 

any public sale or distribution of any of the Corporation’s securities (except as part of such underwritten offering), including a sale pursuant to Rule 144 or any swap or other economic arrangement that transfers to another any of the economic consequences of owning the Common Stock, or to give any Demand Notice during the period commencing on the date of the request (which shall be no earlier than 14 days prior to the expected “pricing” of such offering) and continuing for not more than 180 days (with respect to the Initial Public Offering) or 90 days after the date of the Prospectus (or Prospectus supplement if the offering is made pursuant to a “shelf” registration), pursuant to which such public offering shall be made, plus an extension period, which shall be no longer than 17 days, as may be proposed by the managing underwriter to address FINRA regulations regarding the publishing of research, or such lesser period as is required by the managing underwriter.  GP shall be responsible for negotiating all “lock-up” agreements with the underwriters and, in addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, the Shareholders and holders of Registrable Securities agree to execute the form so negotiated; provided , that (i) the terms and conditions of such “lock-up” agreements applicable to the Sponsor Investor Shareholder and each other Shareholder that is a limited partner in the Partnership (“ Locked-Up Shareholders ”) shall be substantially the same in all material respects and (ii) any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions contained in such “lock-up” agreements that apply to Locked-Up Shareholders shall apply to all Locked-Up Shareholders on substantially the same terms with regard to one another.

 

If any registration pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement shall be in connection with any underwritten Public Offering, the Corporation will not effect any public sale or distribution of any common equity (or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common equity) (other than a registration statement (i) on Form S-4, Form S-8 or any successor forms thereto or (ii) filed solely in connection with an exchange offer or any employee benefit or dividend reinvestment plan) for its own account, within 90 days (or such shorter periods as the managing underwriters may agree to with the GP) after the effective date of such registration except as may otherwise be agreed between the Corporation and the managing underwriters of such Public Offering.

 

Section 6.                                            Registration Procedures .  If and whenever the Corporation is required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in Section 3 and Section 4 hereof, the Corporation shall effect such registration to permit the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Corporation shall cooperate in the sale of the securities and shall, as expeditiously as possible:

 

(a)                                  prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement or Registration Statements on such form as shall be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the holders thereof or by the Corporation in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and to remain effective as provided herein; provided , however , that before filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto (including documents that would be incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference), the Corporation shall furnish or otherwise make available to the holders of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, their counsel and the managing underwriters, if any, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be

 

9



 

subject to the reasonable review and comment of such counsel, and such other documents reasonably requested by such counsel, including any comment letter from the SEC, and, if requested by such counsel, provide such counsel reasonable opportunity to participate in the preparation of such Registration Statement and each Prospectus included therein and such other opportunities to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of the Securities Act, including reasonable access to the Corporation’s books and records, officers, accountants and other advisors.  The Corporation shall not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto (including such documents that, upon filing, would be incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein) with respect to a Demand Registration to which the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, their counsel, or the managing underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object, in writing, on a timely basis, unless, in the opinion of the Corporation, such filing is necessary to comply with applicable law;

 

(b)                                  prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective during the period provided herein and comply in all material respects with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement; and cause the related Prospectus to be supplemented by any Prospectus supplement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of the securities covered by such Registration Statement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provisions then in force) under the Securities Act;

 

(c)                                   notify each selling holder of Registrable Securities, its counsel and the managing underwriters, if any, promptly, and (if requested by any such Person) confirm such notice in writing, (i) when a Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (ii) of any request by the SEC or any other federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or related Prospectus or for additional information, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) if at any time the Corporation has reason to believe that the representations and warranties of the Corporation contained in any agreement (including any underwriting agreement) contemplated by Section 6(o) below cease to be true and correct, (v) of the receipt by the Corporation of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, and (vi) if the Corporation has knowledge of the happening of any event that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement, Prospectus or documents so that, in the case of the Registration Statement, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, not misleading, and that in the case of the Prospectus, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (which notice shall

 

10


 

notify the selling holders only of the occurrence of such an event and shall provide no additional information regarding such event to the extent such information would constitute material non-public information);

 

(d)                                  use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, or the lifting of any suspension of the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction at the earliest date reasonably practicable;

 

(e)                                   if requested by the managing underwriters, if any, or the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities being sold in connection with an underwritten offering, promptly include in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriters, if any, and such holders may reasonably request in order to permit the intended method of distribution of such securities and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Corporation has received such request; provided , however , that the Corporation shall not be required to take any actions under this Section 6(e) that are not, in the opinion of counsel for the Corporation, in compliance with applicable law;

 

(f)                                    furnish or make available to each selling holder of Registrable Securities, its counsel and each managing underwriter, if any, without charge, at least one conformed copy of the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and Prospectus supplements, if applicable, and each post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements (but excluding schedules, all documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference, and all exhibits, unless requested in writing by such holder, counsel or underwriter); provided that the Corporation may furnish or make available any such documents in electronic format;

 

(g)                                   deliver to each selling holder of Registrable Securities, its counsel, and the underwriters, if any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus or Prospectuses (including each form of Prospectus) and each amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons may reasonably request from time to time in connection with the distribution of the Registrable Securities; provided that the Corporation may furnish or make available any such documents in electronic format; and the Corporation, subject to the last paragraph of this Section 6, hereby consents to the use of such Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling holders of Registrable Securities and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such Prospectus and any such amendment or supplement thereto;

 

(h)                                  prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities, use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify or cooperate with the selling holders of Registrable Securities, the underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification (or exemption from such registration or qualification) of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as any seller or underwriter reasonably requests in writing and to keep each such registration or qualification (or exemption therefrom) effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept effective and to take any other action

 

11



 

that may be necessary or advisable to enable such holders of Registrable Securities to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdiction; provided , however , that the Corporation will not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or (ii) take any action that would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

 

(i)                                      cooperate with the selling holders of Registrable Securities and the managing underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any legends) representing Registrable Securities to be sold after receiving written representations from each holder of such Registrable Securities that the Registrable Securities represented by the certificates so delivered by such holder will be transferred in accordance with the Registration Statement, and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriters, if any, or holders may request at least two (2) business days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities in a firm commitment public offering, but in any other such sale, within ten (10) business days prior to having to issue the securities;

 

(j)                                     use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by all other applicable governmental agencies or authorities within the United States, except as may be required solely as a consequence of the nature of such selling holder’s business, in which case the Corporation will cooperate in all reasonable respects with the filing of such Registration Statement and the granting of such approvals, as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

(k)                                  upon the occurrence of, and its knowledge of, any event contemplated by Section 6(c)(vi) above, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference, or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities being sold thereunder, such Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(l)                                      prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Securities, provide a CUSIP number for the Registrable Securities;

 

(m)                              provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

 

(n)                                  use its reasonable best efforts to cause all shares of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement to be listed on a national securities exchange if shares of the particular class of Registrable Securities are at that time listed on such exchange, as the case may be, prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement (or, if such Registration is an initial public offering, use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registrable

 

12



 

Securities to be so listed within ten (10) business days following the effectiveness of such Registration Statement);

 

(o)                                  enter into such agreements (including an underwriting agreement in form, scope and substance as is customary in underwritten offerings) and take all such other actions reasonably requested by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold in connection therewith (including those reasonably requested by the managing underwriters, if any) to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, and in such connection, whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an underwritten registration, (i) make such representations and warranties to the holders of such Registrable Securities and the underwriters, if any, with respect to the business of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, and the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents, if any, incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein, in each case, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings, and, if true, confirm the same if and when requested, (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to furnish to the selling holders of such Registrable Securities opinions of counsel to the Corporation and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriters, if any, and counsels to the selling holders of the Registrable Securities), addressed to each selling holder of Registrable Securities and each of the underwriters, if any, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such counsel and underwriters, (iii) use its reasonable best efforts to obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Corporation (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Corporation or of any business acquired by the Corporation for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement) who have certified the financial statements included in such Registration Statement, addressed to each selling holder of Registrable Securities (unless such accountants shall be prohibited from so addressing such letters by applicable standards of the accounting profession) and each of the underwriters, if any, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings, (iv) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, the same shall contain indemnification provisions and procedures substantially to the effect set forth in Section 8 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section and (v) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold pursuant to such Registration Statement, their counsel and the managing underwriters, if any, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties made pursuant to Section 6(o)(i) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Corporation.  The above shall be done at each closing under such underwriting or similar agreement, or as and to the extent required thereunder;

 

(p)                                  make available for inspection by a representative of the selling holders of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any such disposition of Registrable Securities, if any, and any attorneys or accountants retained by such selling holders or underwriter, at the offices where normally kept, during reasonable business hours, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Corporation and its

 

13



 

subsidiaries, and cause the officers, directors and employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries to supply all information in each case reasonably requested by any such representative, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with such Registration Statement; provided , however , that any information that is not generally publicly available at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by such Persons unless (i) disclosure of such information is required by court or administrative order, (ii) disclosure of such information, in the opinion of counsel to such Person, is required by law or applicable legal process, or (iii) such information becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a non-permitted disclosure or failure to safeguard by such Person.  In the case of a proposed disclosure pursuant to (i) or (ii) above, such Person shall be required to give the Corporation written notice of the proposed disclosure prior to such disclosure and, if requested by the Corporation, assist the Corporation in seeking to prevent or limit the proposed disclosure.  Without limiting the foregoing, no such information shall be used by such Person as the basis for any market transactions in securities of the Corporation or its subsidiaries in violation of law;

 

(q)                                  cause its officers to use their reasonable best efforts to support the marketing of the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement (including participation in “road shows”) taking into account the Corporation’s business needs; and

 

(r)                                     cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the FINRA.

 

The Corporation may require each holder of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish to the Corporation in writing such information required in connection with such registration regarding such seller and the distribution of such Registrable Securities as the Corporation may, from time to time, reasonably request in writing and the Corporation may exclude from such registration the Registrable Securities of any holder who unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.

 

Each holder of Registrable Securities agrees if such holder has Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement that, upon receipt of any notice from the Corporation of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 6(c)(ii), 6(c)(iii), 6(c)(iv) or 6(c)(v) hereof, such holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of such Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement or Prospectus until such holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(k) hereof, or until it is advised in writing by the Corporation that the use of the applicable Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus; provided , however , that the time periods under Section 3 with respect to the length of time that the effectiveness of a Registration Statement must be maintained shall automatically be extended by the amount of time the holder is required to discontinue disposition of such securities.

 

Section 7.                                            Registration Expenses .  All reasonable fees and expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with this Agreement by the Corporation (including (i) all registration and filing fees (including fees and expenses with respect to (A) filings required to be

 

14



 

made with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and (B) compliance with securities or “blue sky” laws, including any fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with “blue sky” qualifications of the Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 6(h)), (ii) printing expenses (including expenses of printing certificates for Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing Prospectuses if the printing of Prospectuses is requested by the managing underwriters, if any, or by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in any Registration Statement), (iii) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses of the Corporation, (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Corporation, (v) expenses of the Corporation incurred in connection with any road show, (vi) fees and disbursements of all independent certified public accountants referred to in Section 6(o)(iii) hereof (including the expenses of any “cold comfort” letters required by this Agreement) and any other Persons, including special experts retained by the Corporation, and (vii) fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Sponsor Investor Shareholder and the holders of Registrable Securities whose shares are included in a Registration Statement, which counsel shall be selected by the Sponsor Investor Shareholder (and otherwise, by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold in connection therewith) shall be borne by the Corporation whether or not any Registration Statement is filed or becomes effective.  In addition, the Corporation shall pay its internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit, the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the securities to be registered on any securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Corporation are then listed and rating agency fees and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Corporation.

 

The Corporation shall not be required to pay (i) fees and disbursements of any counsel retained by any holder of Registrable Securities or by any underwriter (except as set forth in clauses 7(i)(B) and 7(vii)), (ii) any underwriter’s fees (including discounts, commissions or fees of underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers or similar securities industry professionals) relating to the distribution of the Registrable Securities (other than with respect to Registrable Securities sold by the Corporation), or (iii) any other expenses of the holders of Registrable Securities not specifically required to be paid by the Corporation pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 7.

 

Section 8.                                            Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  Indemnification by the Corporation .  The Corporation shall, without limitation as to time, indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each holder of Registrable Securities whose Registrable Securities are covered by a Registration Statement or Prospectus, the officers, directors, partners, members, managers, shareholders, accountants, attorneys, agents and employees of each of them, each Person who controls each such holder (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) and the officers, directors, partners, members, managers, shareholders, accountants, attorneys, agents and employees of each such controlling person, each underwriter, if any, and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) such underwriter, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs (including costs of preparation and reasonable attorneys’ fees and any legal or other fees or expenses incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or

 

15



 

Proceeding), expenses, judgments, fines, penalties, charges and amounts paid in settlement (collectively, “ Losses ”), as incurred, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any Prospectus, offering circular, or other document (including any related Registration Statement, notification, or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification, or compliance, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any violation by the Corporation of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to the Corporation and (without limitation of the preceding portions of this Section 8(a)) will reimburse each such holder, each of its officers, directors, partners, members, managers, shareholders, accountants, attorneys, agents and employees and each Person who controls each such holder and the officers, directors, partners, members, managers, shareholders, accountants, attorneys, agents and employees of each such controlling person, each such underwriter, and each Person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending or settling any such claim, Loss, damage, liability, or action, provided that the Corporation will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, Loss, damage, liability, or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission by such holder or underwriter, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such Registration Statement, Prospectus, offering circular, or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Corporation by such holder for use therein.  It is agreed that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such Loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Corporation (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

 

(b)                                  Indemnification by Holder of Registrable Securities .  The Corporation may require, as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed in accordance with this Agreement, that the Corporation shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from the prospective seller of such Registrable Securities to indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, severally and not jointly with any other holders of Registrable Securities, the Corporation, its directors and officers and each Person who controls the Corporation (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) and all other prospective sellers, from and against all Losses arising out of or based on any untrue statement of a material fact contained in any such Registration Statement, Prospectus, offering circular, or other document, or any omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and to (without limitation of the portions of this Section 8(b)) reimburse the Corporation, its directors and officers and each Person who controls the Corporation (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) and all other prospective sellers for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, Loss, damage, liability, or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission is made in such Registration Statement, Prospectus, offering circular, or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Corporation by such holder for inclusion in such Registration Statement, Prospectus, offering circular or other document; provided , however , that the obligations of such holder under such undertaking shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claims, Losses, damages, or liabilities (or actions in

 

16



 

respect thereof) if such settlement is effected without the consent of such holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); and provided , further , that the liability of such holder of Registrable Securities shall be limited to the net proceeds received by such selling holder from the sale of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement.

 

(c)                                   Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings .  If any Person shall be entitled to indemnity hereunder or under the undertaking contemplated by Section 8(b) (an “ Indemnified Party ”), such Indemnified Party shall give prompt notice to the party from which such indemnity is sought (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) of any claim or of the commencement of any Proceeding with respect to which such Indemnified Party seeks indemnification or contribution pursuant hereto; provided , however , that the delay or failure to so notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any obligation or liability except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party has been materially prejudiced by such delay or failure.  The Indemnifying Party shall have the right, exercisable by giving written notice to an Indemnified Party promptly after the receipt of written notice from such Indemnified Party of such claim or Proceeding, to, unless in the Indemnified Party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such claim, assume, at the Indemnifying Party’s expense, the defense of any such claim or Proceeding, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party; provided , however , that an Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such claim or Proceeding and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless: (i) the Indemnifying Party agrees to pay such fees and expenses; or (ii) the Indemnifying Party fails promptly to assume, or in the event of a conflict of interest cannot assume, the defense of such claim or Proceeding or fails to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party, in which case the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel and to assume the defense of such claim or proceeding at the Indemnifying Party’s expense; provided , further , however , that the Indemnifying Party shall not, in connection with any one such claim or Proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related claims or Proceedings in the same jurisdiction, arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one firm of attorneys (together with appropriate local counsel) at any time for all of the Indemnified Parties, or for fees and expenses that are not reasonable.  Whether or not such defense is assumed by the Indemnifying Party, such Indemnifying Party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its consent (but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld).  The Indemnifying Party shall not consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation for which such Indemnified Party would be entitled to indemnification hereunder.

 

(d)                                  Contribution .  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to an Indemnified Party in respect of any Losses (other than in accordance with its terms), then each applicable Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Losses, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, and such Indemnified Party, on the other hand, in connection with the actions, statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable

 

17



 

considerations.  The relative fault of such Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, and Indemnified Party, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been made (or omitted) by, or relates to information supplied by, such Indemnifying Party or Indemnified Party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent any such action, statement or omission.

 

The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8(d), an Indemnifying Party that is a selling holder of Registrable Securities shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount that such Indemnifying Party has otherwise been, or would otherwise be, required to pay pursuant to Section 8(b) by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

 

Section 9.                                            Rule 144 .

 

(a)                                  After an Initial Public Offering, the Corporation shall (i) use reasonable best efforts to file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act in a timely manner, (ii) take such further action as any holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, and (iii) furnish to each holder of Registrable Securities forthwith upon written request, (x) a written statement by the Corporation as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144, the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, (y) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Corporation, and (z) such other reports and documents so filed by the Corporation as such holder may reasonably request in availing itself of Rule 144, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitations of the exemption provided by Rule 144.  Upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities, the Corporation shall deliver to such holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

 

(b)                                  The foregoing provisions of this Section 9 are not intended to modify or otherwise affect any restrictions on transfers of securities contained in the Partnership Agreement.

 

Section 10.                                     Underwritten Registrations .  In connection with any underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and managers shall be selected by (i) the Sponsor Investor Shareholder, in a Demand Registration or in the Initial Public Offering (if Registrable

 

18



 

Securities are being issued and sold in such Initial Public Offering), which selection shall be subject to approval by the Corporation, not to be unreasonably withheld and (ii) the Corporation to administer any other offering, including any Piggyback Registration (other than the Initial Public Offering (if Registrable Securities are being issued and sold in such Initial Public Offering)) and any Initial Public Offering if Registrable Securities are not being issued and sold in such Initial Public Offering; provided that the Sponsor Limited Partner and the Corporation acknowledge and agree that, subject to the Partnership Agreement, each shall consider, in good faith, using the services of KKR Capital Markets LLC (or any related entity through which it conducts its business), as the investment banker and/or manager, as appropriate.

 

No Person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to sell the Registrable Securities it desires to have covered by a Registration Statement on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements in customary form and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements, provided that such Person shall not be required to make any representations or warranties other than those related to title and ownership of such Person’s Registrable Securities being sold and as to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in a Registration Statement, Prospectus, offering circular, or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Corporation or the managing underwriter by such Person for use therein.

 

Section 11.                                     Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                  Amendments and Waivers .  The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given without the written consent of the Sponsor Investor Shareholder; provided , however , that (x) any amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to departures from the provisions of this Agreement that would subject a Shareholder to adverse differential treatment relative to the other Shareholders shall require the agreement of the differentially treated Shareholder and (y) any amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to departures from the provisions of this Agreement that would be adverse to a right specifically granted to a specific Shareholder herein (but not to other Shareholders) shall require the agreement of that Shareholder; and provided , further , that any adverse amendment, modification, supplement or waiver or consent to departures from (i) the registration rights provisions or related cutback provisions contained in Section 3(c), Section 3(f), Section 4(a), Section 4(b) and Section 4(c), (ii)  Section 5, (iii) Section 9 and (iv) this Section 11(a), including, in each such case, to any definitions used in such sections, shall require the consent of holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities covered hereby (excluding for such calculation, any Registrable Securities held by the Sponsor Investor Shareholder).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of holders of Registrable Securities whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other holders of Registrable Securities may be given by holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold by such holders pursuant to such Registration Statement.

 

19



 

(b)                                  Notices .  All notices required to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given if personally delivered, telecopied and confirmed, or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, or overnight delivery service with proof of receipt maintained, at the following address (or any other address that any such party may designate by written notice to the other parties):

 

If to the Corporation, to the address of its principal executive offices.  If to any Shareholder, at such Shareholder’s address as set forth on the records of the Corporation.  Any such notice shall, if delivered personally, be deemed received upon delivery; shall, if delivered by telecopy, be deemed received on the first business day following confirmation; shall, if delivered by overnight delivery service, be deemed received the first business day after being sent; and shall, if delivered by mail, be deemed received upon the earlier of actual receipt thereof or five business days after the date of deposit in the U.S. mail.

 

(c)                                   Successors and Assigns ; Shareholder Status .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties, including the Corporation and subsequent holders of Registrable Securities acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Shareholders; provided , however , that such successor or assign shall not be entitled to such rights unless the successor or assign shall have executed and delivered to the Corporation an Addendum Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (which shall also be executed by the Corporation) promptly following the acquisition of such Registrable Securities, in which event such successor or assign shall be deemed a Shareholder for purposes of this Agreement.  Except as provided in Section 8 with respect to an Indemnified Party, nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under, in or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained.

 

(d)                                  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(e)                                   Headings; Construction .  The section and paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) pronouns in the masculine, feminine and neuter genders shall be construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular form shall be construed to include the plural and vice versa; (b) the term “including” shall be construed to be expansive rather than limiting in nature and to mean “including, without limitation,”; (c) references to sections and paragraphs refer to sections and paragraphs of this Agreement; and (d) the words “this Agreement,” “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole, including Exhibit A hereto, and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited.

 

(f)                                    Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any otherwise governing principles of conflicts of law.

 

20


 

(g)                                   Severability .  If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction.  It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

 

(h)                                  Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and the Partnership Agreement are intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement, and are intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein.  There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein and therein, with respect to the registration rights granted by the Corporation with respect to Registrable Securities.  This Agreement together with the Partnership Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

 

(i)                                      Securities Held by the Corporation or its Subsidiaries .  Whenever the consent or approval of holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities held by the Corporation or its subsidiaries shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the holders of such required percentage.

 

(j)                                     Specific Performance .  The parties hereto recognize and agree that money damages may be insufficient to compensate the holders of any Registrable Securities for breaches by the Corporation of the terms hereof and, consequently, that the equitable remedy of specific performance of the terms hereof will be available in the event of any such breach.

 

(k)                                  Actions by GP; Actions by the Partnership .  GP agrees to take, or cause to be taken, such actions as are necessary to effectuate the rights of Shareholders hereunder, including making request and elections at the requests of members of GP in respect of Registrable Securities held directly by GP.  Similarly, if the Partnership shall be the holder of Registrable Securities, the Partnership agrees to take, or cause to be taken, such actions as are necessary to effectuate the rights of the Shareholders with respect to such Registrable Securities hereunder, including (i) making requests and elections at the request of the limited partners of the Partnership in respect of the Registrable Securities held directly or indirectly by the Partnership, (ii) providing all notices to the limited partners of the Partnership in respect of the Registrable Securities held directly or indirectly by the Partnership that are provided to the Partnership in respect of such Registrable Securities in order to enable such limited partners to effectuate the rights provided for herein to holders of Registrable Securities if such limited partners were the direct holders of the Registrable Securities and (iii) passing on all rights provided for herein with respect to Registrable Securities to its limited partners, in each case, solely to the extent such limited partners of the Partnership would have such rights if they were the holders of such Registrable Securities.  In the event the Partnership is causing such Registrable Securities to be sold on behalf of one or more than one limited partner and the amount of such Registrable

 

21



 

Securities to be sold is the subject of any required cutback as provided herein, the cutback shall be calculated based on the amount of the Registrable Securities allocable to each such limited partner of the Partnership (aggregating all limited partnership units held or acquired by such limited partner and its Affiliates for purposes of the foregoing) (as if such limited partner was selling such securities directly as provided hereunder).  Neither GP nor the Partnership shall have any liability to any Shareholder under this Section 11(l) for any act taken or omitted in good faith.

 

(l)                                      Term .  This Agreement shall terminate with respect to a Shareholder on the date on which such Shareholder ceases to hold Registrable Securities; provided , that, such Shareholder’s rights and obligations pursuant to Section 8, as well as the Corporation’s obligations to pay expenses pursuant to Section 7, shall survive with respect to any registration statement in which any Registrable Securities of such Shareholders were included and, for the avoidance of doubt, any underwriter lock-up that a Shareholder has executed prior to a Shareholder’s termination in accordance with this clause shall remain in effect in accordance with its terms.

 

(m)                              Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial .  In any judicial proceeding involving any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, each of the Shareholders and the Partnership unconditionally accepts the non-exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any United States District Court located in the State of Delaware, or of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, and the appellate courts to which orders and judgments thereof may be appealed.  In any such judicial proceeding, the Shareholders and the Partnership agree that in addition to any method for the service of process permitted or required by such courts, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, service of process may be made by delivery provided pursuant to the directions in Section 15.2 of the Partnership Agreement.  The parties hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, any objection which they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby brought in such court or any defense of inconvenient forum for the maintenance of such dispute.  Each of the parties hereto agrees that a judgment in any such dispute may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.  This consent to jurisdiction is being given solely for purposes of this Agreement and is not intended to, and shall not, confer consent to jurisdiction with respect to any other dispute in which a party to this Agreement may become involved.

 

Each of the parties hereto hereby consents to process being served by any party to this Agreement in any suit, action, or proceeding of the nature specified in the paragraph above by the mailing of a copy thereof in the manner specified by the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section 11.

 

EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

22



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Registration Rights Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

KKR PRA INVESTORS L.P.

 

 

 

By: KKR PRA Investors GP LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ali J. Satvat

 

  Name: Ali J. Satvat

 

  Title:

 

 

 

 

 

KKR PRA INVESTORS GP LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ali J. Satvat

 

  Name: Ali J. Satvat

 

  Title:

 

 

 

 

 

PINNACLE HOLDCO PARENT, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ali J. Satvat

 

  Name: Ali J. Satvat

 

  Title:   Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

[Registration Rights Agreement Signature Page]

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

ADDENDUM AGREEMENT

 

This Addendum Agreement is made this        day of       , 20      , by and between                                                                    (the “New Shareholder”) and [the IPO Corporation](the “Corporation”), pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement dated as of [                ] (the “Agreement”), by and among the Corporation, the Partnership, GP and the Shareholders. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the Corporation has agreed to provide registration rights with respect to the Registrable Securities as set forth in the Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the New Shareholder has acquired Registrable Securities directly or indirectly from a Shareholder; and

 

WHEREAS, the Corporation and the Shareholders have required in the Agreement that all persons desiring registration rights must enter into an Addendum Agreement binding the New Shareholder to the Agreement to the same extent as if it were an original party thereto;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises of the parties, the New Shareholder acknowledges that it has received and read the Agreement and that the New Shareholder shall be bound by, and shall have the benefit of, all of the terms and conditions set out in the Agreement to the same extent as if it were an original party to the Agreement and shall be deemed to be a Shareholder thereunder.

 

 

 

 

New Shareholder

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A-1



 

AGREED TO on behalf of [the Corporation] pursuant to Section 11(c) of the Agreement.

 

 

[THE CORPORATION]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Printed Name and Title

 

Exhibit A-2




Exhibit 10.18

 

PINNACLE HOLDCO PARENT, INC.

9 WEST 57 TH  STREET, 42 ND  FLOOR

NEW YORK, NY 10019

 

September 23, 2013

 

Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co L.P.

9 West 57th St., Suite 4200
New York, New York 10019

 

Re:                              Monitoring Agreement

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This letter serves to confirm that Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has engaged Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. (the “ Manager ”) to provide, and the Manager hereby agrees to provide, management, consulting and financial services to the Company and its direct and indirect divisions, subsidiaries, parent entities and controlled affiliates (collectively, the “ Company Group ”), as follows:

 

1.               The Company has engaged the Manager, and the Manager hereby agrees to accept such engagement, to provide to the Company Group, when and if called upon, such services as mutually agreed by the Manager and the Company, which services may include, without limitation: (i) general executive and management services; (ii) identification, support, negotiation and analysis of acquisitions and dispositions by the Company Group; (iii) support, negotiation and analysis of financing alternatives, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions, capital expenditures and refinancing of existing indebtedness; (iv) finance functions, including assistance in the preparation of financial projections and monitoring of compliance with financing agreements; (v) human resources functions, including searching and recruiting of executives, but excluding formulation or promulgation of personnel policies or involvement in personnel decision making; and (vi) other services for the Company Group upon which the Company and the Manager may agree from time to time.  Commencing on the date hereof (the “ Effective Date ”), the Company agrees to pay the Manager (or such affiliate(s) as any the Manager may designate) an aggregate annual fee (the “ Advisory Fee ”) in an amount equal to $2,000,000, payable in quarterly installments in arrears at the end of each fiscal quarter. The Advisory Fee shall increase each fiscal year by 5.0%. The initial Advisory Fee shall be prorated to reflect the portion of the current fiscal quarter that will elapse after the Effective Date.  The final quarterly Advisory Fee shall be prorated to reflect the portion of the final quarter prior to the end of the term of this agreement, as applicable.

 

2.               From time to time the Manager may charge the Company a customary fee (a “ Transaction Fee ”) for services rendered in connection with securing, structuring and negotiating equity and debt financing, including with respect to any acquisition, divestiture or other

 



 

transaction, initial public offering, or a debt or equity financing, in each case, by or involving the Company Group.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Company Group may, from time to time, after the Effective Date, engage the Manager or its affiliates to provide additional investment banking or other financial advisory services in connection with any acquisition, divestiture or similar transaction by the Company Group, in respect of which (i) separate agreements may be entered into and (ii) the Manager or its affiliates may be entitled to receive additional compensation in respect thereof pursuant to such separate agreements.  In addition to any fees that may be payable to the Manager under this agreement, the Company shall, or shall cause one or more of its affiliates to, on behalf of itself and the other members of the Company Group (subject to paragraph 3), reimburse the Manager and its affiliates and its employees and agents, from to time upon request, for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred, including unreimbursed out-of-pocket expenses incurred to the date hereof, in connection with this retention, including travel expenses and expenses of any legal, accounting or other professional advisors to the Manager or its affiliates.  The Manager may submit monthly expense statements to the Company or any other member of the Company Group for such out-of-pocket expenses, which statements shall be payable within thirty days.

 

3.               The Company (on behalf of itself and the other members of the Company Group) hereby acknowledges and agrees that the obligations of the Company under paragraphs 1 and 2 shall be borne jointly and severally by each member of the Company Group.

 

4.               The Company will, and will cause each member of the Company Group to, use its reasonable best efforts to furnish, or to cause their respective subsidiaries and agents to furnish, the Manager with such information (the “ Information ”) as the Manager reasonably believes appropriate to its engagement hereunder.  The Company acknowledges and agrees that (i) the Manager will rely on the Information and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the services contemplated hereunder and (ii) the Manager does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Information or such other information.

 

5.               The Company (on behalf of itself and the other members of the Company Group) hereby acknowledge and agree that the services provided by the Manager hereunder are being provided subject to the terms of the Indemnification Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among KKR PRA Investors L.P., KKR PRA Investors GP LLC, the Company and the Manager (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Indemnification Agreement ”).

 

6.               Any advice or opinions provided by the Manager may not be disclosed or referred to publicly or to any third party (other than the Company Group’s legal, tax, financial or other advisors), except with the prior written consent of the Manager.

 

7.               The Company hereby grants the Manager and its affiliates a non-exclusive license to use the Company’s trademarks and logos, solely in connection with describing the Manager’s relationship with the Company and the other members of the Company Group.

 

8.               The Manager shall act as an independent contractor, with duties solely to the Company Group.  The provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided that (i) neither this

 

2



 

agreement nor any right, interest or obligation hereunder may be assigned by any party, whether by operation of law or otherwise, without the express written consent of the other parties hereto and (ii) any assignment by the Manager of its rights but not the obligations under this agreement to any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Manager shall be expressly permitted hereunder and shall not require the prior written consent of the other parties hereto.  Nothing in this agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this agreement.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the parties acknowledge that nothing in this agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any present or future holders of any securities of the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates, or any present or future creditor of the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this agreement or any performance hereunder.

 

9.               This agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.  Each of the parties hereby agrees that any action or proceeding arising out of this agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be brought in the federal or state courts sitting in the County of New York, in the City of New York, New York, and each of the parties hereby consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction of such courts in any such action or proceeding, and hereby waives any defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any action or proceeding so brought and waives any bond, surety or other security that might be required of any other party with respect thereto.

 

10.        All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent by first class mail, telex, telecopier or hand delivery:

 

If to the Company:

 

Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc.

 

 

c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.

 

 

9 West 57 th  Street, Suite 4200

 

 

New York, New York 10019

 

 

Facsimile: (212) 750-0003

 

 

Attn: David Sorkin, Esq.

 

 

 

with copies to:

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

(which shall not

 

425 Lexington Avenue

constitute notice)

 

New York, New York 10017

 

 

Attention: Sean Rodgers, Esq.

 

 

Facsimile: (212) 455-2502

 

 

 

If to the Manager:

 

Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.

 

 

9 West 57th St., Suite 4200

 

 

New York, New York 10019

 

 

Attention: David Sorkin, Esq.

 

 

Facsimile: (212) 750-0003

 

3



 

with a copy to:

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

(which shall not

 

425 Lexington Avenue

constitute notice)

 

New York, New York 10017

 

 

Attention: Sean Rodgers, Esq.

 

 

Facsimile: (212) 455-2502

 

or to such other address as any of the above shall have designated in writing to the other above.  All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been given or made (i) when delivered by hand, (ii) five business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid or (iii) when telecopied, receipt acknowledged.

 

11.        This agreement shall continue in effect from year to year unless amended or terminated by the consent of all of the parties hereto.  In addition, the Company may terminate this agreement by delivery of a written notice of termination to the Manager at any time after the Manager and its affiliates no longer holds any equity interests in the Company; provided that in the event of such a termination the Company shall pay in cash to the Manager all unpaid Advisory Fees payable to the Manager hereunder and all expenses due under this agreement to the Manager with respect to periods prior to the termination date. In addition, (i) in connection with the consummation of a Change of Control (as defined in the Management Stockholders Agreement, dated as of September 23, 2013, among the parties thereto, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “ Stockholders Agreement ”), the Company may terminate this agreement by delivery of a written notice of termination to the Manager and (ii) immediately following the consummation of an Initial Public Offering (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement), this agreement shall automatically terminate unless the Company, by delivery of a written notice to the Manager prior to such consummation, otherwise elects to continue this agreement in full force and effect.  In the event of a termination of this agreement pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, the Company shall upon such termination pay in cash to the Manager (i) all unpaid Advisory Fees payable to the Manager hereunder and all expenses due under this agreement to the Manager with respect to periods prior to the termination date, plus (ii) the net present value (using a discount rate equal to the yield as of such termination date on U.S. Treasury securities of like maturity based on the times such payments would have been due) of the Advisory Fees that would have been payable with respect to the period from the termination date through December 31, 2023, or, if terminated following December 31, 2023, through the first anniversary of the Effective Date occurring after the termination date.

 

12.        Each party hereto represents and warrants that the execution and delivery of this agreement by such party has been duly authorized by all necessary action of such party.

 

13.        If any term or provision of this agreement or the application thereof shall, in any jurisdiction and to any extent, be invalid and unenforceable, such term or provision shall be ineffective, as to such jurisdiction, solely to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable any remaining terms or provisions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.  To the extent

 

4



 

permitted by applicable law, the parties hereto waive any provision of law that renders any term or provision of this agreement invalid or unenforceable in any respect.

 

14.        Each party hereto waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) related to or arising out of the retention of the Manager pursuant to, or the performance by the Manager of the services contemplated by, this agreement.

 

15.        It is expressly understood that the foregoing paragraphs 2, 3, 5, 6, 9 — 11, and paragraphs 13 — 17, in their entirety, survive any termination of this agreement.

 

16.        Except in cases of fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct, none of the Manager, its affiliates or any of its employees, officers, directors, managers, partners, consultants, members, stockholders or their respective affiliates shall have any liability of any kind whatsoever to any member of the Company Group for any damages, losses or expenses (including, without limitation, special, punitive, incidental or consequential damages, lost profits and interest, penalties and fees and disbursements of attorneys, accountants, investment bankers and other professional advisors) with respect to the provision of services hereunder.  The Company (on behalf of itself and the other members of the Company Group), by its acceptance of the benefits hereof, covenants, agrees and acknowledges that no person other than the Manager shall have any obligation hereunder and that it has no rights of recovery against, and no recourse hereunder or under any documents or instruments delivered in connection herewith shall be had against, any former, current or future director, officer, manager, agent, consultant, affiliate or employee of the Manager (or any of their successors or permitted assignees), against any former, current or future general or limited partner, member or stockholder of the Manager (or any of its successors or permitted assignees) or any affiliate thereof or against any former, current or future director, officer, agent, consultant, employee, affiliate, general or limited partner, stockholder, manager or member of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Manager Affiliates ”), whether by or through attempted piercing of the corporate veil, by or through a claim by or on behalf of Partners LP against the Manager Affiliates, by the enforcement of any judgment or assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, or otherwise.

 

17.        This letter agreement and the Indemnification Agreement contain the complete and entire understanding and agreement between the Manager and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous understandings, conditions and agreements, whether written or oral, express or implied, in respect of the subject matter hereof.  The Company acknowledges and agrees that Manager makes no representations or warranties in connection with this letter agreement or its provision of services pursuant hereto.  The Company agrees that any acknowledgment or agreement made by the Company in this letter agreement is made on behalf of the Company and the other members of the Company Group.

 

18.        This agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original agreement, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

5



 

If the foregoing sets forth the understanding between us, please so indicate on the enclosed signed copy of this letter in the space provided therefor and return it to us, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement among us.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

PINNACLE HOLDCO PARENT, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ali J. Satvat

 

 

Name: Ali J. Satvat

 

 

Title:   Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

Monitoring Agreement – Signature Page

 



 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED BY:

 

 

 

 

 

KOHLBERG KRAVIS ROBERTS & CO. L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Janetschek

 

 

Name: William Janetschek

 

 

Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Monitoring Agreement – Signature Page

 




Exhibit 10.19

 

Execution Version

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT, dated as of September 23, 2013 (the “ Agreement ”), is among KKR PRA Investors L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Aggregator LP ”), KKR PRA Investors GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Aggregator GP ”), Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), PRA Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ” and, together with Aggregator LP and Parent, the “ Company Entities ”), and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. (the “ Manager ”).  Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings set forth in Section 1 of this Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     The Company, Parent and Pinnacle Merger Sub, Inc. (“ Merger Sub ”) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 22, 2013 (as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “ Merger Agreement ”), pursuant to which Merger Sub is merged with and into the Company with the Company as the surviving corporation (the “ Merger ”).

 

B.                                     In connection with the Merger, an Affiliate of the Manager (such Affiliate, the “ Investor ”) has entered into equity commitment letters with Parent, pursuant to which it has agreed to contribute or cause to be contributed a cash equity investment in Parent.

 

C.                                     The Investor and certain of its Affiliates have entered into an Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Aggregator LP (as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Partnership Agreement ”), dated as of September 23, 2013, setting forth certain agreements with respect to, among other things, the management of Aggregator LP and transfers of its limited partnership interests in various circumstances.

 

D.                                     In order to finance the Merger, certain of Parent’s Subsidiaries have (i) entered into senior secured credit facilities and (ii) issued senior notes (the “ Notes Offering ”) (collectively, together with the repayment (via tender or otherwise) of any existing indebtedness of Parent and its Subsidiaries, the “ Financings ”), which Financings have been facilitated and arranged with the assistance of the Manager or its Affiliates.

 

E.                                      Members of the Company Group from time to time in the future may (i) offer and sell, or cause to be offered and sold, equity or debt securities (such offerings, collectively, the “ Subsequent Offerings ”), including (a) offerings of shares of capital stock of a member of the Company Group, and/or options to purchase such shares, to employees, directors and consultants of and to a member of the Company Group (any such offering, a “ Management Offering ”), and (b) one or more offerings of debt securities for the purpose of refinancing any indebtedness of a member of the Company Group or for other corporate purposes, and (ii) repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire certain securities of a member of the Company Group or engage in recapitalization or

 



 

structural reorganization transactions relating thereto (any such repurchase, redemption, acquisition, recapitalization or reorganization, a “ Redemption ”), in each case subject to the terms and conditions of the Organizational Documents and any other applicable agreement, which offerings and/or Redemptions are expected to be arranged and facilitated through the services of the Manager or its Affiliates as provided herein and pursuant to the terms of that certain letter agreement between the Manager and Parent, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Monitoring Agreement ”).

 

F.                                       The parties hereto recognize the possibility that claims might be made against and liabilities incurred by the Investor Parties or their respective related Persons or Affiliates, under applicable securities laws or otherwise in connection with the Transactions or the Securities Offerings, or relating to other actions or omissions of or by members of the Company Group or their Agents, or relating to the provision of financial advisory, investment banking, syndication, monitoring and management consulting services (the “ Transaction Services ”) to the Company Group by the Manager or its Affiliates, including under the letter agreement between the Manager and the Company, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Transaction Fee Agreement ”) and the parties hereto accordingly wish to provide for the Investor Parties and their respective related Persons and Affiliates to be indemnified in respect of any such claims and liabilities.

 

G.                                     The parties hereto recognize that claims might be made against and liabilities incurred by directors, officers and managers of any member of the Company Group in connection with their acting in their respective capacities, and accordingly wish to provide for such directors, officers and managers to be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by law in respect of any such claims and liabilities.

 

H.                                    The parties hereto recognize that the Company Group benefits from the portfolio company oversight provided by each Investor Party and the ability of each Investor Party to share internally portfolio company information.  The general partner of Aggregator LP and the board of directors of each of Parent and the Company have therefore consented to the Investor Directors sharing any information such Investor Directors receive from any member of the Company Group with officers, directors, members, employees and representatives of the Manager and its Affiliates (other than other portfolio companies) and to the internal use by the Manager and such Affiliates of any information received from any member of the Company Group, subject, however, to the Manager maintaining adequate procedures to prevent such information from being used in connection with the purchase or sale of securities of members of the Company Group in violation of applicable law.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises, and the mutual agreements and covenants and provisions herein set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

2



 

1.                                       Definitions .

 

(a)                                 Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any other Person that directly or indirectly Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such Person, (ii) any officer, director, general partner, limited partner or trustee of any such Person described in clause (i) or (ii).  For these purposes, “ Control ”, including the correlative terms “Controlling”, “Controlled by” and “under common Control with”, of any Person shall mean the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person (whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, as trustee or executor, or otherwise).

 

(b)                                 Agent ” means present or past representatives, attorneys, financial or investment advisors, consultants, accountants, investment bankers, commercial bankers, engineers, advisors or other agents.

 

(c)                                  Capital Stock ” means any and all shares, interests, participations, or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation), and any and all warrants, options, or other rights to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing.

 

(d)                                 Change of Control ” means (i) the sale of all or substantially all (i.e., at least 80%) of the assets (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of Parent to any Person (or group of Persons acting in concert), other than to (x) the Sponsor or its Affiliates or (y) any employee benefit plan (or trust forming a part thereof) maintained by Aggregator LP, the Company or their respective Affiliates or other Person of which a majority of its voting power or other equity securities is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Sponsor, Aggregator LP or Parent (any entity in clause (y), a “Controlled Party”); or (ii) a merger, recapitalization, or other sale (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of Parent, the Sponsor, or any of their respective Affiliates, to a Person (or group of Persons acting in concert) of common stock that results in any person (or group of persons acting in concert) (other than (x) the Sponsor or its affiliates or (y) any Controlled Party) owning more than 50% of common stock of Parent (“ Common Stock ”) (or the equity securities of any resulting company after a merger); provided that none of the foregoing events in clause (i) or (ii) a merger, recapitalization, or other sale by Parent, the Sponsor or any of their respective Affiliates, to a person (or group of persons acting in concert) of Common Stock that results in more than 50% of the Common Stock (or the equity securities of any resulting company after a merger) being held by a person (or group of persons acting in concert) that does not include the Sponsor or any controlled party; and in any event of clause (i) or (ii), which results in the Sponsor and any Controlled Party ceasing to hold the ability to elect a majority of the members of the Board (or the resulting company after a merger).

 

(e)                                  Claim ” means, with respect to any Indemnitee, any claim by or against such Indemnitee involving any Obligation with respect to which such Indemnitee may be entitled to be indemnified by any member of the Company Group under this Agreement.

 

3



 

(f)                                   Commission ” means, collectively, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, any similar governing body of a foreign jurisdiction, and any successor entity to the foregoing.

 

(g)                                  Company Director Indemnity ” means any monitoring, stockholder, indemnification or other agreement the Investor Directors have entered into with any member of the Company Group providing for indemnification and for advancement of expenses for the Investor Directors in connection with their service as a director, manager or member of any member of the Company Group, and the Investor Directors may, in their capacities as directors, managers or members of any member of the Company Group, be indemnified and/or entitled to advancement of expenses under the certificate or articles of incorporation, by-laws, limited liability company operating agreement, limited partnership agreement, any other organizational documents of, or any policies of insurance procured by, the applicable member of the Company Group.

 

(h)                                 Company Group ” means Aggregator LP, Aggregator GP, Parent and any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates (other than the Manager and its Affiliates to the extent such entities are Affiliates of Aggregator LP, Aggregator GP, Parent, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates solely as a result of an investment in Aggregator LP, Aggregator GP, Parent or the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries), including, for the avoidance of doubt, the entities acquired (directly or indirectly) by Parent in connection with the Merger.

 

(i)                                     Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(j)                                    Expenses ” means all attorneys’ fees, disbursements and expenses, retainers, court, arbitration and mediation costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, bonds, witness fees, costs of collecting and producing documents, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, appealing or otherwise participating in a Proceeding.

 

(k)                                 Indemnitee ” means each of the Investor Parties and their respective Affiliates (other than members of the Company Group), their respective successors and assigns, and each of the Investor Parties and their respective Affiliates’ (including the members of the Company Group) directors, officers, managers, partners, members, employees, agents, advisors, consultants, representatives and Controlling Persons of each of them, or of their partners, members and Controlling Persons, and each other Person who is or becomes a director, officer or manager of any member of the Company Group, in each case irrespective of the capacity in which such Person acts.

 

(l)                                     Investor Directors ” means executives of the Manager or its Affiliates who serve as directors, managers or members of any member of the Company Group, and

 

4



 

other Persons (who are not executives of the Manager or its Affiliates) who serve as directors, managers or members of any member of the Company Group as an appointee or designee of any Investor Party.

 

(m)                             Investor Indemnification Agreements ” means one or more certificate or articles of incorporation, by-laws, limited liability company operating agreement, limited partnership agreement and any other organizational document, and insurance policies maintained by each of the Investor Parties providing for, among other things, indemnification of and advancement of expenses for the Investor Directors for, among other things, the same matters that are subject to indemnification and advancement of expenses under this Agreement, any Related Document and the Company Director Indemnity.

 

(n)                                 Investor Indemnitors ” means the Investor Parties and/or their respective Affiliates and Controlling Persons, in their capacity as indemnitors to the Investor Directors under the Investor Indemnification Agreements.

 

(o)                                 Investor Parties ” means the Manager and its Affiliates (excluding, for purposes of this Agreement, any portfolio companies of the Manager unrelated to the operations of the Company Group).

 

(p)                                 Obligations ” means, collectively, any and all claims, obligations, liabilities, causes of actions, Proceedings, investigations, judgments, decrees, losses, damages (including punitive and exemplary damages), fees, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, costs and Expenses (including interest, assessments and other charges in connection therewith and disbursements of attorneys, accountants, investment bankers and other professional advisors), in each case whether incurred, arising or existing with respect to third parties or otherwise at any time or from time to time.

 

(q)                                 Organizational Documents ” means the certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or other organizational documents of similar substance and purpose), as may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, of any member of the Company Group.

 

(r)                                    Person ” means an individual, corporation, limited liability company, limited or general partnership, trust or other entity, including a governmental or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

 

(s)                                   Proceeding ” means a threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including a claim, demand, discovery request, formal or informal investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing, arbitration or other form of alternative dispute resolution, including an appeal from any of the foregoing.

 

5



 

(t)                                    Related Document ” means any agreement, certificate, instrument or other document to which any member of the Company Group may be a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets may be bound or affected from time to time relating in any way to the Transactions or any Securities Offering or any of the transactions contemplated thereby, including without limitation, in each case as the same may be amended from time to time, (i) any registration statement filed by or on behalf of any member of the Company Group with the Commission in connection with the Transactions or any Securities Offering, including all exhibits, financial statements and schedules appended thereto, and any submissions to the Commission in connection therewith, (ii) any prospectus, preliminary, free-writing or otherwise, included in such registration statements or otherwise filed by or on behalf of any member of the Company Group in connection with the Transactions or any Securities Offering or used to offer or confirm sales of their respective securities in any Securities Offering, (iii) any private placement or offering memorandum or circular, information statement or other information or materials distributed by or on behalf of any member of the Company Group or any placement agent or underwriter in connection with the Transactions or any Securities Offering, (iv) any federal, state or foreign securities law or other governmental or regulatory filings or applications made in connection with any Securities Offering, the Transactions or any of the transactions contemplated thereby, (v) any dealer-manager, underwriting, subscription, purchase, stockholders, option or registration rights agreement or plan entered into or adopted by any member of the Company Group in connection with any Securities Offering, (vi) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, recapitalization or reorganization or other agreement entered into by any member of the Company Group in connection with any Redemption, or (vii) any quarterly, annual or current reports or other filing filed, furnished or supplementally provided by any member of the Company Group with or to the Commission or any securities exchange, including all exhibits, financial statements and schedules appended thereto, and any submission to the Commission or any securities exchange in connection therewith.

 

(u)                                 Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(v)                                 Securities Offerings ” means the Notes Offering, any Management Offering, and any Subsequent Offering.

 

(w)                               Subsidiary ” means (i) any corporation or other entity a majority of the Capital Stock of which having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other Persons performing similar functions is at the time owned, directly or indirectly, with power to vote, by Aggregator LP or any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Aggregator LP or (ii) a partnership in which Aggregator LP or any direct or indirect Subsidiary is a general partner.

 

(x)                                 Transactions ” means the Merger, the Financings and transactions for which Transaction Services are provided.

 

6



 

(y)                                 Transaction Services ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.

 

(z)                                  Unpaid Director Indemnity Amounts ” means the amount that the Indemnifying Party fails to indemnify or advance to an Investor Director as required or contemplated by this Agreement, any Related Document or any Company Director Indemnity.

 

2.                                       Indemnification .

 

(a)                                 Each member of the Company Group (each an “ Indemnifying Party ” and collectively the “ Indemnifying Parties ”), jointly and severally, agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Indemnitee:

 

(i)                                      from and against any and all Obligations, whether incurred by such Indemnitee with respect to third parties or otherwise, in any way resulting from, arising out of or in connection with, based upon or relating to (A) the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other applicable securities or other laws in connection with any Securities Offering, the Financings, any Related Document or any of the transactions contemplated thereby (including, for the avoidance of doubt, indemnification from the Company in respect of any franchise taxes incurred by Parent), (B) any other action or failure to act by any member of the Company Group (or any of their Agents) or any of their predecessors, whether such action or failure has occurred or is yet to occur or any obligation of any member of the Company Group or any of their predecessors or any such Agent, or (C) the performance by the Manager or any of its Affiliates of Transaction Services for any member of the Company Group (whether performed prior to the date hereof, hereafter, pursuant to the Monitoring Agreement, the Transaction Fee Agreement or otherwise);

 

(ii)                                   to the fullest extent permitted by the law specified herein as governing this Agreement, by the law of the place of organization of an Indemnifying Party, or by any other applicable law in effect as of the date hereof or as amended to increase the scope of permitted indemnification, whichever is greater (except, with respect to any Indemnifying Party, to the extent that such indemnification may be prohibited by the law of the place of organization of such Indemnifying Party), from and against any and all Obligations whether incurred with respect to third parties or otherwise, in any way resulting from, arising out of or in connection with, based upon or relating to (A) the fact that such Indemnitee is or was a director, officer or manager of any member of the Company Group or is or was serving at the request of such entity as a director, officer, manager, member, employee or agent of or advisor or consultant to another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise or (B) any breach or alleged breach by such Indemnitee of his or her fiduciary duty as a director, officer or manager of any member of the Company Group; and

 

7



 

(iii)                                to the fullest extent permitted by the law specified herein as governing this Agreement, by the law of the place of organization of an Indemnifying Party, or by any other applicable law in effect as of the date hereof or as amended to increase the scope of permitted indemnification, whichever is greater (except, with respect to any Indemnifying Party, to the extent that such indemnification may be prohibited by the law of the place of organization of such Indemnifying Party), who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including (i) any action by or in the right of, or relating to, the Company Group and (ii) any past, current or future litigation relating to the Transactions or its equity ownership in the Company Group), by reason of any actions or omissions or alleged acts or omissions arising out of such Indemnitee’s activities either on behalf of the Company Group or in furtherance of the interests of the Company Group or arising out of or in connection with its purchase and/or ownership of equity interests in the Company Group or its involvement in the Transactions, from and against any and all Obligations; provided , that such Indemnitee was not guilty of fraud, a willful breach of this Agreement or a willful illegal act;

 

in each case including any and all fees, costs and Expenses (including fees and disbursements of attorneys and other professional advisers) incurred by or on behalf of any Indemnitee in asserting, exercising or enforcing any of its rights, powers, privileges or remedies in respect of this Agreement, the Monitoring Agreement, the Transaction Fee Agreement or any Related Document.

 

(b)                                 Without in any way limiting the foregoing Section 2(a), each of the Indemnifying Parties agrees, jointly and severally, to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Indemnitee from and against any and all Obligations resulting from, arising out of or in connection with, based upon or relating to liabilities under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other applicable securities or other laws, rules or regulations in connection with (i) the inaccuracy or breach of or default under any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement in any Related Document, (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Related Document or (iii) any omission or alleged omission to state in any Related Document a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indemnifying Parties shall not be obligated to indemnify such Indemnitee from and against any such Obligation to the extent that such Obligation arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or omission made in such Related Document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Indemnifying Parties, as the case may be, in an instrument duly executed by such Indemnitee and specifically stating that it is for use in the preparation of such Related Document.

 

8


 

(c)                                  Without limiting the foregoing, in the event that any Proceeding is initiated by an Indemnitee or any member of the Company Group to enforce or interpret this Agreement or any rights of such Indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of expenses (or related Obligations of such Indemnitee) under any member of the Company Group’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or similar organizational documents), any other agreement to which such Indemnitee and any member of the Company Group are party, any vote of directors of any member of the Company Group, the law of incorporation or formation of any member of the Company Group or any other applicable law or any liability insurance policy, the Indemnifying Parties shall indemnify such Indemnitee against all costs and Expenses incurred by such Indemnitee or on such Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding, whether or not such Indemnitee is successful in such Proceeding, except to the extent that the court presiding over such Proceeding determines that material assertions made by such Indemnitee in such proceeding were in bad faith.

 

(d)                                 (i)                                      Each of the Company Entities acknowledges and agrees that the obligations of the Indemnifying Parties under this Agreement, any Related Document or any Company Director Indemnity to indemnify or advance expenses to any Investor Director for the matters covered thereby shall be the primary source of indemnification and advancement of such Investor Director in connection therewith, and any obligation on the part of any Investor Indemnitor under any Investor Indemnification Agreement to indemnify or advance expenses to such Investor Director shall be secondary to the Indemnifying Party’s obligation and shall be reduced by any amount that the Investor Director may collect as indemnification or advancement from the Indemnifying Party.  In the event that the Indemnifying Party fails to indemnify or advance expenses to an Investor Director as required or contemplated by this Agreement, any Related Document or any Company Director Indemnity, and any Investor Indemnitor makes any payment to such Investor Director in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses under any Investor Indemnification Agreement on account of such Unpaid Director Indemnity Amounts, such Investor Indemnitor shall be subrogated to the rights of such Investor Director under this Agreement, any Related Document or any Company Director Indemnity, as the case may be, in respect of such Unpaid Director Indemnity Amounts.

 

(ii)                                   Each of the Company Entities, each as an Indemnifying Party from time to time, agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (A) its obligation to indemnify any Indemnitee under this Agreement, any Related Documents or any Company Director Indemnity shall include any amounts expended by any Investor Indemnitor under the Investor Indemnification Agreements in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses to any Investor Director in connection with litigation or other proceedings involving his or her service as a director of any member of the Company Group to the extent such amounts expended by such Investor Indemnitor are on account of any Unpaid Director Indemnity Amounts and (B) it shall not be entitled to contribution or indemnification from, or subrogation against, any Investor Indemnitor in respect of amounts expended by it to indemnify or advance expenses to any Investor

 

9



 

Director under this Agreement, any Related Documents or any Company Director Indemnity.

 

(e)                                  The rights, indemnities and remedies herein provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights, indemnities or remedies that any party or other Indemnitee may otherwise have by contract, at law or in equity or otherwise, provided that (i) to the extent that any Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified by any Company Entity and by any other Indemnitee or any insurer under a policy procured by any Indemnitee, the obligations of the Company Entity hereunder shall be primary and the obligations of such other Indemnitee or insurer secondary, and (ii) none of the Company Entities shall be entitled to contribution or indemnification from or subrogation against such other Indemnitee or insurer.

 

3.                                       Contribution .

 

(a)                                 If for any reason the indemnity provided for in Section 2(a) is unavailable or is insufficient to hold harmless any Indemnitee from any of the Obligations covered by such indemnity, then the Indemnifying Parties, jointly and severally, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnitee as a result of such Obligation in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative fault of each member of the Company Group and their Agents, on the one hand, and such Indemnitee, on the other, in connection with the state of facts giving rise to such Obligation, (ii) if such Obligation results from, arises out of, is based upon or relates to any Transaction or any Securities Offering, the relative benefits received by each member of the Company Group and their Agents, on the one hand, and such Indemnitee, on the other, from such Transaction or Securities Offering and (iii) if required by applicable law, any other relevant equitable considerations.

 

(b)                                 If for any reason the indemnity specifically provided for in Section 2(b) is unavailable or is insufficient to hold harmless any Indemnitee from any of the Obligations covered by such indemnity, then the Indemnifying Parties, jointly and severally, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnitee as a result of such Obligation in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative fault of each of the members of the Company Group and their Agents, on the one hand, and such Indemnitee, on the other, in connection with the information contained in or omitted from any Related Document, which inclusion or omission resulted in the inaccuracy or breach of or default under any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement therein, or which information is or is alleged to be untrue, required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the relative benefits received by the members of the Company Group and their Agents, on the one hand, and such Indemnitee, on the other, from such Transaction or Securities Offering and (iii) if required by applicable law, any other relevant equitable considerations.

 

(c)                                  For purposes of Section 3(a), the relative fault of each member of the Company Group and their Agents, on the one hand, and of an Indemnitee, on the other,

 

10



 

shall be determined by reference to, among other things, their respective relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct the state of facts giving rise to such Obligation.  For purposes of Section 3(b), the relative fault of each of the members of the Company Group and their Agents, on the one hand, and of an Indemnitee, on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, (i) whether the included or omitted information relates to information supplied by the members of the Company Group and their Agents, on the one hand, or by such Indemnitee, on the other, (ii) their respective relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct such inaccuracy, breach, default, untrue or alleged untrue statement, or omission or alleged omission, and (iii) applicable law.  For purposes of Section 3(a) or 3(b), the relative benefits received by each member of the Company Group and their Agents, on the one hand, and an Indemnitee, on the other, shall be determined by weighing the direct monetary proceeds to the Company Group, on the one hand, and such Indemnitee, on the other, from such Transaction or Securities Offering.

 

(d)                                 The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to Section 3(a) or 3(b) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in such respective Section.  No Indemnifying Party shall be liable under Section 3(a) or 3(b), as applicable, for contribution to the amount paid or payable by any Indemnitee except to the extent and under such circumstances such Indemnifying Party would have been liable to indemnify, defend and hold harmless such Indemnitee under the corresponding Section 2(a) or 2(b), as applicable, if such indemnity were enforceable under applicable law.  No Indemnitee shall be entitled to contribution from any Indemnifying Party with respect to any Obligation covered by the indemnity specifically provided for in Section 2(b) in the event that such Indemnitee is finally determined to be guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) in connection with such Obligation and the Indemnifying Parties are not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

4.                                       Indemnification Procedures .

 

(a)                                 Whenever any Indemnitee shall have actual knowledge of the assertion of a Claim against it, such Indemnitee shall notify the appropriate member of the Company Group in writing of the Claim (the “ Notice of Claim ”) with reasonable promptness after such Indemnitee has such knowledge relating to such Claim; provided the failure or delay of such Indemnitee to give such Notice of Claim shall not relieve any Indemnifying Party of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement except to the extent that such omission results in a failure of actual notice to it and it is materially injured as a result of the failure to give such Notice of Claim.  The Notice of Claim shall specify all material facts known to such Indemnitee relating to such Claim and the monetary amount or an estimate of the monetary amount of the Obligation involved if such Indemnitee has knowledge of such amount or a reasonable basis for making such an estimate.  The Indemnifying Parties shall, at their expense, undertake the defense of such Claim with

 

11



 

attorneys of their own choosing reasonably satisfactory in all respects to such Indemnitee, subject to the right of such Indemnitee to undertake such defense as hereinafter provided.  An Indemnitee may participate in such defense with counsel of such Indemnitee’s choosing at the expense of the Indemnifying Parties.  In the event that the Indemnifying Parties do not undertake the defense of the Claim within a reasonable time after such Indemnitee has given the Notice of Claim, or in the event that such Indemnitee shall in good faith determine that the defense of any claim by the Indemnifying Parties is inadequate or may conflict with the interest of any Indemnitee (including Claims brought by or on behalf of any member of the Company Group), such Indemnitee may, at the expense of the Indemnifying Parties and after giving notice to the Indemnifying Parties of such action, undertake the defense of the Claim and compromise or settle the Claim, all for the account of and at the risk of the Indemnifying Parties.  In the defense of any Claim against an Indemnitee, no Indemnifying Party shall, except with the prior written consent of such Indemnitee, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that includes any injunctive or other non-monetary relief or any payment of money by such Indemnitee, or that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the Person or Persons asserting such Claim to such Indemnitee of an unconditional release from all liability on any of the matters that are the subject of such Claim and an acknowledgement that such Indemnitee denies all wrongdoing in connection with such matters.  The Indemnifying Parties shall not be obligated to indemnify an Indemnitee against amounts paid in settlement of a Claim if such settlement is effected by such Indemnitee without the prior written consent of Parent (on behalf of all Indemnifying Parties), which shall not be unreasonably withheld.  In each case, each Indemnitee seeking indemnification hereunder will cooperate with the Indemnifying Parties, so long as an Indemnifying Party is conducting the defense of the Claim, in the preparation for and the prosecution of the defense of such Claim, including making available evidence within the control of such Indemnitee, as the case may be, and persons needed as witnesses who are employed by such Indemnitee, as the case may be, in each case as reasonably needed for such defense and at cost, which cost, to the extent reasonably incurred, shall be paid by the Indemnifying Parties.

 

(b)                                 An Indemnitee shall notify the Indemnifying Parties in writing of the amount requested for advances (“ Notice of Advances ”).  The Indemnifying Parties hereby agree to advance reasonable costs and Expenses incurred by any Indemnitee in connection with any Claim (but not for any Claim initiated or brought voluntarily by an Indemnitee other than a Proceeding pursuant to Section 2(c)) in advance of the final disposition of such Claim without regard to whether such Indemnitee will ultimately be entitled to be indemnified for such costs and expenses upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Indemnitee to repay amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined in a decision of a court of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal can be taken that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Indemnifying Parties as authorized by this Agreement.  The Indemnifying Parties shall make payment of such advances no later than 10 days after the receipt of the Notice of Advances.

 

12



 

(c)                                  An Indemnitee shall notify the Indemnifying Parties in writing of the amount of any Claim actually paid by such Indemnitee (the “ Notice of Payment ”).  The amount of any Claim actually paid by such Indemnitee shall bear simple interest at the rate equal to the JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. prime rate as of the date of such payment plus 2% per annum, from the date the Indemnifying Parties receive the Notice of Payment to the date on which any Indemnifying Party shall repay the amount of such Claim plus interest thereon to such Indemnitee.  The Indemnifying Parties shall make indemnification payments to such Indemnitee no later than 30 days after receipt of the Notice of Payment.

 

(d)                                  Independent Legal Counsel .  If there has not been a Change in Control, independent legal counsel shall be selected by the board of directors of Parent and approved by such Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).  If there has been a Change in Control, independent legal counsel shall be selected by such Indemnitee and approved by Parent (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).  The Indemnifying Parties shall pay the fees and expenses of such independent legal counsel and indemnify such independent legal counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to its engagement.

 

5.                                       Certain Covenants .

 

(a)                                 The rights of each Indemnitee to be indemnified under any other agreement, document, certificate or instrument or applicable law are independent of and in addition to any rights of such Indemnitee to be indemnified under this Agreement and, to the extent applicable, subject to Section 2(d).  The rights of each Indemnitee and the obligations of the Indemnifying Parties hereunder shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Indemnitee.  Following the Transactions, each of the Company Entities, and each of their corporate successors, shall implement and maintain in full force and effect any and all corporate charter and by-law (or similar organizational document) provisions that may be necessary or appropriate to enable it to carry out its obligations hereunder to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including a provision of its certificate of incorporation (or similar organizational document) eliminating liability of a director for breach of fiduciary duty to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as amended from time to time.  So long as Parent or any other member of the Company Group maintains liability insurance for any directors, officers, employees or agents of any such Person, the Indemnifying Parties shall ensure that each Indemnitee serving in such capacity is covered by such insurance in such a manner as to provide such Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of Parent’s and the Company Group’s then current directors and officers.

 

(b)                                 Each of Aggregator LP, Parent and the Company hereby agrees that it will not amend (and will cause each other member of the Company Group not to amend) any

 

13



 

Company Director Indemnity as in effect on the date hereof to alter the rights of any Investor Director in any manner that would alter any Investor Director’s rights with respect to conduct pre-dating the date of any such amendment without the consent of the Manager.

 

6.                                       Notices .  All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by certified or registered mail (first class postage prepaid and return receipt requested), telecopier, overnight courier or hand delivery, as follows:

 

(a)  If to Aggregator LP, to:

 

c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.
9 West 57th St., Suite 4200
New York, New York 10019
Attention: David Sorkin, Esq.
Facsimile: (212) 750-0003

 

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Sean Rodgers, Esq.

Fax: (212) 455-2502

 

(b) If to any other member of the Company Group:

 

Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc.
c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.
9 West 57
th  Street, Suite 4200
New York, New York 10019
Facsimile: (212) 750-0003
Attn: David Sorkin, Esq.

 

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Sean Rodgers, Esq.

Fax: (212) 455-2502

 

14



 

(c)  If to the Manager, to:

 

Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.
9 West 57th St., Suite 4200
New York, New York 10019
Attention: David Sorkin, Esq.
Facsimile: (212) 750-0003

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Sean Rodgers, Esq.

Fax: (212) 455-2502

 

or to such other address or such other person as the Company Entities or the Manager shall have designated by notice to the other parties hereto.  All communications hereunder shall be effective upon receipt by the party to which they are addressed.

 

7.                                       Governing Law; Jurisdiction, Waiver of Jury Trial .  This Agreement shall be governed in all respects, including validity, interpretation and effect, by the law of the State of New York, regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflict of laws to the extent such principles would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.  Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally (a) agrees that any legal suit, action or proceeding brought by any party hereto arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may be brought in any court of the State of New York or Federal District Court for the Southern District of New York located in the City, County and State of New York (each, a “ New York Court ”), (b) waives, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding brought in a New York Court, and any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in a New York Court has been brought in an inconvenient forum, (c) submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York Court in any suit, action or proceeding and (d) ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY THAT MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT THAT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE BREACH, TERMINATION OR VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT.  With respect to clause (d) of the immediately preceding sentence, each of the parties hereto acknowledges and certifies that (i) no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or

 

15



 

otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the waiver contained therein, (ii) it understands and has considered the implications of such waiver, (iii) it makes such waiver voluntarily and (iv) it has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications contained in this Section 7.  No Indemnifying Party shall seek any order of a court or other governmental authority that would prohibit or otherwise interfere with the performance of any of the Indemnifying Parties’ advancement, indemnification and other obligations under this Agreement.

 

8.                                       Severability .  If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

9.                                       Successors; Binding Effect .  Each Indemnifying Party will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and assets of such Indemnifying Party, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Manager and its counsel, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that such Indemnifying Party would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each party hereto and its successors and permitted assigns, and each other Indemnitee, but neither this Agreement nor any right, interest or obligation hereunder shall be assigned, whether by operation of law or otherwise, by Parent, Aggregator LP or the Company without the prior written consent of the Manager.

 

10.                                Miscellaneous .  The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  This Agreement is not intended to confer any right or remedy hereunder upon any Person other than (i) each of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and (ii) each other Indemnitee and, with respect to the provisions of Section 5(b), the Investor Directors, all of whom are intended to be third party beneficiaries thereof.  No amendment, modification, supplement or discharge of this Agreement, and no waiver hereunder shall be valid and binding unless set forth in writing and duly executed by the party or other Indemnitee against whom enforcement of the amendment, modification, supplement or discharge is sought.  Neither the waiver by any of the parties hereto or any other Indemnitee of a breach of or a default under any of the provisions of this Agreement, nor the failure by any party hereto or any other Indemnitee on one or more occasions, to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement or to exercise any right, powers or privilege hereunder, shall be construed as a waiver of any other breach or default of a similar nature, or as a waiver of any provisions hereof, or any rights, powers or privileges hereunder.  Subject to Section 2(d) hereof, the rights, indemnities and remedies herein provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights, indemnities or remedies that any party or other Indemnitee may otherwise have by contract, at law or in equity or otherwise.  This Agreement may be executed in several

 

16



 

counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

 

11.                                Information .  Each of Aggregator LP, Parent and the Company hereby consents to the Investor Directors sharing any information such Investor Directors receive from any member of the Company Group with officers, directors, members, employees and representatives of the Manager and its Affiliates (other than other portfolio companies) and to the internal use by the Manager and its Affiliates of any information received from any member of the Company Group, subject, however, to the Manager maintaining adequate procedures to prevent such information from being used in connection with the purchase or sale of securities of any member of the Company Group in violation of applicable law.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

17


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement by their authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

 

KOHLBERG KRAVIS ROBERTS & CO. L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Janetschek

 

 

Name:

William Janetschek

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

Indemnification Agreement — Signature Page

 



 

 

KKR PRA INVESTORS L.P.

 

 

 

By: KKR PRA INVESTORS GP LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ali J. Satvat

 

 

Name: Ali J. Satvat

 

 

Title:

 

Indemnification Agreement — Signature Page

 



 

 

PINNACLE HOLDCO PARENT, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ali J. Satvat

 

 

Name:

Ali J. Satvat

 

 

Title:

Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

Indemnification Agreement — Signature Page

 



 

 

KKR PRA INVESTORS GP LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ali J. Satvat

 

 

Name: Ali J. Satvat

 

 

Title:

 

Indemnification Agreement — Signature Page

 



 

 

PRA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ali J. Satvat

 

 

Name:Ali J. Satvat

 

 

Title:

 

Indemnification Agreement — Signature Page

 




Exhibit 10.20

 

December 2, 2013

 

Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc.
c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.
9 West 57th St., Suite 4200
New York, New York 10019

 

Re:  Transaction Fee Letter

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to the Monitoring Agreement, dated as of September 23, 2013 (the “ Monitoring Agreement ”), by and between Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. (the “ Manager ”).

 

1.                                       In consideration for our services rendered in connection with the transactions contemplated in the Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), dated as of November 12, 2013, by and among Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc., a Virginia corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and CRI Holding Company, LLC, a Delaware company (the “ Transaction ”) and pursuant to paragraph 2 of the Monitoring Agreement, the Company agrees to pay the Manager (or a designee of the Manager) a transaction fee payable in cash, in an amount equal to $850,000 payable concurrently with the completion of the Transaction.  All amounts paid pursuant to this Section 1 shall be paid in the respective proportions and to the respective bank accounts designated by the Manager (or its designee) and shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

 

2.                                       Any advice or opinions provided by us may not be disclosed or referred to publicly or to any third party (other than the Company’s or any of its affiliate’s legal, tax, financial or other advisors), except in accordance with our prior written consent.

 

3.                                       We shall act as an independent contractor, with duties solely to the Company.  The provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.  Nothing in this agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights or remedies under or by reason of this agreement.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the parties acknowledge that nothing in this agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any present or future holders of any securities of the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates, or any present or future creditor of the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this agreement or any performance hereunder.

 

4.                                       This agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 



 

5.                                       This agreement shall continue in effect unless amended or terminated by mutual consent of the Company and the Manager.

 

6.                                       Each party hereto represents and warrants that the execution and delivery of this agreement by such party has been duly authorized by all necessary action of such party.

 

7.                                       If any term or provision of this agreement or the application thereof shall, in any jurisdiction and to any extent, be invalid and unenforceable, such term or provision shall be ineffective, as to such jurisdiction, solely to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable any remaining terms or provisions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the parties hereto waive any provision of law that renders any term or provision of this agreement invalid or unenforceable in any respect.

 

8.                                       Each party hereto waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) related to or arising out of our retention pursuant to, or our performance of the services contemplated by this agreement.

 

9.                                       The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that the services provided by the Manager hereunder are being provided subject to the terms of the Indemnification Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Company, PRA Holdings, Inc., the Manager and the other parties thereto (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Indemnification Agreement ”).

 

10.                                Any notices or other communications required or permitted by this agreement will be sufficiently given if delivered personally or sent by facsimile with confirmed receipt, or by overnight courier, addressed as follows or to such other address of which the parties may have given written notice:

 

if to the Manager:

 

Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.

9 West 57th St., Suite 4200

New York, New York 10019

Attention: David Sorkin, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 750-0003

 

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention:  Gary Horowitz, Esq.

Facsimile:  (212) 455-2502

 

if to the Company:

 

2



 

Pinnacle Holdco Parent, Inc.
c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.
9 West 57th Street, Suite 4200

New York, New York 10019

Attention:  David Sorkin, Esq.
Facsimile:  (212) 750-0003

 

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention:  Gary Horowitz, Esq.

Facsimile:  (212) 455-2502

 

11.                                It is expressly understood that the foregoing Sections 2 through 5 and 7 through 12 in their entirety, survive any termination of this agreement.

 

12.                                This agreement may be executed in counterparts (including by facsimile), each of which shall be deemed an original agreement, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

3



 

If the foregoing sets forth the understanding between us, please so indicate on the enclosed signed copy of this letter in the space provided therefor and return it to us, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement among us.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

KOHLBERG KRAVIS ROBERTS & CO. L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Janetschek

 

 

Name: William Janetschek

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to Transaction Fee Letter]

 

4



 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED BY:

 

 

 

 

PINNACLE HOLDCO PARENT, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ali J. Satvat

 

 

 

 

Name: Ali J. Satvat

 

 

 

Title: Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

 

 

[Signature Page to Transaction Fee Letter]

 

5




Exhibit 16.1

 

July 16, 2014

 

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, DC 20549

 

Commissioners:

 

We have read the statements made by PRA Global Holdings, Inc. under the heading “Change in Accounting Firm Relationships”, in this registration statement on Form S-1 and we agree with the statements concerning our Firm under that heading.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 




Exhibit 21.1

 

Jurisdiction of Organization

 

Entity Name

Argentina

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Ltda Suc. Argentina

Argentina

 

RPS Research S.A.

Australia

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Pty Limited

Australia

 

RPS Australia Pty Ltd

Austria

 

RPS Research Austria GmbH

Belarus

 

IOOO IMP-Logistics Bel

Belgium

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Belgium BVBA

Belgium

 

RPS Research Belgium BVBA

Bermuda

 

RPS Bermuda, Ltd.

Brazil

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Ltda.

Brazil

 

RPS do Brasil Serviços de Pesquisas LTDA.

British Virgin Islands

 

RPS China Inc.

Bulgaria

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Bulgaria EOOD

Bulgaria

 

RPS Bulgaria EOOD

Canada

 

3065613 Nova Scotia Company

Canada

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Inc.

Canada (Québec)

 

Services de Recherche Pharmaceutique Inc.

Chile

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Chile SpA

Chile

 

RPS Chile LTDA.

China

 

PRA China (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

China

 

WuxiPRA Clinical Research (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

China

 

RPS (Beijing) Inc.

China

(branch office of RPS Beijing)

 

RPS Shanghai, Inc.

Colombia

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Colombia SAS

Colombia

 

RPS Colombia LTDA.

Croatia

 

Pharm Research Associates d.o.o. Ltd. for clinical trials

Costa Rica

 

Research Pharmaceutical Services Costa Rica, Ltd.

Croatia

 

Research Pharmaceutical Services Hrvatska d.o.o.

Czech Republic

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates CZ, s.r.o.

Czech Republic

 

RPS Czech Republic s.r.o.

Denmark

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Denmark ApS

Denmark

 

RPS Denmark ApS

Egypt

 

RPS Egypt (Limited Liability Company)

El Salvador

 

RPS El Salvador, LTDA.

Estonia

 

OU ClinStar Baltics

Estonia

 

RPS Estonia OÜ

Finland

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Finland Oy

Finland

 

RPS Finland Oy

France

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Sarl

France

 

ReSearch Pharmaceutical Services France S.A.S.

France

 

RPS Research France S.A.S.

Georgia

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Georgia LLC

Germany

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates GmbH

Germany

 

Pharmacon Research Gesellschaft fur Arzneimittelforschung mbH

Germany

 

RPS Germany GmbH

Germany

 

RPS Research Germany GmbH

Greece

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Greece A.E.

Greece

 

RPS Pharmaceutical Hellas EPE

Guatemala

 

RPS Guatemala, S.A.

Hong Kong

 

RPS Hong Kong Limited

Hungary

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Hungary Research and Development Ltd.

Hungary

 

Pharmacon Research PR Hungary Gyogyszerkutato Korlátolt Felelősségű Társaság

 



 

Jurisdiction of Organization

 

Entity Name

Hungary

 

RPS Hungary Kft.

Iceland

 

RPS Iceland ehf.

India

 

Kinship Technologies Private Limited

India

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates India Private Limited

India

 

PRA Pharmaceutical India Private Limited

India

 

RPS Research India Private Limited

Ireland

 

Research Pharmaceutical Services (Outsourcing Ireland) Limited

Israel

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Israel Ltd.

Israel

 

RPS Research Israel Ltd

Italy

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Italy S.r.l.

Italy

 

RPS Research Italy S.r.l.

Japan

 

K.K. RPS Japan

Japan

 

RPS Asklep, Inc.

Latvia

 

RPS Latvia SIA

Lithuania

 

UAB RPS Lithuania

Malaysia

 

RPS Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.

Mexico

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Mexico S. de R.L. de C. V.

México

 

RPS Research México, S. de R.L. de C.V.

México

 

RPS Research Servicios, S. de R.L. de C.V.

The Netherlands

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates C.V.

The Netherlands

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Group B.V.

The Netherlands

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Holdings B.V.

The Netherlands

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Metaholdings B.V.

The Netherlands

 

PRA International B.V.

The Netherlands

 

PRA International Operations B.V.

The Netherlands

 

ReSearch Pharmaceutical Services Netherlands B.V.

The Netherlands

 

ReSearch Pharmaceutical Services Netherlands C.V.

New Zealand

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates New Zealand Limited

New Zealand

 

RPS New Zealand Limited

Norway

 

RPS Research Norway AS

Panama

 

RPS Panama Inc.

Peru

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Peru Sociedad Anonima Cerrada (aka PRA Peru SAC)

Perú

 

RPS Perú S.A.C.

Philippines

 

RPS Research Philippines, Inc.

Poland

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Sp. z o.o.

Poland

 

RPS Polska sp. z o.o.

Portugal

 

PRA International Portugal, Unipessoal Lda.

Portugal

 

RPSP - Research Pharmaceutical Services Portugal, Unipessoal LDA

Puerto Rico

 

Research Pharmaceutical Services Puerto Rico, Inc.

Romania

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Romania Srl

Romania

 

RPS Romania S.R.L.

Russia

 

ZAO IMP Logistics

Russia

 

Limited Liability Company RPS Research

Serbia

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates doo Belgrade, Dragise Basovana 10/1

Serbia

 

Research Pharmaceutical Services d.o.o. Beograd-Stari grad

Singapore

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Singapore Pte. Ltd.

Singapore

 

RPS Research Singapore Pte. Ltd.

Slovakia

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates SK s.r.o.

Slovakia

 

RPS Slovakia s.r.o.

South Africa

 

PRA Pharmaceutical SA (Proprietary) Limited

South Africa

 

RPS Research South Africa (Proprietary) Limited

South Korea

 

RPS Research Inc.

South Korea

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Korea Limited

Spain

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Espana, S.A.U.

 



 

Jurisdiction of Organization

 

Entity Name

Spain

 

RPS ReSearch Ibérica, S.L.

Spain

 

RPS Spain S.L.

Sweden

 

PRA International Sweden AB

Sweden

 

RPS Sweden AB

Switzerland

 

PRA Switzerland AG

Switzerland

 

RPS ReSearch Switzerland GmbH

Taiwan

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Taiwan, Inc.

Taiwan

 

RPS Taiwan Ltd.

Thailand

 

RPS Research (Thailand) Co., Ltd.

Turkey

 

PRA Clinical Research & Development Turkey AE

Turkey

 

RPS Klinik Araştırma Organizasyon Limited Şirketi

Ukraine

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Ukraine, LLC

Ukraine

 

OOO IMP-Logistics Ukraine

Ukraine

 

RPS Ukraine, LLC

United Kingdom

 

Pharm Research Associates (UK) Limited

United Kingdom

 

Pharm Research Associates Russia Limited

United Kingdom

 

Sterling Synergy Systems Limited

United Kingdom

 

RPS Research UK Limited

United States (California)

 

ClinStar LLC

United States (California)

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates CIS, LLC

United States (California)

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates Eastern Europe, LLC

United States (Delaware)

 

CRI NewCo, Inc.

United States (Delaware)

 

CRI Worldwide, LLC

United States (Delaware)

 

International Medical Technical Consultants, LLC

United States (Delaware)

 

PRA Early Development Research, Inc.

United States (Delaware)

 

PRA Health Sciences, Inc.

United States (Delaware)

 

PRA Holdings, Inc.

United States (Delaware)

 

PRA International

United States (Delaware)

 

PRA International Operations, Inc.

United States (Delaware)

 

PRA Sub, Inc.

United States (Delaware)

 

Sunset Hills, LLC

United States (Delaware)

 

ReSearch Pharmaceutical Services, Inc.

United States (Delaware)

 

ReSearch Pharmaceutical Services, LLC

United States (Delaware)

 

Roy RPS Holdings Corp.

United States (Delaware)

 

RPS Parent Holding Corp.

United States (Delaware)

 

RPS Global Holdings, Inc.

United States (New Jersey)

 

CRI International, LLC

United States (Utah)

 

Lifetree Clinical Research, LC

United States (Virginia)

 

Pharmaceutical Research Associates, Inc.

Uruguay

 

RPS Global S.A.

Uruguay

 

RPS Latin America S.A

 




Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated July 16, 2014, relating to the consolidated financial statements of PRA Health Sciences, Inc. (formerly PRA Global Holdings, Inc.) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and for the period from September 23, 2013 to December 31, 2013, and the consolidated financial statements of PRA Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Predecessor”) for the period from January 1, 2013 to September 22, 2013 (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph regarding the acquisition of the Predecessor on September 23, 2013), appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

 

 

Raleigh, North Carolina

 

September 8, 2014

 

 




Exhibit 23.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of PRA Health Sciences, Inc. of our report dated February 27, 2013 relating to the financial statements of PRA Holdings, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement.  We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Raleigh, North Carolina

 

September 8, 2014

 

 




Exhibit 23.3

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

 

PRA Health Sciences, Inc.

Raleigh, North Carolina

 

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of the PRA Health Sciences, Inc. Registration Statement of our report dated May 16, 2013 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Clinstar, LLC, which is contained in that Prospectus.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

 

San Jose, California

 

September 8, 2014

 


 



Exhibit 23.4

 

Consent of Independent Auditors

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated March 28, 2013 (except for Note 3, as to which the date is August 26, 2014), with respect to the consolidated financial statements of RPS Parent Holding Corp. and subsidiaries, and to the use of our report dated April 27, 2012 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of ReSearch Pharmaceutical Services, Inc. and subsidiaries, included in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 8, 2014 and related Prospectus of PRA Health Sciences, Inc., for the registration of shares of its common stock.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

September 8, 2014

 




Exhibit 23.5

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

 

We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement of PRA Health Sciences, Inc. on Form S-1 to be filed on or about September 8, 2014 of our report dated April 15, 2013, on our audits of the consolidated financial statements of CRI Holding Company, LLC and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” in the Registration Statement on Form S-1.

 

/s/ EisnerAmper LLP

Jenkintown, Pennsylvania
September 8, 2014